The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink About2004-125 THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON BY-LAW 2004- 125 Being a By-law to authorize a contract between the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and M.J. Dixon Construction Ltd., Mississauga, Ontario, to enter into agreement for the Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl. THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON HEREBY ENACTS AS FOLLOWS: 1. THAT the Mayor and Clerk are hereby authorized to execute, on behalf of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and seal with the Corporation Seal, a contract between, M.J. Dixon Construction Ltd., Mississauga, Ontario, and said Corporation; and 2. THAT the contract attached hereto as Schedule "A" form part of this By-law. By-law read a first and second time this 10 day of May , 2004. By-law read a third time and finally passed this 10 day of May ,2004. - -- ~/ I I I I I I I I I I I Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Bowmanville Community Park 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington BBA Project No. 03144 Architectural Institute of British Columbia. Alberta Association of Architects. Saskatchewan Association of Architects. Manitoba Association of Architects. Ontario Association of Architects. Ordre des architectes du Quebec. Architects' Association of New Brunswick I Association des architectes du Nouveau-Brunswick. Nova Scotia Association of Architects. Architects Association of Prince Edward Island. Newfoundland Association of Architects. Northwest Territories Association of Architects. in partnership with the Royal Architectural Institute of Canada . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ " o ,~ o _ - "~ - ..<::.!!Pfr - ~ 0 c ~ " " 0 " !~-g . 0 . .D;:: <> (J 8 ~ ~ ""'0 ~s" 1J J:; ~ .,!J .5 '" -; t: ~ ,~ : , ... ~ E O:i au.. .-s ":;; E ~ 8 ~ ~ ...c: _".., ~..g Ii. g 5'" <:::;; -.... a ... 0 5u .s~ 5'0 if-E .g ~ .t~ ",';:: "' ~ ~.E -88 ;.."E! '0 "5 go ~ g.:E '-' '" U 3- -a:5""@ .3 ~ < ~ j ~'"() ":;; ... ~1l g ~p::: '" ~ ~.B g ~ 0...... ';::."> u 0 ._ ~ E_~~~ -g1l~<J ~ ~ i1 oJ:! i; ;, a..... u OJ @.,!J g ~"E ~ ~ 1 ~~ ~] g;g ~ ~cX8]~ I" iJN "~ O::r:: ~ .!:f J:! .., ,::: iJ) v...c:: 2.g ....~ ~.;:: ,...J -- ..... a ,....l"U ..",.... <68"" ..0 ::I X ~]j~~ "'0 ~. ~ ~ ~ <.:l ::J!:l '" Ii 13 ~ < ,0 Pi: ,::: '-' <c("; E 8.~ d~~ !~ "~ E'1!~] ~z'::~~J5 ., tii E -S! :,; ~ g~s~.s'K :-: -< '" .ti l>() 0 Q~~!L~2: ~< < Cl C 0 <:l -< "..... Zl '" .~ (J) I:i 0 rl...c:: 'Z>a.- ~ - 00'"0 a 'jij ~ c:-: u.. 5 '" S~E]~] Sol "::: -g "" e .~a 2,!il ~:.a ii Ci g Q).E .; ~ .o,c- o. -< hll.:a o.lj -.e -< .~ S 1t '" ti 0 0 cJ ::I :r; i~L..n a::;.s ~ Z ~ 'a-<~'15~i~ a~~5~g o "".d ::: '" u.. -< .;'3 0'"0 15 "d -< g ~ g";;1 .tj ~ ~ 8.:!i ," ~~E2;lE~ (J) =< g g g ~ .~ N g '" g 6 ']g'"O--E"'" -r:: J:: N"~ '"0 .;'3 'U U:@~g~-g Canadian Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services DOCUMENT SIX, 2002 Architectural Institute of British Columbia Alberta Association of Architects Saskatchewan Association of Architects Manitoba Association of Architects Ontario Association of Architects Ordre des architectes du Quebec Architects' Association of New Brunswick Association des architectes du Nouveau-Brunswick Nova Scotia Association of Architects Architects Association of Prince Edward Island Newfoundland Association of Architects Northwest Territories Association of Architects in partnership with The Royal Architectural Institute of Canada IN THE EVENT OF A DISCREPANCY BETWEEN THE AGREEMENT FORM, DEFINITIONS OR GENERAL CONDITIONS OF A PRINTED COpy AND THE MASTER COPY HOSTED ON THE WEBSITE OF THE ROYAL ARCHITECTURAL INSTITUTE OF CANADA, THE MASTER COpy SHALL GOVERN. TillS DOCUMENT IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH Arnc BYLAWS, INCLUDING BYLAW 28 (PROFESSIONAL ENGAGEMENT) AND BYLAW 34.16 (TARIFF OF FEES FOR ARCillTECTURAL SERVICES). NOTE: ALL TERMS WHICH ARE DEFINED AND WHICH ARE USED THROUGHOUT TillS DOCUMENT APPEAR IN ITALICIZED TEXT BEGINNING WITH A eAPIT AL LETTER. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > g. .lJ o _ - 1!~'P. ....j;: :'j c ~ " lj 8~ ~ '5 @ ~::: ~ ~ e ffi . u~ ~~. b:E j .:a .S s " c , :1 : e ~~~ -E -~ ::: ~ g g E i '" ~ ~ -: 1'< g EcJ.€~ g"a ij-E .g E .~ ~ 2 -'51 a S' ~..s .9 8 oE ~-5 f;: ::l !': ._ 8~81 t5~ ~-~ ~.( 55 :::.'"o~ ...:; >-"'lj ~ ~~; @. f;:'€ B ~ 81i :B -;: $~Jj~ E ~ o. CJ kl ~ ~] [is 8 g ~ -~ s ~-E > OJ -0 .... <..> ffi:g~.5~ ~ ... g,-o <.,\ ~ '- uN"iJ .'" <fl~8 .5~ f-< ~ N ...- l:::! ::r:: C'l!:i <I.>~ o 19in-E "" ;:z Q .... ~..s :Jil~~ -::8 g ~ ~ g,"Ql$~ :;i ! ~"..s ]Ot~s ~ g~ ~ ~ !;;:2.a &..:g ~z~~~~ ,;< €'5~] 00-<0..( u 53~~~~ e I-U l:i .. {OJ ." ~~~~~~ t:j <( 1:: ?'! ,9 i5.. ~~<Cj;! go ~ -< ....... B OJ .~ U) .. 0 "'...<: ~~~~~i -i~ ~~iO ~i .'::: 0. 5 ... ~ 8. ~.:a ~ 0 S (J) ~.5 ~~Hn ~~,g () : ~ .c:: <e:..s ., ..a a a~.s~~.~ ~ <~ 0", . o <( ~ l:3 '~-g Il ~jj " . . ~~-~&1.g 1 . ~ ~.;1 ~ lUE~E..8 ioo~~~~~ . N g <I.> g 0::: 8 "'-E "'lj.g N .;1"'0 .;1,:;; u@~~t=:~ ~.................. .. Table of Contents NOTE: ALL TERMS WHICH ARE DEFINED AND WHICH ARE USED THROUGHOUT THIS DOCUMENT APPEAR IN ITALICIZED TEXT BEGINNING WITH A CAPITAL LETTER. Agreement Form Al-A22 Date Client Architect Project Project Budget Construction Budget Construction Procurement Project Delivery Construction Pricing Professional Services Client Responsibilities Consultants Fees and Reimbursable Expenses Other Terms of Contract Al A2 A3 A4 AS A6 A7 A8 A9 AlO All A12-A13 A 14-A19 A20 Definitions Additional Services 1 Architect 2 aent 3 Construction Budget 4 Construction Contract 5 Construction Cost 6 Construction Manager 7 Contract for Architectural Services 8 Contractor 9 Design-Builder 10 Direct Personnel Expense 11 Dispute 12 General Review/Field Review 13 Instruments of Service 14 Place of the Work 15 Project 16 Project Budget 17 Subcontractor 18 Substantial Performance of the Work 19 Toxic or Hazardous Substances or Materials 20 Work 21 CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 . I I General Conditions > ~ . o ,~ ~ ~ ~ .s'~ :'j c ~ x l:l 8~ ~ 'a !ii ..c E ., ;>.'..) fO ~ E '" it ~"d "Ji ' ~ _s 1 . c , . : B ... ::! 0 t;au. ,..0::..0 .. ...."' >:: ~ 8 ~ E i 01- ~ E 61 < 5 5c3.s~ ~ ~ ~~ o .. .... .. -a ::I ~ OJ ~.~.~ 1- ~..s.g8 O""i!j '-..c ~agl u 1:: u ~ ...:::~'"~ o ~ ij :E ~ <( ~ Z ::J-;o -.,; ...; ~"'O g ~a:: ~ ~ l5:-.s g ci! 0..... 'n'''' u 0 .~ t E ~J!.:l::! "B]oC ij ~ oj "2 '-' ILl > <e ~..s 8 ~ Cl r:: u'~ J.Ll .~ O..c i": > OJ]....J5 ffi:g '" .E~ ~~ &-g l:: ",ON <l ~" rJ) fJ} 8,6 f-"'O N . " , -" OI::~Zl: i:Z .g ....~ ~.;:: .....l..... .. 0 ~ g ",1 5 ..u:o! :;l:;< S2<<iCill'" <"j_O 0::: c: 1-5 ""80' ,1 s- Ol '" >::.:0 :;.: ....r:: o c u 'c] 0 . f-'" 0. V M ~,E g ~ "2 . j 0-" ~ o. ",::l 8<@ ~] en <: 0 u d3~~~~ ~ w,:: '" "" Cl... OJ ~..o::-r:: < 'S - ~ 8<.l'~dn. - ~ ~ ~ < c . ~ <: ....... f1 ... ~ (J) ti 0 ~ ...<:: C; Z > ,:: III .... ~~8~1] ]2..00 :) E 1! ~"2 ~ "15.- ~a"g >L~ ~' ~ . ~ < . c O@i"'~" f. -< "",. 0 1: '.Ji! <:'~ u <t tOo ~~ 1!.('''6 u 15 a ... <"" ..."",.. fi1 ~l:..s ~ ~ o .';::oj-~ '(l< C ;3-;:;;'"tl e ~ ~ 5 ro fii o~.:~g~g u. '" a,""l:! "'C g S S '" iu~~':8 (0 -= '" ,:: "" U) ~ E ?j E ~ ~ <( :::I S :::I 0 . ..... e: .. g g ,,8"'O-s-a:g t;j......:!l-o-:'1-o UGlI5~~ll Architect's Responsibilities Gienfs Responsibilities Construction Budget and Construction Costs Certificate for Payment Copyright and Use of Documents Project Identification Dispute Resolution Liability of the Architect Suspension of Services Termination Law governing this Contract Successors and Assigns Extent of Contract Payments to the Architect Severability I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I GCl GC2 GC3 GC4 GC5 GC6 GC7 GC8 GC9 GClO GC 11 GC 12 GC 13 GC14 GC 15 I CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ " 3,0"; .~~ 0- -5' 1:l c " ij 8 ~ ~ '0 ;; ~ '6 ~ ~ ~.; ~~" ~:] ~ :6 .5~ .; ~ S ~~J: -5''::: i'1 ~ g S .J .~ u ., r:: i of ~ e .51 <( S 5u.s~ ~ '0 t...s ~ gEt .::: .- a. ~ ~ g ~ ....... ...... .... u ~ -e.f3-5 0. ::l .:: ._ sE81 ~:5"8 .!1 ~.( ~] :;:'",0-.,: .E ~-g 2. OJ)g:: '" '" '~.s 8 cit 0...... .... ,"" u 0 '$1 ;; E f:l <.E.~ "B]2:ld E ~ t-g ... Ill> '" ~-5 8 ~ S _:1 81!'~ ~ ~ 1 ~~ 1J.ll3 g,;;:;" ~ -5 N -5.~ ~ ~ ~ '~"e ;:r: ~ ~ ~ ~ D~~-B1! pa .g ~.. 6"'::: :3"6 ~~ ..... J: '" r:: ~ c 8 " " .~ U ::l;;: ~"jjj:!l : ~,:: ""'-5 -go' ~.E "',,; ':;,..<:l ...::: r:: OJ'J:: <(.g PI 8.;;: Nn~g~ " "g 0 . ~~~:s .;J:g ~ <( EL~ '13.e d z_~ !o:<;:;; '2 ..,.........~... .... g~~a..s-~ 8:1 ~ ~d ..,.<- .<o"g ~ ... <: -...... :1 .., ~.uU) .... 0 "'..<:: o __ ~ 5 ~ ~-g _ "'~ r::~ 9 '" ~ ~'"Cl~"2 - "i"- c ~. ga-o x.~ .... 0. "''"Cl "fj -( E U) J:l-5 ~ ~ 8 r:: ::; ~ , < ~1 o.li ..a -("5: u or tl~.2 U ~ ~ S~:E",<BB a ~.s~ 2l ~ 'O<'o~~~ E~.~5~;j &<-~8.i.g 1< c s , . ~ ~ 8.:!l 8 izl E iJ E.2 U) - E ~ E ~ ~ <( a s a 0 N ., 0 r:: 8-8-5'""0:8 ~N.:1 '"Cl.:1-a U(\}~~tS-g Agreement Form Note: All terms which are defined and which are used throughout this document appear in italicized text beginning with a CAPITAL letter. Note: Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post; or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within 5 working days of the date of mailing. Notices sent electronicaUy by email or facsimile for example, are not considered to be reliable for the purpose of official notice. A2 This Contrnctmade as of the 22nd day of September 2003 Between the Client: Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario Ll C 3A6 in the year of Al A3 and the Architect: Barry-Bryan Associates (1991) Limited 11 Stanley Court, Unit I Whitby, Ontario LlN 8P9 A4 For the following Project: Indoor Soccer Facility (27,000 sq. ft.) and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl (14,000 sq. ft.) located at the Bowmanville Community Park, 2375 Baseline Road at Green Road, Bowmanville. with the following Project Budget and Construction Budget: CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page AF 1 of7 - I I ~ 0 o ,~ o _ - . ~ - I ~p - 0 c " . 0 . . 0 ~ ~ '0 ;j ~ ~ ~ l:i E " I . "~ ~ 00" o C " tLE .1:l , c" ...,.~ .::: . C 0 .:!:l ~ E ~ 2.2 I A'- ... .... :;:; r:: ] 8 ~ ~ i.g~E .E ~ <( 3 I 5l3.f~ a'5 fi-5 .g ~ -~ ~ :'l -51 ~ S:' ~ ~.g 8 I ~~]] sE8i i:5 e.~ ~ <~] ~"'3 ':;0 I ~J:] & .~~ = ~ 8 ~:~ ~ E.~ ~J1 ]~~~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ 0...<: 0 '" 0..... u 1:1 S.:!:l a 1J'~ > ~1l .... JS ffi:B::;:; ~-'" u 8. 1 ~ I ~-5<"l w-l:: Ul~8 .5~ b g <"l~ ti" "C G~J5~~ ~~p.;; I ~ g 15 --u 8 " ~ ~ ~ II ~ . ~- ~ ~~~1~, fa S ~] I <( c: :goo:: <B] c ~ N ~] ~ S:'~ 8 .. 0., NZCl~::;;"'3 Jf~g ~~ I a~~~~~ ~ iLl ~ ... ~ _~ 0... E~..c 8 ~.. ~ g. ~ ~ .5 0.. << -g;r I ~..-::: ....... e OJ 'E U) I) 0 "'..s z > t ~ _ 0 e"'O"2 (0 U 0 5 '" l~~i~l I tah~~ (5 ~fF) ~_5 ~ ~i ~ ~ ~ ~.~ ~ i t:l 0 0 ~ :g i:l S -~ u - ~ I a~~~~.~ ......~...... 0':";:1'" o ~ e '" "'0 8 Ul ,:: 5 1;; ~ &:<:Eg~g -< '" Q., '" '.0 I ]~8_~_~E !~E~E~ (J):;: E ~ 8;;: a e E B 0 ~ 8.g.s.g.g aN .:!:l..., .~.:;:; I u<>I",I"-:< ......................... I A5 Project Budget: $2,700,000 not including GST A6 Construction Budget: $2,460,000 not including GST ($2,632,200 including GST) A 7 The anticipated method of construction procurement is: Tender to pre-qualified general contractors AS The anticipated method of Project delivery is: Design/Bid/Build to Single General Contractor A9 The anticipated method of construction pricing is: Stipulated Sum CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page AF 2 of7 - I I ~ 0 o ,~ o _ - . ~ - I ..c.~ fr - u C ~ " ~ 8 ~ ~ 'C ~ ~G~ g s m I . "~ ~ 00" o C " t>,J: t! .:1 i:::"," "'0'- .::: . C 0 -~ :;; E ~ ~ J: I -S "5: ~ ..<::.::: '" . 1:! 3 ~ ;::: OJ i ~ ~ .5.:::<( <J I 5c'3.s~ ~ (; 1i--5 ~ g ~ ~ loa -~ l .: ~.g 8 I ~~]~ c ~ 0..<: l1:r:u i:t i:5 e.~ ~ -< 5 ~ :.J,"D~ ...; "''''0'::: I ....c 0 <:: C ""~ "'!:;< 1l! :=~ o ~ -g-" v '=' -;:! t E _~ 'ilJ! 13.1l0U I E ~ ~-g a l! 8 ~ l'l. ~ 8 ~.:1 c J.!-E > "''""0 ~ '" 0::: -3 B sen l-Ll-O "'. ."> I ~ <> 8.] ~ -5.... u.~ ~ ~g _s_~ :r: a ":;:; "'<: o:=J5-€,g 5 :8 '5 Ei I ~]g1e ".0 g ;:l '>< ~iJr~ ~ 0:: .~.... -g o' 11 Jf '" " l:.D I <( a V"C <( .g] 8. ~ ~ .~ "'0 N" Ji ~ ' . 8 11 0... NZ_Cl~ ~~ Jf~ € i ~ I jZ~~~~ G:fi::! :r::-, Cl. OJ ~..c .~ <( s ... a. 8 -( ILl "-Il 0 ~~.5 6. i1~ <( g ~ I .~ [I) ..-'(S ~ l! ~z.~B~~ ~ ~ & S '" ]~"~..;; <( Iii] ~ 1l ,':; a.[j ~ a 0 >l.~ I ~ 0 o~ i3 gr~ ~~~. ~L~ 1j 0 .~ ~ ~ ~~~".8~ I ~l!-S~,:: ....__.D "" ... ~'- 0 1'~ o 0 l'3' "'0 g U) _~ 5 1; 8 o - ,0 0:: '" 5 ~~~8.~-p "E g E 6 ~ I 1 . ~ 8~ U;::: I:; c <2 .... e3 '" t; '" .5 ~<gE~o ~NgOJgg 8"'O..r: "'O_~ I ~N .:1~.:1 ~ uoI5g~"g .........mmmmm..................i I Professional Services AIO In addition to the Architects Responsibilities as desctibed in the Genetal Conditions, including GC 1, the Architectshall provide services as desctibed in the following Schedule(s) affixed to this Contract: Schedule of Architect's Services See attached Pages 1 to 5 Client Responsibilities All In addition to the Client Responsibilities as described in the Genetal Conditions, including GC 2, the Clientshall furnish information, surveys, reports and services as described in the following Schedule(s) affixed to this Contract: Schedule of Client Responsibilities See attached Pages I to 6 CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page AF 3 of7 . I I ............................., > il" " ,~ v _ - "~ - I A _~ 0- - 8 c ~ " II 8 ~ ~ '0 ~ ~c!: U E m I [&::""g lL~ !l ;g -~ ~ ~ '" ::l .:1 <'.l E I ~ a .z .-B -~ C j :3 ~ ~ i <i 1::;g 9 11.< 3 5;;;j:!-8 I E 2 ~~ ::l 0 t: .... .g ~.g] ;2 .~ ~ ~ ..::: -.S;; 8 o <ii ~ A I Ei:; 3 ~ -~ 8g8~ ~ ~ ~:~ :5~~~ . ~""d := I ;:: 0 r: 8. .[~ ~ ~ g.;:: -~ ~ u 0 -~ ..... $~J3~ 13]0' I E ~ ti"] .... ., > '" [oS 8 I:l @ _:1 5 J:! -e > "''''0.... ., c.: -3 ~ s[J) r.Ll"3 2,,:.,,, ~ I ~-58.,j~ ~ ,~ ~ g'"".... ~ :r: ~ OJ "'C D~cEilJ:! ~ :8 j 3'i I ,...l] "Ei:: ~ 08'" .., g~ ~E ;2" r" a .,-;::-E "'0 D' ~ ~ I ~ "'~ c,:c ~'~lr~ 1-<-';:0 .., N ~.::: s"'C 8 ii ~ 8 <'.l NZO~"':3 ".(". ';::11 I J5-<~ '0"'3 ....ZlI.."'~UJ ~H""l_' ~ .., ... -s-~ 8:; ljs [ €~ ~ l g. I l .~ - " . Vl ... 0 "'...<:: :-: ~ ~.g i a::l U 3 '" ] Z"~_ :; ~i n I ja[ U C; ~ rn 15 _5 . u ~ .. ~ :; 00 6.J! ~ .~ ~ OJ ~ 1:: 00 ;g 0) ~:rB~~3 I a II,lA., '" ::;;:...c:....- i:: ..:: '5~'~ '0 ~ 0 ::S"@"'::I e [J) .r e 10 g o. .:.., r: ~~.~&~.g 1 5 E E '" I . u 8 .~ E U i t c..e v.i e: 8 ~ E.E 1<a08O NO" 0 ,g ~~~~;;:j I ()@F:lZF:"g .............. I Consultants The Architect shall coordinate the services of the following consultants: A12 Consultants engaged by the Architect: Mechanical Engineering Electrical Engineering Storm Water Management Durham Energy Specialist Limited Durham Energy Specialist Limited D.G. Biddle and Associates Limited AU Consultants engaged by the Client: To be determined CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page AF 4 of7 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ . o .~ u _ - .,--&'0.. ;S'!at: " ~ " u 0 " . u ~ ~ Ci 1ii ~ ~ ~ ~ ~.; lI~ ~ i:: :; .~ : s .,.1:l c: :;:; .au... "'E -Jj E -e g S '" .~ V <> l::: 1 <C 0...<: 0 "' l5...... u :'1 fil .~ 15 ~ .~ >"''''0.... '" ~ IU ~[I) ffi.g3~-.':; i21!:;.3 ~ cc: JS 8 .9~' ~ -0 N ~ :r:: ~ ~ t octn,€..fl Ii: .g d gf.... :3.:a~;;~ <: l:: ~ '" i:: .~8 ;.: ~ ~ S::loa Qll " :i ! j'" ~,: ~<'i' ; ~ 1ii. J:..E .( a ""C <( .0 f;i :5 ~ !- .J.:! .E! o...g 8H~ !.Q N Z.C1~' "0 J <: ^ -~"E .:::1 <: E 'o..c ~Z~~::;iJ5 ~t;:fE~~~ l:i 0... !j ~..<:: '1: ~:; Jd Ii ~~ -~ . . "E:2 t: 0 a-E .\1 _ E; ~ ..g-g V) p:;; ~ & g co H ~~ ~i ~d &1 ~~ ~ C3 ~ 00.s .~ -li~~j H tO~~"n l'l -=u..... ~~~~~~ C~~~j_~ '15 <( 0 tJ -a "'0 ~ ~.E E r.o 1ii &.{.?i s~ g ~i~~S"s'~, . -: 8 .:!l .... ~ E :;:; 1'1 '@ cn-a~E~ s < " E ;::l 0 ;s N g '" g :5 s 8 "'0 -E "'O:c ::il N'~ "'0 -;'l-a {)@~;F=-g ........................................, Fees and Reimbursable Expenses The C1ientshall pay fees and reimbursable expenses to the Architectwhen invoices are submitted as set forth below: FEE FOR SERVICES A14 For the Architects services as outlined in the Schedule{s} identified in AlO, the fee shall be computed as follows: Refer to page AF5A of 7 attached. REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES A15 The percentage added to the reimbursable expenses as listed in GC14.9 for administrative charges shall be 0.00 % of the reimbursable expenses or based on the formula as described below: nla A16 For automobile travel the rate for calculating travel costs shall be $ 0.40 per kilometre. PAYMENT AI? The Clientshall pay to the Architect, upon execution of this Contract, a retainer of $ 0.00 on account of the Architects fee. This retainer shall be credited against the final invoice. This is the minimum payment that the Client must pay the Architectunder this Contract. A18 The Clientshall pay the Architect, upon receipt of invoices, on account of the Architects fee and reimbursable expenses, together with such value-added taxes as may be applicable. Invoices shall be issued on a monthly basis based on the progress of work . A19 An unpaid invoice shall bear interest, calculated annually . at 18.00 % per annum, commencing 30 days after the date that the Architect submits the invoice. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page AF 5 of7 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ..5 ~..E .. ..<::-*,::>' ... !;:.::l c ~ x ::; 8 ~ ~ '0 ;j ~ ~ ~ " , . " "~ fr ~ ~ tl.:.E .':l .~ j:; "'3 ",.~ ~ . c , . : , v ~ 0 i -E ~ _ . c -5 S s u .:<'1 <.l III ;3 ~.g ~ S .~ ~ ~ @ 5 u.s ~ g'o tf..s .g ; E ~ .:2 "0 -::; g, ~..s.8 8 O"@;;;-5 10: 8 (:; .~ 8 ~ 8 i "" _!::l_ '" 'c -5 E :g ~ -< 5] ~~:;-a .f..&;j 5. '~1! ~ ~ 8~ :~~ $~<E~ ""gllou E ~ b'] .... > <'d O..r: 0 '" 0.;:; U::l ~ .~ 0 1! .~ >:rl"Z ....J5 "''' ~ 11 ,. w.",o::a.... ~ . ~, 0 ...c: _, .-0 .!:l <.l'~ u.... Ul ~ 2 '~'H ~g~~~ (')~~~1! ~O"~~- ,:r:; -d 0...... .....l'- .... 0 ~g R~ .. u g ::I>: ~]Cl~~ ;:i ~ ~s." -g 8'~ ~.6 < i~ ~:s <: -3 ~ 8. :[j N ~ ~ a g-:; 8 z ., ~ u '" N .Q~' tJ"'3 A <: _ _~ ." J5<:~ ~~ d Z_J,.t..,~ "'3 '-2 8~~ hH ... s "" 0 < " ~5 !C <(-.<(j'" ~ r< ,~jj. . en O:i 0 ~..<:: Z > , . - ~~8 oryr~ "z "~ ~~~l~t ~d 8.1 ~~ ~<"-"O o 6 r.J')....::: .- ^ <.l l':i .. ~ <( 'XI~':: <.l ~<.5~~~ tl 0 ~ g ~ :[j ~~:B~-2~ (j ~.s ~ ~ ~ ....~...... o..!S'", 0<: 0 '" -<2-::1 E if) .~ ~ 1:; ;j o _ J:l ~ '" ,:: J.I.< :$ -:;j 8."':i .9 "I:l ~ 8 E E i;; .!1 _ ,8. E a~g~Ei Ul <( ~ g ~ ~ lNg""gg ~.",...c:" .~ ~ '" .... )Q:~ u@~]~~ Other Terms of Contract A20 The Clientand the Architectagree as set forth in the following other terms: The Client will apply and pay for all permits. It is agreed the fees outlined in Article AI4 shall include the following: a) Preparation of conceptual site plan for a future indoor recreation centre. The contract terms and conditions are based on the anticipated schedule outlined in the Request for Proposal No. RFP 2003-13 issued the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington as follows: Report to Council, Site Plans & Design Approval Tender for Construction Award of Construction Contract Substantial Completion of Contract Occupancy Official Opening January 2004 January 2004 February 2004 September 2004 October 2004 The following documents form part of this Contract: 1. The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Request for Proposal No. RFP 2003-13 issued August 2003. 2. The Corporation of the Municipality ofClarington Addendum No. I dated August 18,2003. 3. BBA Fee Proposal dated August 19,2003. 4. BBA letter dated August 28, 2003, re: disbursement allowance. A21 When this Contract or any documents are prepared in both English and French, it is agreed that in the event of any discrepancy between the English and the French version, the English language shall prevail. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date; 03 June 2002 Page AF 6 of7 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ . 8....-B .s~e ~ ~ [;l :J 8 ~ ~ '5 g ...c i:i'" [ S ~ fr~l ";,E '" ~ _s ~ " c " .~ ~ E 8g~ ..s'~ i:: -5 5 S .... .:a '-' "'l:j ~ of l:: ;:: 5~.(5 -~ ~ ~..g ",U";l .., ~ '0 .:.;-5 g .:l M 2 '"03.9 ~ -~ 'n 2 ~ ~ ~.g 8 ~~]~ 8~8i '-5:e] -~ ~ ~ l:i] ;:J- 0--' ..J ~.", g ~~ ~ f# ~.5 g ~ 8 'C:~ ~ 1>_?:!<G~ "E.EOU E ~ \i-g '-' ILl > '" 5. -S 8 ~ ~ .~ S 15 .~ > "''''r::l.... '" ffi ~ ~ a~ ~~ 8.~ ~ p:: ~ 8]'~ ~"N,,~ "0;:; .!f1l., l::{/) v...<:: ~.,8 ~ go..;:; :l] ~ ~ ~ ~8 g :; 2 ;2o:lo"'~ ;2 ~ l'l~.s -g D'~ ~_"'" <'l itJS ~ ~ ~ -3] 5" [-< -8 o...g N~~ E '" 8 u ~ 0 '" N ~Cl ~.t: ~""9 .!:$ -< E~ ~] U).( 0 <J -~3':~~~ J.I.l ~ '" '" ;l ~ E ~.5"a 8 _ ~~! ~ ~~:c'" ~ ~ ~ z ~ R :;:; ..... ~~85l1 ]~~i~] ~ . r:: "0 5. <.> ~~~! 2] ~ 0 8~.-Jj'u ~~.~~5j~ t:lo'~~~~ S~~~.2a ~ ~ 15-B ~ ~ ..... -<i'::'s ~-:;) 0< 0 .;::J -(ij Cl E (J) ,~ 5 ~ g &~.~g..g5 1:;;~S"i1" _ ': 8 .:!I E ~ E t: i:i...E ~ '""' E l;} s ~ i -< a S a 0 . N C "" 0 r:: g-o-Ei-O -,8 N .:1"'0 -:!I.:.a u@~g~"g h............................... .........., This Controct is entered into as the day and year first written above. Client The Corporation of the Municipality ofClarington (Name of Client) ~ ~ . ~ ~ /' (Signature) > (Signature) (Name and title o~nUsi~itqjie, Clerk Witness (Signature) (Name and title of petson signing) Architect Barry-Bryan Associates (Name of . ct) Witness (Signature) (Name and title of petson signing) The Addresses for official notice shall be as stated in A1 :imd AJ. ' '- CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 J1llle 2002 Page AF 7 of7 . I I ~....................................... ~ ~ " 8...;-5 "~ - I -<= -~ it - 0 c " ~ 8 ~ ~ 'E 8 ~~~ I ~ L~ fr 1 ~ t; - ~ .:!J.S'C'i ;; ;; 3 _:!J :., e I ~~~ ,..c: .~ '-' ..... ':;;,::: ,.r::::: <.> . 1 8 ~ '5 ~ 4 ~ ~ .S ~ <( '-' I 58-€~ ~ '5 ii-5 .g ~ E ~ ~'s'~ ~ .::: ~.,8 8 I ~~]~ 8~8f ,::;2 rJ_~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ::;:''Ol 0";;; I ~ J] 8- ~ " ~ . -5 0 c.:: 8'0 :8-t: $~<.€~ 11]8 I ~ ~ t'] '[.s 8 n &3.:!J g ~"E > n -a '-' ... p:;:_ "" ",,(I) (..t.J ..a ~ .!:: 't I (/}... 8.1 \:l I.U "'5,....-..... ~ Vlg .5"5 ~]'"" ,.;~ 5:: .tfl! <> ;;z g ~ ~.s .....l :g 5 8 '0 I ....l]~11;: ~ 0 u ~ ., (j~ 8 OJ 5 ~ " [;:': " ,:; .--5 ] D' ~ ~ I ~i~~~ ~ :B] 8. ~ ~~~.~~~ I Jf~€~i~ dZ"~~::;~ ~ t<i::: ';;j:;; a... ... ~...<:-r:: :; e - ~ 8 ~ d' [ lf~~ ] (? I "E ~ E"'Q e.s <l! .ollh al u 3 ~ ]~ "~ ~J Q] -,:; ~ s I j a & 0", d ~ (I).s .~ !. ~ ~~ g ~ ~! "' tOo~;n I ~~:B~~a :::;;:1!-S...!i~ ...... _.:: 'O"'a-~ o~ ~E1] e (fJ .5 ., :'l '" ~~-_\:i g~ g -a g ~ S "5 I i 08~8 ~ i I:l;::"" ~-E~E:': ~ -< ::l S ::l 0 . N g ... g g I ~~~~~~ o@~;;~~ I Definitions Note: All terms which are defined and which are used throughout this document appear in italicized text beginning with a eAPIT AL letter. In this COntract the following definitions apply: ADDITIONAL SERVICES Additional Services are those professional services which are not contemplated at the time of execution of the Contrnctand therefore cannot be identified then as being included in the Contract but which are subsequently added to, or which adjust, the scheduled Scope of Services outlined in the Schedule(s) listed in AlO of the Agreement Form. ARCHITECT The Architect is the person or entity identified in this Contract who is registered, licensed or otherwise authorized to practise architecture in the place of the Project and includes the Architects officers, directors, employees, and representatives. CLIENT The Clientis the person or entity identified as such in the Contract. CONSTRUC170N BUDGET The Construction Budgetis the Clients combined estimate of the Construction Cost and construction contingencies, or if there is no budget an amount agreed to by the Client and the Architect. CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT The Construction Contract consists of the executed agreement between the Client and the Contractor, or between the Owner and the Design-Builder, the general conditions, the drawings, the specifications and all the other documents identified in the said agreement as Contract Documents. CONSTRUCTION COST Construction Cost, for the purpose of percentage fee caicuiation, is the contract price(s) of all Project elements designed or specified by, or on behalf of, or as a result of the coordination of the Architect, including cash allowances, building permit fees, changes, construction management fees or other fees for the coordination and procurement of construction services, and all applicable taxes, including the full amount of value-added taxes, whether recoverable or not. (Note: Value-added taxes are excluded from Construction CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 PageD 1 of4 - I I ............................, " " o ,~ o _ - .,11,0. I ..s'~ tJ c ~ " . 0 . . u ~ .- c " 0 0 ~ - " ~ ~ to I ;j ~~ ~;g B -'5,s ~ o C 0 .:!l 8 E " _ 0 I ~.9 ~ " C ..c.:" . ;E 3 t E i:t '" ~ a s -g <( 3 .. ~ .,..g I 5 u..s OJ g t> t-5 .g~~j ;E .~ 'i:! S' ~ - -8 S I ~ ~] ~ 8 E 8 i ~ ~ ~:~ :l1 <:: lj':';:l ::JC<joi . =-.." ~ I ~~ ~ ~ ~ 0.> '" .. ~c'" o ~ .9: ~'" u 0 ~ t E_~ .,~ "2.EQCJ I ~ ~ t1 - " > 2...<:: 0 '" P.... U OJ fil . C "1 .- 0..0:: ~~1 ~~ J.Ll""a~"" I [2J:j 0..", i:l ~t>58]l I- -g N ....~ 5~Jf~J! i:2 -g ~ f!~ ..>_ ~ _ 0 I ~g ]'5 ..(.) g :l t< ::;!..c,.gOJ ~ ~ ra.s "'CI ",. i:t "'" ~ 0 l3':: I ~ ic}j 5~ <@] 5 , ~._ o..~ N ~ g ~ ~~"~~~ I J5<~ ~.e t:Z"'-l..o:;ifl II [if t: ~ ~ ~ e A. ., ~ ..s 'C ::l ~ S P.. 8 ~dH +c.o "'0 C. I ~~ -<...... fi ~ .~ ifl .... 0 ...,...<: z~~~~ ~ P=iu 3 g H"~ g "tl ~ if ~ - g i il-5 I ...og, "'-6 r g -. C o ~i ;~ ~ ~ ,l'l ~ i t 0 ~ -g ~ S ~= u " " ..g II.l ..8 a I ~:::E~.-B~~ ~ ........... ..<> "" _...... 0 0:1-:;; 'O~o~"8-o e [/) _5 lj ~ ~ &~-.tri5~g I ] .HH !~5e5~ (1)...... E! ~ s.:.... fo,"o . Ng",gg 8 "-s '"U'o N -~ "'0 -~-6 I g~g~ll h... I Cost in such calculations under rhe Tariff of Fees for Architectural Services of the Architectural Institute of British Columbia.} Where there is no contract price for all or part of the Project, the ConsTrucrion Cast shall be the statement of the probable cost of construction as determined by the Architect, or as agreed by the Architectif a cost consultant is engaged, at market rates at the anticipated time of construction. ConSTruction Cost excludes the following: . the compensation of the Architectand the Architects consultants, . other professional fees which are the responsibility of the Client, . the land cost, and land development charges In the event that the Client furnishes labour or material below market cost, or, recycled materials are used, the Construction Cost for purposes of establishing the Architects fee includes the cost of all materials and labour necessary to complete the Work as if all materials had been new and as if all labour had been paid for at market prices at the time of construction or, in the event that the construction does not proceed, at existing market prices at the anticipated time of construction. CONSTRUCTION MANAGER A ConsTrucrion Manager is a person or entity who manages and coordinates the construction for a fee and who assumes the responsibiliries for the general management of the Projectat the construction site. A Construction Manager may provide advice during the pre-construction phases of the Project. CONTRACT FOR ARCHITECIVRAL SERVICES The Contract is the undertaking by the parties identified in the Agreement Form to perform their respective duties, responsibilities and obligations as described in the Agreement Form, Definitions, General Condirions and Schedules. CONTRACTOR The Contractoris a person or entity contracting with the C/ientto provide labour, materials and equipment for the execution of the Work DESIGN-BUILDER The Design-Builder is a person or entity contracting with an Owner to provide design services, labour, material and equipment for the execution of the Work DIRECT PERSONNEL EXPENSE Direct Personnel Expense means the salary of the Architects, or the Architects consultants', personnel engaged on the Projectand all overtime CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page D 2 of 4 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ . c ,~ o _ - l!1Pfr ..., ~ <> c ~ x l:l 8~ .e; '0 ~ Jl E .., > 0 > ~ 5 ~ ~~" ~ ~ 1J .:a .5 ~ :'d;;i ::l , . , OJ ~ 13 \:j E ... .-s "= ~ -B ~ ~ '" .:c! <: ~ 6 3c ~ :>J) E .5 ~ -< a 5u..s~ ~ "a H.s <..l ., '" ., ..g B .s ~ 1'~ a S ,;::..E .9 8 ~8 ~"5 g. ~ .s:.c: <.J ~ U '" '" .~ <ii " '0"'8 t.3 1i -< 5] ::J" O":;:J i j:] 8- "[.s 15 ~ 0..... "O~" u 0 ._ ~ .E.~ 1i ~ ""ZEal..) ~ ~ ria ... <.>:>:'d ~..s 8 e iij.:!l g ~"E > '" -0 ..., '" c.:: ~ ~ ~~ i:3""Z g.:g ... (..t..l"<::N-~ cr:J':8~ii ~ a N .::~ 6 :~.B " C2 -3 ~ ~~ .....l .- IU ... 0 ;!gg"BE ".u g :g t:: ~"@Q~~ ;:i~j9-5 -a <;>. 3c,~ I'lO tl E "'...; :=:..c :;,0::: ....r:: 0] C 0 " o. 1-<'- S'~ ~~~~3Jl '" z ol' , .~~~ ~] ~z& :;:;;Jj .,............~ .... ~ ~ if G .... ~ .e 8HH~ ~ ~ '<."- ~ ~ ~ en .. 0 "'..<:: Z ~ e :;;;; lt8~~~ <( B.,., ~"O <( E t;! ~ g ^ g] :c" ~a 0..'" Ill"'" d ~ i'" ~~ 0,., <e: "l). Q.,g ~ <(.5 OJ ~ t 0 ~ <'l :g <'l . . ~ () - , .Q.o::: -2",..8 2 d < u...<: ... '" :::;;;..c"'-S: .......... ~-~ 'O~'O~'a~ E f/J l':" e ~ a & ~:~ 8. ~ .5 J:; 5 p ~ oj v.::I 0 ;J ~ ~ E ~ IZI ..... E (;} S':': 1-< s s :3 0 . N C '" 0 g ~r~~~~ uo~a~"g charges authorized in advance by the Client, plus the cost of mandatory and customary contributions and employee benefits including employment taxes and other statutory benefits, insurance, sick leave, holidays, vacations, pensions and similar contributions and benefits. DISPUTE A Dispute means a disagreement arising out of or in connection with this Contractor in respect of any defined legal relationship associated with it or derived from it and includes any failure to reach agreement where an agreement is required. GENERAL REVIEW/FIELD REVIEW General Review/Field Reviewmeans review during visits to the Place of the Work (and where applicable, at locations where building components are fabricated for use at the Projectsite) at intervals appropriate to the stage of the construction that the Architect, in his or her professional discretion, considers necessary to become familiar with the progress and quality of the Work and to determine that the Workis in general conformity with the construction documents. INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are the design and drawings, specifications and reports prepared by or on behalf of the Architectincluding but not limited to plans, sketches, draWings, graphic representations and specifications, cornputer~ generated designs and materials. PLACE OF mE WORK The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in the Contract Documents. PROJECT The Project as described in this Contract means the total enterprise or endeavour contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. PROJECT BUDGET The Project Budget is the Clients estimated total expenditure for the entire Project. It may include, but not be limited to, such things as the Construction Budget, professional fees, costs of land, rights of way, and all other costs to the Clientfor the Project. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 PageD3of4 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > ~ 0 o . ~ o _ - "~ - ~'~ e- - u C " :J 8~ ~ - c . 0 " ...c c: '" ~ ~ ~ . . ~ fr ~ 1:: ~ ~ ~ "",,'- .::: " C 0 -~ :: E ~g& -S -,;:: ~ -'" ~ S ~ ~ u.... iij ~ rd t1 5 ,61< 0 5u.s~ 5'C5 t-5 .g ~ -~] ~.~ ~ E' ... ...... _0 0 e.""@~~ 0..'" l::.::l 8~8~ cS~""@ .~ [i.( 5~ ;::'ca 0-:;; ..s >-""'.::: A 0 .::: 0 .~p::: '" 5l' E;:..E ~ ~ 0..... .S ~~ oJ 0'::: t ~~~a "~ W ~ ~ ~r-g ......:> " o A 0 '" Q.,.....U t: :::l :!l .::: .., .- ): .~ -6 -S t ffi:g ~ .S:S ~L~ 0.] ~ p::: uN u-.... <n~8 .S~ !t 2'"; t "( (') "l .::l-B '" ...... j:;o:.n.....<: ~g -~ ~~ :::; -_ .... c ~-g "8~ ,_ i3 ~ s . Sdcao.zi:l < 'j_. cG'::: ~.s -g 0' tl_5 .( i 5<@ <( _g':::l :3 ~ [-'~ ~ o..~ "" {j " g , ~ z C1.~ ~ '""5 J< -'jj ,-~ iB<8~'o~ t:zJ:~~<n O,l wi c:~ '-' ~ ~ Cl. OJ ~.s .~ ~:;~~d ;f~ -< c] ~ .g [I) Ij-'a g II ,z,..- ~ ~ 0 ~ -a "2 1iI ~ <:-: u. 5 '" i!~~] ~~ ~ a^ g"g ~_::l ~' 0.. ~ <(:::... "'.... ~ 85 -s-~ !. <C g"-s 5 J:j <.i::: <( .~ '" ... <t 1l o~ c3 ~ " dS~<E:"'$,a ""J:j-S,2~ ..; ............0 blI _ :;"..... 0 ~ :;; o 0 d 'm rr::J 8 en _~ ;;: ~ ~ &.(.~g~g <( '" 0.. "'..... J<3@:~ u i;:;'~ <2 V,l == e ~ s ~ ~ <( :::I E :::l 0 . N g '" g .::: 8"'0 -B '"U-2 ~N .:5:'Cl _!l.:;:j ()ot:aF=ll SUBCONTRACTOR A Subcontractor is a person, or enriry having a direcr contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work or to supply products worked to a special design for the Work. SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF1HE WORK Substantial Performance of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such a definition, Substantial Performance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose inrended and is so certified by the Architect. TOX/COR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES OR M4TERIALS Toxic or Hazardous Suhstances or Materials means any solid, liquid, gaseous, thermal or electromagnetic irritant or contaminant, and includes, without limitation, pollutants, moulds, and hazardous and special wastes whether or not defined in any federal, provincial, territorial or municipal laws, statutes or regulations. WORK The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 PageD4of4 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ " o ,~ o _ - o ~ - ~ '~oo e- - 0 c " g 8 ~ ~ 'Q ~ ~ ~ ~ g ~ ~ fr_~ ~ t> J: ~ ~ .51 ",;3 :I .~ ~ ~ lJBu.. ..<:: -.0 u - " c ~ 8 ~ i ..c _ 11>.., <t- ",.. 13 5 1l .( s ::;g~~ .,u'" OJ g '0 g-B .g ~ -~] .~ -~ t: S:' -:5..s 9: 0 '00:1:::: u ....~]~ 8E8i ~ ~ e.~ ~ < ~] ::J"';!O ":;:l . >"0 .:: 1: ~ ; ~ .~~ t: ~ S.;s:~ ~ $.1:JilJ:i ] {l 0_ G u . "" ~ ... ~ ~ ~;s 8 e f;3 .~ 8 lJ .~ ~~l io~ U..l "'0 0 .~ .., ~.s~~ .~ (J)~~ .s.~ tc ;; ~ t '" 02~~lJ :i!.g '<! gf~ .....l .- li .... 0 :{g~1E (j~8~E ~!J~~a~ "'0 E. ";t;;' c (J l3':: 0; .,;.l.i.::;.E <,~ '-':I "'-I:: ~ g 13 g ~ t-"";:: a S''''O N e;e <.,c u 0 '" 8z~.tlv...!l N -'E"" ~~ ~.(i~ ..z"-....::;<.I) !~-""_. U..l .: ~ '" '" ~ "~~ 'C .( E ... 0. l< II) "" 0 Ci o:r:: t:: ~ .5 IS. .<.<'0] ;; ~ <( -.......5 ... ~ (/) t 0 ~..s ;Z ,. a .,""" ~8c~a "z "~ a~~]~~ Sol _,:: "'0 0. u .~a&!~;;;; ii C3 E! 00 Jj .5 ~ _8~~" .... <: ,=",. o.,g ""<~c., to.2i'd::l13 t!! -< r:: <..l ~ !::: ... "" IlJ= J;:: J;i ~ lj..s ~ ~ Q: .~o 1l-&" 'O~ ~~~] 13 (J).O:: IU oj '" o - c c u ,:: ~ ~ " 8. ':lc 1 gEE ~ " 8. ! ;J i !l a 'B .... '" " s .~ OOi<~sa't3 . ~.g 1!.g_~ o "'.... .~ N .~ '"d '~::g U 0 t= a ~ '" General Conditions Note: All terms which are defined and which are used throughout this document appear in italicized text beginning with a CAPITAL letter. GCI ARCHITECTs RESPONSIBILITIES _1 The Architectshall provide professional services as outlined in the Schedule(s) identified in AlO of the Agreement Form. .2 The Architectshall maintain records of reimbursable expenses, and for any services for which the fee is computed as a multiple of Ditect Personnel Expense. These records shall be maintained to acceptable accounting standards and made available to the Clientat mutually convenient times. .3 The Architect shall not: .1 be required to make exhaustive or continuous on~site reviews; .2 be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Suhcontractors, suppliers or any other; .3 be responsible for persons performing any of the Work, or for failure of any of them to carry out the Workin accordance with the Contract Documents; and .4 have conttol, charge, or supervision of, or responsibility for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or, for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work. .4 The Architect shall have no responsibility for: .1 discovery, reporting, analysis, evaluation, presence, handling, removal or disposal of, and .2 the advice of any independent expert recommended_by the Architect on behalf of the Clientand the Contracrorunder the ConlTactin respect of, and, .3 the exposure of persons, property or the environment to, Toxic or Hazardous Substances or Materials in any form at the Place of the Work. Gel CLIENTs RESPONSIBILITIES .1 The Clientshall promptly fulfil all responsibilities for the orderly progress of the Architect's services and of the Work. .2 Information , ' ............................................, The Client shall provide all information as outlined in the Schedule(s) identified in All of the Agreement Form. The Architect shall be entitled to rely upon such information. Contracts for the CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 1 of 10 . I I ........................., > ~ " o ,~ o _ - . ~ - I ~.~ fr - 0 c " " 0 " ~~"'g . . ~5~ c e . I fr ~] tl.:E1j .:a _5 ~ . c 0 , : ~ " B ti B .... I -5 -d ... . c ..g @ is .... .:E u ., c: ~ ~ ~ ~ _5 -g < a ;:: ; l!..g I u U ... ., 5'Q H-5 .g ~ .ti ~ ..= 0- {3.E ~ '3 '0 -,a :=: u I E:;:~""g:Q sE81 --5:5 e.~ ~ <: E ~ ~-,ao1 I :.:j~] * ~ 0 "~ g-~ -~-"' ~ 0 .'2 ~ ~ -~ ii t3 "~ Q I E ~ ti"-g ... ., > '" a-5 8 ~ iil .:!l g l! -e >)3ra'" ., ffi ~ ~ ~~ 1j 8.;g ~ I ~ uN c:.~ C/) 8.5 ii ~""gN .-7~ 13 ~.~ -5 ., ::z g ~ ~-5 o r- I jog ~~ ~8 g :; .:: S2eQ~ti ;:; ~ r'.,s -g o. ~.9 I ~ it>:l ~ <@ <( .g~ 5 li ~ -~ eo..'" N "a era 2 z '-' l:l 8 Jl Cl.~ , - I ,)f~E'~~~ 'l:z.2!,,~C/) ...~;::<Sl... -f:l g ~ ... ~.a .~ :; ~ - ~ ~ - ~d l ~ i~ <( ; g. I .~ ;2 ~-'O ~.9 tJS~8g-g] ] Z "~ 0 ,_ ~E]~1l " " - ~dS]><.~ I ~ ~ "~ d g~.9.~ "" ~- _~.a c: t; '-S! .:: 0"<:: to_j~~~ ~:;"' ",0 I . "- a:::E 1j -5 ~ ~ '-' '- {j .~ 'o<~~~~ ~ ~ ~ € '" [ii o ~.S; .:: <.> c: ~ ~._ 0.", C '" 0.."'-.= 1 5'" I ~ '-' 8 .:!l ~ U ..r ... '-' 0 ... ~ ~ .::: ~":5 rn:;C e ~ E':" i a a a 0 8.,3 -5..g-g N _;'3.", .:!l':; I {)@~;~~ I provision of information, whether arranged by the Clientor the Architect, shall be considered direct contracts with the Client unless explicitly provided otherwise. .3 Other Responsibilities The Client shall: .1 authorize in writing a person to act on the Clients behalf and define that person's scope of authority with respect to the Project when necessary; .2 review documents submitted by the Architect and give the Architect timely decisions for the orderly progress of the Architects services; .3 obtain and pay for the building permit and all other permits and development costSj .4 immediately notifY the Architectin writing if the Client observes or otherwise becomes aware of any fault or defect in the Project or any nonconformity with the requirements of the Contract; .5 engage all consultants as per Article A13 under terms and conditions of agreements which are compatible with this Canadian Standard Form of Contract fOr Architectural Semces; .6 ensure that all consultants engaged under Article A13 obtain and disclose professional liability insurance coverage compatible with GC8 or as described in A20, Other Terms and Conditions. GC3 CONSTRUCTION BUDGET AND CONSTRUCJ70N COSTS .1 Project Budget Neither the Architectnor the Client has control over other professional fees, land development or other costs related to the entire endeavour of the Client, therefore the Architectcannot and does not warrant or represent that Project costs will not vary from the Project Budget. .2 Construction Budgetand Construction Cost Neither the Architect nor the Client has control over the cost of labour, materials or equipment, over the Contractors methods of determining bid prices, or over competitive bidding, market, or negotiating conditions and therefore the Architectcannot and does not warrant or represent that bids or negotiated prices will not vary from the statement of probable Construction COst. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 2 of 10 - I I ~ ~ 0 8..;-8 I ~1>fr ~ f;; ~ . 8 ~ ~ '0 ; j; - . =- ij ~ ;:j S '" I . "~ ~M. . C " ti.:.E ~ ;oj ~ '" .",.~ ;:: . c , .;'j ~ E <.> tl 0 - , ~ I ..s.p ... , C A;:: " . .>=l 8 5 :=: ~ eO ~ E .5 '""g g'O H-€ ~ ~.~] ,:2"& C ~ .....f: 0 0 ..... '.0 u I ~ ~ ~ ~ 8~8i ,..l:"Ol '" '0 ~ ~ :; :5~~~ . ~-d ~ I ..::: 0 ,:: 8- .lf~ ~ ~ ei;A ;::0:: o ~ -E ,~ u 0 .~ ~ .5 ,t;j ~..g 1l1l0G I ~ ~ ~] - . > So -s 8 ~ 8-~5~'E ~ ~ 1 ~~ I ~] 8.;g ~ a::~~?~ ifJ"'!j ._^ ~ 3 tf ~ ~ Ol!lintll 1:2 -E ~ ~~ .....l .~ ... .. 0 I :(g~]E .~ 0 8 ~ x ;2;:; ~... :2'f. ;:: ~.p ] c' ~ 5 I '" tf ~ i! :;E] C , ~- &.;j ~ ~~8' z,,~..., ,;~I! n I ~, 0 dz..!.L.~~~ "'tiJ 'E: ........ g~"'~~'8 -< s .... Q. 8 -( ~ .If 50 ^ ""~.", Q., ~< -< s:: <II I l..I..( ....... e ... 'E:2 ~ 0 5.p "S~~!g1 Hqn l:l.>= '-' I ... c.l 8. B ~.:a ~o Soo~.5 8r. <:""" 0:: t; C 0 ~ ~ -<.~ ,,~ tJ 0 0 ~ [j l:'l :fB~..s B I a ",s., '" ~.p....~ .S> .....:f....... 0 - '" o 0 fl ",...." fu:-~g~ij ~~-~~l'i I 1 0 8. u....r.. .... 0 ...:9 ~ ~ IS '] [/) -< g S 5 '0 jN10gg 8"'O.s'" '.0 N -~"'O.:1.:;:i I g~ ;~~ I .3 Statement of Probable Construction Cost If the construction procurement phase has not commenced within three months after the Architect submits the construction documents to the Client, the agreed statement of probable Construction Cost and Project Budget shall be adjusted to reflect changes in the general level of prices in the construction industry between the date of submission of the construction documents to the Client and the date on which bids or proposals are sought. .4 If the lowest compliant bid or lowest negotiated proposal, exceeds the latest agreed statement of probable Construction Cost by more than 15%, the Clientshall provide: .1 written approval of an increase in the statement of probable Construction Cost and Project Budget, or .2 authorization for re-bidding or re-negotiating of the proposal, or .3 instructions for revising the Projectscope or quality as necessary to reduce the Construction Cost, or .4 termination of this Contract in accordance with GClO if the Project is abandoned. .5 If the Clientproceeds under GC3.4.3, and the extent to which the lowest compliant bid or lowest negotiated proposal exceeds the latest agreed statement of probable Construction Cost by more than 15% is not due to extraordinary market conditions or other factors not reasonably foreseeable by or under the control of the Architect, then the Client may require the Architect to modifY the construction documents or provide other services necessary to reduce the Construction Cost to within 15% of the latest agreed statement of probable Construction Costfor no additional fee. Such modification of the construction documents to that extent shall be the limit of the Architect~ responsibility under GC3.4.3, and having done so, the Architect shall be entitled to compensation in accordance with this Contract, for all other such services performed, whether or not the construction phase is commenced. GC4 CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT (If the Architect is not providing payment certification services, tbis General Condition shall not apply.) .1 The issuance of a certificate for payment shall constitute a representation by the Architectto the Client, based on the Architects General Review / Field Review and on review of the Contractors schedule of values and application for payment that the Work has progressed to the value indicated, to the best of the Architects knowledge, information and belief; the Work observed during the course of General Review/Field Reviewis in general conformity with the Contract Documents; and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. Such certification is subject to: CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 3 of 10 . I I ........................ > g. . .~ o _ - ...g a I .fj 'g ~ c ~ " " 0 " . u ~ ~ 'E ~ ~ := ~ g E ~ I . "~ fr~~ t.:.E E:l .:!l ~ o:l -0 .~ a . c , .:!l ~ E I ~BJ: .-s -~ E ,..:; a .. , .~ 8 ~ E i "" v S 811 ~ a - Ii ..g 5u.-s I 5'0 tf,S .g ~ ~ j 3 '51'~ ~ u..5 0 0 ..... -jj u I ~g]~ 3~8i -5:B] .~ 1i ~ a~ ::1"30':;: "" >-"".: I i1,~ g g, 'i: .. 2 [j g:~ .2~ u 0 .~ ~ $-~~~ ']J3a I tl ~ ..:"8 ~.g ~ : 5. u u ~ @ _;1 S ~'~ > (j-o'" ... P::"3 E:l "IlCl) U-I-oCl~-r: I (l}1! c,;:l <.) ~u~u~ UJ ~8.5 E-< i:l~ .; 6: $,S v ::2 g ~ ~.-s 'C 5 0...... ,..J -.. u 0 I ~]~]~ ..u ~ ;:l;< ~"3 .,gILl ;:; . ~- . i:l -:;::-5 -00'1::: ~ 8' I g ",-~ E.:c -< i:l v-r:: -< -il] 6 ~ f-'~ c,~ 8,,<jj~ h N::-:C1~tJ'"3 . <(' .~-O I ~~~ ~.e ...:.~~'3 ~ I r-r-l a "" ~ '" p.. u ~..o:: -t:: <e: e ... 0- 8 < ]ods K ~ -0 C, Ie. -~ " I . CI) ... 0 ~..o:: Z V ...... V1 . 8 ~ ~ '] ]~~~~'" <g'"d~if <"i~- ~ d 5 x_~ I ~ -< i:1. ..,.." o S rn~.5 _ 8 d ... ~ ~ -< g.:6 51: ~ -(';l ~ ILl ;l .... 0 0 :g '" ~ .~ () " " -( <2 .., 0.8 3 I a~1:-5..!:l~ -C:::'E..g ~ 'O~otJ";l-o ~ <:J) i:l ;> a VJ _1:1 ILl ~ '" . 0 ~ i 0:: ~ ~ -~ 8. ,0 '"8 gEe ~ I -1l . ~ 8. ! Iii U E t: E...... ifj~s~s! i " H . N g OJ g 0:: -o.fj-o-il ~ .:!l-o .:!l.:.a I uO~;~ll .............................. .............. I .1 review and evaluation of the Work as it progresses for general conformiry as provided in the services outlined in the Schedule(s} described in AlO; .2 the resulrs of any subsequent tests required by or performed undet the Contract Documents; .3 minor deviations from the Contract Documents being corrected prior to completionj and .4 any specific qualifications stated in the Certificate for Payment. .2 The issuance of the Certificate for Payment shall not be a representarion that the Architect has made any examination to ascertain how and for what purpose the Contractor has used the monies paid on account of the contract price, or that the Contractor has discharged the obligations imposed on the Contractor by law, or requirements of the Workers' Compensation Board or Workplace Safery Insurance Board, or other applicable statute, non-compliance with which may render the Client personally liable for the Contractors default. GC5 COPYRIGHT AND USE OF DOCUMENTS .1 Copyright for the Architects Instruments of Service belongs to the Architect. The Architects Instruments of Service shall remain the properry of the Architectwhether the Projectfor which they are made is executed or not, and whether or not the Architect has been paid for the services. Their alteration by the Clientis prohibited. .2 Submissions or distribution of the Architects Instruments of Service including all software and electronic media to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Projectis not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architects reserved rights. .3 The Client may retain copies, including electronic or digital and other reproducible copies, of the Architects Instruments of Service for information and reference in connection with the Clients use and occupancy of the Project. Copies may only be used for the purposes intended and for a one...time use, on the same site, and for the same Project, by this Client only and may not be offered for sale or transfer without the express written consent of the Architect. Except for reference purposes, the Architects Instruments of Service, including all electronic or digital files and information, shall not be used for renovations, additions or alterations to the Projector on any other project without a written licence from the Architectfor the limited or repeat use of the documents. .4 As a condition precedent to the use of the Architects Instruments of Service for the Project, all fees and reimbursable expenses, including all fees and expenses as a result of Suspension or Termination, due to the Architect, are required to be paid in full. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 4 of 10 . I I > ~ . o ,~ o _ _ ~~p. ... !;. ~ c ~" ~ 3 ~ ~ "a a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ fr~l:: 0,] l:: :1 ~ OJ "0 -~ ::: <<l ~ ::I " , E " _ 0 ~ 3 ""- oS "a 5 . :9 8 ~ 1'1 i <<l [~8 E ril .:5: c l! -E > 81J ~JS ~] t; S ,,,> - ~ &'g , ~ -5 N u.~ en;g 8.9 ~ b:: @ N :j~ O...:S..<:: OJ l:: (I) v...c: 2.g"'i&~ :J.:r3 ;;~ <(::: .,,:: .-8 g ::I ~ ~~Q.E" ::i " ["' .li -0 €. ~ ~ ::: 0 ;::J S 01 ~JS G ~ ~.9~ S :i t-'.;::.e o.~ ~~~~~;'j "z "~' ." "< ^ .:::13' ~<(E '0"'5 -~ 3'::..il ':-;: I-I-l:::.... '" '" 0...'" lI!"'<::"': <( E S .... go 8 <( ~~ ~ ~ ~ ~ -~ . . ~i:l U) .... 0 "'...<:: Z t' S ~;; ~~&g g ]~~1~1 ~ "C "'0 P. <.! .~a 8..B ~:;:; il <0 S en l!.5 ~ 01-" ~ ~ -~, ~ ~ t 0 ~ ::I;'j l'l -;::: U lJ ~ :c:l<(...E..,....... 1;: -< 0)"'<:: ., " c3 ~.s -::::c_~ 'a <(~'b ~ ~ ~ ~;.:3 .g' 5 ~ g o - D >1 '" ::: p..:? -~ 8.11 .3 l~~~.~~ aZi5~e~ ~~5~g~ .~Ng"'.go5 ,;;:j 8 -0-5 'J: ~ N.:!l 'Ll .:1;.;; ()@F:a~ll GC7 I GC6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Page GC 5 of 10 .5 The Client shall be entitled to keep original models or architectural renderings which the Client specifically commissioned and paid for. PROjECTIDENTIFICA TION .1 The Architect shall be entitled to sign the building by inscription, or otherwise, on a permanent, suitable and reasonably visible part of the building. .2 The Architectshall be entitled to include as part of the Contract Documents a provision to erect a sign identifying the Architectand the Architect~ consultants on the Project site. DlSPUTERESOLUTION .1 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve a Dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide, on a "without prejudice" basis, frank, candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts, information and documents to facilitate these negotiations. .2 If the parties have been unable to resolve a Dispute, both parties may agree to the appointment of a mediator in accordance with the latest edition at the date of execution of this Controctof the Rules for Mediation and Arbitration of Construction Disputes, CCDe Document 40, to assist the parties to reach agreement. Unless the parties agree otherwise, the mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with those Rules amended as follows: .1 all references to "the Contract" are to be considered references to lithe Contract for Architectural Services'j .2 for references in CCDC 40 for Schedule; time; Extension of time period; and termination if no agreement; the time period shall be adjusted from 10 Working Days to 15 calendar days. .3 If the Dispute has not been resolved within 15 calendar days after a mediator was appointed under GC 7.2, or within such further period agreed to by the parties, the mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving written notice. .4 All unresolved Disputes may, upon agreement of the Architectand Clientin writing, be referred to and finally resolved by arbitrarion under the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation and Arbitration of Construction Disputes, CCDC Document 40 as amended as follows: .1 all references to "the Contract" are to be considered references to "the Contract for Architectural Services'j and .2 the applicable date referring to Substantial Performance of the Work does not apply. .5 Dispute resolution shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the principal place of business of the Architectunless otherwise agreed. I CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 . I I GC8 > ~ . o .~ o _ - ~~e - ~ 0 c ~ " " 0 V ~~-g " 0 . ~~1t u S re ~ .~1 ~j~ . , 0 '" " ~ ;:; !J ~ tBJ.t.o ~.~ E . ;E 8 E E '" cO ... s .sl~ 3 50.s ~ g'o H <'3 .g ~.~ ~ .:E -~ 19 S c:::.f 'f 3 ~e.:a -e g. gs :.a <) ~ u ~ -a:@ 1.~ ~.( r:: ~ ;::l-;;;D':;; ...; ij"'l:l g ~~ ; ft &-€ g ~ 8 'o:~ ~ .s _~ 'f ~ il.ECl'J ~ ~ ~--g ... <..>:> OJ 8-580) G3'~ g ~-~ ~ ~] ~~ ml &i~ ,"Jj8Ng~ (f) "'I:l .- l::! tI; g~ ri~ Oi:J~-€J! ~:; G 8--8 .....l -g a "'2 ~ -0::: c B '" iU Q~8~~ ~~!j~ -g 0 ~ e 5 '" ",.\i ~.:.o ..( l:: <I'l ""'C -< o "ill i:: u !--o:~ ~ &.~ ~~~ ~ ~~ Jf~ ~il~] ..., z 0 ~ _ u Etj~~~~ ~~~~.s'[ ~<~d'~ .< < Cl . . 1:1< .........., '" 't;' Vl ... 0 "'....::: t;~~e~~ ~P=lU~3g ]~g~~if ~a' g~ ~.g '.. o.fl"''''I:l 1i C5 E tI'l J! .E ~ - 8 i ;;; ~ ~~ .~. ~~ ... 0 ~ :g:r; ~~:Jj~Jl2 d ~ J! -S ~ ~ ~:;.,:::"5~, -:;; ,., 0 '" ,,"Q eoi::,. i:: ~u>a~:~ ~~-~O"":lO ~ Po" -.0 "'0 8 E E '" ~ _ _ 8,' E !ZiE2S<E:S (J):;;: g ~ ~ ~ i..... g ~ g g g"'l:l..c"'Cl';j N .:!l'U .:!l"6 t"'': .':11 _..................... .............. GC9 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I LIABILITY OF THE ARCHITECT .1 The Client agrees that any and all claims, whether in contract or tort, which the Client has or hereafter may have against the Architectin any way arising out of or related to the Architects duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Contract, shall be limited to the amount as mutually agreed to by the Client and by the Architect, and as described in A20, Other Terms and Conditions, and if not specified, the limit shall be $250,000. .2 The Client agrees to indemnify the Architectin the event of any claim against the Architectin any way arising out of, or related to, the Architects duties and responsibilities pursuant to this Contract, initiated by a non-party to this Contract and arising out of, or from a claim commenced by the Client, and such indemnity shall only apply to the extent the said non-party claim exceeds the amount of $250,000 or such other amount mutually agreed to, pursuant to GC8.1 above. .3 The Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the published product information from manufacturers and shall not be held liable for relying on information or representation which he or she reasonably believes to be accurate. SUSPENSION OF SERVICES CLIENT .1 If the Client lacks the financial ability or authority to proceed, the Client may give seven days' written notice to the Architectthat the Client elects to suspend the Architect's services. ARCHITECT .2 If any invoice submitted by the Architectremains unpaid by the Client for forty-five days or more from the date the invoice was submitted, then the Architectmay give seven days' written notice to the Clientthat the Architect will stop rendering services. .3 If within seven days of delivery of the notice in GC9. 2, the Client has not paid the Architects invoice, or the Architect and the Client have not agreed in writing on terms for payment of the invoice, the Architectmay stop rendeting services on the Project, and in that event the Client shall not have any claim whatsoever against the Architectfor any loss, cost, damage, or expense incurred or anticipated to be incurred by the Clientas a result. Note: Notices In writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post; or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within 5 working days of the date of mailing. Notices sent electronically by email or Page GC 6 of 10 CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 I - I I .......................................... ~ " ,~ u _ - . ~ - I ..s"g ~ c ~" II 3~ l;'(> ,::; ~ E : ~ s ~ I . 0 ~ ~~. ~ .9 t; u<J::.!: .:a .5 ~ . . " ~ B ~ I:; a"'" I .s -:;: E ,..c::::" . 1 8 !5 '5 :l: -"'d'::; I {i~ ~ 8- '~.s 8 ~ 0....... .3."> U C ._ ~ E.~ <5~ "3Ju:)G I ~ ~ Ii-g ... ILl > '" ~..s 8 ~ fil.:!:t 811"E ~1I~ ;~ Ul.g ~.5 ~ I ~.e~~ .~ Vl~8 .s~ ~ g....... t"'C O:3$1]Jj Oig i !l'.:o .....l.~ .. 0 I ~ g 15 -u ~ " B k!<ii J3 ~ ~ ~s.s ] 0 .~ ~ 5 I .( it>; ~ ~ -<e: :8 l! 8. ~ N ~ a a E'd g ~ ~ 0 . z.e:;~ ~ ~ A<( ^ _....""" I ~-<e:~ 'o.e dZ_~~::;;J~ .. tIl;:: t:a ~ go..... ~,..c: '': <( S ...::>. g '" 00 0 Q <( ~ ~.5 a <(-..( 1 g. I ~ < ..,,' . . en'" "'..0:: 7: ~ ~ ~.:; ~~U ~; ]2 ..~ -:(.1] :Ji..o- ..(::: 0.>::: ~ ~115. oj do >L>=: ~ ~ "~ I <( ... "'::: o ~ (f)....::: .- w d .... "" ~ ~ .rl ~ ~ .... 0 0 ~ '" ~~~~-B~ I a~"-5~~ ..s '+< -g.~ 'eJ<'O~,,;"; @~.~5~g ~.(.~ g~ g '>:J ~ @ E' S .~ I i - ~ 8. e U E tl E..z t/) E9 13 ~ E ~ i < a ' a " 8.g..s ~:g I N .:!l""" .:!l:g u@~aF:"" .........................................., I facsimile for exampl~ are not considered to be reliable for the purpose of official notice. .4 The rights of the Architectgiven by GC9.3 are in addition to and not in substitution for any other rights the Architectmay have under this Contractor otherwise for non~payment of the Architects invoices by the Client. .5 If construction of the Work proceeds in the absence of a building permit and without the Chief Building Official dispatching building officials to the site, or, if the Architectbecomes aware of an action taken by the Client which violates applicable building codes or regulations, the Architectmay stop rendering services on the Project, and in that event the Client shall not have any claim whatsoever against the Architectfor any loss, cost, damage, or expense incurred or anticipated to be incurred by the Client as a result. .6 In the event of a suspension of services, the Architect shall not be liable for delay or damage as a result of the suspension of services. Upon suspension, the Architect shall submit an invoice for all services performed to the effective suspension date, together with reimbursable expenses and applicable taxes then due. Before resuming services, the Architectshall be entitled to payment for all suspension expenses as defined in GC9. 7 and for all expenses for recommencement of services within 30 days of the date that the invoice for suspension services is submitted. The Architeds fees for the remaining services and time schedules shall be adjusted accordingly. .7 Suspension expenses include expenses directly attributable to suspension of the Projectfor which the Architect is not otherwise compensated, including costs attributed to suspending the Architeds contractual and employee commitments, and in addition, an amount for anticipated loss of earnings computed as a percentage of the total fee for the Architeds services and Additional Services earned to the time of suspension, as follows: .1 twenty percent if suspension occurs during the schematic design phase; or .2 ten percent if suspension occurs during the design development phasei or .3 five percent if suspension occurs during a phase subsequent to the design development phase. OClO TERMINATION .1 If the Project results in construction, the Architeds services terminate one year after the earliest of: .1 the date of certification of Substantial PerfOrmance of the Work, or .2 the date of Total Completion, or CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 7 of 10 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ . 8...:13 . ~ - -s.~ ~ c ~ " . 0 " ~..::: ""2 . 0 . ~ ~ ~ ,::: S-.() . "~ frgr~ tt.:E 2:! .:1 ':::0:; ..., .~ <:: _~ ~ a OJ B C:i 11 -E ~ ... '" ::: ..c: l::'" . .~ 8 ~ i': ~ oi ~ E .61<: a 5u.s~ E'o .:s{j is B S ~ -0 ,@ .5.a :2 t; r.= E .;:: ~.3 8 ~~]~ 8~8i -E :5 ""@ .~ ~.,c 5] ~ 1-~'~ ..c 0 c 0 .!>Il~ <<l ~ ~ v '" OJ ......0 g p:; 8'0:8 t $.~<B.~ 15llCl'-J ~ ~ i] '-' "';;. "" ~.s8 S Q-~g~-~ ~ "'-0 '-' IU i:G--3 ;:; s~ wro 8."".... ~~ _, -E ~ @ oj,~ '-' ~ r.n~ 8.5 l:! ~ ~ ~ \:f"( O~~tl! ~.,8 d ~.::: .....L.a ~ '-' 0 ~ g El"& G .-u ~ ::l t< Uo; 015 " '" , ~- . 62::: _...0:: "'0 OJ. -~;, 0::: 0 ::J S '" rJr.X ~ ~ < 0] C u <(.~ 0 '" f-<:~ c.~ N" Ji "" ~z25~~-1i ~~g~i~ -i3'::~~';; w .:: Leo'" 0.. ::l -...<:: 'r;: x:5 ~ ~ ,; g- o ~ " R , " :&~<ol ~ .~ en ...:'e; t>l! ~~j~ii ]2 .... a .- ~~][1 ~~dg,[ij~""," -<( 6 v.lj:! ::: o 8 C ... '-' '" <i gr~ g 1 '-S <: .~ '" " ~ tOog!:l~ . <~ U " " ,c-.:(-.2,,2':: d ~.s~::E ~ _';-< C 0:1';:;; '0 ~ ~ .'51"2 e if.] -8 ~ '" '" J: ~- -~ & ~ J? ] g E S ~ .. 0 8~ ~ c:: <5 i Ii:i c: '<= J5 ~ S ~ s:: ~(<3E30 ~ ~.g l!.g.g Iii ~ -~:;; -~;.a ()g~g~""g (In Ontario the term 'f otal Completion' is used and defined in the Construction Lien Act.) .3 the date of abandonment of the Project. .2 This Contract may be terminated by either party upon not less than seven days' written notice should the other party fail substantially to perform in accordance with its terms through no fault of the party initiating the termination. .3 This Contract may be terminated by the Client upon at least seven days' written notice to the Architectin the event that the Projectis abandoned. .4 In the event of termination, the Architect shall be paid within 30 days of the date that an invoice is submitted for all services performed to the effective termination date, together with reimbursable expenses and applicable taxes then due, and for all termination expenses as defined in GC 1 0.5 .5 Termination expenses are expenses directly attributable to abandonment of the Project or termination of this Contract for which the Architectis not otherwise compensated, and in addition, an amount for anticipated loss of earnings computed as a percentage of the total fee for the Architect's services and Additional Services earned to the time of termination, as follows: .1 twenty percent if termination occurs during the schematic design phase; or .2 ten percent if termination occurs during the design development phase; or .3 five percent if termination occurs during a phase subsequent to rhe design development phase. Gell LAW GOVERNING THIS AGREEMENT .1 Unless otherwise specified, this Contract shall be governed by the law of the province or territory of Canada which is the principal place of business of the Architect. GCl2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS .1 The Client and the Architect respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party to this Contract and to the partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives of such other party with respect to all covenants of this Contract. Except as otherwise provided herein, neither the Clientnor the Architectshall assign, sublet, or transfer an interest in this Contract without the written consent of the other. Consent to such assignment or transference shall not be unreasonably withheld. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 8 of 10 - I I .............................. > ~ " 3..J-5 I .l!r - ~ c " e 8 ~ ~ '0 ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ L; ~ ~" 1J:.E ~ ~.S ~ " c " .~ : E ~~& I ~.~ ~ . ~ 3 ~ fl ,.~, ~ " .5 ~ u I 5u-B~ 5'0 {J..z .g ~ -~ j .:.2 'S: .:= S' ~ ~ -88 I ~~]j 8~8i ""'::l,,, " '0"2 t;:; ~ < 5::E ~ ~~-~ I ...c:~ c: 8. ~ " ~ ~ -5 0" 8....... 'r::-"' o -a ~ E.~ ~Jt ]~~~ I ;j i:l; t ~ b J! 8 : (t..... 1:1 fil -~ is 1l -E ~.g] g,~ >L.l -0 "' -~ .'" I ~ II 8.1 ~ 0:: U <"l <J .';:: ~~~-~~ :r:: ; ~ t "'C c=~]~ ~ .g '5 ~~ ,....l -~ ... 0 I ~g!3M5 --u ~ ::l;;: ~~ ll~ 0:: 1:: ~S-5 "'60' ~.8 I ; a~ ~:@ <3l! 8. 0 f- .- e .g ~~~~~r} ~ Z"Cl~ ~ '"3 I ~~g ~~ ;:~~~~'2 ~ [Ll 5 ~ 'ii ,~ ~ 5 t ~ 8 < !>d' ~ <-< ];t I ~ -( -......5 '" ~ U) t: 0 ",...c Z > Il " - ~r08 ]] ] z .. ~ ::l ,_ .t::-j 1 ~"'O -( e ~;:: _ i:l ~_~ I l a 8. "~ d ~ Q) -E .~ ~ ~i~ H ~OO~;03 -=u... .... I ~..E <.>..E a ~;:gJj-B~~ _.: '5~'~ '0 ~ 0 "'~-::I ""'i:::> c: e r.n i:l u '" '" o _"n c: ., c ~f' O~)j '" Cl.<>l. I l.~~.;~ ~~~~5..8 (J) <: E ~ E ~ ~ "E::l 0 . N g ... g 6 8"'0 -5 "'O_~ I ~ N'~ "'O.::I.:.a ()@~g~1l I GC13 EXTENT OF AGREEMENT .1 This Contract represents the entire and integrated Contract between the Client and the Architectand supersedes all prior negotiations, representations, or Contracts, either written or oral. This Contract may be amended only in writing signed by both the Client and the Architect. GC14 PAYMENTS TO THE ARCH/nCT FEES .1 An invoice submitted by the Architectunder this Contractis due and payable when submitted to the Client. Payments for the Architects services shall be made on account for invoices as described in A18 and where applicable, shall be in proportion to services performed within each phase of the service. .2 No deductions shall be made by the Client from amounts payable to the Architecton account of penalty, liquidated damages, or other sums withheld from payments to Contractors, or on account of the cost of changes in the Work other than those for which the Architect is proven to be legally responsible or has agreed to pay. .3 Variance from the Project Budget or Construction Budgetestablished under this Contract shall not constitute grounds for the Client to withhold fees due to the Architect. .4 When a percentage-based fee is used as the method for determining the Architects fee, the basis for calculating the applicable portion of the fee for each phase of the Architects services shall be based on Article A14 of the Agreement Form. .5 If the scope of the Projector of the Architects services is changed, the fees shall be adjusted accordingly. For Additional Services or when revisions or additions are made to the program of requirements or previously approved documents prepared by the Architect and such revisions or additions require services beyond those already provided, the fee for such Additional Services shall be based on the rates in Article A 14 of the Agreement Form, or as otherwise mutually agreed with the Client. .6 If and to the extent that the contract time initially established in the Construction Contract is exceeded or extended through no fault of the Architect, fees for services required for such extended period of the contract administration shall be adjusted and computed as set forth in Arricle A14 of the Agreement Form or as otherwise agreed with the Client. .7 In the event that new or additional taxes in respect of the services included in this Contract are required by federal or provincial, territorial, regional or municipal legislation after the ContractiB CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 9 of 10 - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ . ]~~ - '~ u C ~ " u C " ~ oJ"':l ., '5 8 ~'i:~ g E ~ fr ~l t:.:E~ ~ _5 ~ . c c .;!:l ~ E " _ c ~.g ~ ~ . c ...c: <=:., . 1 3 ~ € ~ 4 ~ g .~ :; ~ g ~U;5~ g'15 ij--5 .g g E ~ ;2 -~.~ l i:;;:8 ~ ~:; -g.::l sE8i t'Ol':::<il "' '0] t:; ~ <-( ;;:] :::Jo:IO":;o ....: s-g 5 -&~ cl p., 1~ ~ ~ a"::; .9,", oJ 0'::: t E _~ <S~ 13..EQ\J E ~ 6""'2 ... III > 01 ~..s 8 1:1 @_:1 51::"E ~ J}l3 ~~ J.>.l.g -:;; .5."> ~ ., 8.~ ~ @-5Nu.J:? (1)05-<:: ~-g2".; l:! ;:r: '" !f'" ~ 02in~~ ::2.g 'B' ~~ ,....J -~ ~ ... 0 ~ggl3~ .. u g ~ ~ $:leCill~ ;:igp.;; -g 0 'E ~ ~ .< ~~ 5 ~ <:81! 8. ~ N ~ <=.a s "'0 8z~~8J} NA<(^ -~ -~.g ~<c~~'o.e EZ& ..~~ "'t;J-l;:..Ji! ti.... l'l ~ ... "'~...c'~ 3 <( e .... 0. ::< ... 01) 0 Q ~ ~~ ~ ~ j< _~ jj u . en t 0 ~..s z_ 6 ~ ~-g "iii~~l.L.9cl il~~]~] ~ciU.~ ~ d g rn ~_5 ..( ;;~ ij J1 ~ <( .5"'<:1 i:l; tO~~~~ tl<~~,BZ ~ ~ '" -5~ ~ ~ _~'O~.~ o <C 0 tl -;...,; ~~_We1<; .2 ~-.:!l g ~ g 1 B g- s'~ _ u. 8. E U;:: t E-2 ...6"':.: "'_5 tIl <c g ~ S '0 jN,g.,ga ~2~~~~ Ugt=@~ll mmmmm.............................. executed, the amount under this Contract shall be adjusted to include such taxes. .8 Fees and reimbursable expenses may be subject to such value added taxes as the Federal Goods and Services Tax or Harmonized Sales Tax. The Clientshall pay to the Architect, together with, and in addition to, any fees and reimbursable expenses that are, or become payable, any value added taxes that become payable in relation to the fees and reimbursable expenses as required by legislation. REIMBURSABLE EXPENSES .9 The Client shall pay the Architectfor all reimbursable expenses plus an administrative charge as identified in A1S. .10 Reimbursable expenses include, but are not limited to, the following actual expenditures, supported by receipts or invoices, incurred by the Architect, and the Architeds consultants in the interest of the Projecr. .1 transportation in connection with the Projectfor authorized travel, e.g., for transportation, lodging and meals; .2 communication and shipping, e.g., for long distance telephone calls and facsimile messages, courier service, postage and electronic conveyanceSj .3 reproduction of Instruments of Service, photographs, and other documents, including plotting of computer-generated drawings .4 renderings, models, and mock-ups and web-based project management services, specifically requested by the Client, .5 fees, levies, duties or taxes for permits, licences or approvals from authorities having jurisdictionj .6 premiums for additional insurance coverage or limits, including that of professional liability insurance, requested by the Clientin excess of that normally carried by the Architect and the Architeds consultants. .12 All reimbursable expenses not listed above shall be approved by the Client prior to any expenditure by the Architect. Gel5 SEVERABILITY .1 If any provision of this Contractis declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegat or unenforceable, such provision shall be severed from this ConlTactand the other provisions shall remain in full force and effect. CONTRACT, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page GC 10 of 10 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > 3~.s 1.l 'g ~ ~ go S )j <.) tl ~'O"O o - Ii .D ;j <;) e- E ~ a ~.; fr -c 8 tl 'E B .:a';:;<a . . " .~ B E ~ _8 &: .5 ~ ~ "9 8 ~ . ~4~5 ,9 ~.l' ~ ~2.s.g ~ ~ >S ... ~ a ~ ii "0 "n .S ~ :E..sco.. ..;:: ~.g g ~ B -a u 0.. U a-5 8.~ 8.:E <':l:a _ ~ '0 ~ l.'; OJ ...<<; i'j'jj ;:J~o] ~ ~ 'g '@ o.ll (l) '" 0 t2-ii c e- 8''0 .g J! u OJ -8 _'" Z.~ <.l::] ]1~u ~] li~ o .... ;. '" Cl l5.. g 8 [l J.Ll .~ "0 ~ .~ ~ !j ~ ; t J.Ll "'3 0 !': Vl v.1 ~ ~'il~" p::1l N :l tl riJ 8 '"2-~ ~ "'d N..... ij '"oa.~]~ "00 _ " r2 8 C ~..s '.0 0 '- ....J "B ~ .... 0 ~ 15 3'"Z i:J uug~~ ~03Ql:" ~ M ~= l! "0 OJ.;t ~ ~ ; 0 ~ .is .8 ~ c ~ ..( C ... 'J:: f2P @" 8 z ~ I ~~ ~ -Cl;.e ~::g .~ < " .- " ~z< ~<'Ofi ~ ~.a=00 ~~~I.a,:l g.( OJ >:.c 0 Q ... C'" ~~.l':d il' Or: Z ~ ~ ~.s J.l~8o"'a-g 1; 3 .. ~ :::I '" ~< ~J~] u _::: 0.. oJ ja 8. \j~ ~ 6 goo.liS .aHj 8] -o'~m~~ ~~~::aUC5~ 8 "'" II) "" .... () .s~:E a 'O~....... 0 ~ '0:; o '" 'OJ "'d E Vl ~ 5 ;; g o -"jj ::: IIJ l'l ]~.!tl'l ~~~~E~ 00:;: ~ . ~ 'ii i 0 g 0 . N 0 <U 0 c :3 "'O..s "'0-,8 N:E~:E'il () IQq.... a!-< ~ Schedule of Architect's Services Note: All terms which are defined and which are used throughout this document appear in italicized text beginning with a CAPITAL letter. Project Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Bowmanville Community Park, 2375 Baseline Road at Green Road, BowmanviUe The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington This schedule must be affixed to the Canadian Standard Form of Contract for Architectural Services Document Six, 2002 as required under its Article A10, Professional Services. The services listed herein are further to the services described in Articles AlO, A12, A13, and A20, as applicable, of the Agreement Form. The highlighted services scheduled are essentially the same as the "basic" architectural services that were included in Document Six, 1997 for the traditional five phases of a project, the intention of which is the creation of a building, under expectations consistent with industry standard construction contracts. Architect's Services for DesignlBidlBuild Project Delivery The services listed in this document that are highlighted in the same manner as this sentence, comprise the integrated set of professionally endorsed services applicable to a typical five-phase "design/bid/build" method of Project delivery. The services described are consistent with industry standard construction contracts and provincial/territorial regulations governing the practice of architecture. Architects are strongly advised to seek legal and insurance advice and information from the provincial/territorial professional association before considering any reduction of or revision to the scope of services highlighted in this document. 1 SCHEMATIC DESIGN PHASE The Architect shall: Architect's Services- Schematic Design Phase, for Design/BidIBuild Project Delivery ;.... 1.1 coordinate services of consultants as applicable, 1.2 review the program of requirements furnished by the Client and the characteristics of the site; ARCHITECTS SERVICES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 1 of5 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I u review ::Ind comment on the Client's Construction Budvet in relation to > ~.o 3.g~ ~ -g t.. - ~ S " 0 " 000 ~ 15 'g 1: d o:l o " > s > ~ ~~ ~~ " " " " " o _ ~.~ 2 " . , . . E ~ .a & .B ~ i:: ~ 0 " .~ <J E ..J i 4 ~ ~ >:: '" See ..... g <C :j ~ ~]j ~ EO'" "'0 Q ~ if {j ~ ..... 23 :: ... ~ ~ "g .a 'C E ".0 g ~~;a~ 8 B 8" ",,;.E~i 'C~~:;3 v...... c '.jj "'_ <u;..::l ;::J ~o:.s ~~] '8 "g,s ~ ~ ~8 'O.g ~ V'i:-'" j; '" "'5 ]10D 2 ~ ~1 o _ 0 o l5.. 8 u ~ "'-l .:1 "'0 jj .~ ~ ~ ~ ~JS ~]~'g-'" Uj81!~ ~~~'r"_~ ::r: '" .~ :u <:C o a"'..s <) iil.g '= ~~ >-1 '€J a ... ~ :;;: a :::l -0 c: .-8 g ~ B ~(ij~.t:~ 02 g ~:::: J:l ]o's'~_~ -~ C A H-jn 8 ~ ~ a~ NZ8,..3~ -:;- ~. ~ .~ ::: ~ .';::; '-' U) 15<'O-B ~Z\.1.,~:::::Cf) S@d-=~~ o ~ ~ '-Bil g.( <J Ego "':;-" 5 = it j- <~] " . U) ...;- 0 i<:.,g Z ~ ~ t; ... a5801!1! 1i:'::;;;!;;;~ E~~~[g j~ 8.~ ij~ eo a rn J:l.S: <:: o;!... <i.O -2.~_~~ ~~ g~~;!~d3 ~~-()..." S ..8 <.>.8 ~ C) j:J-fij; So ~:;-~'O.!:! .:;:; o 0 1::: -<;J "'0 ~Vl_g5~g o - D l'l (l) C ]~'~~1'~ "g _ U 8 _:1 t: .B ~ g t: d ~ CI) ~ a ~ s;;:: la ~ E S 0 lNO<">oS 8"d..c: -0._ N]';;]," U@f-ogf-o] 1.3 review and comment on the Client's Construction Budget in relation to the Client's program of requirements; 1.4 review with the Client alternative approaches to the design of the Project and the types of construction contracts; 1.5 review applicable statutes, regulations, codes and by-laws and where necessary review the same with the authorities having jurisdiction; 1.6 assist the Client to obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction, if applicable; 1. 7 based on the mutually agreed upon program of requirements, schedule and ConstntctiOll Budget, prepare for the Client's review and approval, schematic design documents to illustrate the scale and character of the Project and how the parts of the Project functionally relate to each other as listed below; . Overall site plan incorporating future indoor recreation complex . Spatial relationship diagrams . Principal floor plans . Building sections . Elevations . Outline specifications . Site plan approval 1.8 prepare and submit to the Client a statement of probable COIlstntction Cost based on current area or volume unit costs; and 1.9 review and obtain Client approval before proceeding to next phase. DESIGN DEVELOPMENT PHASE Based on the Client approved schematic design documents and statement of probable ConstntCtion Cost, the Architect shall: (for Projects to be delivered in the traditional five-phase Design/Bid/Build method of Project delivery, insert the following:) Architect's Services-Design Development Phase, for Design/BidlBuild Project Delivery 2.1 coordinate services of consultants as applicable, and 2.2 prepare for the Client's review and approval, design development documents consisting of drawings and other documents appropriate to the size of the Project, as listed below: . Overall site plan incorporating future indoor recreation complex . Plans . Elevations . Sections . Project Brief detailing area calculations, building systems and outline specifications to describe the size and character of the entire Project including the architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical systems, materials and such other elements as may be appropriate; ARCHITECTS SERVICES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 2 of 5 . I I I I I I I I I I I I i I I I I I I I 7 ~ nrpn~rp ~ncl s'nhmit to thp rlipnt for ::mnrov:::al::l revised Construction > 8'.;,.g ~ ~ ~ .s ~ fr ~ 8 ~ ~ '0 "'d ~ 1:: g ~ " " t'S ;; ;; ~.; fr.:.E ~ .~ .S ~ ~ c c " " , .~ 1] E e .a c "".l:Ju.. ,..r:: "'.... - 5 " {J OJ S . ~.g~~ s n'~ :; u " " "''0-8-'5 ~ v .:: <.> v ;:; ~-S ~"ij.s ~ ,:a ~ '" Q., ~ =i.~ g ~ i!.a u 0. v c..<::: 8 _~ 8 ~ ~13(;"" ~ ~ ~ .~ :5~o~ u ~"'2'~ ~ OJ '" 0 !2.-s g ~ 8''O"r:J ~ ~ ~ "13 -'" ...CJ .r< G:: _~ ]~Du o . - ~] ~"'2 o ... 0 '" o 15.. 5 U E >= ";'; 1l .fi .~ ~ "'.... l>lJ OJ r..<< '"3 (3 c if.] (I)"'d 0."6_'" ~ 1 N ::l ti Jj 8"2.{j ~ "'d N.p-S :r ~.!S \j-,,{ ('J a (I).-s OJ i:2.E ~ ~~ :l.:e E .::; ~ -< l'1 ;;l "'C C "0 g ~ ~ U Q " :;:: e ~1l ~ 0::: v ~ =..c: ]01"r; ~ '" _ tJ;.o <" "" -< .,g "a 8 ::i N f-< 'a a ~{I 8h~h ~ .0:.E ~:@ .'<0."" (I)<~<'O-5 dZ.&..t=iil[f) I~ill'l Co . ~ s.:e 0.. d~~~C~ .l:t (J) ..: 0 !.'! J:.l .z~~"- ~~8o]1 l3~]~~] ~ -< OJ 8.... <> - co..'" ~~ &~ tl~ ~ 0 8 fI').s .S <: - 8 la ~ .2.:;g~ g 1! ... 0 :l: c '-' ~ ~ _ 0 (oj :3 03 ~;:;]~.8a 5 ~ v..d OJ '" ~ _-s~ ~.~ o~'O!1"a'; @ en gf ~ ;; g o ."n c <1.1 c ~~HH ~ . ': 8 _:1 E BkiE~5~ 00< P ~'ii iN' ~ , c . 8 ~..s ~:~ N .~ "'0 .~ 'U O@~a[:51l 2.3 prepare and submit to the CUent for approval a revised Construction Cost estimate; 2.4 continue to review applicable statutes, regulations, codes and by-laws as the design of the Project is developed; 2.5 assist the Client to obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction, if applicable; 2.6 Presentations at Public Meetings (2), and 2.7 review and obtain Client approval before proceeding to next phase. 3 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS PHASE Based on the Client approved design development documents and the statement of probable Construction Cost, the Architect shall: Architect's Services- Construction Documents Phase, for Design/BidIBuild Project Delivery 3.1 coordinate services of consultants as applicable, and 3.2 prepare for the Client's review and approval, construction documents consisting of drawings and specifications setting forth in detail the requirements for the construction of the Project; 3.3 advise the Client of any adjustments to the statement of probable Construction Cost, including adjustments indicated by changes in requirements and general market conditions; 3.4 obtain instructions from and advise the Client on the preparation of the necessary bidding information, bidding forms, conditions of the contract and the form of contract between the Client and the Contractor; 3.5 review statutes, regulations, codes and by-laws applicable to the design and where necessary review the same with the authorities having jurisdiction in order that the CUent may apply for and obtain the consents, approvals, licences and permits necessary for the Project; 3.6 review and obtain CUent approval before proceeding to next phase. 4 CONSTRUCTION PROCUREMENT PHASE Following the Client's approval of the construction documents and the latest statement of probable Construction Cost, the Architect shall: Architect's Services- Construction Procurement Phase, for Design/BidIBuild Project Delivery 4.1 coordinate services of consultants as applicable, and 4.2 pre-qualification of Bidders 4.3 assist and advise the Client in obtaining bids or negotiated proposals; 4.4 prepare and coordinate addenda as applicable; 4.5 analyze bids or negotiated proposals; 4.6 preparation of construction contracts; 4.7 review and obtain Client approval before proceeding to next phase. ARCHITECTS SERVICES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 3 of 5 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I > It..: OJ u~r5 "'.~ ..., -S ~ g- o 0 0 :!l lJ ~ ~21 ..c fB '" c ~ 1:; :; 11';; @';i= ~ 0" _ ~"a ~ . . " ~ 8 e ~ .E & .s a 'i:J ~ 0 0 :a ': ~ .. ~ ~ ~ 5 .S g -< ~ ~2~.g ~ ~ ;r .. u ~ ~..s c .. .. OJ ~.~.~ ~ ~ ~ 'E ~ ;'3"51 ~ '-' ~ u ~ 12 i 'C ~ ~ '" ~::::: '" :s :> ~6:E :.:j ~]'8 .~ 1 ~ 0.. ;..... ~ '" 8'''5.g ~ ~ B 'S -'" A" '" ~ .."...c "'11 ~ ~ C: () B 1 ~ 1 o - 0 Cl l5.. g u ~ U..l.~..." 1":;, ffi ~ ~ ~Jj ~ 11 0..'0-'" ~..c: N ::l 1;; JS8 u.ii ~ -0 N.9 '"S :r:: g .!{ 1)-< o den.s <.> ~.g fl ~~ -l~8~:: ~ 0 :;;I <.> 0::: .-u g ~ B ~-Qotl ~ S ~~ ~ ] 8~ ~~ < i~ 5 '" <: 0 c!j f-< .- 'a 0 <0 N8 ~ a 1i ir-iJ q:: !o< 0 '" N o;~ v-3 .,;< -~~ 1l cn-<~<'Q'"5 C:-:.....5~r.n a~~~~~ o ~ 8 "-Sli. g<oE1/o ~< '" 5 '" it ~..( <: 2 g oj .~ (I) ..; 0 t> 1! <Z~~"- r>l1'68o]] E3t3~;"3 ~<5.". v _ 0::: -€I 0. ,. ~ a 0 c:l >< U :c <: S g OJ ~ ~ 0 0 rJ).s '~ ..d ~~ 5~ ~O'~~~~ E~::aUCi~ 8::E].a~~ ............0 eF ~ ~-....... o.!3'", o O.:::l";;j .." @ U') ~ E ;; g o ',p c "l-)-'~R~.g :< E ~ S to U ~ '" E Hg5~'~~ r.I) <( e ~ E':': .~N~~g~ -g 8"" -5 "'O.g ; N.:E "'0 .~ 'i3 U@f-'[;;~""g 5 CONSTRUCTION PHASE - CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION During the construction phase - contract administration, the Architect shall: Architect's Services- Construction Contract Administration Phase, for DesignlBidJBuild Project Delivery Ge1l2ral ReviewIField Review Services 5.1 coordinate services of consultants as applicable, and 5.2 be a representative of the Client; 5.3 advise and consult with the Client; 5.4 have the authority to act on rhe Client's behalf to the extent provided in this Contract and the Contract Documents; 5.5 have access to the Work at all times wherever it is in preparation or progress; 5.6 forward all instructions from the Client to the Contractor; 5.7 carry out and coordinate as applicable the General Review I Field Review of the Work; 5.8 examine, evaluate and report to the Client upon representative samples of the Work; 5.9 keep the Client informed of the progress and quality of the Work, and report to the Client defects and deficiencies in the Work observed during the course of the site reviews; 5.10 in the first instance, interpret the requirements of the Contract Documents and make findings as to the performance thereunder by both the Client and Contractor; 5.11 render interpretations in written and graphic form as may be required with reasonable promptness on the written request of either the Client or the Contractor; 5.12 render written findings within a reasonable time, on all claims, disputes and other matters in question between the Client and the Contractor relating to the execution or performance of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents; 5.13 render interpretations and findings consistent with the intent of and reasonably inferable from the Contract Documents; showing partiality to neither the Client nor the Contractor; but shall not be liable for the result of any interpretation or finding rendered in good faith in such capacity; 5.14 have the authority to reject work which does not conform to the Contract Documents, and whenever, in the Architect's opinion, it is necessary or advisable for the implementation of the intent of the Contract Documents, have the authority to require special inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work has been fabricated, installed or completed; 5.15 review and take other appropriate action with reasonable promptness upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings, product data, and samples, for conformance with the general design concept of the Work as provided in the Contract Documents; ARCHITECTS SERVICES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 4 of5 . I I > 8'...1 0",_ 1!'~ p. " ~ 8 I ~ 8 ~ !'O-g 1l ~ ~ > ~ > ~ ~~ ~~ " I . " " " ~... ~ . " 3 " " e 8 C 0 <J'C p.. I ~dd ~ 0 y :2 ~ S ... ~..., <J ~ S ~ .l' ~ E2.s.8 I ~ ~ ~ .. gas {j ..., -r;j .8 ~ lLs ~ 0- ';;";J .g g ~ 3.:a u I g: ~ s j ,-,.jlj u...c: "":E...... '" 'C ~ B ~ ~...... ~ :,g ;:J ~O] I ~ ~ ~.~ '~1! : e- g.';.~ ~ U l:!"2-'" ~] il_~ I ]~c.:u k! 1 ~ '"8 c ~ 8 '" c b. ~ i3 ~ '~.u 1l "E ~Jlt!iO) "'-l ;:J 0 (fJ I ~"2 o.;a_'" ,..<:; N ::l ~ us 8u. ~ -0 N.9-5 B [iJ .tfi~ C2 8 ~ ~-€ I ~i~~~ .- 8 @ ; E ~";J Cl 15 ~ tll:f;:::;1! I ]8l'~.i - "~ :; a o. 01 a tl N 1-0:5 E &..g 8 i< ~ ". NZ8.~ 31J I ,;~ -l,,-g rn E '0'5 d:<:&S~(Jj 1~lj~-l I ':~~S'iJ g, .. ()::: '" .~ [f) ...;" c: G! .s ~ZOe" ~801-g E~ii].~ I .a [l ~ ~ '-' ^ co..'" .-~a8.~~~ "E d S rn Jj .9 <( - 8 m '-' ~ 5 ~ ~.:a 81 - . <Ill!) 3: I ~ ~ 0 la :3 OJ ":;,"u-- 5 -8...,B a {) A.s~ ~ ~ ...... ~'+-< O,!;!'"" o 0 ~ -;j "'0 @ en gf 5 ~ g I o ".0 a ~~.~o~g ~ @ P" ~ _ 0 0" ~ ~ &l if il ~ ~ rn ~ E a E':': I iN~~g~ . 8 ~ 1'1 ~:B N .~ ..., .~ ..., u@[:':;~1 ....................... .................. I 'i.1 n nrf':n:::lre c.h:::loQ'e orders and chan~e directives for the Client's aooroval 5.16 prepare change orders and change directives for the Client's approval and signature in accordance with the Contract Documents; 5.17 have the authority to order minor adjustments in the Work which are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents, when these do not involve an adjustment in the contract price or an extension of the contract time; 5.18 furnish supplemental instructions to the Contractor with reasonable prompmess or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Architect and the Contractor; 5.19 receive from the Contractor and forward to the Client for the Client's review the written warranties and related documents; 5.20 prior to the end of the period of one year following the date of Substantial Performance of the Work, review any defects or deficiencies which have been observed and reported during that period, and notify the Contractor in writing of those items requiring attention by the Contractor to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract. Certification of Payment 5.21 detetmine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract based on the Architect's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's application(s) for payment; 5.22 issue certificates for payment in the value proportionate to the amount of the Contract and the Contractor's Schedule of Values, of work performed and products delivered to the Place of the Work; 5.23 determine the date of Substantial Performance of the Work; 5.24 verify the validity of the Contractor's application for final payment and issue a certificate of final payment. ARCHITECT'S SERVICES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 5 of 5 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;;;'0 O..c ..s::: ~.~ ::: ,g Ei: 3 ;J 8 lj l'O ] 1:: E ~ 1) 8 f; g ~.; @'~ ~ :i .S..::: ~ g ~ -~ ~ 8 t;.'::::&: ,g~1:l fi 0 0 ,:E ~ 5 >--' ~ "'0 8 i3 5 ~ -1!' ~ gS=;,s.8 ~ ~ .:s Jj u ~ i.: .... o ,.... .... 0) "0 C :3 .... JjiJa""- ..::: <<l ,9 ~ o ".:a u i):BcA 3.B 8] '" 1:...... ~ '0 ~ t_~ :i 5.f! :J~o] ~ a]'~ "'l V '" 0 -~.s d Sf 8''0 ,g ~ v '" -2.'" $," ~ . "'Ollu~ 0<>00 v ~ - B ~ ~] 8:; 8 ;;: @,~.g <.>.~ > :e ..,..s t ~"3 B ~J::: (fJ-O c...'6_'" ~-B8.e~ ~ ~ N .~ ~ :c g .1! t: <:r: o dfl'1..s <.> @.g 'il ~~ ~ '6 a .... 0 < 8 ;:l '"21:: (SU g ;g ~ ~a30~U c:2 Iii l3"=..8 ] i:J.::I'~ ; '" o. 5 ~ ~ < "~ "C ..( .g"<j 8 :i 81;:] ~ n NZO'~U~ '''; ~..., ~ <( ~~~-5 ~3&-a;:;;l~ 8 r..r.l ~ ..... ~ g~~j~'~ "'.,;;; 6~ "- j~<<~gg. . (fJ ,;- 0 ~ J:j ~ ~ ~ Iii-d o::l u 0 -g ~ eZ ..~:J '" ~~.g"'2~if u _ ~.g ~ ~ j~ &.5 lj~ i;! 0 ~ rn 1l .S ." - u i - " 5 -< ~:.a !51l -;;-<, , . . "0 _ . " " ..,;"'u,~ l:! -< ~ 0)...;::.... to '<:;' OJ"<:: :Ll ~ u,..,:; ii":::::5 !:>JJ -~_o.'. o c;; lJ ~ 'U a U) ff ~ ~ ~ !$ 'a c .. ~-.;'1 0 ~ E " P.. " '.0 l !::: 6 6 '" U 0 "" F . u.~ l: ~~~B~~ I"J)< 6 E':l S.:.:: i "'" c . N ~ :u ~ 8 ~~~~~ o@~;~"g Schedule of Client Responsibilities Note: All terms which are defined and which are used throughout this document appear in italicb:ed text beginning with a CAPITAL letter. Project Indoor Soccer FaciUty and Outdoor lAcrosse Bowl Bowmanville Community Park, 2375 BaseUne Road at Green Road, Bowmanville The Ccnparation of the MunicipaUty of Clarington This schedule must be affixed to the Canadian Standard Form of Contract far Architectural Services, Document Six, 2002 as required under article All, Client Responsibilities. The responsibilities listed herein are further to the responsibilities listed in General Condition GC 2. The CUent Responsibilities listed by phase on pages 3-6 below, and highlighted in the same manner as this sentence, apply to the traditional five phases of a Project that is delivered under a tvnical "desion-bid-build" method of Project delivery. 1. INFORMATION TO BE SUPPLIED BY THE CUENT The Client shall furnish the information, surveys, reports and services as set out below, the accuracy and completeness of which the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon and such contracts for the provision of information, surveys reports and services, whether arranged by the Client or the Architect, shall be considered direct contracts with Client unless explicitly provided otherwise: .1 Functional Program The Client shall furnish full information regarding the Project's requirements, including the Client's objectives, constraints, schedules and criteria, including: . Spatial and functional requirements and relationships; . Flexibility and expandability requirements; . Special equipment and systems; . Site requirements. .2 Site Infonnation The Client shall furnish information, surveys, reports and services as set out below, including: . T M~l ":.~ T . ". ,. .. . .. .~ T ,__,- CLIENTRESPONSIBILITlES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 1 of 6 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . Tnnoar~nhir !:loci T .p~1 SIITVPV c1p.o;;C'rihinp' nhvs.ir~l ("_h~T~c.tf"ris.ti('_s. If>!J::Il > !2-..l1!: u.-s..,..... ~.~ P.. ~ g- ~ . 0 " l'C-g 1l ~ ~ ~ s ~ g ~~ fr;E 1:: b c 2:l 06 'o""@ . . " .~ ~ E " _ 0 ()'C p.. ..sdC "' 0 0 ] ~ 5 u ~.@ <.> 8 S ~ .ji ~ a () 0> g 8'O..s "'d G ~ ~ .s .g-ij 'i:: 2:l ~,9 -a ~ ~ ca.g ~ ~a'g~ 8~8:E ",;E.-< :l: '0 ~ Z [l = ': ~ ~.~ eJ ~ ~ ~~ Xl ]~i-E Pi 08"iJ ~ '" '" c 11' b'UN .- C . . 5~;j5i~ i:2 E C ~..s ::J~es~ -< 5 :;t1l c GU g ;l ~ ......,.Q"'''' <e: ... ~,..o v ~v ::::,..<:; ~ "j , ;; go 1'1.9 ;:; Ii g ~ 0- P U r; '.0 eo'" N r? a ~{1 8~<E u h ~ _0 j ~:g ..:; ,,":1:11 VJ t: <( 0 u d Z_& l::: ~ U) <Il tI:l ... -l::. v h~PI ,:<dl5~2: ~ < <0 c '" .~ U) ...:'0 ~ ~ <Z_~ q.:; Jj pq u !5 c (:l ';:j 3...... ::l '" a:;: a 'E 5] <.l "13:~ It''' ~ a 0 s::l >< ~ :2-<( P.,f!"',::: ~OSU)~._ 0( "3 c ... ~ .a:; 1f~ 51! ~ 0 '~ ~ ~ ~ g<=,,"~ g -< -2 ..8 ~ u:E~.a:E a ....<-:::'O~ .:;; ~~-g~'~] ~5-gg~g 'E~~~8'~ ~ - u -~ t:: B~5B8'-@ "';: 8 . 8 '" la ;3 e ;:I 0 ",Ngug5 ",8"'diJ"d ",'j ~N:E~:E'i3 ()@f-ogf-o~ . Topographic and Legal Survey describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the Project site, and a written legal description of the site and adjoining properties as necessaty showing the following survey and legal information, as applicable: grades and lines of streets, alleys, pavements and adjoining property and structures; adjacent drainage; rights of way; restrictions; easements; encroachments; zoning; deed restrictions; boundaries and contours of the site; locations, dimensions and data pettaining to existing buildings, other improvements and trees; and information concerning utility services, both public and private, above and below grade, including inverts and depths; . Geotechnical, Subsurface Investigation and Soils Reports which include but are not limited to test borings, test pits, determination of soil bearing values, percolation tests; . Utility Information . Covenants and Resttictions on Property . Toxic r<lous Materials Report consisting of a list of and evaluation of ToXIC zardous Materials present at the Place of the Work, ground corrosion and resl .. tests, including necessaty operations for anticipating subsoil conditions, d water pollution tests, tests for toxic and hazardous substances and maten . Municipal Information. .3 Services and Reports from Specialist Consultants . Appropriate professional recommendations of specialist consultants when required by the Architect including: Legal site location and survey Soils testing Others as deemed necessaty by Client and Consultant, or legislation . Structural. mechanical, chemical and other laboratoty and environmental tests, inspections, laboratoty and field tests and reports as required by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, the authorities having jurisdiction or the Contract Documents; . Inspection & Testing Services .4 Additional information, including: Proposed Project milestone dates (subject to adjustment based on external factors beyond the control of the Architect such as municipal approvals, market conditions etc. as applicable to the Project) 2. PAYMENT The Client shall pay the Architect as per Articles All, A14-A19, and A20 of the Agreement Form. CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 2 of 6 . I I > ~ st.s ].~ P- I ;; g-1:l :tl u ~ ~'O] .E '6 ~ >" , g ~ ~ I 3-;E] t; !: 2 ~.~ ~ . . , .~ B E 1:: e 0 '" '0 >.t. ~ . - I - c c ~ 0 . ~ ~ ~ .. ~ "'C <l.> ~ .S ~ ~ 5 ~~..5.g I 5 ~ ..," l! g B S 'Q; "'O'.o!': .... ~ ~.~ { ...... "' "!J ~ ;.Ei;s1 I !?- () ~ u ~~2~ 'C ~ ~ ;J :I,l ~'p :5~Q] I ;j ~ --g .~ '~.s 2 ~ g.'o .g ci! ~ B "s,,, ~ '. ~ j "'O..c 1J_ I 1:1 ~ c: u ~ l! ~ a ;: ~ 8 : ~ ~ 0 . .~ "'0 l! .~ '" 1l.I...... P:: OJ.... OJ >Ll"38lif.l I ~ 1l ~' .~ ..c N ::l '-' ~ 8].~ ~ "0 N ....-5 o lil.!i i~ C2 g ~ a.s I ~ ~ ~ 8 '0 @ g 1l c '.U :!:I1:l U Cl < ~ ~ R2 ~ i:!~J;::l..c ] 2) l'~ ~ I "" l3 ._ - "~ :; a 00 0- C u N f-i:;:: i g,~ o~-aca.., ~za.~ 33 -::; ~."" I .~ qc: 0 ~ z c: o-S Q >.t. -t :::::;(1) ~~~gjl 8 "~~O I ~~ ~ ~ 2: ~ U C <d .:,/ VJ ...: '0 S J5 ~z q~.;; ~ () c l'l -a z ..~ ;:l "' I ~~~]~] 8dgc~~ :.2 -< 0- a" i:: l:: 0 ~ tI'} 1!.- -< - u a .... ~ ....:; ~~ 6.li ~o"c'~ I ^ c ... :3 <U ~<=U"" <(..8 ",o.E.a o~.s~~ ~ 'O.{'O~~~ ~~~fj~~ I Po<~':~ g ~ B "C ~ S' ~ .~ .,j '0. E 3t5...r~'':::c (1:l E 1l fi 'E "':c ~ n'iS I 199og" "'C.-s'U.ii N~",,~," u ~ ; 11 .............................m....m.....~ I 11. CONSun ANTS 3. CONSULTANTS Further to Article A13, the Client shall engage consultants as follows: . All legal, accounting and insurance counselling services as may be necessary at any time for the Project, including such auditing services as the Client may require to verify the ContTactor's applicarions for payment or to ascertain how or for what purpose the ContTactor useS the monies paid by or on behalf of the Client; The Client Responsibilities listed by phase below. apply to the traditional five phases of a Project that is delivered under a typical "design-bid-build" method of Project delivery. the intention of which is the creation of a building. under expectations consistent with industry standard construction contracts. ATChitects and Clients are strongly advised to seek legal and insurance advice and information from the provinciaVterritorial architectural association before considering any reduction of or revision to the scope of Client responsibilities listed in this document, and highlighted in the same manner as this paragraph. 4. CLIENT RESPONSffiILITIES BY PROJECT PHASE Phase 1 Schematic Design Phase .1 The Client shall provide the Architect with the following: .1 Project' requirements. Client's objectives. constraints. schedules and criteria. including: . Spatial and functional requirements and relationships; . Flexibility and expandability requirements; . Special equipment and systems; . Site requirements. .2 Site Information lnformation.surveys.reportsandse~cesassetout below. the accuracy and completeness of which the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon and such contracts for the provision of information. surveys reports and se~ces. whether arranged by the Client or the Architect, shall be considered direct contracts with Client unless explicitly provided otherwise, including: . Legal Site Location including Municipal Address and Legal Description . Topographic and Legal Survey describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the Project site, and a written legal description of the site and adjoining properties as necessary showing the following survey and legal information, as applicable: CLlENTRESPONSIBILITIES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 3 of 6 . I I > 8' ~ 1! ~- 1j"[;.o.. :; 8" ~ . u v ~'O ] JS ~ ~ ~te · . ~ 0., U U " " . o _ 4j'~ ] . . , .~ g E tq;:& ii~d "' 0 u l! ': S ~ ~ .@ u ;3 e ~ .l' [j c: U <.> u <'>"-'-S.g ~ ~ .:r ~ g E B ... ~"51.S ~ :S~g} b~~3 Ei:: t a-8 31!!8.:a ",:.a ~ ~ '0 ~ e :03 ","I:; 2J"P ::5~Cl~ ~ ~ -g"@ ell v '" 0 -g1'1 ;g ~ 8'1).g & k ~].: -0] <:>.~ B~QO ~ -S ~] 8 0 '" Cl 0.. 8 u 13 ~ .~-Z -€ 'E fii ~ ~ ~JS f!\"2o..:.a-'" ;::2..r:: N ;:l'" US 8]-~ ~ -0 ~ '-. ~ 5 liJ.~] < ~ g ~ ~_.s 'J:: 0....... ~ 'i3 8 ... 0 ct: a ::l1l i:J 08 g :; ~ ~CilClJ5'" "_ v '" lJ.....A -0 G.~ ~ ~ go ;1.9 - "~ < "'" " '" ..(o-au r. 'p eo", N re jJ ~.1j 8~iJ~~~ ~ ,O:.E ~:g ,0:; " u ," " ~ ~.( '0-8 ij~r.r..~::;(f) e til .............. 1l ^ "j . . ::l .- ~ ,..c:"a i:;' - ~ Q -~. 5.~ ~ ~~~<,~]g- .~ ~ ~ 0 '5.s Jjp:)- c E"U'"O -Z<?~5; E<"] ,.u i'! <C \1 I: B ti -!:i P-'" j~5.~~~ ~ 0 ~ tr.Il .S "" ~, c _ , .:; ~.' , " o c 1 "~ _. '" i>: t 0 ~ ;J" ~ <" u " , 8 -<..a OJ <E .8 u::E.s ~ ~ ~ ~:;"....... o.!: ";:; o .0 '" .~ -0 EU)~5~g c ~"-5l C '" a ~ .~ 0 -0 0 -0 8 S g .~ ~(ju_8.~E B ro = !J = ~ tr.I ~ ~ ~ ~;;: ~ 08uO ~NO"'OS os 8 ~ -S -O:r:l ~ N ....."'r:l.;J.:a ugF:a~1l I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I f)Tgclps ~mcl Hnps of strpP:ts. ~l1pvs_ nj;lVf>:mpnts gnc1. grades and lines of streets, alleys, pavements and adjoining property and structures; adjacent drainage; rights of way; restrictions; easements; encroachments; zoning; deed restrictions; boundaries and contours of the site; locations, dimensions and data pertaining to existing buildings, other improvements and trees; and information concerning utility services, both public and private, above and below grade, including inverts and depths. . Geotechnical, Subsurface Investigation and Soils Reports which include but are not limited to test borings, test pits, determination of soil bearing values, percolation tests; . Utility Information . Covenants and Restrictions on Property . . and Hazardous Male1'ials Report consisting of a list of an e ation of Toxic and Hazardous Materials present at the 0 the Work, ground corrosion and resistivity tests, includin cessary operations for anticipating subsoil conditions, . and water polluti tests, tests for toxic and hazardous subS sand materials, with reports and appropriate professlO . Municipal Information .3 Constrnction Budget (as defined and further to Article A6) .4 Project Budget (as defined and further to Article M) .5 All legal, accounting and insurance counselling services as may be necessary at any time for the Project, including such auditing services as the Client may require to verify the Contractor's applications for payment or to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor uses the monies paid by or on behalf of the Client; .6 Structural, mechanical, chemical and other laboratory and environmental tests, inspections, laboratory and field tests and reports as required by the Architect, the Architect's consultants, the authorities having jurisdiction or the Contract Documents; .7 Instructions pertaining to the anticipated method(s) of construction procurement, Project delivery, and construction pricing (further to Articles A7, A8 and A9 of the Contract.); .8 Approval in writing of the schematic design documents; and .9 Authorization in writing to proceed to the Design Development Phase. CLIENT RESPONSIBILITIES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 4 of 6 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I g:..;~ ~:g~ ij;...8' 53' \;l o 0 ~'O-g <.J d <<l ~ ~ ~ g ~.; 0..._ '"' ~ ~ ~ ~.~ ~ . . " ~ ~ E ~ a 0 '" .- f-l.. ..c: ~ ... ~ 0 G :E ': ~ ..l ~ ~ ... ~ E g.l' ~ I:j U ... u IIJ"-'.a.g ~ ~ II OJ g a M ~ "'0 "rJ C ... ~.9'~ * "-< <;; .g g ~a]~ 8'.~ 8:E ""...<::....... ;l: 'C ~ t .lJ ~ _ ~ .B ;:J ~f..'J] Jj ~ ~.~ .t" J:l : ~ ~~.g ~ ~ 1:1 "8 ~>': ...c ".,; <.I: ~ i3~QB ~ ~ \j- "'0 :; -5 ::: ~ a c 0 lJ fij .~.g ... .~ > '" '" -5 r. fil ~ 6 ~cX ~] ~i-~ Ji8~~ ~ ~ ": .-. ~ B : ~ j ~ ;;: 5 d ~-5 , ".0 ILl ~..... - ,_ , " c ~ ~ ;;"'J i: 60 ~ ;3 ~ ~EQ~.E~ a::: Il.l ~ ~...<:: ~ "j" ;; ~ ('J is.r:: <( '" G;g < .~ "ij 5 ~ N I-.-.a P-~ 8 ~ <E u ~ lJ ~:;^o j ~:g ., "~,"" tI'J 5 -< c {j c z_(.I.. l:;:;::: U') ILl ...... ......t::, "" v ~!:e ij g i .~ o<~.-~ 0< ... !5 '>1J 0 c: <- ~u.:5 @: :;J -< -<...... (: ~ .~ (fJ .: 0 ~ ,..r:: ~z_~E\:); ~<?J:g~ E -< 15"E ~.-o ~~~.ij~~ j~8.B~~ ~ 0 @ en J:l .S <( - u ~ ... ~ l:: <( ~1 B J:l ~-<.~ !l; il: 110 C ;:l '" .t <::a u c ~ 15 <( 4'- OJ 0..,:; ~ u;:;S..E ~ ~ g ~ :;-~ 0 -" '. o 0 rJ ";:; '" @ (I) ~ c ~ g ~ <(-:g @ ~ S "2 <: I:! 0.. "'-.0 ~<(8~~~ B as- i ~ '~..s rn<6~e~ ~ 3 ~ 3 0 :.a N 0 :Ii 0 8 !::! 8 "'0-5 "'0 ".I:l l;l N.:'3 '"O.~.:a u@~~~1 .10 The CUent shall obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction, as applicable. Phase 2 Design Development Phase Based on the approved schematic design documents and statement of probable Construction Cost, the Client shall: .1 Review and approve in writing the design development documents; .2 Obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction, as applicable; .3 Review and approve in writing the revised statement of probable Construction Cost; and .4 Authorize the Architect in writing to proceed to the Construction Documents Phase. Phase 3 Construction Documents Phase Based on the approved design development documents and statement of probable Construction Cost, the CUent shall: .1 Review and approve the construction documents consisting of drawings and specifications setting forth in detail the requirements for the construction of the Project; .2 Instruct the Architect on the preparation of the necessary bidding information, bidding forms, conditions of the Construction Contract and the form of contract between the Client and the Contractor applicable to the method of construction procurement; .3 Apply for and obtain the consents, approvals, licences and permits necessary for the Project; .4 Approve in writing the construction documents and the latest statement of probable Construction Cost; and .5 Authorize the Architect in writing to proceed to the Construction Procurement Phase. Phase 4 Construction Procurement Phase Based on the approved construction documents and the latest statement of probable Construction Cost, the CUent shall: .1 Obtain bids or negotiated proposals; .2 Award Construction Contract(s); and .3 Authorize the Architect in writing to proceed to the Construction Phase. CllENTRESPONSIDILITIES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 5 of 6 . I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ph:::l!ii:p " C:nndMlrtlnn C:nntl"~rt At1m1n1!i:.tl"~tinn Phase 5 Construction Contract Administration ~ ~ '1j 3.g.. -ele. 5 8 ~ ~ 15 iJ ~ 5 ~ iJ 8 ~ 1ii ~.; o..J::; 0 1J ~ B ~.~ ca . . !J -~ !l e ~.~ & ..s~~ ~ 8 ~ ~.@ijE .8 g ~ ~ E2i!.8 ~ ~ c OJ g a ~..s "'Cl'p !:l ;:! 2..s'~ .a ~ <<I.g g o 3 ~ u g: ~ g ~ ~~ ~ i '0 ~ e: <3 <.> <l; :3',::: 3~D2 ;j~iJll .gf'" "" & >--5 i::J on 8"''0.15 ~ ;: 2:l 'S -'" ~]~] t ~ _ u g.s ~] o~88E P-l .~ "'0 Jj "E ffi ~ ~ ~J5 ~] ~i-~ r.i5 8].M ~-s N ...ij :r:: "".~ ti'-< ~~~].s 'p r:: ~....... :-J 'il 8 - 0 :;:;: 8 ~"2 5 '.U ~ ;l ... S2-;Q"'~ < .... ~,..c <l! pC ~ ~ ~..s g 0 .~ ~ .~ :; @~ "~ r--- ".0 " S '" ~ ~ ~ H] ~ - O;.e ~.g ,~-< ~ ~ .- <l.> ~<s<'O~ j:I:<:[.L. l::;::::(J) S Ell ~ -<=. ~ ~ 8::1~e~.p'~ --< ILl E ~ 0 - ~ 5;.g l5.. ti~ -< ~ ~ g- .::! (J) ..;' 0 t; Jj JZ_~@\j; _~0~1B ~<~] ~~. .j;i <:" ~..... U _ r:: p.. "" ~~R~~4J i~ !J ~ j ~O'~~~~ '~'::S {.) Ci ~ 5 ..... OJ.... ..... () -S~::S ~ ...... -<i...... o.!3 ." 0-< 0 ~ ";;:; "'0 @UJ_~5~a o ~- n l'1 <u r:: ""] p....jj o S S "" - u 8 .~ E ~~~-\j~~ oo<~~~~ .~ 8 g . " 5 ~ 0 "'0 -B"",.o !JNJ!-o]'il UQI-';;~~ .........~ During the construction contract administration phase, the CUent shall: .1 Respect and comply with regulations pertaining to site safety, (including but not limited to the Client's obligations as Constructor as defined in the legislation of the Place of the Work); .2 Issue all instructions to the Contractor via the Architect; .3 Acknowledge in writing receipt of interpretations and findings rendered by the Architect; .4 Respect and comply with the Architect's interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents with regard to the CUent's and Contractor's performance there under; .5 Render instructions in written form to the Architect as may be required with reasonable promptness on the written request of either the Architect or the Contractor; .6 Review, approve and sign change orders and change directives in accordance with the Contract Documents; and .7 Review the written warranties and related documents. CLlENTRESPONSIBILITIES, Document Six, 2002 release date: 03 June 2002 Page 6 of 6 I I I I I I 1'"...:,1 I , ~I II i! ~I II ~I '11 , ;1 j- II I I l I /\ / \ / ' B B /\ CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville Tender No. CL-2004-19 BARRY. BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED Architects Engineers Landscape Architect Project Managers 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1 Whitby, Ontario L 1 N 8P9 Tel: (905) 666-5252 Tor: (905) 427-4495 Fax: (905) 666-5256 E-mail: bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com Project No. 03144 May 25, 2004 .......~ ."", ~-- Standard Construction Document CCDC Stipulated price contract Project: The Corooration of the Municioalitv of Clarinoton Indoor Soccer Facilitv and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road. Bowmanville Tender No. CL- 2004-19 [S [S D [S Canadian construction documents committee 2 1994 I I Standard Construction Document - CCDC 2 - 1994 I AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR For use when a stipulated price is the basis of payment. This Agreement made on the Twentv-fifth day ofMav in the year Two Thousand and Four I by and between I The Corooration of the MuniciDalitv of Clarington I hereinafter called the "Owner" II II 'I j~ JI 11 ~I II ,II II it and M.J. Dixon Construction Limited hereinafter called the "Contractor/< The Owner and the Contractor agree as follows: ARTICLE A-I THE WORK The Contractor shall: 1.1 perform the Work required by the Contract Documents for Indoor Soccer Facilitv and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl located at 2375 Baseline Road. Bowmanville which have been signed by the parties, and for which Barrv' Brvan Associates (1991 ) Limited is acting as and is hereinafter called the "Consultant" and 1.2 do and fulfill everything indicated by this Agreement, and 1.3 commence the Work by the Twentv-fifth day of Mav in the year Two Thousand and Four and, subject to adjustment in Contract Time as provided for in the Contract Documents, attain Substantial Perfonnance of the Work, by the Eighth day of October in the year Two Thousand and Four. I I I eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 2 I This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe documem not comaining a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. j ARTICLE A-2 AGREEMENTS AND AMENDMENTS 2.1 The Contract supersedes all prior negotiations, representations. or agreements, either written or oral. relating in any manner to the Work, including the bidding documents that are not expressly listed in Article A-3 of the Agreement - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.2 The Contract may be amended only as provided in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE A-3 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 The following are the Contract Documents referred to in Article A-I of the Agreement - THE WORK: . Agreement Between Owner and Contractor . Definitions . The General Conditions of the Stipulated Price Contract 3.2 Pre-bid Meeting Report (Addendum No. I) dated April 13, 2004 ........................... 14 pages 3.3 Addendum No.2 dated April 15, 2004 2 pages 3.4 Addendum No.3 dated April 19, 2004 4 pages 3.5 Addendum No.4 dated April 20, 2004 5 pages 3.6 Addendum No.5 dated April 21, 2004 3 pages 3.7 Tender Form submitted by M.J. Dixon Construction Limited dated April 21, 2004 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 pages Agreement to Bond (Surety's Consent) issued by Aviva Insurance Company of Canada ........... 1 page Contractor Safety Policy and Procedure ............................................... 12 pages 3.8 Supplementary Tender Form submitted by by M.J. Dixon Construction Limited dated April 21, 2004 4 pages 3.9 General Power of Attorney issued by A viva Insurance Company of Canada ..................... I page 3.10 WSIB Clearance Certificate dated May 3, 2004 ........................................... 1 page 3.11 M.J. Dixon Construction Limited's letter dated May 5, 2004 ................................ 3 pages 3.12 Performance Bond issued by by Aviva Insurance Company of Canada dated May 20, 2004 ........ 1 page 3.13 Labour & Material Payment Bond by Aviva Insurance Company of Canada dated May 20, 2004 . .. 2 pages 3.14 Certificate ofInsurance issued by Firstbrook, Cassie & Anderson Ltd. Dated May 20, 2004 ........ 1 page 3.15 Contract Specifications issued April 8, 2004 3.16 List of Contract Drawings attached as page 2A * (Insert here, attaching additional pages if required, a list identifying all other Contract Documents e.g. Supplementary Conditions; Specifications, giving a list of contents with section numbers and titles, number of pages, and date; Drawings, giving drawing number, title, date, revision date or mark; Addenda, giving title, number, date) eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 3 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I ARTICLEA-4 CONTRACT PRICE I 4.1 The Contract Price, which excludes Value Added Taxes. is: I Three Million. Three Hundred and Fifty-eight Thousand. Two Hundred and Fortv-eight dollars and Zero cents. $3,358,248.00 I 4.2 Value Added Taxes (of 7!liJ payable by the Owner to the Contractor are: Two Hundred and Thirty-five Thousand. Seventv-seven dollars I and Thirtv-six cents. $235,077 .36 I 4.3 Total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for the construction of the Work is: I Three Million. Five Hundred and Ninety-three Thousand. Three Hundred and Twenty-five dollars and Thirty-six cents. $3,593,325.36 I 4.4 All amounts are in Canadian funds. 4.5 These amounts shall be subject to adjustments as provided in the Contract Documents. I I ,I ii, il II jl .ii 'I I I I , [I CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00502 4 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of I Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I ARTICLE A-5 PAYMENT I 5.1 Subject to the provisions of the Contract Documents, and in accordance with legislation and statutory regulations respecting holdback percentages and, where such legislation or regulations do not exist or apply, subject to a holdback often percent ( 10 %), and a further one percent (I %) for the contract completion security account, the Owner shall in Canadian funds: I .1 make progress payments to the Contractor on account of the Contract Price when due in the amount certified by the Consultant together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to sucb payment, and I .2 upon Substantial Performance of the Work, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the holdback amount when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment, and I I .3 upon the issuance of the final certificate for payment, pay to the Contractor the unpaid balance of the Contract Price when due together with such Value Added Taxes as may be applicable to such payment. 5.2 In the event of loss or damage occurring where payment becomes due under the property and boiler insurance policies, payments shall be made to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of GC ILl -INSURANCE. II I " I 5.3 Interest I Ii I ;' :11 ~ ~I il il :i ~I :11 'I I .1 Should either party fail to make payments as they become due under the terms of the Contract or in an award by arbitration or court, interest at One percent (I %) per annum above the bank rate on such unpaid amounts shall also become due and payable until payment. Such interest shall be compounded on a monthly basis. The bank rate shall be the rate established by the Bank of Canada as the minimum rate at which the Bank of Canada makes short term advances to the chartered banks. .2 Interest shall apply at the rate and in the manner prescribed by paragraph 5.3.1 of this Article on the amount of any claim settled pursuant to Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION from the date the amount would have been due and payable under the Contract, had it not been in dispute, until the date it is paid. ;1 11 il \1 eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 5 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal corntitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the docwnent cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document. unchanged. I ARTICLE A-6 RECEIPT OF AND ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES I 6.1 Notices in writing between the parties or between them and the Consultant shall be considered to have been received by the addressee on the date of delivery if delivered to the individual, or to a member of the firm, or to an officer of the corporation for whom they are intended by hand or by registered post; or if sent by regular post, to have been delivered within 5 Working Days of the date of mailing when addressed as follows: I The Owner at 40 TemDerance Street I Bowmanville. Ontario Ll C 3E6 I The Contractor at 2600 Edenhurst Drive, Suite 200 Mississauga. Ontario L5A 3Z I The Consultant at 11 Stanlev Court. Unit I 'I Whitbv, Ontario LlN 8P9 I ARTICLEA-7 LANGUAGE OF THE CONTRACT I 7.1 When the Contract Documents are prepared in both the English and French languages, it is agreed that in the event of any apparent discrepancy between the English and French versions, the EnglishlFrench* language shall prevail. * Complete this statement by striking out inapplicable tenn. I 7.2 This Agreement is drawn in Euglish at the request of the parties hereto. La presente convention est redigee en anglais a la demande des parties. I ARTICLE A-8 SUCCESSION I 8.1 The Contract Documents are to be read into and form part of this Agreement and the whole shall constitute the Contract between the parties, and subject to the law and the provisions of the Contract Documents shall enure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto, their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors, and assigns. I , I ,I,ll '1 ~ I" ~I I I 11 CCDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 6 1bis contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of I Copyright. Only sign this contract if the docwnent cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I ~I II ;1 I II ii I JI ~I ,II 'I In witness whereof the parties hereto have executed this Agreement and by the hands of their duly authorized representatives. SIGNED AND DELIVERED in the presence of: OWNER WITNESS Patti L Barrie. Cr~rk namewui"'le7J7ht~ sIgnature ~ signature .lohn.Mutton. Mayor name and title of person signing name and title of person signing CONTRACTOR l I M.J. Dixon Construction Limited name of contractor ~. ~""'CII'V O"""Q24' name and title of person signing WITNESS c.... -/' . h.t., ~- - .(-':'7L~.P,_ signature signature I name and title of person signing /-{a, Ie'" -e. v' el ,,> de I-? /Y' <? /h--J name and title of person signing C -I (, .. ,; ;'v{ c. 1 ( C. J- .-" ,_ I '1. I! ~. N.R. Where legal jurisdiction. local practice, or Owner or Contractor requirement calls for: (a) proof of authority to execute this document, attach such proof of authority in the form of a certified copy of a resolution naming the representative( s) authorized to sign the Agreement for and on behalf of the corporation or partnership; or (b) the affixing of a corporate seal, this Agreement should be properly sealed. 1 1 eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00502 7 I This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a eCDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the docwnent cover page bears a eeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I .!:!i I I I- ~I Ii 11' I ;'1 I- 'j 'II tl 'I ~I ,II , JI III I i Standard Construction Document - CeDe 2. 1994 DEFINITIONS The following Definitions shall apply to all Contract Documents. 1. Contract The Contract is the undertaking by the parties to perform their respective duties, responsibilities, and obligations as prescribed in the Contract Documents and represents the entire agreement between the parties. 2. Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of those documents listed in Article A - 3 of the Agreement - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS and amendments agreed upon between the parties. 3. Owner The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Owner means the Owner or the Owner's authorized agent or representative as designated to the Contractor in writing, but does not include the Consultant. 4. Contractor The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The term Contractor means the Contractor or the Contractor's authorized representative as designated to the Owner in writing. 5. Subcontractor A Subcontractor is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a part or parts of the Work, or to supply Products worked to a special design for the Work. 6. Supplier A Supplier is a person or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor to supply Products not worked to a special design for the Work. 7. Consultant The Consultant is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement. The Consultant is the Architect, the Engineer, or entity licensed to practice in the province or territory of the Place of the Work. The term Consultant means the Consultant or the Consultant's authorized representative. 8. Project The Project means the total construction contemplated of which the Work may be the whole or a part. 9. Work The Work means the total construction and related services required by the Contract Documents. 10. Place of the Work The Place of the Work is the designated site or location of the Work identified in Article A-I of the Agreement - THE WORK. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00602 8 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I 11. I I 12. I 13. 14. I I 15. I 16. I 17. I I 18. I I 19. 'I 20. I I ~I I I Product Product or Products means material, machinery, equipment, and fixtures forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used to prepare, fabricate, convey, or erect the Work, which are referred to as construction machinery and equipment. Provide Provide means to supply and install. Contract Price The Contract Price is the amount stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement - CONTRACT PRICE. Contract Time The Contract Time is the time stipulated in paragraph 1.3 of Article A-I of the Agreement - THE WORK from commencement of the Work to Substantial Peiformance of the Work. Working Day Working Day means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday. or a holiday which is observed by the construction industry in the area of the Place of the Work. Supplemental Instruction A Supplemental Instruction is an instruction, not involving adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, in the form of specifications, drawings, schedules, samples, models or written instructions, consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. It is to be issued by the Consultant to supplement the Contract Documents as required for the performance of the Work. Change Order A Change Order is a written amendment to the Contract prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner and the Contractor stating their agreement upon: a change in the Work; the method of adjustment or the amount of the adjustment in the Contract Price, if any; and the extent of the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any. Change Directive A Change Directive is a written instruction prepared by the Consultant and signed by the Owner directing a change in the Work within the general scope of the Contract Documents. Substantial Perfonnance of tbe Work Substantial Peiformaru:e of the Work is as defined in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. If such legislation is not in force or does not contain such defmition, Substantial Peiformance of the Work shall have been reached when the Work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended and is so certified by the Consultant. Value Added Taxes Value Added Taxes means such sum as shall be levied upon the Contract Price by the Federal or any Provincial Government and is computed as a percentage of the Contract Price and includes the Goods and Services Tax, the Quebec Sales Tax and any similar tax, the payment or collection of which is by the legislation imposing such tax an obligation of the Contractor. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00602 9 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constimtes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original documem, unchanged. 11 I I I I il II II I I -i! I I I :' 1 I ~ I I I I I il Standard Construction Document - CeDe 2 - 1994 GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE STIPULA TED PRICE CONTRACT PART 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS GC 1.1 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 1.1.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include the labour, Products, and services necessary for the performance of the Work by the Contractor in accordance with these documents. It is not intended, however, that the Contractor shall supply products or perform work not consistent with, not covered by, or not properly inferable from the Contract Documents. 1.1.2 Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall create any contractual relationship between: .1 the Owner and a Subcontractor, a Supplier. or their agent, employee, or other person performing any of the Work. .2 the Consultant and the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Supplier, or their agent, employee, or other person performing any of the Work. 1.1.3 The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by anyone shall be as binding as if required by all. 1.1.4 Words and abbreviations which have well known technical or trade meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. 1.1.5 References in the Contract Documents to the singular shall be considered to include the plural as the context requires. 1.1.6 The specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, consisting of the written requirements and standards for Products, systems, workmanship, and the services necessary for the performance of the Work. 1.1.7 The drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents, wherever located and whenever issued, showing the design, location, and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. 1.1.8 Neither the organization of the specifications into divisions, sections, and parts nor the arrangement of drawings shall control the Contractor in dividing the work among Subcontractors and Suppliers or in establishing the extent of the work to be performed by a trade. 1.1.9 If there is a conflict within Contract Documents: .1 the order of priority of documents, from highest to lowest, shall be . the Agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, . the Definitions, . Supplementary Conditions, . the General Conditions, . Division 1 of the specifications. . Divisions 2 through 16 of the specifications, . material and finishing schedules, . drawings. .2 drawings of larger scale shall govern over those of smaller scale of the same date. .3 dimensions shown on drawings shall govern over dimensions scaled from drawings. .4 later dated documents shall govern over earlier documents of the same type. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 10 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I I. Ii , I I ! I I p I I I 11 1.1.10 The Owner shall provide the Contractor, without charge, sufficient copies of the Contract Documents to perform the Work. 1.1.11 Specifications, drawings, models, and copies thereof furnished by the Consultant are and shall remain the Consultant's property, with the exception of the signed Contract sets, which shall belong to each party to the Contract. All specifications, drawings, and models furnished by the Consultant are to be used only with respect to the Work and are not to be used on other work. These specifications, drawings, and models are not to be copied or altered in any manner without the written authorization of the Consultant. 1.1.12 Models furnished by the Contractor at the Owner's expense are the property of the Owner. GC 1.2 LAW OF THE CONTRACT 1.2.1 The law of the Place of the Work shall govern the interpretation of the Contract. GC 1.3 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES 1.3.1 Except as expressly provided in the Contract Documents, the duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and the rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of any duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. 1.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Consultant, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of any right or duty afforded any of them under the Contract, nor shall any such action or failure to act constitute an approval of or acquiescence in any breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. GC 1.4 ASSIGNMENT 1.4.1 Neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract or a portion thereof without the written consent of the other, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. PART 2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT GC 2.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 2.1.1 The Consultant will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents, unless otherwise modified by written agreement as provided in paragraph 2.1.2. 2.1.2 The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Consultant as set forth in the Contract Documents shall be modified or extended only with the written consent of the Owner, the Contractor, and the Consultant. 2.1.3 !fthe Consultant's employment is terminated, the Ownershall immediately appoint orreappoima Consultant against whom the Contractor makes no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Consultant. GC 2.2 ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT 2.2.1 The Consultant will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contracr Documents during construction until issuance of the final certificate for payment, and subject to GC 2.1 - AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT and with the Owner's concurrence, from time to time until the completion of any correction of defects as provided in paragraph 12.3.3 of GC 12.3 - WARRANTY. 2.2.2 The Consultant will visit the Place of the Work at intervals appropriate to the progress of construction to become familiar with the progress and quality of the work and to determine if the Work is proceeding in general conformity with the Contract Documents. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 11 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDC document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document. unchanged. I I 2.2.3 If the Owner and the Consultant agree, the Consultant will provide at the Place of the Work, one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Consultant's responsibilities. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in writing to the Contractor. I 2.2.4 Based on the Consultant's observations and evaluation of the Contractor's applications for payment, the Consultant will determine the amounts owing to the Contractor under the Contract and will issue certificates for payment as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT, GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT, and GC 5.7 -FINAL PAYMENT. I 2.2.5 The Consultant will not be responsible for and will not have control, charge, or supervision of construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, or for safety precautions and programs required in connection with the Work in accordance with the applicable construction safety legislation, other regulations, or general construction practice. The Consultant will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to carry out the WaTkin accordance with the Contract Documents. The Consultant will not have control over, charge of, or be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or any other persons performing portions of the Work. I I 2.2.6 The Consultant will be, in the fIrst instance, the interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and shall make fIndings as to the performance thereunder by both parties to the Contract, except with respect to GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER. Interpretations and findings of the Consultant shall be consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. When making such interpretations and findings the Consultant will not show partiality to either the Owner or the Contractor. I I 2.2.7 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question relating to the performance of the Work or the interpretation of the Contract Documents, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER, shall be referred initially to the Consultant by notice in writing given to the Consultant and to the other party for the Consultant's interpretation and finding which will be given by notice in writing to the parties within a reasonable time. I I 2.2.8 The Consultant will have authority to reject work which in the Consultant's opinion does not conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Whenever the Consultant considers it necessary or advisable, the Consultant will have authority to require inspection or testing of work, whether or not such work is fabricated, installed, or completed. However, neither the authority of the Consultant to act nor any decision either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the Consultant to the Contractor, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or their agents, employees, or other persons performing any of the Work. I I 2.2.9 During the progress of the Work the Consultant will furnish Supplemental Instructions to the Contractor with reasonable promptness or in accordance with a schedule for such instructions agreed to by the Consultant and the Contractor. I 2.2.10 The Consultant will review and take appropriate action upon such Contractor's submittals as shop drawings, Product data, and samples. as provided in the Contract Documents. , I II I 2.2.11 The Consultant will prepare Change Orders and Change Directives as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 2.2.12 The Consultant will conduct reviews of the Work to determine the date of Substantial Peiformance of the Work as provided in GC 5.4 - SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK. 2.2.13 All certificates issued by the Consultant shall be to the best of the Consultant's knowledge, information, and belief. By issuing any certificate, the Consultant does not guarantee the Work is correct or complete. I 2.2.14 The Consultant will receive and review written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and provided by the Contractor and will forward such warranties and documents to the Owner for the Owner's acceptance. I GC 2.3 REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK 'I CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 12 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document. unchanged. I 'f I I I '., n I ., ;] j I , I I I I I I I I I I I I II !I 1 2.3.1 The Owner and the Consultant shall have access to the Work at all times. The Contractor shall provide sufficient, safe, and propet facilities at all times for the review of the Work by the Consultant and the inspection of the Work by authorized agencies. If parts of the Work are in preparation at locations other than the Place of the Work, the Owner and the Consultant shall be given access to such work whenever it is in progress. 2.3.2 If work is designated for tests, inspections, or approvals in the Contract Documents, or by the Consultant's instructions, or the laws or ordinances of the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of when the work will be ready for review and inspection. The Contractor shall arrange for and shall give the Consultant reasonable notice of the date and time of inspections by other authorities. 2.3.3 The Contractor shall furnish promptly to the Consultant two copies of certificates and inspection reports relating to the Work. 2.3.4 If the Contractor covers, or permits to be covered, work that has been designated for special tests, inspections, or approvals before such special tests, inspections, or approvals are made, given or completed, the Contractor shall, if so directed, uncover such work, have the inspections or tests satisfactorily completed, and make good covering work at the Contractor's expense. 2.3.5 The Consultant may order any portion or portions of the Work to be examined to confm that such work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. If the work is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. the Contractor shall correct the work and pay the cost of examination and correction. If the work is in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the cost of examination and restoration. GC 2.4 DEFECTIVE WORK 2.4.1 The Contractor shall promptly remove from the Place of the Work and replace or re-execute defective work that has been rejected by the Consultant as failing to conform to the Contract Documents whether or not the defective work has been incorporated in the Work and whether or not the defect is the result of poor workmanship, use of defective products, or damage through carelessness or other act or omission of the Contractor. 2.4.2 The Contractor shall make good promptly other contractors' work destroyed or damaged by such removals or replacements at the Contractor's expense. 2.4.3 If in the opinion of the Consultant it is not expedient to correct defective work or work not performed as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may deduct from the amount otherwise due to the Contractor the difference in value between the work as performed and that called for by the Contract Documents. If the Owner and the Contractor do not agree on the difference in value, they shall refer the matter to the Consultant for a determination. PART 3 EXECUTION OF THE WORK GC 3.1 CONTROL OF THE WORK 3.1.1 The Contractor shall have total control of the Work and shall effectively direct and supervise the Work so as to ensure conformity with the Contract Documents. 3.1.2 The Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures and for co-ordinating the various parts of the Work under the Contract. eeDe 2 ' 1994 File 00712 13 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a eeDe document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constimtes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I " I I I I I I I I II .n . , I I I ~I " I I I I I I I GC 3.2 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS 3.2.1 The Ownerreserves the right to award separate contracts in connection with other parts of the Project to other contractors and to perform work with own forces. 3.2.2 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owners own forces, the Owner shall: .1 provide for the co-ordination of the activities and work of other contractors and Owner's own forces with the Work of the Contract; .2 assume overall responsibility for compliance with the applicable health and construction safety legislation at the Place of the Work; .3 enter into separate contracts with other contractors under conditions of contract which are compatible with the conditions ofrhe Contract; .4 ensure that insurance coverage is provided to the same requirements as are called for in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE and co-ordinate such insurance with the insurance coverage of the Contractor as it affects the Work; and .5 take all reasonable precautions to avoid labour disputes or other disputes on the Project arising from the work of other contractors or the Owner's own forces. 3.2.3 When separate contracts are awarded for other parts of the Project, or when work is performed by the Owner's own forces, the Contractor shall: .1 afford the Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity to introduce and store their products and use their construction machinery and equipment to execute their work; .2 co-ordinate and schedule the Work with the work of other contractors and Owner's own forces and connect as specified or shown in the Contract Documents; .3 participate with other contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when directed to do so; and .4 where part of the Work is affected by or depends upon for its proper execution the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces, promptly report to the Consultant in writing and prior to proceeding with that part of the Work, any apparent deficiencies in such work. Failure by the Contractor to so report shall invalidate any claims against the Owner by reason of the deficiencies in the work of other contractors or Owner's own forces except those deficiencies not then reasonably discoverable. 3.2.4 Where a change in the Work is required as a result of the co-ordination and connection of the work of other contractors or Owners own forces with the Work, the changes shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 3.2.5 Claims, disputes, and other matters in question between the Contractor and other contractors shall be dealt with as provided in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPlITE RESOLUTION provided the other contractors have reciprocal obligations. The Contractor shall be deemed to have consented to arbitration of any dispute with any other contractor whose contract with the Owners contains a similar agreement to arbitrate. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 14 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a ceDC document not containing a eeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 3.3 TEMPORARY SUPPORTS, STRUCTURES, AND FACILITIES 3.3.1 The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for the design, erection, operation, maintenance, and removal of temporary supports, structures, and facilities and the design and execution of construction methods required in their use. 3.3.2 The Contractor shall engage and pay for registered professional engineering personnel skilled in the appropriate disciplines to perform those functions referred to in paragraph 3.3.1 where required by law or by the Contract Documents and in all cases where such temporary supports, structures, and facilities and their method of construction are of such a nature that professional engineering skill is required to produce safe and satisfactory results. 3.3.3 Notwithstanding the provisions of GC 3.1 - CONTROL OF THE WORK, paragraph 3.3.1, and paragraph 3.3.2 or provisions to the contrary elsewhere in the Contract Documents where such Contract Documents include designs for temporary supports, structures, and facilities or specify a method of construction in whole or in part, such facilities and methods shall be considered to be part of the design of the Work and the Contractor shall not be held responsible for that part of the design or the specified method of construction. The Contractor shall, however, be responsible for the execution of such design or specified method of construction in the same manner as for the execution of the Work. GC 3.4 DOCUMENT REVIEW 3.4.1 The Contractor shall review the Contract Documents and shall report promptly to the Consultant any error, inconsistency, or omission the Contractor may discover. Such review by the Contractor shall be to the best of the Contractor's knowledge, information, and belief and in making such review the Contractor does not assume any responsibility to the Owner or the Consultant for the accuracy of the review. The Contractor shall not be liable for damage or costs resulting from such errors, inconsistencies, or omissions in the Contract Documents, which the Contractor did not discover. If the Contractor does discover any error, inconsistency, or omission in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not proceed with the work affected until the Contractor has received corrected or missing information from the Consultant. GC 3.5 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 3.5.1 The Contractor shall: .1 prepare and submit to the Owner and the Consultant prior to the first application for payment, a construction schedule that indicates the timing of the major activities of the Work and provides sufficient detail of the critical events and their inter-relationship to demonstrate the Work will be performed in conformity with the Contract Time; .2 monitor the progress of the Work relative to the construction schedule and update the schedule on a monthly basis or as stipulated by the Contract Documents; and .3 advise the Consultant of any revisions required to the schedule as the result of extensions of the Contract Time as provided in Part 6 of the General Conditions - CHANGES IN THE WORK. GC 3.6 CONSTRUCTION SAFETY 3.6.1 Subject to paragraph 3.2.2.2 of GC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for construction safety at the Place of the Work and for compliance with the rules, regulations, and practices required by the applicable construction health and safety legislation and shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Work. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 15 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Dnly sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. GC 3.7 SUPERVISOR 3.7.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent snpervisor and necessary assistants who shall he in attendance at the Place of the Work while work is being performed. The supervisor shall not be changed except for valid reaSOD. 3.7.2 The supervisor shall represent the Contractor at the Place of the Work and notices and instructions given to the supervisor by the Consultant shall be held to have been received by the Contractor. GC 3.8 SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS 3.8.1 The Contractor shall preserve and protect the rights of the parties under the Contract with respect to work to be performed under subcontract, and shall: .1 enter into contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers to require them to perform their work as provided in the Contract Documents; .2 incorporate the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents into all contracts or written agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers; and .3 be as fully responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of Subcontractors, Suppliers, and of persons directly or indirectly employed by them as for acts and omissions of persom directly employed by the Contractor. 3.8.2 The Contractor shall indicate in writing, at the request of the Owner, those Subcontractors or Suppliers whose bids have been received by the Contractor which the Contractor would be prepared to accept for the performance of a portion of the Work. Should the Owner not object before signing the Contract, the Contrat:tor shall employ those Subcontractors or Suppliers so identified by the Contractor in writing for the performance of that portion of the Work to which their bid applies. 3.8.3 The Owner may, for reasonable cause, at any time before the Owner has signed the Contract, object to the use of a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier and require the Contractor to employ one of the other subcontract bidders. 3.8.4 If the Ownerrequires the Contractorto change a proposed Subcontractor or Supplier, the Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted by the differences occasioned by such required change. 3.8.5 The Contractor shall not be required to employ as a Subcontractor or Supplier, a person or firm to whom the Contractor may reasonably object. 3.8.6 The Owner, through the Consultant, may provide to a Subcontractor or Supplier information as to the percentage of the Subcontractor's or Supplier's work which has been certified for payment. GC 3.9 LABOUR AND PRODUCTS 3.9.1 The Contractor shall provide and pay for labour, Products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, water, heat, light, power, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for the performance of the Work in accordance with the Contract. 3.9.2 Products provided shall be new. Products which are not specified shall be of a quality consistent with those specified and their use acceptable to the Consultant. 3.9.3 The Contractor shall maintain good order and discipline among the Contractor's employees engaged on the Work and shall not employ on the Work anyone not skilled in the tasks assigned. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 16 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I u I I ;i I I I I I ii I I I I I " l I 'I! 'II , 3.10.1 GC 3.10 DOCUMENTS AT THE SITE The Contractor shall keep one copy of current Contract Documents, submittals, reports, and records of meetings at the Place of the Work, in good order and available to the Owner and the Consultant. 3.11.1 GC 3.11 SHOP DRAWINGS 3.11.2 3.11.3 3.11.5 3.11.6 Shop drawings are drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, performance charts, brochures, Product, and other data which the Contractor provides to illustrate details of a portion of the Work. The Contractor shall provide shop drawings as described in the Contract Documents or as the Consultant may reasonably request. The Contractor shall review all shop drawings prior to submission to the Consultant. The Contractor represents by this review that: the Contractor has determined and verified all field measurements and field construction conditions, or will do so; Product requirements; catalogue numbers; and similar data and that the Contractor has checked and co-ordinaled each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractorshallcontirm this review of each shop drawing by stamp, date, and signature of the person responsible. At the time of submission the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents.3.11.4The Contractor shall submit shop drawings to the Consultant to review in orderly sequence and sufficiently in advance so as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of other contractors. Upon request of the Contractor or the Consultant, they jointly shall prepare a schedule of the dates for submission and return of shop drawings. Shop drawings which require approval of any legally constituted authority having jurisdiction shall be submitted to such authority by the Contractor for approval. The Contractor shall submit shop drawings in the form specified or as the Consultant may direct. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with the schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review is for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only. The Consultant's review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless the Consultant expressly notes the acceptance of a deviation on the shop drawings. Upon the Consultant's request, the Contractor shall revise and resubmit shop drawings which the Consultant rejects as inconsistent with the Contract Documents unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. The Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any revisions to the resubmission other than those requested by the Consultant. 3.12.1 GC 3.12 USE OF THE WORK 3.12.2 The Contractor shall confine construction machinery and equipment, storage of Products, and operations of employees to limits indicated by laws, ordinances, permits, or the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the Work with Products. The Contractor shall not load or permit to be loaded any part of the Work with a weight or force that will endanger the safety of the Work. 3.13.1 GC 3.13 CUTTING AND REMEDIAL WORK 3.13.2 The Contractor shall do the cutting and remedial work required to make the several parts of the Work come together properly. The Contractor shall co-ordinate the Work to ensure that this requirement is kept to a minimum. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 17 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constimtes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I 3.13.3 I I 3.13.4 Should the Owner, the Consultant, other contractors or anyone employed by them be responsible for ill-timed work necessitating cutting or remedial work to be performed, the cost of such cutting or remedial work shall be valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. Cutting and remedial work shall be performed by specialists familiar with the Products affected and shall be performed in a manner to neither damage nor endanger the Work. I 3.14.1 GC 3.14 CLEANUP I 3.14.2 I 3.14.3 I The Contractor shall maintain the Work in a tidy condition and free from the accumulation of waste products and debris, other than that caused by the Owner, other contractors or their employees. The Contractor shall remove waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees, and shall leave the Work clean and suitable for occupancy by the Owner before attainment of Substantial Peiformance of the Work. The Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery, and equipment not required for the performance of the remaining work. Prior to application for the final certificate for payment, the Contractor shall remove products, tools, construction machinery and equipment, and waste products and debris, other than that resulting from the work of the Owner, other contractors or their employees. PART 4 ALLOWANCES (I I GC 4.1 CASH ALLOWANCES 4.1.1 The Contract Price includes cash allowances stated in the Contract Documents, which allowances shall be expended as the Owner directs through the Consultant. I 4.1.2 Cash allowances cover the net cost to the Contractor of services, Products, construction machinery and equipment, freight, unloading, handling, storage, installation, and other authorized expenses incurred in performing the work stipulated under the cash allowances but do not include any Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor. I 4.1.3 The Contract Price, and not the cash allowances, includes the Contractor's overhead and profit in connection with such cash allowances. I 4.1.4 Where costs under a cash allowance exceed the amount of the allowance, the Contractor shall be compensated for any excess incurred and substantiated plus an amount for overhead and profit as set out in the Contract Documents. I 4.1.5 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to providefor any difference between the actual cost and each cash allowance. I 4.1.6 The value of the work performed under a cash allowance is eligible to be included in progress payments. I 4.1.7 The Contractor and the Consultant shall jointly prepare a schedule that shows when the Consultant and Owner must authorize ordering of items called for under cash allowances to avoid delaying the progress of the Work. I GC 4.2 CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE 4.2.1 The Contract Price includes the contingency allowance, if any, stated in the Contract Documents. I 4.2.2 Expenditures under the contingency allowance shall be authorized and valued as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. I 4.2.3 The Contract Price shall be adjusted by Change Order to provide for any difference between the I eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 18 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this cancract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I expenditures authorized under paragraph 4.2.2 and the contingency allowance. I PART 5 PAYMENT I GC 5.1 FINANCING INFORMA nON REQUIRED OF THE OWNER I 5.1.1 The Owner shall, at the request of the Contractor, prior to execution of the Agreement, and/or promptly from time to time thereafter, furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract. 5.1.2 The Owner shall notify the Contractor in writing of any material change in the Owner's financial arrangements during the performance of the Contract. I GC 5.2 APPLICA nONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT I 5.2.1 Applications for payment on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT may be made monthly as the Work progresses. I 5.2.2 Applications for payment shall be dated the last day of the agreed monthly payment period and the amount claimed shall be for the value, proportionate to the amount ofthe Contract, of work performed and Products delivered to the Place of the Work at that date. I 5.2.3 The Contractor shall submit to the Consultant, at least 14 days before the first application for payment, a schedule of values for the parts of the Work, aggregating the total amount of the Contract Price, so as to facilitate evaluation of applications for payment. I 5.2.4 The schedule of values shall be made out in such form and supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably direct and when accepted by the Consultant, shall be used as the basis for applications for payment, unless it is found to be in error. I 5.2.5 The Contractor shall include a statement based on the schedule of values with each application for payment. I 5.2.6 Claims for Products delivered to the Place of the Work but not yet incorporated into the Work shall be supported by such evidence as the Consultant may reasonably require to establish the value and delivery of the Products. I GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT I 5.3.1 The Consultant will issue to the Owner. no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor submitted in accordance with GC 5.2 - APPLICA TIONSFORPROGRESS PAYMENT, a certificate for payment in the amount applied for or in such other amount as the Consultant determines to be properly due. If the Consultant amends the application, the Consultant will promptly notify the Contractor in writing giving reasons for the amendment. I 5.3.2 The Owner shall make payment to the Contractor on account as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement -PAYMENT no later than 5 days after the date of a certificate for payment issued by the Consultant. I GC 5.4 SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK I 5.4.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is substantially performed, or ifpermitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work a designated portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately is substantially performed, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Consultant a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected and apply for a review by the Consultant to establish Substantial Performance of the Work or substantial performance of the designated portion of the Work. Failure to include an item on the list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete the Contract. I I 5.4.2 No later than 10 days after the receipt of the Contractor's list and application, the Consultant will review the I CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 19 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original documem, unchanged. Work to verify the validity of the application, and no later than 7 days after completing the review, will notify the Contractor whether the Work or the designated portion of the Work is snbstantially performed. 5.4.3 The Consultant shall state the date of Substantial Peiformance of the Work or designated portion of the Work in a certificate. 5.4.4 Immediately following the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Peiformance of the Work, the Contractor, in consultation with the Consultant, will establish a reasonable date for finishing the Work. GC 5.5 PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 5.5.1 After the issuance of the certificate of Substantial Peiformance of the Work, the Contractor shall: .1 submit an application for payment of the holdback amount, .2 submit a sworn statement that all accounts for labour. subcontracts, Products, construction machinery and equipment, and other indebtedness which may have been incurred by the Contractor in the Substantial Peiformance of the Work and for which the Owner might in any way be held responsible have been paid in full, except for amounts properly retained as a holdback or as an identified amount in dispute. 5.5.2 After the receipt of an application for payment from the Contractor and the sworn statement as provided in paragraph 5.5.1, the Consultant will issue a certificate for payment of the holdback amount. 5.5.3 Where the holdback amount has not been placed in a separate holdback account, the Owner shall, 10 days prior to the expiry of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, place the holdback amount in a bank account in the joint names of the Owner and the Contractor.5.5.4The holdback amount authorized by the certificate for payment of the holdback amount is due and payable on the day following the expiration of the holdback period stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. Where lien legislation does not exist or apply, the holdback amount shall be due and payable in accordance with other legislation, industry practice, or provisions which may be agreed to between the parties. The Owner may retain out of the holdback amount any sums required by law to satisfy any liens against the Work or, if permitted by the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, other third party monetary claims against the Contractor which are enforceable against the Owner. GC 5.6 PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK 5.6.1 Where legislation permits and where, upon application by the Contractor, the Consultant has certified that the work of a Subcontractor or Supplier has been performed prior to Substantial Peiformance of the Work, the Owner shall pay the Contractor tbe holdback amount retained for such subcontract work, or the Products supplied by such Supplier. on the day following the expiration of the holdback period for such work stipulated in the lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work. 5.6.2 Notwithstanding the provisions of the preceding paragraph, and notwithstanding the wording of such certificates. the Contractor shall ensure that such subcontract work or Products is protected pending the issuance of a final certificate for payment and be responsible for the correction of defects or work not performed regardless of whether or not such was apparent when such certificates were issued. GC5.7 FINAL PAYMENT 5.7.1 When the Contractor considers that the Work is completed, the Contractor shall submit an application for final payment. 5.7.2 The Consultant will, no later than 10 days after the receipt of an application from the Contractorfor final payment, review the Work to verify the validity of the application. The Consultant will, no later than 7 days after reviewing the Work, notify the Contractor that the application is valid or give reasons why it is not valid. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 20 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I 5.7.3 When the Consultant finds the Contractor's application for final payment valid, the Consultant will issue a final certificate for payment. I 5.7.4 Subject to the provision of paragraph 10.4.1 ofGC 10.4 - WORKERS' COMPENSATION, and any lien legislation applicable to the Place of the Work, the Owner shall, no later than 5 days after the issuance of a final certificate for payment, pay the Contractor as provided in Article A-5 of the Agreement - PAYMENT. I GC 5.8 WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENT I 5.8.1 If because of climatic <;>r other conditions reasonably beyond the control of the Contractor, there are items of work that cannot be performed, payment in full for that portion of the Work which has been performed as certified by the Consultant shall not be withheld or delayed by the Owner on account thereof, but the Owner may withhold, until the remaining portion of the Work is finished, only such an amount that the Consultant determines is sufficient and reasonable to cover the cost of performing such remaining work. I I GC 5.9 NON-CONFORMING WORK I 5.9.1 No payment by the Owner under the Contract nor partial or entire use or occupancy of the Work by the Owner shall constitute an acceptance of any portion of the Work or Products which are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. I PART 6 CHANGES IN THE WORK GC 6.1 CHANGES I 6.1.1 The Owner, through the Consultant, without invalidating the Contract, may make changes in the Work consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions to the Work by Change Order or Change Directive. I 6.1.2 The Contractor shall not perform a change in the Work without a Change Order or a Change Directive. GC 6.2 CHANGE ORDER I 6.2.1 When a change in the Work is proposed or required, the Consultant shall provide a notice describing the proposed change in the Work to the Contractor. The Contractor shall present, in a form acceptable to the Consultant, a method of adjustment or an amount of adjustment for the Contract Price, if any, and the adjustment in the Contract Time, if any, for the proposed change in the Work. I I 6.2.2 When the Owner and Contractor agree to the adjustments in the Contract Price and Contract Time or to the method to be used to determine the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded in a Change Order, signed by Owner and Contractor. The value of the work performed as the result of a Change Order shall be included in applications for progress payment. I GC 6.3 CHANGE DIRECTIVE I 6.3.1 If the Owner requires the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work prior to the Owner and the Contractor agreeing upon the adjustment in Contract Price and Contract Time, the Owner, through the Consultant, shall issue a Change Directive. I 6.3.2 Upon receipt of a Change Directive, the Contractor shall proceed promptly with the change in the Work. The adjustment in the Contract Price for a change carried out by way of a Change Directive shall be determined on the basis of the cost of expenditures and savings to perform the work attributable to the change. If a change in the Work results in a net increase in the Contract Price, an allowance for overhead and profit shall be included. I I I CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 21 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document. UllChanged. I il I I I I I I I I I fj , I I I :1 I I I I I 6.3.3 If a change in the Work results in a net decrease in the Contract Price, the amount of the credit shall be the net cost, without deduction for overhead or profit. When both additions and deletions covering related work or substitutions are involved in a change in the Work, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be calculated on the basis of the net increase, if any, with respect to that change in the Work. 6.3.4 The Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Consultant may require, an itemized accounting ofthe cost of expenditures and savings referred to in paragraph 6.3.2 together with supporting data. The cost of performing the work attributable to the Change Directive shall be limited to the actual cost of all of the following: .1 wages and benefits paid for labour in the direct employ of the Contractor under applicable collective bargaining agreements, or under a salary or wage schedule agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor, .2 salaries, wages, and benefits of the Contractor's office personnel engaged in a technical capacity and other personnel at shops or on the road, engaged in expediting the production or transportation of materials or equipment; .3 contributions, assessments, or taxes incurred for such items as unemployment insurance, provincial health insurance, workers' compensation, and Canada or Quebec Pension Plan, insofar as such cost is based on wages, salaries, or other remuneration paid to employees of the Contractor and included in the cost of the work as provided in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .4 travel and subsistence expenses of the Contractor's personnel described in paragraphs 6.3.4.1 and 6.3.4.2; .5 the cost of all Products including cost of transportation thereof; .6 the cost of materials, supplies, equipment, temporary services and facilities, and hand tools not owned by the workers. including transportation and maintenance thereof, which are consumed; and cost less salvage value on such items used but not consumed, which remain the property of the Contractor; .7 rental cost of all tools, machinery, and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from or provided by the Contractor or others, including installation, minor repairs and replacements, dismantling, removal, transportation and delivery cost thereof; .8 deposits lost; .9 the amounts of all subcontracts; .10 the cost of quality assurance such as independent inspection and testing services; .11 charges levied by authorities having jurisdiction at the Place of the Work; .12 royalties, patent license fees, and damages for infringement of patents and cost of defending suits therefor subject always to the Contractor's obligations to indemnify the Owner as provided in paragraph 10.3.1 ofGC 10.3 - PATENT FEES; .13 any adjustment in premiums for all bonds and insurance which the Contractor is required, by the Contract Documents, to purchase and maintain; .14 any adjustment in taxes and duties for which the Contractor is liable; .15 charges for long distance telephone and facsimile communications, courier services, expressage, and pelly cash items incurred; .16 the cost of removal and disposal of waste products and debris; .17 cost incurred due to emergencies affecting the safety of persons or property; eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 22 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringemem of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I ! ~ I ~! I I ! I I I I ,I , I I j I I I ~I I I 6.3.5 Pending determination of the final amount of a Change Directive, the undisputed value of the work performed as the result of a Change Directive is eligible to be included in progress payments. 6.3.6 If the Owner and Contractor do not agree on the proposed adjustment in the Contract Time or the method of determining it, the adjustment shall be referred to the Consultant for determination. 6.3.7 If at any time after the start of the work directed by a Change Directive, the Owner and the Contractorreach agreement on the adjustmenllo the Contract Price and to the Contract Time, this agreement shall be recorded in a Change Order signed by Owner and Contractor. GC 6.4 CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS 6.4.1 If the Owner or the Contractor discover conditions at the Place of the Work which are: .1 subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions which existed before the commencement of the Work which differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents; or .2 physical conditions of a nature which differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents; then the observing party shall notify the other party in writing before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 5 Working Days after first observance of the conditions. 6.4.2 The Consultant will promptly investigate such conditions and make a finding. If the finding is that the conditions differ materially and this would cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost or time to perform the Work, the Consultant, with the Owner's approval, shall issue appropriate instructions for a change in the Work as provided in GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER or GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. 6.4.3 If the Consultant fmds that the conditions at the Place of the Work are not materially different or that no change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time is justified, the Consultant shall report the reasons for this finding to the Owner and the Contractor in writing. GC 6.5 DELAYS 6.5.1 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by an action or omission of the Owner, Consultant, or anyone employed or engaged by them directly or indirectly, contrary to the provisions of the Contract Documents, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.2 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by a stop work orderissued by a coun or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or any person employed or engaged by the Contractor directly or indirectly, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Owner for reasonable costs incurred by the Contractor as the result of such delay. 6.5.3 If the Contractor is delayed in the performance of the Work by labour disputes, strikes, lock-outs (including lock-outs decreed or recommended for its members by a recognized contractors' association, of which the Contractor is a member or to which the Contractor is otherwise bound), fire, unusual delay by common carriers or unavoidable casualties, or without limit to any of the foregoing, by a cause beyond the Contractor's control, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. The extension of time shall not be less than the time lost as the result of the event causing the delay, unless the Contractor agrees to a shorter extension. The Contractor shall not be entitled to payment for costs incurred by such delays unless such delays result from actions by the Owner. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 23 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I 6.5.4 No extension shall be made for delay unless notice in writing of claim is given to the Consultant not later than 10 Working Days after the commencement of delay, providing however, that in the case ofa continuing cause of delay only one notice of claim shall be necessary. I 6.5.5 If no schedule is made under paragraph 2.2.9 of GC 2.2 - ROLE OF THE CONSULT ANT, no claim for delay shall be allowed because offailure of the Consultant to furnish instructions until 10 Working Days after demand for such instructions has been made and not then, unless the claim is reasonable. I I PART 7 DEFAULT NOTICE I GC7.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM THE WORK, STOP THE WORK, OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT I 7.1.1 If the Contractor should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Contractor's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Contractor's insolvency. the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, by giving the Contractor or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. I 7.1.2 If the Contractor should neglect to prosecute the Work properly or otherwise fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract to a substantial degree and if the Consultant has given a written statement to the Owner and Contractor that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, notify the Contractor in writing that the Contractor is in default of the Contractor's contractual obligations and instruct the Contractor to correct the default in the 5 Working Days immediately following the receipt of such notice. I I 7.1.3 if the default cannot be corrected in the 5 Working Days specified, the Contractor shall be in compliance with the Owner's instructions if the Contractor: I .1 commences the correction of the default within the specified time, and .2 provides the Owner with an acceptable schedule for such correction, and I .3 corrects the default in accordance with such schedule. 7.1.4 If the Contractor fails to correct the default in the time specified or subsequently agreed upon, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Owner may have, the Owner may: I .1 correct such default and deduct the cost thereof from any payment then or thereafter due the Contractor provided the Consultant has certified such cost to the Owner and the Contractor, or I .2 terminate the Contractor's right to continue with the Work in whole or in part or terminate the Contract. I 7.1.5 If the Owner terminates the Contractor's right to continue with the Work as provided in paragraphs 7.1.1 and 7.1.4, the Owner shall be entitled to: I .1 take possession of the Work and Products; utilize the construction machinery and equipment; subject to the rights of third parties, finish the Work by whatever method the Owner may consider expedient, but without undue delay or expense, and I .2 withhold further payment to the Contractor until a final certificate for payment is issued, and I I I eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 24 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I II " I I ,I I I I l~ I r I I I I I I I .3 charge the Contractor the amount by which the full cost of finishing the Work as certified by the Consultant, including compensation to the Consultant for the Consultant's additional services and a reasonable allowance as determined by the Consultant to cover the cost of corrections to work performed by the Contractor that may be required under GC 12.3 - WARRANTY, exceeds the unpaid balance of the Contract Price; however, if such cost of finishing the Work is less than the unpaid balance of the Contract Price, the Owner shall pay the Contractor the difference, and .4 on expiry of the warranty period, charge the Contractor the amount by which the cost of corrections to the Contractor's work under GC 12.3 - WARRANTY exceeds the allowance provided for such corrections, or if the cost of such corrections is less than the allowance, pay the Contractor the difference. 7.1.6 The Contractor's obligation under the Contract as to quality, correction, and warranty of the work performed by the Contractor up to the time of termination shall continue in force after such termination. GC 7.2 CONTRACTOR'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK OR TERMINATE THE CONTRACT 7.2.1 If the Owner should be adjudged bankrupt, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors because of the Owner's insolvency, or if a receiver is appointed because of the Owner's insolvency, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, by giving the Owner or receiver or trustee in bankruptcy notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.2.2 !fthe Work should be stopped or otherwise delayed for a period of 30 days or more under an order of a court or other public authority and providing that such order was not issued as the result of an act or fault of the Contractor or of anyone directly or indirectly employed or engaged by the Contractor, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have. by giving the Owner notice in writing, terminate the Contract. 7.2.3 The Contractor may notify the Owner in writing, with a copy to the Consultant. that the Owner is in default of the Owner's contractual obligations if: .1 the Owner fails to furnish, when so requested by the Contractor, reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner's obligations under the Contract, or .2 the Consultant fails to issue a certificate as provided in GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT, or .3 the Owner fails to pay the Contractor when due the amounts certified by the Consultant or awarded by arbitration or court, or .4 the Owner violates the requirements oithe Contract to a substantial degree and the Consultant, except for GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF TIlE OWNER, confirms by written statement to the Contractor that sufficient cause exists. 7.2.4 The Contractor's notice in writing to the Owner provided under paragraph 7.2.3 shall advise that if the default is not corrected within 5 Working Days following the receipt of the notice in writing, the Contractor may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy the Contractor may have, stop the Work or terminate the Contract. 7.2.5 If the Contractorterminates the Contract under the conditions set out above, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid for all work performed including reasonable profit, for loss sustained upon Products and construction machinery and equipment, and such other damages as the Contractor may have sustained as a result of the termination of the Contract. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 25 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a ceDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. ~I II ~I 11] I I I I I I I I " I i: I I I I I I I I PART 8 DISPUTE RESOLUTION GC 8.1 AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT 8.1.1 Differences between the parties to the Contract as to the interpretation, application or administration of the Contract or any failure to agree where agreement between the parties is called for, herein collectively called disputes, which are not resolved in the first instance by findings of the Consultant as provided in GC 2.2 - ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, shall be settled in accordance with the requirements of Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 8.1.2 If a dispute arises under the Contract in respect of a matter in which the Consultant has no authority under the Contract to make a finding, the procedures set out in paragraph 8.1.3 and paragraphs 8.2.3 to 8.2.8 of GC 8.2 - NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION, and in GC 8.3 - RETENTION OF RIGHTS apply to that dispute with the necessary changes to detail as may be required. 8.1.3 If a dispute is not resolved promptly, the Consultant shall give such instructions as in the Consultant's opinion are necessary for the proper performance of the Work and to prevent delays pending settlement of the dispute. The parties shall act immediately according to such instructions, it being understood that by so doing neither party will jeopardize any claim the party may have. If it is subsequently determined that such instructions were in error or at variance with the Contract Documents, the Owner shall pay the Contractor costs incurred by the Contractor in carrying out such instructions which the Contractor was required to do beyond what the Contract Documents correctly understood and interpreted would have required, including costs resulting from interruption of the Work. GC 8.2 NEGOTIATION, MEDIATION, AND ARBITRATION 8.2.1 In accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes, the parties shall appoint a Project Mediator .1 within 30 days after the Contract was awarded, or .2 if the parties neglected to make an appointment within the 30 day period, within 15 days after either party by notice in writing requests that the Project Mediator be appointed. 8.2.2 A party shall be conclusively deemed to have accepted a finding of the Consultant under GC 2.2 - ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT and to have expressly waived and released the other party from any claims in respect oflhe particular matter dealt with in that finding unless, within 15 Working Days after receiptofthat finding, the party sends a notice in writing of dispute to the other party and to the Consultant, which contains the particulars of the matter in dispute and the relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. The responding party shall send a notice in writing of reply to the dispute within 10 Working Days afterreceipt of the notice of dispute setting out particulars of this response and any relevant provisions of the Contract Documents. 8.2.3 The parties shall make all reasonable efforts to resolve their dispute by amicable negotiations and agree to provide. without prejudice, frank, candid and timely disclosure of relevant facts. information, and documents to facilitate these negotiations. 8.2.4 After a period of 10 Working Days following receipt of a responding party's notice in writing of reply under paragraph 8.2.2, the parties shall request the Project Mediator to assist the parties to reach agreement on any umesolved dispute. The mediated negotiations shall be conducted in accordance with the latest edition of the Rules for Mediation of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. 8.2.5 If the dispute has not been resolved within 10 Working Days after the Project Mediator was requested under paragraph 8.2.4 or within such further period agreed by the parties, the Project Mediator shall terminate the mediated negotiations by giving notice in writing to both parties. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 26 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I I I I I I I 1; I j I I I I I I I ill 8.2.6 By giving a notice in writing to the other party, not later than 10 Working Days after the date of termination of the mediated negotiations under paragraph 8.2.5, either party may refer the dispute to be finally resolved by arbitration under the latest edition of the Rules for Arbitration of CCDC 2 Construction Disputes. The arbitration shall be conducted in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 8.2.7 On expiration of the 10 Working Days, the arbitration agreement under paragraph 8.2.6 is not binding on the parties and, if a notice is not given under paragraph 8.2.6 within the required time, the parties may refer the unresolved dispute to the courts or to any other form of dispute resolution, including arbitration, which they have agreed to use. 8.2.8 If neither party requires by notice in writing given within 10 Working Days of the date of notice requesting arbitration in paragraph 8.2.6 that a dispute be arbitrated immediately, all disputes referred to arbitration as provided in paragraph 8.2.6 shall be .J held in abeyance until (1) Substantial Perfonnance of the Work, (2) the Contract has been terminated, or (3) the Contractor has abandoned the Work, whichever is earlier, and .2 consolidated into a single arbitration under the rules governing the arbitration under paragraph 8.2.6. GC 8.3 RETENTION OF RIGHTS 8.3.1 It is agreed that no act by either party shall be construed as a renunciation or waiver of any rights or recourses, provided the party has given the notices required under Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION and has carried out the instructions as provided in paragraph 8.1.3. 8.3.2 Nothing in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION shall be construed in any way to limit a party from asserting any statutory right to a lien under applicable lien legislation of the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work and the assertion of such right by initiating judicial proceedings is not to be construed as a waiver of any right that party may have under paragraph 8.2.6 to proceed by way of arbitration to adjudicate the merits of the claim upon which such a lien is based. PART 9 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY GC 9.1 PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY 9.1.1 The Contractor shall protect the Work and the Owner's property and property adjacent to the Place of the Work from damage which may arise as the result of the Contractor's operations under the Contract, and shall be responsible for such damage, except damage which occurs as the result of: .1 errors in the Contract Documents; .2 acts or omissions by the Owner, the Consultant. other contractors, their agents and employees. 9.1.2 Should the Contractor in the performance of the Contract damage the Work, the Owners property, or property adjacent to the Place of the Work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the making good such damage at the Contractor's expense. 9.1.3 Should damage occur to the Work or Owner's property for which the Contractor is not responsible, as provided in paragraph 9.1.1, the Contractor shall make good such damage to the Work and, if the Owner so directs, to the Owners property. The Contract Price and Contract Time shall be adjusted as provided in GC 6.1- CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 27 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe documem not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I I I I I ;i! I I I I I I !I I I I I , I ~ I I I I GC 9.2 DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY 9.2.1 If either party to the Contract should suffer damage in any manner hecause of any wrongful act or neglect of the other party or of anyone for whom the other party is responsihle in law, then that party shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage. The reimbursing party shall be subrogated to the rights of the other party in respect of such wrongful act or neglect if it be that of a third party. 9.2.2 Claims for damage under paragraph 9.2.1 shall be made in writing to the party liable within reasonable time after the fIrst observance of such damage and if undisputed shall be confIrmed by Change Order. Disputed claims shall be resolved as set out in Part 8 of the General Conditions - DISPUTE RESOLUTION. 9.2.3 If the Contractor has caused damage to the work of another contractor on the Project, the Contractor agrees upon due notice to settle with the other contractor by negotiation or arbitration. If the other contractor makes a claim against the Owner on account of damage alleged to have been so sustained, the Owner shall notify the Contractor and may require the Contractor to defend the action at the Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall satisfy a fInal order or judgment against the Owner and pay the costs incurred by the Owner arising from such action. 9.2.4 Ifthe Contractor becomes liable to payor satisfy a fInal order, judgment, or award against the Owner, then the Contractor, upon undertaking to indemnify the Owner against any and all liability for costs, shall have the right to appeal in the name of the Owner such fInal order or judgment to any and all courts of competent jurisdiction. GC 9.3 TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS 9.3.1 For the purposes of applicable environmental legislation, the Owner shall be deemed to have control and management of the Place of the Work with respect to existing conditions. 9.3.2 Prior to the Contractor commencing the Work, the Owner shall .1 take all reasonable steps to determine whether any toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work, and .2 provide the Consultant and the Contractor with a written list of any such substances and materials. 9.3.3 The Owner shall take all reasonable steps to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to, or the presence of. toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.4 Unless the Contract expressly provides otherwise, the Owner shall be responsible for taking all necessary steps. in accordance with legal requirements. to dispose of. store or otherwise render harmless toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were present at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. 9.3.5 If the Contractor .1 encounters toxic or hazardous substances or materials at the Place of the Work, or .2 has reasonable grounds to believe that toxic or hazardous substances or materials are present at the Place of the Work, which were not disclosed by the Owner, as required under paragraph 9.3.2, or which were disclosed but have not been dealt with as required under paragraph 9.3.4, the Contractor shall .3 take all reasonable steps, including stopping the Work, to ensure that no person suffers injury, sickness, or death and that no property is injured or destroyed as a result of exposure to or the presence of the substances or materials. and eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 28 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. - II ~I HI I I I it! I I I I I I ~[ I I I I I I I I .4 immediately report the circumstances to the Consultant and the Owner in writing. 9.3.6 If the Contractor is delayed in performing the Work or incurs additional costs as a result of taking steps required under paragraph 9.3.5.3, the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor and the Contractor shall be reimbursed for reasonable costs incurred as a result of the delay and as a result of taking those steps. 9.3.7 Notwithstanding paragraphs 2.2.6 and 2.2.7 ofGC 2.2 - ROLE OF THE CONSULTANT, or paragraph 8.1.1 of GC 8.1 - AUTHORITY OF THE CONSULTANT, the Consultant may select and rely upon the advice of an independent expert in a dispute under paragraph 9.3.6 and, in that case, the expert shall be deemed to have been jointly retained by the Owner and the Contractor and shall be jointly paid by them. 9.3.8 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Consultant, their agents and employees, from and against claims, demands. losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of or resulting from exposure to, or the presence of, toxic or hazardous substances or materials which were at the Place of the Work prior to the Contractor commencing the Work. This obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity set out in GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION or which otherwise exist respecting a person or party described in this paragraph. 9.3.9 GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS shall govem over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. PART 10 GOVERNING REGULATIONS GC 10.1 TAXES AND DUTIES 10.1.1 The Contract Price shall include all taxes and customs duties in effect at the time of the bid closing except for Value Added Taxes payable by the Owner to the Contractor as stipulated in Article A-4 of the Agreement - CONTRACT PRICE. 10.1.2 Any increase or decrease in costs to the Contractor due to changes in such included taxes and duties after the time of the bid closing shall increase or decrease the Contract Price accordingly. GC 10.2 LAWS, NOTICES, PERMITS, AND FEES 10.2.1 The laws of the Place of the Work shall govern the Work. 10.2.2 The Owner shall obtain and pay for the building permit, permanent easements, and rights of servitude. The Contractor shall be responsible for permits, licenses, or certificates necessary for the performance of the Work which were in force at the date of bid closing. 10.2.3 The Contractor shall give the required notices and comply with the laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes which are or become in force during the performance of the Work and which relate to the Work, to the preservation of the public health, and to construction safety. 10.2.4 The Contractor shall not be responsible for verifying that the Contract Documents are in compliance with the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes relating to the Work. 1fthe Contract Documents are at variance therewith, or if, subsequent to the date of bid closing, changes are made to the applicable laws, ordinances. rules. regulations, or codes which require modification to the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing requesting direction immediately upon such variance or change becoming known. The Consultant will make the changes required to the Contract Documents as provided in GC 6.1 - CHANGES, GC 6.2 - CHANGE ORDER, and GC 6.3 - CHANGE DIRECTIVE. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 29 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDC document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringemem of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I 10.2.5 I I If the Contractor fails to notify the Consultant in writing; and fails to obtain direction as required in paragraph 10.2.4; and performs work knowing it to be contrary to any laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes; the Contractor shall be responsible for and shall correct the violations thereof; and shall bear the costs, expenses, and damages attributable to the failure to comply with the provisions of such laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes. I 10.3.1 GC 10.3 PATENT FEES I 10.3.2 I I The Contractor shall pay the royalties and patent licence fees required for the performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall hold the Owner harmless from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention by the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable. The Owner shall hold the Contractor harmless against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to an infringement or an alleged infringement of a patent of invention in executing anything for the purpose of the Contract, the model, plan, or design of which was supplied to the Contractor as part of the Contract Documents. I 10.4.1 GC 10.4 WORKERS' COMPENSA nON I 10.4.2 I Prior to commencing the Work, Substantial Performance of the Work, and the issuance of the final certificate for payment, the Contractor shall provide evidence of compliance with workers' compensation legislation at the Place of the Work, including payments due thereunder. At any time during the term of the Contract, when requested by the Owner, the Contractor shall provide such evidence of compliance by the Contractor and Subcontractors. PART 11 INSURANCE - BONDS I 11.1.1 GC 11.1 INSURANCE I I I I I I I Without restricting the generalityofGC 12.1- INDEMNIFICA nON, the Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for the insurance coverages specified in GC 11.1 - INSURANCE. Unless otherwise stipulated, the duration of each insurance policy shall be from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of the final certificate for payment. Prior to commencement of the Work and upon the placement, renewal, amendment. or extension of all or any part of the insurance, the Contractor shall promptly provide the Owner with confirmation of coverage and, if required, a certified true copy of the policies certified by an authorized representative of the insurer together with copies of any amending endorsements. .1 General Liability Insurance: General liability insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant, with limits of not less than $2,000,000 per occurrence and with a property damage deductible not exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by IBC Form 2100, or its equivalent replacement, provided that mc Form 2100 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. To achieve the desired limit, umbrella, or excess liability insurance may be used. All liability coverage shall be maintained for completed operations hazards from the date of Substantial Performance of the Work. as set out in the certificate of Substantial Performance of the Work, on an ongoing basis for a period of 6 years following Substantial Performance of the Work. Where the Contractor maintains a single, blanket policy, the addition of the Owner and the Consultant is limited to liability arising out of the Project and all operations necessary or incidental thereto. The policy shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 30 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, and of change or amendment restricting coverage. I ceDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 30 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a eCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. .2 Automobile Liability Insurance: Automobile liability insurance in respect of licensed vehicles shall have limirs of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property, covering all licensed vehicles owned or leased by the Contractor, and endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of any cancellation, change or amendment restricting coverage. Where the policy has been issued pursuantto a government -operated automobile insurance system, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with confirmation of automobile insurance coverage for all automobiles registered in the name of the Contractor. .3 Aircraft and Watercraft Liability Insurance: Aircraft and watercraft liability insurance with respect to owned or non-owned aircraft and watercraft if used directly or indirectly in the performance of the Work, including use of additional premises, shall be subject to limits of not less than $2,000,000 inclusive per occurrence for bodily injury, death, and damage to property including loss of use thereof and limits of not less than $2,000,000 for aircraft passenger hazard. Such insurance shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change, or amendment restricting coverage. .4 Property and Boiler and Machinery Insurance: (I) "All risks" property insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant, insuring notless than tbe sum of the amount of the Contract Price and the full value, as stated in the Supplementary Conditions, of Products that are specified to be provided by the Owner for incorporation into the Work, with a deductible not exceeding $2,500. The insurance coverage shall not be less than the insurance required by mc Form 4042 or its equivalent replacement, provided that IBC Form 4042 shall contain the latest edition of the relevant CCDC endorsement form. The coverage shall be maintained continuously until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. (2) Boiler and machinery insurance shall be in the joint names of the Contractor, the Owner, and the Consultant for not less than the replacement value of the boilers, pressure vessels, and other insurable objects forming part of the Work. The insurance provided shall not be less than the insurance provided by the "Comprehensive Boiler and Machinery Form" and shall be maintained continuously from commencement of use or operation of the property insured and until 10 days after the date of the final certificate for payment. (3) The policies shall allow for partial or total use or occupancy of the Work. !fbecause of such use or occupancy the Contraetoris unable to provide coverage, the Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing. Prior to such use or occupancy the Owner shall provide, maintain, and pay for property and boilerinsurance insuring thefull value of the Work, as in sub-paragraphs (I) and (2), including coverage for such use or occupancy and shall provide the Contractor with proof of such insurance. The Contractor shall refund to the Owner the unearned premiums applicable to the Contractor's policies upon termination of coverage. (4) The policies shall provide that, in the case ofa loss or damage, payment shall be made to the Owner and the Contractor as their respective interests may appear. The Contractor shall act on bebalf of tbe Owner for the purpose of adjusting the amount of such loss or damage payment with the insurers. When the extent of the loss or damage is determined, the Contractor shall proceed to restore the Work. Loss or damage shall not affect the rights and obligations of either party under the Contract except that the Contractor shall be entitled to such reasonable extension of Contract Time relative to the extent of the loss or damage as the Consultant may recommend in consultation with the Contractor. CCDC 2 - 1994 File 00712 31 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe document not containing a CCDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document. unchanged. " I I I I I I I I I I tl il " ,II :, II " " I I I I I 11.1.2 11.1.3 11.1.4 11.1.5 (5) The Contractor shall he entitled to receive from the Owner, in addition to the amount due under the Contract, the amount at which the Owner's interest in restoration of the Work has heen appraised, such amount to be paid as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT. In addition the Contractor shall he entitled to receive from the payments made by the insurer the amount of the Contractor's interest in the restoration of the Work. (6) In the case of loss or damage to the Work arising from the work of another contractor, or Owner's own forces, the Owner, in accordance with the Owner's obligations under paragraph 3.2.2.4 ofGC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS, shall pay the Contractor the cost of restoring the Work as the restoration of the Work proceeds and as provided in GC 5.2 - APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT and GC 5.3 PROGRESS PAYMENT. .5 Contractors' Equipment Insurance: "All risks" contractors' equipment insurance covering construction machinery and equipment used by the Contractor for the performance of the Work, including boiler insurance on temporary boilers and pressure vessels, shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and shall not allow subrogation claims by the insurer against the Owner. The policies shall be endorsed to provide the Owner with not less than 15 days notice in writing in advance of cancellation, change. or amendment restricting coverage. Subject to satisfactory proof of financial capability by the Contractor for self-insurance, the Owner agrees to waive the equipment insurance requirement. The Contractor shall be responsible for deductible amounts under the policies except where such amounts may be excluded from the Contractor's responsibility by the terms of GC 9.1 - PROTECTION OF WORK AND PROPERTY and GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. Where the full insurable value of the Work is substantially less than the Contract Price, the Owner may reduce the amount of insurance required or waive the course of construction insurance requirement. If the Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required by the Contract Documents, then the Owner shall have the right to provide and maintain such insurance and give evidence to the Contractor and the Consultant. The Contractor shall pay the cost thereof to the Owner on demand or the Owner may deduct the amount which is due or may become due to the Contractor. All required insurance policies shall be with insurers licensed to underwrite insurance in the jurisdiction of the Place of the Work. 11.2.1 GC 11.2 BONDS 11.2.2 The Contractor shall, prior to commencement of the Work or within the specified time, provide to the Owner any surety bonds required by the Contract. Such bonds shall be issued by a duly licensed surety company authorized to transact a business of suretyship in the province or territory of the Place of the Work and shall be maintained in good standing until the fulfilment of the Contract. The form of such bonds shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the CCDC approved bond forms. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 32 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CCDe document not containing a eeDC copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I PART 12 INDEMNIFICATION - WAIVER- WARRANTY I GC 12.1 INDEMNIFICATION I 12.1.1 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant, their agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages, actions, suits, or proceedings (hereinafter called "claims"), by third parties that arise out of. or are attributable to, the Contractor's performance of the Contract provided such claims are: I .1 attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property, and I " i .2 caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor or anyone for whose acts the Contractor may be liable, and I .3 made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Peiformance of the Work as set out in the certificate of Substantial Peiformance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work. I The Owner expressly waives the right to indemnity for claims other than those stated above. 12.1.2 The obligation of the Contractorto indemnify hereunder sball be limited to $2,000,000 per occurrence from the commencement of the Work until Substantial Peiformance of the Work and thereafrerto an aggregate limit of $2,000,000. I 12.1.3 The Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, the Contractor's agents and employees from and against claims, demands, losses, costs, damages. actions. suits, or proceedings arising out of the Contractor's performance of the Contract which are attributable to a lack of or defect in title or an alleged lack of or defect in title to the Place of the Work. I I 12.1.4 GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 of GC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. I GC 12.2 WAIVER OF CLAIMS 12.2.1 Waiver of Claims by Owner I As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Owner expressly waives and releases the Contractor from all claims against the Contractor including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Contractor except one or more of the following: I .1 those made in writing prior to the date of the final certificate for payment and still unsettled; I .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 12.1 - INDEMNIFICATION or GC 12.3 - WARRANTY; .3 those arising from the provisions of paragraph 9.3.5 of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS and those arising from the Contractor bringing or introducing any toxic or hazardous substances and materials to the Place of the Work afrer the Contractor commences the Work. I '1 I I I eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 33 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CeDe copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, unchanged. I ~; I ,[ 'ill I I I I I I I I I , " :11 I I I .1 II , I I j I 12.2.2 12.2.3 In the Common Law provinces GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those made in writing within a period of 6 years from the date of Substantial Peiformance of the Work, as set out in the certificate of Substantial Peiformance of the Work, or within such shorter period as may be prescribed by any limitation statute of the province or territory of the Place of the Work and those arising from any liability of the Contractor for damages resulting from the Contractors performance of the Contract with respect to substantial defects or deficiencies in the Work for which the Contractor is proven responsible. As used herein "substantial defects or deficiencies" means those defects or deficiencies in the Work which affect the Work to such an extent or in such a manner that a significant part or the whole of the Work is unfit for the purpose intended by the Contract Documents. In the Province of Quebec GC 12.2.1.4 shall read as follows: .4 those arising under the provisions of Article 2118 of the Civil Code of Quebec. Waiver of Claims by Contractor As of the date of the final certificate for payment, the Contractor expressly waives and releases the Owner from all claims against the Owner including without limitation those that might arise from the negligence or breach of contract by the Owner except: .1 those made in writing prior to the Contractor's application for final payment and still unsettled; and .2 those arising from the provisions of GC 9.3 - TOXIC AND HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND MATERIALS or GC 10.3 - PATENT FEES. GC 12.2 - WAIVER OF CLAIMS shall govern over the provisions of paragraph 1.3.1 ofGC 1.3 - RIGHTS AND REMEDIES or GC 9.2 - DAMAGES AND MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY. 12.3.1 GC 12.3 WARRANTY 12.3.2 12.3.3 12.3.4 12.3.5 12.3.6 The warranty period with regard to the Contract is one year from the date of Substantial Peiformance of the Work or those periods specified in the Contract Documents for certain portions of the Work or Products. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper performance of the Work to the extent that the design and Contract Documents permit such performance. Except for the provisions of paragraph 12.3.6 and subject to paragraph 12.3.2, the Contractor shall correct promptly, at the Contractor's expense, defects or deficiencies in the Work which appear prior to and during the warranty periods specified in the Contract Documents. The Owner, through the Consultant, shall promptly give the Contractor notice in writing of observed defects and deficiencies that occur during the warranty period. The Contractor shall correct or pay for damage resulting from corrections made under the requirements of paragraph 12.3.3. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Product warranties in excess of one year on behalf of the Owner from the manufacturer. These Product warranties shall be issued by the manufacturer to the benefit of the Owner. eeDe 2 - 1994 File 00712 34 This contract is protected by Copyright. Use of a CeDe document not containing a CeDe copyright seal constitutes an infringement of Copyright. Only sign this contract if the document cover page bears a CCDC copyright seal to demonstrate that it is an original document, uru:hanged. II iI I I :n I I II :!1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I BARRY'BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) Limited Architects Engineers Landscape Architect Project Managers 11 Stanlev Court. Unit' Whitby/Ontario Canada L1N 8P9 Tele: 905-666-5252 Torooto:905-427-4495 Fax: 905-666-5256 E-mait:bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com Form 8.1-3 Rev. #0 19-06-01 03144A130404.#1.wpd Pre-bid Meeting Report (Addendum No.1) Page 1 of 3 Project No.: 03144 Date: April 13, 2004 Project: Bowmanville Community Park, Indoor Soccer Facility and Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 Attendees: Mr. George Acorn Mr. Joe Gerrits Mr. Stuart Mustill Mr. Jeff Robinson Mr. Darren Caudle Mr. Tim Shirk Mr. Chris Henderson Mr. Ryan Dejonge Mr. Blair Chalmers Mr. Roger Young Mr. William Weima Mr. Paul Brown Municipality of Clarington Gerr Construction LId. Maple Reinders & Constructors LId. J.J. McGuire General Contractors Mutual Mechanical Kemp Construction Kemp Construction Peak Engineering & Construction LId. Rutherford Contracting LId. M.J. Dixon Construction Limited Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited The followin9 information supplements and/or supersedes the bid documents issued on April 8, 2004. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions supersede the information contained in the original drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. 1 . The Pre-Bid Meeting Report will be issued to all Contractors present. 2. Adherence to the Municipality of Clarington's General Instructions to Bidders and Purchase Order terms and conditions is mandatory. 3. Instructions to Bidders, Tender Form and Supplementary Tender Form were reviewed with revisions made which are issued herewith. 4. Bids are to be based on prices/wage rates, etc. (all inciusive) applicable at the time of installation and completion. Escalation clauses will not be considered nor accepted. 5. Health & Safety: The Contractor will be the "Constructor" as defined by the Health and Safety Act. Bidders were provided with copies of the Municipality of Clarington's Contractor Safety Policy and Procedure. Adherence to these requirements is mandatory. Safety shall be the over riding concern on this project. The project goal of zero accidents is of prime importance, and anything less is unacceptable. The contractor shall take this into account, when preparing his bid. No claims for delay will be accepted by the contractor's failure to make allowances for all applicable safety measures. I , ". I II 6. .~ I 7, 8. I 19. I 10. 111. I I( ~ I .',,1 114. I " i! 1- ill 115. I II i >, ;tl Pre-bid Meeting Report (Addendum No.1) Page 2 of 3 Contractors were advised that the building permit has been applied for and paid for by the Owner. It is anticipated that approval wiil be obtained prior to the start dated indicated in the tender documents. BBA reviewed the requirement for the Stipulated Price to inciude for all necessary winter condition costs (if applicable) for the duration of the project. The schedule requirements are detailed in the Tender Documents. Start Date: Substantial Performance: Total Performance: May 10, 2004 September 30, 2004 October 31 , 2004 BBA stated that there were two (2) Sections 02400 - ASPHALT PAVING in the tender documents. Section 02400 - ASPHALT PAVING bound between Section 02700 - UNDERGROUND SERVICES and Sketch Detail S-102 to be deleted in its entirety. BBA asked that the provision of an office trailer set up for meeting and drawings is complied with. A shared office/lunch room would not be acceptable. A construction access road into the subject site has been pre-tendered and not to be included in the Stipulated Price of the tender. The access road is in the location of the proposed entrance driveway. "Issued for Reference Only" are the Scope of Work and Partial Site Plan Sketch (SK-1) taken from the construction road access tender. Clarification: Specification Section 00100 - Instructions to Bidders; Item 2.11: Ninety (90) days acceptance period to remain as is. Clarification: Faxes will not be accepted. The Municipality of Clarington stated that if either tender document is late, the entire tender submission wiil be rejected. SPECIFICATIONS SECTION 00100 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 14.1 Item 1.5; Revise the fee for additional drawing sets from $400.00 to read $200.00 for each set. 14.2 item 1.8; All enquires regarding interpretation of the drawings and specifications shall be directed in writing to Paul Brown, Project Coordinator of Barry.Bryan Associates (1991) Limited. 14.3 Item 2.2 The closing date is: "Thursday, April 22, 2004". This is a 2 stage tender closing, with the Stipulated Lump Sum Tender to close at 2:00:00 pm, and the Supplementary Tender due at 4:00:00 pm the same day. SECTION 00200 - TENDER FORM 15.1 Item 3.0 Revise to read: ''The Stipulated Price includes the Cash Allowances. Cash Allowance is required in Part 'A' only. FOnTl 6.1-3 Rev. #0 03144A1304D4.#1.wpd 19.06..Q1 I rc, I I I fjj \ 116. I , II" ill I 118. ~ I ~ 119. ~:WI::~::ti~~:;p:::,I::d :~~B" indicated on Sketch SK-LG-1 (attached) ~ I End of Addendum No.1 BarryoB Associates (1991) LId Pre-bid Meeting Report (Addendum No.1) Page 3 of 3 15.2 Removed Breakdown of Stipulated Price (Part 'A', Part 'B') and relocated to Supplementary Tender Form. 15.3 Tender Form reissued and attached herewith (pages 1-R1 to 3-R1). SECTION 00201 . SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM 16.1 Added Breakdown of Stipulated Price (Part 'A', Part 'B'). 16.2 Revised Separate Price Section and Alternate Price Section. 16.3 Supplementary Tender Form reissued and attached herewith (pages 1-R1 to 4-R1) SECTION 03470 . TILT -UP CONCRETE 17.1 Add the following to Item 2.02 - Panel Materials: H. Insulation: Extruded polystyrene to CAN/ULC-S701, Type 3 rigid, closed cell type with integral density skin, "Panelmate Ultra" by Dow Styrofoam or other accepted manufacturer, 50 mm thick. DRAWINGS DRAWING SP-1 - SITE SERVICES PLAN 18.1 Clarification of Part "A" and Part "B" indicated on Sketch SK-SP-1 (attached). Part "B" to include supply and installation of water services, trunk storm sewer and stanitary sewer from man hole cover to south limit, complete with bedding material and compacted native backfiil. I I II tl I I Paul Brown PB/cb Attachments: Construction Access Road and Parking Area - Scope of Work "FOR REFERENCE ONLY' SK-1 - Partial Site Plan for Construction Access Road "FOR REFERENCE ONLY' 00200 - Tender Form (3 pages) 00201 - Supplementary Tender Form page 2-R1 (4 pages) SK-SP-1 Partial Site Servicing Plan Indicating Part A and B SK-LG-1 Partial Lot Grading Plan Indicating Part A and B Form 6.1-3 Rev. #0 19-06-01 03144A130404.#1.wpd I I I I I I I II I I II I , ; I 'i I .. jl ~I I I 03144L230204-Scope.wpd Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Baseline and Green Road, Bowmanville, Municipality of Clarington Project No. 03144 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROAD AND PARKING AREA Scope of Work Provide a quotation for the construction of a 6m wide by 260m long construction access road and 20m by 30m parking area at the south end of the access road as described below and as shown on Barry- Bryan Associates (1991) Limited's Drawing No. SK-1 - Partial Site Plan for Construction Access Road dated February 23, 2004 (attached). 1. Strip topsoil in location of road and parking areas and pile on site. 2. Supply and install one (1) 300mm dia. C.S.P. culvert in the Baseline Road ditch at the entrance. 3. Construct a drainage ditch along the west side of the access road and supply and install one (1) 300mm diameter C.S.P. culvert under the roadway to provide drainage from the west to the east side of the road. 4. Supply and place a 300mm depth of 50mm crusher run. \\ fort If ~~{ fdV6~ f.6f& 5. Supply and place a 100mm depth of 19mm crusher run. ,'I: " ...,a;. race widening)o:J '" rWF WF ~ 5 M ~ WF '1.~Rr__ (8 VI ~ W L> Z o L> ~ Z o ~ ~ / 15 " o ~ " Storm Water Pond ~ II <l ,. DRAWING: DESlGNaY: -- BARRY-BRYAN ""'. ~ ASSOCIATES PflA,V<NlJV, (1991)UMfTED ... - CHECKeOaY: - ww ~- ~re -- """'" 11~00urt,""'1 1I/hIl:IjIo..uL1N_ .~ T""'PlGl_ N.T.S. --- ~ - . ~,. PlIDJE;CTHO, O.....WNGNO: 03144 SK-1 OWMANVILLE COMMUNITY PARK NOOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND CROSSE BOWL 379 BASELINE ROAD OWMANVILlE MUNICIPAUTY OF CLARINGTON II "O,a... ~cB O/lh,'(. ~) L_ PARTIAL SITE PLAN FOR CONSTRUCTION ACCESS ROAD CItEC.NC>...N..........._eNiIOI<4.T1I-ElIlIE. .w.DM_.~nDIoISNIOftI!l..Ol'8)OOCUlI___ ~HT~OFTI1I!CONs...T....,-ON;lIlUSTR~ uroHReCJJe;!lT.FlePfICIOUC'IICWOl'_..PAllTOfI....x.E 'oWTKQUT1Hl!PlII'IMIUQ.!OI'THI!eoo.su.T......POR8IlIJ&I. _ME'CJngRUSEOl'OIl~"""'_ NIO&lN.ED8l'1l-iI!''''''''''-'-T.oNl' ;1 'j Ii DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1-R1 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of U,e Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1 C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No,. CL.2004.19 Sir: j 1.0 We agree for the :.1 (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completion of all work in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, in accordance with Instructions 1:0 Bidders, the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington's Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry. Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation of the Municipality of Ciarington: STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) Dollars ($ ). 2.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 3.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $88,000.00 (Eighty Eight Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 4.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. 5.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from alternates submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. 6.0 We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract in the period require,d to meet the scheduied completion dates as specified. 7.0 We have rewived and included for Addenda No. _ to _ in the Stipulated Price. 8.0 We agree that the Owner may award a Contract based on any combination of the Stipulated Lump Sum Price, SI~parate Prices and Alternate Prices. 9.0 We have carefuliy examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the working conditions and schedule requirements. 10.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety (90) days from date of receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: 03144-00200 R1.wpd 1':1 I~' !I II I I I "I :i I I ~ I I I I il I I I tl II I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Pa~e 2-R1 a) Furnish to the Owner, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract. b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments and internal accounting purposes. c) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling 100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. d) Commence the work forthwith after the execution of a Contract or when notified to do so by the Owner and to execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined in the Contract Documents. e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers' Compensation Board at any time when requested thereafter. f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction schedule to the Owner for approval. g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy. 11 .0 Wherever the plural is used herein, the same shall be read and construed as if the singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 12.0 Bid Security: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit in the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. IIWe the undersigned agree that if l!We withdraw this tender or default in executing a contract or providing the required Performance Security in accordance with the terms of the bid documents, the Owner shall have sustained liquidated damages in the amount equal to the difference between the amount of this bid and the amount for which the Owner legally contracts with another party to perform the work, if the latter amount exceeds the former up to a maximum of the amount of the bid dellosit and such amount shall become the property of the Owner. 13.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment. 14.0 Safety Form: Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and Safety Practice Form. 15.0 Suoolementarv Tender Form: We agree that this Tender is to be read in conjunction with the Suppiementary Tender Form submitted separately. 03144-00200 R1.wpd ~ I ]1 "i l' , I II t I 11, II ~ :~ '. , I , I I I , , I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 3-R1 16.0 Slanature and Seal of Bidder: Street Address Name of Company City or Town Signature of Company Official Postal Code Name and Title Signature of Company Official Telephone No. Name and Title Date SEAL ;: Facsimile No, Tenderer's G,.S.T. Registration No. If the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00200 R1.wpd II ~I DIVISION 0 II SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 1-R1 The Office of the Clerk I The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1C 3E6 I Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL , ,'I 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE I TENDER No. CL-2004-19 Sir: , I 1.0 Name of Tenderer :H 2.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized in writing I by the Owner, the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the work. , ; Overhead Profit I General Contractor's Work Subcontractor's Work I 3.0 Breakdown of Stipulated Price stated in Section 00200 TENDER FORM Item 1 is as follows: PART 'A' (to include entire building, cash allowances, lacrosse bowl, parking lot and limited site works I as indicated on drawings). I Dollars ($ ). I I PART 'B' (to include remaining site works and services as indicated on drawings) , "I :' I Dollars ($ ). J , , TOTAL STIPULATED PRICE - PART 'A' PLUS PART 'B' to equal Total Stipulated Price Stated in ~ Section 00200 - Tender Form I ! , ;li! I r~ Dollars ($ ). ,- :~ 4.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tender the stipulated price was based: I TRADE FIRM ADDRESS I Excavation and Backfill Site Services I 03144-00201 R1.wpd I I I I I I [' I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 2-R1 TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Asphalt Paving Landscaping Indoor Turf Field Turf Field Turf Concrete Tilt-up Masonry Structural Steel and Steel Joists EPDM Membrane Roofing HollowMetal Doors and Frames Sectionai Overhead Doors Aluminum Windows and Doors Gypsum Board and Acoustic Tile Dasherboard Systems Plumbing Stand Pipe System HVAC Electrical 5.0 We submit the following Separate Prices which are included in the Stipulated Price: (Separate prices shall exclude G.S.T.) A. Supply and install exterior canopy. $ B. Supply and install indoor turf by Field Turf. $ C. Supply and install dasherboard system for the Outdoor Lacrosse court. $ 6.0 We submit the following Alternate Prices which are not included in the Stipulated Price: A. In lieu of full height masonry partitions provide full height gypsum board on metal studs with the same heights as specified with concrete block. $ extra/credit B. For rated walls: 16 mm gypsum board on E1S of metal studs at 400 olc ULC W407 (at Sprinkler Room and Electronic Room). $ extra/credit 03144-00201 R1,wpd I I tl II ~ I ,:i I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM C. For unrated walls: 13 mm gypsum board on E/S of metal studs at 400 o/c. Acoustic insulation. Provide openings above the ceiling space as required by Mechanical Division for return air plenum requirements. Note: for walls that are to terminate to underside of metal deck, walls to have full height acoustic insulation. $ D. In lieu of "Field Turf', provide alternate manufacturer. Provide alternate manufacturer's name such as Sportexe, Tarkett Somer Sports Systems or IC Improvements. $ E. In lieu of 85 mm dasherboard system with support braces, provide 165 mm self supporting system without braces, $ F. Supply and install 125 mm concrete floor to Arena floor (Room 121) size approximately 34,375 mm x 57,600 mm with 152 x 152 x MW18.7 x WWM and sawcuts at 4,000 x 4,000 max. on compacted granular fill. Floor elevation to be approximately 400 mm. This alternate is given to allow for the possibility of an alternate artificial field turf surface. $ G. In lieu of full height tilt-up panels bearing directly on footings, Option "A" offers an alternate approach where the tilt-up panels at the perimeter of the low roof area are shortened and bear on cast-in-place foundation wall. This enables a larger casting bed for the panels. Refer to Drawing S301, S303, S304 and Section 18 on S502 for details. Please be advised that the panels affected are P1 to P5, P22 to P26, and similarly for Panels P27 ~~1. $ Page 3-R1 extra/credit extra/credit extra/credit extra/credit extra/credit 7.0 Unit Prices: Additional work will be completed in accordance with the following schedule of unit rates, an approval of the Consultant, exclusive of overhead and profit. Unit rates include all charges for supply and installation, supervision, plant and toois. Deletions shall be deducted from additions before unit rates are applied. Credits will be deducted from extras before overhead and profit are added. All work will be performed in accordance with the Contract documents. Provincial tax is included in the unit rates. Goods and services tax is not included in the unit rates. Unit Prices for Additions and Deletions: Nature of Work Additions 1. OPSS Granular 'A' backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 2. OPSS Granular'S' backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 3. OPSS sand fill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 4. Clear crushed stone fill (suppiy, place and compact) per m'. 5. Reinforcing steel, supply and place, per metric tonne. 6. 25 MPA concrete-in-place per m'. 7. Structural steel per metric tonne. 03144-00201 R1.wpd Deletions jl 11 ,il 11 II II I I ~! I ,. ~ ~ "1 I I I I I I I I I I iel DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM 8.0 Sianature and Seal of Bidder: Street Add ress City or Town Postal Code Telephone No. Date Facsimile No. Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. Page 4-R1 Name of Company Signature of Company Official Name and Title Signature of Company Official Name and Title SEAL If the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00201 R1.wpd RDJECT: 00 ... m '"' "' I I I "tt I 1q I I I .1, ,I.. .I. , "Ii I !j I I ~ I I I I I ;~ I I I I . E E " E E " 00 00 "'''' oofi: ~m ... .. ..... ill"' "z z- -01 0101 010 0" 5" ,..,!< '" ;Z~ _0 ~~ E E E E 00 00 0>'" BOWMANVILLE COMMUNITY PARK ....DOOR SOCCER FACILITY rD LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOW MANVilLE IUNICIPALrTY OF CLARINGTON PARTIAL SITE SERVICING PLAN INDICATING PART A AND B CESIGNIlV: -- BARRY'BRYAN - ASSOCIATES DllAWIlIlV: (1991) UMITED -- CHeCKEOHY: - - -- ~~ -- 11.....,~UnII1 APIIl.'''' WhItIrOnllllDUN8PIl ,~ lW:(llOlIl__ N.T.8. . ... ......... ,,~ - . -, DfI,O.\\IINJNo, K-SP-1 DRAWING: CIECK.oNDIUllFYIlUD!I.E_ATTHE8rrE. IlUO""IWlGll,BPEClFICAno..AIIlIl':EJJlltPDQCIJldDITlINETHE COl'WlliHTPOI;IPEfl'NOI'THECONBULTANTNfDIoUSTBE/lE'IU'INEtl lWONIlEOUEST,IE~OI'_"'_OA\lMJLE wmtOVTTI'IB__OI1'THECONIlULTANTBFOIBQDf:N O......._NENOTTOBE~IllFOIlOO~..mL8IQHEO ,oO,NDSEAUOHYTHECONBl.l.TIIHT I ~>v~ -~--__\ ' , , ~' I U~)i~~~;"'IC,,:" ~',,', I ' J: I I ,T j "-'~'o:: 'w' T T, ,I, ~~'~J y/~ ; . I '" 0 (j) ",%;-'\t:. ':I: '\'X ' ,ii ",1< tii. ~~~ tii_ "~ :: '" ~I . ,.' ~ I iiiliii ~ 5~ w ~ ~ 0:'" ~ wI? : ' I "-Ill. E E"""' E 0 0 ., <bon ~ ~C ~/ ~ - '" '" VtiS V10~;;j g:~ vtis ~~",g: '~; I f.J. '\. " U'" d. -;- ~, ~ ~"" ~:~I~!'i30~O I \( ~7 _:'~ ~/~"A T ~~~ \~. ~~~'~ I ~---= /- N<C!l1:; I ~ ~~,\'1~ ~ I,', ,~ ;' , I- / (Il >9~ 0'" ~P" ~'C!l M" 1 ! '1;;:/, 'I I ;~ S ~mlO r;!; ~,7""'- 5 ~ :: I' <q e1i :\ .. · -= jj~; .] .~! ""'" ~ i II~ rr'!~ I - 0.0 N ., . \ :J~~(f)O - ~ i ".8: ,," " I -= g: ~ N~~ 3NNOO I C~ lD~~ I- :~ ~ ~,) ~ I! I C!l I - a. wwoor ~g~3J:" t d~~~ ..H '~~~, r )IU "- /), -' 2;, "'I' - ~ l' X"." '" ~I - g~ ~tQb.jtiJt:::~ i:, \1',.., v d ~~:". "'01 - ozg ,,' 'l.;;:'Jf8~I, ' . 'i'., e- -(f) ;:: ;' E x x p >-;, ; , ~II l;: . ~Wg li:\ ll1.r ~ ;s' :t:::s- i\ : ~:::5 ~ ~\... - ~. I:' 114< <;;1:' "'c, 'li1ootj > NO ~ ;a;--tl'l .....' IE, => a.:!! E I!!z E OIlS3I'lOO ,-::;;::;:~ ," 8"~ ;i 1 "'.og oE ~O wOo I;" '''',z E '''''''0", 1-,,-: ;' '~OE 1 a.a.~ - ,Q 0 1 " 'F 0 olJJZ 0.. ~:IO 1 '",Efdg .1_ "''''0 0 - - f I- CDI_ a.U::u 0::: :"0; NO c.. ~$; . '" g'n6~ ~ J~XI ~.' ,*~ ~ "-IQ..\., ~ ..... I '" , ~ ' " 1V""'MS lI3SOdOl1d '" . ~1' '!,-Ii: I I I I I I I I I L. - - - -- - t~~- - --., l~ ~ " I I ' I b~ I r ~/Q.; I os'tS I OL"S t 09 'S t Og'lS ~Ic.. t Ov'LS', f i "- I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 II I-rill! I I '/ 1 ,"" . - -- DNIOVllD -:;;~lll'ln--'. " --:.-~ Uuo ~o, ", , ~~~ " ' _ m - '" ;a:;l I~. CI.G. Biddle a AeaaciBt;.. Limlt.d ~consultir,g engineers I I I 8" KINO S~EE:T I!:....ST . OSHAWA.ON L.'''''' '8" ,..HONE (80&)&70-0eOO . ~A)( (.oo)e?'e_.?'~o ~OJECT: BOWMANVILLE COMMUNITY PARK INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY _NO LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVllLE tUNICIPALlIT OF CL.ARINGTON PARTIAL LOT GRADING PLAN INDICATING PART A AND B BARAY'BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) UMITED ....... - -- -....... '1__QuI,l.WI1 .......OrMrtIL1N8Pll TII:{llCIllJ__ '"'-- _bU.' ....._ DESIGNErI' -- ~ DRAWING: OAAWNrrt. CHECKEDEIY' - DATE: APFIILt.flO4 "'" ."... "" CIECKAN~"IiRIFVALl.DIME_AT'T>II!5Inc ~~m:::~~~~~~~~='=l> . ~n:~~"::"~::=.~ . DRO._"'IINOTT08El.8EDFOR~lJN'TlL6ONED ANDSEl<l1t>llVTHi:CDNlll.l.l.oHT. . i. . PROJECT~ DRAWING NO: 03144 :;K-LG-1 Addendum No.2 Page 1 of 1 Project No.: 03144 Date: April 15, 2004 Project: Bowmanville Community Park, Indoor Soccer Facility and Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 The following information supplements andlor supersedes the bid documents issued on April 8, 2004. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions supersede the information contained in the originai drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. 2.1 Attached herewith is Durham Energy Specialist Limited's Addendum No. ME-1 dated April 14, 2004 (1 page). End of Addendum No.2 PB/cb Attachments: Durham Energy Specialist Limited's Addendum No. ME-1 dated April 14, 2004 I 11 j I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Mr~-~~-~~~~ ~r'~G J...IU1,IIMII L...lll...l','-'I l...1~. IIIDES Durham Energy Specialist Limited 5 Carlow Court, Whitby, Ontario L 1 N 9T7 905-430-7151 Fax: 905-430-7154 Emall: 15kribe@durh3I11energy.com Addendum No. ME-1 Project Name: Clarington Indoor Soccer & Outdoor Lacrosse IDescription: New Facility Address: Base Line Rd., Clarington Glient Contact: BBA , Date: ' April 14, 2004 From: Leanne Skribe, p, Eng. DES Job No; 04.638 This addendum shall form an integral part of the TENDER and must be included with the bid submission. Failure to do so shall result in the rejection of the bid submission. Mechanical M1 All fire hose cabinets shall be complete with plexi-glass. ElectrIcal E1 All Hydro One fees shall be paid by the Owner. The Electrical Contractor is responsible for all coordination with Hydro One to ensure timely completion of their work. Any Contractor costs for such coordination shall be inclUded in the Contract. TD:S/r:LS Page 1 of 1 P:\DES. 04\OA~638 CJari"gton Indoor Soccer Arena & Outdoor L~rOSse\CorresPOl1dence\Addendum ME1,doC TOTAL P.01 BARRY-BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) Limited Architects Engineers Landscape Architect Project Managers $!," ~ ~~\ ~.,~ 5GB 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1 Whitby,Ontario Canada UN 8P9 Tele: 905-666-5252 Toronto: 905-421-4495 Fax: 905-666-5256 E.mail:bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com Form 6.1..3 Rev. #0 19-06-01 03144A190404.#3.wpd Addendum No.3 Page 1 of 1 Project No.: 03144 Date: April 19, 2004 Bowmanville Community Park, Indoor Soccer Facility and Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 Project: The following information supplements and/or supersedes the bid documents issued on April 8, 2004. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions supersede the information contained in the original drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. Faiiure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. 3.1 SECTION 02731 - ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF .1 Item 3.04 - Field Markings to be revised as follows: A. Side line, end lines and goal line/mouth to be tufted or inlaid. B. Delete markings for players box and coaches box. C. Centre circle and corner kicks to be painted. D. Delete centre/team logos. 3.2 SECTION 03470 - TILT-UP CONCRETE .1 Item 1.04 - "Design and Performance Criteria" to be revised to read: "Design and Performance for Erection and Bracing of Tilt-up Panels". 3.3 SECTION 08100 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED STEEL FRAMES .1 Refer to 2.01 - Materials; Item B. Revise frame gauge from 14 ga. to 16 ga. Revise door faces of interior and exterior from 16 ga. to 18 ga. 3.4 SECTION 09310 - CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE .1 Clarification: CT -1: Shower fioor tiles CT-2: Shower wall tiles CT-3: Floor tile in all other areas CT specified. 3.5 SECTION 09680 - CARPETING .1 Added section and issued herewith (pages 1 to 3). 3.6 SECTION 13180 - DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS .1 Item 2.04 - Panels, Item E.: Revise 12 mm thick to 10 mm thick. End of Addendum No.3 ~~ PB/cb Attachments: Specification Section 09680 -Carpeting (3 pages) I I I I I I I ]1 I II ii ~I I II " il 11 II II II tl ~ DIVISION 9 SECTION 09680 CARPETING Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. Resilient Flooring Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile Section 09651 Section 09310 1.03 SAMPLES A. Submit duplicate 600 mm square pieces of full line of each type of carpet specified for selection of colours by the Consultant in accordance with Section 01330. 1.04 MAINTENANCE DATA A. Provide maintenance data for carpet maintenance for incorporation into Operation and Maintenance Manual in accordance with Section 01780. 1.05 DELIVERY A. Delivercarpetto site in clear, polyethylene wrapping bearing manufacturer's label stating type of carpet, colour and pattern number and material thickness. 1.06 SUBMITTALS A. Submit carpet seam layout to Consultant for review prior to start of work. 1.07 GUARANTEE A. Guarantee: Carpets shall be guaranteed 10 years against normal wear and shall have a lifetime anti-static warrantee. Include guarantee in maintenance manuals. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Carpet: interlocking level loop construction. 1085 g/m2, 100% BFC Zeftron Nylon, Rib Loop, "Transom-Tectonics" as manufactured by Kraus Carpet Mills Limited. Colour to be selected by Consultant. B. Locate carpet and carpet base where shown on the room finish schedule. C. Carpet Base: 100 mm high, to match carpet, with bound edge. Colour to be selected by Consultant. D. Rubber Thresholds: Black rubber strip material, 127 mm wide by 12.7 mm high bevelled edge, Series E890, "Johnsonite", supplied by Reynolds Smith Corporation, Waterloo, Ontario. 03144-09680.wpd I ,I 'I 'I I 'I 'II I ~ I ~I , II ~I ~I ~I II II ~I !I tl il I I DIVISION 9 SECTION 09680 CARPETING Page 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) E. Binder bar: Roberts Nap lok 8912, aluminum pinless type. F. Carpet base to match adjacent carpet complete with bound exposed edge. G. Direct Glue Down Adhesive and Seaming Cement: shall be Roberts 3000 floor covering adhesive. H. Subfloor sealer, filler, and leveler shall be as recommended by carpet manufacturer, compatible with carpet adhesive. I. Carpet Protection: Non-staining heavy duty kraft paper or 0.15 mm thick polyethylene film. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Use maximum widths and lengths, with pile running the same direction, free from end joints in a run and with a minimum number of side seams. Side seams parallel to each other. Select materials for colour and pattem consistency, using matching pieces in each location. B. Where variations of colour within normal textile tolerance occur, change in colour shall be restricted to between individual rooms, with such changes occurring at the door line. No room shall have two variations of same colour and pattern within it. C. Rooms less than 3660 mm wide shall have no seams. End seams are not permitted except at door openings. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Prepare floor surfaces in accordance with CGSB 4-GP-156 and manufacturer's printed instructions. Provide epoxy self leveling filler over all depressions or voids in new and existing slabs. Grind all protrusions. B, Ensure toeless type resilient base is installed before proceeding with carpeting. C. Seal concrete substrates in accordance with sealer manufacturer's directions. 3,03 CARPET INSTALLATION A. Glue-down Installation: Install glue-down carpet in accordance with CGSB 4-GP-156 and manufacturer's printed instructions. B, Pre-condition, stretch and install carpet following manufacturer's printed instructions. Fit neatly around architectural, mechanical, electrical and telephone outlets, and furniture fitments, around perimeter of rooms into recesses, and around projections. C, Seal edges of cut-outs with latex. 03144-09680,wpd f., I ! I j I I 11 i I ,II I 'I II i !I 'I I I ill II ~I I I II I :1 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09680 CARPETING Page 3 3.04 CARPET BASE INSTAllATION A. Install carpet base to match adjacent carpet flooring, where indicated aligned straight and level. B. Attach carpet to wall with adhesive. Neatly fit against floor carpet. 3.05 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Vacuum carpets clean. Protect traffic areas of carpeted floors with carpet protection. Tape edges and joints to prevent shifting. 3.06 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide an additional 200 square feet of carpet materials for maintenance purposes. Consultant will determine quantity of each colour required. B. Carpet supplied for maintenance purposes shall be from the same dye iot used for the installation and shall be in one piece, rolled up, wrapped, and identified as to contents. End of Section 03144-09680.wpd I I ~ I " ~ I I I I ,II I I ~I II i! II II il ~I ~I !I fl }I Page 1 of 5 Addendum #4 - CL2004-19 Tuesday, April 20, 2004 VIA: PHONE & FAX ATTENTION: ALL BIDDERS Dear Sir/Madam: RE: ADDENDUM #4, CL2004-19 INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY & OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL Bidders are hereby advised of the attached addendum for the above noted Tender as well note the extension date for the closing of the tender. Closing Date was: Closing Times: Thursday, April 22nd, 2004 Stipulated Lump Sum Tenders close at 2:00:00 (local time) Supplementary Tender Forms - close at 4:00:00 (local time) Has been extended to: Closing Date: Closing Times: Friday, April 23rd, 2004 Stipulated Lump Sum Tenders close at 2:00:00 (local time) Supplementary Tender Forms - close at 4:00:00 llocal time) All submissions must be in accordance with this addendum. Yours truly, Lou Ann Birkett, C.P.P., AM.C.T. Purchasing Manager LAB*km C:\Documents and Settings\pbrown\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files\Content.1 E5\YDT2BQLS\CL2004-19-ADD4.doc I I I I BARRY'BRYAN ASSOCIATES I 11991) limited Architects Engineers I Landscape Architect Project Managers I I ~ I I ~I ~I u , '!I 'I il 11 Stanley Court, '1 Unit 1 Whitby,Ontario ~~ Canada llN 8P9 ~I T ele: 905-666-5252 Toronto: 905-427-4495 Fax: 905-666-5256 II E-mail:bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com tl Form 6.1-3 Rev. #(J 19-06-01 03144A200404.#4.wpd 1 Addendum No.4 Page 1 of 1 Project No.: 03144 Date: April 20, 2004 Project: Bowmanville Community Park, Indoor Soccer Facility and Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 The following information supplements and/or supersedes the bid documents issued on April 8, 2004. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions supersede the information contained in the original drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. Failure to do so may subject bidder to disqualification. 4.1 SECTION 00100 -INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS .1 Item 12.1 - Cash Allowances; add the following: "Allow $27,000.00 to extend water service connections across Baseline Road (piping consists of 150 mm domestic connection and 300 mm fire line connection )." 4.2 SECTION 00200 - TENDER FORM .1 Revised Tender Form to show new amount of Cash Allowance and attached herewith (3 pages). End of Addendum No.3 7tlf~ Paul Brown PB/cb Attachments: Tender Form (pages 1-R2 to 3-R2) I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1-R2 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L1C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No. CL.2004.19 Sir: 1.0 We agree for the (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated belowto supplyall necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completion of all work in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington's Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry. Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington: STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) Dollars ($ ). 2.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 3.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $115,000.00 (One Hundred & Fifteen Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 4.0 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. 5.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financiai benefit, from alternates submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. 6.0 We agree to complete all work Including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified. 7.0 We have received and included for Addenda No. _ to _ in the Stipulated Price. 8.0 We agree that the Owner may award a Contract based on any combination of the Stipulated Lump Sum Price, Separate Prices and Alternate Prices. 9.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the working conditions and schedule requirements, 10.0 We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety (90) days from date of receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: 03144-00200 R2.wpd j I I " 'I I I :i I I I I I '~ jl JI ,II I I iI " ~I I I II :1 JI. DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 2-R2 a) Furnish to the Owner, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract. b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments and internal accounting purposes. c) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, issued by a Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling 100% ofthe Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. d) Commence the work forthwith after the execution of a Contract or when notified to do so by the Owner and to execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined in the Contract Documents. e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers' Compensation Board at any time when requested thereafter. f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction schedule to the Owner for approval. g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy. 11.0 Wherever the plural is used herein, the same shall be read and construed as if the singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 12.0 Bid Security: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit in the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. IIWe the undersigned agree that if IIWe withdraw this tender or default in executing a contract or providing the required Performance Security in accordance with the terms of the bid documents, the Owner shall have sustained liquidated damages in the amount equal to the difference between the amount of this bid and the amount for which the Owner legally contracts with another party to perform the work, if the latter amount exceeds the former up to a maximum of the amount of the bid deposit and such amount shall become the property of the Owner. 13.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment. 14.0 Safetv Form: Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and Safety Practice Form. 15.0 Suoplementary Tender Form: We agree that this Tender is to be read in conjunction with the Supplementary Tender Form submitted separately. 03144-00200 R2.wpd I ill II I ,I I .1 II ~I I I jl II II 11 " , ,I fl I I I " "~I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 3-R2 16.0 Siqnature and Seal of Bidder: Street Address Name of Company City or Town Signature of Company Official Postal Code Name and Title Telephone No. Signature of Company Official Date Name and Title SEAL Facsimile No. Tenderer's 8.S.T. Registration No. If the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00200 R2.wpd " ;1i I I I ;j' I BARRY'BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) Limited I ~I II ii il il Architects Engineers landscape Architect Project Managers I ,I '" !I ill il I I JI 'I :11 :II I fl 'I 'I , II I 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1 Whitby,Ontario Canada l1Nap9 Tele: 905-666-5252 Toronto: 905.427-4495 Fax: 905-666-5256 E-mail:bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com Form 6.1-3 Rev. #0 19-06-01 03144A210404.#5.wpd Addendum No.5 Page 1 of 1 Project No.: 03144 Date: April 21, 2004 Project: Bowmanville Community Park, Indoor Soccer Facility and Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 The following information supplements andlor supersedes the bid documents issued on April 8, 2004. This Addendum forms part of the contract documents and is to be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other parts. The cost of all contained herein is to be included in the contract sum. The following revisions supersede the information contained in the original drawings and specifications issued for the above-named project to the extent referenced and shall become part thereof. Acknowledge receipt of this Addendum by inserting its number and date on the Tender Form. Failure to do so may SUbject bidder to disqualification. 5.1 Attached herewith is Durham Energy Specialist Limited's Addendum No. ME-2 dated April 20, 2004 (2 pages). End of Addendum No.5 ~so iates (1991) Limited Paul Brown PB/cb Attachments: Durham Energy Specialist Limited's Addendum No. ME-2 dated April 20, 2004 (2 pages) Project Name: Clarington Indoor Soccer & Outdoor Lacrosse Description: New Facility Address: Base Line Rd., Clarington Client Contact: BBA I ,II l I I ,~ !I ~I II ] I :! I I I II II J. ,. ~I 'I I " . ":1 H~~-~~-dUU4 lb:l~ II DES UUKHHM ~NcKuY LIU. ':llO'::' Gt.,)1CJ (J.;:>~ r.t:J'::::/~J Durham Energy Specialist Limited 5 Carlow Court, Whitby, Ontario L1N 9T7 905-430-7151 Fax: 905-430-7154 Email: Iskribe@durhamenergy.com Addendum No. ME-2 Date: April 20, 2004 From: Leanne Skribe, P. Eng. DES Job No: 04-638 This addendum shall form an integral part of the TENDER and must be included with the bid sUbmis~lon: Failure to do so shall result in the rejection of the bid submission. Delete reference to Detail #5 for HP-3. Refer to new Detail #6 for HP-3 as per attached. Refer to General Electrical Notes #13: Delete "rigid metal conduits" and replace with "EMT (electrical metallic tubing)" LP-C Outdoor Parking Lot Lighting Panel and Lighting Control C complete with photocell shall be located in Sprinkler Room 108 instead of Electrical Room. Delete cable to Lighting Pole at northwest corner of Soccer Arena and delete anchor and guy wire for pole. Run cable to Lighting Pole at southwest corner of Soccer Arena complete with strain insulator. Anchor and guy wire to remain as shown. Main 400A, 600V fusible disconnect shall be 80% rated instead of 100%. Enclosure for main power distribution panel shall be EEMAC 2. Delete reference to EEMAC 12. Add Detail #6 as per attached. P:\DES - Q.4\Od.638 Oarington Indoor Soccer Arena & Outdoor l.arosse\Correspondence\Addendum ME2.dOC Page 1 of 1 Electrical E1 DrawingE101: E2 Drawing E201: E3 Drawing E201/E801: E4 Drawing E801 Single Line Diagram: E5 Section 16400 Item 2,3.1: E6 Section 16400 Details: Attachments: Detail #6 TD:Slr:LS APR-2~-2~~4 lb:l~ I , 368 I I I I I I I I :1 I 1 I 'I 1 I I I I II I II I 1 I , ,1 II ~I II UU~HHJ'1 I::.Nl::.t'<l:.I Y L ILJ. ::'t::J-J Cot-ll:::.J rJ...,,)'-t Eu:cnU(",\I. SAFETY ('om: SPECIFICA TI ON 14.3 (See Rule 75-14J(Jl) PRIMARY 3T PART N .a. DESC",PTlON OTY 1 INSULA TO~ DEAD.ENO J 2 CLEVIS BAIL DEAD-END 4 FOR MAX. ROSSARM SPAN OF 3 GRIP, CONDUCTOR. PREJ=ORNlED. DEAD END . 4 WASHER 5/B" X 2" X 2" G 75m 170c:m STEEL 5 LOCKW""HER FOR 5/0" SOL T 2 (250) (S"-llj OR WOOD . BOLT EYE FO~ 5/8" BOLT 4 BOLT 8" 6 90m 23C1cm STEEL OR ClAMP, CONDUCTOR BOLTED DEAOEND 3 (300') (7'-6") WOOD 9 CROSSARM SEE SPAN 1 3 S~;.>plied al1d lI1stal!ed by Contractor. I .l:.I<-l/ 1::.>.... \ . Detail #6 Pnlc n,ot.::.il fnr HP_~ TOTAL P.03 I I II I' " I , , '. I I II :1 ,11 :111 :'1 II ill l. 11 :1 tl 'I ,1 tl i' ~' jf ~ soo/coolti .1 Rf~:20-2004 14'46 BA~BRYAN ASSOC (- 905 666 5256 P.03/05 DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1.R2 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of ClarinQton 40 Temperance Slreet Bowmanville. Ontario L 1 C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR lACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVIllE TENDER No, CL.2004-19 Sir. We M.J. Dixon Construction Limited 1.0 agree for the (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and completIon Of all WOrk in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality Of Clarlngton, in accordance with Instrucbons to Bidders, the Corporation of the MunIcipality Of Clarington's Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and D/'IlWings, prepared for that purpose by Bany' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, WMby. Ontario and to the entire satisfactIon of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington: I' ~~!J:;J1fl("~~GST)/fdv,~~Mj ~f4 ~_.#j Dollars ($ '3. 3 8 ~ , 0 dO). / 2,0 Goods and Servioes Tex (GST) at 7% to be added to the StipUlated Price S :J.- ~ / / S / 0 . 0 0 3.0 The StipUlated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $11 5,000.00 (One Hundred & Fifteen Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 4.0 We agree the Owner reserves Ihe right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. 5.0 We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from alternates submitted, Into consideration in the eValuation of all tenders aM the subsequent award of the Contract. 6.0 We agree to complete El" WOrk inoludinSJ necessary overtime wor!< pursuant to this Contract in the periOd required to meetlt1e scheduled completion dates as specified, 7.0 We have receIved and included for A<lUellda No..L.. to 5 in the Stipulated Price. B.O We agree that the Owner may award a Contract based on any combination of the StipUlated lump Sum Price. Separate Prices and Alternate Prices. ' 9.0 We have carefully examined all the Tender Documents, have visited lt1e Site, and have a clear and comprenensive knOWledge of the Work required under this Confract and of all the WOrking conditions and schedule requirements. 10,0 We the undersigned agrae that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety (90) days from date of receipt of Tender. and thet if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: 03144-.00200 R2.'wpd ;JNI SVH:JlInof ~nr'l^" """'1"'1 ",..,..,.. ......." ,.,~~ _h_ __ I ,[1 ii ". I I I I ! I ~ I I I I I I I I I I I " e) f) g) -...;-:>" .......~ . . .., ".................... 905 666 5256 P.04/05 r DIVISION 0 SEC"l"ION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 2-R2 a) Furnish to the Owner, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract, . Fumish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments and intamal accounting purposes. Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond end a Labour and Material Payment Bond, Issued bya Surety acceptable to the Owner, each for an amount equalling 100% of the TenderPrlce to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. Commence the work forthwith after the e~ecutlon of a Contract or When notified to do so by the Owner and to execute the work conijnuoUsly to completion. Time shall be the essence of the Contract and the Wor!< Shall be completed in accordance with the Schedule outlined in the Contract Documenlii. FurniSh to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers' Compensation Board at any time when requested thereafter. Submit Wllhin three (3) days of award ofthe contract a detailed construction schedule 10 the Owner for approval. Fumlsh to the Owner a COpy of our Corporate Safety Policy. b) c) d) 11.0 Whereverthe plural Is used herein, thesame shall be read and construed as jfthe Singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and 1IS if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 12.0 Bid Security: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit In the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. I/We the undersigned agree that if IlWe withdraw thIs tender or default in executing a contract or providIng the required Performance Security in accordance with the tsrms of the bid documents, the Owner shall hav911ustained liqUidated damages in theamolint equal to tl:1e difference between the amount of this oid and the amount fur which the Owner legally contracts With another party to perform the Work, if ths latter amount exceeds the former up to a maXimum of the amount of the bid deposit and SUch amount shall become the property of the OWner. 13.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for Performance, and 100% for Malarlals and Labour Payment 14.0 Safety Form: AttaChed to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipalltyof Clarington Health and Sefety Practice Form, 15.0 SUDolementarv Tender Form: We agree that this Tender is to be read In conjunction with the Supplementary Tender Form submitted separately. Due to world market conditions, steel prices are only valid for 30 days. Should the . award of this contract exceed this period and should the contractor suffer, beyond hiS control, significant increase in the cost of steel supply,. the owner will reView a pOSSible escalation in the price of steel based on market condtlons. 03144-002:00 R2..wpd 500/.00 lEI ~NISVH)Hrrd NOl~NIHV1) OCCC CZ9 506 xv" gr:LT .00>1071'" -, ,,~~. .....~.,.,,' /""I.;;l.;lUl- I ;. ~ I ~ I I :i I ill il t ~I !, '! I " (' 90S 666 S2S6 P.05/05 DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM PaQ9 3-R2 16.0 Sionature and Seal of 8Idd~: 2600 Edenhurst Dr., Ste. 200 Street Addresi M.J. Dixon Construction Limited Name of Company Mississauga, Onto City or Town Signature of Company Official L5A 3Z8 Postal Code Name and TItle !I ~I II ~I -II ,II , ~I ~I ,II I I (905) 270-7770 Telephone No. Sig ature of Company Official Apr. 21, 2004 Date ~Lo<-I C":"-"'j, P.EY>j. t/,.c~ Pres/deYl-{- Name and TItle (905) 270-4244 SEAL Facsimile No. 103771073RT001 j T_,O.8.T._.... . ~,JJtr ~ t:y ~: t.(~~.4.-.t..~Aa~/h~ ~I t/,-Ol~-JU,~ ~~~ -:.7~ M~. ~ ~ ~ 4 Lf A/l'V.ku Yf' ~ I If the bidding firm I~ a limited company. the company sear must appear on this Bid Form with the slgnature(s) of the proper signing official(s). cJ)ev~ 7 13{ OOU, U rJ 0314.4-00200 R2''''''pd Jry SOO/SOOIrJ mTRL P.0S ~NISVHJand NOl~NlaV1J oeer rl~ en~ VVJ Qp' IT ~nn~.n~'L^ I I I I I ! I ,I I ,11 II ,. i I '11 II II ~I ]1 ~I II i~ ~195804IOJ " (' . AV1VA ;- I AGREEMENT TO BOND (SURETY'S CONSENTI To: THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON (Obligee) BOND NO. 83-5404-0021(04) Project: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL, ONTARIO _ TENDER NO. CL-2004-19. Contractor (Principal): M.J. DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMITED We, A VIVA INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA a Corporation created and existing nnder the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces and Territories of Canada, as Surety, agree to issue the following Bond(s) for the Principal if the Principal's tender is accepted by the Obligee within NINETY (90) days from the closing date of the tender and if the Principal shall have entered into a written contract with the Obligee: L Perfonnance Bond for 100% of the tender price. 2, Labour and Material Payment Bond for 100% of the tender price. This Agreement to Bond shall be null and void after ninety (90) days from the tender date. AVIV A INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA Date: //fi;L ~ (] ttt / J,Stratford '4 orney-in-fact ARPIL 20TH, 2004 rr ~I " I I I II ill ~ll ~I .11 11 II il II il il ,j \1 II 'II ,I , , ,I I " CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM To Contractor(s): The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety. In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the accident/incident and/or Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) c The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups . The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-?) Rating - The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups Please s.~.~..?t.tR!=:h~.q...., .... ......... ........... ......... ...... .......... . Injury frequency performance for the last two years - This may be available from the contractor's trade association. Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (If the answer is yes, please include the infraction). Please see attached. Confirmation of Independent Operator Status - The WSIB independent operator number assigned: (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WS/B with their bid submission). I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - , tfl it'. ,. " ~ CONTRACTOR SAFETY ~ '1. 'I 'I II ,jl ,j ,. ;!I I tl tI 4. 5. POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued,., CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site specific polices and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will Work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fel/ow employees and members of the public. 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the '~ct"); and b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act. 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the contractor/successful tenderer shall: a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and b) ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and their employees act safely and comply with all aspects with the Act. 3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non- compliance. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to detennine compliance with this contract/tender, No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. (" ( I POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... I I I CONTRACTOR SAFETY 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender; b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and ~I i' c) from any and all charges, fines, penaities and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or . employees) shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contracl/tender. . {Vtv. D;l<e>'1 Contractor Cg.rJ~--f vue lio YI (,'"", ;/-<2>cI ) Name of Person Signing for Contractor' -Pa. u- ( CA r'CL-v1'j,. P E 7 A r. ;)d ~"ClV Date Signatu I I II II II I I ~I ,I :11 II ~I 'II ~I , ~I ]1 ~I II II m '~I J , Ministry of Labour issued an order to comply prematurely. M.J. Dixon's Sub- trade Trade Tech had begun erecting scaffolding and was waiting for a competent worker to inspect the erection. After a meeting with the M.O.L. the same day this misunderstanding was cleared up and additional documents (Eng. Inspection, etc.) were provided. The stop work order was lifted. This was a minor incident. " , ,II il ,I ~I II 'I I ~.: I '~ I Mlm'stry of' Labour r'(~ Ontario Operations Division Occupational Health and Safety Premise/Project Form Page 1 of 4 Premise/Project Name CITY OF TORONTO PIP 10 1079225 Visit Date Case 10 5318937 STC FV No. 5214432 Noliee 10 03520850 21 Nov 2003 PremlseJProject Location 130 THE QUEENSWAYTORO ON CAN Mey 1H9 Telephone (416) 392.2380 Assigned Slaff 1372 PONIKVAR Inspection Block JHSC Slatu, Work Force % Complete T?~o ~IO~JE~ 40 40 Requesting Staff 'SIC Codes Case Type Field Visit Type 4021 IN IT Close A..ign CJ Close Case o Contacted: RoMAN 5TADNYK, PROJECT SUPER, TONY MONTANO -SITE SUPER, WALTER HILLMAN. OWNER OF TRAOE.TECH, ACCOMPANIED BY ARMINDO TOMAS Visit Purpose: INVESTIGATION Visit Location: SITE OFFICE, AND WATER PLANT aUILDING(NEW) Summary or ORDERS ISSUED. Comments: I II ~I " '<' tl I .Plf!~IJ:~J@~Pl~1J#w(~)J11~~lB!:i!?;ttm:h rJUph~j{{t;lJ,UM~~}jlJH:1URh;f1ft;f~fmJ};.~:'" ~fJ ~lnr-~' _f.';;i.~J~::...'rWt~H!f~;WU,jjtlWiWH~H#;ijtjYr:L'mU;Jfn To Orgllnd Role Orgllnd 10 No. Telephone No. CITY OF TORONTO CONSTRUCTOR 3303 (416) 397-4620 Mailing Address 55 JOHN ST H 0 TORO ON Trade Code Postal Coda M5V 3C6 Text of Order/Requirement II 11 ! 'I 'Ii I 1466260 A constructor shall ensure on a project undertaken 21 Nov 2003 by the Constructor that, the measures and procedures proscribed by this Actand Regulation are carried out on the Pro/act and that; e_ery Employer and Worker performing work on the Project complies with the Act and Regulation. Attention to orders written to Trada(s), 1 FORT OHSA 1990 23 1 ~ TA-aN Y-< wal2...l.c:....$ ImpecttIrCttDl TONY PONIKVAR CCCU?^TIONAl. HEAL. TH mOSAFETY OFACER PROV1NCw.. OFFECES 0FF1CEtt 1200 C~NTRAl. PARKWAY WC:ST MISSI6SAUGA, ONTARIO L5C4R::1 9D5-415-6649 faxJJ 80~-4"~109a AFTER HRS '-<<IO-2~or416--S1tS-70ll'B WOlker Representative Recipient N_Bme j(c,~ /J.AJ c,lJ-PJr?:JL '( O,J tJO s: \16' Tille Co oR-.f;)J;.J.4-roFe, I Signature SIgnature Signa'Me I You are requireod nderu,o Occu~tionaJ H nd Sarnry N:tto ~ 3 COpt oflhis rClport in III Ctln<lplOJ0U5 place at tne\'I'O,rkplllcc a~d provide II copy to tl1e ~esltt1 and e.sfuty repnl"JBnt:8'tivtl or the )ointhaatth ..nd safety mittse if ..ny. Failuro to cetl1ply with Oln O!'dot, decision r:r f9Clulrol'l"lGot of an ln~poc:tor IS;10 offenco under Section Be of the Qo::upetion:al Health and S3fety Act You have ltle fight to appeal any order or decision within 30 ds}'5 or ~e d<<tO of the order l$$U~ and to roqUB1it ~uspcn:illon of ~ order or doci6icn by filing your appeal and rcqu6SI: in wming on the approprl:ne forms with '!he Orrttlf1o L\l~ur R.I:;ItiOM SlJ';OIrd. 505 Unrverslty Ave.. 2nd Floor, Toronto, Ol"lt:lno M5G 2P', You m:lY also contact \'he Board by phone at (416} 32S-75C(l or 1-877-339-3335 (toll 'roe), m;il or by wab6lte sthtqJl/www.gO.o..on.caII;..lblolrblhome.hlrn for more informstion, I S0/p0'd 8~:51 9551-[0-N~[ I I ill " tl ,! ~I 'I .f I ~I I ~..' 1!1 , II II ~I II II :11 11 " , II ',1 I ,I tl ..... .......~. J of' , Labour (~ ~ Untano Operations Division Occupational Health and Safety Premise/Project Form - Order Continuation Page 2 of 4 Premise/Project Name PIP 10 Visit Date Case ID FV No, 1079225 21 Nov 2003 5318937 5214432 i?~~?{~1~~m~~jftsXffl~~~~}R~nm{~~~:!~1~.M1 ~:~::~ ?~n~rUn Al~H~~ J~. ~~I .'l', '1lW.-'J~~~1.tJfi!i~~,(~~tfRi.~:t~~,l 'la!lt:~r:': ~!~:l-!Jt.m i~!:;( _'I.<~19?Jk:~~~}i?~;1 To Org/lnd Role Org/lnd 10 No. Telephone No. CITY OF TORONTO CITY OF TORONTO Mailing Addrsss CONSTRUCTOR 3303 (418) 397-4&20 Postill Code Trade Code M5V 3C6 Order No. ActR-cg Y fJilr Soc. Text of Order/Requirement Comply by Date Claua.e '- '- ---~~ -- -." Recipient IflSpqctDrO::lI3 TONY PONIKVAR OCCUP^ TfON.AJ.. H~ TH mo $,AFETY OF'FICER PAOVlNCL/lJ... OFFECES OFFICER 1290 CE~ PARKWAY WEST MlSSISSAllCA. ONT.a.RIQ ~ 4R:3 906.$15.$'" Faxtr: fK)t1-61S~70ta AFTER HR51~200:..a0G0or.1B-81s..?008 Worker Representative Name T~e Sign~ture SignaOJre Signature You ~ro toquirod undar '.ho OccupaoOlUl Health and Sahrly Act to po$t It copy at thl& re rt in 2 oonsplCUCU5 place at th'll workplace and provide Ia copy bJ 1:110 health and 63fut)' rop~ cr the jolm health :.nd ~ commit1a8 If .ny, Failure 10 canpfy ~ an ardor, decision or requirement clan in:6pectcr i6 an affonce under Section 66 at the Oc.cupatioMI H~lth and &1M)' I-d.. You have l1Ie right 'b;I ~ppe::al any ordet" or docislon wittlin XI d~YB of the data of the ordor Is$ued and to request suepenlS:ion of the order or decision by flUng your appeal snd~tin 'Writing on the :fIppftlpl1are fomr&wIth ltIe Ontario Labour RelKtions Board, 505 UnivorBity Ave" 2tld F\ooT'. Toronto, OntanoMSG 2P1, You mOlY 611:sc contact \:t1e B03rd by phone st (416) 326-7500 or 1-877-339-3335 (t'OlJ frae), m;,il or by webaite Iirt' "ttplJwo.t.w.~av.on.caJ1abJolrbIhQm~.hVn for more InForrn:tticn. S0/m'd ~c:6, 966,-[0-N~[ I ~ I ~I II ~ \~ I 11 ~i." I 'I , I Mini"try 'of Labour' Operations Division Occupational Health and Safety ~ ~ Ontario Premise/Project Form - Order Continuation Page 3 of 4 PIP 10 Visit Date Case 10 FV No. 1079225 21 Nov 2003 5318937 5214432 ,"'; jjl 'HlM'iiU;}i:i . ',f!llJillll11Iplil.lll14!ig~ !l,,li':'~:R;ji,j{J'{;;llli'il,;!")"I\j;; "';;"j'.'I':: ,:";.j.;;I" ,;;. . _. Q'iji. ~.wl. '_' "t'...,_'; ~ .., -r,_ ~~ "~.,I~?" "_'~,..'.', f'i"'~' Org/lnd Role Org/lnd ID No. Telephone No. EMPLOYER 227587 (905) 571-2511 Trade Cod. Postal Code L 1 N BV6 Premise/Project Name CITY OF TORONTO nidat/"ii'd[" bilit;!Hbtii[~'I"I.i5lia""'f": 'it:",;, 'll '0., ". ...."_.1".,OO.,~"~rn,,,, ."".w.;~.,gdi\,!l<l.,.\ll< '" To TRADE TECH INDUSTRIES Mailing Address 1610 MCEWEN DR UNIT 6 WTBY ON Order Type Ac1Reg Year Sec. Sub Cl&1U3e No. Coda Soo. 'I I I ,I ;!I .:1 :11 ]- ~I I ~~ I I "t ~ , 2 TIMU OHSA 1990 1466261 213 1991 131 Text 0' Order/Requirement Only a competent worker shall supervise the erection, alteration and dlsmant/i ng of a scaffold, per the powers of an inspector under section 54(1) of the Occupational Health and SafetY Act RSO 1990 C,O,1, Provide a procedure to the scaffold located in the plant water bullding(new) in how to dismantle, and/or erect and/or alterater. Part of that procedure shall incorparated the position of the competent worker on the site, Your attention is drawn to section 26, 130, 135.125 of the Construction Regulations :213/91. 3 STOP OHSA 1990 57 6 1466282 RecipIent N.me MI4~Q'1 T~-e ~F/hrl'/' Signature ~ b NO FURTHER WORK IS TO TAKE PLACE ON THE SCAFFOLD AT THE WATER PLANT BUILDING, EXCEPT TO COMPLY WITH THE ORDERS WRITTEN; AND UPON REINSPECTION AN INSPECTOR WITHDRAWS THE STOP WORK ORDER.. InO'p.lIdIIlrDRtlt TONY PONIKVAR CCCUPATIONAL HEALTH ANO SAfET'( OFflC.ER PRO\J1NCw.. OFFECEG: OFFICER 1?lO CENTRAL. Pf'RJONA'f WEST M!8S1SSAUGA, ONTARJO LSC-4R3 &iJ3i-015-e~. Fun 905-815_1098 AFTER HRS 1-8CXJ...268...6 ot.416-(jt:S-l098 Worker Representative Sigrwture Signature You -are rnqulred under tho Occ;upational HI)QIt'1 QI'\d Sltfoty Act to post;a copy of milS rtIpOrt In 11 oon~lcuOl..m place at tho workplace 4If1I:l' provide a copy to tho n8Q1th ;:l.M !lElfoty rnpr~tltive or 1he Joint hooll:h and smCf'j lXlmmitteo if any. F.;iilura to compfy wit7l an OrOar, decision or roquiramont ohn Itll/.pector Is 3" otfence under SoctOf"l 66 of tt'le OecupErtiONl HeJlIlttI end S.roty Act You havo the right to appeal ~ny on:lar or decision.......tthln 30~~ oftho~ of tn. order~ed tIl"Id to reque6t l;uspension of tt'M3 ordor or dao:%lr;r, by fiflr" your llIp~18nd f1lqucot in writing on the oppropri.:at9 form!Owttt'l the QrrtBno labour Rollltions Board, 505 University Ave., 2"ldFloor, Toronto, Ont<)rlo MSG 2P1. You ll"I'9y gl$O coll1:ac::tV'le Board by phano ~t (41S) 326-7500 or 1.877...339-3335 (toll free), mail orb)' WcbcWI at h'tIpIfwoWW',S1ov,on.c::aIlJb/oJrblhome,hon for mOl"9 information. I 11 SO/cO'd ~c:5, 955T-[O-N~[ II 1 I I I I 'I I I ~I 11 ~I II II II JI , I 'I tl II 1 MlnI,S:{,ry "'01"1., .- Labour ('LV) UrlldrlU Operations Division Occupational Health and Safety Premise/Project Form - Order Continuation Page 4 of4 Premise/Project Name PIP ID Visit Date Case ID FV No. 1079225 21 Nov 2003 5318937 5214432 ,-i '>)i1')' Y(!J;ii:,I,1!liIll,~j,~lIlf'~ljljt(ll'!11~;11Ifit','!l'.11: j!ik}i, if';;:;;; :/:" ,,:; :,"1'. +.'H'I.....;nl .__< ~. ,~jiml~,'J. ~.itlWJ~Y,W,:u.,. ,.. .,,-J.,.'-'- " .,,"", '.J -'''j~'. .- ',,:'1' '."'H Qrgilnd Role Orgilnd ID No. Telephone No. EMPl.OYER 1017611 (905) 270-7770 DIXON CONSTRUCTION LTD. Postal Code L5A 3Z8 Trade Coda Order Type Ac:tRes Y4Q.r See. Sub Coose No. Codo Sec. ._,"'Teld: ofOrderJRequlremenl" ///. "'.'. -'~'-"- n employer shall ensure that, (e) the measures and', 21 Nov 2003 rocedures prescribed are earned out in the )' orkplaee. Attention to the orders issued to Trade- ch. - / "---- ----- ~----.,-. 4 FORT OHSA 1990 25 1 c 1466283 Recipient Name ~V Jtf"b/7"l1kU' Trtle . (/[.; .5:;1-'&7(. v~ 0 ,~ l~pclCfDrOlbl TONY PONIKVAR OCCUPATIONAL HEAL. TI-( AND SAFETY OffiCER PROVINClAL OFFECEG OFACER 1290 CENTRAL PMK'NA'f WEST MISSISSAlJGA. ONTMlO LSC 4RJ 90!!l..a'6~ Full .D~..s1G-709a AFTERHR61...aoD-268-6JEIC or <416-615-7098 Worker Representative SIgnature Signature Sigmlwre You :Ire requlrod undQf me occupational Health and Act to IX1S1 ':I copy of Ulrs In a COl15ple:uous pklce at the WClrlo:.place and pl'C'Ylde II cOP:f b:l tho hoofttr and safary roprooontsM or the JoInt !loom and eafll'ttcommittDe if any, FJiJure \0 cx::mply wttra:an order, decision or r'bqulrement' or 9n inspector is.an atfenc6 under Soction 66 of the Occup:ltlon:1I He9.htl ;and 5a1ll1y Act.. You hsv1l tho right to eppeelll,ny ord$r or decialon within 30 daYG of D1e dato of the order .i&G~ed and to request 'S\J'.ipension af tho order or deo;if>iO"\ by filing your Bp,PG"l1 :and request in 'Miting QI'1 tTI611ppropnilts fc('zm with 1tI. Onttn1o labour Rofaticns Board, 605 Unll/t1(2:ity Ave" 2'ld Floor, Tarcnto, Onbirio M5G 2P1. You may.roo contact the Board qy p,none .f.lt(416l 326-7500 or 1..a77-339-3335 (toil fr8e), ~Il or by Vw1looit8 8t t'lttp/lwww,gov.on.~b/clrbJhomo.hlm for mora Inrormaiiot1. S0/~0' d 9c:61 9661-~O-N~f /', ': ' ~ UiIIM Date: , " ' ".' ~. J ... ,,.... .' I>'~~- !~/"/'jX:,/I., -"7 I .....,' ",-,) ! - - ., "._.....~ ,- ":/ --! Confirmation from Scaffold Suppli~,. ensuring all applicable legislation with respect to scaffold erection has been complied with. Project: Humber Water Treatment Plant Date: November 21,2003 Company; Trade-Tech Industries Qualified Representative: Darren Young This will confirm the scaffold erected on this project by Trade-Tech lndustrie., has been inspected by Darren Young (qualified Representative), Jf all notes below are complied with we will approve this scaffold to bc erected according to the man.ufacturers requirements, and all applicable safety measures as outlined in the Occupational liealth and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Project:; and any other applicable legislation have been complied with, Notes; S"'!t'.d[/ ,i" ,i;;~_.,_ ~L-;, C-"'M ,,-,,_,,,/~ ,..,.." :" /1.,( A/"/U.oIf'c/f A" ..-/J'./V~ . j): ~. ,4),/ I. j", .J:.;/ ef{ w;!I. '~1 ."""t!' ,.vi"" (j;J --I-~"irJ~ .<<uS ,) Ic' ,I, LVJIr ..- r<:: ",.jj Y kJCJ ,/J<.J .' . c:j"j..- -, /4... ", /t ~ w ,/~k" l v:"r'I.}' foV ~j~4. ,. A::f , " ' . . 'i l~- ;(jet.! ''',,->rot r"il f(, 'tr ", /u,jJ. ..,J.:Zc"", /,,,.1:, , ",:; . !~.", I LtJ-w. hu/.f/1;L ~'f w ~\C tA.) "'7 /., ;ii(ir; ~,~,. (r."'...;' / j ",./. 11// ,/ ,-' /1 -:'7) ("'Y..~/J.t:r{r) /kt. ~ !J,! ,l"fj.~1I.:A r;.,. (;/1 w,.k~.,'"T:.- /~v;:..{g / 1;"-, ; 1 --! / j/ ~I;/'.>!: )f." /I,..-vv- (''"J _ ....., kMJ"", 71 z..,;.. "c..>. . L/" "h" / ,"J" ,"" .,:./ f! ,{. ," ,,,,,,,,./:., . i/.-u A'-cJI..{:it ..,.,.,/.1 ,C"~M, ..;JL. . ..' .. , Sf / "P.'. {: .,-'t:/V I ,- rrz;J/"t..~~ f"'J'::I;.. wtft... l' w.~ve. " j,~ /t,+~..fi"" Iu,il 'Iv!;" ./;,JII " . j I~YIJL(:J 'Yd'/;~(~ tl",,".fI iu'lt:' ! / / i j'''! . l' 'I! 1/ // / ./7 ," t,(,tJ':vr ( !l....:.J'Ilc.'\1r?1 u )~ t../J..;,t l1.-fJtt\ "~_ :\r,..,!-/h// 1.N;1l l..'rJ,.,4v i",..-;fA 117< ..J 'i'" 1M ," I} /1 f' / ' /f'. /,..~,(,.4lf)Jv,;.1 /I,~~(IJ.,. l~Jc,J..... /1,-. ';/ .t.'I.M"":' 4..J" f-u.... ':'~)'~r:/~J. /7/.)1(': ).. t' . f'", " .I' / i/ . _,'(/ A Stephenson's RepresentatIVe __.G~J f-. v 1/ {'7/ / II II ,Is NA/-k < ,,/;:.;./ r" .k. ct $~'7 II · .,/,/" ,ylo. <,'. &/~- 12 q<<"f :11 e' !-:eC'/1' u r'"J",~c4 :1 ;1 :1 II ';':~~A ;;' q/-' /k"b "" y.,j-J 12- "'<<-?'/ II ~ IJ /11 /;;~ j /- YUfN/ ,II hj d/I ~/j~/f [,/,/)1, II U~!~ ill 10 -k ~ jl^<=.e~,/ II ./f "..11,. /,^",w II (I tl .ll Ii I 1, I ,.. , , , -j: ill ~I ,I ( ( , f!'-U;-ho,,/a'{/?7?t/lllr //'tJ C(">"r;, - 1- e/'<"'c.~/ M ~/ Ii 1~/1?"'7 " /' C~/7~l-e~ U/>!/hr {,!'",/I ;:5"1.-07 " /<(,'~{! (1",,/ /o~,~ >a /.r-; 1/ ICe A: 'U' . /'~s);/ ;< lru':"/) >"';;. It c~,:r- 1/, 'r;, Yr" ct 'q . /' "/' -c" , ~/,,/ ~IU//k"~f jJ/" .. C'-$"<;:' ,u,vi /ir/ J://?> f" ClU/~,," (" I I," II cr,,/' -t/ 4/"" ',-"... .).r/ /rft<?-'~ (;/1(' /0'7. t{/"/ "/"fNIeJ /~,)/!v.--<~ 4- cO'" 1, e/'ccv~"'", / J-~. /;;e f/ a{,,~ J;;;ch' ;;c/ hr// I "- i (' @ Ontario Ministry of ' Labour I Operations Division Occupational I-!ealth and Safety Premise/Project Form Page 1 of 1 I PremiSe/ProjC(=l Name CITY OF TORONTO PIP 10 1079225 Visit Date 21 Nov 2003 Case 10 5318937 STC FVNo. 5214434 Notice ID 03520850 ., ~; 11 I II Premise/Project Location 130 THE OUEENSWAY TORO ON CAN May 1H9 Telephone (416) 392-2380 Assigned Staff 1372 PONIKVAR Inspection Block M8Y JHSC Status Work Force % Comple1e JT50 40 SIC Codes 4021 40 Case Type Field Visit Type FOLL Close Assign Close Case Requesting Staff I ; ! Contacted: ROMAN STADNYK - PROJECT SUPER, TONY MONTANO.SITE SUPER, WALTER HILLMAN - OINNER OF TRADE.TECH, ACCOMPANIED BY ARMINDO TOMAS Visit Purpose: INVESTIGATION FOLLOW-UP I II I --_._.~.------.._._--_._--._. .-.,...._.. .------ --------...- Visi!-ktrCaiion: THE SITE OFFICE -..-----.---... ~mmary or NO OIlOEIlS ISSUED. STOP WORK ORDER L1FTE~ ~ments: .u. ) -- ~ I I :, t- ill J..'.: I ~ II II I Rccipicnl: 11I~Ii~lorD~ta TONY PONIKVAA. cx.;(;ur~A 1I0NAL HEALTH ANQ :::;'N'=(TY OFFIGi:':R PRO\IINCIAl OFFl::a:s OFACER 1?~n CENTRAL PARKWAY WCST MISSISSAUGA, ONTJlRIO 1,"lCAR:1 905-615-654a F~,,# 9()5~15.7D96" IV' i~R HR~ I-BOO. . 060..., 416 iSJ8>709~ ,::/ Signawre Worker Representative / (CJ ( [)t-' ( .S 1'(" {;:/ Name Title SiSTlature Sign3ture: ~-.' You 31"8 feoquirP.d und"rl'h(: OC;t~up;;.tioIlClI HSElilh .:lnd S3f'!ty ACT 10 pO!':T.'J copy 011111-.; r~pcrt in '<l conspiCUOll:> pl3ce:at the workpl:'rcp. :1nd pN'!"l'!tS.:<;-:l.CQPY Irllh~ h,^~Ilt'I ;,nc s:..1cly rP.pr~p.m:lTlvc nr the jOint haallh 13nd '9.1fur_y commiUl"f! it ;'lilY, r;:!!Iurc. to comply witf1an ortlel'". deci!':!ion or rP.qIJir~mp.rrr rrl:m Jf1spector 1<:; an~o;t u'ldG'T Se-ction 00 of the O~CCI~liOIl",1 HQ:;I.!th :;l,nd S:afory Act Ynl.l h.1...,.., thn r'nht in .'1"'1"'"....1 n"v f"II"(lr:-_r or CJo:-cl3ion .....'thln 30 ll&)'-" or II'>I: r.ltlu" ...f thl: order i~~l.Iod <lmj to I'tlqIJm,t lliu:5pl11n:lion of the or(Jsr or d~ion bi' filing your ~pp'1;.,1 :1I111 '""1u=:~ in wrinnfl....n Tho ~P1~~Jxi:::\te lol'TM- with the Ont..,igl:;.bol(( Rol"ltion,; SORrel, 505I)ni"ar~ny AVlo_, 2nd 1:l1:Im', '(ororlto. On~rir> M~C; 2P1_ You nl:\Y :\1';'0 conbctthl> BO;;Il"d' by plmnA .10' ("10) ::!X..."lSI1{) nr 1 ,1'177 .:j~ .':t::L1S (",II frrx:). meil.,r b'1 Wt:\bsita-llt hnp/,......."".F;lu".on_I:...II:.b/olrbihom...htno mr me... inlm-'n;rl-inn I I I I 1 I i I I I 11 ,~ II II I II ~I II :11 I il ill ! 11 II i 11 II 11 CSPMT. O=n!BSiDndela-"':c!J.rll~ Toronto ON f"'V 3J1 . ~~::s~~n~lje~~~"~,u:rtCll \.< .. Rating Section (416) 344-1016 1-800-663-6639 i" Firm Name Account No. Firm No. Date M J DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMITED 5522560 240691HT 19SEP03 Firm's In'ur Cost Data for CAD-7 Rates 97 98 99 00 01 02 Total WSIB Premiums($) 72 405 76,745 53,973 69 452 64,705 49 460 Total Expected Injury Costs($) Total Actual Injury CostS($) Firm Cost Index Year . Total 19,859.94 18 256.19 38,116.13 19,058.07 37,952.03 7 662.90 45,614.93 Firm's Inlurv Freauencv Data for CAD-7 Rates Insurable Average WSiB Avg. Rate Expected Actual Firm Year Rate Assess. Derived Frequency Earnings($) Hr. Wage Person hours Frequency Injuries Injuries' Index 01 723 1.348 021 20.95 64 345 6.93 0.44f 4 . . Total 64 345 o 441 4 . 02 723 1 063 660 22.68 46 899 5.95 0.27 0 . . . . . '. 46 899 . 0 27' 0 .. Total . K . \Yei'!' 1 , ""'" 'X ."<< 0.72: 4 I -2.000 ota 111,244 . excluding Health Care Injuries Rating Factor Firm Performance Index Firm Experience Raling Adjustment($) 1.000 -1.099 20,944.81 SURCHARGE fY767 A (07103) OD . 04502 , '"'- APR 14 2004 15:13 BRRR"f IJR~HN H::>::>UC j" I ,~ II ,I ~ ,I ,I .~ ~ I ..I~ I " , '. I 11 !i II JI I I j, ':' i 'I , I l!1 111 I . ( (' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Pa!le 1-R1 The Office of the Clerk The corporation of the Municipality of Clerington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville. Ontario L 1 C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FAClLlTY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No. CL-2004-19 Sir: 1.0 Name of Tenderer M.J. Dixon Construction Limited 2,0 In the event that work e;dra to that includad in the Contrac:t is required, and is authorized in writing by the Owner. the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the work. General Contractor's Work Subcontractor's Work Overhead /oZ /07. Profit /07- 6~o , 3,0 Breakdown of Stipulated Prlce stared in Section 00200 TENDER FORM Item 1 Is as follows; PART'~ (to include entire building, cash allowances,lacrosse bowl, parking lot and limited eiteworks as indicated on drawings). Dollars ($ f).,7:HJ q 7;2- , .-- ). PART 'B' (to include remaining site works and services as indicated on drawings) Dollars($_ G 8(./ 6;;"8. - ). TOTAL STIPULATED PRICE - PART 'N PLUS PART 'B' to equal Total Stipulated Price Stated in Section 00200 - Tender Form Dollars ($ ~. 4 13 , 00 0 . -- ). 4.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tender the stipulated price was based: TRADE FIRM Gtf)1-VC ADDRESS Excavation and Backfill Site Services ($-' 031++-00201 R1.WI?d ~ I j I :11 ,~ ,II ! II ~I ~I II ~ I I 1 ~I II :1 ijl JI ~I J ~i i.1 ,~ I I I '1 ( DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 2-R1 TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Asphalt Paving (.;. /o/. .Jt, LandsCaping VJ ,:. ar , Indoor Turf Field Turf I Field Turf f,&kf /f /. Concrete Tilt-up ~ d... - -c/ A4- Masonry ~/.- '1J1.. structural steel and Steel Joists -1~ 1t.u--6 EPDM Membrane Roofing '(J //~ 0 Hollow Metal Doors and FrameS Lv 'Il' I' 't:::-. ."t ~ . Sectional Overhead Doors /L" 7;;"'}' / () /A" !, o~ Aluminum Windows and Doors r:-rWI '.A' / Gypsum Board and AcolJstic Tile /C. ' L Dasherboard Systems ~ _-1P Plumbing c:- _rl ~_ Stand Pipe System -r,"- HVAC ra.'-A- Electrical . ~t/ 5.0 We submit the folJowing Separate Prices which are included in the Stipulated PrIce: (Separate prices shail exclude G.s.T.) A. Supply and instalJ exterior canopy, $ '3~. B L/'O ..-/ B. SlJpply and install indoor turf by Field Turf. ~ 0./,;2.) o. ../ C. Supply and install dasherboard system for the Outdoor Lacrosse court $._ ~ ~, ;;:z. -:;;.. ,.:; ./ 6,0 We submit the following Alternate Prices which are not included in the Stipulated Price: A. In lieu of full height masonry partitions provide full height gypsum board.~ .-/ on metal studs with the same heights as specified with concrete block. ..!.__ .,'J; () ~.~ ' . extr~ 8. For rated. walls: 16 mm gypsum board on E1S of metal studs at 400 olc P J.,./ oJ ULC W407 (at Sprinkler Room and Electronic Room). ~r~ -~ 03'.44.00201 R1.wpd TTO~ :lNISVHJllnd MnJ"",,,"v'1'"1'- --=^'~~.- " 'I ,. III ~ I ,I ,i I I I I I I j~ ~I 11 " II i ill ~. "I I 11 . 7.0 no~ ( ! DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM C. For unrated walls: 13 mm gypsum board on EIS of metal studs at 400 ole. Acoustic insulation. Provide openings above the ceiling space as required by Mechanical Division for return air plenum requirements, Note: for walls that are to terminate to underside of metal deck, walls to have fuil height acoustic 'lnsulation. D. In lieu of "Field Turf', provide~1 ma, nufacturer. Provide alternate manufacturer's name SUch a SporteX~ arketl Somer Sports Systems or IC Improvements. $ E. In lieu of 85 mrn dasherb08rd system with support braces, provide 165 mm self supporting system without braces. F. Supply and install 125 mm concrete floor to Arena floor (Room 12.1) size approximately 34.375 mm x 57,600 mm with 152 X 162 x MW18.7 X WWM and sawcuts at 4,000 x 4,000 male. on compacted granular fill. Floor elevation to be approximately 400 mm. This alternat.. is given to allow for the possibility of an alternate artificial field turf surface. PaQe 3-R1 ---- $ 17./-.0 eXtral~ ~~ tJq 750.- :.1' ---. ;:" - 'cr. ~jj $~i~6 ./ $ :J-S;oo 0 --- extr~ G. In lieu of full heighttllt-up panels bearing directly on footings, Option "fJ:' offers an altemate approach where the tilt-up panels at the perimeter of the low roof area are shortened an d beer on cast-In-pi ace foundation wall. This enables a larger casting bed for the panels. Refer to Drawing S301, S303, S304 and Section 18 on 5502 for details. Please be advised that the panels affected are P1 to P5, P22 to P26, and similarly for Panels P27 /} F:. /l - to P41. $ c7" "" V 00- ~il"'- Unit Prices; Additional work will be completed in accordance with the following sche~~~~; rates, an approval of the Consultant, exclusive of overhead and profit. Unit rates include all charges for supply and installation, supervision, plant and tools. Deletions shall be deducted from additions before unit rates are applied. Credits will be deducted from extras before overhead and profit are added. All work will be performed in accordance with the Contract documents. Provincial tax Is included in the unit rates. Goods and services tax is not included In the unit rates. Unit Prices for Addltlons and Deletions: Nature of Work Additions Deletions 1. OPSS Granular 'fJ: backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 3S",- /5,- 2. OPSS Granular 'B' backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. f)5"- g, -- 3. OPSS sand iill (supply, place and compact) per m'. g.o,- ~'- 4. Clear crushed stone fill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 45<._ /-:;; --- 5. Reinforcing sWel, supply and place, per metric lonna. _S:? I '(00.- flOD, .'-- .. .1 rJoo<.. ,{'O. --I 6. 25 MPA concrete-In-place per m'_ I 0/000_-:' ) .s 60 , -- 7. Structural steel per metric tonne. , , 03144-Dn201 R1.Wpd ..---- ~NISVH~Hnd NOl~NIHV1~ ---- --oC~~9-sc16 XVd CS:90 tOO~/ST/tO II 'I .' ,I .11 .~ , ~I I ~I " " II ; 'jl II 11 II i !I II jl ,JI , i II "I I 11 II 8.0 SiQMature and Seal of Bidder: , I (' DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 4-R1 2600 Edenhllrst Dr. Ste. 700 Street Address M.1 ni vr\n rnncd..r"Qt iQg liR:lited Name 01 Company Mississauqa, Ontario L5A 3Z8 City or Town L5A 3Z8 Postal Code (905) 270-7770 Telephone No. April 21, 2004 Date (905) 270-4244 Facsimile No. 103721023RT001 Signature of Company Official Name and Title icial f'CVA-{ Cc,,;a VlQ V Ice Pf'-9si&evcf 01 Name and Title S~L Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. II the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the slgnature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00201 Rt.wpd C10~ .----' ClNISVHJllnd NOl.ClNIllV~- oeee eGg S06 XVd es: SO tOOG/S1ItO i ~,...,....~ .. ~_uIT'.rnj:';';lUllJ.l.',;~0cl,,'il(; TORONTO " nrntl"".s!I1nl'.I?lk!l?cdR.!';Lt;su"rmcc l' .' .(cntre\c5=C"':,-d.~n~dlltril'.laii M5V 3Jl ONTJ1RIO (416) -344-1012 Certificat de d.kharge I I I ,II , , " I I ~, I I I I I I I I I I CONTRACTOR L'ENTREPRENEUR Th€! Workplace Safmy end Insurance Board (WSl8) h6'lreby w81v<es: its right.9 unde.r SEction 141 of the W.urkplece Safety and Imluranc-e Act to hold the- Principel, that 13 In 3 contractual agreement with the Contractof ~med. liable far any Section 141 liability of the Contr\dot for premiums and le\liss of the WS18 owing now or withiT1 8-0 days from the date of this Certificate M J DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMI'I'ED 2600 EDENh~~ST DR MISS ISSAUGA ON LSA 328 Paf Ja pre"5.eme. la Commission de la securite prafessionneile et j'assurallC€ concre las accidems du trayail (CSPAATl 'enone<! aux droit:! qui lui .om conf&e. an vanu de I'anicle 141 de la Lai sur I. securil:ep-rofessionnelte et l'assurance oonue Ie-s accidents du travail et qui J1'i3utorisent a (e.nir l'entrepreneur principal. qui a sign~ une entente cootractuelle avec I'entrepreneur dont Ie nom figur.osur Ie present cerrific<ll:, responsable du paiement de (out prime ou de toute somme q,ue I'emroproneur est cenu de yerser a la CSPAAT immediatamant au daos le& 60 jours suivam la dam indiquaa sur ce certificm. THIS CERTIFICATE IS VALID FOR ALL CONTRACTS OF TF~ NAMED CONTRACTOR DURING THE EFFECTIVE PERIOD LE PRESENT CERTIFICAT EST VALIDE POUR LEDIT ENTREPRENEUR PENDANT LA PERI ODE Acc:ourd NIO. I t'r VI.' oomftW Firm _~Jo. I N" d'enUlJpf7F.a 5522560 240691HT Rara I T.aux Oa!crip6ort R'iSte I raux. DS:lcriution 4021039 INDUSTRIAL CONSTRU I Cerrltlc.lne 1\10. J M" do c::B.rrific~' I 2018536]8 3052704244 C antr.ct. Clut:r\ptlon J De!Jcr/pr/JJn rJu conrrer C:ont:z.ct 1na WS 16 it yOU QU6~11on ,he vol.idhV 01 mil) dceument. I ~'IJ{JIIIM C1JrnJPurr}quer /wec 19 CSP.Il.AT!/,i I/a~ tiDlJ(E7 ~Ja v;;;licJU{; (If) J}(e$cnl {joromem. 0190C [07/991 I j I -'DfiON~ 1126';;;,""", 00.., S";" 200 ,.t. " I I ill Ii I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , ~ j Ul:X:UN '::ill.:;:' ~'(l::::l ("('(lJ t"".lll/U.:' MJ Dixon Construction Limited General Contractors and Construction Managers ~,~~-':' Mississauga ON L5A 328 .Tel:905-270-7770. Fax;905-270-4244_ www.mjdixon.com May 05, 2004 Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Limited 11 Stanley Court, Whitby, ON., L1N 8P9 .'-~ Tel; 905-427-4495 Fax: 1-905-666-5256 VIA FAX ONLY - 3 PAGES TOTAL Altn: Mr. William Weima, B.Tech (ARCH SCI), B.Arch., M.Arch. OAA, MRAIC Project Architect RE: Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville Tender No. CL-2004-19 RECEIVED MAY U 5 LUU4 Barry Bij3l1 Associates (1991) umllOO Dear William, Further to our meeting of May 03, 2004, and the subsequent email from George Acorn, we are pleased to provide our revised pricing as follows; Base Bid Tender Price $ 3,413,000.00 = $ (11,000.00) = $ (910.00) = $ (13,642.00) = $ (500.00) = $ (700.00) = $ (28,000.00) 1 Revise/relocate water/fire protection lines (as attached) 2 Eliminate hydroseed over areas for incoming service 3 Eliminate curbs & gutters 4 Eliminate power for soccer field curtain 5 Eliminate power for lobby trophy case 7 Revise the specifications of the roofing to delete dens-deck delete 1/2" protection board Total Cost Savings = $ (54,752.00) $ (54,752.00) Revised Tender Price $ 3,358,248,00 = II ij I I I 'II ii I I I I I 'I I !I I ;1 i' I )1 I I I MAY-05-2004 16:48 305 270 7770 P.02/03 DI/;Oti -2- Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Limited Mr. William Weima, S.Tech (ARCH SCI), S,Arch., M.Arch. OM, MRAIC May 05, 2004 We trust you will find this information of value, and we look forward to working with you on this project. Yours truly, Paul Chiang, P. n Vice President encl. cc; George Acorn - Facilities Manager, Municipality of Clarington (via fax) 1-905-623-5506 tender.file,1 DC I 111 I I I I I ~I " 'I I I I II , :11 I II il il ,II II tl 11 J nHl-'d:j-~1::::l1:::l4 10; 41::1 _C.? Sl..IJ.I9:;;. /' !J lAl-'r~ ";:ll:;;J.':, ~(U ("("(I::J 1.l;:J..J/\:::J.') " 200 ,-",02 .. INV. 06.<52.2 . INY. 96,882 / ~ / / ~ \ \ w :< '" <.:l ~ .::> "' ci '< :z "'" (f) C) > Q. cS "- ~-......-- " II I I,j I ,I I " " I I - I . I ' :IE C:I~ r II!I J' ~ 1, 25.lfmrM /omm INV AT CROSSING 88.731 AN 08V AT CROSSING 57.7+7 INDOOR SOCCER, 1.3.S0m OF 250",m-SI AT 0.507. GRA9E , V ~ 88.829 V 7,50m OF 200mm 8 C PROP 3 <30:;" SAN @ 1.007. QRA E It-.V. AT 150mm EE"I ~~ ! SLOG m OF 1 a mm l ~:i"-~"- / 67,607 f!:::cnON >.> OLn 0 :1'1 ' E E E~ ~w :z:J:ROFL MH C E E lI10B J5g:;&2 HIM f:10.70 1m VAL I _., -~-:g~~~~G.--J,.~.?r9-, 5-102 \ I ,,-- ~'Bw l'l, I'IV. 57.432 ~E~ ~~~~ s. INY. 67.5.32 C!::oo o::oa:o W INV 8753" a: 0:: c..~u a.....,,1...'-' . , . - q.. I I INV m 10Ft.3 a,' ,CT10N oN f" I \ ',Om of\ OOMESTIO\ n N I ~ / ~ ,- I~i ..../ \ " ~ r . / '=-~;r %?/P.~~rvrlrP-/ ~- -. ~--...... -. '." ., , ~i c i'JT,o,I_ = ,/,.;. TOTRL P.03 ~ I I PERFORMANCE BOND . AV1VA OOfl)€C~~t"'" J20&i CCDC 221 - 2002 No. 14574-04 Bond Amount $ 3.593.325.30 I II i!1 '11 , I M.J. DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMITED as Principal, hereinafter called the Principal. and A VIVA INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces and Territories in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and firmly bound unto THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of THREE MILLION. FNE HUNDRED AND NINETY THREE. THREE HUNDRED AND TWENTY FNE 30/100 Dollars ($ 3.593.325.30) lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee, dated 20TH day of MAY, in the year 2004 for INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL, ONTARIO- TENDER NO. CL-2004-19 hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The condition of this obligation is such that if the Principal shall promptly and faithfully perform the Contract then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. ~I I Whenever the Principal shall be, and declared by the Obligee to be, in default under the Contract, the Obligee having performed the Obligee's obligations thereur!der, the Surety shall promptly: I) remedy the default, or; 2) complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions or; I 3) obtain a bid or bids for submission to the Obligee for completing the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions and upon determination by the Obligee and the Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract between such bidder and the Obligee and make available as work progresses (even though there should be a default, or a succession of defaults, under the contract or contracts of completion, arranged under this paragraph) sufficient funds to pay to complete the Principal's obligations in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract and to pay those expenses incurred by the Obligee as a result of the Principal's default relating directly to the performance of the work under the Contract, less the balance of the Contract price; but not exceeding the Bond Amount. The balance of the Contract price is the total amount payable by the Obligee to the Principal under the Contract, less the amount properly paid by the Obligee to the Principal, or; 4) pay the Obligee the lesser 0[(1) the Bond Amount or (2) the Obligee's proposed cost of completion, less the balance of Contract price. il II , It is a condition of this bond that any suit or action must be commenced before the expiration of two (2) years from the earlier of (1) the date of Substantial Performance of the Contract as defined in the lien legislation where the work under the Contract is taking place, or, if no such definition exists, the date when the work is ready for use or is being used for the purpose intended, or (2) the date on which the Principal is declared in default by the Obligee. The Surety shall not be tiable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount. No right of action shall accrue on this Bond, to or for the use of, any person or corporation other than the Obligee named herein, or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of the Obligee. I , II IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond dated 20TH day of MAY. in the year 2004, II ,I SIGNED and SEALED ~ I in the presence of " 11 I III I CGU2794 ] I ~ [S D [S CopYTight 2002 Principal (CCDC 221 - 2002 has heen approved by the Surety Association of Canada) IA'2958 04101 I LABOUR & MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND (Trustee Form) . AVIVA Standard Construction Document ,I I 11 ill I eeDe 222 - 2002 No. 14574.04 Bond Amount $ 3.593.325.30 M.J. DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMITED as Principal. hereinafter called the Principal, and.A VIV A INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA a corporation created and existing under the laws of Canada and duly authorized to transact the business of Suretyship in all Provinces and Territories in Canada as Surety, hereinafter called the Surety, are held and finnly bound unto THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON as Obligee, hereinafter called the Obligee, in the amount of THREE MILLION. FIVE HUNDRED AND NINETY THREE. THREE HUNDRED AND TWENTY FIVE 30/100 dollars ($ 3.593.325.30) lawful money of Canada, for the payment of which sum the Principal and the Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally. WHEREAS. the Principal has entered into a written contract with the Obligee. dated 20TH day of MAY, in the year 2004, for INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL. ONTARIO - TENDER NO. CL-2004-I9. I 'il in accordance with the Contract Documents submitted, and which are by reference made part hereof and are hereinafter referred to as the Contract. The Condition of this obligation is such that, jf the Principal shall make payment to all Claimants for all labour and material used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect, subject, however, to the following conditions: I II ~I II I. A Claimant for the purpose of this Bond is defined as one having a direct contract with the Principal for labour, material, or both, used or reasonably required for use in the performance of the Contract, labour and material being construed to include that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment directly applicable to the Contract provided that a person, finn or corporation who rents equipment to the Principal to be used in the performance of the Contract under a contract which provides that all or any part of the rent is to be applied towards the purchase price thereof, shall only be a Claimant to the extent of the prevailing industrial rental value of such equipment for the period during which the equipment was used in the performance of the Contract. The prevailing industrial rental value of equipment shall be determined, insofar as it is practical to do so, by the prevailing rates in the equipment marketplace in which the work is taking place. , !I .'1 II 3 ,I :11 ~ 'j i il II fL- 2. The Principal and the Surety, hereby jointly and severally agree with the Obligee, as Trustee, that every Claimant who has not been paid as provided for -under the terms of its contract with the Principal, before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after the date on which the last of such Claimant's work or labour was done or performed or materials were furnished by such Claimant, may as a beneficiary of the trust herein provided for, sue on this Bond, prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due to such Claimant under the terms of its contract with the Principal and have execution thereon. Provided that the Obligee is not obliged to do or take any act, action or proceeding against the Surety on behalf of the Claimants, or any of them, to enforce the provisions of this Bond. If any act, action or proceeding is taken either in the name of the Obligee or by joining the Obligee as a party to such proceeding, then such act, action or proceeding, shall be taken on the understanding and basis that the Claimants, or any of them, who take such act, action or proceeding shall indemnify and save harmless the Obligee against all costs, charges and expenses or liabilities incurred thereon and any loss or damage resulting to the Obligee by reason thereof. Provided still further that, subject to the foregoing terms and conditions, the Claimants, or any of them may use the name of the Obligee to sue on and enforce the provisions of this Bond. It is a condition precedent to the liability of the Surety under this Bond that such Claimant shall have given written notice as hereinafter set forth to each of the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed, and that such Claimant shall have brought suit or action in accordance with this Bond, as set out in sub-clauses 3 (b) and 3 (c) below, Accordingly, no suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any Claimant: a) unless such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail to the Principal, the Surety and the Obligee, at any place where an office is regularly maintained for the transaction of business by such persons or served in any manner in which legal process may be served in the Province or Territory in which the subject matter of the Contract is located. Such notice shall be given. i) in respect of any claim for the amount or any portion thereof, required to be held back from the Claimant by the Principal, under either the terms of the Claimant's contract with the Principal, or under the lien Legislation applicable to the Claimant's contract with the Principal, whichever is the greater, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after such Claimant should have been paid in full under the Claimant's contract with the Principal; Ii) in respect of any claim other than for the holdback, or portion thereof, referred to above, within one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date upon which such Claimant did, or perfonned, the last of the work or labour or furnished the last of the materials for which such claim is made under the Claimant's contract with the Principal; I I 1 I I ':1 !j I ,i ., I I ;; II I . AVIVA eeDe 222 - 2002 b) after the expiration of one (1) year following the date on which the Principal ceased work on the Contract, including work performed under the guarantees provided in the Contract; c) other than in a Court of competent jurisdiction in the Province or Territory in which the work described in the Contract is to be installed OT delivered as the case may be and not elsewhere, and the parties hereto agree to submit to the jurisdiction of such Court. 4. The Surety agrees not to take advantage of Article 2365 of the Civil Code of the Province of Quebec in the event that, by an act or an omission of a Claimant, the Surety can no longer be subrogated in the rights, hypothec and privileges of said Claimant. 5. Any material change in the contract between the Principal and the Obligee shall not prejudice the rights or interest of any Claimant under this Bond, who is not instrumental in bringing about or has not caused such change. 6. The amount of this Bond shall be reduced by, and to the extent of any payment or payments made in good faith, and in accordance with the provisions hereof, inclusive of the payment by the Surety of claims made under the applicable lien legislation or legislation relating to legal hypothecs, whether or not such claim is presented under and against this Bond. 7. The Surety shall not be liable for a greater sum than the Bond Amount. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Principal and the Surety have Signed and Sealed this Bond dated 20TH day of MAY, in the year 2004, SIGNED and SEALED M.J. DIXON CONSTRUCTION LIMITED Principal in the presence of f:> --- /!hA L &I/A-V. I , ~I i II !I , ~ i II CGU2796 '1'1 ~ [f; D [f; Copyright 2002 :, I Canadian Construction Documents Committee II II 'I lIA2958 ON01 Name of person signing AVIV A INSURANCE COMPANY OF CANADA C ;--X:~__ ~ Don Anderson. Attornev-in-fact Name of person signing (CeDe 222 - 2002 has been approved by the Surety Association of Canada) ..iL I I I I ,I I I ~I I II tl , , ~I I 1'1 ,- - " :- q d I'IHY ~l '::::1:::J1::J4 11:::1; ~l UIXUN HI..J ':JIJ::> ,,'IIJ 4,,44 r'. 1J2/1J2 CERTIf1CATE OF rNS\JR.ANCE To: T1>e Corporation of \he MunicipalilY of CIMing\ol\ 40 Temperanco SrreeL Bowm:Illville, ON LlC 3M This is 10 certify Ihat Commercial Gencr31 LiabiliLY InSurB11CC Policy Humber cn:P0848024 e~l'iring (mldly) 08119/0~ luls becn issued by Lombard GenernlInsurklncc lUUi Builders' Risk Insurance Binder #MJDIX-2 has been provided by RoyalSunAltiance expiring (midly) 12131104. Named l.J\SUl"cd: M. 1. Di.xon Constnlction LId 2600 Edenhursl Drive Mississauga ON 15 A 3Z8 Coveru~es Commercial GeneroJ LiabililY: Bodily Injury ;md ProperlY Darnage Liability Non-Dwned Aulomobite Liabilily Umbrella LiabiliLY Buildcrs' Risk -Broad Form a:lringmnlndOOr Soccer Facilhy Limiu or Liability (Cdn.'G") $2,000,000 PerOccurrcncelAgsreg31e Limit lndolsive Limits $2,000.000 53.000,000 $2,500,000 Dedoctible $5,000 Occurrence foon X -- Claims Made Fon" Operatiol1S Covered: Oper'lions us\WIO L1lose ofLlle N;uned Insw-ed.: Project: Constnlcuon of CI:ulnglon Indoor Soccer facililY & OUtdoor Lacrosse Bowl. T1lC Corporntion of Ule Municipality of Clminglon and Barry Bryan Associates (1991) Limited is/aIe added as additional 1l1Sured, including cross liabililY and severability of interests. but only willI respecI to liability arising from dIe above-mentioned opemtions of Ule Named Insured. Subiect tn L1le lenns. conditions &:. exclusions of Ihe coliev. The insurance afforded is subjecllO the [cnns. conditions iI1Id exclusions oCllle applicable policy. This Cer1iCicale is issued as :l matter of infonnalion only 'llld COIUers no riglll.'l on tile holclu and imposes no Iiabilily on Ll>e InSlller. TIle Insurer will ende/lVour IO mail 10 dlC holder of Ihis CeniIicale tbirty days written notice oflUlY l\llllerial change in or cancellation oftl.e policy, bUI assumes 1\0 responsibility for fuilure 10 do so, Counlersigned: o..ct~ Date: May 20. 2004 Ilg TOTAL P.02 ;fi I ,I II ~I I il jl ~I :jl ~I , ~I 11 .~ ~I , 11 tl 11 II LIST OF DRAWINGS Page 2A Architectural Dwo No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. Issued A101 Overall Site Plan 3 - Aoril 8, 2004 A102 Enlaroed Site and Landscaoe Plans 3 - Amil 8, 2004 A103 Site and Landscaoe Details 2 - Aoril 8, 2004 A201 Ground Floor Plan 2 - Aoril8,2004 A202 Reflected Ceilino Plan 1 - AOril8,2004 A203 Roof Plan 1 - Anril 8, 2004 A301 Elevations 2 - Anril 8. 2004 A401 Cross Sections 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A402 Wall Sections 1 - Aoril 8. 2004 A403 Wall Sections 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A501 Section Details 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A502 Section Details 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 AG01 Plan Details 1 - Aori18,2004 A701 Misc. Details 1 - Aoril8, 2004 A801 Door and Room Finish Schedules 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A901 Interior Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A902 Details 1 - April 8, 2004 Site Servicin Dwg. No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. Issued SP-1 Site Servicin Plan 2 A ril 8, 2004 SP-2 Site Servicin Details Plan 2 A ril8, 2004 LG-1 Lot Gradin Plan 2 A ril 8, 2004 LG-2 Gradin Details Plan 2 ril 8, 2004 ES-1 Erosion Control Plan 2 A ril8 2004 Structural Dwg No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. Issued S201 Foundation Plan 1 A ril 8, 2004 S202 Roof F ramin Plan 1 A ril 8, 2004 S301 Tilt-u Panel Elevabons 1 A ril8, 2004 S302 Tilt-u Panel Elevabons 1 A ril 8, 2004 S303 Tilt-u Panel Elevations 1 A ril8,2004 S304 Tilt-u Panel Elevations 1 A ril 8, 2004 S305 Tilt-u Panel Elevations 1 A ril 8, 2004 S501 T ical Details 1 A ril 8, 2004 S502 T ical Details 1 A ril 8 2004 Mechanical Dwg No. Issue No. Rev. No. Issued M201 ie 1 A ril8, 2004 M202 1 A ri18,2004 M801 1 A ril 8 2004 Electrical Ow. No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. Issued E101 Site Plan Incomin 1 A ril 8, 2004 E102 Site Li htin 1 A ril 8, 2004 E103 Site Details 1 A ril8, 2004 E201 Power La out 1 A ril 8, 2004 E202 Li htin Control Schematic 1 A ri18,2004 E801 Sin Ie Line Dia ram 1 A ril 8, 2004 E802 Li htin Control Schematic 1 A ril 8, 2004 E803 Power La out 1 A ril 8 2004 03144 List of Drawings.wpd I I I I I I I I I II II " , ill III d II I I I I tl 1 SPECIFICATIONS THE CORPORATION OF THE MUNICIPALITY OF CLARINGTON INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No. CL-2004-19 BARRY. BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED Architects Engineers Landscape Architect Project Managers 11 Stanley Court, Unit 1 Whitby, Ontario L 1 N 8P9 Tel: (905) 666-5252 Tor: (905) 427-4495 Fax: (905) 666-5256 E-mail: bba@bba-archeng.com www.bba-archeng.com Project No. 03144 April 8, 2004 ~ DIVISION 00 01 02 03144 tblc.wpd SECTION SPECIFICATIONS INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville for the Municipality of Clarington Tender No,CL.2004.19 TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 1 TITLE NO. OF PAGES CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 00100 Instructions to Bidders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Standard Terms and Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Contractor Safety ........................................... 8 Tender Form .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Supplementary Tender Form .................................. 4 General Conditions ....................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 Supplementary General Conditions ............................. 7 00200 00201 00300 00400 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 01005 01140 01200 01210 01320 01330 01410 01450 01520 01545 01560 01720 01740 01770 01780 SITE WORK 02100 02200 02276 02400 02485 02514 02516 02700 02731 02935 02950 General Instructions ......................................... 6 Work Restrictions ........................................... 2 Site Administration .......................,.................. 2 Allowances ................................................ 2 Construction Progress Documentation ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Submittal Procedures ................,....................... 4 Regulatory Requirements ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Quality Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Construction Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Typical Exterior Sign Erection Detail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 Safety Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Preparation ................................................ 3 Cleaning ..................,............................... 2 Closeout Procedures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Closeout Submittals ......................................... 6 Site Preparation ............................................ 2 Excavating, Backfilling and Grading ............................. 8 Concrete Segmental Retaining Wall. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Asphalt Paving ...............,............................. 4 Hydraulic Seeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Concrete Sidewalks ......................................... 3 Concrete Curbs and Gutters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Underground Services ......................,................ 6 Associated Drawings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 66 Artificial Grass Field Turf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Sodding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Planting ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 6 t~ I '~ ~I ijl ~I 11 ill ,II ',iI ~ I jl '1 :i 11 II II I II II ~I 'I :rl ,~ 1- 'I 1- II 11 SPECIFICATIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION SECTION 03 CONCRETE 03100 03200 03300 03470 04 MASONRY 04080 04200 05 METALS 05120 05210 05310 05410 05500 Page 2 TITLE NO. OF PAGES Formwork ........,............,........................... 7 Concrete Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Concrete ............... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 14 Tilt-up Concrete. . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 10 Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors ......... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 Masonry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Structural Steel ............................................. 9 Steel Joists ................................................ 6 Steel Roof Deck ............................................ 6 Lightweight Structural Steel Framing .......................,.... 9 Metal Fabrications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 06 WOOD AND PLASTICS 06100 Rough Carpentry. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 06200 Finish Carpentry ..........,................................. 4 06410 Cabinetwork ............................................... 5 07 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07195 Air Barrier ................................................. 5 07200 Building Insulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 07270 Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals .............................. .. 3 07410 Insulated Metai Watt Cladding.. . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. 5 07530 Elastomeric Sheet Roofing ........,.......................... 10 07620 Metal Flashing and Trim ... . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . , . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 07800 Roof Specialties and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 07900 Joint Sealers ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 5 08 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08100 Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames. . . . . . . .... . . . . .. . .. 6 08351 Sliding Grilles .............................................. 2 08364 Sectional Metal Insulated Overhead Doors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 08400 Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens ................... . . . . .. 9 08710 Finishing Hardware . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . .. 3 08715 Automatic Door Operators ,..............,..................,. 4 08800 Glazing ................................................... 5 09 FINISHES 09250 09310 09500 09651 09900 10 Gypsum Wallboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Ceramic Floor and Wall Tile ............................ . . . . . .. 4 Acoustical Ceilings ...............,.......................... 4 Resilient Flooring ...,....................................... 5 Painting ................ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 SPECIALTIES 10162 Metal Toilet Partitions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 10800 Washroom Accessories .,.................................... 2 10950 Miscellaneous Specialties . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. . .. 2 03180 Dasherboard Systems.. . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 11 03144 tblc.wpd ~I h :~ 'il ~ I 11 'II " '.,11 I ;1' " ~ , 11 ~I ;~ ,I. 'I II I ,I , II i ;1 11 11 , 'I 1- ~ ill ,I ,- 11 SPECIFICATIONS - TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued) DIVISION 15 16 03144 tblc.wpd SECTION MECHANICAL 15010 15042 15043 15044 15045 15060 15090 15100 15140 15150 15250 15258 15400 15450 15530 15625 15771 15820 15830 15840 15860 15870 15875 15900 Page 3 TITLE NO. OF PAGES Mechanical General Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 Testing ...............................,................... 3 Balancing ................................................. 5 Commissioning ........................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Documentation and Manuals ................................... 5 Pipe and Pipe Fittings ................. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 12 Supports, Anchors and Seals ............ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . .. 9 Valves, Cocks and Faucets ................................... 7 Pumps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Electric Heat Tracing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Insulation - Piping and Equipment .............................. 3 Insulation - Ductwork. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Plumbing General ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 16 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim ................................... 2 Fire Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Unit Heaters ............................................... 3 Packaged Rooftop Heating Cooling Equipment ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 Exhaust Fans .,.......................,.................... 4 Air Terminal Units ........................................... 3 Ductwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 Duct Accessories ........................................... 5 Air Outlets .................... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Outdoor Louvres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 8 ELECTRICAL 16010 Electrical General Requirements .............................. 13 16100 Basic Materials and Methods ...........,..................... 10 16400 Distribution ...................,..,........................ 15 16500 Lighting, . . , . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... . . . .. . . . ... 6 16600 Emergency and Exit Lighting .................................. 3 16720 Telephone. Data, Cable. Security, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 16900 Mechanical Equipment Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 ~ I ~ I " '!~ I ";I 'i! I ~!! 'I: ~ I II~ ': I :A! I I I I II I I I I I I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 1 SECTION 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Stipulated Price tenders executed and signed under seal, are invited for the supply of all labour, material, equipment and services to complete the work for the Indoor Soccer Facility and Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl, 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville, Ontario Tender No. CL-2004-19, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications prepared by Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) limited. .ji 1.2 A pre-bid meeting and site tour for pre-qualified General Contractors and Interested sub-trades will be held at 10:00 am, Tuesday, April 13, 2004. Following the meeting, a tour of the project site will be held at 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanville, Ontario. 1.3 The Tender Documents including the Contract Form (Canadian Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2, 1994), as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions, the Instructions to Bidders, the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarlngton Standard Purchase Order Terms and Conditions, Specifications, Tender Form, and the Drawlr\gs listed in Section 8 hereof are all complementary and shall be read together. 1 A Each Bidder shall examine the Tender Documents as soon as possible after receipt thereof, and should he discover any errors or omissions therein he shall notify the Consultant as soon as possible so that further instructions and/or Drawings may be issued to all Tenderers before the date set for receiving Tenders. 1 .5 Tender documents will be available on Thursday, April 8, 2004 at the Purchasing Department, The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanvllle, Ontario, Telephone (905) 623-3379. Two sets of tender documents will be provided free of charge to Pre-Qualified General Contractors only. Additional copies of the Tender Documents will be provided to Pre-Qualified General Contractors and interested sub-trades, on receipt of a non-refundable fee of $400.00 for each set of documents. Payment may be made in the form of cash or certified cheque, payable to The Municipality of Clarington. 1.6 Tender documents will be available for viewing at the offices of the Durham Construction Association, the Peterborough Construction Association, the Quinte Construction Association and the Toronto Construction Association. 1.7 Individual drawings and sections of specifications are not available. 1.8 Bidders are advised that enquiries regarding interpretation of the drawings and specifications shall be directed to the Consultant: Architectural/Structural; Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited 11 Stanley Court Whitby, Ontario L 1 N 8P9 Telephone No. (905) 666-5252 Facsimile No. (905) 666-5256 Attention; Mr. William Weima, OAA, MRAIC, Mr. Leonard Sit, P.Eng, Extension 226 Extension 238 03144-00100.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 2 SECTION 1 - GENERAL (Cont'd) Mechanical: Durham Energy Specialists Limited Telephone No. (416) 497-3111 Facsimile No. (416) 497-7210 Attention: Ms. Leanne Skribe, P. Eng. Electrical: Durham Energy Specialists Limited Telephone No. (416) 497-3111 Facsimile No. (416) 497-7210 Attention: Ms. Leanne Skrlbe, P. Eng. Landscape Architecture: Barry-Bryan Associates (1991) Limited Telephone No. (905) 666-5252 Facsimile No. (905) 666-5256 Attention: Mr. Arnold Mostert, OALA Extension 237 Site Servicing: D.G. Biddie Associates Limited Telephone No. (905) 576-8500 Facsimile No. (905) 579-9730 Attention: Mr. Robbie Laroque, P. Eng. 1.9 Consultants will not accept any calls from bidders or sub-trades regarding enquiries on this project 24 hours prior to close of Tender. 1.10 Bidders shall be responsible for the distribution of <!1! Contract Documents and Addenda to all Subcontractors and suppliers. There will be no consideration given for extra payment due to the failure of any subcontractor or supplier to review all Documents prior to close of tender. 1.11 No claims for payment will be accepted because of failure on the part of the Owner, the Consultant or their representatives to supply any Subcontractor with all or part of the Contract Documents and Addenda thereto, which will have been supplied to the Bidder up to the closing date. 1.12 The successful bidder shall submit proof of Liability Insurance in the amount of Five Million dollars ($5,000,000.00) to the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, prior to the commencement of the work. Insurance policy shall name the Owner and the Consultants as additional Insured. SECTION 2 - TENDER SUBMISSIONS 2.1 Tender submission shall be in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders and the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions attached to these Instructions To Bidders. 2.2 Stipulated Lump Sum Tenders executed and signed under seal, will be received at or before 2:00:00 p.m. local time, on Thursday, April 22, 2004. Supplementary Tender Forms will be received at or before 4:00:00 p.m. local time, on Thursday, April 22, 2004. 03144-00100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I ~I 'III ~ I '! ~ I 'j I ,~ i! i 1i I 'i I ,j I iil m DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 3 SECTION 2 - TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd) Submit Tender and the Supplementary Tender Form to: Office of the Cierk Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1 C 3A6 2.3 Bidders are solely responsible for the delivery of Tenders to the Office of the Clerk, on or before the date and time setfor the close ofTenders. Both the Tender Form and the Supplementary Tender Form must be submitted at or before the respective closing times, to be valid. 2.4 Each Tender shall state the stipulated PRICE/PRICES for which the Bidder will undertake to carry out all the Work as described and/or shown in/on the Tender Documents. 2.5 The Tender Form, on the forms provided shall be filled in exactly as required, and shall be returned sealed in Tender envelopes provided by the Municipality of Ciarington and bearing the Tenderer's name and clearly marked as indicated herein. I III 'i I ~I ,ii Ii 2.6 Two (2) sets of Tender Forms are provided. Bidders shall complete and return one (1) set of Tender Forms. 2.7 Bidders shall furnish all information requested and fill in all blanks in the Tender Form. Should any uncertainty arise as to the proper manner of completing the form, the requisite information will be given by the Consultant. 2.8 Tender Forms shall be completed in a legible manner. Incomplete tenders may not be considered. Bids must be typewritten or In Ink. Erasures or noticeable changes to the Tender Forms must be initialled by the Bidder. 2.9 Incorporated Companies must attach Corporate Seal and Signatures of proper officers shall be affixed. Bids not signed are subject to rejection. II '! ~I ~i! ~II :! II 'I " " ,II 11 II 2.10 All prices (unless otherwise specifically requested in the Tender Documents) shall be "Work completed" prices, and shall be understood to include for all material, labour and other expenses including all Provincial Sales Taxes, fees, insurance, compensation and other items required by governing regulations, as well as overhead and profit for the work concerned. Tender prices shall not Include Goods and Services Tax, 2.11 It shall be understood that the Stipulated Price submitted in the Tender Form shall be open for acceptance and irrevocable for a period of ninety (90) days. 2,12 Tenders may not be submitted by telegram, facsimile, telephone or orally. 2.13 Late tenders will be returned unopened to the respective bidder. 2.14 Bidders must not include restrictive or conditional statements to alter the format, or intent of the tender. 2.15 Tenders received in accordance with these instructions will be opened at a Public Meeting at the Municipal offices immediately following the closing time for the Supplementary Tender Forms. 03144-00100,wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 4 SECTION 2 - TENDER SUBMISSIONS (Cont'd) The tender opening meeting will be held in Meeting Room #1, First Floor, 40 Temperance Street, Bowmanvllle, Ontario at 4:15 p.m. local time on Thursday, April 22, 2004. SECTION 3 - ADDENDA 3.1 Bidders may, during the tendering period, be advised by Addenda of required additions to, deletions from, clarifications to, or alterations in the requirements ofthe Tender Documents. All such changes shall become an integral part of the Tender Documents and shall be allowed for in the Stipulated Price. 3.2 Bidders shall Insert, in the space provided in the Tender Form, the Addenda numbers of all Addenda received by them. If no Addenda have been received, the word "NONE" shall be inserted in the space provided. SECTION 4 - BASE BID TENDERS 4.1 Contractors shall base their Tenders on the materials, methods, firms and equipment named in the documents. No deviation from the specified materials, methods firms and equipment will be allowed without written approval from the Municipality. 4.2 Requests to accept any alternatives to the materials, suppliers or products specified must be submitted to the Consultant not later than five (5) days prior to the close of Tenders. All bidders will be advised by written addenda, of any acceptable alternates. Requests shall include the following information: .1 Manufacturer's name and supplier's name. .2 Detailed description of alternative Including identification of differences from specified products. .3 Statement assuming full responsibility that any equipment shall not exceed the space requirements allocated on the drawings. The successful Bidder shall be responsible for any additional installation cost, resulting from the acceptance of a substitute piece of equipment or product. .4 Any other Information requested by the Consultant, including samples, as necessary to complete his evaluation of proposed alternates. .5 Any other information requested by the Consultant in assisting in evaluation of proposed altemates. Under no circumstances shall the value of an alternative material or equipment not approved in accordance with the above, be included in the Stipulated Price. Under no circumstances will alternatives submitted after the closing of Tenders be considered. 4.3 The Owner and his representative reserve the right to accept or reject proposed alternatives as they see fit. SECTION 5 - TENDERS NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED 5.1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington reserves the right to: a) Cancel the Tender at any time prior to acceptance of a bid. b) Reject any or all bids. 03144.Q0100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ].1 1;1 " ~ I ,! DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 5 I '11 :11 ,! I I, 1 " ,! I ~, i i :1 I !! Ii I :J I ;11 SECTION 5 - TENDERS NOT NECESSARILY ACCEPTED (Cont'd) c) Cancel any order If the goods or services are unsatisfactory. d) Accept the Tender in whole or in part e) Disqualify any Tenders not submilied in strict accordance with the requirements of the Tender Documents. f) Require each Bidder to submit evidence of any proposed Subcontractors' experience and competence in similar work previously performed, g) Acceptany Tender based upon any combination of the Stipulated Lump Sum Price, Separate Prices and Alternate Prices. 5.2 The Owner reserves the power and right to reject Tenders received from parties who cannot show a reasonable acquaintance with, and preparation of the proper performance of the class of work herein specified and shown on the drawings. 5.3 Tenders containing escalator clauses will not be considered. 5.4 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any tender which is incomplete, illegible or obscure, or which contains alterations not called for, or irregularities of any kind, may be rejected. SECTION 6 - TAXES 6.1 The Tender amount shall include all Excise Taxes and Government Duties on all materials required for the completion of the work of this Tender, provided that same are in force at the time of signing the Contract. 6.2 Provincial Retail Sales Tax shall be included in tendered prices for material supplied under this contract I I 6.3 The total Tender amolilnt shall not include Goods and Services Tax (G.S.T.). SECTION 7 - TIME OF THE ESSENCE 7.1 The Contractor is cautioned that time is of the essence In this Contract and that the ability to complete the Work within the stipulated time period will be one of the factors considered in the award of the Contract. I ill ~I 'I .~I ~I ~I ;! II ~! 7.2 Upon commencing work on site, all work must continue until completion without delay or work stoppage unless instructed otherwise by the Owner. 7.3 The Contractor shall co-ordinate the work to ensure completion of the work in accordance with the schedule set forth in Section 01140, Work Restrictions. 7.4 The Contractor will be required to provide all labour, material and equipment and direct his subcontractors and suppliers to work the number of shifts and days that are necessary to meet the Owner's schedule. 7.5 Bidders shall allow in their Stipulated Price for all premium time and other costs as necessary to meet the required completion date. 03144-00100.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 6 SECTION 8 - LIST OF DRAWINGS 8.1 Architectural Dwg No. Tille Issue No. Rev. No. Issued A101 Overall Site Plan 3 - Aoril 8, 2004 A102 Enlaroed Site and Landscaoe Plans 3 - Aoril 8, 2004 A103 Site and Landscaoe Details 2 - Aoril 8, 2004 A201 Ground Floor Plan 2 - Aoril 8, 2004 A202 Reflected Ceilina Plan 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A203 Roof Plan 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A301 Elevations 2 - Aoril 8, 2004 A401 Cross Sections 1 - April 8, 2004 A402 Wall Sections 1 - April 8, 2004 A403 Wall Sections 1 - April 8, 2004 A501 Section Details 1 - April 8, 2004 A502 Section Details 1 - April 8, 2004 A601 Plan Details 1 - April 8, 2004 A701 Misc. Details 1 - April 8, 2004 A801 Door and Room Finish Schedules 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A901 Interior Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 A902 Details 1 - April 8, 2004 8.2 Site ServicinQ Dwg. No. Tille Issue No. Rev. No. Issued SP-1 Site Servicin Plan 2 A ril8, 2004 SP-2 Site Servicln Details Plan 2 A ril 8, 2004 LG-1 Lot Gradln Plan 2 A ril 8, 2004 LG-2 Gradin Details Plan 2 A ril 8, 2004 ES-1 Erosion Control Plan 2 A ril 8 2004 8.3 Structural Dwg No. TIlle Issue No. Rev. No. lssued S201 Foundation Plan 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S202 Roof Framina Plan 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S301 Tilt-uo Panel Elevations 1 - April 8, 2004 S302 Tilt-up Panel Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S303 Tilt-un Panel Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S304 Tilt-uD Panel Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S305 Tilt-uD Panel Elevations 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S501 Tvoical Details 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 S502 Tvoical Details 1 - Anril 8 2004 03144-00100,wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I - - I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 7 I SECTION 8 - LIST OF DRAWINGS (Cont'd) 8.4 Mechanical :1 II II II ~I II ,1.1 II II il 1'1 II JI ,II '~I II Dwg No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. issued M201 Plumbing and Drainage and Fire System Standapipe April 8, 2004 M202 M801 HV AC La out Schedule and Details 1 1 A ril 8, 2004 A ril 8 2004 8.4 Electrical Dwg. No. Title Issue No. Rev. No. Issued E101 Site Plan Incoming Primary and 1 - April 8, 2004 SecondarY Power E102 Site Liohtina 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 E103 Site Details 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 E201 Power Lavout 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 E202 Linhtinn Control Schematic 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 E801 Sinnle Line Diaaram 1 - Anril 8, 2004 E802 Liahtina Control Schematic 1 - Aoril 8, 2004 E803 Power Lavout 1 - Aoril 8 2004 SECTION 9 - EXECUTE CONTRACT 9.1 The Successful Bidder shall execute the Contract Documents within ten (10) caiendardays of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender from the Owner. 9.2 The Successful Bidder shall commence the Work at the site within three (3) calendar days of receipt of Notification to Commence Work, and complete all construction to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Consultant as Indicated in Section 7 herein. 9.3 Failure by the Successful Bidder to meet the above requirements will entitle the Owner to cancel the award of the Contract. The Owner may then award the Contract to one of the other bidders or to take such other action as he chooses. SECTION 10 - AGREEMENT TO BOND 10.1 Include with the tender, an agreement to bond issued by a duly incorporated and nationally recognized surety company, guaranteeing the faithful performance of the contract including the warrantee period, in accordance with the Contract Documents. Agree to furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, each in the amount of One Hundred Percent (100%) of the Stipulated Price. 10.2 The premiums for all bonds shall be included in the Stipulated Price. SECTION 11 - BID SECURITY 11.1 Bid /Tender Deposit 03144-00100.wpd l. DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I $250,000.01 $500,000.01 $1,000,000,01 $2,000,000.01 to 500,000.00 to 1,000,000.00 to 2,000,000.00 and over Minimum Deposit Required $25,000.00 $50,000.00 $100,000.00 $200,000.00 Total Amount of Bid SECTION 11 - BID SECURITY (Cont'd) 11.2 Bid deposit, in the form of a certified cheque or money order must be enclosed in the envelope with the tender. 11 .3 Bid bonds Issued by a surety approved by and in a form containing terms satisfactory to the Municipality's Treasurer will be accepted. 11.4 All tender bid deposits will be returned to the respective bidders within ten (10)days after the Tenders have been opened except those of the two (2) low bidders, which shall be retained by the Municipality of Clarington until the successful bidder has executed the Contract. SECTION 12 - CASH ALLOWANCES 12.1 Include in the Stipulated Price, the following cash allowances, 1. 2. 3. 4. tndependent inspection and testing Project Sign Finishing Hardware Exterior Building and Site Sign age $ 20,000.00 $ 3,000.00 $ 55,000.00 $ 10,000.00 TOTAL CASH ALLOWANCES $ 88,000.00 SECTION 13 - LOCATION 13.1 The site is located at 2375 Baseline Road, Bowmanvllle, Ontario. SECTION 14 - PROCEDURES TO BE USED IF BID EXCEEDS BUDGET 14.1 The procedures recommended in CCDC Document 23 will be used. 14.2 In the event that all Bids received exceed the Owner's budget, the Owner will negotiate changes in the scope of the work with the bidder submitting the lowest acceptable Bid. When the negotiations result in a Contract Price acceptable to both parties, no re-bidding of the project is necessary and the Contract should be awarded at the negotiated price. If negotiations fail to produce a Contract Price acceptable to both parties, or if, in the first instance, the changes contemplated result in a value in excess of 15%, the Bid Documents may be amended and invitations to re-bid be restricted to the three (3) lowest acceptable Bids on the original Bid Call. SECTION 15 - STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 15.1 The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions attached to these 03144-00100,wpd - ~ I , :- I ,II 11 ill ;.il II 11 II II II ~I II ~I ~I il , J~ DIVISION 0 SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Page 9 Instructions to Bidders will be read in conjunction with the documents listed in Section 1, and will form a part of the contract, with the following amendments: 1. Delete the term "purchase order" and replace with "Canadian Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994 as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions". 2. In Article 7, 5th paragraph, change last sentence to read: "Goods and Services Tax shall be extra. Provincial Sales Tax is to be Included in the bid price". 3. In Article 23, 101 paragraph, change insurance limits from $3,000,000.00 to $5,000,000.00. 4. In Article 23, 2" paragraph, add "Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited" as additional insured. End of Section 03144.00100.wpd I , ~ - I ;1 II II II II II STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS 1. DEFINITIONS Municipality - The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, its successors and assigns. Bidder - The person, firm or corporation submitting a bid to the Municipality. Company - The person, contractor, firm or corporation to whom the Municipality has awarded the contract, It successors and assigns. Contract - The purchase order authorizing the company to perform the work, purchase order alterations, the document and addenda, the bid, and surety. Subcontractor - A person, firm or corporation having a contract with the company for, or any part of, the work. Document - The document(s) Issued by the Municipality in response to which bids are Invited to perform the work in accordance with the specifications contained in the document. Bid - An offer by a Bidder in response to the document Issued by the Municipality. Work - All labour, materials, products, articles, fixtures, services, supplies, and acts required to be done, furnished or performed by the company, which are subject to the Contract. 2. SUBMISSION OF BID Bid invitation shall be In accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Purchasing By-law #94-129 and will apply for the calling, receiving, and opening of bids. The Municipality will be responsible for evaluating bids, awarding and administering the contract in accordance with the Purchasing By-law. The bid must be submitted on the form{s) and In the envelope supplied by the Municipality unless otherwise provided herein. The envelope must not be covered by any outside wrappings, I.e. courier envelopes or other coverings. II II II II ill 'II ~I ! 'I "I ~I ,I The bid must be signed by a designated signing officer of the Bidder. If a joint bid is submitted, tt must be signed on behalf of each of the Bidders. The bid must be legible, written in ink, or typewritten. Any form of erasure, strikeout or over-writing must be initialled by the Bidder's authorized signing officer. The bid must not be restricted by a covering letter, a statement added, or by alterations to the document unless otherwise provided herein. Failure to retum the document or invitation may result in the removal of the Bidder from the Municipality's bidder's list. A bid received after the closing date and time will not be considered and will be retumed, unopened. Should a diSpute arise from the terms and conditions of any part of the contract, regarding meaning, intent or ambiguity, the decision of the Municipality shall be final. I STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) I 3. CONTRACT I The contract consists of the documents aforementioned. The contract and portions thereof take precedence in the order in which they are named above, notwithstanding the chronological order in which they are issued or executed. I The intent of the contract is that the Company shall supply work which is fit and suitable for the Municipality's intended use and complete for a particular purpose. 4. CLARIFICATION OF THE DOCUMENT I I None of the conditions contained in the Bidde(s standard or general conditions of sale shall be of any effect unless explicitly agreed to by the Municipality and specifically referred to in the purchase order. Any clarification of the document required by the Bidder prior to submission of its bid shall be requested through the Municipality's contact identified In the document. Any such clarification so given shall not in any way alter the document and in no case shall oral arrangements be considered. Every notice, advice or other communication pertaining thereto will be in the form of a written addendum. I I No officer, agent or employee of the Municipality Is authorized to alter oraliy any portion of the document. 5. PROOF OF ABILITY I The bidder may be required to show, in terms of experience and facilities, evidence of its ability, as well as that of any proposed subcontractor, to perform the work by the specified delivery date. I 6. DELIVERY Unless otherwise stated, the work specified in the bid shall be delivered or completely performed by the Company as soon as possible and in any event within the period set out herein as the guaranteed period of delivery or compietion after receipt of a purchase order therefor. I Work shall be subject to further inspection and approval by the Municipality. The Company shall be responsible for arranging the work so that completion shall be as specified in the contract. I I A detailed delivery ticket or piece tally, showing the exact quantity of goods. materials, articles or equipment, shall accompany each delivery thereot. Receiving by a foreperson, storekeeper or other such receiver shall not bind the Municipality to accept the work covered thereby, or the particulars of the delivery ticket or piece tally thereof. I Time shall be of the essence of the contract. I I I I I - I ," ,I - I 11 11 II II STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 7. PRICING Prices shall be In Canadian Funds, quoted separately for each Item stipulated, F.O.S. destination, Prices shall be firm for the duration of the contract. Prices bid must include all incidental costs and the Company shall be deemed to be satisfied as to the full requirements of the bid. No claims for extra work will be entertained and any additional work must be authorized In writing prior to commencement. Should the Company require more information or clarification on any point, it must be obtained prior to the submission of the bid. Payment shall be full compensation for all costs related to the work, including operating and overhead costs to provide work to the satisfaction of the Municipality. All prices quoted shall include applicable customs duty, excise tax, freight, insurance, and all other charges of every kind attributable to the work, Goods and Services Tax and Provincial Sales Tax shall be extra and not shown, unless otherwise specified herein. If the Bidder intends to manufacture or fabricate any part of the work outside of Canada, it shall arrange its shipping procedures so that its agent or representative in Canada is the importer of record for customs purposes. !I II Should any additional tax, duty or any variation in any tax or duty be imposed by the Govemment of Canada or the Province of Ontario become directly applicable to work specified in this document subsequent to its submission by the Bidder and before the delivery of the work covered thereby pursuant to a purchase order issued by the Municipality "an" appropriate or "no" appropriate increase or decrease in the price of work shall be made to compensate for such changes as of the effective date thereof. 8. TERMS OF PAYMENT Where required by the Construction Lien Act appropriate monies may be held back until 60 days after the completion of the work. II Payments made hereunder, inciuding final payment shall not relieve the company from its obligations or liabilities under the contract. II II il i! 111 11 I ~I ~I 1 Acceptance by the company of the final payment shall constitute a waiver of claims by the company against the Municipality, except those previously made in writing in accordance with the contract and still unsettled. The Municipality shall have the right to withhold from any sum otherwise payable to the company such amount as may be sufficient to remedy any defect or deficiency In the work, pending correction of it. Payment may be made 30 days after delivery pursuant to the Bidder submitting an invoice, contract requirements being completed and work being deemed satisfactory. 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The company shall, at its expense, defend all claims, actions or proceedings against the Municipality based on any allegations that the work or any part of the work constitutes an infringement of any patent, copyright or other proprietary right, and shall pay to the Municipality all costs, damages, charges and expenses, including its lawyers' fees on a solicitor and his own client basis occasioned to the Municipality by reason thereof. The company shall pay all royalties and patent license fees required for the work. I STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) I 9. PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS- cont'd I If the work or any part thereof is in any action or proceeding held to constitute an infringement, the company shall forthwith either secure for the Municipality the right to continue using the work or shall at the company's expense, replace the infringing work with non-infringing work or modify it so that the work no longer infringes. I 10. ALTERNATES 11. EQUIVALENCY I I Any opinion with regard to the use of a proposed attemate determined by the Municipality shall be final. Any bid proposing an aitemate will not be considered unless otherwise specified herein. Any opinion determined by the Municipaiity with respect to equivalency shall be final. 13. FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE COMPANY I I 12. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBCONTRACTING The company shall not assign or subcontract the contract or any portion thereof without the prior written consent of the Municipality. The Municipality is entitled to request of the Company to fumish reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Municipality's obligations under the Contract. I 14. LAWS AND REGULATIONS The company shall comply with relevant Federal, Provincial and Municipal statutes, regulations and by-laws pertaining to the work and its performance. The company shall be responsible for ensuring similar compliance by suppliers and subcontractors. I The contract shall be govemed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Province of Ontario. I 15. CORRECTION OF DEFECTS I If at any time prior to one year after the actual deiivery date or completion of the work (or specified warranty/guarantee period if longer than one year) any part of the work becomes defective or is deficient or fails due to defect In design, material or workmanship, or otherwise fails to meet the requirements of the contract, the company, upon request, shall make good every such defect, deficiency or failure without cost to the Municipality. The company shall pay all transportation costs for work both ways between the company's factory or repair depot and the point of use. I 16. BID ACCEPTANCE I I The Munlcipaiity reserves the right to award by item, or part thereof, groups of items, or parta thereof, or all items of the bids and to award contracts to one or more bidders submitting identical bids as to price; to accept or reject any bids in whole or in part; to waive irregularities and omissions, if in so doing, the best interests of the Municipality will be served. No iiabiiity shall accrue to the Municipality for its decision in this regard. Bids shall be irrevocable for 90 days after the official closing time. I The placing in the mail or deiivery to the Bidde~s shown address given in the bid of a notice of award to a bidder by the Municipaiity shall constitute notice of acceptance of contract by the Municipality to the extent described in the notice of award. I I I I I " , I I - II II II ~I II !I II STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 17, DEFAULT BY COMPANY a. If the company: commits any act of bankruptcy; or if a receiver is appointed on account of its insolvency or in respect of any of its property; or if the company makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; then, in any such case, the Municipality may, without notice: terminate the contract. b. if the company: fails to comply with any request, instruction or order of the Municipality; or fails to pay its accounts; or fails to comply with or persistentiy disregard statutes, regulations, by-laws or directives of reievant authorities relating to the work; or fails to prosecute the work with skiil and diligence; or assigns or sublets the contract or any portion thereof without the Municipality's prior written consent; or refuses to correct defective work; or is otherwise in default in carrying out its part of any of the terms, conditions and obligations of the contract, then, in any such case, the Municipality may, upon expiration of ten days from the date of written notice to the company, terminate the contract. c. Any termination of the contract by the Municipality, as aforesaid, shall be without prejudice to any other rights or remedies the Municipality may have and without incurring any liability whatsoever in respect thereto. d. If the Municipality terminates the contract, it is entitled to: i) take possession of all work in progress, materials and construction equipment then at the project site (at no additional charge for the retention or use of the construction equipment), and finish the work by whatever means the Municipality may deem appropriate under the circumstances; ii) withhold any further payments to the company until the completion of the work and the expiry of all obligations under the Correction of Defects section; iii) recover from the company loss, damage and expense incurred by the Municipality by reason of the company's default (which may be deducted from any monies due or becoming due to the company, any balance to be paid by the company to the Municipality). 18. CONTRACT CANCELLATION II II The Municipality shail have the right, which may be exercised from time to time, to cancel any uncompleted or unperformed portion of the work or part thereof. In the event of such cancellation, the Municipality and the Company may negotiate a settlement. The Municipality shall not be liable to the Company for loss of anticipated profit on the canceiled portion or portions of the work. 19. QUANTITIES Unless otherwise specified herein, quantities are shown as approximate, are not guaranteed to be accurate, are fumlshed without any liability on behalf of the Municipality and shall be used as a basis for comparison only. 11 II ~I ~I ,<I , 11 , i Payment will be by the unit complete at the bid price on actual quantities deemed acceptable by the Municipality, ~'-'-" I STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) I 20. 21. SAMPLES I Upon request, samples must be submitted stricijy in accordance with instructions. If samples are requested subsequent to opening of bids, they shall be delivered within three (3) working days following such request, unless additional time is granted. Samples must be submitted free of charge and will be returned at the bidde~s expense, upon request, provided they have not been destroyed by tests, or are not required for comparison purposes. I The acceptance of samples by the Municipality shall be at its sole discretion and any such acceptance shall in no way be construed to imply relief of the company from its obligations under the contract. I I I Samples submitted must be accompanied by current Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) where applicable. SURETY The successful tenderer shall, if the Municipality in its absolute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy surety requirements by providing a deposit in the form of a certified cheque, bank draft or money order or other form of surety, in an amount determined by the Municipality. This surety may be held by the Municipality until 60 days after the day on which all work covered by the contract has been completed and accepted. The surety may be returned before the 60 days have elapsed providing satisfactory evidence is provided that all liabilities incurred by the company in carrying out the work have expired or have been satisfied and that a Certificate of Clearance from the (WSIB) Workplace Safety and Insurance Board has been received. I I The company shall, if the Municipality in its absoiute discretion so desires, be required to satisfy fidelity bonding requirements by providing such bonding in an amount and form determined by the Municipality. Failure to fumish required surety within two weeks from date of request thereof by the Municipality shall make the award of the Contract by the Municipality subject to withdrawal. I 22. WORKPLACE SAFETY AND iNSURANCE BOARD I Ail of the Company's personnel must be covered by the insurance plan under the Workplace Safety and Insurance Act, 1997. Upon request by the Municipality, an original Letter of Good Standing for the Workplace Safety and Insurance Board shall be provided prior to the commencement of work indicating all payments by the Company to the board have been made. Prior to finai payment, a Certificate of Clearance must be issued indicating all payments by the Company to the Board in conjunction with the subject Contract have been made and that the Municipality will not be liable to the Board for future payments in connection with the Company's fulfilment of the contract. Further Certificates of Clearance or other types of certificates shall be provided upon request. I I 23. INSURANCE I The company shall maintain and pay for Commercial/Comprehensive General Liability insurance including premises and all operations. This insurance coverage shall be subject to limits of not less than $3,000,000.00 inclusive per occurrence for Bodily Injury Death and Property Damage including 1055 of use thereof or such other coverage or amount as may be requested. I The policy shall include the Municipality as an additional insured in respect of all operations performed by or on behaff of the Company. A certified copy of such policy or certificate shall be provided to the municipality prior to commencement of the work. Further certified copies shall be provided upon request. I I I I ~ ~ - - - II 'II !I ~I , II ~I tl II STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) 24. LIABILITY The company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipality from any and all actions, suits, claims, demands, losses, costs, charges and expenses whatsoever for all damage or injury including death to any person and all damage to any property which may arise directly or indirectly by reason of a requirement of the contract, or resulting from negligent acts or omissions by the contractor in the performance of his obligations under the contract, or resulting from negligent acts or omissions by the contractor in the performance of his obligations under the contract, save and except for damage caused by the negligence of the Municipality or Its employees. The Company agrees to defend, fully indemnify and save harmless the Municipaiity from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality if the Municipality or any of its employees shall be made a party to any charge under the Occupational Health and Safety Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract. 25. VISITING THE SITE The Company shall carefully examine the site and existing building and services affecting the proper execution of the work, and obtain a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the existing conditions. No claim for extra payment will be allowed for work or difficulties encountered due to conditions of the site which were visible or reasonably inferable, prior to the date of submission of Tenders. Bidders shall accept sole responsibility for any error or neglect on their part in this respect. 26. SAFETY The Company shall obey all Federal, Provincial and Municipal Laws, Act, Ordinances, Regulations, Orders-In-Council and By-laws, which could in any way pertain to the work outlined in the Contract or to the Employees of the Company. Without iimiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a contractor, a Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Company's obligations under this Contract, The Company shall be aware of and conform to all goveming regulations including those established by the Municipality relating to employee health and safety. The Company shall keep employees and subcontractors intormed of such regulations. The Company shall provide Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) to the Municipality for any supplied Hazardous Materials. II I II II , II 27. UNPAiD ACCOUNTS The company shall indemnify the Municipality from all claims arising out of unpaid accounts relating to the work. The Municipality shall have the right at any time to require satisfactory evidence that the work in respect of which any payment has been made or is to be made by the Municipality is free and ciear of liens, attachments, claims, demands, charges or other encumbrances. 28. SUSPENSION OF WORK The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, suspend performance by the company from time to time of any part or all of the work for such reasonable period of time as the Municipality may determine. I 11 The resumption and completion of work after the suspension shall be govemed by the schedule established by the Municipality. j~ I :\1 ,<0 I STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS (continued) I 29. CHANGES IN THE WORK I The Municipality may, without invalidating the contract, direct the Company to make changes to the work. When a change causes an increase or decrease in the work, the contract price shall be increased or decreased by the application of unit prices to the quantum of such increase or decrease, or in the absence of applicable unit prices, by an amount to be agreed upon between the Municipality and the Company. All such changes shall be in writing and approved by the Municipality. I 30. CONFLICT OF INTEREST I I No employee or member of Councii of the Municipality shall sell goods or services to the Municipality in accordance with the Municipality of Clarington Policy or have a direct or indirect interest in a Company or own a Company which sells goods or services to the Municipality. 31. MUNICIPAL FREEDOM OF INFORMATION AND PROTECTION OF PRIVACY ACT (MFIPPAl All correspondence, documentation, and information provided to staff of the Municipality of Clarington by every offerer, including the submission of proposals, shall become the properly of the Municipality, and as such, is subject to the Municipal Freedom of Information and Protection of Privacy Act, and may be subject to release pursuant to the Act. I I I Offerers are reminded to identify in their proposal material any specific scientific, technical, commercial, proprietary, or similar confidential information, the disclosure of which could cause them injury. Complete proposals are not to be identified as confidential. I I I I I I I I I I I I I :11 ~I ,~ I '~ I .~ '!I .' '11 ~I ,II II II I I I , - , CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE POLICY: Contractors and Sub-contractors are responsible to ensure that their personnel are updated on all safety concerns of the workplace and are aware of the safety requirements as required by the Contractor under the Occupational Health and Safety Act. Safety performance will be a consideration in the awarding of contract. Under the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Section 23 (1), (2)), it is the constructor's responsibility to ensure that: . the measures and procedures prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations are carried out on the proiect; . every employer and every worker performing work on the proiect complies with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and the Regulations (under the Act); and . Where so prescribed, a constructor shall, before commencing any work on a project, give to a Director notice in writing of the project containing such information as may be prescribed. DEFINITIONS: Contractor - any individual or firm engaged by the Municipality to do work on behalf of the Municipality Project - means a construction project, whether public or private, including: . the construction of a building, bridge, structure, industrial establishment, mining plant, shaft tunnel, caisson, trench, excavation, highway, railway, street, runway, parking lot, cofferdam, conduit, sewer, watermain, service connection, telegraph, telephone or electrical cable, pipe line, duct or well, or any combination thereof; the moving of a building or structure; and . any work or undertaking, or any lands or appurtenances used in connection with construction. Construction - includes erection, alteration, repair, dismantling, demolition, structural maintenance, painting, land clearing, earth moving, grading, excavating, trenching, digging, boring, drilling, blasting, or concreting, the installation of any machinery or plant, and any work or undertaking in connection with a project. CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Constructor - means a person who undertakes a project for an owner and includes an owner who undertakes all or part of a project himself or by more than one employer. Project Manager- means the municipal management representative who has responsibility for a contract. PROCEDURE: The following items are required before any Contractors are hired by the Municipality: a) Before beginning a project, the project manager or designate must determine whether any designated substances/hazardous materials are (or will be) present at the site and prepare a list of all these substances. b) The project manager or designate must include, as part of the request for tender/quotations, a copy of the above mentioned list. The list of designated substances/hazardous materials must be provided to all prospective constructors and/or contractors. c) The request for tender/quotations will require prospective contractors to include a list of the designated substances/hazardous materials that will be brought onto the work site and material safety data sheets. d) Before awarding a contract, the contractor(s) will be required to complete and sign the Health and Safety Practice Form (Schedule "A"). The Purchasing Office will maintain all contractors' safety performance records. e) As part of the tender/quotation conditions, before award of a contract, the contractor must provide details of their Health and Safety program. f) The project manager or designate, if necessary, will provide the successful contractor with a workplace orientation which will include, but not be limited to identifying known potential hazards, hazardous material inventory and material safety data sheets for the sites, I I ,~ I ':1 :,:11 II ~ ;11 , CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued,.. g) Before the start of the assignment the following documentation will be provided to the successful contractor, by the project manager or delegate: i) copies of the Municipal Corporate Health and Safety Program ii) departmental health and safety policies iii) workplace procedures regarding health and safety practices ~I ~I II ~I II II I I I J , - -,-, ;j h) The contractor has the responsibility to provide any and all prescribed personal protective equipment for their own workers, to include as a minimum but not limited to hard hats and safety boots. If a worker(s) fails to comply with any program, policy, rule or request regarding health and safety, that person(s) is not allowed on the site until the person(s) complies. ill 'i i) The Municipality will retain the right to document contractors for all health and safety wamings and/or to stop any contractors' work if any of the previously mentioned items are not in compliance. Similarly, the Municipality will have the right to issue warnings and/or to stop work if there are any violations by the contractor of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal Health and Safety programs, policies, rules, and/or if the contractor creates an unacceptable health and safety hazard. Written warnings and/or stop work orders can be given to contractors using Contractor Health and Safety Warning/Stop Work Order Form (Schedule "811). j) Where applicable, the Municipality will retain the right to allow municipal employees to refuse to work in accordance with the established policy and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, in any unsafe conditions. k) The Purchasing Department will maintain current certificates of clearance until all monies owing have been paid to the contractor. I) Responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance to this policy falls upon the project manager or designate. This will include identification, evaluation and control practices and procedures for hazards and follow-up and issuing of Contractor Health and Safety Waming/Stop Work Orders. I I ,II " :i! ,,,I I." ,,,I '!I 11 dl , iil :i! '!I " ~I i '11 '11 II i,I' ! CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued.., HEALTH AND SAFETY PRACTICE FORM To Contractor(s): The Municipality of Clarington is committed to a healthy and safe working environment for all workers. To ensure the Municipal workplace is a healthy and safe working environment, contractors, constructors and subcontractors must have knowledge of and operate in compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act and any other legislation pertaining to employee health and safety. In order to evaluate your company's health and safety experience, please provide the accident/incident and/or Workplace Safety Insurance Board (WSIB) information noted below, where applicable. . The New Experimental Experience Rating (NEER) - The WSIB experience rating system for non-construction rate groups . The Council Amended Draft #7 (CAD-7) Rating - The WSIB experience rating system for construction rate groups . Injury frequency performance for the last two years - This may be available from the contractor's trade association. . Has the contractor received any Ministry of Labour warnings or orders in the last two years? (Ifthe answer is yes, please include the infraction). J.,' " I J J J :1 - '! ~ Confirmation of Independent Operator Status - The WSIB independent operator number assigned: (Bidders to include the letter confirming this status and number from WSIB with their bid submission), I 'II !:I '~.....I '\: , 'II , 'II II ~I fl ~I II 11 , ~I II il ~I ~I 1. , 11 1 CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY As a contractor working for the Municipality of Clarington, I/we will comply with all procedures and requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Municipal safety policies, department and site specific polices and procedures and other applicable legislation or regulations. I/we will work safely with skill and care so as to prevent an accidental injury to ourselves, fellow employees and members of the public. 1. The contractor/successful tenderer certifies that it, its employees, its subcontractors and their employees: a) are aware of their respective duties and obligations under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, as amended from time to time, and all Regulations thereunder (the ':Act'1; and b) have sufficient knowledge and training to perform all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender safely and in compliance with the Act. 2. In the performance of all matters required pursuant to this contract/tender, the contractor/successful tenderer shall: a) act safely and comply in all respects to the Act, and b) ensure that its employees, its subcontractors and their employees act safely and comply with all aspects with the Act. 3. The contractor/successful tenderer shall rectify any unsafe act or practice and any non-compliance with the Act at its expense immediately upon being notified by any person of the existence of such act, practice or non- compliance, 4. The contractor/successful tenderer shall permit representatives of the Municipality and the Health and Safety Committee on the site at any time or times for the purpose of inspection to determine compliance with this contract/tender. 5. No act or omission by any representative of the Municipality shall be deemed to be an assumption of any of the duties or obligations of the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its subcontractors under the Act. ~I ~I '~I ~I i~~ ! ~I ~I 111 ~I ~I ~I ~I '~ I ,~ I ::1 CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... 6. The contractor/successful tenderer shall indemnify and save harmless the Municipality: a) from any loss, inconvenience, damage or cost to the Municipality which may result from the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees failing to act safely or to comply in all respects with the Act in the performance of any matters required pursuant to this contract/tender; b) against any action or claim, and costs related thereto, brought against the Municipality by any person arising out of any unsafe act or practice or any non-compliance with the Act by the contractor/successful tenderer or any of its employees, its subcontractors or their employees in the performance of any matter required pursuant to this contract/tender; and c) from any and all charges, fines, penalties and costs that may be incurred or paid by the Municipality (or any of its council members or employees) shall be made a party to any charge under the Act in relation to any violation of the Act arising out of this contract/tender. Contractor Name of Person Signing for Contractor Signature of Contractor Date ~I 'I ~I ~I ~I " ~I ,rl ~I Ii ~ I'.' ~I ~I ., 'II 'II ~I III ~I 11 , II il !I 'II i,11 .1 CONTRACTOR SAFETY POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... Schedule "8" CONTRACTOR HEALTH AND SAFETY WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER The purpose of this form is to: (Issuer to check one of the following) D Provide warning to the contractor to immediately discontinue the unsafe work practices, if it affects our workplace, described below. D Direct the contractor to immediately cease all work being performed under this contract due to the unsafe work practice described below. FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER SHALL CONSTITUTE A BREACH OF CONTRACT, PART "A" - DETAILS OF CONTRACT CONTRACTOR/P.O. # DESCRIPTION; NAME OF FIRM: II ill ,11 II 'll ~I , .I i' ~I '~ ~I CONTRACTOR SAFETY tll POLICY AND PROCEDURE Continued... ill PART "B" - DETAILS OF INFRACTION (TO BE COMPLETED BY ISSUER) I ~I DATE AND TIME OF INFRACTION I, ~I DESCRIPTION OF INFRACTION, INCLUDING LOCATION: 'll II ORDER GIVEN BY MUNICIPALITY: ~I 'II DID THE CONTRACTOR COMPLY WITH THIS ORDER? 'I! II DATE AND TIME OF COMPLIANCE: 'II ISSUED TO: CONTRACTOR'S EMPLOYEE TITLE ~I ISSUED BY: 'I MUNICIPAL EMPLOYEE DEPARTMENT TITLE '11 PART "C" - ADDITIONAL COMMENTS II THIS SECTION TO BE USED INTERNALLY TO RECORD ADDITIONAL COMMENTS SUBSEQUENT ,I TO ISSUING THE WARNING/STOP WORK ORDER, I.E. DATE AND TIME WORK RESUMED, II FURTHER ACTION TAKEN, ETC. !I il I . 1 1 ~ 'I ~I ~..I .~ ;:j !~I !~I il'l :1 /1 DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 1 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No. CL-2004-19 Sir: 1.0 We agree for the r.'..il ;1 '11 I (Company Name) Stipulated Price stated below to supply all necessary labour, materials, plant, equipment, services and overtime work as may be required for the execution and compietion of all work in connection with the above referenced project for the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, in accordance with Instructions to Bidders, the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington's Standard Terms and Conditions, the General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Specifications and Drawings, prepared for that purpose by Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, Whitby, Ontario and to the entire satisfaction of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington: STIPULATED PRICE (exclusive of GST) Doilars ($ ). The above noted Stipulated Price is broken down as follows: Part 'A' (to include entire building, lacrosse bowl, parking lot and limited site works and services as indicated on drawings). Dollars ($ ). Part 'B' (to include remaining site works and services as indicated on drawings) Dollars ($ ). TOTAL STIPULATED PRICE - PART 'A' PLUS PART 'B' to equal totai stiplated price stated above Dollars ($ ). 2.0 Goods and Services Tax (GST) at 7% to be added to the Stipulated Price $ 3.0 The Stipulated Price includes CASH ALLOWANCES in the amount of $88,000,00 (Eighty Eight Thousand Dollars) as listed in the Instructions to Bidders. 03144-00200 Tender Form Part 1.wpd ~I 'H II 'I "11 " 11 ~I i~1 ~I ]1 ~I ~I ~I II " 11 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0 10.0 11 II II II ~I 11 DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 2 We agree the Owner reserves the right to accept or reject prices bid for the work or for any portion of the work. We agree that the Owner reserves the right to take any financial benefit, from aiternates submitted, into consideration in the evaluation of all tenders and the subsequent award of the Contract. We agree to complete all work including necessary overtime work pursuant to this Contract in the period required to meet the scheduled completion dates as specified. We have received and Included for Addenda No. _ to _ in the Stipulated Price. We agree that the Owner may award a Contract based on any combination of the Stipulated Lump Sum Price, Separate Prices and Alternate Prices. We have carefully examined all ihe Tender Documents, have visited the Site, and have a clear and comprehensive knowledge of the Work required under this Contract and of all the working conditions and scheduie requirements. We the undersigned agree that this Tender is valid and irrevocable and subject to acceptance by the Owner without notice to us for a period of Ninety (90) days from date of receipt of Tender, and that if notified of award of Contract, we will within ten (10) days of receipt of notification of Acceptance of Tender: a) Furnish to the Owner, copies of insurance policies as required by the Conditions of the Contract. b) Furnish to the Owner a breakdown of the Stipulated Price in such form and detail as required by the Owner for progress payments and internal accounting purposes. c) Furnish to the Owner, a Performance Bond and a Labour and Material Payment Bond, issued by a Surety acceptabie to the Owner, each for an amounlEiqualling 100% of the Tender Price to ensure the full and proper completion of the Contract. d) Commence the work forthwith after the execution of a Contract or when notified to do so by the Owner and to execute the work continuously to completion. Time shall be the essence of the Contract and the work shall be completed in accordance with the schedule outlined in the Contract Documents. e) Furnish to the Owner a Clearance Certificate of the Workers' Compensation Board at any time when requested thereafter. f) Submit within three (3) days of award of the contract a detailed construction schedule to the Owner for approval. g) Furnish to the Owner a copy of our Corporate Safety Policy. 11.0 Wherever the plural Is used herein, the same shall be read and construed as if the singular had been used where the facts and context so requires and as if all necessary grammatical changes had been made. 12.0 Bid Securitv: Attached to this tender form is a bid deposit in the amount required by the Instructions to Bidders. IflNe the undersigned agree that if IflNe withdraw this tender or default In executing a contract or providing the required Performance Security in accordance with the terms of the bid documents, the Owner shali have sustained liquidated damages in the amount equal to the difference 03144-00200 Tender Form Part 1.wpd .d , ': ~ !;:! ~I r:~ iii! !~ I !:I !,: ~I ':1' '~....'I ! ~I \ 11 , ~! 11 ! :~ I " ~I '1 :I 11- '~ I 'I ~I ~I ,; ~I !I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 3 between the amount of this bid and the amount for which the Owner legally contracts with another party to perform the work, if the latter amount exceeds the former up to a maximum of the amount of the bid deposit and such amount shall become the property of the Owner. 13.0 Bonds: Attached to this Tender is an agreement to bond in the amount of 100% for Performance, and 100% for Materials and Labour Payment. 14.0 Safety Form: Attached to this Tender is a completed copy of the Municipality of Clarington Health and Safety Practice Form. 15.0 Supplementary Tender Form: We agree that this Tender is to be read in conjunction with the Supplementary Tender Form submitted separately. i'l , ~I 03144-00200 Tender Form Part 1.wpd ~I ,';:1 '1 , 'II !! '~ I :1 '~I ill 11 "II 'II ;! '~I II :11 DIVISION 0 SECTION 00200 TENDER FORM Page 4 16.0 Siqnature and Seal of Bidder: Street Address Name of Company City or Town Signature of Company Official Postal Code Name and Title Signature of Company Official Telephone No. Date Name and Title SEAL Facsimile No. II ~ II II -ll ,I ,1 !I i ~I Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. If the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00200 Tender Form Part 1.wpd ~I ~I ;!! ~I ~I ',II 1 'I,," 'I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 1 The Office of the Clerk The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington 40 Temperance Street Bowmanville, Ontario L 1 C 3E6 Re: INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND OUTDOOR LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD, BOWMANVILLE TENDER No, CL.2004.19 Sir: 11 1.0 Name of Tenderer 2.0 In the event that work extra to that included in the Contract is required, and is authorized in writing by the Owner, the Contractor will add the following percentages to the cost of the work, '11 JI ~I i11 il I II 1!1 'II ;1 11 :~ I J , ~I I Overhead Profit General Contractor's Work Subcontractor's Work 3.0 We submit the names of subcontractors upon whose tender the stipulated price was based: TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Excavation and Backfill Site Services Asphalt Paving Landscaping Indoor Turf Field Turf Field Turf Concrete Tilt-up Masonry Structural Steel and Steel Joists EPDM Membrane Roofing Hollow Metal Doors and Frames Sectional Overhead Doors Aluminum Windows and Doors Gypsum Board and Acoustic Tile Dasherboard Systems 03144-00201 supplementary.wpd ~I :,\1 ~I I 'II ~ ill 'II II II jl jl ~I II I il I ,II II I I 11 I ,II ~I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 2 TRADE FIRM ADDRESS Plumbing Stand Pipe System HVAC Electrical 4.0 We submit the following Separate Prices which are included in the Stipulated Price; (Separate prices shall exclude G.S.T.) A, Supply and install exterior canopy. $ B. Supply and install indoor turf by Field Turf. $ C. Supply and install dasherboard system for the Outdoor Lacrosse court. $ D. Supply and install 125 mm concrete floor to Arena floor (Room 121) size approximately 34,375 mm x 57,600 mm with 152 x 152 x MW18.7x WWM and sawcuts at 4,000 x 4,000 max, on compacted granular fill. Floor elevation to be approximately 400mm. This alternate is given to allow for the possibility of an alternate artificial field turf surface. 5.0 We submit the following Alternate Prices which are not included in the Stipulated Price: A. In lieu of full height masonry partitions provide full height gypsum board on metal studs with the same heights as specified with concrete block. $ extra/credit B. For rated walls: 16 mm gypsum board on E/S of metal studs at 400 o/c ULC W407 (at Sprinkler Room and Electronic Room). $ extra/credit C. For unrated walls: 13 mm gypsum board on E/S of metal studs at 4000/c. Acoustic Insulation. Provide openings above the ceiling space as required by Mechanical Division for return air plenum requirements. Note: for walls that are to terminate to underside of metal deck, walls to have full height acoustic insulation. $ extra/credit $ extra/credit $ extra/credit D. In lieu of "Field Turf', provide alternate manufacturer. E, In lieu of 85 rnm dasherboard system with support braces, provide 165 mm self supporting system without braces.. 03144-00201 supplementary.wpd .I :~ I ~: ~ 'j :1 I :ij , ill .:i ~ I :~ I ::1 ~:! :il I '~ :i .1 :i I ,j iI . ~ I ~ I ! ~I ~I , ~ I ~I II ~I ! ~I ~I , ~I ~I tl DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 3 6.0 Unit Prices: Additional work will be completed in accordance with the following schedule of unit rates, an approval of the Consultant, exclusive of overhead and profit. Unit rates include all charges for supply and installation, supervision, plant and tools. Deletions shall be deducted from additions before unit rates are applied. Credits will be deducted from extras before overhead and profit are added. All work will be performed in accordance with the Contract documents. Provincial tax is included in the unit rates. Goods and services tax is not included in the unit rates. Unit Prices for Additions and Deletions: Nature of Work Additions Deletions 1. OPSS Granular 'A' backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 2. OPSS Granular 'B'backfill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 3. OPSS sand fill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 4. Clear crushed stone fill (supply, place and compact) per m'. 5. Reinforcing steel, supply and place, per metric tonne. 6. 25 MPA concrete-in-place per m'. 7. Structural steel per metric tonne. 03144-00201 supplementary.wpd ,II "I ;J '-I . J: ;)1 ,,' ~ I 'ill :! :!II DIVISION 0 SECTION 00201 SUPPLEMENTARY TENDER FORM Page 4 7.0 Siqnature and Seal of Bidder: Street Address Name of Company City or Town Signature of Company Official II ~ :i I j~ I :~ I '11 , '11 ~I I II , ,II ~I 11 II ',' II Postal Code Name and Title Telephone No. Signature of Company Official Date Name and Title SEAL Facsimile No. Tenderer's G.S.T. Registration No. If the bidding firm is a limited company, the company seal must appear on this Bid Form with the signature(s) of the proper signing official(s). 03144-00201 supplementary.wpd ;'1 j DIVISION 0 SECTION 00300 GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 1,0 GENERAL ,1 The Agreement, Definition and General Conditions of this Contract shall be the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994, Stipulated Price Contract, except as amended by the Supplementary General Conditions, Section 00400. End of Section -" ~ ,j 03144-00300,wpd '~ I I' ~ I "i I !ill ~ I :-" ~ I :! , 1! I ,I III 11 i 111 ,I 11 ,i ..~ I 11 'ill I ~I :i I II _ "" iil 11 .~ I ;1 II :~ I ,~ ~I ~I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 1 1. GENERAL .1 The Definitions and General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC-2, 1994, Stipulated Price Contract are amended as follows: .2 The Municipality of Clarington Standard Terms and Conditions appended to Instructions to Bidders shall be read In conjunction with, and form part of, the Contract document. Wherever the contents of this document exceed the requirements of the General Conditions, provide such additionai requirements. 2. DEFINITIONS The definitions set out on page 7 of the standard construction document are hereby amended by adding the following sentences to the appropriate paragraphs; .3 The term 'Owner' The Municipality of Clarington, shall be understood to mean The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, Bowmanville, Ontario, or their authorized representatives. .7 The term 'Consultant', 'Architect' or 'Engineer', refers to Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) Limited, or their authorized representatives, in conjunction with the Owner. 3. GC 1.1 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS .1 Delete from article 1.1.10 "sufficient copies of ...... work" and add: "15 sets of the drawings and specifications upon which the Contract is based. Additional copies of drawings and specifications will be issued to the Contractor at the Contractor's expense." 4. GC 2.3 - REVIEW AND INSPECTION OF THE WORK .1 Add the following to GC 2.3.2: The Contractor shall give the Consultant and the Testing Agency at least three working days notice of the date and time fixed for all required tests and shall supply all labour, materials and fuel, etc. as necessary. 5. GC 3.2 - CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR OTHER CONTRACTORS .1 Add new article as follows: 3.2.6 The Contractor shall afford all other Contractors reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of their work. 03144-00400.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 2 6. GC 3.7 - SUPERVISOR .1 Add new article as follows: 3.7.3 The Contractor's Supervisor shall be satisfactory to the Consultant and must be maintained on the job full time until all deficiencies have been corrected and the completion of the Contract has been reached. Applications to replace the Supervisor during or prior to this period will not be considered. 7. GC 3.9 - LABOUR AND PRODUCTS .1 Add new article as follows: 3.9.4 Manufactured materials and equipment which are specified by their proprietary names or by part of catalogue numbers must be provided. Where a number of proprietary materials are specified for one use the Contractor may select any of the materials specified. No substitute for the materials specified will be allowed unless written approval of alternate material equipment is authorized by the Consultant prior to signing of the Contract. .2 Add new article as follows: 3.9.5 The Contractor shall use all proprietary materials and equipment in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. 8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS .1 Add new article as follows: 3.11.7 The Contractor shall arrange for the preparation of clearly identified shop drawings and submission of 1 sepia and 4 copies of such shop drawings, erection and setting drawings or diagrams including electrlcai wiring schematics. The Consultant will retum 1 sepia and 1 copy to the Contractor. .2 Add new article as follows: 3.11.8 The term Shop Drawings shall include erection and setting drawings, data sheets and electrical wiring schematics. .3 Add new article as follows: 3.11.9 The Shop Drawing Review Stamp shall be as herein shown: "This review by Barry. Bryan Associates (1991) Limited is for the sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with the general design concept. This review shall not mean that Barry' Bryan Associates (1991) limited approves the detail design inherent in the shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with the Contractor submitting same, and such review shall not reiieve the Contractor of his responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsibie for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at the job site for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of the work of all sub-trades.. 0314400400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Pa(:Je3 8. GC 3.11 - SHOP DRAWINGS (Cont'd) REVIEWED ( ) REVIEWED AS MODIFIED ) NOT REVIEWED ) BARRY' BRYAN ASSOCIATES (1991) LIMITED BY: DATE: .4 Add new article as follows: 3.11.10 Samples: Reviewed samples will be returned to the Contractor or his Superintendent on the site. Materials ordered and/or received must match reviewed samples. Any materials, whether incorporated in the building project or not, which do not match reviewed samples, shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's expense. 9. GC 3.12 - USE OF THE WORK .1 Add new article as follows: 3.12.3 The Owner shall have the right to enter and occupy the building in whole, or in part, for the purpose of placing fittings and equipment or for other uses before completion of the contract. Such entry and occupation shall not be considered as acceptance of the work or in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility to complete the contract. .i....il 1 ! 10. GC 3.14 - CLEAN-UP .1 Add new article as follows: II I II 'II ~I II ., 3.14.5 As soon as sections or areas of the work are completed and ready for painting, the Contractor shall remove ail rubbish and waste, replace all broken glass and leave the areas clean suitable for painting to the Painter's approval. On completion of the work the Contractor shall remove the dust by washing and vacuuming with industrial quality vacuum from walls, ceiling, sills, ledges, etc., thoroughly wash, wax and polish all floors and bases, clean and polish all mirrors and glass (both inside and outside) and leave the work in a condition satisfactory to the Consultant. Remove all plant and equipment, sheds, offices, barricades, hoarding, temporary roads, walks, and temporary services, surplus materials, and leave the work site in a condition satisfactory to the Consultant. 03144-OO400,wpd ,1 II DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 4 10. GC 3.14 - CLEAN-UP (Cont'd) .2 Add new article as follows: 3.14.6 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cleaning to the Contractor if not done by the Contractor within 24 hours of notice to clean. .3 Add new article as follows: 3.14.7 The Owner shall have the right to back charge cost of damage to the site caused by contractor transportation in and out of the site if not repaired before final payment. 11. GC 4.1 - CASH ALLOWANCES .1 Delete article 4.1.4 and insert the following: 4.1 .4 In the event that the cost of the work covered by Cash Allowances should exceed the cash allowance, while the contract sum will be adjusted in conformity therewith. there shall be no adjustment to the Contractor's fee or other expenses such as overhead or profit, it being understood and agreed that the contract sum includes the Contractor's expenses and profit for all Cash Allowances whether or not they are exceeded. Work and material covered by Cash Allowance will be tendered later. The General Contractor shall sign the successful bidders as normal subcontractors and assume full responsibility for supervision, scheduling, guarantees and payment for this work. 12. GC 5.1 - FINANCING INFORMATION REQUIRED OF THE OWNER ,1 Delete entirely, Articles 5.1.1 and 5.1.2. 13. GC 5.3 - PROGRESS PAYMENT .1 Refer to Article 5.3.2 - Change "(5)" to "(30)". .2 Add new paragraph: 5.3.3 The Consultant shall deduct, on each Certificate of Payment, after the 10% lien holdback has been deducted, a further 1 %, to be set aside and held as a Contract Completion Security Account. The accumulated amount in this account shall be released tothe Contractor upon Total Performance ofthe Work. Partial releases will not be made. If, within fifteen (15) days of written notification by Owner at any time after Substantial Performance, the Contractor does not reach Total Performance, by failing to completely finish outstanding work, the Owner shall have the right to complete such work and deduct the cost for such work together with an appropriate administration fee from the Contract Completion Security Account. 03144-00400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :\i ;'! I I::; lilll I:p II,~ !il 1...l.'1 ri~ :"1 ,,' i] I , ~;i n ~I i '1 I I 11 ,~ I 'iI ill iil 1].1 ~ II ~I 'III 1. DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 5 14. GC 5.5 - PAYMENT OF HOLDBACK UPON SUBSTANTIAL PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK ';1 .1 Delete Article 5.5.3 entirely. 15. GC 5.6 - PROGRESSIVE RELEASE OF HOLDBACK .1 Refer to Article 5.6.1 - Delete and replace with the following: "Hoidback monies will not be released until 46 days after substantial performance of the Contract. " 16. GC 5.7 - FINAL PAYMENT .1 Refer to Article 5.7.4 - Change "(5)" to "(30)". 17. GC 10.1 - TAXES & DUTIES .1 Add the following to GC 10.1.2: .1 The Contractor must provide a detailed breakdown of additional taxes if requested by the Owner in a form satisfactory to the Owner. .2 Profit and overhead shall not be included in the increase or decrease In costs incurred by the Contractor due to changes in the aforementioned taxes and duties. 18. GC 10.2 - LAWS. NOTICES. PERMITS AND FEES .1 Add new articles as follows; 10.2.6 It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to apply and pay for any Permits, the cost of which shall be included in the Stipulated Price except for the Municipality of Clarington Building Permit which will be obtained and paid for by the Owner. 10.2.7 The Contractor will flie a Notice of Project with the Ministry and will pay any associated fees. The Contractor will be the 'Constructor' as defined by the Construction Health and Safety Act. 19. GC 11.1 -INSURANCE .1 Add new paragraph: 11.1.1(6) The Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington and Barry . Bryan Associates (1991) Limited are to be included in the list of insured. 20. GC 11.2 - BONDS .1 Add new article as follows: ~I jl 1 11.2.3 The bonds shall cover payment of all obligations occurred in the event of the Contractor's default, including the following; 03144-C10400.wpd DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Pa~e 6 20. GC 11.2 - BONDS (Conl'd) Payment of all legal, architectural, mechanical, electrical and structural engineering expenses incurred by the Owner in determining the extent of work executed and work still to be executed and any additional work required as a result of the interruption of the work. Payment of additional expenses to the Owner in the form of Watchmen's services, light, heat, power, etc., payable over the period between the default of the original contract and commencement of the new contract. 21. GC 12.1 -INDEMNIFICATION .1 Add new article as follows: 12.1.5 The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Consultant(s) for and against any and all costs and expenses (including legal and architect/engineering services and court costs) arising out of or a consequence of any default of the Contractor under the Contract. 22. GC 12.3 - WARRANTY .1 Add the following to GC 12.3.3: The term "defect" shall not be construed as embracing such imperfections as would naturally follow misuse, failure to perform recommended maintenance, accident, or the wear and tear of normal use. Generally, any manufactured item or material, which when used as directed, must be capable of such use for the duration of the specified warranty period. Failure to comply with this requirement shall be considered as being a "defect". The costs of investigations, tests, repairs and/or replacement and the making good of any resulting damage shall be borne by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to see that all required work is performed without undue delay. The carrying out of the replacement work and making good of defects shall be executed at such times as convenient with the Owner, which may entail overtime work on the part of the Contractor. The Owner shall give notice of observed defects promptly, Additional charges for overtime work in this regard must be borne by the Contractor. Prior to the expiry of the Warranty Period the Owner reserves the right to carry out a detailed and exhaustive inspection of the building with regard to all work carried out under the terms of this contract and the Contractor shall be required to make good the defective or unsatisfactory materials and/or workmanship observed. .2 Add new article as follows: 12.3.7 If extended warranties in excess of one year are required elsewhere In the Contract Documents, the provision of this article shall also apply for such extended periods. 03144-00400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 0 SECTION 00400 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS Page 7 22. GC 12.3 - WARRANTY (Cont'd) .3 Add new article as follows: 12.3.8 Any material or equipment requiring excessive servicing during the warranty period (or free maintenance period if applicable) shall be considered defective and the warranty (or free maintenance period) shall be deemed to take effect from the time that the defect has been corrected so as to cause excessive servicing to terminate, .4 Add new article as follows: 12.3.9 The Contractor shall make good In a permanent manner, satisfactory to the Owner, any and all damage to the work both during construction and during the period of warranty as aforesaid. The Contractor shall commence repairs on any work identified as defective within 48 hours or receipt of notice from the Owner or the Consultant. .5 Add new article as follows: 12.3.10 The decision of the Owner and Consultant shall be final as to the necessity for repairs or for work to be done under this Section. End of Section O..i I " il ,~ I '~ I II il ~ ~I ~I i- i 03144.o0400.'Npd '~ Ii DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1: GENERAL Item Description Paae No. 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT ......,.............................................. 1 1.03 CO-OPERATION.................... ............ ................ .........,. ... 1 1.04 EXAMINATION..,... ......... . .................... . .. ......... .... ........ ... 1 1.05 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES, DUCTS. TUBING AND WiRING.......................... 2 1.06 FASTENINGS. . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . .. 2 1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING .........................,..,........,.............,. 3 1.08 CO-ORDINATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 1.09 COLD WEATHER WORKING ..........,........................................ 3 1 .10 CLOSING OFF AREAS .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 1.11 VERIFiCATION..... . .... ......,.,.. .................. . ..... ....... .........., 4 1.12 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 4 1.13 UTILITIES............. .. .. ....,.., .......... .... . ........ . ............ ...... 4 1.14 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS ...........,............... 5 1.15 FIRE PROTECTION REQUiREMENTS......... ... .... ... ..... . ......,............ 5 1.16 ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION...................,....................,.... 5 I '11 'I II il '~.;' I :1 il ~I 03144-01005.wpd J :11 ,~ I ~ .~ ...~ I ~ I :1 "~ I ,ii DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Unless specified otherwise, the provisions all Sections of Division 1 shall apply to all Sections of the specifications. )1 I il "'1 !l,: '.:~ I ~ ::' I 1! ;i! ,:~ I iil! ~ I J:i I '.:.1 I c~ ':~ I:" I~ I !II 1::1 i,i " i.;'.'il..1 fii II ~ I <! B. Conform to the General Conditions of the Canadian Standard Construction Document CCDC 2 1994 Stipulated Price Contract, and the Supplementary Conditions. C. Study all Contract Documents to determine additional work required by your Section on which the work of other Sections depend. D. Workmanship shall be of highest quality in accordance with best standard practice for this type of work, except where specified more precisely. E. All materials shall be exactly as specified or approved alternate. !;:i !.,: 1.02 SPECIFICATION FORMAT A. These specifications are not intended as a detailed description of installation methods but serve to indicate particular requirements in the completed work. B. The Specification format is based on the Uniform Construction Index (U.C.I.) and the three part format of the Canadian National Master Specification. It is the contractors sole responsibility to provide all Work indicated in the Contract Documents. C. Separation of materials and products by Section, does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility to coordinate and complete the all Sections of the Work in its entirety, and in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.03 CO-OPERATION A. Cooperate with and coordinate with other trades as required for the satisfactory and expeditious completion of the work. Take field dimensions relative to this work. Fabricate and erect work to suit field dimensions and field conditions. Provide all forms, templates, anchors, sleeves, inserts and accessories required to be fixed to or inserted in the work and set in place or instruct the related trades as to their location. Pay the cost of extra work caused by and make up time lost as the result of failure to provide the necessary cooperation, information or items to be fixed to or built in, in adequate time. B. Cooperate fully with, and provide assistance to, all outside authorities including Building Inspectors, testing agencies and Consultants, with the inspection of the work. 1.04 EXAMINATION :~ I ):1 !il I ''i; I i, " ;,1 , A. Examine the work upon which your work depends. Report to General Contractor in writing defects in such work. The commencement of work or any part of it, shall be deemed acceptance of the work upon which work or that part of it which has been applied depends. 03144-o1005.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 2 1.04 DEFINITIONS (Cont'd) B. Drawings are, in part, diagrammatic and are intended to convey scope of work and indicate general and approximate location, arrangement and sizes of fixtures and equipment. Obtain more accurate information about locations, arrangement and sizes from study and coordination of shop drawings and interference drawings, including architectural, structural, mechanical, plumbing, fire protection and electrical drawings and become familiar with conditions and spaces affecting these matters before proceeding with work. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in indicated locations and arrangements, make changes at no additional cost to Owner. C. Install and arrange fixtures and equipment in such a way as to conserve as much headroom and space as possible. 1.05 CONCEALMENT OF PIPES. DUCTS. TUBING AND WIRING A. Conceal pipes, ducts, tubing, conduit and wiring located in finished areas, within ceiling spaces and furred construction unless specifically noted to be left exposed. B. If any doubt arises as to the means of concealment, or intent of contract documents, request clarification from the Consultant before proceeding with the portion of the work in question. C. Do not install conduit, piping or the like exposed on face of exterior walls or surfaces without express consent of the Consultant. D. Mechanical and Electrical work shall be inspected and tested before being concealed. 1.06 FASTENINGS A. Supply all fastenings, anchors and accessories and adhesives required for fabrication and erection of the work. B. Exposed metal fastenings and accessories shall be of same texture, colour and finish as base metal on which they occur. C. Metal fastenings shall be of the same material as the metal component they are anchoring or of a metal which will not result in an electrolytic action which would cause damage to the fastening or metal component under moist or acidic conditions. D. Anchoring and fastening devices or adhesive shall be of appropriate type and shall be used in sufficient quantity in such a manner as to provide positive permanent anchorage ofthe unit to be anchored in position. Install anchors at spacing to provide for required load carrying capacity. E. Keep exposed fastenings to a minimum, evenly spaced and neatly laid out. F. Supply adequate instructions and templates and, if necessary, supervise installation where fastenings or accessories are required to be built into work of other trades. 03144-01005.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 3 1.06 FASTENINGS (Cont'd) G. Fastenings which cause spalling or cracking of material to which anchorage is being made are not permitted. H. Powder actuated fastening devices will not be permitted on this project. 1.07 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cut, patch and make good to leave work in a finished condition. B. Do cutting and patching in the following manner: 1. Regardless of which Subcontractor or Section of the specifications is responsible for any portion of cutting and patching work, in each case tradesmen qualified in the work being cut and patched shall be employed to ensure that it is correctly done. 2. Do not cut, drill or sleeve load-bearing members without first obtaining Consultant's written authority for each condition. 3. Drill work carefully, leaving clean hole not larger than required. 4. Cut holes after they are located by trades requiring them. 5. Make cuts with clean, true, smooth edges. Fit units to tolerances established and in conformance with best standard practice for applicable class of work. Make patches invisible in finished work. 6. Co-ordinate work of your Section with work of other Sections, taking into account existing installations to assure best arrangement of components in available space. For critical locations review with Consultant before commencing work. 1.08 CO-ORDINATION ~I ,I ,I 'i I I I I I I I A. Co-ordinate all sections of the work. The responsibility as to which subcontractor, or supplier provides labour, material, equipment or services rests solely with the Contractor. The Consultant will not be required to settle disputes between the Contractor and subcontractors or suppliers. 1.09 COLD WEATHER WORKING A. Include all costs for the provision of temporary heating, temporary shelters and all other necessary coid weather measures to enable all trades including any assigned sub-trades to proceed without delay regardless of weather, to complete the entire building. 1.10 CLOSING OFF AREAS A. Close off access routes by placing barricades or to prevent unauthorized personnel from having access to areas of the work. Unauthorized personnel shall mean anyone not directly concerned with the execution, supervision or inspection of the work. 03144-01005.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 4 1.11 VERIFICATION A. Carefully check the drawings and specifications and draw to the attention of the Consultant any apparent discrepancies or dimensional errors before proceeding with the work. Any job deviation from the specifications and drawings shail be drawn to the attention of the Consultant for decision before proceeding with the work. Check and verify all dimensions at the job site. All dimensions when pertaining to the work of other trades shall be verified with the Contractor concerned prior to start of the work. 1.12 OWNERSHIP OF MATERIALS A. All work or material delivered on the site or premises to form part of the works, shall be considered the property of the Contractor until installed and shall not be removed without the consent of the Owner, but the Contractor shall have the right to and shall remove the surplus material after he has completed the work. If so directed by the Owner, such surplus material shall be removed at any time prior to the completion of the work. B. All excess or un-used materials shall be removed from the Owner's property, and disposed of at a location arranged for by the Contractor, and at the Contractor's expense, unless specifically noted otherwise. 1.13 UTILITIES A. Be responsible for the protection of all utilities where required. However, no ciaims will be considered which are based on delays or inconvenience resulting from relocation or repair due to the Contractor failing to provide adequate protection. B. The location and depth of any underground utilities shown on the Contract Drawings are based on the investigations made by the Owner. Contact the appropriate utiiities for further information in regard to the exact location of all utilities and exercise the necessary care in construction operations and take such other precautions as are necessary to safeguard the utilities from damage. C. Give proper notices for new services as may be required. Make arrangements with authorities and utilities for service connections required. D. Pay any charges levied by utilities or authorities for work carried out by them in connection with this Contract, unless specified otherwise. E. Operate and maintain all utility systems affected by work of the Contract, until the building or specific portions thereof have been accepted by the Owner. F. Report existing unknown services encountered during excavation to Consultant for instructions; cut back and cap or piug unused services. Be responsible for the protection of all active services encountered and for repair of such services if damaged. 03144-D1005.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "II 1.14 1.15 il II il II II 'II II l , 'II 1.16 ~.'I I , DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 5 DUST CONTROL ON DRIVEWAYS AND IN WORK AREAS A. Be soleiy responsible for controlling dust nuisances resulting from operations, both within the work limits and elsewhere as directed by the Owner. Quantities of water and calcium chloride shall be supplied and applied by the Contractor to those areas as being necessary and unavoidable for the prevention of dust nuisance or hazard to the area, as directed by the Consultant at no additional cost. B. Care shall be taken to control dust. Provide adequate protection and dust screens to the complete satisfaction of the Consultant and as indicated on the drawings. FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Provide fire protection to the finished project as indicated on the drawings and in the Technical Sections of the Specifications. B. Test methods used to determine fire hazard classifications and fire performance ratings of assemblies and materials shall be as required by the Ontario Building Code. C. When requested, fumish the Owner with evidence of compliance with the fire protection requirements. D. Materials and components used to construct fire rated assemblies and materials requiring fire hazard classification shall be listed and labelled or otherwise approved by the appropriate authority. Labelled materials and their packaging shall bear fire rating authorities label showing product classification. E. Fire rated door assemblies shall include doors, frames, anchors and hardware and shall bear label of fire rating authority showing opening classification and rating. F. Materials having a fire hazard classification shall be installed in accordance with the fire rating authorities printed instructions. G. Fire rated assemblies and all components shall be in accordance with the referenced design criteria. Deviations from the requirements of the referenced authority will not be permitted. H. Construct all fire rated assemblies as continuous, uninterrupted elements, except for permitted openings. Extend rated walls or partitions from the floor to the underside of the structure above. I. Fill and patch voids and gaps around openings and penetrations and at the perimeter of the assembly to maintain continuity and to produce a fire resistant smoke tight seal. ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION A. The Owner retains the right to complete archeological investigations on site during the course of the work. Cooperate fully with the Owner, and notify the Consultant immediately upon discovery of any objects or artifacts of a historic, or suspected historic nature. 03144..Q1005.wpd ~I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01005 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS PAGE 6 1.17 ARCHEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATION (Conl'd) B. The Owner may eiect to retain the services of an Archeological Consultant to assist with investigations. The services of the archeologicai consultant will be paid by the Owner. End of Section 03144-01005.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I " i ::1 'II ;~ . II ,:1 .:d ,~ II , ~ I i .;1 ji I Ii , !ij ..~ I ,I !~ I 'II , ~ I I !III ffi j ;;! II :,~ 'I ~i I II j HI :;1 I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Connecting to existing services. B. Special scheduling requirements. C. Owners access. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Temporary Barriers and Enclosures Section 01560 1.03 EXISTING SERVICES A. Where Work involves breaking into or connecting to existing services, carry out Work during off hours and at times directed by authorities having jurisdiction, with minimum of disturbance to pedestrian and vehicular traffic. B. Obtain information on known underground services from local utilities. C. Construct barriers in accordance with Section 01560 - Temporary Barriers and Enclosures. 1.04 SPECIAL SCHEDULING REQUIREMENTS A. Work will be scheduled by the Contractor in conjunction with the Owner. B. Working hours will be in accordance with local by-laws and ordinances where applicable. C. Perform all work on a Monday to Friday basis between the hours of 7:00 am and 6:00 pm., unless otherwise directed by the Owner. No work will be permitted on Sundays. D. Refrain from work on Statutory Holidays recognized by the Owner. E. Co-ordinate and schedule the work as follows: i. ii. iii. Start: Substantially Complete: Totally Complete: May 10, 2004 September 30, 2004 October 31, 2004 F. Provide all labour, material and equipment necessary to meet the schedule. 1.05 OWNERS ACCESS A. The Owner may access completed areas prior to Substantial Completion, to install furniture, fitments and equipment. B. Maintain access to driveways and parking areas at all times during construction. C. Provide access for other contractors when required by the Owner. D. Maintain access as required for emergency services personnel. 03144-01140.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01140 WORK RESTRICTIONS Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01140.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I "I 'Ii !~ I 'il .'1. ~ I' ;:j :j ~I .;! 'ill ;1 I' I! .~ 111 , ~ I II I I ~ :\1 ,II ~,I "il 'j I :~ 'II ;\'1 ~I :iI " ~ I ,,, ";1 II II ~H ~I ~i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01200 SITE ADMINISTRATION Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Site Administrative procedures. B. Site meetings. C. Supervision. D. Documents on site. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2-94 , Stipulated Price Contract. 1.03 PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Immediately prior to construction and upon notification, attend where directed by the Owner, pre-construction meeting aiong with representatives of major subcontractors as requested by the Consultant and Owner. B. Purpose of the meeting will be as follows: 1 . Review communication procedures. 2. Review contract administration requirements including submittals, payment and change notice procedures. 3. Review construction schedule and identify critical dates and points in the schedule. 4. Identify product availability problems and substitution requests. 5. Establish site arrangements and temporary facilities. 6. Review any items requiring clarification. 1.04 SITE MEETINGS A. Prior to commencement of the Work, the Contractor together with the Consultant, shall mutually agree on a schedule for on site project meetings. B. Organize all necessary meetings. Ensure that persons whose presence is required are in attendance and that relative information is available to allow meetings to be conducted efficiently. C. Record minutes of each meeting and promptly distribute copies to be received by all participants not later than four days after meeting. 1 .05 SUPERVISION A. Empioy an experienced and qualified superintendent who shall devote his time exclusively to the work of this Contract and who shall be in complete charge of the work from commencement until Total Completion. A working foreperson will not be acceptable. The superintendent shall not be changed after commencement of the work without approval of the Consultant. B. Supervise, direct, manage and controi the work of all forces carrying out the work, including contractors and suppliers. Carry out daily inspections to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and the maintenance of quality standards. Ensure that the inspectors include personnei competent in inspecting the work of the mechanical and electrical trades. 03144-o1200.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01200 SITE ADMINISTRATION Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.06 DOCUMENTS ON SITE A. Contractors field office shall at all times contain a compete set of Contract Documents (Drawings and Specifications) with all addenda, site instructions, change orders, reviewed shop drawings and samples, finish schedules, hardware lists, progress reports, schedules, inspection reports and meeting minutes. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01200.wpd '11 'I :! I 111 ~I i WI "1 'I :lil !1ji I 'il '1 !'I.,'II. I:; " j,1 I;;j !ll I,,: I II '~ I I ~ I ~ .1 [I 1 it I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Cash Allowances. 1.02 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2-94 , Stipulated Price Contract. 1.03 CASH ALLOWANCES A. Refer to General Conditions, GC4.1. B. Unless otherwise specified, cash allowances shall cover the cost of the materials and equipment delivered F.O.B. job site, and all applicable taxes. The Contractor's handling costs on the site, labour, installation costs, overhead and profit and other expenses shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price and not in the Cash Allowance. C. Where it is specified that a cash allowance is to include both supply and installation costs, such allowances shall cover the cost of the materials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, all applicable taxes and the contractor's handling costs on the site, labour and installation costs and other expenses, except overhead and profit which shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price. D. Where costs under a cash allowance exceed amount of allowance, Contractor will be compensated for the difference between the amount of the allowance and the actual cost. There will be no increase for Contractor's overhead and profit. E. If the cost of the Work covered by allowances, when determined, is more or less than the allowance, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly. F. Progress payments on accounts of work authorized under cash allowances shall be included in monthly certificate for payment. G. A schedule shall be prepared by the Contractor to show when items called for under cash allowances must be authorized by the Consultant for ordering purposes so that progress of Work will not be delayed. H. Expenditures from cash allowances shall be authorized in writing by the Consultant. I. Cash allowance for independent inspection and testing shall cover the cost of such services as provided by independent testing agency oniy. The Contractor's cost for labour, overhead and other expenses shall be included separately in the Stipulated Price and not in the allowance. J. Cause the work covered by allowances to be performed for such amounts and by such persons as the Consultant may select and direct. K. Refer to Instructions to Bidders, Section 00100, for list of Cash Allowances. 03144-01210.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01210 ALLOWANCES Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01210.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1 .01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Schedule, form, content. B. Scheduled revisions. C. Critical path scheduling. D. Progress photographs. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Closeout Procedures Section 01770 1.03 SCHEDULES REQUIRED A. Submit schedules as follows: 1. Construction Progress Schedule. 2. Submittal Scheduie for Shop Drawings and Product Data. 3. Submittal Schedule for Samples. 4. Product Delivery Schedule. 5. Cash Allowance Schedule. 1.04 FORMAT A. Prepare scheduie in form of a horizontal bar chart. B. Provide a separate bar for each major item of work, trade or operation. C. Split horizontally for projected and actual performance. D. Provide horizontal time scale identifying first work day of each week. E. Format for listings: chronological order of start of each item of work. F. Identification of listings: Systems description. 1.05 SUBMISSION A. Submit initial format of schedules within 15 working days after award of Contract. B. Submit schedules in electronic format, using Microsaft MS Project software, forward [through a-mail to the consultant as pdf files. C. Submit one coloured reproduction, plus 2 copies to be retained by Consultant. D. Consultant will review schedule and return review copy within 10 (ten) days after receipt. E. Resubmit finalized schedule within 7 days after return of review copy. F. Submit revised progress schedule with each application for payment. G. Distribute copies of revised schedule to: 1. Job site office. 2. Subcontractors. 3. Other concerned parties. 4. Instruct recipients to report to Contractor within 10 days, any problems anticipated by timetable shown in schedule. 03144-01320.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01320 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION Page 2 1.06 CRITICAL PATH SCHEDULING A. Include complete sequence of construction activities. B. Include dates for commencement and completion of each major element of construction. C. Show projected percentage of completion of each item as of first day of month. D. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submission schedule. E. Show changes occurring since previous submission of schedule: 1 . Major changes in scope. 2. Activities modified since previous submission. 3. Revised projections of progress and completion. 4. Other identifiable changes. F. Provide a narrative report to define: 1. Problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule. 2. Corrective action recommended and its effect. 3. Effect of changes on schedules of other prime contractors. 1.07 PROGRESS PHOTOGRAPHS A. Submit electronic and hard copy of colour digital photography in jpg format, standard resolution. B. Identification: name and number of project and date of exposure indicated. C. Number of viewpoints: four. Locations of viewpoints determined by Consultant. D. Frequency: monthly with progress statement. 1.08 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Include schedule for submitting shop drawings, product data, and samples. B. Indicate dates for submitting, review time, resubmission time, last date for meeting fabrication schedule. C. Inciude dates when reviewed submittals will be required from Consultant. Allow minimum 10 (ten) working days for circulation and review of all submittals. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01320.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I ;j ]:j .~ I, 'I Ij I II :! '11 ;.1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES , I j I II " ~I il ]. , , ~I !:I A. Shop drawings and product data. B. Samples. C. Certificates and transcripts. D. Interference drawings. E. Procedure submittals. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. General Instructions Construction Progress Documentation Quality Control Closeout Submittals Section 01005 Section 01320 Section 01450 Section 01780 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2-94, Stipulated Price Contract. 1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE 11 :~ I I A. Submit to Consultant submittals listed for review. Submit with reasonable promptness and in orderly sequence so as to not cause delay in Work. Failure to submit in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. B. Work affected by submittal shall not proceed until review is complete. C. Present shop drawings, product data, samples and mock-ups in Metric units. D. Where items or information is not produced in Metric units converted values are acceptable. Errors in conversion are the responsibility of the Contractor. E. Review submittals prior to submission to Consultant. This review represents that necessary requirements have been determined and verified, or will be, and that each submittal has been checked and co-ordinated with requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Submittals not stamped, signed, dated and identified as to specific project will be returned without being examined and shall be considered rejected. F. Notify Consultant, in writing at time of submission, identifying deviations from requirements of Contract Documents stating reasons for deviations. G. Verify field measurements and affected adjacent Work are coordinated. H. Contractor's responsibility for errors and omissions in submission is not relieved by Consultanl's review of submittals. I. Contractor's responsibility for deviations in submission from requirements of Contract Documents Is not relieved by Consultant review. J. Keep one reviewed copy of each submission on site. II il !I 'il 1 ~I j , 11 ~,'I ,I 1.05 INTERFERENCE DRAWINGS A. Submit interference and equipment placing drawings as specified in Section 01720. 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA A. Refer to CCDC 2 GC 3.11. 03144-01330.wpd i . DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 2 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA (Cont'd) B. Indicate materials, methods of construction and attachmentoranclhorage, erection diagrams, connections, explanatory notes and other information necessary for completion of Work. Where articles or equipment attach or connect to other articles or equipment, indicate that such items have been coordinated, regardless of Section under which adjacent items will be supplied and installed. Indicate cross references to design drawings and specifications. C. Allow seven (7) working days for Consultant's review of each submission. D. Adjustments made on shop drawings by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing to Project Manager prior to proceeding with Work. E. Make changes in shop drawings as Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents. When resubmitting, notify Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested. F. Accompany submissions with transmittal letter, containing: 1. Date. 2. Consuitanl's Project title and number. 3. Project Manager's name and address. 4. Identification and quantity of each shop drawing, product data and sample. 5. Other pertinent data. G. Submissions shall include: 1. Date and revision dates. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name and address of: (1) Subcontractor. (2) Supplier. (3) Manufacturer. 4. Contractor's stamp, signed by Contractor's authorized representative certifying approval of submissions, verification of field measurements and compliance with Contract Documents. 5. Details of appropriate portions of Work as applicable: (1) Fabrication. (2) Layout, showing dimensions, including identified field dimensions, and clearances. (3) Setting or erection details. (4) Capacities. (5) Performance characteristics. (6) Standards. (7) Operating weight. (8) Wiring diagrams. (9) Single line and schematic diagrams. (10) Relationship to adjacent work. H. After Consultant's review, distribute copies. I. Submit 6 prints of shop drawings for each requirement requested in specification Sections and as consultant may reasonably request. J. Submit 6 copies of product data sheets or brochures for requirements requested in specification Sections and as requested by Consultant where shop drawings will not be prepared due to standardized manufacture of product. K. Delete information not applicable to project. L. Supplement standard information to provide details applicable to project. 03144-01330.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ I 'ill ,~ I " : i~ I I ;~ I 'I <!j 'ill il i~ :i :~ I .~ I ;'1 11. '~ I ~ ;11 i~ I :! JII 'I ;11 III 'II I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 3 1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA (Cont'd) M. If upon review by Consultant, no errors or omissions are discovered or if only minor corrections are made, 2 copies will be returned and fabrication and installation of Work may proceed. If shop drawings are returned stamped "not reviewed", noted copy will be retumed and re-submlssion of corrected shop drawings, through same procedure indicated above, must be performed before fabrication and installation of Work may proceed. N. The review of shop drawings by the Consultant is for sole purpose of ascertaining conformance with general design concept. This review shall not mean that the Consultant approves detail design inherent in shop drawings, responsibility for which shall remain with Contractor submitting same, and such review shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in shop drawings or of his responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for dimensions to be confirmed and correlated at job site, for information that pertains solely to fabrication processes or to techniques of construction and installation and for co-ordination of Work of all sub-trades. 1.07 SAMPLES A. Submit for review samples as requested in respective specification Sections. Label samples with origin and intended use. B. Deliver samples prepaid to Consultant's business address. C. NotifyConsultant in writing, attime of submission of deviations in samples from requirements of Contract Documents. D. Where colour, pattern or texture is criterion, submit full range of samples. E. Adjustments made on samples by Consultant are not intended to change Contract Price. If adjustments affect value of Work, state such in writing to Consultant prior to proceeding with Work. F. Make changes in samples which Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Docu ments. G. Reviewed and accepted samples will become standard of workmanship and material against which installed Work will be verified. 1.08 MOCK-UPS A. Erect mock-ups in accordance with 01450 - Quality Control. 1.09 CERTIFICATES AND TRANSCRIPTS A. Immediately after award of Contract, submit Workplace Safety and Insurance Board status, transcription of insurances, bonds and all other documents, certificates or transcripts required by the Contract documents. 1.10 PROCEDURES A. Where required by the Contract Documents, submit Safe Work Plans and Waste Management plans to the Owner. B. Submit one copy of the Contractors Corporate Construction Safety Policy to the Owner. C. Submit a Fire Safety Plan as specified in Section 01545. D. Submit WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets for all products and materials to be used on site, to the Owner. Maintain copies of MSDS on site. 03144-01330.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE 03144-01330.wpd End of Section DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES f.., A. References and Codes. B. Owner's Regulations. C. Standards and Definitions. D. Hazardous Materials. E. Spills Reporting. F. Protection of Water Quality. G. Waste Management Program. H. Smoking Environment. I. Potable Water Systems. J. Access for Inspection and Testing. K. Other Regulatory Requirements. 1.02 RELATED WORK 1M I ~1 i; I I ~ I " :~ .;1 i! I I'; " II ~ I I I I I A. B. General Instructions Safety Requirements Section 01 005 Section 01545 1.03 REFERENCES A. Perform Work in accordance with the Ontario Building Code Act, O. Reg. 403/97, the Ontario Building Code (OBC) and other codes of provincial or local application provided that in case of confiict or discrepancy, more stringent requirements apply. C. Where a material is designated in the Contract Documents for a certain application, unless otherwise specified, that material shall conform to standards designated in the Code. Similarly, unless otherwise specified, installation methods and standards of workmanship shall also conform to standards invoked by the aforementioned Code. D. Meet or exceed requirements of: 1. Contract documents. 2. Specified standards, codes and referenced documents. 3. Manufacturers instructions. E. Where requirements of Contract Documents exceed Code requirements provide such additional requirements. F. Where the Building Code or the Contract Documents do not provide all information necessary for complete installation of an item, then the manufacturer's instructions for first quality workmanship shall be strictly complied with. 1.04 OWNER'S REGULATIONS A. Conform to the standard requirements for construction projects and procedures of the Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington. 1.05 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS A. Where a reference is made to specification standards produced by various organizations, conform to latest edition of standards, as amended and revised to date of Contract. 03144-01410.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.05 STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS B. Have a copy of each specified standard which relates to your work available on the site to be produced immediately on Consultanl's request. C. Where a standard designates authorities such as the "Engineer", the "Owner" (when used in a sense other than that defined in the General Conditions) the "Purchaser" or some other such designation, these designations shall be taken to mean the Consultant. D. Whereverthewords "acceptable", "approved", "satisfactory", "selected", "directed", "submit", or similar words or phrases are used in standards or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, it shall be understood that they mean, uniess the context provides otherwise, "acceptable to the Consultant", "approved by the Consultant", "satisfactory to the Consultant", "selected by the Consultant", "directed by the Consultant", "inspected by the Consultant", "instructed by the Consultant", "required by the Consultant" and "submit to the Consultants". 1.06 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. The Owner will arrange for independent testing of suspected hazardous materials and removal of confirmed hazardous substances. B. In the event of discovery of potentially hazardous materials including friable materials, immediately stop work and notify the Owner, both orally and in writing. C. "Hazardous Materials" will not be introduced for experimental or any other use prior to being evaluated for hazards. D. Make known to the Consultant those "hazardous materials" intended to be used in the workplace and receive "Permission to Use" before introducing to the Universities property. In addition, the Contractor shall be responsible for providing any content data and safe use data, as may be required. E. Definition: "Hazardous Material" is material, in any form, which by its nature, may be flammable, explosive, irritating, corrosive, poisonous, or may react violently with other materials, if used, handled or stored improperly. Included are substances prohibited, restricted, designated or otherwise controlled by law. F. Many common construction materials such as asbestos pipe and various insulations are hazardous materials and shall not be used under any circumstances. Such materials are banned from the Owner's facilities. I I I I I I 1.07 SPILLS REPORTING A. Spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants under the control of the Contractor, and spills or discharges of pollutants or contaminants that are a result of the Contractor's operations that cause or are likely to cause adverse effects shall forthwith be reported to the Consultant. Such spills or discharges and their adverse effects shall be as defined in the Environmental Protection Act R.S.O. 1980. 03144-01410.wpd ., 1.07 1.08 i " I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 3 SPILLS REPORTING (Cont'd) B. All spills or discharges of liquid, other than accumulated rain water, from luminaries, internally illuminated signs, lamps, and liquid type transformers under the control of the Contractor, and all spills or discharges from this equipment that are a result of the Contractor's operations shall, unless otherwise indicated in the Contract, be assumed to contain PCB's and shall forthwith be reported to the University. C. This reporting will not relieve the Contractor of his legislated responsibilities regarding such spills or discharges. PROTECTION OF WATER QUALITY A. At all times maintain existing stream flows and control all construction work so as to not allow sediment or other deleterious materials to enter streams. B. No waste or surplus organic material including topsoil is to be stored or disposed of within 100 feet (30 metres) of any watercourses. Run-offfrom excavation piles will not be permitted to drain directly into watercourses. Where this measure is not sufficient or feasible to control sediment entering the watercourses, sedimentation traps or geo-textile coverage will be required. C. If dewatering is required, the water shall be pumped into a sedimentation pond or diffused onto vegetated areas a minimum of 100 feet (30 metres) from the watercourses and not pumped directiy into the watercourses. D. Provide all dewatering and sedimentation control required to properly complete the work of this contract. E. Supply, install and maintain silt/sediment control fencing as detailed, along the edge of the site to intercept construction runoff silt, to the satisfaction of the consultant and the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority. 1.09 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM A. Submit to the Owner for approval, a Waste Management Policy. B. The Waste Management Policy shall clearly state the Contractor's proposed procedures for the removal, separation, storage, transportation and disposal of aU waste materials. C. The Waste Management Policy shall include a Source Separation Program for recyclable waste, and shall be in accordance with the established policies currently in place at Corporation of the Municipality of Clarington, and the requirements of O. Reg. 102/94. D. Waste materials shall include surplus excavated material, scrap construction material and the like. E. Reduce construction and demolition waste in compliance with O. Reg. 102194. F. Reduction will involve action to minimize quantity of waste at source. Reuse products which would become waste where practical. Recycling will involve collection and source separation at the site, of materials for use as feedstock in manufacturing of new products. 03144-01410.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01410 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.09 WASTE MANAGEMENT PROGRAM (Cont'd) G. Conform to local Municipal Landfill Solid waste management requirements. Consider reduction, reuse and recycling of waste generated during construction such as dimensional lumber, clean drywall, concrete, brick, scrap metal and corrugated cardboard. 1.10 BUILDING SMOKING ENVIRONMENT A. Smoking is not permitted in the Municipality's buildings. 1.11 POTABLE WATER SYSTEMS A. Potable water systems in completed buildings must meet criteria and guidelines established by Provincial and Regional authorities, prior to occupancy by the Owner. B. Upon completion, submit testing certificates verifying water quality and water systems meets all applicable Provincial and Legislated Standards. 1.12 ACCESS FOR INSPECTIONS AND TESTING A. Cooperate fully with and provide assistance to, all outside authorities including Building Inspectors, utilities, testing agencies and consultants, with the inspection of the Work. 1.13 OTHER REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of Transportation, Regional and Local authorities regarding transportation of materials. B. Obtain required road occupancy permits. C. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of the Environment. D. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Ministry of Labour. E. Conform to the requirements of the Central Lake Ontario Conservation Authority. F. Conform to all applicable local by-laws, regulations and ordinances. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01410.wpd ~I " ~I I ',I !~ I i , ~ I 'j 'n I i~ ~ I ~i I ''I 'il L'I ii~ i~~ I fli !" I I !I 'I II :I ~I I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Inspection and testing, administrative and enforcement requirements. B. Tests and mix designs. C. Mock-ups. D. Mill Tests. E. Equipment and system adjust and balance. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Generallnstruclions Allowances Submittal Procedures Closeout Submittals Section 01005 Section 01210 Section 01330 Section 01780 1.03 WORK NOT INCLUDED A. Requirements specified herein do not apply to the following: 1. Inspection and testing required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders by public authorities. 2. Testing, adjustment and balancing of mechanical and electrical systems and equipment. 3. Inspection and testing performed exclusively for Contractor's convenience. 1.04 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2-94, Stipulated Price Contract. 1.05 INSPECTION A. Refer to CCDC 2, GC 2.3. B. Allow Consultant access to Work. If part of Work is in preparation at locations other than Place of Work, allow access to such Work whenever it is in progress. C. Give timely notice requesting inspection if Work is designated for special tests, inspections or approvals by Consultant, instructions, or law of Place of Work. D. If Contractor covers or permits to be covered Work that has been designated for special tests, inspections or approvals before such is made, uncover such Work, have inspections or tests satisfactorily completed and make good such Work. E. Consultant may order any part of Work to be examined if Work is suspected to be not in accordance with Contract Documents. If, upon examination such work is found not in accordance with Contract Documents, correct such Work and pay cost of examination and correction. If such Work is found in accordance with Contract Documents, Owner shall pay cost of examination and replacement. 03144-01450.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 2 1 I 1 I I I I I 1.06 INSPECTION AGENCIES A. Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies will be engaged by the Owner for purpose of inspecting and/or testing portions of the Work. Cost of such services will be borne by the Owner. B. Independent Inspection and Testing Agencies do not have authorization to amend or release any requirements of Contract Documents, nor to approve or reject portions of the Work. C. Provide equipment required for executing inspection and testing by appointed agencies. Provide casual labour and other incidental services required by testing and inspection agency. D. Employment of inspection/testing agencies does not relieve the Contractor of responsibility to perform Work in accordance with Contract Documents. E. If defects are revealed during inspection and/or testing, appointed agency will request additional inspection and/or testing to ascertain full degree of defect. Correct defect and irregularities as advised by Consultant at no cost to the Owner. Pay costs for retesting and reinspection. D. Refer to technical specification sections for specific inspection and testing requirements. I I I I I I I I I I I F. Failure by the independent inspection and testing agency to detect defective work or materials shall not in any way prevent later rejection when such defect is discovered, nor shall it obligate consultant for final acceptance. 1.07 ACCESS TO WORK A. Allow inspection/testing agencies access to Work, including off site manufacturing and fabrication plants. B. Cooperate to provide reasonable facilities for such access. 1.08 PROCEDURES A. Notify appropriate agency and Consultant in advance of requirement for test, in order that attendance arrangements can be made. B. Submit samples and/or materials required for testing, as specifically requested in specifications. Submit with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence so as not to cause delay in Work. C. Provide labour and facilities to obtain and handle samples and materials on site. Provide sufficient space to store and cure test samples. 1.09 REJECTED WORK A. Refer to CCDC, GC 2.4. 03144-01450.wpd I I II " I I 'II .1; ~ll i';: !,~"ll ;;~ II ,!I ~I r~ I 'II il ~ ~I ill ~I II ~I , ~I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Paae 3 1.09 REJECTED WORK (Cont'd) B. Remove defective Work, whether result of poor workmanship, use of defective products or damage and whether incorporated in Work or not, which has been rejected by Consultant as failing to conform to Contract Documents. Replace or re-execute in accordance with Contract Documents. C. Make good other Contractor's work damaged by such removals or replacements promptly. D. If in opinion of Consultant it is not expedientto correct defective Work or Work not performed in accordance with Contract Documents, Owner may deduct from Contract Price difference in value between Work performed and that called for by Contract Documents, amount of which shall be determined by the Consultant. 1.10 REPORTS A. Submit four (4) copies of inspection and test reports to Consultant. B. Provide copies to sub-contractor of work being inspected or tested. 1.11 TESTS AND MIX DESIGNS A. Furnish test results and mix designs as may be requested. B. The cost of tests and mix designs beyond those called for in Contract Documents or beyond those required by law of Place of Work shall be appraised by Consultant and may be authorized as recoverable. 1.12 MOCK-UPS A. Prepare mock-ups for Work specifically requested in specifications. Include for Work of all Sections required to provide mock-ups. B. Construct in all locations acceptable to Consultant. C. Prepare mock-ups for Consultanl's review with reasonable promptness and in an orderly sequence, so as not to cause any deiay in Work. D. Failure to prepare mock-ups in ample time is not considered sufficient reason for an extension of Contract Time and no ciaim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed. E. Specifications section identifies whether mock-up may remain as part of Work or if it is to be removed and when. 1.13 MILL TESTS A. Submit mill test certificates as required of specifications Sections. 1.14 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Submit adjustment and balancing reports for mechanical, electrical and building equipment systems. 03144-01450.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01450 QUALITY CONTROL Page 4 I I I I I I I I ' I I I I I I I I I I I 1.14 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS (Cont'd) B. Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for definitive requirements. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01450.wpd ~ I il'I;1 I :j!; , I , i~ I ~ I ; ~ I H ~ I "I 1 :~ ~ I , , ~I ~I ~ iil ,11 '" il ~I ! '!I ~I il , ~I ~I ;,1 t1 DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Construction aids. B. Office and sheds. C. Construction access and parking. D. Waste disposal. E. Project identification. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. General Instructions Regulatory Requirements Temporary Utilities Safety Requirements Temporary Barriers and Enclosures Section 01005 Section 01410 Section 01510 Section 01545 Section 01560 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. B. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CGSB 1-GP-189M, Primer, Alkyd, Wood, Exterior. 2. CGSB 1.59, Alkyd Exterior Gloss Enamel. C. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. CAN3-A23.1, Concrete Materials and Methods for Concrete Construction. 2. CSA-0121, Douglas Fir Plywood. 3. CAN3-Z321, Signs and Symbols for the Workplace. 1.04 INSTALLATION AND REMOVALS A. Provide construction facilities in order to execute work expeditiously. B. Remove from site all such work after use. C. Make good all surfaces and restore site where disturbed by removal of temporary facilities. 1.05 FALSEWORK A. Design and construct falsework in accordance with CSA S269.1, and Ministry of Labour Regulations. 1.06 SCAFFOLDING A. Provide and maintain scaffolding in accordance with CSA S269.2-M. B. Erect scaffolding independent of walls. Use In such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with other trades. When not in use, move as necessary to permit installation of other work. Construct and maintain scaffolding in a rigid, secure and safe manner. Scaffolding must comply with all safety regulations in force in the Province of Ontario. 03144-o1520.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.06 SCAFFOLDING (Cont'd) C. Scaffolds must be in good condition and if equipped with wheels. Wheels must be locked when in use. D. Planking on scaffolds must meet the requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1991 and Regulations for Construction Projects. 1 .07 HOISTING A. Provide, operate and maintain hoists and cranes required for moving of materials and equipment. B. Hoists and cranes shall be operated by qualified operator. C. Hoists and cranes shall be certified for use by the Ontario Ministry of Labour and shall be inspected on a regular basis in accordance with applicable legislation. 1.08 SITE STORAGE AND LOADING A. Refer to CCDC 2, GC 3.12. B. Confine work and operations of employees to areas of buildings affected by Contract Documents. Do not unreasonably encumber premises with products. C. Do not load or permit to load any part of Work with a weight or force that will endanger the Work. D. Store packed materials in original, undamaged condition with manufacturer's labels and seals intact. Handle and store materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Replace all damaged material. 1.09 CONSTRUCTION ACCESS AND PARKING A. Parking will be permitted on site provided it does not disrupt the performance of Work. B. Provide and maintain adequate access to project site as indicated and where directed by the Owner. C. If authorized to use new roads and driveways for access to project site, maintain such roads for duration of Contract and make good damage resulting from Contractors' use of roads. D. Height, width and weight restrictions must be verified prior to bringing equipment into the work area. E. Provide flagmen to direct traffic for large vehicles accessing public roads from the site. F. Obey and enforce all parking restrictions and speed limits. 1.10 SECURITY A. Be responsible for security of site, equipment, tools and materials. 03144-01520.wpd ~ I ilj !i~ I " :jli I !H 'f! -'I I :::i ~ I .p ] I 'i ;'! :i I ,~ il i!1 " ,Ii I I I I " ~I ,~ '! ~I " _II ~ I I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 3 1.11 OFFICES A. Provide office space heated to 220C, lighted to 750 Ix and ventilated, of sufficient size to accommodate site meetings and furnished with drawing lay-down table. B. Locate site trailers where directed by the Owner. C. Provide a clearly marked and fuliy stocked first-aid case in a readily available location. D. Subcontractors may provide their own offices as necessary and if space permits. Direct location of these offices. 1.12 EQUIPMENT. TOOL AND MATERIAL STORAGE A. Provide and maintain, in a clean and orderly condition, lockable weatherproof sheds for storage of tools, equipment and materials. B. Locate materials not required to be stored in weatherproof sheds on site in a manner to cause ieast interference with work activities and in a location assigned by the Owner. 1.13 SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide sanitary facilities for work force in accordance with governing regulations and ordinances. " B. Post notices and take such precautions as required by local health authorities. Keep area and premises in sanitary condition. 1.14 WASTE DISPOSAL A. Provide appropriate garbage disposal bins. Dispose of all garbage and waste materials on a regular basis and in accordance with applicable legislation and municipal by-laws. Do not use Owner's refuse containers for construction debris. B. Do not permit waste to accumulate on site. C. Comply with the Waste Management Program specified in Section 01410. 1.15 CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE A. No signs or advertisements, other than warning signs and the Project Sign, are permitted on site. B. Safety and Instruction Signs and Notices: Graphic symbois shall conform to CAN3-Z321. ,~ C. Project Sign: Provide all labour and materials necessaryforthe Installation ofthe project sign in accordance with attached drawing PSD-1. The sign shall be installed where directed by the Owner, and shall be erected in such a manner as to not restrict accessibility, pose any hazard or interfere with traffic, facilities and services. 03144-01520.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01520 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.15 CONSTRUCTION SIGNAGE (Cont'd) D. The Project Sign shall remain in place for two months after completion of the Work, or as otherwise directed by the Owner. On removal of the Project Sign, it shall be delivered to a location in the Municipality of Clarington as directed by the Owner. Failure to deliver the sign in good condition will result in the Contractor being liable to pay all costs for the sign as determined by the Owner. E. The cost of the painted sign boards shall be paid out of the cash allowance specified in the Instructions to Bidders and in accordance with Section 01210- Allowances. F. Include in the stipulated Tender price, the costs of all framing lumber, hardware and labour necessary for the sign installation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-Q1520.wpd ," SIGN PANEL SIZE AND SIGN GRAPHIC VARIES. TO BE VERIFIED FOR EVERY PROJECT. 3BXB9 TOP RAIL ',;; :~ I :ij I.jj il ,,~ I '" ':1 :~ I " SIGN PANEL /1 " , , , / / , , , PANELS JOINING LINES. o o e- N 64X89 INTERMEDIATE RAIL REQUIRED AT ALL PANEL JOINTS VERT. AND HORIZONTAL 6 m EO. EO. 3600 E INTERMEDIATE POS E "' '" 140X140 POST 140X140 POST 140X140 POST 140X140 POST ELEVATION @ SECTION VIEW N.T.S. N.T.S. MATERIALS: 'I "\ I :11 II 11 PANELS: 19mm THICK EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD, MEDIUM DENSrTY, CSA.OI51-4.2.1.4. POSTS: 140X140 PINE RAILS: 3BX89 PINE (HORIZONTAL AT TOP AND BOTTOM) 64X89 PINE (AT ALL PANEL JOINTS, HORIZ. AND VERT.) BRACES: B9X140 PINE. ONE BRACE BEHIND EACH POST. LEANS MIN. 30 DEGREES AGAINST POST, TOP END SHALL BE PLACED AT APPROX. 2/3 HEIGHT OF SIGN PANEL COLOUR: REAR SIDE OF PANELS, POSTS, RAILS AND BRACES ARE TO BE PAINTED GREEN "PMS 356" NOTES: 1. ALL POSTS SHALL BE EXTENDED MIN. 1000mm INTO THE GROUND, AND SURROUNDING SOIL SHALL BE COMPACTED. 2. OBTAIN PERMISSION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FROM CONSULTANT IN CASE OF DIFFERENT SITE CONDITIONS, IE.: TO BE ATTACHED TO EXISTING WALL CHAIN-LINK OR OTHER 'TYPES OF FENCING. BOWMANVILLE COMMUNITY PARK INDOOR SOCCER FACILITY AND LACROSSE BOWL 2375 BASELINE ROAD MUNICIPALITY OF ClARlNGTON TYPICAL EXTERIOR SIGN ERECTION DETAIL BARRY. BRYAN OESlGINEfI' ~- - ASSOCIATES OlIAWNBY: .- (1991) W.AITED IUI. - QECl<EOIlY: - - c. -- -- DATE- 11-.Cl:ut,UrIll ........... ~D*tIL'N.. ~~ Till: ..__ NOT TO IlCN..E --...... ,~ .........11. J...... PROJECTN:l: DRAWlNl3t.I'J. 03144 PSD1 PROJECT: DRAWING: CI1EC~_'8IlFYoIU-DIlENBlClNI~T'fttESITE. IUCflll~_.S~l1ONIANlIlE()OTlPll()CUoENlll"'fHE COP"fIUtIHTPROI"IiRJYOFnECONaU.T.wrN<Oal.lSTllE~C> UI'ONRIlOUEST.lIEl'ROOi,lOTIlHOF_INPAATl>AWHOLE WI!'If:IU'T...._I:lNr;#THI!CCNllA.T.wr._ Dft/I_Nt&NtlTTOHt.8Bl_~utmLSlllIf<BI _sE.W;DBYT/QCCllN9l1..T>><T. ~I I! I ~I ~ I ;"1 ~I 1i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Safety Requirements. B. Fire Protection. t~ I .~ "> I~ I I"': I::i ;~ I ;" I I I I I II ii I I I I I 1.02 RELATED WORK A. C. D. E. General Instructions Regulatory Requirements Construction Facilities Selective Demolition Section 01005 Section 01410 Section 01520 Section 02050 1.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Observe and enforce all construction safety measures and comply with the latest edition and amending regulations of the following documents and in the event of any differences among those provisions, the most stringent shall apply: 1 . Occupational Health and Safety Act and Regulations for Construction Projects, August 1997, Ontario Regulation 213/91 as amended by Ontario Regulation 631/94, R.R.O. 1990, Regulation 834. 2. Hazardous Projects Act and Canada Labour Code. 3. The Workplace Safety and Insurance Board. 4. Ontario Building Code Act Chapter 51 and Ontario Regulation 403/97 including amendments. 5. Ontario Regulation 454-Fire Codes and Building Construction Operation DFC No. 301, issued by the Dominion Fire Commissioner. 6. Regulation 447- Environmentai Protection Act. 7. National Building Code of Canada, Part 8: Safety Measures on Construction and Demolition Sites. 8. National Fire Code of Canada. 9. The Power Commission Act. 10. The Boiler and Pressure Vessels Act. 11 . The Elevators and Lifts Act. 12. The Operating Engineer's Act. 13. Municipal statutes. B. Obey all Federal, Provinciai and Municipal Laws, Acts, Statutes, Regulations, Ordinances and By-laws which couid in any way, pertain to the work outlined in the Contract, or to any employees of the Contractor. Satisfy all statutory requirements imposed by the Occupationai Health and Safety Act and Regulations made thereunder, on a Contractor, and Constructor and/or Employer with respect to or arising out of the performance of the Contractors obligations under this Contract. C. The Contractor will be the "Constructor" as defined by the Occupational Health and Safety Act and will file a Notice of Project with the Ontario Ministry of Labour prior to commencement of the work. 03144-01545.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.03 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd) D. Confined Soace: Where applicable, provide the Consultant and all Regulatory Authorities with a copy of the Contractors' Confined Space Entry Procedure. In the event that defined procedures are not available, abide by the applicable requirements of the Occupational Health and Safety Act and all regulations made thereunder. E. The supervisor of the project, will be responsibie for his employees and subcontractors/suppliers maintaining standard safety practices, as well as the specific safety rules listed below, while working on the Owner's property. F. The Owner reserves the right to order individuals to leave the site if the individual is in violation of any safety requirement or any Act, and any expense incurred will be the responsibility of the Contractor. G. Notify the Owner should any hazardous condition become apparent. Refer to Section 0141 O. H. Enforce the use of CSA approved hard hats and safety boots for all persons entering or working at the construction site. Refuse admission to those refusing to conform to this requirement. I. Provide safeguard and protection against accident or injury to any person on the site, adjacent work areas and adjacent property. J. Provide safeguard and protection against damage to adjacent structures, properties and services. 1.04 FIRE PROTECTION A. Provide safeguard and protection against fire in accordance with current fire codes and regulations. B. Provide temporary fire protection throughout the course of construction. Particular attention shall be paid to the elimination of fire hazards. C. Comply with the requirements of FCC No. 301 Standards for Construction Operations issued by the Fire Commissioner of Canada and the National Building Code. D. Prior to construction, submit to the Owner and Consultant for review, a "Fire Safety Plan" conforming to Section 2.14 of the National Fire Code of Canada. Maintain a copy of the "Fire Safety Plan" on site. E. Provide and maintain portable fire extinguishers during demoiition and construction, in accordance with Part 6 of the National Fire Code of Canada. F. Maintain unobstructed access for fire fighting at all areas in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE 03144-01545.wpd ~ I !,:~,; I :11 '.1 II !: ~I "I ~,'~ I !I ~ I 'II 1 ! .'.~ I ~I 1 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE ~I II I III I ,.!I'. :I , , .;H I II ~I ~I ! JI I ill. 03144-01545.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01545 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS PaQe 3 End of Section ijl " " jl ~J! I !l~ I :j!1 r.~;] :;~i II :.j I'! I f~ li'l r~ I "'I I I " " ". I I I II I I I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Barriers B. Environmental Controls. C. Traffic Controls. D. Fire Routes. 1.02 RELATED WORK ;,1 A. B. C. D. General Instructions Construction Facilities Selective Demolition Rough Carpentry Section 01005 Section 01520 Section 02050 Section 06100 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CGSB 1.189M, Primer, Alkyd, Wood, Exterior. 2. CGSB 1.59, Alkyd Exterior Gioss Enamel. E. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) 1. CSA 0121 Douglas Fir Plywood. 1.04 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL A. Provide temporary controls in order to execute Work expeditiously. B. Remove from site all such work after use. .j! 1.05 HOARDING A. Erect temporary hoardings where required to protect the work, using nominal 2 x 4 (38 x 89 mm) construction grade lumber framing at 24" (610 mm) centres and 4'-0" x 8'-0" x 1/2" thick (1219 x 2438 x 13mm) exterior grade fir plywood to CSA 0121-M. B. Provide barriers around trees and plants designated to remain. Protect from damage by equipment and construction procedures. Refer to Section 02100. 1.06 GUARDRAILS AND BARRICADES A. Provide secure, rigid guard rails and barricades around deep excavations, open shafts, open stair wells, open edges of floors and roofs. B. Provide all necessary barricades, fencing, hoarding and railings to protectthe work areas and prevent access by unauthorized personnel from entering the site. Provide all necessary safety screens and hoarding to protect pedestrians and vehicles passing through the work area when necessary. C. Provide as required by governing authorities. 03144-01560.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.07 WEATHER ENCLOSURES A. Provide weather tight closures to unfinished door and window openings, tops of shafts and other openings in floors, walls and roofs. B. Close off floor areas where walls are not finished; seal off other openings; enclose building interior work for temporary heat. C. Design enclosures to withstand wind pressure and snow loading. D. Provide adequate weather protection around and over all openings during the progress of the work to prevent damage to the building. Insulate openings or provide temporary heat to maintain comfort conditions in the area during construction. E. Keep that work which requires protection from cold adequately warm and sheltered from elements so that it may be done safely and with good workmanship meeting all code requirements. Provide minimum required temperatures and do everything necessary to produce a suitable environment for work to proceed without delay at all times of the year. F. Maintain the building in a secure and weatherproof condition at all times during construction. 1.08 DUST TIGHT SCREENS A. Provide and maintain dust tight screens or insulated partitions to iocalize dust generating activities, and for protection of workers, finished areas of Work, and public. B. Maintain and relocate protection until such work is complete. 1.09 ACCESS TO SITE A. Provide and maintain access roads, sidewalk crossings, ramps and construction runways as may be required for access to Work. 1.10 PUBLIC TRAFFIC FLOW A. Provide and maintain signal flag operators, traffic signals, barricades and flares, lights, or lanterns as required to perform Work and protect the public. 1 .11 FIRE ROUTES A. Maintain access to property including overhead clearances for use by emergency response veh icles. 1.12 PROTECTION FOR OFF-SITE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY A. Protect surrounding private and public property from damage during performance of Work. B. Be responsible for damage incurred. 1.13 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES A. Provide protection for finished and partiaily finished building and existing building finishes and equipment during performance of Work. 03144-Q1560.wpd I ~ ~,'I',I J il '~ I, I '~,' I 'I il " " J ,! I " ';1 ~ I ",I ~ I !-i;i i~ I ~., II ~ I 1,1 I,illl hi I~:i ::,1 I '.11 ., :,Ii ", I ~1 ;~ I " ji I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01560 TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES Page 3 1.13 PROTECTION OF BUILDING FINISHES (Cont'd) B. Provide necessary screens, covers, and hoardings. C. Confirm with Consultant locations and installation schedule 3 days prior to installation. D. Be responsible for damage incurred due to lack of or improper protection. E. Damaged work shall be made good by the appropriate trade. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01560.wpd ffil :11 i;1 ~ I (I i;i I .~ ,;:: .:1 1~ I ~I ,:1 ,'I ~I ~I ;, I -i! ~I , ,il I I I DIVISION 1 SECTION 01720 PREPARATION Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field engineering survey services to measure and stake site. B. Survey services to establish and confirm inverts for Work. C. Lines and levels. D. Recording of subsurface conditions found. E. Location of equipment and fixtures. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Construction Progress Documentation Section 01320 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. B. Owner's identification of existing survey control points and property limits. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS OF SURVEYORS A. Qualified registered land surveyor, licensed to practice in Place of Work, acceptable to Consultant. 1.05 SURVEY REFERENCE POINTS A. Existing base horizontal and vertical control points are designated on drawings. B. Locate, confirm and protect control points prior to starting site work. Preserve permanent reference points during construction. C. Make no changes or relocations without prior written notice to Consultant. il 'I D. Report to Consultant when reference point is lost or destroyed, or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades or locations. II il 11 :1 II '~ ~I E. Require surveyor to replace control points in accordance with original survey control. 1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS A. Establish two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established bench marks by survey control points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data in Project Record Documents. B. Establish lines and ievels, locate and layout, by instrumentation. C. Carefully layout the building on the site and confirm all bearings and tie in points relative to the site. Report any discrepancies to the Consultant prior to commencement of the work. Proceed only when such discrepancies have been resolved. 03144-01720.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01720 PREPARATION Page 2 1.06 SURVEY REQUIREMENTS (Cont'd) D. Stake for grading, fill and topsoil placement and landscaping features. E. Stake slopes and berms. F. Establish pipe invert elevations. G. Stake batter boards for foundations. H. Establish foundation column locations and floor elevations. 1.07 LINES. LEVELS AND DIMENSIONS A. Layout work in accordance with lines and levels shown on Drawings. B. Verify lines, levels and dimensions and report errors or inconsistencies in the Drawings to Consultant before commencing shop drawing or the work. C. Provide levels and dimensions necessary to relate the work of one Section to another Section. D. Establish lines and leveis for mechanical and electrical work. E. Take all necessary job measurements for proper execution and completion of the work. Assume complete responsibility for accuracy and completeness thereof. 1.08 EXISTING SERVICES A. Before commencing work, establish location and extent of service lines in area of Work and notify Consultant of findings. B. Remove abandoned service lines within 2 m of structures. Cap or otherwise seal lines at cut- off points as directed by Consultant. 1.09 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES A. Location of equipment, fixtures and outlets indicated or specified are to be considered as approximate. B. Locate equipment, fixtures and distribution systems to provide minimum interference and maximum usable space and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for safety, access and maintenance. C. Inform Consultant of impending installation and obtain approval for actual location. D. Submit field drawings to indicate relative position of various services and equipment when required by Consultant. E. Prepare interference and equipment placing drawings to ensure that all components will be properly accommodated within the spaces provided. 03144-Q1720.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .'~ I i ~ I I ~ I 1,'1 , 'I ,"I 111 '.', "I :i111 !',j! ii I 'II , .J DIVISION 1 SECTION 01720 PREPARATION Pa!le3 1.09 LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT AND FIXTURES (Cont'd) F. Prepare drawings to indicate coordination and methods of installation of a system with other systems where their relationship is critical. Ensure that all details of equipment apparatus and connections are coordinated. G. Ensure that clearances required by jurisdictional authorities and clearances for proper maintenance and access are indicated and maintained. H. Submit two (2) copies of interference drawings to Owner and Consultant in accordance with Section 01330. 1.10 RECORDS .1,,' I ,I " A. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses. ~:i B. On completion of foundations and major site improvements, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, iocations, angles and elevations of Work. I I I :11 ,! I ,1 ,ii il j ;:j 'I Ii II II i I " ~I I I I C. Record locations of maintained, re-routed and abandoned service lines. i" 1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Submit name and address of Surveyor to Consultant. B. On request of Consultant, submit documentation to verify accuracy offield engineering work. C. Submit certificate signed by surveyor certifying and noting those elevations and locations of completed Work that conform and do not conform with Contract Documents. 1.12 SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS A~ Refer to CCDC 2, GC 6.4. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01720.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01740 CLEANING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Progressive cleaning. B. Final cleaning. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Closeout Procedures Section 01770 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. 1.04 PROJECT CLEANLINESS A. Maintain Work in tidy condition, free from accumulation of waste products and debris, including that caused by Owner or other Contractors. B. Remove waste materials from site at regularly scheduled times or dispose of as directed by Consultant. Do not burn waste materials on site. C. Make arrangements with and obtain permits from authorities having jurisdiction for disposal of waste and debris. D. Provide on-site containers for collection of waste materials and debris. E. Provide and use clearly marked separate bins for recyling. F. Remove waste material and debris from site and deposit in waste container at end of each working day. G. Dispose of waste materials and debris off site. H. Clean interior areas prior to start of finish work, and maintain areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. I. Store volatile waste in covered metal containers, and remove from premises at end of each working day. J. Provide adequate ventilation during use of volatile or noxious substances. Use of building ventilation systems is not permitted for this purpose. K. Use only cleaning materials recommended by manufacturer of surface to be cleaned, and as recommended by cleaning material manufacturer. L. Schedule cleaning operations so that resulting dust, debris and other contaminants will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces nor contaminate building systems. M. Close rooms and areas finished by painter and decorators to all but authorized persons. N. On completion of work remove stains and smudges from paint work, hardware, aluminum and other finished surfaces and wash and polish glass. O. Replace all broken, damaged or scratched glass other than those which have been broken or damaged by those installing them which shall be replaced by the installers. P. Upon completion of final cleaning, and immediately prior to Total Performance, remove cleaning equipment, tools, waste materials and debris from the building and site. 1.05 FINAL CLEANING A. Refer to CCDC 2, GC 3.14. 03144-01740.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01740 CLEANING Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01740.wpd I ;1 il 111 II I II I :1 I :1! :i I ;n Ii III 1:1 ',:: I 'I !l~ I , ,\,: ~ I )~ I ,~ ~ ~ I ~ 11 '11 :il ~I ;~ ~I II DIVISION 1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Administrative procedures preceding preliminary and final inspections of Work. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Closeout Submittals Section 01780 1.03 REFERENCES A. Canadian Construction Documents Committee (CCDC) 1. CCDC 2- 94 , Stipulated Price Contract. B. OAA/OGCA Document 1 00 - Recommended procedures regarding Substantial Performance of Construction Contracts and Completion Take Over of Projects. C. The Construction Lien Act. 1.04 INSPECTION AND DECLARATION A. Contractor's Inspection: All Sub-contractors shall conduct an inspection of Work, identify deficiencies and defects, and repair as required to conform to Contract Documents. 1. Notify Consultant in writing of satisfactory completion of Contractor's Inspection and that corrections have been made. 2. Request Consultant's Inspection. B. Consultant's Inspection: Consultant and Contractor will perform inspection of Work to identify obvious defects or deficiencies. Contractor shall correct Work accordingly. C. Completion: submit written certificate that following have been performed: 1. Work has been completed and inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 2. Defects have been corrected and deficiencies have .been completed. 3. Equipment and systems have been tested, adjusted and balanced and are fully operational. 4. Certificates required by Boiler Inspection Branch, Fire Commissioner, Utility companies, TSSA and other reguiatory agencies have been submitted. 5. Operation of systems have been demonstrated to Owner's personnel. 6. Work is complete and ready for Final Inspection. D. Final Inspection: when items noted above are completed, request final inspection of Work by Consultant , and Contractor. If Work is deemed incomplete Consultant, compiete outstanding items and request reinspection. E. Declaration of Substantial Performance: when Consultant consider deficiencies and defects have been corrected and it appears requirements of Contract have been substantially performed, make application for certificate of Substantial Performance. Refer to CCDC 2, General Conditions Article GC 5.4 - Substantial Performance of Work and the Construction Lien Act for specifics to application. 03144-01770.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01770 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1.04 INSPECTION AND DECLARATION (Cont'd) F. Commencement of Lien and Warranty Periods: date of Owne~s acceptance of submitted declaration of Substantial Performance shall be date for commencement for warranty period and commencement of lien period unless required otherwise by lien statute of Place of Work. G. Final Payment: When Consultant considers final deficiencies and defects have been corrected and it appears requirements of Contract have been totally performed, make application for final payment. Refer to CCDC 2, General Conditions Article GC 5.7 for specifics to application. H. Payment of Holdback: After issuance of certificate of Substantial Performance of Work, submit an application for payment of holdback amount in accordance with CCDC 2, General Conditions Article 5.5. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-01770.wpd Ii I iill ";j ii I ;~ I 'i DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES 1,'1 ~ A. As-built, samples, and specifications. B. Record drawings. C. Equipment and systems. D. Product data, materials and finishes, and related information. E. Operation and maintenance data. F. Spare parts, special tools and maintenance materials. G. Warranties and bonds. H. Final site survey. I il I 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. General Instructions Submittal Procedures Closeout Procedures Section 01005 Section 01330 Section 01770 ill :i , 1.03 SUBMISSIONS II I :1 ;1 A. Prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products. B. Copy will be returned after final inspection, with Consultant's comments. ~I ~I 'I C. Revise content of documents as required prior to final submittal. D. Two weeks prior to Substantial Performance of the Work, submit to the Consultant, three final copies of operating and maintenance manuals. I II II II II II II E. Ensure spare parts, maintenance materials and special tools provided are new, undamaged or defective, and of same quality and manufacture as products provided in Work. F. If requested, furnish evidence as to type, source and quality of products provided. G. Defective products will be rejected, regardless of previous inspections. Replace products at own expense. H. Pay costs of transportation. 1.04 FORMAT A. Organize data in the form of an instructional manual. B. Binders: vinyl, hard covered, 3 'D' ring, loose leaf 8 1/2" x 11" (219 x 279 mm) with spine and face pockets. C. When multiple binders are used, correlate data into related consistent groupings. Identify contents of each binder on spine. 03144-01780.wpd "' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 2 1.04 FORMAT (Cont'd) D. Cover: Identify each binder with type or printed title 'Project Record Documents'; list titie of project and identify subject matter of contents. E. Arrange content by systems, under Section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents. F. Provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment. G. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data. H. Drawings: provide with reinforced punched binder tab. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages 1.05 CONTENTS-EACH VOLUME A. Table of Contents: provide title of project; 1. Date of submission; names, 2. Addresses, and telephone numbers of Consultant and Contractor with name of responsible parties; 3. Schedule of products and systems, indexed to content of volume. B. For each product or system: 1. List names, addresses and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers, including local source of suppiies and replacement parts. C. Product Data: mark each sheetto clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data appiicable to instailation; delete inapplicable information. D. Drawings: supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. E. Typewritten Text: as required to supplement product data. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions specified in Section 01450 - Quality Control. 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES A. In addition to requirements in General Conditions, maintain at the site for Consultant one record copy of: 1. Contract Drawings. 2. Specifications. 3. Addenda. 4. Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract. 5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples. 6. Field test records. 7. Inspection certificates. 8. Manufacturer's certificates. 03144-01780.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1,.1 ,i I ;~ I Ii ~;i! I '.'~ I '~ I ;! ,! I ,iil I "JI :~ I :' DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 3 1.06 RECORD DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES (Cont'd) B. Store record documents and samples in field office apart from documents used for construction. Provide files, racks, and secure storage. C. Label record documents and file in accordance with Section number listings in List of Contents of this Project ManuaL Label each document "PROJECT RECORD" in neat, large, printed letters. D. Maintain record documents in clean, dry and legible condition. Do not use record documents for construction purposes. E. Keep record documents and samples availabie for inspection by Consultant. RECORDING ACTUAL SITE CONDITIONS 1.07 A. Record information on set of black line opaque drawings obtained from the Consultant. B. Provide felt tip marking pens, maintaining separate colours for each major system, for recording information. C. Record information concurrently with construction progress. Do not conceal Work until required information is recorded. D. Contract Drawings and shop drawings: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: ~,.'I 'I. ,< II I 1. Any deviation from construction documents. 2. Measured depths of elements of foundation in relation to finish first floor datum. 3. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permanent surface improvements. 4. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances, referenced to visible and accessible features of construction. 5. Field changes of dimension and detail. 6. Changes made by change orders. 7. Details not on original Contract Drawings. 8. References to related shop drawings and modifications. E. Specifications: legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including: 1. Manufacturer, trade name, and catalogue number of each product actually installed, particularly optional items and substitute items. 2. Changes made by Addenda and change orders. ,ill il ~I ,~ .'1 ~I F. Other Documents: maintain manufacturer's certifications, inspection certifications, field test records, required by individual specifications sections. 1.08 FINAL SURVEY A. Submit final site survey certificate, prepared by a registered Ontario Land Surveyor, certifying that elevations and locations of completed Work are in conformance, or non-conformance with Contract Documents. 03144-01780.wpd ~ DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 4 1.09 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: include description of unit or system, and component parts. Give function, normal operation characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial number of replaceable parts. B. Panel board circuit directories: provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications. C. Include installed colour coded wiring diagrams. D. Operating Procedures: Include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions. E. Maintenance Requirements: include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions. F. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required. G. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions. H. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer. I. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, i1iustrations, assembiy drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance. J. Provide installed control diagrams by controls manufacturer. K. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with installed colour coded piping diagrams. L. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams. . M. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage. N. Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01450 - Quality Control. O. Additional requirements: As specified in individual specification sections. 1.10 MATERIALS AND FINISHES A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: include product data, with catalogue number, size, composition, and colour and texture designations. B. Instructions for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. 03144-01780.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 0" , ~ I !J i" ill I 'II 'I I I I : ~ I I I .! I , I " I d ! , I , i I ~I il II II ~ ,. I , DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Page 5 1.10 MATERIALS AND FINISHES (Cont'd) C. Moisture-protection and Weather-exposed Products: include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance. D. Additional Requirements: as specified in individual specifications sections. 1.11 SPARE PARTS A. Provide spare parts, in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work. C. Deliver to site; place and store. D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant. Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual. E. Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to finai payment. 1.12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide maintenance and extra materials, in quantities specified in individual specification sections. B. Provide items of same manufacture and quality as items in Work. C. Deliver to site; place and store. D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant. Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual. E. Obtain receipt for delivered products and submit prior to final payment. 1.13 SPECIAL TOOLS A. Provide special tools, in quantities specified in individual specification section. B. Provide items with tags identifying their associated function and equipment. C. Deliver to site; place and store. D. Receive and catalogue all items. Submit inventory listing to Consultant. Include approved listings in Maintenance Manual. 1.14 STORAGE. HANDLING AND PROTECTION A. Store spare parts, maintenance materials, and special tools in manner to prevent damage or deterioration. B. Store in original and undamaged condition with manufacturer's seal and labels intact. 03144-01780.wpd DIVISION 1 SECTION 01780 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS Palle6 1.14 STORAGE. HANDLING AND PROTECTION (Cont'd) C. Store components subject to damage from weather in weatherproof enclosures. D. Store paints and freezable materials in a heated and ventilated room. E. Remove and replace damaged products at own expense and to satisfaction of Consultant. 1.15 WARRANTEESAND BONDS A. Separate each warranty or bond with index tab sheets keyed to Table of Contents listing. B. List subcontractor, supplier, and manufacturer, with name, address, and telephone number of responsible principal. C. Obtain warranties and bonds, executed in duplicate by subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers, within ten (10) days after compietion of the applicable item of work. D. Except for items put into use with Owner's permission, leave date of beginning of time of warranty until the Date of Substantial Performance is determined. E. Verify that documents are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized. F. Co-execute submittals when required. G. Retain warranties and bonds until time specified for submittal. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 NOT APPLICABLE End of Section 03144-Q1780.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il II ;"! ';.;i ,! I 'I ~ jll I ! ., 11. I u " " 'i I I I I III ill DIVISION 2 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PaQe 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Excavating, Backfilling and Grading Asphalt Paving Hydraulic Seeding Sodding Section 02200 Section 02400 Section 02485 Section 02935 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 NOT APPLICABLE PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Prior to commencement of Work, meet with Consultant on site for review of layout and items to be retained and protected on site. B. Examine drawings, investigate fully site conditions. Report any adverse conditions to the Consultant. I I 3.02 PREPARATION AND PROTECTION 11 II II II .~ tI A. Ensure that sedimentation control as specified in Sections 0141 0 and 02200 and as indicated on the drawings, is in place and has been approved by the Consultant prior to commencement of topsoil stripping and site preparation operations. Maintain control devices throughout the duration of construction to the satisfaction of the Owner, Consultant and Local Conservation Authority. B. Install and maintain construction fencing in location determined by constructor and approved by owner. C. Obtain locates of all underground services prior to commencement of any work on site. D. Obtain approvals/permits as required from the Municipality of Clarington for modifications to entrance onto Baseline Road. Provide fiagmen as required during this work. 3.03 CLEARING A. Cut off trees, brush and other vegetation scheduled for removal at height of 400mm above ground; remove windfalls and other fallen timber, fallen branches and other surface litter; dispose of as directed by Consultant. 03144-02100.wpd ! ,d DIVISION 2 SECTION 02100 SITE PREPARATION PaQe 2 3.03 CLEARING (Cont'd) B. Exercise due care during tree removal. All trees, shrubs, and other vegetation to be saved shall be carefully protected from danger of injury during removal operations. Where trees cannot be felled without danger to traffic or other trees or property, they shall be cut in sections from the top down. C. Remove all cleared timber and brush from site. D. Burning of such material and debris will not be permitted on site. 3.04 GRUBBING A. Remove and dispose of stumps, roots, embedded logs, surface boulders, and debris from areas indicated or implied as grubbed. 3.05 STRIPPING TOPSOIL A. Remove topsoil down to full depth where it contacts non-organic soil from locations of new structures and where adjustment to grades is necessary. B. Do not handle wet or frozen topsoil. C. Stockpile clean non-contaminated topsoil approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, on site as indicated on the drawings and as directed by Owner for reuse. Piles shall not exceed 2 metres in height. Provide a written estimate, certified by an independent agency, of topsoil quantities, to Consultant. D. Protect stockpiled material from contamination and erosion. E. On completion of work, all stockpiled material shall be graded into a berm with maximum side slope of 3:1 and hydroseeded. F. As an alternate, remove topsoil off site and replace with approved new at the time of site restoration. 3.06 REMOVAL/DEMOLITION A. Remove all existing hydro poles and the like from the abandoned rail road berm and dispose of in a legal manner. End of Section 03144-02100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,. il . ~ '1, ':i I ill I . 'il I il II DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. B. Prior to the commencement of the work, submit for the Owner's review and acceptance, a Waste Management Plan. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. Site Preparation Asphalt Paving Concrete Sidewalks Hydraulic Seeding Concrete Curbs and Gutters Concrete Segmental Retaining Wall Sodding Planting Concrete Work Building Insulation Mechanical Work Electrical Work Section 021 00 Section 02400 Section 02514 Section 02485 Section 02516 Section 02276 Section 02935 Section 02950 Section 03300 Section 07200 Division 15 Division 16 A. 1.03 DEFINITIONS !I 1,',1 " I C. II II D. E. Earth: Site excavated material, including shale, rubble rock, building debris, shrub and tree roots and soil. B. Soil: Site excavated material, free from shale, rubble rock, building debris, shrub and tree roots. Fill: Approved materials, other than earth, clay and unapproved soil. Approved soil may be used only with approval of the Consultant In writing. Rock: All solid rock in ledges, stratified deposits, unstratified masses, and all conglomerate deposits or any other material so firmly cemented by process of nature as to present all the characteristics of solid rock, being so hard or firmly cemented that it cannot be excavated and removed with a power shovel except after thorough and continuous drilling and blasting. F. Enaineered Fill: Approved material used to build-up to design elevations. Backfillina: The operation of supplying and installing fill and approved soil materials. II I ~I II I 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes. Reaulations .1 Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and the Workplace Health and Safety Act. .2 Conform to the applicable requirements of the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications (OPSS). 03144-02200.wpd - DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Pape2 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) B. Examination: .1 Examine the building site and determine the nature and extent ofthe materials to be removed or the additional fill required to provide depths and levels indicated on drawings. Field check the site to review existing conditions. .2 Review the Geotechnical Report for the site and note any concerns identified in regards to earthworks to be carried out on the site, prior to close of tender. C. Settina Out Work .1 The drawings indicate the building components location, and proposed and final grades. Be responsible to construct the work according to levels and locations shown on the drawings. Report any errors or discrepancies to the Consultant before commencing with the work. Commencement of any part of the work shall constitute acceptance of drawings as being correct. .2 Employ a competent Instrument man and provide all lines and levels, limit lines and boundary stakes for the execution of the work as required. All bench marks shall be carefully protected. .3 . Provide all Subcontractors with, and be responsible for, all lines, levels and dimensions which such trades require to relate their work to the work of the Contractor or other trades. All trades shall be notified that all such levels and dimensions must be obtained from the Contractor. D. Insoection and Testinq .1 Provide proper and sufficient samples, ample opportunity and access at all times for the Consultant or Testing Agency to inspect materials, operations and completed works carried out under this Section. .2 Sample and test excavated material prior to shipping to landfill off the site. Samples shall be tested for compliance of acceptable material for landfill. Furnish to the Owner the results of all testing and location of landfill site used. This testing will not be undertaken by the Owner's Inspection and Testing Agency. .3 Provide 24 hours notice to inspection laboratory and request tests as follows: Sieve Analvsis: Proposed fill materials will be tested to confirm stability for intended use and conformity with specifications. Density Test: Tests will be conducted on compacted fill, to ASTM D698-70. FreauencvTest: Excavated Surfaces: When existing compacted fill surface is being prepared, make a series of three tests of surface for each 500 sq. m. area. Fills under Roads or Slabs on Grade: Make three tests for every two lifts of compacted fill for each 500 sq. m. area. Backfill Structural Walls: Test each different materiai for approximately each 30 m of wall being backfilled at depth increments of 610 mm. .4 All imported soil fill materiais (not from a pit or quarry source) should be approved prior to any material being delivered to site. This approval may require the submission of chemical testing results indicating the material meets chemical guidelines for the intended land use. 03144-02200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,1 I 1~ ~:I lIlt '~ . '" rJ I I I .'. i, I ::1 I LI ~ I I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Pa!le 3 1.05 PROTECTION A. Protection of Existino Services .1 Before starting the work, verify the location of all known underground services and utilities occurring in the work site area. .2 Notify the Owner, Public Utility or Municipal authorities in advance of planned excavations adjacent to their services. .3 Take care not to damage or displace encountered known and unknown services. .4 When such services are encountered during the execution of work, immediately notify the Consultant and protect, brace and support active services. Where repairs to these services become necessary use the following procedure: a. Known services, repair at no expense to the Owner. b. Unknown services, forward to the Consultant a complete breakdown of the estimated cost of such work. Proceed only upon written authorization. .5 In the case of damage to, or cutting off of an essential service, notify Consultant, the Owner, and Public Utility or Municipal authorities immediately and repair the service under the Consultant's direction. II B. Shorina and Bracina .1 Shoring and trench timbering, in addition to requirements of local authorities, shall be carried out in accordance with the requirements of The Occupational Health and Safety Act, "November 1992 Ontario Regulation 213/91" and Regulations for Construction Projects by Ontario Ministry of Labour and to Construction Safety Association brochure "Trenching Safety April 1994". .2 Erect necessary shoring for excavations in such a manner that: a. Whenever a trench or excavated face is necessary, shore and brace to prevent failure. Engage a registered Professional Engineer fully qualified in this line of work to design, stamp shop drawings and assume responsibility for the shoring and bracing. All shop drawings shall be submitted to the Consultant for review. b. It will properly retain the banks of the excavations and prevent caving-in or displacement or damage to surrounding or adjacent buildings or other property. c. All other work in connection with this Contract, including the Mechanical and Electrical Trades, may be carried out while it is stili in place if necessary. d. It will be entirely free of footings, foundation walls or other such work so that it may be removed entirely or in sections when it is no longer required or when directed, without causing any damage or Injury to the structural work that has been completed. 'II C. Sedimentation Control il ,II II II .1 Provide sedimentation control at all watercourses and catch basins to prevent contamination by excavated fill. Sedimentation control shall be in accordance with the Ontario Provinciai Standard Specifications, and local authorities. Instail sedimentation control and obtain Consultant's approval prior to commencement of site works. .2 .3 03144-02200.wpd .:l. DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 4 1.06 PROTECTION (Cont'd) D. Soils Report .1 A soils report has been completed byV.A. Wood Associates Limited and is available for review at the office of the Consultant. 1.06 SAMPLES FOR FILL MATERIALS A. Within 15 days of award of Contract and not less than seven days prior to placing fills, provide names of aggregate supplier and submit 20 kg samples of each type fill specified including representative samples of excavated material for analysis by testing laboratory. In the case of coarse gravelly soil or coarse crushed stone, submit 60 kg samples. 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit shop drawings of shoring and bracing required In connection with excavation. Drawings shall show clearly procedural sequence to be followed. 1.08 DEWATERING A. Keep excavation and backfill dry at all times. Provide necessary equipment, including pumps and piping. B. Control grading in and adjacent to excavations to direct all surface water from open excavation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Tvoe A Fill: Class "A" material conforming to OPSS Division 10, latest edition. B. Tvoe B Fill: Class "B" material conforming to OPSS Division 10, latest edition. C. Pea Gravel: 10 mm diameter washed stone. D. Sand Fill: All sand fill shall be clean, well graded compactable sand to OPSS 1010 Granular "M"fill. E. Enaineered Fill: fill placed below Type A and Type B fill to bring excavation to the design elevations. To be Type B fill or approved fill, approved in writing by the Consultant. 03144-02200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !i I 'I ~! I ,~ I ~I !l I 'il , .~ I " i I I I I I ~I I il 'II II il 11 jl 'II DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 5 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Lines and Levels - Establish accurate lines and levels as required and supply batter boards, lines, stakes and templates and establish permanent reference lines and bench marks required. B. Stock Piles. Materials other than excavated topsoil approved for use, shall not be stockpiied on the site except with the prior approval of the Owner. Where permitted, stockpile materials in a manner to prevent segregation and contamination. 3.02 EXCAVATION WORK A. Excavate to elevations and dimensions indicated or required by the work, plus sufficient space to permit erection offorms, shoring and inspection. Excavation shall be made to clean lines to minimize quantity of fill material required. B. Remove large rocks, stumps and other obstructions of whatever nature encountered in the course of excavation and haul away off the site. Boulders and rocks are to be expected to be encountered on this site (refer to Geotechnical Report). C. Unauthorized Excavation - Excavation to greater than required depth shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense in a manner as directed by the Consultant. Fill over-excavated areas under structure bearing surfaces and footings with concrete as specified for foundations. D. Keep excavation free of water by bailing, pumping or a system of drainage as required and provide pumps, suction and discharge lines or well points of sufficient capacity and maintain until such time as the permanent drainage system is installed or until the Consultant's approval of removal of equipment is obtained. Take all necessary measures to prevent flow of water into the excavation. E. Protect the bottom and sides of excavated pits and trenches from freezing. Protect also from exposure to the sun and wet weather to prevent cave-ins and softening of the bed upon which concrete or drains rest. F. Keep bottoms of excavations clean and clear of loose materials levelled and stepped at changes of levels with exception of excavations made for drainage purposes and those to slope as required. G. If the excavations reveal seepage zones, springs or other unexpected sub-surface conditions which may necessitate revisions or additions to any drainage system, inform the Consultant immediately so that remedial action can be taken. H. Protect existing trees to remain at all times during construction and excavation. Do not damage roots. I. If removal of earth causes displacement of adjacent earth, the earth so disturbed shall be removed at no additional cost to the Owner. 03144-02200.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 6 3.02 EXCAVATION WORK (Conl'd) J. Conditions of Excavated Surfaces .1 Excavate to a depth sufficient to expose firm undisturbed subsoil, free of organic matter and to the Testing Agency's approval. .2 Remove soft, wet or unconsolidated ground and organic material encountered in excavating. .3 Should the nature of the sub-soil at the depths shown prove to be unsatisfactory to the Consultant for the placing of the concrete work, then upon the Consultant's written order, the Contractor shall excavate to greater depth until a satisfactory bottom is reached. K. Tolerances .1 General excavation shall be to the elevations shown on the drawings, plus or minus 25mm. 3.03 BACKFILLING A. Proceed prompllywith backfilling as the building progresses, and as work to be backfilled has been Inspected and approved by the Consultant. The backfill in areas where settlement cannot be tolerated, e.g. service and footing trenches under the floor slab, shouid be compacted to at least 100 per cent of its Standard Proctor Maximum Dry Density. The backfill shouid be placed in lifts not greater than 200 mm thick in the loose state, each lift being compacted with a suitable compactor to the specified density. B. Do not commence backfilling operations until mechanical and electrical services, and site drainage systems have been inspected and approved by Consultant and authorities having jurisdiction. Existing floor subgrade must be proof rolled before backfilling. C. Withdraw shoring material during backfill. Lumber left in place without the Consultant's approval will not be paid for by the Owner. D. Backfili evenly on both sides of foundation walls to avoid unequal fill pressures on walls. E. Place fill around foundation walls and footings so that footings will have a minimum of 4 foot coverage from bottom of footing to protect against frost until final grading is complete. F. Where fill is placed adjacent to structures or vulnerable building components or in restricted areas, the fill shall be compacted to the same degree as specified by suitable equipment approved by the Consultant. Avoid damage to or displacement of walls, columns, piers, underground services, and process! production equipment. G. Add water in amounts required only to achieve the optimum moisture content. H. Backfill shall be free of snow and ice, topsoil, construction debris and oversized boulders greater than 150 mm. 03144-02200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;~ I :<i '1 I ~ I 'I .~ 'II ." I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 7 3.04 ROUGH GRADING A Preoaration and Lavout .1 Establish ex1ent of grading by area and elevation. .2 Prior to commencement of grading work, estabiish location and extent of all underground utilities occurring in work areas. Maintain, reroute or extend as required. Pay all costs for this work, except costs borne by utilities companies. .3 Slope grade away from building as indicated on drawings. 3.05 FILLS UNDER CONCRETE SLABS I I A. Prior to placement of fill material, ensure that all areas are completely stripped of topsoil and the exposed native sub-grade has been proof-rolled in conjunction with an inspection by the Geotechnical Engineer. Any soft, wet or deleterious areas shall be sub-excavated and replaced with acceptable fill material as directed by the Geotechnical Engineer. B. The fill shall be deposited in layers of such thickness that the equipment being used for compacting can produce the specified density but in no cases, more than 200 mm. If lumps are present in the material each layer shall be continuously disced in order to ensure proper compaction. il I C. Immediately after levelling, each layer of fill shall be thoroughly compacted by the use of approved mechanical equipment. .11 ',1 . D. The exposed subgrade shall be proof rolled to ensure its integrity. If the subgrade consists of engineered fill, the fill shall be compacted to at least 98% of Its maximum Standard Proctor Dry Density for native materials or 100% compaction for Granular "A" and "B" materials, using equipment approved by the Consultant. Any loose, wet or deleterious material shall be sub-excavated and replaced by the Contractor with Type B Engineered fill which must be compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Density. II il 11 11 ".' I ~I 11 II 3.06 COMPACTION DENSITY A. Use approved equipment for compaction. Maintain materials at optimum moisture content to obtain required compaction. Special care shall be taken to prevent disturbance of the existing subgrade and adjacent structures and equipment. B. Be responsible for damage to the subgrade and installed materials due to improper compaction methods. Make good to approval of the Consultant. C. The minimum density of fill in place shall be the following values of Standard proctor densities for corresponding locations in accordance with latest revisions of AS.T.M. D698-(STD). .1 Type A Fill: To 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Density. .2 Type B Fill: To 100% Standard Proctor Maximum Density. .3 Engineered Fill: To 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Density. D. If during progress of work, tests indicate that compacted materials do not meet specified requirements, remove defective work, replace and retest at own expense., E. Ensure compacted fills are tested and approved before proceeding with placement of surface materials. 03144-02200.wpd :iL DIVISION 2 SECTION 02200 EXCAVATING, BACKFILLING AND GRADING Page 8 3.07 FILL LOCATIONS A. Type A Fill: .1 Under all interior and exterior concrete slabs 150 mm minimum thickness. B. Type B Fill: .1 Around all footings, foundations and walls up to the underside of Type A fill. .2 From top of approved compacted subgrade to underside of concrete slabs (interior or exterior) but not less than 200 mm thickness. .3 Above all mechanical or electrical pipes and trenches. C. Sand FiIi: Below all mechanical or electrical services, minimum 150 mm deep. D. Engineered Fill: All fill locations up to the underside of Type B fill and where required to fill up to design elevations. E. Site excavated material: as backfill to exterior side of foundation walls only and below all sodded or seeded areas up to underside of topsoil, but not within 610 mm of foundation walls or structu res. 3.08 WATER ON PREPARED SURFACES A. Promptly remove, by approved methods, water rising from seeping of the soil or resulting from rainfall wherever such water is on the surface of sub-grade soil and compacted fill. B. Where proper drainage and pumping is not carried out as specified herein, and any prepared sub-grade soil for under structural work, and any compacted fill for under concrete slabs, is softened or disturbed by water due to improper drainage and pumping, the Contractor shall remove the unsatisfactory soil and fill, and bear all incidental costs in connection with additional excavation and placing and compacting of granular fill under floor slabs, without extra cost to the Owner. 3.09 SURPLUS SOIL DISPOSAL A. Surpius soil and excavated material shall be stockpiled on site as directed by the Owner. 3.10 CLEAN-UP A. As excavation proceeds, keep roads clean of dirt and excavated material. B. Clean up and wash down to remove all dirt and excavated materials caused by the work of this section daily. End of Section 03144-02200.wpd I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,.~ I II !! ~i ~! I l i 'I! I ii I I ' .'i I I '11 I II I i'. 'II II I I - I , ( DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 . Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED The work covered by this section includes the furnishing of all labor, materials, equipment and incidentais for the design, inspection and construction of a modular concrete retaining wail and steps including drainage system as shown on the Construction Drawings and as described by the Contract Specifications. The work inciuded in this section consists of, but is not iimited, to the following A. Design, inspection and certification by a registered professional engineer. B. Excavation and foundation soil preparation. C. Furnishing and placement of the leveiling base. D. Furnishing and placement of the drainage system. E. Furnishing and placement of geo-textiles. F. Furnishing and placement of segmental retaining wall facing units. G. Furnishing and compaction of drainage and retained soils. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Site Preparation Excavation, Backfill and Grading Metal Fabrications Section 021 00 Section 02200 Section 05500 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Engineering Design 1. NCMA Design Manual for Segmental Retaining Wails, Second Edition. 2. NCMA TEK 2-4 - Specifications for Segmental Retaining Wall Units. 3. NCMA SRWU-2 - Determination of Shear Strength between Segmental Concrete Units. B. Segmental Retaining Wail Units 1. ASTM C 140 - Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units 2. ASTM C 1262 - Evaluating the Freeze - Thaw Durability of Manufactured Concrete Masonry Units and Related Concrete Units. 3. ASTM C 33 - Specification for Concrete Aggregates 4. ASTM C 90 - Standard Specification for Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units 5. ASTM C 150- Specification for Portland Cement 6. ASTM C 595 - Specification for Blended Hydraulic Cements C. Geotextile Filter 1. ASTM D 4751 - Standard Test Method for Apparent Opening Size 03144-02276.wpd DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 2 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS (Cont'd) D. Geosynthetic Reinforcement 1. ASTM D 4595 - Test Method for Tensile Properties of Geotextiles by the Wide-Width Strip Method. (1) ASTM D 5262 - Test Method for Evaluating the Unconfined Creep Behaviour of Geosynthetics. (2) GRI GG-1: Single Rib Geogrid Tensile Strength (3) GRI GG-5: Geogrid Pullout (4) GRI GT-6: Geotextlie Pullout 2. Solis (1) ASTM D 698 - Moisture Density Relationship for Soils, Standard Method (2) ASTM D 422 - Gradation of Solis (3) ASTM D 424 - Atterberg Limits of Soiis (4) ASTM D G51 - Soil pH 3. Drainage Pipe (1) ASTM D 3034 - Specification for polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe (2) ASTM D 1248 - Specification for Corrugated Plastic Pipe 4. Where specifications and reference documents conflict, the Owner or Owne~s representative shall make the final determination of applicable document. 1.05 APPROVED PRODUCTS A. Sienna Stone Segmental Retaining Wall System as supplied by Unliock Ltd., 1.(800).UNILOCK. Alternate systems will be considered, but should not be carried in the base bid. Provide an alternate price. B. Colour to be selected by Owner and Consultant. Submit samples for approval. 1.06 THE CONTRACTOR A. The term Contractor shall refer to the individual or firm who will be installing the retaining wall. B. The Contractor must have the necessary experience for the project and have successfully completed projects of similar scope and size. 1.07 DELIVERY. MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE A. The installing contractor shall check all materials delivered to the site to ensure that the correct materials have been received and are in good condition. B. The Contractor shall store and handle all materials in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and in a manner to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, breaking, chipping or other causes. 1.08 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND CERTIFICATION A. The term Engineer shall refer to the individual or firm who has been retained by the Contractor to provide design and inspection services for the retaining wall and steps. The Engineer must be qualified in the area of segmental retaining wall design and construction and must be licensed to practice engineering in the Province or State that the wall is to be constructed. 03144-02276.wpd I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I !, I. ,. :~, 'II '~ I ii .4: "I >, :1 " I :i I I il III il II , II - I I - I 1.09 DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 3 1.08 ENGINEERING DESIGN AND CERTIFICATION (Cont'd) B. The Engineer will perform the following tasks: 1. Produce sealed construction drawings and detailed design calculations, completed in accordance with the design requirements outlined in Part 3 of these specifications. 2. Review the site soil and geometric conditions to ensure the designed wall is compatible with the site prior to construction. 3. Inspect the site conditions, materials incorporated into the retaining wall and steps, and the construction practices used during the construction. 4. Provide the Contractor with a letter after completion, certifying the design meets the requirements of this specification, the design was compatible with the site and the wall was constructed according to design. SUBMITTALS A. The Contractor shall submit the following information for approval thirty (30) days prior to the construction of the segmental retaining wall and steps. 1. Design Submittal - Provide three (3) sets of stamped construction drawings and detailed design calculations, completed and sealed by the Engineer in accordance with the design requirements outlined in Part 3 of this specification. 2. Materials Submittal - Manufacturer's certifications, stating that the SRW units and imported aggregates and soils meet the requirements of this specification and the Engineer's design. 3. Instalier Qualifications - The Contractor must be able to demonstrate that their field construction supervisor has the necessary experience for the project by providing documentation showing that they have successfully completed projects of similar scope and size. PART 2 - MATERIALS 2.01 DEFINITIONS 03144-02276.wpd A. Modular concrete retaining wall units are dry-cast soild concrete units that form the external facia of a modular unit retaining wall system. B. Coping units are the iast course of concrete units used to finish the top of the wall. C. Retained soil is an in-situ soil or a specified soil that is placed behind the wall drainage material. D. Foundation soil is the in-situ soil beneath the wall structure. E. Drainage aggregate is a free draining soil with natural soil filtering capabilities, or a free draining soil encapsulated in a suitable geotextile, or a combination of free draining soli and perforated pipe all wrapped in a geotextile, placed directly behind the modular concrete units. F. Drainage pipe is a perforated polyethylene pipe used to carry water, collected at the base of the retaining wall, to outlets in order to prevent pore water pressures from building up behind the wall facing modules. G. Non-woven geotextlles are permeable synthetic fabrics formed from a random arrangement of fibers in a planar structure. They allow the passage of water from one soil medium to another while preventing the migration of fine particles that might clog a drainage medium. H. All values stated in metric units shall be considered as accurate. DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 4 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Concrete Segmental Retaining Wall Units 1. 2. 3. 4. The concrete wail modules shall be 185 x 1200 x 500 mm with a maximum tolerance of plus or minus 3 mm for each dimension. The retaining wall modules shall be solid units and have a minimum weight of 259 per unit. The concrete wall modules shall have a integral shear key connection that shall be offset to permit a minimum wall batter of 1 H : BV. The concrete wall modules shall have a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 35 MPa as tested in accordance with ASTM C 140. The concrete shall have a maximum moisture absorption rate of 5 percent to ensure adequate freeze-thaw protection. B. Infill Soil 1. 2. The infill soil shall consist offree draining sands or gravels with less than 5% passing the #200 sieve size or as specified in the Construction Drawings. The Engineer shall review and determine the suitability of the wall infill soil at the time of construction. C. Retained Soil: The retained soil shall be on site soils unless specified otherwise In the Construction Specifications or as directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative. If imported fill is required, it shall be examined and approved by the Engineer. D. Foundation Soil: The foundation soil shall be the native undisturbed on site soils or engineered fill. The foundation soil shall be examined and approval by the Engineer prior to the placement of the base material. E. Levelling Base Material: The footing material shall be non-frost susceptible, well graded compacted crushed stone (GW-Unified Soil Classification System), or a concrete levelling base, or as shown on the Construction Drawings. F. Drainage Soil: The drainage soil shall be a free draining angular granular material of uniform particle size smaller than 25 mm separated from the retained soil by a geotextile filter. The drainage soil shall be instalied directly behind the SRW units. G. Drainage Pipe: The drainage pipe shall be perforated corrugated HDPE or PVC pipe, with a minimum diameter of 100 mm, protected by a geotextile filter to prevent the migration of soil particles into the pipe, or as specified on the construction drawings. H. Geotextile Filter: The non-woven geotextile shall be installed as specified on the construction drawings. Although selection of the appropriate geotextile specifications is site soil specific, a commonly used geotextileforfiltration will have an Apparent Opening Size ranging between 0.149 and 0.210 mm and a minimum unit weight of 170 grams per square metre. The coefficient of permeability will typically range between 0.4 and 0.6 cmlsecond. I. Concrete Adhesive: The adhesive is used to permanently secure the coping stone to the top course of the wall. The adhesive must provide sufficient strength and remain flexible. 03144-02276.wpd I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I ~I I ~I I :' \~ I 1 .~ I 'I DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 5 PART 3 - WALL DESIGN 3.01 DESIGN STANDARD I "II i! I II A. B. I JI I I 3.02 SOIL A. l,l I i11 II I I II I , II , i II The Engineer is responsible for providing a design that shall consider the external stability and internal stability, including global stability, total and differential settlement, of the SRW system. The design life of the structure shall be 75 years unless otherwise specified in the construction drawings. The segmental retaining wall shall be designed in accordance with recommendations of the NCMA Desion Manual for Seomental Retainino Walls. Second Edition. The following is a summary of the minimum factors of safety for the various modes of failure evaluated in the proposed design. External Stabilitv Base Sliding 1.5 Overtuming 1.5 Bearing Capacity 2.0 Global Stability 1.3 Internal Stabilltv Shear Capacity 1.5 Local Stabilitv Facing Shear 1.5 Connection 1.5 Design parameters: The following soil parameters shall be assumed for the design unless otherwise shown on the plans or specified by the Engineer. Infill Soil: Unit Weight Friction Angle Cohesion = 110 Ib/cu.ft = 32 deg = 0 kPa Retained Soil: Unit Weight Friction Angle Cohesion = 120 Ib/cu.ft = 30 deg = 0 kPa Foundation Soil: Unit Weight =120Ib/cu.ft Friction Angle = 30 deg Cohesion = 0 kPa 3.03 DESIGN GEOMETRY A. The length, height, and overall elevations of the retaining wall must comply with the requirements of the proposed elevation detail, station information and site grading plan. B. The structures' design height, H, shall be measured from the top of the levelling pad to the top of the wall where ground surface intercepts the wall facing. C. Slopes above and below all sections of the segmental retaining wall are detailed in the site grading plan. 03144-02276.wpd DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 6 3.03 DESIGN GEOMETRY (Conl'd) D. The minimum wall embedment shall be the greater of 1) the height of a SRW unit, 2) 150 mm (0.5 ft) or 3) the minimum embedment required because of the slope below the wall: Slope Below Wall Level 3: 1 (18.4 deg) 2 : 1 (26.5 deg) Minimum embedment H/10 H/10 H/7 E. The following surcharges shall be applied to the top of each design cross section based on the following proposed uses above the wall. Use Above Wall No Traffic Light Traffic Heavy Traffic Minimum Surcharae o kPa 4.8 kPa 12.0 kPa 3.04 STATE OF STRESS A. The lateral earth pressure to be resisted by the reinforcements at each reinforcement layer shall be calculated using the Coulomb coefficient of earth pressure, Ka, times the vertical stress at each reinforcement layer. B. The vertical soil stress at each reinforcement layer shall be taken equal to the unit weight of the soil times the depth to the reinforcement layer below the finished grade behind the facing units. A coefficient of active earth pressure, Ka, shall be used form the top to the bottom of the wall. The coefficient of active earth pressure, Ka, shall be assumed independent of all external loads except sloping fills. For sloping fills, the coefficient of active earth pressure, Ka, appropriate for the sloping condition, using Coulomb earth pressure shall be used in the analysis. 3.05 INCLINATION OF FAILURE SURFACE A. A Coulomb failure surface passing through the base of the wall at the back of the reinforced zone up to the ground surface at or above the top of wall shall be assumed in design of walls. 3.06 SETTLEMENT CONTROL A. It is the responsibility of the Engineer to determine if the foundation soils will require special treatment to control total and differential settlement. 3.07 GLOBAL STABILITY A. It is the responsibility of the Engineer to determine if further design considerations must be implemented to ensure adequate global/overall slope stability. PART 4 - CONSTRUCTION 4.01 INSPECTION A. The Engineer is responsible for verifying that the contractor meets all the requirements of the specification. This includes the use of approved materials and their proper installation. B. The Contractor's field construction supervisor shall have demonstrated experience and be qualified to direct all work related to the retaining wall construction. 03144-02276.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :, I I'i: '! I ! ~I I iI .~ .~ I "1 I ,1 I -'I :i I I ~I II DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 7 A. The approved non-woven geotextile shall be set against the back of the first retaining wall unit, over the prepared foundation, and extend towards the back of the excavation, up the excavation face and back over the top of the drainage material to the retaining wall, or as shown in the Construction Drawings. B. The drainage pipe shall be placed behind the levelling base, or lower course of facing units as shown in the Construction Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The pipe shall be laid at a minimum gradient of 2% to ensure adequate drainage to free outlets. C. T - Sections and outlet pipes shall be installed on the drainage pipe at 15 m centres or as shown on the Construction Drawings. D. The remaining length of geotextile shall be pulled taut and pinned over the face of the retained soil. Geotextile overlaps shall be a minimum of 300 mm and shall be shingled down the face of the excavation in order to prevent the infiltration of retained soil into the drainage layer. 4.05 LEVELLING BASE OR SPREAD FOOTING PLACEMENT 4.02 4.03 4.04 11 il 11 II 'II I. II ~. , CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES A. The following toierances are the maximum allowable deviation from the planned construction, Vertical Control: Horizontal Control: Rotation: Bulging: SITE PREPARATION :t 32 mm over a 3.0 m distance, :t 75 mm total :t 32 mm over a 3.0 m distance, :t 75 mm total :t 2 degrees from planned wall batter 25 mm over a 3.0 m distance A. The foundation soli shall be excavated or filled as required to the grades and dimensions shown on the Construction Drawings or as directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative. B. The foundation soil shall be proof rolled and examined by the Engineer to ensure that it meets the minimum strength requirements according to the design assumptions. If unacceptable foundation soil is encountered, the contractorshall excavate the affected areas and replace with suitable quaiity material under the direction of the Engineer. C. In cut situations, the native soil shall be excavated to the lines and grades shown on the Construction Drawings and removed from the site or stockpiled for reuse as retained soil. INSTALLING DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. The levelling base material shall be crushed stone compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density, or vibrated concrete along the grades and dimensions shown on the Construction Drawings or as directed by the Engineer. The minimum thickness of the levelling base shall be 150 mm. 4.06 INSTALLATION OF MODULAR CONCRETE RETAINING WALL UNITS A. The bottom row of retaining wall modules shall be piaced on the prepared levelling base as shown on the Construction Drawings. Care shall be taken to ensure that the wall modules are aiigned properly, levelled from side to side and front to back and are in complete contact with the base material. B. The wall modules above the bottom course shall be placed such that the tongue and grove arrangement provides the design batter (i.e. setback) of the wall face. Successive courses shall be placed to create a running bond pattern with the edge of all units being approximately aligned with the middle of the unit in the course below it. 03144-D2276.wpd .;;. DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 8 4.06 INSTALLATION OF MODULAR CONCRETE RETAINING WALL UNITS (Cont'd) C. The wall modules shall be swept clean before placing additional levels to ensure that no dirt, concrete or other foreign materials become lodged between successive lifts of the wall modules. D. A maximum of 3 courses of wall units can be placed above the level of infill soil at any time. E. The contractor shall check the level of wall modules with each lift to ensure that no gaps are formed between successive lifts that may affect the pullout resistance of the geogrid reinforcement, if applicable. F. Care shall be taken to ensure that the wall modules and geosynthetic reinforcement are not broken or damaged during handling and placement. 4.07 DRAINAGE SOIL A. The drainage soil will be placed behind the retaining wall modules with a minimum width of 300mm and separated from other soils using the approved non-woven geotextile. B. Drainage soil shall be placed behind the wall facing in maximum lifts of 150 mm and compacted to a minimum density of 95% Standard Proctor. C. No heavy compaction equipment shall be allowed within 1 metre of the back ofthewall facia. 4.08 INFILL SOIL A. Wall infill soil shall be placed behind the fist course of the wall facing units in maximum lifts of 150 mm and compacted to a minimum density of 95% Standard Proctor. At the specified elevations, geogrid reinforcement shall be placed, as described In section 4.9. The fill shall be placed and compacted level with the top of the wall modules at the specified geogrid elevations prior to placing the geogrid reinforcement. B. Wall infill soil shall be placed on sop of the geogrid reenforcement layers in maximum lifts of 150 mm and compacted to a minimum of 95% Standard Proctor Density. Care shall be taken to ensure that the geogrid lays flat and taut during placement of the infill soil. This is best achieved by placing fill on top of the geogrid near the wall facia and spreading toward the back of the infill soil zone. C. No tracked construction equipment shall be allowed to operate directly on top of the geogrid until a minimum thickness of 150 mm of fill has been placed. Rubber tired equipment may drive on top of the geogrid a slow speeds but should exercise care not to stop suddenly or make sharp turns. No heavy equipment shall be allowed within 1 metre of the back of the wall. 4.09 RETAINED SOIL A. Retained soils shall be placed and compacted behind the infill soil or drainage soil if applicable, in maximum lift thickness of 150 mm. The retained soils shall be undisturbed native material or engineered fill compacted to a minimum density of 95% Standard Proctor. B. No heavy compaction equipment shall be allowed within 1 m of the back of the wall modules. 4.10 FINISHING WALL A. Items 4.5 to 4.09 shall be repeated until the grades indicated on the Construction Drawings are achieved. 03144-02276.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ill ,I I I I I I I I I I I I 4.10 4.11 E. 'II il I '!I 11 I ! DIVISION 2 CONCRETE SEGMENTAL RETAINING WALL SECTION 02276 Page 9 FINISHING WALL (Cont'd) B. Coping units shall be secured to the top of the wall with two 10 mm beads of the approved flexibie concrete adhesive positioned 50 mm in front and behind the tongue of the last course of retaining wall units. C. Finish grading above the wall to direct surface run off water away from the segmental retaining wall. Use a soil with a low permeability to restrict the rate of water infiltration into the retaining wall structure. PRECAST CONCRETE STEPS A. Precast concrete steps to be constructed of Sienna Stone coping unit (185 x 500 x 1200 mm) or approved alternate system. B. Units to be stacked with a minimum overlap of 100 mm. Secure stone with concrete adhesive. C. Units to be placed on compacted Granular 'A' base. Bottom unit of each run to be piaced on one course of standard units (185 x 500 x 1200 mm). Units to be placed straight and level. D. Core drill holes through unit to receive pipe handrail as indicated in details and as outlined in Section 05500, Metal Fabrication. Handrails are to be grouted Into place. GUARANTEE A. All retaining wali systems and steps accepted shall be guaranteed for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance. B. All retaining walls and steps shall be inspected at the end of the guarantee period. Any sections showing any settlement or movement shall be repaired at no extra charge. If required, the wall and steps shall be dismantled to the base for upgrading of granular base or geoweb reinforcing. C. Replacements required because of vandaiism or other causes beyond the contractors control, are not part of this contract. End of Section 03144-02276.wpd -' I , il 11 ~ I , , H ;jll : ~ ,i I I . !i II -'I II I I I I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. Excavating, Backfilling and Grading Concrete Curbs and Gutters Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 02200 Section 02516 Section 03300 1.03 CODES AND REFERENCE STANDARDS A. All materials, equipment and methods shall conform to the Ontario Provincial Standard Specification (O.P.S.S). 1.04 PROTECTION A. Protect work of all trades and adjacent properties from damage from the work of this section. Barricade paved areas to prevent vehicle traffic for at least 24 hours after completion. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All work of this Section shall be completed by a bonafide road building contractor engaged in paving work for a minimum of 5 years and having all equipment necessary to complete the work as specified. 1.06 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. The Owner shall appoint an independent inspection and testing company. il ! B. The inspection and testing company shall perform the following services: II 11 ill ~I il , ~I 1. Sample proposed sources of fill materials and advise as to acceptability, maximum densities obtainable and compaction procedures. 2. Carry out density tests to ensure that the required density is achieved, and report the results of such tests in writing. C. The cost of employing the inspection and testing company shall be paid for by the Owner. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 ENGINEERED FILL A. Compacted Granular 'B' backfill or other suitabie fill as approved by the consultant to thickness required to bring subgrade to level of underside of Granular 'B' base course. 03144-02400.wpd I , DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 2 2.02 GRANULAR BASE MATERIALS A. Granular 'B' Sase Course: Crushed or uncrushed bank or pit gravel or stone obtained from an approved source, conforming to requirements for Granular 'B' aggregate, Ontario Provincial Standard, Specifications Form No. 1010. B. Granular 'A' Base Course: Crushed gravel or stone, obtained from an approved source conforming to requirements for Granular 'A' aggregate, Ontario Provincial Standard, Specifications Form No. 1010. 2.03 ASPHALT MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: OPSS 1101 B. C. OPSS 1003 and OPSS 1010 Aggregates: Filler: OPSS 1003 D. Asohalt IH.L.8\ conformina to O.P.S.S. Form 1150 Bituminous First Course - shall be dense graded, hot mixed, hot laid. The aggregate used shall be clean, hard, durable crushed stone. The aggregate shall comply with the following gradation: Maximum particle size Passing 4 mesh sieve Passing 200 mesh sieve 19mm 30% - 50% 0%-7% The bituminous first course shall be laid to a compacted thickness as specified In two iifts and graded to allow for a surface course of the specified thickness. Void content Marshall stabiiity Marshall Flow - min. 2% max. 4% - min. 0.625 T at 60' C. -min.9 E. Asohalt (H.L.3\ conformina to O.P.S.S. Form 1150 Asphalt surface course shall be hot mixed, hot laid. The asphalt surface course shall be a suitable combination of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, with or without filler, uniformly coated and mixed with asphalt cement. It shall be laid to a compacted thickness as specified and the finished pavement shall have the following properties: Void content Marshall stability Marshall Flow - min. 2% max. 4% - 0.714 T at 60' C. -9 The aggregate used shall comply with the following: Maximum stone size - 10 mm Passing 4 mesh sieve - 45% - 65% Passing 200 mesh sieve - 0% - 5% 03144-02400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i,~ I I I I '1 '~ I -;j " JI II I :11 ~i . III :1 II il ;1 I I 11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 3 2.03 ASPHALT MATERIALS (Cont'd) F. Emulsified Asphalt O.P.S.S. Form 1010 or MTO primer. 2.04 JOINT PAINTING MATERIAL AND ASPHALTIC PRIMER A. SS-1 Emulsion to OPSS 1103-5. 2.05 COLD PATCH A. Asphaltic patching materials shall refer to the Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications. 2.06 PAINTED LINE MARKINGS A. To CGSB 1-GP-12C Alkyd Traffic Paint. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Verify that asphalt pavement may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, ail pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards. C. Check rough grading, re-grade, re-Ievel and re-compact as required. Soft spots, wet holes, shall be dug out and filled with granular fill placed in not over 150 mm layers and compacted. Remove surplus material from the site. D. Sub-grade shall be fully stabilized, compacted to 100% of standard Proctor Density and levelled to a tolerance of not more than 13 mm measured on a 3.0 m straight edge. E. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Consultant. II II ~I ~I I F. Place and compact engineered fiil in sufficient quantities to bring subgrade up to specified level of underside of Granular 'B' base course. Compact engineered fill as noted in paragraph 'D' above. 3.02 PLACEMENT OF GRANULAR BASE COURSES A. Granular material shail be placed in layers of such thickness that the equipment being used can produce the specified density. B. Immediately after leveliing the material shall be compacted to the specified density. C. Compaction: All granular material shall be compacted to a minimum of 98% Standard Proctor Maximum Density. D. Finished eievation toierance will be to within 13 mm of the required elevation. 03144-02400.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING 3.03 PLACEMENT OF ASPHALT SURFACING Pa~e 4 A. Asphalt surfacing shall consist of compacted thickness of H.L.8, and compacted thickness of H.L. 3 fine laid in accordance with Ontario Provincial Standard Specification for Hot Mix Hot Laid Asphaltic Concrete. Materials, equipment and construction methods shall be in accordance with the current edition of O.P.S.S. Form No. 1010 including all amendments thereto. B. Place asphalt paving where indicated on the drawings and as follows (or to match existing profile): LiQht Duty Asphalt PavinQ Compacted Subgrade Engineered Fill 200 mm Granular 'B' base course 150 mm Granular 'A' base course 50 mm H.L.8 asphalt binder course 40 mm H.L.3 asphalt surface course Asphalt Walkwav Compacted Subgrade Engineered Fill 200 mm Granular 'A' base course 50 mm H.L.8 asphalt binder course Medium Duty Asphalt PavinQ Compacted Subgrade Engineered Fill 300 mm Granular 'B' base course 150 mm Granular 'A' base course 50 mm H.L.8 asphalt binder course 40 mm H.L.3 asphalt surface course C. Finished surface shall be smooth of uniform density and texture and true to established finished elevations. Paving shall be of thickness specified and when checked with a 3 m straight edge shall show no irregularity exceeding6 mm in depth. Surface shall be sloped in order that all surface water will be drained to perimeter of asphalt, to catch basins or storm sewers. D. Paint contact edges of abutting concrete walls, catch basins and curbs with a thick coat of hot asphalt cement before paving mixture is placed against them. E. Joints in asphalt shall be kept to a minimum. Joints in base and top asphalt shall be staggered. F. Base asphalt shall be thoroughly cleaned prior to placing of top course of asphalt. G. Where asphalt does not adjoin concrete curbs, edges shall be trimmed and hand tamped to a clean straight line. 3.04 PATCHING ASPHALT PAVEMENT A. Saw cut perimeters of areas to be patched or joined. Remove existing asphalt and base material to depth where footing. B. Grind top surface of asphalt to depth of 38 mm for width of 300 mm from saw cut. Paint exposed edge of asphaltic joints, edge of maintenance holes and catch basin frames, curbs and similar items with SS-1 emulsified asphalt. 03144-02400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "iI ,~ I ill 'II )] ., I " II ii Ii I 11 ;1 II I JI I I I 3.05 3.06 'II II II II II II 11 II - DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 5 ASPHALT PRIME A. Paint contact of curbs, gutters, headers, manholes, and like structures with thin, uniform coat of asphalt prime material. B. Do not apply prime when air temperature is less than 5'C or when rain is forecast within 2 hours. C. Where traffic is to be maintained, treat no more than one-half width of surface in one application. D. Prevent overlap at junction of spreads. E. Do not prime surfaces that will be visible when paving is complete. F. Apply additionai material to areas not sufficiently covered. G. Keep traffic off primed areas until asphalt prime has cured. H. Permit prime to cure before piacing asphalt paving. I. Apply asphalt prime to granular base at a rate directed by Engineer. ENTRANCE A. Construct entrance to Municipality of Clarington standards. B. Maintain safe access to the site during the construction of the access. Any work that may limit access shall be done during off hours at no additional cost to the Owner C. Provide flagmen as required during construction of entrance. Obtain approvals/permits and pay all required fees to the Municipality of Clarington for any work that may restrict travel on Baseline Road. D. All material and construction shall be in accordance with the Ontario Provincial Standard, OPSS and OPSD. End of Section 03144-02400.wpd :~ I ;~I ~ I 'i I 1 ri ~ I iil "I , II 'i :! I '! 'II I I 11 !~ I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02485 HYDRAULIC SEEDING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Excavating, Backfilling and Grading Sodding Planting Section 02200 Section 02935 Section 02950 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Grass Seed: Canada Certified No. 1 Grade in accordance with Government of Canada Seeds Act and Reguiations. B. Mulch: "Verdyol Mulch Extra" or approved equal. C. Water: free of impurities that would inhibit germination and growth. D. Fertilizer: Iii 1. Type 1: complete synthetic, with minimum 65% water soluble nitrogen. Ratio 1 :4:4. 2. Type 2: complete synthetic, slow release, with maximum 35% water soluble nitrogen. Ratio 2:1 :1. 2.02 GRASS SEED MIXTURE II : I A. 55% Creeping Red Fescue 30% Annual Rye 10% Perennial Rye 5% Kentucky Blue Grass jl ;', II :1 ~I :11 il B. In containers with original tags. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Truck: 1. 2. Slurry tank: minimum 4500 L. Pumps capable of maintaining continuous non-fiuctuating fiow of solution. 03144-02485.wpd 1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02485 HYDRAULIC SEEDING Page 2 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Take reasonable care to prevent spraying items such as structures, signs, guide rails, fences, plant materials and utilities. B. Do no perform work under adverse field conditions such as wind speeds over 10 km/h, frozen ground or ground covered with snow, ice or standing water. 3.02 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Ensure areas to be seeded have been cultivated to depth of 25 mm and are moist to depth of 150 mm before seeding. Fine grade free of humps and hollows and free of deleterious and refuse materials. All stones and lumps over 25mm in diameter and foreign materials shall be removed from the surface. 3.03 SLURRY APPLICATION A. Slurry mixture applied per hectare: 1. Seed: 115kg. 2. Mulch: 1120 kg. 3. Fertilizer: Type 1, 895 kg; adjust fertilizer application as directed by soil test report. 4. Water: quantity as required to form slurry in accordance with manufacturers' recommendations. B. Apply seed slurry uniformly. C. Blend applications into adjacent sodded areas and previous applications to form uniform surfaces. D. Reshoot areas where application is not uniform. E. Remove slurry from items and areas not designated to be sprayed. 3.04 ESTABLISHMENT A. Perform the following operations from time of seed application for a minimum of one entire growing season (6 months) and until final acceptance by Landscape Architect: 1. Water seeded area as required to ensure germination and continued grow1h of grass. Control watering to prevent washouts. 2. Cut grass to 40 mm whenever it reaches height of 60 mm. Remove clippings which will smother grass. 3. Fertilize seeded areas one month after seeding. Spread evenly and water in well. Use Type 2 fertilizer, ratio 2:1 :1, at a rate as determined by soil test. Postpone fertilizing until following spring If application falls within four week period prior to expected end of local growing season. 4. Repair dead or bare spots to allow establishment of seed prior to acceptance. 5. Eliminate weeds by mechanical means. 03144-02485.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i:~ I ~ I ., I 'I "II :1 : II I I I ~I I :11 I I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02485 HYDRAULIC SEEDiNG Page 3 3.05 ACCEPTANCE A. Areas will be accepted by Landscape Architect provided that: 1. Seeded areas are uniformly established and turf is free of rutted, eroded, bare or dead spots and free of weeds. 2. Seeded areas have been cut at least twice. B. Areas seeded in fall will be accepted in following spring three (3) months after start of growing season provided acceptance conditions are fulfliled. End of Section II il 11 '!I 'll , II 03144-G2485.wpd ;ii I I ~! I ',1 ." , .~ I 'i 1 ill 'I II '! il ill I I I ill .11 II I II I ~I 11 '1 i ~ DIVISION 2 SECTION 02514 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A B. C. D. Excavating, Backfilling and Grading Asphalt Paving Concrete Curbs and Gutters Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 02200 Section 02400 Section 02516 Section 03300 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C309 Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete B. ASTM D698 Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils and Soil- Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drop C. CAN/CSA-A23.1 Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction D. CAN/CSA-A23.2 Methods of Test for Concrete E. OPSS 1010 Material Specification for Aggregates- Granular A, B, M and Select Subgrade Material F. OPSS1308 Material Specification for Joint Filler (Concrete) PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Base: Granular "A", OPSS 1010. B. Concrete: CANICSA-A23.1-M. C. Curing Compound: Chlorinated rubber based, ASTM C309 Type 2. D. Joint Filler: Premoulded, non-extruding and resilient bituminous. OPSS 1308 Type Ajoint filler. E. Form Lumber: No.2 S.P.F., 28 x 89 mm, free of twist and warp. F. Reinforcing Steel: 152 x 152 mm MW18.7/MW18.7 welded wire mesh, in flat sheets, not rolls. G. Polyethyiene Sheeting: 0.100 mm thickness, to CGSB CAN2-53.33. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide ready mix concrete designed by concrete producer, meeting the following requirements: 1. Coarse Aggregate: Standard weight, maximum size 19 mm. 2. Water Cement Ratio: Maximum 0.45 by weight. 03144-02514.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02514 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS Page 2 2.02 CONCRETE MIX (Conl'd) 3. Compressive Strength: 32 Mpa at 28 days. 4. Air Content: 5% to 7% achieved by air entrainment. 5. Slump at Point of Discharge: 50 mm :t 25 mm. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Establish lines and levels as required for completion of work. B. Check adequacy of preparations for sidewalks done under Section 02200. Ensure that sub- base is compacted to 98% of Standard Proctor density ASTM D698. 3.02 PLACING GRANULAR BASE A. Sub-grade must be dry and compacted to smooth surface and required grade prior to placing granular base material. B. Place Granular Base to a uniform cross-section over required area in minimum 100 mm thickness. C. Finish granular base surface true to sidewalk founding elevations and compact to minimum of 98% of Standard Proctor density, ASTM D698. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Erect formwork for sidewalks to achieve lines and grades shown on the drawings. B. Cut expansion joint filler to full cross sectional shape of the sidewalk and place at intervals not exceeding 5.0 m. Refer to plans for patterns. C. Place expansion joint filler between sidewalks and curbs, between sidewalks and building foundations and between sidewalk and any poured concrete bases or piers. D. Pour concrete on prepared sub-base to required levels and dimensions. Execute all concrete work to CAN/CSA A23.1, and CAN/CSA A23.2. E. Pour concrete sidewalks with minimum 125 mm depth, and with transverse slope of2 mm/ 100 mm (2%). F. Where indicated, depress sidewalks for handicap access. G. Do not pour concrete when air temperature is, or may fall below 50 C (410 F) during or within 24 hours of pour, unless precautions are taken to prevent damage to concrete resulting from low temperature. H. Remove and replace any concrete damaged by freezing at no extra cost. I. Finish concrete with light broom finish, transverse to direction of travel. 03144-02514.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II :1 I III , !I '! III \j I '! ,II ;1 I I 'I <I 3.03 II II il , 11.1 1 , I 11 II 'I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02514 CONCRETE SIDEWALKS PaQe 3 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) J. Trowel smooth edges, minimum 75 mm wide. K. Apply membrane forming curing compound as soon as surface is free of bleed water to uniformly cover exposed concrete surfaces at rate of not less than 1.0 litre/5 m2 (1.0 gal/27 sq. yd.). Maintain this protection for minimum 7 days. L. Divide sidewalk between expansion joints into lengths not exceeding 2.0 m, with power driven carbide tipped blade, or other device approved for use by the consultant. End of Section 03144-02514.wpd i:J I ,,;1 H i~ I , "I il [I 11 ~I 11 '! .;11 I jl ,! ]1 'II II , , ,II il il I 'II ill 'II II ~I I II DIVISION 2 SECTION 02516 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. D. E. Excavation and Backfilling Asphalt Paving Concrete Sidewalks Form Work Concrete Section 02200 Section 02400 Section 02514 Section 03100 Section 03300 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM C309,89: Standard Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete B. ASTM D698-78: Test Methods for Moisture-Density Relations of Solis and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures Using 5.5-lb (2.49-kg) Rammer and 12-in. (305-mm) Drop C. CAN/CSA-A23.1: Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction D. CAN/CSA-A23.2: Methods of Test for Concrete E. OPSS 1010: Material Specification for Aggregates - Granular A, B, M and Select Subgrade Material F. OPSS1308: Material Specification for Joint Filler (Concrete) 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Do concrete work in accordance with the requirements of Division 3, except where otherwise specified herein. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Base: Granular "A", OPSS 1010. B. Form Work: Steel or wood, capable of producing smooth, flat surfaces. C. Concrete: CAN/CSA-A23.1-94. D. Curina ComDound: Chlorinated rubber based, ASTM C309 Type 2, suitable for exterior use. E. Joint Filler: Pre moulded, non-extruding and resilient bituminous, 13 mm thick. OPSS 1308 Type Ajoint filler. 03144-02516.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02516 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS Page 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Conl'd) F. Reinforcina Steel: Deformed billet steel bars to CSA G30.12-M, Grade 400. G. Sealer: A-H anti-spalling compound by Anti-Hydro, or Sealtight CS-309 by W.R. Meadows. 2.02 CONCRETE MIX A. Unless otherwise indicated, provide ready mix concrete designed by concrete producer, meeting the following requirements: 1. Coarse Aggregate: Standard weight, maximum size 19 mm. 2. Water Cement Ratio: Maximum 0.45 by weight. 3. Compressive Strength: 32 Mpa at 28 days. 4. Air Content: 5% to 7% achieved by air entrainment. 5. Slump at Point of Discharge: 50 mm :!: 25 mm. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Establish lines and levels as required for completion of work. B. Excavate for curbs to lines and grades required. 3.02 PLACING GRANULAR BASE A. Sub-grade must be dry and compacted to smooth surface and required grade prior to placing granular base material. B. Place Granular Base to a uniform cross-section over required area in layers not exceeding 150 mm uncompacted thickness and to total depth of 300 mm. C. Finish granular base surface true to curb founding elevations and compact to minimum of 98% of Standard Proctor density, ASTM D698. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS A. Align concrete curbs and gutters with curves and tangents as shown on Drawings. B. Pour concrete on prepared sub-base to required levels and dimensions. Execute work, CAN/CSA-A23.1-94, CAN/CSA-A23.2-94. C. Do not pour concrete when air temperature is, or may fall below 5' C (41' F) during or within 24 hours of pour, unless precautions are taken to prevent damage to concrete resulting from low temperature. D. Remove and replace any concrete damaged by freezing at no extra cost. E. Finish concrete with a wooden float to produce an even gritty surface. 03144-02516.wpd II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i~ I ,1~ i~ I i~ I d 1 I 1:i ,j I :1 I 'i ~i I 1 i1 ;111 II :'1 iij .~ I -;! . '! I I I I I '!I '~ I II !il II , II i DIVISION 2 SECTION 02516 CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS Palle 3 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE CURBS AND GUTTERS (Cont'd) F. Finish edges of concrete curbs and gutters in accordance with OPSD Standard Drawings. G. Where indicated, provide curb cuts and depressed curbs. H. Apply membrane forming curing compound as soon as surface is free of bleed water to uniformly cover exposed concrete surfaces at rate of not less than 1.0 litre/5 m2 (1.0 gal/27 sq. yd.). Maintain this protection for minimum 7 days. I. Apply sealer to exposed surfaces of curbs and gutters, in two coats, in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Prevent contamination of adjacent surfaces. 3.04 JOINTS A. Joints between curb and gutter and any abutting sidewalk, catch basin and manhole frames, gutter outlets, or any structure, shall be formed with 12 mm thick panels of joint filler, except for control joints for extruded or formed curb and gutter, where they may be sawcut or formed with a "Guillotine" knife. End of Section 03144-02516.wpd I I il ,II ~ " " ~ I i II ,~ I II , ill 'I "I 11 iil ;1 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Division 1. 1.02 INSTRUCTIONS TO CONTRACTORS A. Contractor to co-ordinate site services installation with the Regional Municipality of Durham. B. All site services work to extend to property line. C. Contractor to make good all connections at property line. D. All drawings prepared by D.G. Biddle & Associates Limited are to be read assuming all connections extend into the buildings by 0.3m. -c; 1.03 RELATED WORK A Site Grading Section 0231 0 B. Backfill Section 0231 5 C. Excavation Section 02320 D. Subdrains Section 02712 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE !I , A. Qualifications 1. The work of this Section shall be completed by a Contractor normally engaged in, and licensed in, the installation of underground sewers and watermains, and who has previously performed satisfactory work of this nature. '1,1 '1 , ! , B. Codes, Regulations 1. Conform to the requirements of the Ontario Building Code (latest revision), the Plumbing Code, Region of Durham Standards, Municipality of Clarington Standards and the Occupational Health and Safety Act, "November 1992 Ontario Regulation 213/91" and Regulations for Construction Projects. I II II I ~I ~I , 'I J C. Reference Standards 1. Comply with the Ontario Provincial Standards Details and Specifications (OPSD, and OPSS). 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings for catch basins, manholes, covers, grates and frames. c:\ 103135\undrgser.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES Pa~e 2 1.06 TRANSPORTING. UNLOADING AND STORING PIPE A. Take delivery of pipes and fittings near to trench. Do not impede traffic. B. Remove from site and replace all pipes, specials, fittings and gaskets that are unsound or damaged. C. Unload pipe using mechanical equipment. D. Place materials in safe storage. E. Follow pipe manufacturer's handling and storage recommendations. 1.07 SCHEDULE A. Refer to scheduling requirements specified in Section 01100. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PIPING A. All piping materials shall be CSA labelled and shall conform to the Plumbing Code. B. Storm drains below grade: 1. Shall be as noted on the drawings. 2. Sanitary Below Grade: shall be as noted on the drawings. 3. Watermains Below Grade: shall be as noted on the drawings. 2.02 PIPE BEDDING MATERIALS A. Do not include materials greater than 19mm in size. B. 19mm dia. Crusher Run Limestone to OPSS 1010, Table 2. C. HL8 Blend Crushed Clear Stone to OPSS 1003, Table 2 (in extreme wet ground conditions only). D. Crushed Concrete meeting OPSS 1003 spec. for HL8 Stone. E. Crusher Run Limestone to OPSS 1010 - Granular A spec. - Table 2 HL8 Blend Crushed Clear Stone to OPSS 1003 - Table 2. c:\103135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I " "11 1,'1 :1 11 I ill :1 " ." I ~I I I 'II I I I II I I :'1 ,~ 'II .11 'I 11 1 2.03 2.04 2.05 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES Page 3 COVER MATERIALS A. Sand Fill material meeting the following gradation requirements: Sieve Size % Passino 26.5 mm 4.75 mm 1.18mm 300 mm 150mm 75mm 100 20 -100 10 -100 5-95 2 -40 0-20 FIRE HYDRANT A. Supply and install fire hydrants where shown on drawings. Hydrant shall be of type as required by the Region and shall be installed in accordance with its requirements. At each hydrant provide a shut-off valve complete with valve box, extended stem and sleeve to grade. MATERIALS A. All storm sewer pipe 375mm and smaller supplied to be DR35 PVC and all pipe 450mm and larger to be Concrete Class 100-D at the location specified on the Engineering Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. All PVC watefmains supplied to be DR18 PVC at the locations specified on the Engineering Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. C. Supply and place precast concrete storm manholes as perOPSD 701.010, 701.011,701.012, 701.030,701.040,701.050, 703.010 and 703.020 with frames and grates as per OPSD 400.020, and 401.010 (Type 'A'), circular manhole steps as per OPSD 405.01, and precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSD 704.010. D. Precast concrete catch basins and ditch inlet catch basin manholes to be supplied and placed as per OPSD 705.010,705.020 and 706.010 with frames and grates as per OPSD 400.100 and 403.010 and precast concrete adjustment units as per OPSD 704.010 set to final grade or as directed by the Consultant. E. Supply and place fire hydrant assembly as per Region of Durham Standard S-409. F. Suppiy and place concrete headwall as per OPSD 804.010 with grating as per OPSD 804.05. G. Supply and place rip rap as per OPSD 810.010 H. Supply and place corrugated steel culverts minimum thickness 2.0mm. Corrugated steel pipe (CSP) as shown on drawings shall be standard riveted metai pipe couplings conforming to latest OPSS 421. I. Each culvert shall be complete with connected bands, couplers, plates bolts and such other special metal fittings as are required. All such appurtenances shall be galvanized. J. Supply and place steel end sections to all corrugated steel culverts as per OPSD 801.02. K. Supply and place .Stormcepto~' manhole Model STC-4000 as manufactured by Stormceptor Canada Inc. distributed by Hanson. c:\103135\undrgser.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES PaQe4 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. All excavation, backfilling and site grading for site services shall be completed in accordance with the requirements of Section 02200. B. Pipe bedding shall be in accordance with Ontario Provincial Standard Specifications and Details, and shall be as noted on the drawings. 3.02 INSTALLATION OF CATCH BASINS AND MANHOLES A. Catch basins shall be installed in all locations shown and shall be provided with granular beddings and backfill complete with frame and hinged grate. Set grate flush with finished grade as shown on drawing. B. Manholes and catch basins shall be installed in all locations shown and shall be provided with granular beddings and backfill complete with frame and cover. Set grate / covers flush with finished grade as shown. All pipe connections entering and leaving manholes shall be properly grouted and manhole bases shall be finished with properly shaped benching. C. Top structure of catch basins, manholes and area drain shall be adjusted to the finished grade with not more than three courses of Moduloc. D. Top surface elevation of all structures as shown on the drawings are a close approximation of the final requirement. Include for all necessary final adjustments to suit the finished grade in conjunction with the laying of the final surface as indicated on the Site Pian. 3.03 INSTALLATiON OF DRAINAGE PIPING A. Provide complete drainage systems to serve items specified and as shown on plans. B. On underground pipe, remove iumps, blisters and excess coating from ends of pipe and wire brush and wipe pipe lengths clean and dry. Provide equipment for lowering pipe into trench so that neither pipe nor trench is damaged or disturbed. Commence laying of pipe in finished trench and generally start at lowest point and proceed upgrade. Firmly and accurately set piping with inverts smooth and uniform. C. install temporary bracing or supports when necessary to adequately support pipe during installation, exercise care to prevent damage to pipe coatings and adjacent structures and appurtenances. Substantially complete pipe bedding prior to temporary supports and bracings removal. D. Do not lay pipe upon a foundation into which frost has penetrated, nor at any time when Consultant deems there is danger of formation of ice or penetration of frost at bottom of excavations. Also do not lay piping in trenches containing water. E. When pipe laying is not in progress, close off open ends of pipe with watertight bulkhead or piug. F. Obtain all necessary inspections and approvals of all piping before commencing backfill operation or any concernment of any joint or coupling. G. Install PVC drainage pipe in accordance with CSA B181.12. c:\ 1 03135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .i II Ii :1 ijl 'I ;,1 '1'1 I e~ I I ,~ I ill ';i II ",i il '1 JI I I 'II :1 il 11 , ~ I ~I il. DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES Pa~e 5 3.04 LINES AND GRADES A. Be responsible for the alignment, elevations and dimensions of each and every part of the work. Check to own satisfaction the correctness of reference and governing elevations and locations before starting work at any point, and notify the Architect in writing of any questionable consideration. 3.05 CLOSURES A. All open sewer lines shall be plugged when construction is not in progress, such as the end of working days and on weekends and holidays, to prevent infiltration and damage to the system and dirt deposits in the system. 3.06 TESTS FOR ALIGNMENT A. After pipes have been inspected and approved, the trenches shall be backfilled to 0.3m above the pipes and the following inspection shall be the Architect's Consultant. A strong light shall be flashed between manholes or manhole locations. If alignment is true and no pipes are misplaced, there are no obstructions within the pipe and the work has been carried out to the satisfaQtion of the Architecl's Consultant, backfilling shall be continued. If required by the Architect's Consultant, supply a steel or wooden ball of a diameter 50mm less than the inside diameter of pipe which shall be drawn through the sewer. If any obstruction prevents the easy passage of the ball, remove and replace defective work at own expense to the satisfaction of the Architecl's Consultant. 3.07 FINAL INSPECTION A. If, in the final inspection, any broken or crushed pipes or specials or any defects are found in the sewer or in any part of its appurtenances, this section shall cause the same to be repaired or removed and replaced by the proper materials and workmanship, without extra compensation for the labour and materials required. B. At time of final inspection, all culverts, storm sewers, appurtenances and storm water pond to be cleaned of accumulated sediment and debris. Any and all disturbed areas to be restored to design specifications. C. At termination of 2 year warranty period, all culverts, all storm sewers and appurtenances to be cleaned of accumulated sediment and debris. Any and all disturbed areas to be restored to design specifications. 3.08 INSTALLATION - STORM SEWERS A. Concrete storm sewers shall be constructed in accordance with the Municipalityof Clarington Standards and Ontario Provincial Standards at the locations and diameters shown on the Engineering Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. Concrete pipe bedding shall be in accordance with OPSD 802.030 (Class 'B'). C. PVC pipe bedding shall be in accordance with OPSD 802.010. D. Backfilling of storm sewer trenches shall be suitable native materials as approved by the Consultant. All trenches to be backfilled in 300mm lifts and compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density. c:\103135\undrgser.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES PaQe 6 3.09 INSTALLATION. CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE A. Corrugated steel pipe shall be constructed in accordance with the Ontario Provincial Standards at the locations and diameters shown on the Engineering Drawing unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. Corrugated steel pipe end sections shall be in accordance with OPSD 801.02. C. Corrugated steel pipe bedding shall be in accordance with OPSD 802.014. D. Backfilling of the CSP trenches shall be suitable native materials as approved by the Consultant. All trenches to be backfilled in 300mm lifts and compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density in accordance with OPSD 803.03. 3.10 INSTALLATION. PRECAST CONCRETE STORM MANHOLES A. Precast concrete catch basin manholes constructed shall conform to the Ontario Provincial Standards unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. This item shall include the adjustment of the frames and grates to the top of surface course asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. 3.11 INSTALLATION - PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASINS A. Precast concrete catch basins constructed shall conform to the Ontario Provincial Standards unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. This item shall include the adjustment of the frames and grates to the top of surface course asphalt unless otherwise directed by the Consultant. 3.12 INSTALLATION. CONCRETE HEADWALL A. Concrete headwalls shall be constructed in accordance with the Ontario Provincial Standards at the locations and lengths shown on the Engineering Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. This item shall include the supply and installation of headwall grating and rip rap end treatment in accordance with the Ontario Provincial Standards. 3.13 INSTALLATION. WATERMAINS A. PVC watermains shall be constructed in accordance with the Region of Durham Standards at locations shown on the Engineering Drawings unless otherwise approved by the Consultant. B. PVC watermain bedding shall be as per Region of Durham Standards. C. Backfilling of the PVC watermain trenches shall be suitable native materials as approved by the Consultant. All trenches to be backfilled in 300mm lifts and compacted to 98% Standard Proctor Density. D. This item shall include the adjustment of the fire hydrant to finished grade. c:\103135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . I " ,I i! I ,I ~ I 'I '~I, 'I I ~I ;j , ; I I Ji I " I 11 ii ~I I II I I II I I 11 'I 11 1 J. 3.14 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02700 UNDERGROUND SERVICES Page 7 E. The watermain shall be constructed with a minimum depth of cover of 1.80m from finished grade to the top of the watermain. F. The watermain shall be spatially separated from sanitary sewers and storm sewers by a minimum horizontal distance of 2.40m. THE FOLLOWING STANDARD DETAILS ARE ISSUED WITH SPECIFICATION: S-102 S-304 S-401 S-407 S-408 S-409 S-420 S-431 S-433 S-435 c:\103135\undrgser.wpd OPSD-204.010 OPSD-205.060 OPSD-400.020 OPSD-401.010 OPSD-405.01O OPSD-701.010 OPSD-701.011 OPSD-701.012 OPSD-701.021 OPSD-701.030 OPSD-701.040 OPSD-701.050 OPSD-703.010 OPSD-703.020 OPSD-704.01O OPSD-705.010 OPSD-708.020 OPSD-802.010 OPSD-802.030 OPSD-803.030 OPSD-803.031 OPSD-804.01 OPSD-804.05 OPSD-809.01O OPSD-810.01O N-101 N-103 N-104 N-418 END OF SECTION I I ~' ,ill " '" '-, ~ I 111 ;! II 1 111 ,II I , '~ I :111 ,I !; , ill "i , I I I I I :~ I II II ;:I ~I ,) DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 CONFORMANCE A. The General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and the Requirements of Division 1, are prt of this Section and shall apply as if written here. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Excavating, backfilling and grading Section 02200 B. Concrete curbs and gutters Section 02516 1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Allowable Tolerances: B. Grade base courses with surfaces within 12.5mm (1/2") of established elevations and within a tolerance of 12.5mm (1/2") under a 3M (10'-0") long straightedge. C. Finish paving and curbs with surfaces within 12.5mm (1/2") of established elevations and locations, within 3mm (1/8") of other surfaces at junctions, and within a tolerance of6mm (1/4") under a 3M (10'-0") long straightedge. D. Compact asphaltic concrete paving courses to minimum 90% of laboratory density of mixtures. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Subcontractor Qualifications: B. Paving shall be done only by skilled workers, with suitable machinery, supervised by foremen experienced in type of paving specified. C. Paving shall be performed by a Subcontractor who has equipment adequate for Project, and skilled tradesmen so that placing is performed expeditiously; and is known to have been responsible for satisfactory installations similar to that specified during a period of at least five years. D. Materials and mixes that vary to a minor degree from those specified in this Section will be acceptable, if they are basd on standards of the engineering department of ajurisdiction having authority for road building at the location of the Project and which are approved. E. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies: Extend paving to edge of public paving. Perform pavement placing on public property and make junction with public road In accordance with design and material requirements imposed by applicable local authorities, in addition to requirements specified in this Section. 1.05 REFERENCES A. Reference standards: Reference standards quoted in Contractor Documents refer: ASTM 01751-83, Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). c:\103135\undrgser.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 2 CGSB Specification l-GP-74M, Paint, Traffic, Alkyd. CAN2-16.2-M77, Asphalts, Emulsified, Anionic Type, for Road Purposes. CAN3-A23.M77, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. 1.06. DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Delivery of Materials: Submit copies of weigh bills or delivery slips for all asphalt paving, and granujlar base course materials delivered for paving, if requested. 1.07 SITE CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: B. Commence placing and perform compaction of granular base course only when subgrade temperature is a least 2 deg. C and rising. C. Commence laying of asphalt binder course only when base surfaces are at least 2 deg. C, and the temperature is rising. D. Commence laying of asphalt surface courses oniywhen binder course surfaces are completely dry, at least 7 deg. C, and the temperature is rising. E. Suspend paving operations, if temperature drops beiow specified minimums. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Asphalt Cement: To meet specified requirements of MTC Form 1101. B. Aspahlt Aggregates: 1. Fine and Course Aggregate: To meet specified requirements of MTC Form 1003. 2. Mineral Filler: Dry limestone or other mineral dust, consistently graded as follows: Passing 600 Micrometres sieve: 10%. Passing No. 100 Sieve: not less than 80%. C. Granular Base Course: 1. In accordance with specified requirements of Section 02210. 2. Subbase: Compacted subgrade. 3. Base Course: Granular "A". c:\103135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,~ I fi! ;~ I , ~ I j I ~I I . ~: I I I 11 I I I 2.02 I PART 3 EXECUTION DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Pa(Je 3 D. Asphalt Joint Paint: Emulsified asphalt to meet specified requirements of CAN2-16.2-M77, Type 3 Slow Setting (SS- 1). E. Expansion Joint Filler: Premoulded, resilient, non-extruding, asphalt impregnated fibre, to meet specified requirements of ASTM 01751, Seal-tight by W.R. Meadows of Canada Limited, Flexcell by Sternson Limited, or otherwise approved. F. Sealer, Expansion Joints: Rubberized asphalt expansion joint sealer as prepared for use on foot traffic surfaces. G. Line Marking Paint: Alkyd traffic paint to meet specified requirements of CGSB Specification !-GP-74M. H. Filter Cloth: Typar No. 3341 by Dupont Co. or polyethylene sheet or as otherwise approved. ASPHALT CONCRETE MIXES A. Binder Course: To meet special requirements of MTC Form 1150 for H.L.8 apshalt concrete. B. Surface Course: To meet specified requirements of MTC Form 1150 for H.L.8 asphalt concrete. I A. 3.01 EXAMINATION II il , , ill , B. C. D. 'il,,'1 11 .I 3.02 PREPARATION Refer to Section 02200 of the Specifications for grading, compaction and backfilling requirements; field testing; and soil investigation specified for Project. Ensure that grading and backfilling has been completed in accordance with Section 02200 of the Specifications, and that subgrade conditions are satisfactory for placing of pavements before commencing placing of base courses. Inform Owner's Representative, if slopes to drains of finish pavements will be less than 1 % before placing base courses in order that corrective methods may be considered. Request verification from Contractor that subgrade densities, as specified in Section 02200 of tihe Specifications, have been attained under pavement locations. A. Protection: 11 ~I c:\103135\undrgser.wpd J 1. Prevent vehicle or foot traffic over freshly paved areas of asphalt for at least 24 hours following completion. Barricade as required. DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Pa(Je 4 2. Pave only in areas where no Project earthwork or trucking is taking place. 3. Take necessary measures to ensure that dust from paving installation is not spread over adjacent areas. 3.03 PLACING BASE COURSES A. Spread base course aggregate in 100mm layers and shape accurately, finish by blading, and roll to cross-section and profile required by Drawings and Specifications. B. Measure specified base course thicknesses after compaction to density of 98% Standard Proctor. C. Apply additional layers of aggregate to attain design depth. D. Place filter cloth on top of sub-base course before placing base course for asphalt paving over concrete structure. Lap joints of fitler cothe a minimum of 150mm (6"). E. At asphalt paving, use 10 ton steel-wheel roller, or equivalent vibrating roller. Sprinkle water on base course ahead of compacting machine to aid compaction or reduce dust nuisance, or both. F. Shape base course at edges of asphalt pavement to form extended shoulder and to allow for thickened aspahlt edge band. G. Fill low spots and compact with Granular "A" along length of existing granular walkway, prior to placing asphalt topping. 3.04 PLACING OF FINISH PAVEMENTS A. General: 1. Finish pavement surfaces to elevations indicated on Drawings. 2. Maintain accuracy of elevations to within specified tolerances. 3. Provide minimum slope of 6mm 1300mm (1/4" 1112") for finish paving unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Ensure that drainage is effected from all areas witihout formation of puddles. B. Placing of Asphalt: 1. Provide asphalt pavement to meet specified requirements for pavement installation of OPSS Specifications of Ontario. Ministry of Transportation, except for more stringent requirements specified in this Section. 2. Lay asphalt mixture only on dry bases from which foreign matter has been removed. 3. Deliver mixtures to site at minimum workable temperature. After spreading and before initial rolling, temperature of mixture shall be no less than 112 deg. C. 4. Control spreader alignment by positive means using string lines set from grade stakes or alignment stakes, or both. Place these controis on each side of pavement, or utilize other approved methods so that spreader is not guided by edges of preceding courses. C:\103135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 5 5. Ensure that containers carrying fuel oil, for cleaning of shovels, rakes or brooms, will not drip or splash oil on freshly laid asphalt. ~ ;- ~I " :11 11 ~I ~I ;1 1. , 6. Adjust course widths so that center joints of successive courses do not coincide. C. Finishing Asphalt Surfaces: 1. Roll asphalt to a smooth, dense, uniform surfaced with a 10 ton steel tandem roller. Manually tamp areas around manholes, curbs, and other inaccessible areas to produce surfaces matching rolled ereas. Use a 5 ton roller for walks or otiher confined areas of light duty pavement. 2. Use two 10 ton rollers when rate of production exceeds 40 tons/hr., or 20 tons/hr. when temperature is between 13 or 17 deg. C. 3. Roll asphalt across the direction it is spread wherever area of surface permits. D. Finishing Asphalt Pavement Edges: 1 . Trim exposed edges to neat straight lines. 2. Correct alignment and grade irregularities at edges of pavement by addition or removal of asphalt mixture before rolling. 3. Form a thickened edge band of asphalt to strengthen exposed pavement edges. E. Joints in Asphalt Pavement: 1. Make transverse and longitudinal joints, and joints between new and old paving, precisely and carefully. 2. Lap surface courses over joints in binder courses wherever possible and bond them well. II 1 'j !I :! 111 'II 111 '1 :11 ~I 11 3. Ensure that a bond is provided between new and old pavements, or between paving placed on successive days, by cutting through full depth of older course to expose a clean vertical surface, clean and remove. loose or broken material from vertical surface, and paint it witih bituminous emuision. Place hot mixture of new pavement against joint and rake to required depth and grade. 4. A tack coat will not be required on clean surfaces that have been placed within 24 hours of placing of succeeding asphalt. 5. Do not scatter excess material derived from joint making on freshly iaid asphalt: remove it from site. 3.05 LINE PAINTING A. Apply two (2) coats of line marking paint for traffic, direction and parking lines and markings as indicated on Drawings. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection Services: An inspection and testing company will be selected to verify that compaction of granular base courses and asphalt paving courses conform to specified requirements. c:\103135\undrgser.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02400 ASPHALT PAVING Page 6 B. Payment will be made to inspection and testing company directiy by Owner. 3.07 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING A. Replacement of Defective Paving: 1. Replace defective asphalt pavements with patches cut into pavement, in rectangular areas, and with joints made as specified. 2. Replace defective concrete sidewalk with patches covering entire area between scored joints. 3.08 PAVING SCHEDULE A. Vehicular Pavement - Light Duty Granular Base Subbase Course Binding Course Surface Course 200mm 150mm 80mm 40mm Granuiar 'B' Granular 'A' HL8 HL3 B. Vehicular Pavement - Heavy Duty Granular Subbase Subbase Course Binder Course Surface Course 300mm 150mm 90mm 40mm Granular 'B' Granular 'A' HL8 HL3 END OF SECTION C:\103135\undrgser.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "II I~I ,:\1 '111 ";1 !jl :~ ,~I 'il " .. 'M .. il :11 1,'1 ;1 ! ~I :11 ;~ I I i I .- I llAINlENANCE HOLE FRANE " COVER 75 mm C1.E.ARANCE FOR lOP TWO STEPS ONLY SEE NOTE 5 CONCRETE eN' YAXlMUl.l 300 mm BRICKWORK . : , . 130 130 1200 130 , , PARGE OUTSIDE OF JOINTS . PRESS SEAl. OR EQUIVALmT RUBBER GASKET ~ . 20 MPo CONCREII: BASE ! ~ BE POURED IN P : HOT BII1JMINOUS SEALER r=:, ~ 230 ., ~ ~ a;;~ 130 ~fl ~a;; :n " :2 1200 ]~ ~'27~ SEE TABLE 1800 SECTION A-A IAAlNlENANCE HOLE SEC:IlON SHAll. MEET AS.T.M. SPECIFICATION C-47B OR EQUIVALmT 130 ~ 8 CEIIENT BRl:K SEl' IN 3 PARIS SAND. 1 PARr CEMENl' MORTAR WITH IS mm PARGlNG ON Ol1TSIOE, SEALED WITH 1WO 00\15 OF BIIlJ\AINOUS PAINT. 230 230 ~ :. IIAINTENAHCE HOLE SEcnoN SHAll Mm A.S.T.M. SPECIFICATIONS C478 OR EQUNALmT " ~ . . 20 MP. CONCRETE BENCHING SHAll BE FORMED AFTER MAJN1ENANCE HOLE IS ERECTID . . . ~ .'- ~".~; i,'II . ...b 4. '. ......1 . <C .. "~ c . ..'~:; ~':". ~('.'4..<4:. .:'~:; ", "1' . . .~.. \~"~": ",'If" .... , 1-200 1800 SECTION B-B S7S 8 .. 1200. ~, PRECAST FLAT TOP NOTES: 1. OPENING IN IlASE FOR PRECAST SEC:nON NOT SHAU. BE LARGER THAN 0.0. + 2lImm SPACE IlETWEEN PRECAST SfCI10N & IlASE SHIU BE FILLED WITH HOT IlI1lJ\IINOUS SEALER. 2. lOP or BENCHIIG SHAU. BE SLOPED Kr 2ll; TO CHANNEL 3. - PIPES ElllERlltG THE PRECAST SECTION or IIAINTEN\NCE HOLE MOlE POURED IlASE MUST NOT ENTER AT A llAINmIANCE HOLE SECTION JOINT. 4. UFnNC HOlES IN PRECAST SECTIONS SHALl. BE COIIPI.EIUY FlUD WITH 3 PARTS SAND, I PART CEIIENT IoIORTAR AND POIIIIID BEFORE BICKFIUJNG. 5. IIAINlEIWICE HOLE SJEPSSHALl. BE PllSIl1Ot/fD 1S PER 0PSll 4OS.010 OR 0PSll 405;020 6. PRECAST FlAT lOP SHIU BE USED WHEN mrAL HEIGHT or PRECAST SEC:nON IS lESS lHoIN 1.80 m. 7. GASKEIS SIlAIJ. BE PLACED 1S PER _ACTURERS SPECIFICATIONS. 8. FOR llAlI/lENANCE HOLE 0EFIliS GREATER THAN 5.0 m, A IlAlllTENANCE HOLE SIFE1Y GRAlNl IS REQUIRED. llAX. SPAC1NG BETWEEN SAFElY GRAliS 185.0 m. 9. FOR 0EPlHS GREATER THAN 7.!5 m, THE llAINTENANCE HOLE MUST BE INOMDUAU..Y OESIGNED IF NECESSARY. 10. BENCHING DETAIL 1S PER OPSO 701.021. AlL 1lI101ENSlONS IN MIWM EXCEPT \\HERE Nom. DWG. DAlE: 1978 OJ RE\'lSlON NO.: 7 REV. DAm 2002 10 SCALE: N.TS. 1200 mm SEMI-PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE (FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 750 mm ON STRAIGHT RUNS) 8-102 SLOPE ~ SPECIFIED I I I I I I' I I I I I I I I I I I I I COI.tPACTEIl APPROVED NATNE BACKFIlJ.. SAND BACKFIll. COIIP,tClEj TO 9Blt STANDARD PRDcroR DENSIlY. ~ ~ ~ UNDIST1JRSED GROUND 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UWE:srONE COIIPACml TO 9B:l: STANDARD PROCTOR DENSIn' 300 WIN. SANITARY OBVERT BELOW STORM SPRINGLlNE ~ t.l..1f X MIN. 1200 rnm 1.35 tn 1500 .mm 1.50 m 1600 mm 1.6:i m SlOPE ~ SPECIFIED SAND IlAa<FIU. CDIoIFW:lED TO 98ll: STANDARD PROCTOR DENSITY UNDSfURBED GRDUND NOTES: !.BEDDlNG 1lATERW.S SHALl. BE FULLY EXTENDfD AND COIIPACml AQAINST TRENCH WAUS. BEDDING .....TERW..s SHALL BE PIXED AND CDIotPACIED aN 150 mm LAYERS. 19 mm CRUSHER RUN LMESTDNE COIIPACml TO 9B:l: ST.lNDARD PRDCTDR DENSITY 2. ND MECHANICAL COIIP1ClIDN EDUIPWEN1: SIWJ. BE USED ON TOP DF A PIPE PRIOR TO PLACING A UININUW OF 300 mm COVER. ~. PIPE SHALl. BE BEDDED TO PROPoSED UNE AND GRADE WTTII UNIFORM AND CONnNUOUS SUPPORT FROIol BEDDING. BLOCKING WITH Nt( HARD OBJECT SHALL NaT BE USED TO BRING 1HE PIPE TO GRADE. 300 WIN. lllN. SANITARY INVERT ABOVE STORM SPRINGLlNE _;1__ COMMON TRENCH BEDDING DETAIL FOR MAINLINE PVC SANITARY SEWER AND CONCRETE STORM SEWER All DIMENSIONS IN wrwUE:TRES EXCEPT WHERE" N DWG. DATE: 2001 01 RE\1SICIN No.: 1 REV. DAlE: 2002 1D SCAI.E:: N.T.s' ~_t:)1"\ A. I ::i I ::! ." I .! ~~ I i :i! I :,;j '.." H :'11 ,'.i I'! rJ 1..111 I r, ", r.::. l'll ] l~ I -'II 'J r~.1 .. 1,;:1 ... ~II ~ I 'I :,11 , ~I il I Ii ~I tl I I 1-0.0. + 6OO-j I (MIN. 900) I CONCRETE ENCASEMENT DETAIL 1. F'IIC WATERllAIN ....Y NOT BE CONCRETE ENCASED. 2. CONCRETE ENCASEMENT OF GRAVITY SANITARY SEWERS MUST EXTEND ~ PIPE JOINT TO PIPE JOINT. 3. THIS DErAIL APPUES TO PROPOSED PIP'NG ONLY. [-0.0. + 6oo~ I (MIN. BOO) I 'I f~~~' I- 0.0. ... eoo-j I (MIN. 900) I T " .......... ,., ....."" ..,.. t. ."-r....'t. ~t rM...... .,.,.. . o ~,..~~...:.....~..~...::.~. ',:' ;,1_'.,... . o )"'~.", .......~:~.......-...... - ., ," SAND BACKFILL COMPACTED I"'l '1"':~i~;7'1'(';::.:'~,.';:"I::,~';.'~'. ~R EN f ~..~..~"l-,,:....';,r":""~,1:'~~~":'~.:::'...~~,~ TO 9ax .",.......... 0 SITY T -_'" '..... __'" 6 ,,;..~,"ZI .~..;O!) "'f:' ....J .. . 'f a..~;D o '''~.:',~'''1.''. 4'lI,~'..~~"'i;Io.:". I"'l 4;.~:.;;~~~ 'l""~":;"~: '.~ ~4M~ ~:~iC.. ..:....~....~...: . ~.~~ ~4.,L. .... ~.:: ~<I" ....:,~o(. '.~~: '.". ,,,,..11.. .' .: .~~ CLASS 8 CONCRETE AND CPP PIPE Lf - 1.9 PLAIN OR REINFORCED CONCRM MIN. 15 MPa CONCRETE ARCH ORV TRENCI-l 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACTED TO 96 ll: PROCTOR CENSITY ~ TRnlCH HLB BLEND OF CRUSHED ClEAR STONE 100 --r CONCRETE CRADLE CLASS A RfINFtlRCEO A, - 1.(= 4- 4.8 ~ElNFORCED As l:::: 0..0: 4- 3.04- PLAIN 4- 2.8 SAND BACKFlLL COMPACrnl TO IlBll PROCTOR DENSITY SAND BEDIlING mo cavER COMPACrnl IN 1 SO mm LAYERS TO 9Bll: PROCTOR OEN.ITY ORY 1'RF'Nr':H 19 mm CRUSHER RUN WMESTONE COMPACrnl TO 98 ll: PROCTOR DENSITY wrr TR!='Nr:':J.I HLB EUNO OF CRUSHED CLEAR STONE r--O.O. + aoo~ r--O.O. + 600-j I (llIN. 900) I I (MIN. 900) I --r...~:.":-",:,~""''',:::,::,,,,,,,,,,,:,,,~~ eoUI1"\ ~"'.-..n!I., COMp.l~ ;'''':''''';'';:';':::'t'''':;'~''-:J":j..,.~ ! I ................_.,.......... y '\1' .............. grow","'r~ .......IJO.l.oI ,;t, "....,.....01... ........ 8 'l'.~.:~.::~;~,~~<....;.~~~~:-.::..:..-::-.: TO 9= PROCTOR DENSrTY :--' :..:::~~~-.::-'.,:,f'.~~~.~r.~::.;:.,'lfI g "l ..........,....,-... .:ol",':"'.\"r....r.~'t.. . . ...E-.~...~......,:......:. .. ...;,..._..... ,., t ."~;;.:;,::,~'".,::, ',".'!'':'' 19 mm CRUSHER RUN .''''(,'''.'..;/.~.','''ii;..;;~,. t LIUESTONE COWPACTED TO 9B ll: PROCTOR OENSIIY ~lR~ HLB BLEND OF CRUSHED ClEAR STONE DRY 1R~ CLbSS P PVC PE AND VC PIPE _;1_- r--O.O. + 600~ I (llIN. 900) I .~~.:'~~:.;:..~>::i~.!~?:i(,'~:;~1 ~ ,,~l r..,.. .... .. ,,........-..;1 ~. ~.,.. 0 1:9~~~i " :'~:-:"~....~::':"::~':."::.i-i+:,:....~.) .:'L 100 I CLASS D DUCTILE IRON PIPE LEGEND 0.0. - OUTSIllE DIAllEIER OF PIPE 4' - UlAll FACJl)R Aa I:::: AREA. OF STm NOTES ,. BEDIlINGllATERIALS SHALL BE FULLY ElmNllEO mo COMPACTED AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. BEDllING ....TERIALS SHALL BE PlACED NolO COIlPACTED III 1SO nm LAYERS. 2. NO llECIWlK:.\L COIlPN:I1ON EQUlPllEIlT SHALL BE USED ON TOP OF PIPE PRIOR TO PlACING A IlJNJMUM OF JllO mm COYER. 3. PIPE SHAI.L BE BEDDED TO PROPOSED U/IE mo GRAIlE WITH UNlFORIl AND CONIIIIUOUS SUPPORT ~ BEDDING. BLOCKING 'MTH _ HNlO OBJECT' SHALL NOT BE USED TO BRHl THE PIPE TO GRAllE. ALL DIMENSIONS IN Lt METRES EXCEPT "'ERE NOlED DWG. DA'IE: 1978 03 REVlSION NO.: S REV. DATE:. 2002 10 SCALE: N. T.$. SANITARY, STORM AND WATER (MAIN AND SERVICE) TRENCH BEDDING AND CONCRETE ENCASEMENT DETAILS ~-.4n1 ..-. - I - tl~ !~ "", " I I I I I 19 mm CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE COMPACTED TO 9SX PROCTOR OENSfJY CONCRETE SLAB 15 MPo A7 26 DAYS NEW SEWER DR WAT!IlWolN CROSS - SECTION LONGITUDINAL SECTION CLEARANCE GREATER THAN 1200 ~::::'~4- OO~_ I ~JHANGERS UN11L I i!;EEg I I 0.+ BACKFlLlJNG '" '" I I OPERATIONS REACH 7H1S POINT EXlS'llNG SEWER . WA7ERIl.\lN. PIPING Q ~ - -- OR CONDUIT + ci Q Q N tli t "~ NEW SEWER DR WA_ 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COIIPACTED TO 9SX PROCTOR DENSITY CROSS SECTION LONGITUDINAL SECTION CLEARANCE LESS THAN 1 200 ;J WORKS DEPAR'TMEN7 AU. D1MENSONS IN lIlWMEnlES EXCEP7 \\HERE NO DING. DA'Tt: 11183 "" REVISION NO.: 5 REV. DAn: 2002 10 SCALE: N.T.S. SUPPORTS FOR WATERMAIN, SEWERS, PIPING AND CONDUITS CROSSING TRENCHES ~-An7 'ill , jll I II II i! I 'II 1il .~ I ., " II 'I I ,.11 ;1 I :11 ~I II II II 'I ~I FINISHED GRADE 13 mm ROUND HOlE 'MTH GROMMET 135 mm SUDE 'NPE VALVE BOX & COVER 1RACER 'MRE E'" "it!! 010 .z ~~ EXTENSION (AS REIlUIRED) 50 mm OPERA llNG NUT OPEN TO LEFT GUIDE PLATE NON-RISING STEM TRACER WIRE CONNECTED TOGETHER USING A SPlIT BOLT' 10 CONNECTOR. SPlIT 'SOLT SHAlL BE WRAPPED IN ELEC'TRJCAL PUTTY. / I WATERl.tAlN L~--1 SLIDE TYPE FlNrSHED GRADE E'" "it!! 010 .z ~~ LSlON S~ SHAll. BE FASTENED TO Ol'ERAllNG NUT 'MTH 2 SET SCREWS \ \ \ , \ \ \ \ \ I . I / / I Jt J!}n~: 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE SCUD CONCRETE BLOCK 150 mm lC 150 mm x 3ClO mm L,~-l NOTES I. VALVE BOX SHAll. BE ADEllUATELY BRACED Vl\lILE BACKf1U..tIG AND MUST RElIAIN PLUIIB. 2. VALVE BOX EXtENSION SHAU.. BE USED ONLY IF REllUJREQ. 3. REFER TO "STANDARD SP.C1F1CAl1ONS FOR THE CONSTRUCllON OF"WATERYAlNS" FOR PLACEIlENT OF WARKER STAKES. 4. VALVE SHAll. BE: COMPl.ETELY BACICFIU.ED 'MTH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UWESTONE. 5. Vl\lEN THE DEPTH OF THE CPERAllNG NUT IS GREAlER THAN 2.0 m BELOW FNSHED GRADE AN EXTENSION STEM SHALl. BE USED. 6. ALL INUN. VALIIES INSTALLED 0tI P'IC WATERl.tAlN SHALL BE RES1RAINED AS PER 5-433. UNLESS OTHERlllSE NOTED. 7. IF VALVE BOX IS LOCATED IN A GRAIoU AREA. A. 1.0 m )C1.0 m ASHPHALT COllAR SHALl. BE INSTAUEII. 8. 1RACER 'MR. COATED. 7 SlRANO, 12 GUAGE: TW75, 1'MJ75 OR RW90XLPE 'MRE RATED AT MINUS .w c. 8. TRACER 'MRE SHALL BE INSTAllED OUlSlDE VALVE BOX AND BROUGHT INTO UPPER. SECllON THROUGH 13 nun ROUND HOLE AND LOOPED AT TOP. LOOP SHAU. BE _UM <450 mm IH LENGTH. , D. TRACER 'MRE SHALL BE IHSTAllED IN All. P.V.c. AND c.P.P. MAIN UNE VALVE BOXES. 11. CATHODIC PROTEC11ON. BONDING CABLE AND TRACER WIRE SHALl. BE AS PER ~, 5--439. TOO mm TO 400 mm GATE VALVE. VALVE BOX AND TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT FOR PVC OR CPP WATERMAIN AU. OIUENSONS IN MU..IUElRES WHERE NOTED. OWG.. DA 1E: 1991 11 RE\1SlOIi No.: 13 REV. DA 1E: 2002 10 SCALE: N.T.S. (::-A f'\Q II '1. fNDIWIT IT Iii is ~L . I , I ATTACH TRACE WIRE UP lHROUGIl SPUT RING AND FAS'lEN ",0 ...:e ~~ I. FINISHED GRADE MIN. 1500 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTO/oE COIlPACTED TO _ PROCTOR. DENSITY WfW' '!RACER WIRE ONCE AROUND flltlRANT SAAREl. Iii... ~~ ~fil ~~ ,)! ..... ~j5 lRACER WIRE COAlED 7 !mWID 12 GAUGE 'lW7S. 'TWU7S OR f/j/ 90 XLPE WIRE ""lED AT MINUS ~C 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACTED TO 9B" PROCTOR DENSfTY 150 mm GATE VM..VE 150 mm P\IC PIPE '!RACER WIRES CONNECrm TOGETHER USING A SPLIT BOLT I 10 CONNECTOR SPLIT BOLT SHAI.l. BE WlW'PED IN El..ECTRIC.\L PLmY JOINTS SIW.l. BE MECHANIC/\llY RESTRAINED I'S PER S-4J:l CONCIlm BlOCK UtN. 1000 150:11: 150 lC 300 ;I HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS All DIIlENSlONS IN IllLUME'TRES EXCEPT 1flHERE lED. __ DAlE: 1S7B 0:; RE\lISlON NO.: '1 REV. DATE: 2D02. 10 SCALE: N. T.s. I I I I I I 1. JOlN1S SltAlI. BE MECHANICAl.U..Y RESlRAllEIl. 2. BEDDING AS PER 8-401. 3. HYDRANr EXTENSIONS SHAU. BE INSI'~ AT BOTTOM OF' BAAREl.. 4. ANCHOR TEE. VN.VE lit Hl'DllANT SHAll. BE COI.tPlElELY BACKF1U.ED WTlH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UlotmONE. 5. IF HYDRANr REQUIRES ACCESS ACROSS DITCH, INST.\I.lAT1ON SH.\U. BE AS PER S-42B. . B. TRACER WIRE COATm. 7 STRANO. 12 ll.I.UGE 005, 'TWU75 OR RW 90 XlPE WIRE ""lED AT lllNUS .we. 7. TRACER WIRE SHALl BE INSTAI.lED AT .II.l HYOR.INI' lOC,I,TIONS. B. Cl.1H00IC PRCITECT1DN. BllNOtIG CABLE AN/) TRACER WIRE 5IW.I. BE I'S PER 8-C35. S-<I39. Q_AnQ ~I ~ ~ I II jl: ..~ I '1 - , :11 ..~ I I i! ~I " ,~ I :il ;<" ';11 ,ill I > : ~ ill '" ~ I I,:! II ~'i I I:'!j i-!j ~ 300 WIN. V1CTAUUC J COUPLING \ MIN. 2000 PLAN - TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED AU VAL'IES SHAlL BE PLACED IN AN UPRIGHT POSITION 8;:: !!!'" g;:: ..'" MIN. ELEVATION - TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED NOTES 1. THE BACI<Fl.OW DEVICE SHAU. BE SUPPCIfllED ~ AN APPRO'YED MANNER. 2. RESlRAIN AllINGS AND PIPE WA1ERlAl. SHAlL BE AS PER 1HE ONTARIO BUIUlING COOE. 300 WIN. ANISHED FACE OF WAU NISHED CElUNG RESTRAlNfO JOINT ANlSHED FLOOR iii All DIMENSIONS IN ..IW ETRES T ~E NOTED. D'Ml. DAlE: 1993 11 RE\1S1OHNO.: 5 REV. DATE: 2002 10 SCAl.[, N.TS MIN. BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE LAYOUT FOR BUILDING 63 mm TO 200 mm Q_A~t"'\ TABLE NO. 2 IIINIMUM RES'TRAlNING lENGnl (m) VERTlCAL OEFl.ECl1ON HORIZONTAL ::: DOWNWARD THRUST UPWARD THRUST DEl'LECT1ON (mm) 11.25" 22.5" 45" 1 1.25" 22.5' 45" 11.25" 22.S" 45' 100&:150 1.5 2.8 4.9 4.8 7.5 10.1 1.5 2.8 4.9 200 2.0 3.7 5.3 5.3 9.5 13.1 2.0 3.7 5.3 300 2.5 5.2 9.D 5.e 13.4 15.3 2.e 5.2 9.0 400 3.B B.7 11.B 11.2 17.2 23.7 3.5 5.7 1'.B 19.3 AU. DIMENSIONS IN MIWt.4E1RES EXCEPT llH E NO D~. DATE: 1991 11 REvISION NO.: 4 REV. OATE: 2003 06 SCAlE: N.T.s. ITRENCH WIDTH I '9 mm CRUSHER RUN Ut.4ESTONE COt.4P~.GTED TO 95 " OF PROCTOR OENSflY. ~t;~~F!:~ MIN. 300 ...L 0.0. ~,,Il: oS). ",:'.. -r '"';,:"" ....:.;...: t.4IN. 300 75 SECTION A-A fiORIZONTAL DEFLECTlQI::l RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL ~ PER 5-433 \: ~CH BED 8~'1 'TRENCH WIDTH TRENCH WIDTH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN t.4ESTONE COt.4PAC'!EO 98 II: OF PROCTOR SITY I ;S:~:::~~ j~.D. .:,~ "':: i.,'t-,._",:'~ 150 ..... f Cl.EI\R STONE FOUNOAnON ~ REQUIRED SEE NOlE 3 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMP~ TO 95 II: OF PROCTOR DENSITY >:" ::-'. ,. t;;. ~oo ....:...."=, 1', ...~ MIN ;.:.~~~:. ':~:'';.:'.. . ,''';'', ,1>." 00 ~~;~.\..:....~~.~~. . . SECTION C-C UPWARD THRU~ . SECTION 8-8 DOWNWARD THRUST VERTICAL DEFLECTION NOTES TABLE NO. 1 t.lINIt.4UM Dlt.lENSION FOR GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS DEFL PIPE IlIAIIETER (mm) ANGLE 10001:150 200 300 400 . 11.25" 400 500 BOO 700 22.5" 400 500 500 700 45" 45D 550 550 750 90' 600 700 B50 950 1. AU. JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RESTRAINING LENGnl "L" SHAI.L BE RESTRAINED ON EACH SlOE Of' THE F1TTING. 2. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHAI.L BE FUll. Y EXTENDED AND COMPACT!D AGAINST TRENCH WALLS. 3. IF THE BEARING CAPACITY OF TRENCH BED RESISTING DOWNWARD THRUST IS LESS THAN 100 KN/m2. .CLEAR STONE FOUNDAllON SHAll. BE PROVIDED ~ DIRECTED EIY THE ENGINEER. 4. WHEN F1TTINGS ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSED UNDER PRESSURE, AU. JOINTS t.lUST BE RESTRAINED. .5, AU. F1TTING JOINTS SHALl. BE RESTRAINED IN EARTH All. APPUCATIONS. 6. CATHODIC PROTECTION, BONDING CABLE AND TRACER WIRE SHALl. BE ~ PER S-4J5, 5-439. "L" JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH FOR PVC PIPE COMBINATION WITH GRANULAR THRUST RI n~k'" (IN Q_ A '3ot I I I I I I I I !:~ I ,.. ~ I I ~I ~ I ~I I I II I II II ~I II II , II :1 "L" GRANUlAR THRUST BLOCK 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACtED TO 98 % PROCTOR DENSITY. "1." )JDD "1." hlECf!l.NlCAl JOINT CAP 30D .... :"'1 . . ..,i ~.: , ... '. '. O.D. UNDSTURBED GROUND ELEVATION DEAD ENOS "L" ~ E '" c.> :z ... /!E ~~ -'" GRANULAR lHRUST BlOCK '9 mm CRUSHER RUN UhlESTDNE COIlPACTED TO 96 % PROCTOR DENSm-. RESlRAlN JOI & {Et1ll q RESTRAINED TI;E TRENCH WIDTH WHERE PIPE IS 7WO SIZES LARGER OR hlORE TO REDUCED PIPE. i.e. 300 . TO 150 . 200 . TO 100 . RESTRAINED REDUC~ PlAN "1." GRANUlAR lHRlJST BLOCK 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UIIESTONE COhlPACTEll TO 96 % PROCTOR DENSITY. 300 UN~RBED GROUND JDO RESTRAINED J ELEVATION TRENCH WIOlH PlAN PLUGGED CROSS 3. GR.\NULAR THRUsT BlOCKS SHAll. BE ENCLOSED WITH FILTER rABIlIC If' GROUND WATER TABlE IS ABfNt THE TRENCH BED' OR IF GROUND WATER IS SEEPING THROUGH TRENCH WAlLS. 4. WHEN FlTT1NGS ARE PARTIALLy OR FULLY EXPOSED UNDER PRESSURE, AU.. JOItrn; l/UST BE RESI1lAINED. S. M 'ml~m SHt.LL BE RES'TRAlNED IN EARTH 6.CATHODIC PROlECTlON. BONDING CABLE AI() TRACER WIRE SHAlL BE /oS PER 8-4.'55. S-4J9. 7. ALL SIDES SHAll. BE RESTRAINED FOR IN UNE TEES. ALL D1hlENSlONS IN MI :lOO 27.7 0100 36.:\ METRES EXCEPT IIliERE NOTED. Owe. DAlE: 1991 11 RE'<1SION NO., 6 REv. DATE: 2003 OS SCAlE: N. T.8. NOTES 1. ALL JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RESTRAINING LENGTH "1." SHAI.1. BE RESTRAINED FRO\! lHE 1'IRST JOINT ON FlTT1NG. 2. GRANULAR THRUST BlOCKS 'SHAI.1. BE FULLY EXTENDED AND COl/PAC:TED AGAINST TRENCH WAlLS. IF TRENCH WALL ARE SATURAlED OR OtSIURBED, SPECIAl. DESIGN DETAILS OF' THRUST RES1RAINT SHAlL BE PROVIDED BY E ENGINEER FOR REVIEW BY TIlE REGION. PIPE DIA. 'L" I.tIN. RESTRAINiNG LENGTH (m) 15.2 19.6 100&150 2DD THRUST BLOCK FOR PVC WATERMAINS FOR HYDRANT RUNOUTS. TEES AND DEAD ENDS C" .Inn I ,/i ~ ~~ ~ .APfII"flI ~-",,,, 1!11i .p.J.~ ~(j1f. f!lliirl" FIf? fll"fI ~~ fI ~,~. ~rtJ ~ ~:)t r? ~ ~J; I<'l 1l-5 t~ .~~ 5r ~~ ~fI ~ ~ ~ ~if. rfJ1", ~1; rs~ ~~ ".,. (3 wnJ;I"C: I'\l='PA~"ru~rT' D1UENSIONS IN UfWt.tE1RES EXCEPT 'M-iEllE . I OWG. DAlE: 1981 D4 CATHODIC PROTECTION / BONDING REVIS10N NO.: 5 CABLE / TRACER WIRE ~A:r.s. 2002 '0 I FOR PVC AND CPP WATERMAIN SYSTEMS R-.4~~ "I I , " l' 11 II iI 'II !I i II ~I ill 1 " c: ::J o ... '" .!! '"' o ... D.. .~ / '" / 'C o I N ~j I / / I I I \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ ..il 'I :1 .~ I " I I II II II II I 11 ~ I / / / / I / ./ " .... o z " " E '" .<:J ::J en ~ " '" " .<:J .<:J ::J '" \ \ \ \ \ \ \ .... o 0.. .2 "0 " .0 " " e ....... 0,2 .<;;::J ........ c: o 0..0 Z "... wO'" Cl II W ...J"1:J " " o ... '" ".... ...0 " "E ,,::J "E ....- 0).5 .!!E ;:0 o "'0 0...... .!! t;::: o ... 0.. :2 5 ... .- .!(:) o " E '" " " ~ ~ " e in c: c.C:~ 0.. 0 0 0"''<;; .... '" c: c: Q) :5 II> Q) c.J: _.r= U) .1:..... 31:.......- ...." "O"'~ ... c: CD l7) Q) CD 0' = e..c Q. ~ u..... ..... Q) Q) ..:.::: C 0 g G)"'O U (I) "02 ..8~0..,,'" .... ....'" ::I ::J.c Q) c. "2 ~ .a~ .cC::I .'b~ .s~~ .t:~.J: 0 ",,5'::; .....0.....- - QJ 0...... c." -" E Q) 4) CD..o "'Oc."C Q) '"0 = E E ",,= .50.5(0 E!6-,E .<;; :5" "'.0 ..... 0 0 <D ..0 ::I c: ._ "-"0::1 0- 3r;""C !:: 0 C II) en ~~~"""E;:-g ~ "E ,,",,::J 0 0 .- .- ED - CI) t::Q)t~ cvQ)c ,,'" o:t::~.o" 0 Q.CI) o.c 0 c: C "en CI)..om.c"'iDol:i.c: .... L. U).o ~ ..... Q) tn"" ~2 ~ "E g.!! .!; - -..0 0';:"'0 l.LJ ::J 4):::1 t"') 0 0 .....o,-oo'XL.- o co "lIl....OwD..< z~ N <cot) ~ o Q; .0 ~" 0" -.... "" .0> " EO OX ," ~ E C! ~ c: o .t: .... ... " 0.. " " "0 > " n:: 1 I I 1 I 10 I(/) 10. :0 Ol Ol Ol ~ 'c 0.. < Cl Z ~ o o e::: ~ ~ tn ...J <C U Z '> o e::: a.. o iE ~ z o I-w ~~ ~C) I-OJ ~::l ~en 0:::1 I-en 0:::5 ~~ Ow -Jen 55 [DO I I Profile grade I ---d]Q~ .~..=f;~~l lzo (k-d)J Limits of frost heave I-zo (k-dl--! I I I I LONGITUDINAL SECTION ,,'.\ <t 1_____I~rofile grade --------:::::-.......... 3.'7 370- 250mm min Typ I <t I I Profile grade I Subgrode k 1_. ~--:==:~=~~I~ 3~ :...._~ ~ Subdrain os specified I Typ TRANSVERSE SECTION WITH SUBDRAIN I I TRANSVERSE SECTION WITH DITCH 1 Frost heave material sholl be excavated and replaced with specified granular material. A Profile grade and subgrade lines apply ocross the transverse sections. B All dimensions ore in millimetres unless otherwise shown. LEGEND: d-Depth of roadbed granulars k -Depth of frost treatment bel profile grode, os specified NOTES: I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 ---------- FROST HEAVE TREATMENT ---------- OPSD - 205.0 I I] I '11 J to U E OX) I Eo. u ~~ w 0 L~t I N 0 Z w 0 0 r -~ ;:: Z ~ U q_ 1 0 <0 W ;:: "0 III ~ 0. 1 u C N~ W 0 III 11 i ~I :1 0 I I > I ~ Q) I 0:: I I I I 0 I I 0 I I l N I I > I I ( 0 ( Z I I I I ( o . ~ c o ;; . 0 O..c ;;; l/) I Q) o .~ (f) ;; 0.. ~ o Q) ..c ~ ..c 0 ~ .~ UJ l/) c~ o c :;:; ::I o C l/) ::J Q) .~ '- c~ o Q) o .~ c= .- E "0 o C Q) .- ~ Q) Q) ~ .0 0 o l/) ~ c o Cl "iij (f) C 0.. Q) o E u :u VJ .'!1 w..c= f-I-<: o z<:m II 'I Ii I 'I I ':1 '" c '0. . Z ... en c :5 0 :c <CO 0 0.. 'ti E LiJ E '< '" 0:: <.:> o I o Z o ;:: u w (f) v c: ~ :2 3:: 0::: :2 ~wO'" Cl~u-g Cl <( W 0::0:::1-1.0 <(u-<(:<! ClWo:::C Z 0::: c:> Il ~ VJ<(I-<. ::;)<(- -' 0...J ~ ::!;tlJU-c o C z ~w L > 60:::: o 0::: <( g: _:::> t 0- I- tIJ ~ OtIJ l 0:: <(:C' ~Ul-[ is ~: ( I ~I II ill I , SZ +I T1 Cl I " Olv '" sr-j I r- ~ ~S-j r- U <: ~ I H-jl zr-l f- <: z rZ9 0 ;:: m LS9 Ir-u u w ., (Il II .s ~ EE EE ~~1- - IIA~ V9~ Tf !I ill II il , \1 f! ~ , j ~o. 0'::- . - :gg o m:;:; ~g- OX) " z '" '" '" :5 g Ll N -r <(0.. '" tT 1 '" I ~'" ..l <n 1LiJ "''' E E ~ "HO T - Z E E <( .!.J ss t Q '" '" 0:: I- & ..j- a.- u w ..l '" III 0 ;;; '" '" o '" 1"'''' N '" to <CO 0<( fClf :g '" +I m .~ .0 U'J. ozs ~ o '" ..c~ o '" C..c o '" " v 3 co -0-0 '" C 3 " ...~ O~ "'c _..c '"~ ~.~ '" ",E " E ..!!o c.... .- X "-I 20 >. Ul- t-/.~ .' J ,. .... ~. ,,'~ :.'/ ". '". ~ f I" '.',:-1 E 1'~ . '1--8"5 I .,! I '" E > .\ 1 '-' ~ h'.' .1 \' . \.:. \ ., \ ' a. .. .. ,,-0 '0 E EE ... Ecoa. ~)(~ " C '" >. ..c ~ '" >. o "- to ..., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . e . . . . . ...... 0- "'", - co ..~ ..~ ~ "-0 '" " '"~ " ~ -0 -="t; .s" Ul"- 5 D.. E ~ C 'E ~ <( 4D!4 ww l pO.J, poqqllil """"'-- E " 8"E '" ..........___= _od"/ 110M JO 90D..:I 901> q; " - " " '-" " '-" 00 C ~ ~'" ",=ij~ 1lJ'~ :~V -03: E...f~ t-~1.~ ~ <J. 20 E I - _ Cslj:5 ~g ~ H N ... "' 0( f i5 o > ;;: Iz j" e::: :5 ::Hn 0!/) Z~ ~Z...J (.)_W ~gt;i o '" N <( .l: :z o fi w Ul I- Z w :it :it ::;) w z ~ :it (.) ::;) Z ...J:r:W 4;!::W 5~~ ::;) ~ U ..... ~ ~ o a.. '- o ..c " " co > "" " ",- C'" ..!!oo >'c :5:;=; " 0 ~"'5 o '" 0...5 ~ 5 ll. '" o lii " .....E] ""Eo 010._ t-N'O ., 03 ..2 c: ::l '" Ql ... .... Ql E >- ~~ 5<> ~ ... o '" e .... '" E "f oS: '" L. " Cc: ",:t c:0 o~ 00; C:.Q:> " C1l E- -~ .."'0 () l=! =:5 00(0 Zo( z .--:lID o~ '.R ww OUl ~~ ~~ <.l '" o >- ~~ ><> ~ -.. 0 (I) Z a. ~ LU I- 0 (I) 0 e::: LU 4; 0 --' ~ 03: !/) :1:0 ...J ~ 4; W-l U ()~ Z 6 z e::: <( a.. Z 0 LU .0:: ..... ~ Z z - 0 <( ~ :it ::;) Z :it ~ 5 ::;) (.) e::: u I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ".-------" \~~:::::::L~ - l II ~ I I I"".> i I ~ I I ~I I ~I " '! ]1 , ! Iv I - For adjustment unit and frame installation see OPSD-7D4-.01O Typ ~ , , " ~ Tapered top See alternative D , '. Riser sections os required " - Monolithic base with inlet and ouUet openings to suIt See allernatives A,S. and .. .' . ALTERNATIVES A SUMP FOR STORM SEWER MAINTENANCE HOLE 1200mm dia ,,' D ...'" ~..' '. :'l"~' : <If. " r. :"01" .",_.. . y . .300mm, Typ -1- .'- .... ~ ;. ~ Granulor--!i":.".'(. ..:..:-:..' .....,. '~ bedding -~-------- B PRECAST SLAB BASE Bottom rIser secUon with "inlet and ouUet openings. to 9Uit ., . .... ...,.. . ~...~ ':;,.' '" ..... .f".~.... ~ ~I ! . .. If... ~ . . r""r"" "...... .:1 t..:..._.:....... ..:....:~.:.:..._..:..:...:.!.:........J Granular " bedding 1.1 , I ;. . . + .. JOO Note ~ ["~7:" .. ',' '~,'~' .' .'; (1 . . ,.. ....... " '1' ., -'-' . -_.:..._----~ Granular bedding C CAST -IN-PLACE BASE Riser section . 1""150 _____ ~ Irl50 , .,. .'{.': ~ , ., ...... JOO r..::'.:... ":'~';i.:1, ste~7e'1~for~:m'e'~l ~;::nulor as specllled bedding NOTES: 1 The sump is meosured from the lowest invert. A Gronulor bockfill to be ploced to 0 minimum thickness of 300mm all around the maintenance hole. B Precast concrete components occordlng to OPSD-701.030. C Structure exceeding 5.0m' In depth to include sofety platform occording to OPSD-404.020. D Pipe support according to OPSD-70B.020. ill I II ft ,. , II o PRECAST FLAT CAP cap ~ .; Rls~r section ~ '. E For benching details. maximum pipe hole diameters and flow configurations, see OPSD-,-70 1 .021 . F All dimensions ore nominol. G All dimensions ore In mllllmetres unless otherwise shown, ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING ~.!/ PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE 1200mm DIAMETER April 1999 OPSD -- 701.010 ,.-, For adjustment rr-------'f\ unit and frame \ c:l.l_______L~ installation see C:J-------I:l OPSD-704.010 L_J-l _J Typ Tapered lop See alternative D and E :' . Riser sections 05 required die Transition slob See allemative C i"::- :;',' . .\,1 1500mm dia Ria ef sections os required c 300mm max .! 'E Typ E " E o :\ 0 ..' co . "~6.."'.tiI ..... ;a..... ':., . ,,~"'.J.~ . J . ... . . . .:. : ....,11 ',' . ,. .. ..... .",.. ..." ." .:fa. I. tt ~~~:'~~~'i'::':" > ~~~~'3Jl- bedding Typ "'-- Bench or sump Note 1 ." Precast slab bose See alternative A and 8 ALTERNATIVES A PRECAST MONOLITHIC BASE . J ., J A J .- ,. :".". .~ ~'.~'.,", i Granular .., . , . ," -6' '0', ,. A bedding --er. .:,.... .' .::'.':. ..... .:...-) , . .... .'" ..... ':J ----------- B CAST-IN-PLACE BASE :........,... 1.4" .,{'" ,'%J ..... "~../I"': ~l':"" "'I. I... . ,Or. . l 300 '\' .... . t.. .' ..:...... '!J '. .:..:. ..:" 'lj;'. :, . Tr ....,.... '.'.. ,........., I i.'/, .. ",: ...... '.', ..:., Granular -=r-.-J---------..I bedding steel reinforcement os specified NOTES: 1 For sump detail see. OPSD-701.01 O. A Granulor backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm 011 oround the maintenance hole. S Precast concrete components according to OPSD-701.040. OPSD-703.01O ond OPSD-706.010. C structures exceeding 5.0m in depth to include safety platform according to OPSD-404.020. I I I I I 300 o Pipe support occording to OPSD-708.020., E For benching detoils. moximum pipe hole I diameters and flow configurations, see OPSD-701.021. F All dimensions are nominal. I G All dimensions ore in millimetres unless otherHise shown. I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE 1500mm DIAMETER ,," -- ---------- ---------- 701.0 I OPSD J! ,j I 'I !~ I' ,I! I I- I ijll I 11 I I I I I,w' !I il 11 1. tl ~I i .:.Jt. For adjustment IT-------l1 unit and frame \ ~.l_______L"":J installation see }-.,.-------r-l OPSD-704.010 C:}-l r:J Typ Tapered tap See alternative C and 0 ~ Riser sections as required , Transition slab See alternative B i"~ ~".' '~'l ~ .! 'E E ,. E . 0 .4:. . '. 0 .,,: :/?':~""" J[:~::'~:'~ J~ . .... .~. ".-""'. ~~ . .. . '~':'.; ::".~."--:. ',:" .:~ '. r::" ~ . : ........, Precast slab .:.':" .....: :...... ;'. :' . '"....1 ~~:e alternative ~:......:..:...t~G~":--1 -'b'-dd~-"':"-=---=-~.J ranu or e 1"9 1800mm dio Riser sections os required Bench or sump Nate 1 300mm Typ c 1200mm PRECAST FLAT eM> 'A' .- " Flat cap . 1200mm dia. : Riser " ,. section 1 NOTES: 1 For sump detail see OPSD-701.010, A Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the mointenance hole, B Precast concrete components according to OPSD-70 1.050. OPSD-703.020 and OPSD-706.020. C Structures exceeding 5.0m in depth to include safety platform according to OPSD-404.020. A AL TERNATlVES CAST-iN-PLACE BASE 150 r- ,: 1..I150 ,. 330 '. . .i. ...... ~ . ;.,.. .d' I.. ~ 300 .,lI., ... " ';' . . '. ,. & T~ '.' , ,,' ,,' ....,.,..'" '. ~~nu~~.r~~'~~t~I~~~orcement bedding as specified B TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB 125 -j r-1200--j r 125 - , 160 160 ~ 1800 ~ D 1800mm PRECAST FLAT CAP Flat cap r. t. :...~: ....., 4 - Riser section 1600mm dia D Pipe support occording to OPSD-708.020. E For benching details, maximum pipe hole diameters and flow configurations, see OPSD-701.021. F All dimensions are nominal. G All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE 1800mm DIAMETER ..- April 1999 OPSD ...."':""':........ ."...~' I I I I I I I I I 1. Right angle bend 2. Tee connection 3. Three way junction 4. Four way junction II' '. , 5. Stroight through 6. Deod end . . . . -.\ . , "i . ,--... _. . ." Concret~- . As specifit mln 0/1 50mm mln 8:1 I I I I I Section 7. Wye connection 8. 45" bend NOTES: A Concrete for benching to be 30MPa. B Benching to be given wood float finish, channel to be given steel trowel finish. C All dimensions are nominol. D All dimensions are in milimetres" or metres unless otherwise shown. MAXIMUM SIZE HOLE IN THE WALL IN PRECAST RISER SECTIONS Maintenance No.7 Hole Diometer No. 1-4 No. 5 & 6 No. 8 Inlet Hole Outlet Hole mm mm mm mm mm mm 1200 700 860 780 700 860 1500 860 1220 960 . 860 1170 1800 1220 1485 1220 . 1220 1485 240D 1485 2020 1760 1485 202D 3000 1930' 2450 2300 1930 2450 3600 2195 3085. 273 2195 - 3085 ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING .1998 03 01 MAINTENANCE HOLE BENCHING AND PIPE OPENING DETAILS ---------- ---------- OPSD - !<Ii Ii I 1 , .~ I" 1 :! I'""" " i~ I I , 1 '1 " I i I"" I I 1 I I -..;;,;,.. 1 I 11 II ~I;,-, ! 11'" j +,0 E E o ~ +lo E E o ~ E e " ~ o " ~ o '" ~ I '" -+,<: o " ~ SOZ1 I~' m Ill. 0 m< '6 (J ~T z .... ~ es ~ ~ - ~ (Ju... Lt LU (f) ~ 0 N o " ~ , N E .:.:......... ~E "E "'00 g ~G~ '" 1 ~ '" z :5 0.. <0.. ..l:~ ZO OLU _a::: I-LU (Jo.. ~j:!: T ~ ~ ~ 1. ',~""' T!- otrL -II o ~ ~ N N - ~ ~ "w/zwWO!iZ :fa;l1~.:u!:l~ r .-.--~+ QZ ,Q QI- 0 Q '6 ZLU E 0 E OVl 0 i=c:: 0 ~ QLU LUVl Vl- c:: .. " .. 1iOE . u' .E t(e ....' ",E DE ~~ ~E ~~ ~ ~ LU L o~ 1m I t I 0 .. I z()i!j Z ~ , o:t:E 1:5 E , 0 I 51- - E ::ige 0.. 0 I f L [-ig wO .~ Vl6~~ I ~ ~Sl ~ '" _~":..J-' ~ wwoov~ xow ~ Cl oat JD^ u o +,w ~ ~ 00 .0.0 -~e ~n ~ .0 ~ " ~. It} ~ ~ -. . Z :5 0.. +lw u o E E o o ~ 01;' "" ~"5 , . ~ . +,0 ---,,~ +,0 L ;I\CN 'l(OU.I WOL , I (: , !I o ~ .. . u e ~ ... ~ ... ~ " ~ I -I , , I \ e l! u . " ~ ~ " :i:5.~ .8".-; e ~~~ :="a OG... e.. :i~"~ ~~ 00 .0.0 -~e ;;; ~ .0 = :f~'" ~>. -". E 'E ~ .... ~ LU(D I<x LU..lo ZVlE_ OLUE I., FU)O G:l U;!;cio w..........z (f) ~soz j . -=r ~ E ;j o ~. "'0 .. ~i ~.s g ':EE :lee ~g~ >~- o to o . ~ I I > I I " I I c:: I I ~ I I 0 ..., I I 0 I I co I I Ol I I Ol ~ I I ...... o " Cl en CL o en l- Z W Z wOo:: ~a..w o::~t:i ~o~ OW<( (J...JCl o ~:c E <(W E (JOO WZO ~<(C\I o o.z T- o:: W j:;Sl- z Z o <( ::::a " Z ~ 0::: Cl o ~ Cl Z j:;S (fI -l <C o z 5 o 0::: Cl.. _.0 00 ~ L. en ~ ... E 0 0 oo.2.,~ ICi "--......0'> 0 411 0.0 0 ..;- :c6+'........:: I o..c-c 0 = 0 =-' co,.. c . (/) o 50- -..r: L.. 0.. >~:Jo mlDO 0'.,0-' > . 00...-000 C)~4)OOCJ....N4)CD ...... E " 0 '- &... ClJ OC'l4llo>EOlICi00., ., ",,,,., ::l c: 0 ., .,..!! 411 ,-''-'0 OlE '6.... c: c: c: .,::l::l.o C:._'" 10 o::l 0.0.0 '(iC:0 -.- ..c (J L."- 00 (IJ UJ IJ] .....-:= 0 E <JU') c: c: () ...., 00...... _ 00.. Q;) CD L.. ~..c..c'o.E E .,O.E .1;;0 (fI &!"Q."Q.C: l!!E ~-c"OE ~ L.. G) ;) EO =tl) ...... c: = = '- 50.."00 .q:C'lVlO<<O z- < CD (JO c: Ol ;!: .. 0 .....c Ol" -= E C=1n c: -,- .-'E E E 411 o c:..c c ..__ o E E E E "' "' ~ ~ ~ "' ~ E E "' ~ E E ~ 0 o iil iil I ~~~~ -."".-' o " ~ I '" ,\ (.)z .. 10 ~ 0 (.)1- I ~ E (..l E ZW > I 0 OVl CIl a.. 0 Cl: I ~ t5Cl: L 100<1 WW I VI!!] 0 I a: .., I rl- .~. 0 I ~ wwQOtZ ~ <Xl 1 en XDW 01 Oat S;I!-lO^ en I ~ I I w T: o~ o I 6lD x 0 z'"' 0 ii: <: E' 0 zQ E ~ ..J 5 : 0:1: .,.. r- a.. ~ ' j:~ E z _ '-'8 (,,):::10" 0 1, I,., wO ......0 r VlZO O~z r ~- of- ~ o N ~ ~::IU! I1IWQSL DOte:: XDW O} 006 ~^. 0 c: .... E 0 OJ 3: ..E~ G)'''': Q) 0 ...- ..., ~.c: '" > 0 - c:.!! s::::" -.t G) 0") 0..0 0 .<: I ...: E 0'<:- 0 o::::l f~~~;i~ ~'E'~ lii c-~ . g.s:=5 "" "" 00 0 c .....\- G.l ... "" lIJ 4) :8CO'~E t:n~ 6 5~ ._.,~ ::l c:1O ., ~ " r..- 0> E '50 ., .,- oUJ:tc ......c:c:c r.. 0..0 "0'1: 0 I .!2 o::r o+ooI..c_ .....E- 00 en '0 n -'....0.2 O(f) r: 1:0 fn en c: eel.. 1) CD ~ Ul 88:5 Ii E .,0 E E;; IJJ ~..Q.r..E ~"'O",,,,E O....a..a-8<~....Vlc: r.. 0<<0 z- < lD (,)0 +,0 ~ IOlOl _ . w/t'WUlSII:: L'10~S';)J!::ljN,H. . . "" 00 ~~ -"0 ~.::,~ :::i~~ 1l'l~1D _ 00 o Z '" ::5 ~ a.. ?: " L'" ~g~ ~~ 0, .llE . E o ~ l:!oo:g ~ 3:0;:;.2 o '5 E E o o - N ~ o .... E E o o It) ~ . " 0 .. f .0 . .! .. 0 0 . . ,........ f .~ -. ,!! 00 ~$] o~ . " gJ!! e : ~ .~!~ "a"O 0 " " -. ~t,g : ..'0= .;g] . '" . a:::::I'Q .:l :-:.,)."--"""T'> E E "' ~ +1u L " '.- W IlDX w:5E ZVI ~ ~wE", (..lVlO.... w<c:io (/)m,...z CI Z ~ a= o o a= <( o z ~ (f) :i u z e; a= a. ~ Z W Z . 0 Wa.. t;:i:::!:a= o::Ow C,)C,)GJ ZW:::E o . <( C,)-,o o I-IE en E <Wo C,)C,)O WZLO 0::< a..Z W I- Z <( :::!: I~ I~::I' iJ '.' o . '" Z EO :5 E '" n 0 E ..... :;3 E it Ti. " 0>- o E' E~ 0" g~ o :> "' ,. "' +,w "" 00 .o~ c"Ej Zl"lo ::i ~..:-; Iil~" _ 00 lD lD::5 IVlx lD 0 z~E OJ: - I-UiE" 0:z0...., W<c:io (f)e:::..-Z I- o " " r N E Eo ~.- _E +1w " 0>- o E' E~ 0" 00 ,,0 F1 j "ll VI :..:'.~. Z tb . _.' <0 " I i= =o<Ci5x ~~~z E ?:- ~ ~1- E 100<1 ~1@002 1 I cnwc:i 0 <loot Q::,.....Z \' .... w "' I I II ~ ~~ ~ E E ~ ~ o :> ~ r " I +,0 +10 I ~ I .~ Ii,.,,' I ~I I 11 I I ;11 il i! 1. I II I I II I- 11 ~I II tl'" )I~" , , j.;j i;" .i E E o ~ .. " ~ .. " ~ , " ~ ~ +lCD E E o ~ E E o ~ o '6 Z e'O ::5 E a.. :l NO " ~ E E 0 ~ E .. E E 0 " ~ E ~ 0 ~ I 0 ~ " .. Lj I- ~ " , ~ tl"') ~ I j I T I o " ~ i' ~ I z ~ ,,::5 !la.. ,...",,--- /\ , I 0 ID101 ~ Wh WW9Lr :1~1$ :l.l!:J ~IM. ~."'-""'1. r OZ ,2 0 01- ~ '6 0 0 Z ZILl ::5 E OUl > E '" a.. 0 tic!:: c!:: 0 ~ WILl I=i (/I~ ~ c!:: 0 P') a r-I .~. 0 (/) WWOOtZ co 0... xow o~ oor JDA OJ ~ OJ 0 ~ ...u +lu Il, T' al al::5 IUlx CI) 0 zZE 02 ~ f=~E", Ozo- wc(oo (f)~-.-z I- " 00 ~~ u~ 00 . E~ E v 00 o' n o ~ +,0 -~c ~.::; ~ ~ ~ " ~. Il)~", -'0 o " ~ -- 00 ~~ -~c ~~ ~ D ~ ::(~... ~>. -. 0 OCl) x '..c 0 ~ O....JE ~ E .t z(/) -- ....l ~ r'. Bl7!$2 a.. I:'C .... 0<00 I ,(; wOJ~z L-J it' en --J:gl- ~ FI ::5 .\1' 1 ~ +lo /: '.~J .e 19 x . "tl<li)C' ~zzE ~oc( ~ E ~ a:; E E ON~t-o.2 ~ 1=1 Jl- lLlooO T I Ul~~Z ., w IbId" ! a.. " <( ~ ~r'~or ~ ~ alON ':!CDW WOL _ ---J . r-- U!W WW009L E E o o - <'l ~ 0 - E E 0 0 co ~ ~ ~ . . oll 0 ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 0 c c ._ 0 .. ~.. ,g .. ~ - . .- :3e~ u e c:L~ u . . E' I ~ ~~ . . . 000 - - e 0,,"' c_ c = = " ~:::!% .ga,g iE iE '" . aE o "'~ '" "'c 00 .o..c: _- E "'0'" E 0 '" ,~ o.....,..~ ~ ",ON 0 ...'" Co. '-. lD tri 0> > 0 -g~,g T 0::1_ 6 ...0"6 Ul o.-......s:: c.. 0001 0 'ii - 00 ~ q) -C\( 4J q) ~c:.lS O~"-D') .2 III rns.; C'ltri 0 c~ :!:"O <D Co 01"- rn C'I> 0- ~ Cl...co"Evcc::J oO'-<Jol.!2.2 r....'-e "omCIJen -Q)oE<J(/IcCIIl ......- "- OCL. 4U q) "- ",.0 c::J 0 E Eo; "oo'oE.. -'-E Vl <J= ....- 0-. 'C 'C LlJ ,,<:I C ij)O btti!;<(ECiig<(~:s z~ <( al 00 o '5 " z ~ e::: o o e::: C5 z ~ Vl (j) ~ Z W Z o WCL ~:::Ee::: o::OLlJ UUw zw~ O...Jo Uo ~:c~ (j)wo tSug WZ...... 0::< CLZ W ~ Z <( ~ ....J <( C3 z ~ e::: C- O e::: ~ z o c: ..~ EO _.r:; 0'" ...: E Q) O=rn c: =- - E 1: E Q) o c..c: c__ o ~ E 0 ::;: o~ _0 '" E .&> :::;E E . "'''' EE _r-. oE ( ::;: "'''' ",0 '" _r-. ::;: ~ '" I '" I '" .-JaI~ E E EEi15,g :::; E _f"-. to It) :::;0 I., _r-. 100"'. :::; I :::; 10 .-J< 10 I '" D- " " - " ;: - " :5 c: ~ '" N N ~ ,'~ ,,0 :0'" :::; '" 3 E Q.. E ~[T ~-g~ .. ..L,. ~ . ~ ::0::; III -Jso\:L ~ N - - I N n jSo\:r r-", 3 I ., " . -0 .~ z ~. ~~ ~ Q.. 2 ~l ~~.. 10 o N -" .. c: .E E E o : ~ o aI I~ aiL... ~ti -...J bZ ILI- (l)z ~ o .... o ..:~ ~ 0 or-- <> I o E a.ln :! EO c~ .- .... E'i E C E:8 10 <> N C 01 II).~ f > g ~ o ..c: <>....: E 0'- =.5 c == o .- E ..c:-oE f1.l G) 0 c CD C.._ - '" CD CD., 2 t> L. L. m..cco: cnoO}(t) c ~ c c ._ 0 0 e 0 "0 '05 ocnCC 1oI-Q..G)CI) ..,~oEE (I) '" .!! '0 :a ~<(~<(<( Z<(l!lUO < IQ.. << zO o ~~ b w (I) c: o "" " .. .. .. .. .. 0: " . ~ '" - " " 1i () E Q)-~ ...c- :;:0 L.oep "c.. .!! 0 0 "'::;.0 c ;: o ~ III .. o .... I ~ ~ I ~I ~ () ~ ~ I ow:5 ~LJl.L, ~5~i g Zz 0- ...J () Cl $ Z I ~ ~~~i g: () 0 ill WZ.... 00::<( ~a.. !Z w o ....J C!> Z - (/) III .. 'i .. CD ..c: .... o .. .. CD 'E :! , I I I I J It') I ~ I J I 01 i 0 I co ! I 01 12 01 ~ ,8 01 f .... .. E I I I I' I~ I ",I ii, I 11 :1 'i I 'I ~ I ~ " " _ .c E :<& ~ E ~~ I" 25 I C"ol 1l)U") "'0 t -- 1 ~ml ~o c: :t 0 .r:::: ., ., .!!l E I ., I .r:::: .... 1 0 I I I I ., 10 ., I ., - I C CD 1 I " 0 I I C ., <0 1 j CI'. ., 0> Q. L. r:l .... 0> ., - ig C E E - E E o E 00 "'~ 00 ::0::0 0", II "'''' en " 2 ci I{) o ...:...: "0 6f-. o I Eg "e.. EO c.s:: .- .... E'i E c: E.2 L. l(1) 0 N c: ::l ., Il -- E > c: o 0 -Z .s:: 0 -= E = c: gE 0'-'- .- .c-oEE Ol ., 0 _Olc:.!: " " ., Il>., ...., 4) '"" L- '" ..0 C 0 0'10 fI) 0) J:+'5c (,) ._ 0 LOCO "co ~(/)I:.c:: c: e.. ., ., ..'- 0 E E (/)f :;;'- 1.IJ .!! -0 b:;:~~~ Z~m(.lO I ~ .... m ~ cb ~ ~~ E - EO E 1._ 0 ",_ 0 '" '" S a.. I, I Ii " , II 'i 'II i :11 II ;1 III .~ II I ~I ! Q. <( ~ 0 ~ .... o ~:3 o LaJ La.. It: D:: Q:: ~ 0.... I.LJ ~ Z~ t:i t) 8~ ~ ~ I-Z 0 ~ ~~ E ~ OF- E It: LaJ 0 a.. D:: C ~ o Q" Z .... It: <( ~ Z o - I E N ::08 ",0 -'" I E ...0 E~,g"'<( E E _.........!- ::0 E ::;0 I.' .-......."1"' u")o N~ --II _t-- _'" I J "'0 NO E ::;g ",0 i'" NO <( .J:~ ZO o i=!;;i; r.3~ (/) <> '0 ". S a.. L r E ::;E "'"' -.... 1 NO E E U') .:. ., -/;:1- . ::; "' I '" ::; "' I '" 1&J ...J C> Z - (I) "' 0 N c: " '" 0 .c " Cl " t:B " 0; '" 0 L. -Cl " .. <>:", '" '" ii: " Il:l II ~I II II ~I '] !I , iJ. - .!2 .E " ! /' - " G: . co o '" o " " 0; !ri t5,::- ~=!) , I [ I <&-- I I , I (1 " E c ~ ~" "'15 ~ ~ .go> c"'o. 2e>. ",Of- "= "'''''' -" 2c..c ~ "Co E'-': 0..... 0 c.. tt~E~ ~ cc=!) " I 'h I I ..C: ~ ~+-- 80> I I r-, '==ll ;: o 0- j :.. ,. , . "' . t '. ~... " -" "C)L.. ..eeL 'c 0- :)_'0 _0 liEE E,," ~ E"~ ~:c ~ Q. ~EE'::- .. ". f. -: ,., .. '.~ .. . o - ;: o 0- j I Cl =>z 0- 0::(1) :I:<( I-CD ZI oU ~!;( Uu W (I) I Cl => 00.. 0::<( j!:U 5~ -lJ.. t 41 (I) :I: C) ::l Oc.. 0::0 II- I- zO:: OW _0.. I-~ &3 (I) ., ~~ ~ c'(/} :J' "0 _.a~ .EZ~ ~"figg.~2g 51;; g-.s:-g.2:S ~o.r.~'1it)c: --.........c..>a.l8 ~.E.i .0<: O'l C ";; o .0 .0 U C (j <:: "'~ "0 ......c: ()'" E" =00 :='i: E.... " <::..c: "-- o " ....'" Coo " "'- <::<:: 0'" 'en (/) <::" ".... E't 'OE -.... <(0 lD I > I I " I I a:: I I Lt) I i ~ J I 0> I 0 I I " CD 0> I - C 0> I Cl ~ ~I C) 0::: Z 01 ~~Z 0<(00 o 01 o::w <( ....J I- - o Oen- ~ ::c <(I (I) 0 "" ...J WW* $00::: UZo.. z<( (J ~ ZZI o::W- 0.. I- en c o Z <(, ~<(lD !z::2I o 01 ~ o " " . C .... - .~ t> a. ::J::S c: "'0 ....... ..- C CD <::,,15 o..-S:5 " X E 411;) lD.... .....a 0 '" ..- :l_c OQ) :0'0 J:: 0\ c..c:5 _"0 ~^ - - Q) "OJ< C c:..... ..c C) 002 -C tQ-c t::;lECI)"o; .- ..... :J =:-:J 0) r:::"t) 5; 0 .- CD C -' 0.. E.... .... " Q).....:J c..c . ...... UJ l: co.... qJ (f.l::JO '- '~E E-c '" .....-0 .....ct) (f.l 0 Ul 0 ..1... G) ::r-~:::I en t;:, Q) a. '-' 111) .::. W ..c:>''C<(.a", I- ~.......... o <( Z~ I I I I I r- r I I I I I I I I f I ~ " " o u C 0 '" u a. " 0 ~ u ~ - " ~ 0 "' ~ ~ o ,,' - o ~ '" '0 C o " E o ~ "- i-- ~\ I I I I I I I I I I I 0.1 $1 ~L- " '0 .0 " U C o c_ " ;::" 'oc; ::<z I I 1 I L__ 1.. u)C')0) o O'IC_ - In c: O'c tIl~'c'1; ::J =:~ 8..;) (I) s::: oCt);J "" 0 ..... 0'"O.5:J i6sCl:s .s]e:gg rn c := 0 ::I_.I: 0 .-0.... > '- ~ E'j <( 0 0. o - ~ " 0. ~ '(1 ,I .i~ "U :;1 i~ I ~I I ;'q " :i I ! ,II II II ;! i 11 i! " ~ I ~ ill ill , 111 I ,I II II I 11 ~I i 11 " ..1: Br+ 150mm overlap .. -j A WWF 185mm ~/m, each way ALTERNATE STANDARD HEIGHTS A 1980mm B 1830mm C 1520mm }- ~ Lb: ,. . B PlAN '" -rr= ::=u '" , r l- {~r! > l:rr:-) J ~ " Knockout ~ ~p , ; 250 l Note 2 : j Note 2 r 0'" ! L., . . d~ ! J ~ 1 185mm~/m. ~[ ~ g'O Lo_E i', U1 each way .. E f!) E E - ~ L .~ .~ .. g ~ :L.:'- .:.J <0 0 ~ .~ f.. .:::tH. ~ - ~ .' ." ". It) ~ ,. :"~". .... f .. .. . ..... .l r ". .... '.' 'l .t.:_:..:.....:..::..:>.::.:_:...:::..::.:...:...::.:~ GranUI"r~:":':::'::~':"':~''':''~~':'':...:.J SECTION A-A bedding SECTION B-B r= 830 =--L 115 I r 6001 I 115 .[ ..r- Outlet hole 1 Note 1 r 300mm aU sides Typ NOTES: 1 Outlet hole size 525mm diameter maximum, location a8 required. 2 200mm diameter knockout to accommodate subdrain. Knockout to be 60mm deep. A All reinforcing steel shall have 25mm minimum cover. S Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the catch basin. C Frame, grate and adjustment units shall be installed according to OPSD-704.010. o Pipe support according to OPSD-708.020. E All dimensions are nominal. F All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING PRECAST CONCRETE CATCH BASIN 600mm X 600mm, DEPTH - 4.0m MAX Date OPSD - 705.010 VJui a::: .... c " 0 $0 '" I- 0:;:; VJ '" " " U..... c" '" . .....a.. c .... o~ .oJ! z- u.~ .0 Za.. >:x 0..... "'VJ 0'" Ol. E;;:: U...l '" .... I-!!:! .t:'" "," , ~.... :I: X " a. .... __or. 0 Cl..... -~ a.~~ 0" ,- " _...I 0 -'"'" .......... C- O c a::: 0" CC .....0 ._ C .t: 0 0 ~o !;;(Z ,gE .....:.:;i u 0>" :=:< 0 CC~ ....0 ",,,.t: VJ~ _0_0'1 .0 ,~ c.- =01:: .....- .... ...Is:! ....'" "" '" 0- - .... ala::: u.~ cO <(.- '" X ..... ...I ..... " ,-0 0'" ,," ._ u m" 00 .c" " .<:~ u" ~.- 00 uE 0> " '5 '0 " .c 0 0:: <( ..... 0 ...I Z 0 ~ z <..... lJ) a::: a.. 0 U- ...I i= a.. <( <( ..... U > 1-0 .., .....- Z ...J a:::Cl t) .., Ua::: Z 0:: 0 a.. U 0 a: ~ z 0 flf~ih. i,vr:.:!,'l' : ~J~~~f. I U!UJ wwoo~4 I :-:::i1~{ . ..,.....J '::~::~"';<<\':~;;:;&1g~{i ~ .' .~. . .. I ,1:..........::~lI.,;\!1:~ c.. ".'i'" wwoO\:+oo '- o :; " V '., ~ i" ".1 " I',V L ,..T,7="'':'''lr.''':'''i.'':~~.-_i.~'' ,:':1 . . ';' II :. .. .~':.l:' :'.."":: :1 ,- :~[ttti_9ff "~, '~\.: ':.}'!fl ,'f ..".:J~ " .E E E o o '" ~ u o .c " '6 ~ " u- E " "i)E- tiEl) "o~ 000 u",z - I > I '" OC I I n I 0 I 0 N I > I 0 I Z I I Cl Z ~ I 0:: o ~Z- Q:V:; - Q: ~I o .. ..... :c . I- UI Q:~ o U: a.. - ~~I (I) , I I VJ o '" .t:= I ='=CIJ == '":;:; E al~ , "t::.t:...; o""c c..r:..- "- a.~,O~ c ~:JQ) CIJ 6'- ..0 Q.u. oS ~ "Ei" Ui b~ l.LJ ~-c: II) I- .- o.r; = 00.0...... z- '- o :; " o '- " " 'E E ,- I. "'1 E Il>._, g ro. :.'\ n 1....:~1 L :. :"7::-:-r.:.. ;:i.7J_.: :.;1 :}~~~:fi.(;~;.; . . :'1;~':~" !;~ "I '\::;';~;~'~"-" ,-.5~1~ a>EE .co" oot) ~,..,,, '- ~,,~ .E:E m .2.='i"S ~.,,:g 'x B it 0>0 ~c..o ..... a.. ii: 1-..... Z...I -al 0_ ""x .......... ...I~ DJ -0 ~Z ...1< ..... o Cl a::: :;;; U o .Q '" " '5 '0 " .c z o i= <( > ... ...J .., '- o :; " o '- " '- o :; " o '- " I ie, I "I , ii' ,I I~ I I~ I "j I III " 'I '1 '! ~ I ,] II i ~I " 11 il i , .~ I ., '! ill " '1 II ,i, 1! "~ I il ~I ~I "; ~I II II i ~ o a.. a.. ::lz <110 z~ -::;; 1&1~ ~~ o ~z 00 8::~ fil~ iE~ 1&1 D. a: a. ,::- tD 0)" ~:o E-S 01> .!!I> U.. o "' I c ~ Oz 8::0 " ::l~ -g ~~ ~ '" lO~ 1&1 a.. a: c 'E E E o o '" .., w:::! 0..0 ~<II .- -.. .g e 1>- - o~ EI> > ="5'" ;;:0 "'" I> "L_ 000 m4.Z N II:: 0..; -6 w<ll a.. ~ .;" 0- c.., 00 L- 01> .!!I> U" I XDW wWOOZL ~ o Q.a. g.~ '" o "' d.( 1 ';u&wpaqW3 <;:, III ~ o~ " ", o L '" '" c '5 ", " m c ~z 00 8::~ fil~ (J lO~ w D. a: ~ " "' - ci~ ~ Oz 8;0 ::l~ ~~ lOi:S w lL a: '- .s ., E " 'ti ., -C .... -ii Oc Z- ~I ~~ " ", o L '" .., " '" - C " E - o " L - " W 0 ..J 6 E 0 m SE g ;<<: " ~ <> W U ~ i5 ..J o o ..... o . C\I o CX) .- ~~ LL ,,- 1'i~ E" > e"5N """I> "L- 000 m4.Z L ~ " " .. E .!! ~~E "- -0 EO " 0 ", 0 "0 '" c U) - ~ of' f w:::l '" ~g 0> o lD 0> 0> - Cl en a.. o Gl .... " C ~- "' " ci"E Z C) Z ~ o o ~ z j5 II) ...J ...J i:L ~Z 00 LU~F; a......:ct 5:C~ LUZO a::<(~ ~~i!: ~ffi~ m :::E 1aJ ;;; c q OJ;: ., . ,." ""O...."C CD 0 G) 0 C .E-1O .... E " 0.. t> ." 0....-: '" c: ,p e..E c: .~ :sga. t)~ti -OE....e.. ...... 0 c.. 0"'0 0-- on GlEe.. 0...... CD~ "'C E,.; 0 ..Q E ....~ c 00 Q)~CI)E"'" 0 ..... OJ C CD ::J ..... 15 I :: ::1<lf- c"'O 0 ..QcEEO"c<( (/) .... L.. :r '" 0.. c: (0 C t.nf ~ '" 0 .... ~O()Q)._O')Ot) ...... ..co::r-'- .,o....gt:JO~~ >...."'-O""'E .- o-EC: Gl O>..Q" '" a ~ . ~t:D.cODliIlf- CD '~:s t) 0 O"c-co '-oJ:: E",~", _ c: 000......,""'00 0"-..... 3: ..... oot: c4:"O cpe c ~o _ 0..........0 CD:I:(L. ::c "-.c .., D Q) II) .n..... L. ~ 0 '" S-C....Wt> 0- 0...... c:C..Q,,~c: 0 Eo "c:'" E "'E"-O".....2 0 :::'" .s:: ~ - E .... " -._ "',s 0i18~0.Eg~.... 'E1: IIOOfl>OO"C) J:;Oc: Q) .0 Q)-- 0- ""CO) IIDQ) c..c b _0..0'"0 CDC..t:E .._-::; - ..co. .CC:CO "41) 15 +' g _"2 t) 0 ~ (.) 1j.9-o .... 0 .cO) 0-'" CD C::J-Cct) en E f.i: E Os ~ ~ 5 .0 ~~ ~ "'tJ't-....2;:; () 0..... O'l IX) ~C CD......... OC_C tJ CeO o~ ~"'OEoc- '" OlIO_- CD () Q) Q. UJ C c:.- I Cf) 0') >c t,)Oot)CC4) lI):;o'-oEQ)o..;;:;:;::s 4>b: .9-0:;:;..2......".0 ~tJ o....Vl EQ) .. 0.. .- '" " ....:; .,....0..._ E ~ "-CC5..Q=_"'...."'O-C ..... ~.9- ~ E.t: E ~ "0 t> e 5 0 ~ J..,. 6 1-000UCl o..w "'<1111:: 0.. 0........ 0 Z -N"3<( m U 0 w ...J ~ (,) Z ~ Q: 0... o lE j5 Z o " caJ.~ c.. " " c ~ '" .0 ~ (J) "" ~ " .. I "'... .. ~ o " " C L '" . "," ',' .' ---....----- ~.l~-~~-- , . . Q). . (.) c;; . c . ...... . c. -" 0- (.). " - o Z '. " " C L I -1l1 ~I "'i g'j "I ]1 ::1 01 EI 21 '01 .01 ~I ]1 "I .51 :;1 .el 'El ;;1 iil "1 "1 f] "-I 1 C:,~ .....N ~. 0=. CJI 3--= - coX ~ . E g ........ e""g"L." ". . ~ . 0 I - -' , '" '. ., e Ii: ~ o " i;: o ... c.. ..; n t:! N o CO ..; N. .- l"').q- . o Olf) '" . '0-0 N N.c o ON.... t7> CO CO 0 0> c: .5 c: 0.. oCO ~ ~ "t:J "'0 ...... 0 ""'"'0 I: 0 II) -e ..- C.- 0 L. ~o. g'o..oc:g to) .S -00 .- Not-:5 ., >. C cr l"'" "Eo~ .N..c>-..... ~ .==0 oCO.Nlf) Cc: :>..: (J IN 00 +" t) 0 +6 0".... UoocoNC.t:E g .~.. C U)CO 10-, _ "..: _ > ^ oco.... .,.=--> c: -' ..-"'O'^ IC I::J'- CD -' 0 c 0 c x' +"._ t:rO L. G} O.J:j '" C ~ 0 ., C "'cx;i C E c: C E I 0- t7> 0 "" "'0 0 0 E c:r Cco E 6 ~.!! '" ., N I LO ., c:.2 I ~.Ll ., .aE :f!t:! -ot:!@-.gooc E @-~ XN .-"" ...... +' :J{/) +' '" _._ (I) t) 0 00 (,) 1..0.. .. - .- +' CD...... ..... ..... (I) Q) I.J.. co O:::aJ ft) +' (1)0 en.::L. 0) ~ cD 1LI a. ooc: ou 000. .-......... ..-.. L. ....00 '-0 L;,:,._ bD..C .a u..D..U_I.&......I.&.....o. z~ ("oj<t: lD () ., ., '" C :> ., '" .... - ., E .... o ., f - '" .~ 'E .... c: ..E+,o :> c:.- c:",'" C' E ~ .... ... 0>-' '" C c: "C ~ CP ., _ a. .a__ '1:l ., ., C' 0 0 o .... .... ........ .... III Q. 0:: 1LI ..J m X ~ Cl Z <(; Cl C) ~ I I- Z 1LI ::E ~ c::: I- .5 '" .... C C .,;t c:0 o.t: .- ., ., c:., '" ., E'- .- E -0., ..: =... <t:o o .. r. .s:::. .J: c.............. Zo.o.o. ., ., ., 1LI'1:l"tl"tl C) I I I ~""'.... ........ .... 000 t; o c::: ..... > ., 0:: LO I I I I j I I I . Q) I... I~ I"',l i o l ~ ~ I I ~ en o co Ol en ~ C) (I) z &=~ ~ ~g C :.J L\J c amJ ~ ~~c ~ Q.~fJ 10 ~~J ~tic ~~q a::Q. Q t- lii ~ t;o z 0 IE o a:: LL. ~ u z ~ c::: a. I I I '11 11 II ~I ! :j I II i.11 ,~ I 'II .~ I 'i "1 ! I ~ I ":! II 11 I II II I !I :' , -'I ~I ~I fl it . '0 o ~ '" .Q ~ en "0 " .... '0 <: c '" N ~ ~ '0 >- z ~ J "" .- 0.. T .r:: :\"t: o '" '; . ...... I \'.. ~ ,";". z --. \0 ..:. 'tJ '.'" m . 0. I ", \. E *. '..:\ ~ ...~\.,.o;; a .'. ~ . 0 ..... :,'1"'): \ ~ : .t.':" \. .... . ':..' '" ~ '0 z . .; '0 .', ~ l- N I Z I "" '0 c: W <: I ~ '5 ::::E c . '='=aJ I '0 '0 5 ':'.s.e.~ z ~ , <D .-1 Q.1- ~ - . , '. I a:: >- .. I l- . :.- ,', I ~ I I- 0= ," en ~ 'S;;=. '. I 0 c:"'. 'tJ e ~:. I a:: I .o.c . u.. "< "'l.. I ~. m I o ". ~ .....,..- I ;;; , 1m e 1.5;2 .Ii: 1-;;] , ,. .. 1.52- -v I e en ,- ~ v.r:: c:- .. Iv<: . IQ.~ "C ,- ~ 0 ,,'" ~ I EQ; "--" ~ I (; I ~ , 0. tL1i-J "< " 0. '0. W a. c: W ..J OJ X W ..J u.. o Z <C o Cl 0= - o -i !'t')."'5 <p- O..... 0 Nll) .Q Gl. O~O :5:g CON _ ...= o 0 . ..,; NCO ~E 0 c ~ ,........I"')"CZ c.2 Co O.q..~cQ) ~!2cO. Ng C\I 0 E t)l:i o:g o . gN E CD CD ::OlD .. caS It) ~ ~ ai b , ~\t- .BO"OO 00 ~Q.~QCII~"<::O ,.... .....Nt: .S.....Oo...! ~~ 0I0~ 00 C '" "O'~ ~.B ~ ~ 0 ~~ ~ ,s.€~.B ~ e CD o CQO N.... - .... G .... . :2..c::: o 1"'10 ~ ....C1-...... 0"...... "00000_ O:5"<::cOC:!D .OCIIN Ill) ..... ._ CC..c a.O QO 't5 c ..~ 't5'E CD E _ i!i 1: OCXJ Ul~ O..9-.s c: .E 0 ~.::.::: O.,c iD a.O .: ~ CI) C c: () 0 c: c: 10 E I 000 "'-0 '" c srg ",.z '" "0 0 "'-0..... ~E...!!! (I) 4) I Q) 0 ..... ~ 11 ..Q2i s:: ID Q.Ui C!: Q,G) ColD E'- ." OCO .S!cO""OC iD)( .~ .-= -- '0 E ..... 0 ......:: .. ~ .- ==~......:: 00......0............ en Q)u... 0::: "c:....... ml't"J...,:; co~ CDmCD WOo Co 0 0 000. ~-~ ~ OG"'-~~O""'-c~~_ 5a.0 .Q OO~Oa.CD~_~...o. Z~ N,.., < CD 0 ., - ., " ~ <( c ~ :J " ., ... " 0'; '" CII- - 0 " ~.!, E 0 ..<::'" .. :::a. 0 Oc: ., ~O e ~.- - - '" C .0 " 0 ":J ~ '5 .... 0 ..<::'" r:: ~ -- c: CD e ., 'E e E c:C: - .- 0 "'- Gl .,,0 0 C C ." e c <D", Gl .... Cl. c: 0 <D .Q.... c- '" ~ '" - " Oc Ol ."., o 0 0 c ., ~ o '" .. -- "'- ... .-.- ., 0 cO o 0 O~ 0"<:: -... ... Ol Ol 0 '_ Ol 0 0 0 "'5 ., 1')..... <Dc> C:Gl ..<::..<::..<:: 0." "., ...............,OlD ~o:: E'i 0 Cl.Q.Q.o.Cl. .- '" Q) (0 0 ~ >. ='0 "C Z ~~~I'-I'- .r:: W o " =- Cl I I ClIo <0 ~~-< ....... .. C W .. ~ ~ ~ f") C!I f") o CO > !D 0::: ~ o I'l o CO Ol Ol ~ Cl (f) 0- o C!) Z ~ o o a::: '" o z ;:: en I!1zUJ a::UJO UJUJ~ ~~ ::>G:iC) omC) IJJUJ2: a.ZO --0 a....JUJ IZm 00 ~~Z 1JJa::< ~~UJ ~z9: I.&JIJJCL. a::CL.1.&.. .... 0 ~~ OOCL. a::e:~ I.&. ..J <C () Z ~ a:: a. o 0= ;:: z o ~ U) c ~ ~Z c:i 00 O-~ ~~ ;;~ W 0- 0: .,,-.,p' ~ 0 O-Z 0-0 ~!i Z~ :::lu ;;~ W 0- 0: ., "'0 0 .... 0> .0 " (IJ c ~ 0 O-Z 0..0 ~~ 5~ ;;~ W 0- 0: ...."..',0 0- ~ ..... U) q)- C 0- ., c.o E 00 ..... ......... o 0., ~ ~ q) ..... U(IJ ...... :g~ .... .... .,.... ..... 01:: EOJ > :=:;1'0 ~oQ) 0......... 000 CDu..Z "0 .C ., ..... o E o ~ o 0- 0- :::lZ 1/)0 z~ -:;.; w},'S ~l:i 1:: o 0- 0.0. ">, (/11- vai' 0- c.o 00 ......... 0.,0- ~ll>~ U"'r- .... OJ > o U .... .2 " Co ~'c ..- 0'>2 o ., -g E "0 +' Z 00> Oc 0.'- E:g 0., u.o \ E~ E o . OX ",,0 ~E ./1012 OO!;.O ~ I'l o . n "0 .f:!- co 0. "'0 0) C ., :5 c ~ 't- 0"0.. on E 0'0 ., En .oE 00" =g ~ 'f .E ..... ~- ~ 0 E :i. 01...... (J)~ Q) (; q) 0... Q) .i:' .9-:5 :5 0 0 ~ . 0. Q) 0 -+oJ 00') (I) .2. +" :::J (f) 1) ., ~ ., 0>.8 ....!!. :f;- U c C -u 0 Q).- ~ ~Il '-"E-:So... 0..0 0 0 g -0 c en 'Q)c ......g.CQ.lo C ..00 "Oo1)::r:+:; ~ .- or;; CD E 0 ""0 ~c a.+' .,,, .......q) oCE.t:'- 0 2-E .J::"E >,.....1;; g ..,._ '" <ncC>' ""0 ........- 0 E;...... 0' .Q>OO).....()Q)S: c.!!! E .0 ~.- ~ .J::- :g:5 E c : -5 .s ~ .... ~ci 'I>=O.r;.wC- (fJ'- ..c '00 (I) 0 Q) ~ U) .E5-o .en L-L. cOQ)O E (I) ...... '+-...... ,... 0 O'l U) C ~ .,.- 0 0 ::JQ)o~1::o'015 Coo E<n.s::. ., <n:;c,81 ._ '0..... Q) 2 C CD O'J 0 00 .~ 0 L- a. :::J 0 0.. Q) :;:; :s (I) .. E 0 $ "a. 0 = ]:'0:: ~ ~ [l. Ul CO .,"0 ...."'0 lLIO) ,,"o.c;::"Ooc bF=E5>F=o::8 ~5ct82 Z...... N.t") + ~ OJ c.:> z Ci 0 W N lD 2 0 U Z (/) (IJ :5 () ~ W <.> ...J 6 E 0 0 CD 5 E 0 0 ~ "' on .. <3 w ~ '" U - '" z '" '" 0 E ~ 0 ~ ~.2 E m ~ ~ o:D E 0 ~ 0 0 0 > 'U 0 0 u 0; m c .... .... 0) .,0; -.; E E.!;! 0"'0 'is ., ,,:E O...::! .e <n ::> ZEo ~ I I ~<::l~ ., "0 0 .... 0> 0> C 'is "'0 0) c:i (D 10 ~ .... 0 0 c.:> z Ci P N w ~ (D OJ W +' 0 0 Z (D (/) 5 () ~ '" o lD '" '" ~ C1 Z ~ o o D:: i!i Z ~ -I < U z 5 o D:: a.. I . I I ~iI Ou ~~ wC ~~ 00::: ~~ I o ~ ~ o I <n ., 0 ~.J::I .!; E'~ .:t ""<n .it '" <n c., 0) .... ,gl =.... <(0 () " a. :;:,; '" E o 0. 0 0.0:::: ... 0 o.a v= " 0 '" !:v:5 "'E " ,-g . L.. c: C 000 a.. .c c" .. ..... ~ t) ..~ ~ ~ ~.o::~ .::E . 0 .9-'- 5-., c: 'I;i--a.c .,..:::'- ...... ..c......o ~ ~ .5..... ., 0 ~ uooe ._- 0 5..c{;o t)E 0'1 lJ 0'1 L.. -o.e c c: .E" .... _ 0 '0 'u -c 0..-: 01 "iij .... ill V 0'1 ci C tf) cn.E E;~"i)~c II) w ~.S E - 1l .a '5 E f- u- "'0"'''' "'.CoE';; o 0:::L{).r:.'- .... .....0- 00- Z<CCDU ->....~ ow u. ~ , , I - - ~ - I I 11 I I - - - \1 j a o ~ '" :z o ;;; a; '" i5 ~ o ~ '" i;l '" " :z 8 >-< ~ '" ;5 ~ " "c c' "E ~ <= '" E'" roU .e _..0 E E~ o. ~~ ~'" '" :iE;caE .E"E ,OlE ..0 iio ..c~ -CU") Ell En '" ",- ..j. +. '" < C' . "'fiE E" ~. "' Z o ~ <+~i ~J 0- 0::0 lL. .B a. _2 . .a2l.a.. .., '" <colI ~.2~ mc.... -l!uo> t;:..Q< ~.<: ~"'" -fii .0' S LD .0 " "" "" ... < ... ~ g 0 '5 " ..0 " ~ ~ ~ ...; "'.... > 0 o o 0. o .E.....~ E ".- ..... .c.!J ., ~ '" .....~o o 1.q) ~ .c ~ '" > 0 o '" c: .c 0 " o t> '- ~ ,,'" -o..!2fr c: 0. '" o ~ '" ".at> ~ =:5 ;;"0 .c.... '" 0 '" <( ~ ~ o ~ .S c: o t '" '" .f t> ... o .... '" .a " t> ... <ti~ o t> ~ E o 0 lO- t .S o Vl" a. t> ot: '" o > _ c: o '- 0 '" .... " ~.a o Z W ~ c u Cl ~~ U u .<: ~.E CIl..! .'" C ~ .o~ o u It~~c M II J C """" "" '" . LY "" .. w ~ tv ~ ... ! IV ~ . c ~ o .<:: '" '" .!!1 ~ '" .<:: - o " " ~ c: '" I I I I .... > r C '" I a:: r I r ~ 0 I C I I a: OJ t> I 0 - " I ..... 0 10 I OJ I I C r (J '" I Q. - " 0 r C " " ... ~ '" E " Z ~ -J a -Jwm ~ ~~~ E ~ ctrf5 ~ i::5 ~ a ..,.. :J ~ ~ ... () :$ () L,era Z ..... 0 :> f- o::E o LaJwE g: a:: f5 0 (,) Vl 0 Q ZO::Ol ~ Oe~ ~ (,) () o ... o ., " '- ~ " ~ ..~..-' " ......... Front fece of endwall 25mm dia steel rods, Typ PLAN L100 00 Pipe+150mm 150mm c/c TYP'L See assembly details and Table 1 r TABLE 1 - NUMBER OF RODS IN FRAME PIPE DIA No of RODS 450 1 525 1 6DO 2 675 3 750 3 825 4 900 4 975 5 1050 6 1200 7 PIPE DIA up to 1200mm 22mm dia bolt threaded 5Dmm at the end to receive wcsher and nut, Typ Hinge strop Typ 13x50mm frame 25mm dia steel rod Typ ASSEMBLY oe See assembly details TABLE 2 - NUMBER OF ~XED RODS PIPE DIA No of RODS 1350 3 1500 4 1650 5 1800 6 PIPE DIA 1350 to 1800mm ~Front face of o[ endwall, Typ ~ J"20 1-250 ....:..jf SIDE VIEW 50 ~5mm die 1... drill , I TOP VIEW 50 'E:fi150 25mm die .L-' drill I I 1-25 Seel weld TOP VIEW HINGE STRAP ASSEMBLY DETAILS FRONT VIEW MOUNTING NOTES: 1 Grates to be secured by either 0 bolt and nut or 0 locking device as specified. A Metal surfaces sholl be either pointed with 2 coats of self priming abrasion resistant immersion grade epoxy or hot dip galvanized as specified. B Frome, hinge strop, mounting bracket, and steel rods to be medium grade steel. C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2002 GRATING FOR CONCRETE ENDWALL OPSD 150 ~ I I I I I I Fixed rods Teble 2 r o o 0> Seel weld J SIDE VIEW BRACKET , , - ~ r I I I II il , I II ~ I I I I Catch bosin or monhole Moin sewer - Flow - Perforated pipe subdroin 6.0 PLAN :.f .I'" .r.:: . ,. :":" . "'~ '. .,. A -0 // I r- J I 1 I I I =l J 1 I ______+_J I , I ., . " f,.;' .> r.... '.,' ,#'.' , .' A .:~., Same invert elevation .' .... Note 1 ..ro. <;:~;: <::..:'..:<:.;.:<': SECTION A-A NOTES: 1 Where unreinforced concrete bedding is used for the main sewer, the pipe subdrain is to be placed 150mm above the top of such bedding.. A All dimensions are in millimetres or metres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING PERFORATED PIPE SUBDRAIN INSTALLATION AT MAIN STORM SEWER STRUCTURES WITH GRANULAR BACKFILL Date OPSD - 809.010 ooru , ..'~ " ".' r:or x ~ ~ o ~ CO lD ::: .t: .,.,2 o .... " r- r= a. o ~ ~1 E E o o "' h~ '0 c: o '" .!!~ :ij.: X'O " c; .5: " coo. .5 < .t: eJ 2- o oor z :S~ c.. ...J ...J L;: ... ::> u I " " I' " " " " ,I " I' ~' ':: , II " -.JJ ...J ...J L;: z :so:: c..O ... ::> u , " " " " I' " :: ,. " .' " II I I It ~ll II ,I II " -.JJ '0 E ." c: o .t: a. <> ~ 1 .g- a. ?:' ~ x " '0 " '" ... ::> U lD I lD Z o i= u UJ l/l , I .t: I ~ ~ --t- O I I " a. o 0; - o ~ o >- ... ::> U - o o I') -1 l.&J ...I i= X l.&J ...J I- ~ 8 m Cl 1:1: m l- S ~ ~ I ... l/l m l.&J D- ~ ~ i= X l.&J I- o ::l ~ L;: I- -It::J 10 -It :I: z I- o ~ i= ~ I VI -< l.&J D- >- I- I ~ o o C'l > o Z ~I c . ~I o I II , I ( Cl Z ~ o o ~ C!i z ~ (I) ...I <( () z Ei ~ a.. o iE ~ z o (1)1 I- ~I z~ w::J :::to 8[1 O::;::J I-~ 0...<( <( 'ff ~I l.L. I Ol ~ .... ~, "E <= ' "- m"; "- E ~~ ti-l z< - , , , 'i - "; I - J , J - .- - II e ~ I ,II II ~I ~I , I - lAAImENANCE HOLE FRAIoIE de COVER 75 mm CLEAIWICE FOR TO!' 1WO STEI'S ONLY SEE NOTE 9 CONCRrrE eN' CEMENT BRICK SET IN 3 ~ARlS SAND. 1 PART CEUENT MORTAR WfTH 15 mm PARGING ON OUTSIDE WITH 1WO COAlS OF BilUMlNOUS ~A1NT. UI .. ~ 230 230 SEE NOTE: 9 8 '" 0.0. OF LARGEST ~IPE +100 mm (U1N.1200) VARIES - SEE NOTE 5 SECTION A-A PRESS 9EAL OR EQUIVALENT RUBBER GASKET ~ARGE 0UTSlIlE OF JOINTS MAINTENANCE HOLE SECllON SHALL MEET A.S.T.M. SPECIFICATIONS C-47B OR EQUIVALENT HOT BilUN'NOUS SEALER .' , 685 ~~ ""=:IT ,. .' 230 E . E o ~ ~~ o;a ~5 ~o; ~ " ." 1200 ~ ....., '., . " C.. ..Q. 'g6: 5"- cO '5 M AT 225 nun 15 t.t AT 450 mm PRECAST FLAT TOP 20 MPeI CONCRETE BENCHING SHAll BE FORMED AFTER t.IAIN1ENANCE HO IS ERECTED 15 N AT 300 mm BOTH DlRECTlONS 8 .., , "~'. .:" ," .4~~':~:4f~; it . ..0. . .{" .~~:i....~. ~:(I..' :" ~ 1200 20 MPa CONCRETE BASE SHALL BE POURED IN ~LACE SECTION 8-8 BENCH'NG TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO OB'IERT OF P1~E 1200 BENCHING DETAIL 20 M AT 120 mm A .fI.At::l NOTES: ,. OPENING IN BASE FOR ~RECAST SECllON Nor TO BE LARGER THAN O.D. + 25 mm S~ACE EIEIWEEN ~RECAST SECI10N .. BASE TO BE FiLlED WITH HOT SIIlIIlINOUS SEALER. 2. Nff P1~ES ENTERING THE PRECAST SECT10N OF NAlNTE1WlCE HOLE NJU</E POURED BASE IlUST NOT ENTER AT A llAINTENANCE HOLE SEC11CIN JOINT. 3. UFTlNG HOlES IN PRECAST SECTIONS TO BE CONPL.Em.Y FILLED WITH 3 ~ARlS SAND. , ~NU CEIlENT NORTAR ANO POINTED BEFORE BACK-FlLUNG. ... TOP OF BENCHING TO BE. Sl.DPED AT 2X TO CHANNEL. 5. POURED CONCRM WALLS TO BE 230 mm THIa( WHEN CNERALL llAIN1ENANCE HOLE HEIGHT IS 4.5 m OR lESS. .. 300 mm THICK WHEN OVERALL llAINTENANCE HOLE HEIGHT IS FRON 4.5 m - 7.5 m (CNERALL IlEP1H lIEASURED TO INVERT). SECTION C-C 6. PRECAST FlAT TO!' TO BE USED WHEN lOTAL HEIGHT OF ~REC SECTION IS lESS THAN 1.B m. 7. WHEN TOTAL PRECASr SECIlON IS 1.2 m. USE PRECAS\' CONE SECllON WITH A FIAT BASE. B. GASKETS TO BE PI..ICEIl I>S PER IlANUFAClURERS SPEClFiCATlO 9. llAINTENANCE HOLE STEI'S TO BE POSITIONED I>S PER STANDARD OPSD <105.01 0 OR OPSD 4115.020. 10. BENCtING DETAIl. foS ~ER OPSO 701.1)21. 1 1. FOR NH DEPTHS GREATER THAN 5.0 m. A MAINTENANCE HOLE SAFElY GRATING IS AEQUIRED. llAXIlIUN SPACING BEIWEEN SAFElY GRATES IS 5.0 m. DlI\l. DAm 1978' RE't1S1OH NO.: 7 REV. DAm 2002' SCALE: N.T.S. SEMI-PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE (FOR SEWER SIZES 675 mm TO 1500mlTl) WORKS DEPARTJ.IENT S-10E /. ~ \W"\D1t'c: nn:lADTU'C1iolT ROAD AUDWANCE \ PRIIIAlE PROPERTY 1---' 3 mi I I .1 I I . I I I I I iil 'li?((.;{!/:;'iJ:!?:{f~!/:::IIJ!:!!::!!~? I '#.1 ~\ l!;1 '" 11.1 135 mm SUDE lYPE VN.,VE BOX " COVER ~--I ~ 22.~ RADIUS BENDS SURFACE CI FANOUT NOTES: 1. WHEN lHE ClEANOl1T IS lOCAlED IN A DRNEWAY, A srANOARll VN..VE BOX IS REQUIRED. 2. BEDDING WAIL i'S PER S-001. I VALVE BOX FOR PVC SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTS DIMENSIONS IN IAIUlllElRES EXCEPT .. NO . Owe. DAlE: \978 03 RE'vlSlDN NO.: 6 REV. DAlE: 2002 1 SCALE: N.T.S. 8-301 , " - , - ,....: ,. COMPACJEl APPROVED NA1M BIoCKF11.L SLOPE /oS SPEaflED SAND BACKFILl. COUPACfD) TO 9B" STANIlNlD PROCTOR OENSTTY' UNDISTURBED GROUNO 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COlIPACJEl TO 9BX STANDARD PROCTOR DENSIIY ]1 "I il I I II " I I I I I I I 300 MtI. SANITARY OBVERT BELOW STORM SPRINGUNE l~ M. ., MIN. 1200 mm 1.35 m 1500 mm 1.so m 1800 mm 1.65 m COMPACJEl APPRO'iED ....1M BACKFILl. SLOPE /oS SPEaflED SAND 9ACKflU. coupACfD) TO 9BX. STANDARD PROCTOR OENSTTY UNDISlURBED GROUND NOTES: 1. BEDDING w.TERI/oLS SHALL BE FUlLY EXTENDED AND COlIPACJEl AGAINST 1RENCH WAI.LS. BEDDING MATERIALS SHALL BE PLACED AND COMP,tCTm IN 150 mm LAYERS. 2. NO NECHANICAl COMPACT1ON EQUIPMENT SHALL BE USED ON TOP OF " PIPE PRIOR TO PLACING " MlNINUN OF 300 mm COlIER. 3. PIPE SHALL BE BEDDED TO PROPOSED UNE AND GRADE WItH U_ AND CONTlNUOUS SUPPORT FRON BfDDlNG. BLOCKING WItH AM'( HARD OBJECT SHALL NOT BE USED TO BRING 'THE PIPE TO GRADE. 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COlIPACJEl TO 9BX STANIlNlO PROCTOR DENSIlY 300 NIN. \IIN. ;iANITARY INVERT ABOVE STORM SPRINGUNE WFT TAnJ~'" ONLY HLB EIWlD OF CRUSHED ClEAR STONE (150 mm) ALL SlONS IN llIt.JJM EXCEI'T WHERE DWG. DATE: 1001 01 RE\1S1ON NO" 1 REV. DATE: 2002 10 SCALE: No T.5. COMMON TRENCH BEDDING DETAIL FOR MAINLINE PVC SANITARY SEWER ANI:> CONCRETE STORM SEWER 8-304 Wf"'l5:l1I"f:nC'D.lD'1U~ RNISHED 13 mm ROUND HOLE WllH GROIIMET 135 mm SUDE TYPE VM.VE BOX at cOVER '!RACER WIRE EXlENSlON (AS REQUIRED) 50 mm OPERA llNG NUT OPEN TO L.EFT GUICE PLAlE NON-RISlNO S1EII 'TRACER WIRE CONNECTEO TOGETt!ER USING A SPUT BOLT , 10 CONNECTOR. SPUT llOLT SHALl. BE WRAPPED IN ELECTRICAl PUTTY. WA TERlAAlN SLIDE 1YPE GRACE E" ~i'! NO .Z ~~ I GRADE RNlSHED Eon o I!! NO z ~ll! \ ~ \ " EX1ENSION S1EII SHALL BE rASlENED TO OPERAlING NUT WllH 2 SET SCREWS I I I I - I I I I I J\H}/ LJOO-l 5.4 kg ZINC ANOCE SOUO CONCRElE Ill.OQ( 150 mm x 150 mrn :If. 30D mm L'SO-l NOTES 1. VM.VE BOX SHALL BE AQEQUA1ELY BRACED YHLE BACKFUJNG ANO IlUST REloIAlN PLUMB. 2. VM.VE BOX EXlENSlON SHAIJ. BE USED OIILY IF REQUIRED. 3. REFER TO "STANDARD SPEaRCAlIONS FOR 1HE CONSTRUC1I(JI OFWA_NS" FOR PLACDlENT OF IlARKER STAKES. 4. VAl.VE SHALL BE COIlP\.E1El.Y BACI<F1UED WllH 1. om CRUSHER RUN UIlESTONE. 5. MiEN lHE DEPlH OF lHE QPERA1IIIG NUT IS GREAlER lHAN 2.0 m BELOW RNISHED GRADE AN EX1ENSION SlEW SHALL BE USED. 6. ALL IIIUNE VAl.1IES INSTAI.I.ED ON P'IC WAlERWAlN SHALL BE RES1RAINED AS PER S..-. UNLESS O'IHER\WSE NOlED. 7. IF V/>LVE BOX IS l.OCAlED IN A GRAIoa AREA. A 1.0 m x 1.0 m _Al.T CQIJ..AIl SHALL BE lNSTAlJ.ED. 8. 1RACER WIRE COAlED. 7 SlRAHD. 12 OUAGE lW75, lWU75 OR RWOOXlPE WIRE RAlED AT MINUS 40' c. 9. lRACER WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED OU1SIDE VAl.VE BOX AND BROUGHT INTO UPPER SEC1ION lHROUGH 13 mm ROUND HOlE AND LOOPED AT TOP. LOOP SHALL BE II1NIIoIUII 450 mm IN LINGlH. 10. 1RACER WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ALL P.V.c. AND c.P.P. MAIN UNE VAl.1IE BOXES. 11. QAlHODlC PROTECl1ON. IlOIIDING CABLE AND TRACER WIRE SHAlL BE AS PER 5-435, S-43ll. I I I I. Ii I I I I I NOJ DIIIENSlONS IN ~ EXCEPt DWG. DA.TE: 1191 11 REIoISlOO NO.: 13 REV. DATE: 2002 1 SCALE: N.T.S. 100 mm TO 400 mm GATE VALVE, VALVE BOX AND TRACER WIRE ARRANGEMENT FOR PVC OR CPP WATERMAIN .........1#.... ,..........",..,....~ 8-4011 , , - , i~ :1 , II WRAP 'TRACER WIRE ONCE AROUND HYDRANT BARREl. 'mACER WIRE COA'TED 7 STRANO 12 GAUGE 1W75. 1WU7S OR RW 90 X1.PE WIRE RATED AT ..'NUS 4lTC I 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACTED TO 98" PROCTOR DENSIIY I I I I I I I I I I wnRk'~ nFPARlWFNT 'I. HYDRANT ADJUSTABLE VALVE BOX SHALL BE SET FUJSH WT1li FINISHED GRADE ATTACH TRACE WIRE UP lHROUGH SPUT RING AND FASTEN ",0 ....~ ~~ I FINISHED GRADE ~'" ~~ ~a ~~ ",'" ID'" ei!' 'mACER WIRES CONNECTED TOGETHER USING A SPur BOLT , 10 CONNECTOR SPlIT BOLT SHALL BE" WRAPPED IN ELECTRICAL PUTTY ~'I 150 mm PVC PIPE JCNNTS SHALL BE MECHANICALLY RESIRAlNED ~ PER 5-433 CONCRETE BLOCI( NIN. 1000 150 x 150 Ie 30Cl 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESI1JIE COMPACTED TO 9Sll: PROCIOR DENSIIY MIN. 1500 1. JOINTS SHALL BE t.tECIlANlCAlllY RESl1lAINED. 2. BEDDING ~ PER ~1. 3. HYDRANT EXTENSIONS SHALL BE INSTAU.ED AT BOTTOII OF BARREL- ... ANCHOR TEE. VALVE a. HYDRANT SHALL BE COIotPlElaY II.ICI<FILI.ID WT1li 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UIlESlONE. 5. F HYDRANT REQUIRES ACCESS ACROSS DITCH. INSTAI.lAllON SHALl. BE ~ PER S-428. S. TRACER WIRE COATED. 7 STRAND. 12 GAUllE 1W75. lWU75 OR RW 90 XLPE WIRE RATED AT MINUS 4O"C. 7. TRACER WIRE SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL HYDIWlT LOCATIONS. 8. CATHODIC nwlCNlft.IH. BONDING CABLE AND 'tRACER WIRE SHAU.. BE /IS PER 5-435. 5-439. CNMENSlON5 IN METRES EXCEPT WHERE NOTED. DWG. DAlE: 1978 03 I REVISION NO.: '1 REV. DAm 2002 10 SCALE: N.TS. HYDRANT ASSEMBLY WITH MECHANICALLY RESTRAINED JOINTS 8-409 I I I WATEJlI.tAIj / SEWER NOTES 1. GROUT SHALL BE INJECTED INTO THE LOWER GROUT HOLE UtmL GROUT EMERGES FROM THE UPPER HOLE. 2. OUTSIDE OF LINfR PlATE SHALL BE GROlllED TO RESISTANCE WlIIl ':2 CEMENT / SAND GROUT AT THE END DF EACH WORKING DAY. 3. GROUT HOUS SHALL BE SECURaY PLUGCED AFTER GROUT INJECT1OII. 4. APPRO\IED CASING SPACERS SHALL BE USED AND INSTN.LED M; PER THE lWIUF,tCIURERS RECONMENDED PROCEDURE. I I I ,. GROUT HOLES Ii, .. . :,.0: . PIPE SHALL BE TEM Y ".;r'J,;.~~fl.ol". ,jts Ct''' SUPPORTID 0.25 SPAN POINTS . W< OF EACH PIPE lENGTH 2D MPo CONCRETE IlASE (lL'IELING COURSE 0PI10NAL) SECTION THROUGH TUNNEL TUNNa SIWJ. BE GROUTED 1:5 CEIlENT/SAND MIX OR M; SPECIFIED ON cotITRACT DRAWINGS lllN. ISO MOOTH WALL STEEL PIP FOR DEPTH UP TO 10 srm. PIPE CASING PRESSURE GROUT wmt 1:5 CEI/fIIT/SNlD RAnD NOTES 1. t.lINlt.lUt.l 750 mm CASING PIPE REOUJRED FOR CONFINED SPACE ENTRY. 2. CASING PIPE SIWJ. BE CATHODIOOLY PROlE AT BOTH ENDS. 3. STm CASING PIPE TO CONFORIoI TO REQUIREIIENIS OF GRADE 2 STm M; 5I'ECFIED IN ASTIl ST_ A2S2. PIPE ENDS SIWJ. BE BEVEL EDGED ON THE DUTSIllE TO AN ANG1..E 0 3D DEGREES FOR BUTT WELD SPUCtNG. 4. BLOCKIiIG OR CASING SPACERS SHALL BE SIZED TO PREVENI' FLllATlNG. WATERMAIN/ SEWER PIPE CASING PIPE CASING SIZE MIN. CASING THI KNESS DIAIlElER SEE NOTE 4 ~Y By 150 mm 500 rnm 6.350 mm 7.137 m 200 mm 600 rnrn 8.525 mm 8.137 rrm 300 mm 7!50 mm 10.312 m 400 mm 900 nun 12.700 m 11.113 ALL DIMENSIONS II lllLUME1RES CEPT Yfl NDTED. DWG. DATE: 197B RE\1S1ON ND" S REV. DATE: 2OD2 lD SCALE: N. T.5. 8-4151 REFER TO T~ FOR CASING SIZE JACK / BORE YNYIIfC: n=AD'TUnJT , , "II ~ , - J J " I , , J - :1 II II I II II , f. II tl 300 NlN. FINISHED FACE OF WAll. 300 MIN. V1CTAUUC J COUPUNG \ MIN. 2000 PLAN - TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED All. VAl.IIES SHALL BE PlACED IN AN UPRIGHT POSI11ON SHED CElUNG ~ FINISHED flOOR ~~ 8~ "''' MIN. MIN. RESlRAlNED .aNT ELEVATION - TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED NOTES 1. THE IlAa<FLOW DEVICE SHALL BE SUPPORTED IN AN APPROVED M_EIl. 2. RES1RAIl FIT1INGS AND PIPE MA1ERIAl. SHAll. BE foS PER tHE ONTMlO BUIUlING COOE. 1:1 \M'Wk'C::: nJ:'P61l"TU~T All. DIMENSIONS IN IIIWMETRES EXCEPT VlHERE N DWG. DAlE: 1993 11 REVISION NO" 5 REV. DATE: 2002 10 seAJ..E, N.T.S. BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE LAYOUT FOR BUILDING 63 mm TO 200 mm 8-420 RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL ~ PER 5-4.33 ITRENCH W1ClH I 19 mm CRUSHER RUN ..';~.-:.:.:~ ~.:..:~.~: UIN. 300 UMESTONE COMPACTED . '. ,. '.~ 'j'. .' 70 98 X OF PROClOR I :~~~~:..;.~: 00 DENSITY. ---L- :!,,;:~;';.::'" . . ,-- .~. ,. .....:. ~"': UIN. 300 75 SECTION A-A HO~IZONTAL DEFLECTION I I I I ;;,:~.;;.,;;~ ~Iil ~:::~~"..;:..:: :.<o~ .:. .... 00 ....-: ~ ..'t'~ I. . . ...... ......~..,' SECTION C-C UPWARD THRUST TABLE NO. 1 MINI\IIJM C1MENSION FOR GRANUlAR THRUST BLOCKS PIPE llIAUE:IER (mm) 100&150 200 300 400 500 800 400 500 600 450 550 650 600 700 850 45' 1 '.25' 22S 45" 11.25' 22S 45" 90' 4.9 4.9 7.5 10.' 1.5 2.8 4.9 8.1 6.3 6.3 9.6 13.' 2.0 3.7 6.3 10. 9.0 8.11 13.4 16.3 2.8 5.2 9.0 14. ".6 11.2 17.2 23.7 3.6 6.7 11.6 19. All. DIMENSIONS IN MIUJM EXCEPT Nom DWG. DAlE: 1991 RE\1S1ON NO" 4 REV. OAlE: 2003 06 SCALE: N. T.S. RESTRAINED JOINT DETAIL ~ PER 8-433 TRENCH W1ClH 19 mm CRUSHER RUN MESTONE COlIPACTED 98 X OF PROCTOR lTY I ,,:..._,,. ....:. .... 150 ;:';'~'.: ~; ---r;;-; ",~".~. ;.~.~~--L::. .~". ':". ',' ""~:. 150 ... I CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION ~ REQUIRED SEE NOTE 3 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACTEIl 7098XOF PROCTOR DENSITY . SECTION B-B DOWNWARD THRUST VERTICAL DEFLECTION NOTES DEFL ANGLE 11.25" 225 45" 90' ,. All. JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RESTRAINING LENGTH "I." SHAI..L BE RESTRAINED ON EACH SIDE OF THE FTTllNG. 2. GRANULAR THRUST BLOCKS SHALl. BE FUlLY EXlENDED AND COMPACTEIl .IGAINST TRENCH WAI..LS. 3. IF THE BEARING CAP/OCfTY OF TRENCH BEll RESlS11NG DOWNWARD THRUST IS LESS THAN 100 KN/m2,CLEAR STONE FOUNDATION SHALl. BE PROVIDED ~ DIRECTED BY THE ENGINEER. 4. WHEN FITTINGS ARE PARI1AI.l.Y OR FUllY EXPOSEIl UNDER PRESSURE. All. JOINTS MUST BE RESTRAINED. -So All. FITTING JOINTS SHALl BE RESTRAINED IN EARTH FIll APPUCATlONS. 6. CATHODIC PR01ECTION, BONDING CABLE AND TRACER WIRE SHALl. BE AS PER S-435, S-439. TABLE NO. 2 MINIMUM RESTRAINING LENGTH (m) '-ERTICAL Dma:noN DOWNWARD THRUST UPWARD THRUST "I." PIPE llI'. (mm) , 1.25' 22S 100&:150 1.5 2.8 200 2.0 3.7 300 2.11 5.2 400 3.6 6.7 . HORIZONTAl. DEFLECTION JOINT RESTRAINING LENGTH FOR PVC PIPE (IN COMBINATION WITH GRANULAR THRUST BLOCK) I I 400 700 700 750 950 ~nl:'D"D"n.~IT ~-4~ , , ; , ";1 - 'i' I ii; 1..1. i \ " ,..i....~....p ., ,I :~!, I ~.~ !!~I !il il I i~1 !:, it I Ii! :', , I I I I " "t" "L" GRANUlAR lHRUST BLOCK 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COMPACTED TO 98 X PROCTOR DENSITY. 301 301 MECHANICAL JOINT eM' .D UNDf.ITURBED GROUND ELEVATION PLAN DEAD ENDS "L" GRANUlAR lHRUST BlOCK 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UMESTONE COIoIPACTED TO 9B X PROCTOR DENSITY. ; ...::.:; ;":,.. ....,~ ~ 4,"' A ,. . 3( 75 t ELEVATION RESTRAINED TEE b {El~ ~ TRENCH WlOTH WHERE PIPE IS TWO SIZES LARGER OR MORE TO REDUCED PIPE. I... 300 , TO 150 , 200 , TO 100 , RESTRAINED REDUCER PLAN "I." GRANULAR lHRUST BLOCK 19 mm CRUSHER RUN UIoIESTONE COMPACTED TO 98 X PROCTOR DENSITY. 3 o 3 UNDISTURBED GROUND ELEVATION PLAN PLUGGED CROSS 3. GRANULAR lHRUST BLOCKS SHAll. BE ENCLOSED WIIH FILlER FABRIC IF GROUND WAlER TABLE IS 1BCNE lHE PIPE "L" MIN. RESTRAINING lRENCH BED OR IF GROUND WAlER IS SEEPING DIA. LDilmI (m) lHROUGH TRENCH WAllS. 4. WHEN FITT1NGS ARE PARTIALLY OR FULLY EXPOSED 100&150 UNDER PRESSURE, AU. JOINTS IIUST BE RESTRAINED. 5. M ~~CA~ SHALL BE RESTRAINED IN rARTH 6. CAlHODIC PROTECTION. BONDING CABLE AND TRACER WIRE SHALL BE I>S PER 8-435, 5-439. 7. AU. SIDES SHALL BE RESTRAINED FOR IN UNE lEES. 400 36.3 ALL DIMENSIONS IN IIIWIIElRES EXCEPT ERE NOT DWG. DAm 1991 11 RE\lSlON NO.' 6 REV. DAm 2003 III SCALE: N. T.8. NOTES 1. AU. JOINTS ENCOUNTERED WITHIN 1HE SPECIFIED RESTRAINING LENGTH "I." SHALL BE RESTRAINED FROM lHE FIRST JOINT ON FITTING. 2. GRANUlAR lHRUST BLOCKS SHALL BE FUU.Y EXTENDED AND COIIPACICD AGAINST lRENCH WAUS. IF TRENCH WALL ARE SATURATED OR DISTURBED. 5PECIAL DESIGN DETAILS OF THRUST RES1RAINT SHAll. BE PROVIDED BY E ENGINEER FOR REVIEW BY lHE REGION. 200 15.2 19.6 300 27.7 THRUST BLOCK FOR PVC WATERMAINS FOR HYDRANT RUNOUTS. TEES AND DEAD ENDS S-43~ lII"eVe I"\rEIIAIO"'._I'I" ~ ~~ &~~ 150 .;J-1If. ~r}1f. rJ~ , ~-" ~ 'f/1o 1f'~ ~ I I I I I I I I , I I I ?J/1 ~", ~~ ~ .~~ 5/r I!l~ ~~ ".,. ~ r}1f. 00 r1';r1' ~lsfP NOTES f#- l. ANODE SIW.l. BE PlACED AT LEASI' 1.0 m _v FROlI THE WAmI SYS1EII APPURTENANCES AND AS DEEP AS THE EIO'ITON OF THE API'\JII'IDIANC. _lIUIl DISTANCE BEIWEEN ANODES SIW.l. BE 1.0 m. 2. ALL BONDING AND ANODE CASLE CONNECTIONS SIW.l. BE THERIl1TE WELDED. ALL 'IHERlITlE WELD CONNECI1ONS SIWJ. BE _TED WITH AN APPIlO'IED _TlNG .....TIIlW- 3. BONOINC CASLE SIW.I. BE NO. 6. SMN SlRANO _TED COPPER WIRE, CADWELDED TO F1TT1NGS. 4. 5.4 kv ZINC ANODE SIW.I. BE SUPPLED AND INSTAU.ED IN A _ER AI'PRlMD BY THE REGION FOR EVERY 1000 m OF _ WIRE INSfALLED. 5. lIAGNESIUlI ANODE CAIUS SIW.l. BE BLUE AND ZINC ANODE CABLES SHAlL BE WHIlL , ~ , AU. DIlIENSlONS IN lIlLU EXCEPT 01M3. DATE: 1981 04 RE'llSlON NO.: 5 REV. DATE: 2002 10 SCAU: N.T.s. CATHODIC PROTECTION / BONDING CABLE / TRACER WIRE FOR PVC AND CPP WATERMAIN SYSTEMS 8-435 Wf"1AI(~ nF'PARlU",T , - - - , ..... i,- '- - '- 'I II ~I II II II II ~I ..; , ~I ~I 'iI I VAlVE RESTRNNED BY ANCHOR TEE OR RESTRNNING RODS TO WA'IERMAIN ~ ::J ~ ... .. o FlREUNE g: , +-------- 50 mm 1:1 Wt'IDve- nrDACi'7UC'\JT SHORT SIDE OR LONG SIDE CONNECTION NOTES SIZE OF EXISIING RREUNE 150 mm 200 mm 1. VAlVE LOCAnON SHAll. BE DElERlAINED BY REGION OF DURHAM. 2. CONNECTlON LAYOUT SHALl. BE DElERt.IINED BY THE REGION OF DURHAM. llAX. SIZE OF IlOIlESllC CONNECllON 25 mm 50 mm I ~ , ~ ! EXISnNG ~ ;ltEXsmGFRlJNE , '~;;~ 21 VALVE ::i I ~Otd :1 ~ ~r"-~ "'I' ~ 8' ~ii < I VALlIE ~I -----~- I I I , I INSTALL ~ADDmoNAL VAlVE DOMESTIC CONNECTION J~O~~I~~~ 6m.~INE ALL DIMENSIONS IN I.tIWII PIPING & FITTINGS FOR COMMERCIAL. INDUSTRIAL & MULTI-RESIDENTIAL CONNECTIONS (DOMESTIC & FIRELlNE) ES EX YoH NO . Il'Ml. DAlE: 1088 09 RE\1SION No.: 3 REV. DAlE: 2002 10 SC~ N.T.S. 8-442 \IA"lIOI1fC:: n~.A''1UJ:'WT JOO IIIN. S11WNER ~l- PLAN - TYPICAL HORIZONTAL FEED ALL VAL\IES Sl BE P~ED IN AN UPRIGIiT POSlllON ~ D1RECTlON OF FUlW 300 MIN. --++-- ELEVATION - TYPICAL HORIZONTAL FEED I I I I I I I I I ~ :~ FACE MEIER \/Ic:TAlJUC COUPUNG UllU1Y ROOM SHAI.L BE INSUlA lED. HEAlED AND ADEllUA.TELY UT. (THE BOlDING OWNER IS RESPONSIBLE IF lHE MEIER IS _ED DUE 10 COLD lEMPERATUflES. MIN. 815 . 2035 INSUlAlED STEEL. DOOR CENTRED WI1H lHE MEIER. . DOOR SIWJ.. BE LOCKED AND A KEY PRlMDED 10 lHE REGION. PLAN TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED FINISHED CElUNG EJ'(-PASS IS NOT REQUIRED FOR SERVICES 25 mm OR lESS . MEIER \/Ic:TAIJUC COUPUNG SUPPORT RESTRAINED JOINT FINISHED FLOOR ELEVATION - TYPICAL VERTICAL FEED NOTES 1. BY-PASS PIPE SHALL BE : IAl lHE SAME SIZE AS 1HE INCOMING PIPE. B) REQUIRED ON AU. SERIIICES FOR MULn-RESlllENTW. COMMERCW.. INS1IT\/l1ONAL AND INDUSIRIAL BUIUIINGS. (e) REIlUIRED ON RESIDENTIAL SER\IICES lARGER THAN 25 mrn. 2. MINIlIUIl CLEAIWlCES SHOWN FOR WALL MOUNTED BY-PASS SIW.l. BE ~ 10 FlllOR llDUNIED BY-f'ASS. 3. SlRAlNERS SHALL BE REQUIRED FOR MATERS 75 mm HI) LARGER. 4. ALL JOINTS SIWJ.. BE MECHANICALLY RESTRMIED. 5. METER AND VAL\IES SHALL BE SUPPOlllED AS DIRECTED BY lHE REIlION OF 1lURIWI. OIlS IN M T NOlED. OWQ. DAlE: 1_ 09 RE\'ISIDN ND.: 4 REV. DAlE: 2OQ2 10 SCAlE: N. T.S. WATER MITER ROOM LAYOUT 8-443 , , J ,U - , lJ - " I a - 11 ~I !I ,1 ~I :11 ~I ," ~I jl II ~ REGION OF DURHAIol . WORKS DEPARlMENT ~ REGION OF DURHAIol . WORKS DEPARTMENT SEE NOTE 2 on OJ OJ HIGH PRESSURE WA TERMAIN SEWER MAIN CALL BEFORE YOU DIG 905 668-7721 AFTER HOORS " 'AEEKENDS 576-11991 OR 1-1100-327-11 CALL BEFORE YOU DIG 905 668- 7721 AFTER HOURS " VtfiKENDS 576-11991 OR 1-800-327-11 150 ~ 10 mm HEX NUT ~~._-- ~ ~~.- ~I I~ 10 m: HEX HEAD BOLT ~ REGION OF DURHAIol . WORKS DEPAR1IIENT HIGH PRESSURE WA TERMAIN SEE NOTE 1 CAll. BEFORE 'I'llU DIG 905 668-7721 AFTER HOURS" _os 576-9991 OR 1-800-327-11 ~ ~ SEE NOTE 4""", ~ ~ 2 :t 5 64 NOTES 1. HOT ROLLED U FlANGE S1EEL POSTS IlAllUFAC'I\JRED FRCII 80,000 PSI CARBON STm.. lHE TOP '00 em OF lHE POST IS PlMa-IED W1lH 10 mm OF 50 rml CENTRES. UNI\mSAL FOR EItHER ME1R!C OR IIIPERIAL SIGN llOllNlING. HOT DPPED GAl.VANIZEIl AFTER PUNCllNG TO PREVENT RUS11NG OF.1HE loIETAL SURROUNDING 1HE 24 HlUS. HGIIPRESSURE WA1EIIIIAlN AND/OR SEWAGE IIAIN SIGNS SHALL BE SUPPUEIl BY 1HE REGIoN OF DURHAM. LOCAnON AND SPACING SHALL BE APPIlO\'ED BY 1HE REGION OF 1lURHAIl. LENGlH Of' POST USED 1MLL DEPEND ON FIELD CONDlnONS (MINIMI LmG1li 2400 rnm), ~ I I I I I I I 1 I I I 1...-' 2- 3- 4. :t 5 L DlMENSI IN EX T MlERE NO 0'60. DAlE: 1991 11 RE\1SION NO" 2 REV. DATE: 2002 10 SC~ N.T.s. WATER AND SEWER MAINS LOCATION SIGN 8-449 \II'\I:I~ nJ:'D&D"rUt'1.IT .... .. ..~ .. ... >.: ~ ~ , CONCR~ - .. , '. ....... '. 20.0 MPa .' , ..' .......... " '. '" ~ ..~ ... .. , '. '. I :,....... . ~... ',' . , ::i ....... .- ',' " S; , , "f........ ....... .' . ........ i........ .(..-.'..'.., ~.. ....... ~OWIrI .' , ..: .:.~ .... . .. , .' .. . , i.'~'~ . .- , , . . ALUMINUM DOOR COPPER VENr lUBE WITH 64 mm PET COCK \" FINISHED RCWl GRADE FINISHED GRADE ROD ... , .. . ... ',' , .':~.' , . . " , ...... , , . ....e.. .. . ... " . . .. 0 . , . .. 0 '. , , .... ,; . . .. ... , . , ::i . . . .. . .. .. , :i , . . . , , .. .~ ... .. , " ...,;. .. ~~":'." -:,..:..... . . .. , " , SERVICE BOX----.... CURB STOP --, " COPPER TO COPPER COUPUNG COMPRESSION JOINT (SfW.L BE USED WHERE REQUIRED) BRASS SERVICE GROUND~""'P C/W ANODE WIRE CONNECTOR SEE NOTE 4 19 mm COPPER SERVICE PIPE lYPE 'K' ~~ I VARIES 1-150-1 5.4 kg ZINC ANODE .50 x 150 x 300 CElWl BlOCK PLACED ON UNDISfURBED GROUND CORPORATION MAIN STOP (WITH APPROVED SADDLE) ALUMINUM DOOR NON-F'ERROUS WU .140 B.C. .180 .0 Ie .13 (4) .75 BASE BOLT SPACING DETAIL NOTES ,. W"TERMAlN SHALL BE TAPPED UNOER PRESSURE. 2. AlL ST"11ONS SHALL BE ENCLOSED IN " lOCKABLE NONREIlOllABLE, ALUMINUM-CAST HOUSING. 3. AlL WORKING PARIS SHAlL BE BRASS AND REMOIIABLE FROM ABOVE GROUND WITH NO DIGGING 4. FOR CONNECTION DETAILS TO FERROUS W"TEIWAIN REFER TO S-41 D 5. LOCATION OF 5AIilPUNG STATION AND CURB STOP SHALL BE DETERMlNfD BY THE REGION OF DU_. 6. A IlECAL PROVIDED BY THE REGION OF DURHAM SfW.L BE AffiXED TO THE FRONT OF THE SAlAPUNG STATION DOOR. I ALUMINUM HOUSING I I ALUMINUM BASE 0.0 MPa CONCRJ o o N - GALVANIZED STEI STANDPIPE Z :i VENr lUBE I 300 mm OWIEn SONOTUBE I 19 mm MIPT TO COPP~ I ALUMINUM HOUSING I ALUMINUM BASE I I FOR BASE BOLT SPACINGI (SEE DETAIL) SAUPUNG STATION ON PEDESTAL I AlL DIMENSIONS IN MIUJMETRES EXCEPT WH NO DWG. DA 1E: 2003 REIASlON NO,: REV. DA1E: WATER SAMPLING STATION SCALE: N.T.S. 8-45 ,:'1 ~ , :i , J :! - J " EXISTING RtWl LONGITUDINAL LAP JQINT TREATMENT FOR PROPOSED LANE W1lIENINGS ='._~ 1- . '/:/U/h ~__ SURfACE COURSE 40 mm DEP'THS __ T BINDER ASPHALT (MIN.) END TREATMENTS FINAL UFT Of ASPHALT SHAU. BE P~ IN FOLLOWING YEAR =---=J=,.~-1f---~..-;;...~ . I LAP JOINTS 3.0 m GUT P-l TYPICAl END lREATMENT - FINAL OVERLAY ='~---If------= ~3.0 m CUT 0.5 m CUT 2.5 m RAMP REMOVED '- - ~I 'fl ~I 'II !II jl 1. , iI ~I ~I & EXISTING RtWl 40 mm DEPTH (MIN) EXISTING RtWl EXISTING ROAD PROP. BINDER ASPHALT NOTES VERIIC,t,l FACE AND BOTTOM OF KEY SIW.L BE SWEPT ClE'AN AND PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS EllUlSION. NOTES Al.L 'IER11CAL FACES OF JOINTS SIWJ. BE SWEPT CLEAN AND PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS EWl.SION PRIOR TO PAVING. NOTES Al.L 'IER11CAL FACES OF JOINTS SIIALL BE SWEPT ClE'AN AND PAINTED WITH BITUMINOUS EiAULSION PRIOR TO PA'IING. NOTES Al.L \IERIICAL FACES OF END JOINTS SIIALL BE SWEPT CLEAN AND PAIflED WITH IlITlAIINOUS EiAULSlON PRIOR TO PAllING. 3.0 m CUT 3.0 m CUT 40 mm DEPTH I 3.0 m WIDE CUT 1 SURFACE CNERl.AY OF ASPHALT (IIN) ~..f__________:L_--_C_--- EXISTING ROAD T UIf'UlIVe-~"D""_t"I" 0.5 m ElOSlING BINDER ASPHALT (2 UFTS) OS m ElOSlING ROIoll PAVEMENT JOINT TREATMENT OlllENSlONS IN llIWM T NO. DWG. DATE: 1986 04 IlE'IISlON NO.: 4 REV. DAlE: 2OD2 10 SCAlE N. T.S. 8-501 ....u ""-,",'> .. o ";;e ." i3NE ~E ~~ ...-Ju e e o ~ e e o ~ E E o ~ .. " ~ saz1 I~' .. " '" o '0 ~ ~T lQ :IJ :0 m ~ '" o N .. ::; '" , N .. " ~ .. " '" , N E .:.:, ;>" -E "e ~ .0 '"'..~ ,",UN , N -+,< z :5 0. , , , , , (1 , j I "6 ~ .. " . C 0. ; .2 ~ . ~ " ,....-.- ...;.-." ~ ~ . w/z wwo;c: :I~r;ll: :U!:1 ;JMM r :-r--~+ uZ 10 .. ut; ~ ZW e '...0 oVJ e ,. 0 ~~ t;o:: 0 ~ WW l VJ!L! 0:: -.-.....;..... "J-' '" ~ Wl1J(]otZ ~DW J ~ Ol oat JD^ U .. 00 0 ~~ -~c .. ij~~ ~ ~ 00 ~~'" ~D ~>" _00 ~ :iIIlOH 'll'DW we ~ ~ I -I , , I \ o [!l Ill. [!l< U z ;:3 UlJ.. W VJ .-Jw " 0 E e 0 0 ~ ~ ~ ..~ ,,- -+,0 ~~ <0.. 19 .l:~ ~. ZO OW _0:: t-W un. w< Ulf-' .-Jo j 1l ~ . . . e e..c:1; .z'io c .~ . :Z:.2::l!1! ="0 g:~ 0.. ::..0'C .. ~E "," .- e "e ~D ~~ Z :5 a.. .. . .e ." .~ DE ~e ~~ W[IJ l:sx W " e ZVlE 'E OW,... ~ -UlEU ~ 1'. t-<(C!C; I . fdmez . (I) ""J I- SO" ~ H W L 9~ TTI ' 0 0' ZO~ "5 1 OZE e : 0 _1-_ !I, ~::;E o ~Oo" ~ H ~ t- W zc:i '0 L.L' . cnO~z :::;; t l-<,SI z 1:5 n. ~ ~ I .1 > I I Q) I I a:: I I 0 I I 1"1 I I 0 I I 10 I I O'l I I O'l ~ I I (/) I- Z W Z o WO, ~ ~~i o 0::: 0 z Uu ~z VJ Ow- ...J U..J 0, < 0 - I-:C u (/) ;<CWE o UU~ a::: Wz a.. 0::: <C ~ a.~1 ~I- z Z o ~I " Z ~ a::: _.0 00 0 . L- Qj ...- L.. E 0 CD 0 m' oo..EctJ () Ili J -......- c > 0 ~ :5.s:: ~ i ,; .OJ 0:5"00= 0 .~E ',-' = '" Co 0 . (I) o '- ~L.a.. ~~=,.s UJ~O C;~ _0 de. CDOOS' GlU-SN II) 4U 5l;,E", ~E 0lC! 5'-, Ol ::l CIO Sl C:-C:-o OlE 'O~ ~ m::l::S.c Ca_ '-I 0 0.0.0 '13 c: 0 - ,- ..0....._.2 5&E ~~ ~ ,"' +" 0-0:5 _ Oa,. G) .. ~.c.c: '0 .~ E en 0 .s . ~ g'Q.'Q.g '- E 5l-o ~_ 1-"-<<:IOE-ll1,,.Jc-- 00."00 <<'4(1)0< z...,- .< [IJ U p - ';' ~ - , J - I , - I I II II I I ,II 11 ~I I <,;:",." r I ...::=;-...--...,..,..-. , OZ , " I 10 .. , 0 01- Z I 0 :5 E I ZW E , a. 8 , oVJ ~ , bO:: l I 100' I I WW I VJf!1 I 0:: I '-'~' ~ ~ wwoGt: -1 XDW 01 oor SO!JO^ IJ j] o~ " " " E' " " c"E; .c.c E~' "E"2~ ~l"1o a" 0" :!~-; n" ....W ]1"} 0 :::E~-5 I(')~" _00 iO,. -00 ~ rO~ol L :IO~l~/gJ!~lU~ +,u E E E E '" '" ~ ~ ~ '" ~ E E iO ~ ..-Ju " .. " ~ 19 -'- I ~;.:, . \T. '.' o . .. Z EO :5 E" n 0 E u.. ~ E -8 IT L:: ;. I E E ~.s _E C:J C:J:5 IVJx lD a z~E 01= ~ I-(jjE., O~O..... W '0 VI ~z I- Til< W c I I m OX z" ,. W:5E :5 E 1"'; zVJ ~ a. ~ , '. ~ WE., L'::' ~~~~ -1gl- L ILl T: 9~ o I OlD x 0 z'" 0 a:: :S ~: 0 z~ E 1-<( a. 0 I 0-- ..- :il ' FI-E Z _ ,--,0 O::Jo" 0 11.g ,WO'b I Vl zOz I ~_ o~ I :gJ- ::;; o ~ <0 qUQWlU:lUI ww 'OOt'l . O~ t xow ol 006 ~^. 0 L...E 0 00 . ...._ 4) I.t'l ." > 0 c:~ c: 0' ""l:t" a.a a .<: I 0'<:- 0 w-......- .o"oo.VJ c>~..c:ta.. _ 02 ED> 0 en 0 _ 0 . _ Q) IV G) 0 oS? "- L........ CD --...... CI). tI) :8C01O]EO'Iq~6 '-OJ"" ::lCLO :g Q).... "'E =cO OJ OJ UJ ::J c: ~ c c:: ~c..c.8.2 (; 100 o+JJ:J_ L....E- UCl Uj'en .....-+-,o~ aUcn~C o 0') c: a.. "" Q) Ul88Soo;EOJOEE w Q)Q)o....E 0..,,"''5 t- L.. L.. cD _lO IV o a. 0.'" <('.I Vi 5 < < Z- <( lD 00 ..-Jw .. '" E ~ E E , '" N E ~ '" .. ~ .. '" E iO E. " I '" '" .... ~ ~~j~ .. " ~ IJ o~ E~ E~ 0" 0" nO F1 ~ ;:'11 Vl . :.~:'.~.~ <5.b T " 11= =i:i<(i)x EZZO ~o~ E ~FI- E ~ 1 ~18002 I VJWo 0 '" , Ct:,.-z ,..... W ",W"o,{ ~ ~ ~~;o~ ~ +,0 .::~ ';7: o E .....eLO] ~u;;:;~ ':+- ..-Jo .. " ~ I '" " " '" , I '" I I , (: c .. '5 ~ .. , g f .!! ~ . i! o . . . c" .2A g.21 l'Ia'Ei :1 = ._ 0.... a:::::Ic D .c ! ~ .:: ~.. " !~~ ~ :::: c.= . ::lS~ .. .g~g i ~~ "" -"E . E o u.. ~1(l"Ei ~ ~5;::;~ a '6 E E o o ~ ..9 D o .. . . " ID E E o o If) - I~.TWJ+. t~ ~ ... C I" rc '"' C - I - I > I I ., ~ I I - I I 0 I I '" I I 0 I I ro I I Ol I 0> I - I I c u c ( U) Z ~ o o ~ o Z ~ Ul ...J <( U Z > o a:: 0... CJ) ~ I.LI Z . 0 1.LIa. l:;j::Eo: o:::OLL OOt;: ZI.Ll::::! 0-1:: OOe I-::r:E CJ) E <( I.LI cC 00 I.LIZ~ 0:::<( a.Z I.LI I- Z <( ::E OJ ~ ~- Q) ....:E 00- C =. E E o I:: .=: "~.",,..'i.. i ~ o ~ o :! ~ , ~ ..-JID E E :il E il ~ o " ~ o " ~ o " '" ~ o '" +,u 10" r~;' ,:. o ., z .. ::i ~. D.. :J N lD lD:5 I(/)x lD 0 z~E oE ~ i=(/) E., (..Jzo.... w <(0 0 (J)e:::......z I- u~ 00 E' E" 00 00 ~ ~.,~ +,0 " '" o '" E 8 '" o :! '" o " n , F1 lD "'1 :5 . >.! tn , z ,. <( : ",:t I:l 12 '5<...... x E V;O EZzE :go~ -- f==I ONi=I-E., 100tl li- &3 C!- I U)oo 0 . w..-z .-- .' C:: I . "" n I I I I a. ~ ~ ~ ..-Jo ID1D1 "~ w/z ww9L~ 1$ :JJ!:l JMM ~ . 00 AA c".::: ~..'7~ ~ ~~ 1O~" _00 (..Jz IQ (..JI- G zW I oU) > I tiC:: ., ""W a:: I (/)!!l I a:: 0 I r<) I 0 I CO I OJ I OJ ~ I . . 00 AD ]~ j. D 0 :::e~~ lO~ot _00 I"':' 0 I:l ," 1 lD ~ Z .. ,. 0::5 E :5 ~, zU) ~ D..:J ". OlLIE ;::; .', r-({)o..:9 " r--<"O 1 11',; &3m~z L-i:t" en -1gl- B . E u c ~ D D E 0 0 0 ~ ..'Ow .~ C 0 .! g;j 1l .2 co e 0 1! ~ "- ~- . .. co gS"i '. . .. ..0 : . . t-o;:- '" : . '" . 0 " '" :a E E o ~ ~ ., ... . oE ",0 .,~ "'e: 0", .o..c: _- E "'... E 82 U') 0 e g N 0 DoL. Q) ..0 '" > 0 -g>.'" oq- o s..c: I .,.0 '" 0 ~"",".s: tf) 00 aI D.. OJ 0 ..c:- c..... lID 00 oc..$ .....C"ooI +i lU OJ"': O'IC! ._ ac lID clt"l ~ L. C'I > :s 0 rn CD ~I co.5o '-~ c: cl: ......... 00 0 I 0 0 ~ ofJ '- ooc;- +'~ S,E UVJ C ~02 ""..c~::IcO-Q)Q)E ..02 'i)E .,0 E E....l (/)0.-.... -'- l=! !! g _'~ g-o "'0 '0 OCl.o<(E(jJ<==='" Z 0<(<(0 ~ <( CD GO o z ~ 0:: o o 0:: <: o z ~ (/) I I I : II Ie !~ I I E 0 ~ ~ E III I !i ell It') ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~L-j t/ ~or ~ ~ :::11 I E E o '" ...J <: o z :> o 0:: a.. (f) !z w z w~ I ~::Eo:: o:::OIJJ uO~ zw~ O.J- uo'>> I-:::C ~ ~wo uO~ ~ ~ ::II c..~ I !z ~I o 0:: ~ Z o c: .,3: eo "~I .E -0 __ 10 cE.2! - E'" E ~ o l:J::1 c: _.... '" 0 ... e c c ~ - - J I , J - I J I I I II ~ 111 II ~I II I tl "I ~ E o 01; -.0 '" '" E .E :::: E '" ::::E "! E ::;:E "'<0 N E ~al ~r-. 0 0.. <0<0 c!.@ :::: N 0 C3 ~r-. <0 ~-'"~ r-. c!.@ I ::E,' I N 0 all-: ::E, I J:S <0 N CDlL. 0 .2 CD zt:i "0 ~ Q-l b~ 0.. I.LI en z ~ E . EE oE <0<0 ~r-. @@ "::;:::E, 0<0 II N'" I .-Jal ~ E ~ ~~ E~lO .....,.... E~r-..,< c!.@ :::EOI@! ON -.J ~; 1r: I :11 -p;O~r-- I:~ < J:o.. ~ z O~" b~ w Vl <> 'i5 ". ~" z :s Q. E 4 ~ E[ ~ E 0 ~- @~~ ~ 6>09 I ..-J< '" o N I N " o "" () " " - <> ;;:: - " " :s " ~ " r;: o ... ~ L~ '" 0 > r-- o I "0 Ell) :::JQ. EO .- .r::. c:.... "E'i E g E:;:; 10 0 <'01 c: ::J co4c t) > 0 E 00-: ~ C = s::: c:= o ,- 'E E ..c: ""0 0 C iIJ: ~ c._ - ::) CP ll) Cll L. L. ~4)oo: .......0 OJ .,., 0" 0 c: c C ...., .9.~ .- (,tJ Q) ~ 0 c c ocnCl)CI> -c..EE c: 0 ._ ,- .- -0 .. 11) .0 en L..21 __ I.LI-.c~_ 1-<<:1--- ~<<:1Dt>0 '" Cll ... .., E " > c :e; o '" .0 =g(.)~ C Q):C~ 0; (D~O '-0 () :: ~5~ " i:E::e:.o rD c: it o .c ., Q) ., 'i L. Q) .c .... o j I I I I I Ii' 1 <D 1-0 10 ., ., Cll C :::J It) ~ 0> o '" 0> 0> ~ L. o a.. <( " U z ~ ~ ~~U- ~a::1:;:j ~U.....J ~ Zz enO- ...JUZ ~ - ~ln~ ~(S ~WO a::Z ~a..<( ~ w o 5 z en '" ~ ........ For adjUstment~ rr-------11 unit and frame t"".l_______Ll:l installation see , -,.-------r-l OPSO-704.010 [:J-l r:J Typ " Tapered tap See alternative C and 0 Riser sections as required 1200mm dia I Transition slab - See alternative B i.... . ..,..... 1800mm dia .~' 1 ~ .! .E E .,: E J:. g J.:_. . .; ::. 0:) . ~..:'.-;.;\ r:'t::' ~ J- .:.t. ;t.. ..:.:~~,,:,....---:-::,~.:.....''': . .'_.:'.~ ~:..."'...~.. '.:.. .:It 6 r:::.. ~ . : ........-, bPrecast slab .::...:.t". ....::. :......: .'.:' '. .. ..: .J.I ase ..._"-- .a.-......______-=-___u.. See alternative A G I b dd' ronu or e 109 Riser sections os required Bench or sump Note 1 300mm Typ C 1200mm PRECAST FLAT CAP Flat cap NOTES: 1 For sump detail see OPSD-701.010. A Granular backfill to be placed to a minimum thickness of 300mm all around the maintenance hole. B Precast concrete components occording to OPSD-701.050. OPSD-703.020 and OPSD-706.020. C structures exceeding 5.0m in depth to include safety platform according to OPSD-404.020. ALTERNATIVES A CAST -IN-PLACE BASE 150 r ;: ..r150 I I I I I I I 300 ;... . .. 330 "". "'.:.It. ~ ~... 300 .,11.' ... .. ';' '. .... ~ 1rr . . . . . ..'" 't:.' .' ." .. ...," -.' . ~~.a~~~/:':~'~~t~~i"~;l~orcement bedding as specified B TAPERED TRANSITION SLAB 125-j j--1200--j r125 " ~ 180 180 , 1800 D 1800mm PRECAST FLAT CAP Flat cop I I I I 1.: :...,.,: .....,"'. ~ Riser section ~. 1800mm dia M D Pipe support according to OPSD-70B.O: E For benching details, maximum pipe .. diameters and flow configurations, se'. OPSO-701.021. F All dimensions are G All dimensions are otherwise shown. nominal. . in millimetres unl4 I ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING April 1999 PRECAST MAINTENANCE HOLE 1 BOOmm DIAMETER ...... 701.01 OPSD E o ~ ~ o 0 ~ .Cl EE E E 00 0..., "'- o@ , , I H I , 'J - - I I I II I II II ~I ~I II ,. ::;::; 0'" If "'''' E E::; E E U1 ~g ~~ , ......... ,....- N I It J.@ ~lD '" 1r "Ir o l"- N ~; '" c: o ~ Cl. ~ ~ o o ~lf~ o III lL. ~t ZI- E~ O..JW E ... ~t t~ N W ~g ~~U)~ .L ~ r:!; F- ... 1")0) p ,..j.ad- o l"- N ::;" E og._E '-C'l/lll'O r.- 0 1"'1t; ,., ::; ..., .-JlD I E N E ~g -'" .l.o E E 4-.< ::;~ ::E E .... I ~...... E ~ le_'1_ -ft-I E r I NO ::Eo N@ ...,0 -'" c!,o L r E ::::E ...,on -I"- J.@ ::; ..., r '" c: 0 .Cl ~ 0 " " -;; " c: ~ " 0 " " :;1; " " .!!" ;;: IX> "'" E E ::;0 ...,0 -'" c!.o < J:~ ZU O~ tG:: W U) f?,,' .,' " '5 '. z :5 Cl. E E <. g5 ...j;:I:f- .-J< :::: ..., - I N ..., o N I I I 1 I \ \ " c: ;! o l!) C? ..:- "0 l!) > ,.... rn o I rn Oa .!! 0> EUl r:.o ::J a... '" EO rn :g c:5 b m "fl oi E E g ~ E:;:> 0 l!) (J ., N C (l) '" ~ o~ ... ~ 5E ., o 0.-: .r:: 0::: c:c= 00- oE E .r::-oot: (I)~s:_ - ::s CD Q) ., ... ~ II) Q,) D 0 0.0 '" ., 0'1 0 C c: C:""'oo -- .- "ij ~o~c: OUlQ)Ql 'C;a...EE 0- 0"_._ ... 4> '"'0 "l:J U),-., W_:E~< 1-<1-...... ~<moa t: ~ o .s= rn '" ., "~ ., .r: - o > " a:: I J I I I J , I I J I I I I II> 't; fa - D... -<( o Cl Z ~ ~LaJ:5 o ~~ LaJ o D::: ~ ~ .~1U ~ 0"" tn O~ ..J t- Z $ (1)- ~ oc(~ f;O 0:: LaJ C Cl. D::: Z o D...-<( 0:: ~ Z o LIJ .... C) Z - (I) IoIAlNTENANCE HOLE FllAIlE " COVER I 75 mm CLEARNlCE FOR TOP TWO S1EPS ONLY SEE NaTE 5 CONCRETE CAP I IIAllIlIUII 300 mm BRICKWORK r=;.. '., .. .. I .. 230 CEUEtll' BR1C1< SET IN 3 PARTS 230 ;,;. 685 " 230 SAND. 1 PARI' CElAEtll' MORTAR WIlli ~ 15 mm PARGiNG ON OlllSlOE, SEALED .- WITH TWO COATS or BlI1JMlNOUS PAlKT. " " :. I . ~ ~ . IoIAlNlENANCE HOLE SECT10N SHALL MEET "S.T.M. I , SPEClFlCAllONS C-478 OR EQUIVALEKT ~ '. 8 ~ ~ ,. ,. I =i1i 130 1200 . 130 130 1200 . 130 i~ , PARSE DlI1S1DE Of JOINTS J~ ~ :il PRESS SElL OR EQUlVAUNT RUBBER GASKET . ~ 20 "PCI CONCRETE BASE ~ . 1271-- BE POURED IN PLAC HOT BmJMINOUS SEALER llAIN1ENANCE HOLE SECTION SHALL MEET "S.T.M. SPECIFICATION C-478 OR EQUIVAUNT 130 ~ 1800 SEE TABlE 20 MP. CONCRErE BENCHING SHALL BE FORMED AFTER IoIAltfTEHANCE HOLE IS ERECTED ~ 1800 "1 1-200 SECTION A-A 1 SECTION B-B 675 :;". .,'" .' 1200. ~ ~ PRECAST FlAT TOP NOTES: 1. OPENING IN BASE FOR PRECAST SECI10N NOT SHAL1. BE LARGER THAN 0.0. + 25mm sp,IC[ BETWEEN PRECAST SECT10N " BASE SHN.L BE Ftu.ED WIlli HOT enull1NOUS SEAlER- 2. TOP Of BENCHOIG SHALL BE SLOPED AT 2lI: TO CHANNEL 3. _ PIPES ENTERING niE PRECIST SECI10N Of IoIAlNlEllANCE HOLE I>BIJIIE POURED BASE lIUSf NOT EHlER AT A MNNlEllANCE HOLE =nON JOIKT. .. LFIING HOLES iN PRECAST SECTIONS SHALl- BE COMPLETELY FtUED WI1H 3 PARTS J SIND. 1 PARI' CEMElIT MORTAR AND POINlS) BEFORE BACKFLUNG. 5. lIAINroWlCE HOLE S1EPS SHALl- lIE POSII1ONED /oS PER OPSD _.010 OR OPSD 405' 6. PIlECASI' FlAT TOP SHALl- BE USED WHEN TOTAL HEIGHT Of PRECAST SECIlON IS LESS nwl 1.80 m. 7. G/oSKElS SHAL1. BE PI.ACEO /oS PER MANrACTURERS SPECIF1CAlIONS. I B. FOR IoIAlNTENAHCE HOLE DEPIHS GREATER THAN 8.0 on. A lINNTENNlCE HOLE SAFElY GRATING IS RalUIRED. lIAX. SPACING IlEIWEEN SAFElY GRAlES IS 5.0 m. 9. FOR DEPTHS Gfl[J(IBl THAN 7.5 m. 1HE llNI/lENANCE HOLE MUST BE 1NDMDUNJ.Y DESIGNED IF NECESSARY. . 10. BENCHING DETAIL /oS PER OPSO 701.ll21. ALl DtllENSlONS IN lItWII EXCEPT NO DWG. DAlE: 1978 REVISION NO.: 7 REV. DAlE: 2002 1 SCALE: N.T.S. 8 1200mm SEtllll-PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE (FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 750 mm ON STRAIGHT RUNS) e , , , - - ~ ~ :11 II II 11 " II I jl J _ 1- ~I , i.iIi. MAINTENANCE HOLE FRAIIE " COlIER 75 mm CLEARANCE FOR TOP lWO STEPS ONLY SEE NOlE 9 CONCRETE CAP CEt.lENT BRICK SET IN 3 PARIS SANO, , PART CEMENT MORTAR WITH 15 mm PARG1NG ON OIJTSIDE WITH TWO COATS OF BrruMINOUS PAINT. PRESS SEAL OR EQUIVALENT RUSSER GASKEI' PARGE OUTSIDE OF JOINTS MAINTENANCE HOLE SECOON SHALL MEET A.S.T.M. SPEClFlCAnONS C-47B OR EQUIVALENT HOT BrruM'NOUS SEAlER , 30 1 " ',' 685 -1 , ,. ! 0 0 (: N , '200 '. 130 PRECAST FLAT TOP 20 MPo CONCRETE BENCHING SIWJ. BE FORMED Af1ER MAINTENANCE H IS ERECTED '5 101 AT 30D mm 90TH IlIRECTJONS ~ 20 MPa CONCRETE BASE SIWJ. BE POURED IN PlACE 8 '" 230 230 SEE Nore 9 '30 L 1200 . , 8 '" , r .' ~. 200 > - ,. '" . ..; '30 '" , '.' ~ , \>,:4 ,,4, 0 r .' BENCHING 10 BE CONSTllUCTED 10 OBIIERT Of' PIPE 0.0. OF GEST PIPE +100 mm MIN. 1200) VARIES - SEE NOTE 5 SECTION A-A 1200 BENCHING DETAIL .EI.At:i NOTES: ,. OPENING IN BASE FOR PRECAST SECI10N NOT 10 BE lARGER THAll 0.0. + 25 mm SPACE BEIWEEN PRECAST SEC"OON 6: BASE TO BE FILLED WITH HOT IlIIUMINOUS SfAlm. 2. ANY PIPES ENTERING 'THE PRECAST SECI10N OF llAINl'ENIHCE HOLE ABOI/E POURED BASE MUST NOT ENTER AT A MAINTENANCE HOLE SECTION JOINT. 3. UF11NC HOLES IN PRECASr SECTIONS 10 BE CDMPLElELY FILLED WITH 3 PARIS SAND, , PART CEWENT MORTAR AND POINTm BEFORE B\CI(-FlLUNG. 4. TOP OF BENCHING 10 BE SLOPED AT 2lI: 10 CHANNEL. 5. POURED CONCRETE WALLS 10 BE 230 mm THICI< WHEN OVERAI.L MAINTENANCE HOLE HEIGHT IS 4.5 m OIl LESS, " 300 mm lHlCI( WHEN ll\IERAlJ. IlAINTENANCE HOLE HEIGHT IS FROM 4.5 m - 7.5 m (OIIERAU. DEPTH MEASURED 10 INVER'I). 20 M A.T 120 mm A 685 .....l. ~~ '''~ .. .'. 230 ~ o ~ ~~ z~ -, ~n ~; ~ .. " :; , . 1200 . '30 , '., C C13 -:il ~- I I .: c", i.U!i!: co. ~~ c ...., I I I I I I I 15 M AT 225 mm 15 M AT 450 mm I I ....~. ," .......~.:'...f.... h . ,.... .' 4'~. :~.~ , .. ~ .~. .t~.'''.'''.'' :.~.~ ~...: 1200 MIES- N 5 SECTION B-B 15 M AT 300 ml SECTION C-C 6. PRECAST FIAT TOP TO BE USED WHEN TOTAl.. HEIGHT OF PRECA SEC110N IS LESS lHAN 1.8 m. 7. WHEN lOTAI.. PRECAST SECI10N IS '.2 m, USE PRECAST CONE SECTlON WITH A FIAT BASE. B. GASKEl'S 10 BE PlACED AS PER lWlUFAC11JRERS SPECIFICATION 9. MAIN1ENANCE HOLE STEPS TO BE POSII1ONED AS PER srANDARD OPSD 4ll5.D10 OR OPSD 405.020. 10. BENCHING OEI'AL AS PER OPSC 701.021. 11. FOR MH IlEP1Hs GREATER THAll 5.0 m, A IlAlNlENANCE HOLE SAFElY GRATING IS REQUIRED. lIAlCIlIUII SPACING IlEIWEEN SAFETY GRATES IS 5.0 m. DWG. DAlE: 1978 0.: RE'9lSlON NO.: 7 REV. DATE: 2002'0 SCALE: N.T.S. SEMI-PRECAST CONCRETE MAINTENANCE HOLE (FOR SEWER SIZES 675 mm TO 1500 rnm) WORKS DEPARlIIENT 8-105 I BEDDING MATERIAL I>S PER 8-401 STANDARD 'Y' F1T11NG REVERSED SEE NOTI: 5 STANDARD 45" ElBOW 20 MPo CONC. (150 mm) TO UNDISlIlRBED SOIL I I BEDOING MAm<1AL I>S PER 5_1 STANDARD 'Y' F1TI1NG REVERSED STANDARD 45" ELBOW SEE NOTI: 5 STANDARD go- ELBOW CONC. run 20 MPo CONC. (150 rnm) TO UNDISTURBED SOIL I I I I ~ lYPE A lYPE B ING MATERIAl I>S PER S_l SEE Non: 5 2D MPo CDNC. (150 mm) TO UNDISlIlRBED SOIL BEDDING MATERIAL I>S PER 5-401 SEE NOTI: 5 20 MPo CONC. (150 mm) TO UNDISlIlRBED SOIl I I SECTION A-A A SECTION B-B I 2 lIAIN1ENANCE HOLE STEPS REQUIRED WHERE'D' EXCEEDS 1800 mm 8-107 A fl.At:i . NOTES: 1. FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 450 mm DIA. THE DROP PIPE SHALL BE 1HE SAllE SIZE I>S THE INLEr PIPE. FOR SEWER SIZES GREAm< 1HAN 45D mm 1HE DROP PIPE SHAlL BE ONE SIZE st.W.LER THAN INLEr PIPE. 2. OB'/ERT Of' DROP PIPE SHALL BE ILVEL ~ 0Il\IERT OF 0IJIlEI'. PIPE AND BENCHED 1'0 THE 0Il\IERT OF THE OUTLET PIPE. 3. DROP STRUCTURE SHAll- BE ENCASED IN A MlNlMUM OF 150 mm Of 20 MPo CONCREIE. MAII'I'TENA/CE HOLE STEPS SIW.L BE PRO\IlllEll ON OUTSIDE fACE Of' MH. DROP STRUCTURE SHAll. BE SI1W'PED TO STEPS ~ STMlLESS SJm. BANDS. 4. MAXIoIUIl \IELOCIT1ES SHOWN IN TABlE INOICAlIJ) 1HE MAX. FlOW \IELOCITY IN INCOIIING PIPE WI1MOlIT O'/EIlSHOOT1NG. 5. ADJUSI1IENT IN '0' AND 'L' SHALL BE MADE 'IHRO\JGH THIS SECIION Of' PIPE. 6. ALl. CONCRETE IN DROP STRUC1\JRE SIW.L BE 2D _ AT 28 CAYS. 7. MINIIoIUM DIIAENSIONS BASED ON USE OF STANlWlD CONCREIE FITTINGS- TASIL Of' MINIMUM DIMENSIONS " UAXlMUM VELOCITIES DROP. PIPE 1'IPE 'A' 1'l'PE 'B' MAX. \IELOCITY GRADeS NOT DlAIIElER 'D' 'L' '0' 'L' MIS 1'0 EXCEED 200 800 750 1200 1050 1 42 1.BOl1 250 636 801 1275 1050 1 55 UO" 30D 6i11 900 1425 1125 1 10 l.5Ol1 375 9DO 1125 1875 1200 1 92 1.42l1 45D 975 1200 2D25 1275 2 '16 1._ GRJDES BASED ON _ING FORII\M AT - FlOW. DROP STRUCTURES FOR MAINTENANCE HOLES ALl. DIMENSIONS IN ~ EXCfPT YItI NO DWG. DA.re 1178 03 RE\'ISlON No.: 9 REV. DATE: 2002 lD SCALE: N.TS. WI"'lD...r- f\C"Daa,....e'\.IT , I'; . , ,~ - I J I J I I I I I I ~ , NOTES s c "- !3 ~ ~ ~ ELEVATION VIEW (45' END) s c "- en <.> i' i ~ ELEVATION VIEW (SQ, END) PIVOT ARll e mm CIA BAR (PROTRUDING iHRlJ PIPE ABOLIT 25 mm FROll ENDS) GRATE BARS 10 mm DIA AT 50 mm CTRS Q 3 10 mm 10 SCH 40 PIPE END VIEW 1. .....TERIAL SHAll. BE CSA G40.21 GR 230W (lAIN.). 2. FINISH SHALl. BE EITHER PAINTED WITH 1WO COATS OF SElF PRllllNG ABRASION RESIS1'AIIT IWIERSlON GRADE EPOXY OR HOT DIP GALVANIZfJ). ALL DllAENSJONS IN lAlWllElRES CEPT IMiERE NOTEI DWG. DATE: 1979 02 RE\IISJON NO.: 5 REV. DATE: 2003 06 SCALE: N.TS STORM SEWER OUTFALL GRATE FOR CSP (150 mm TO 700 mm PIPE) -"'~.I'!I""._." i 8-204 ~~' 5-19 mm . HOlES SPACED EQUA!.LY AROUND lHE PERIMEIER " " .... .... .... ....-- 25 mm * RODS 0 100 mm SPACING CEIlIEREll ON 65 mm PLAlE. 65 mm X 10 mm BENT PLAtE I I I I I' I I I I I I 10 mm WELD TYP. / / 25 1I OF GRAtE DlAMETEIl TO 150 mm MAXIMUM " " ~~ -- FABRICATION DETAIL 5-16 rnm f X 115 mm LONG GALVANIZED STUDS 76 mm COURSE THREAD 5-50 mm 00. X 19 mm ID. GALVANIZED WASHERS. 5-19 mm . DRILLED HOLES SET BACK 50 mm MINIMUM FROW END OF PIPE g' N~ ASSEMBLY DETAIL NOTES: 1. ....lERlAI-S -HL COIlPONENTS SIW.L BE OF WEIllING QUAUIY llIJ) CARIION STEEL CONFORIIING 10 ASlM .....425. 2. RNISM _ AU. WEI'AL SURFACES SHAll. BE HOT DIP GALVANIZED AFTER F_lCAllON. AU. DIl.IENSlONS IN WIWWElRES EXCEPT WH E NO Dwe. DAlE: 1980 06 REVISION NO" 3 REV. DAlE: 2D02 1 SCALE: N.T.8. STORM SEWER OUTFALL GRATE FOR CSP (800 mm TO 1400 mm PIPE) ~~ n~p~RTU~~T S-20fi fJ r a " ~ - , , - - I I I I I II '" z " in ~ " Q -' ... ~ " ~ ... t;; 23 z " u I ... ~ '" ~ ~ " "c c'- "E ~ "'= -- E'" "'u ." _..0 E E'"' 0" ",' -~ S'" '" o o ~ n _ -J..., H", ~ I -;: . ~.5 ~~ ~ - ~E-~E "'E.c ._ "'E 'Oo"i>o .&:.a;).J:1I1 n ... Ell Ell 10 - 10- ..,: ..j. a. _.9 . .aEll.. '" ., <ooll lL....2!-'- Q)o..... oll"O> ~.,go( ~.c - .fD~.n ~ CD ..0 " , I 11 .~ 11 ,~ ~ . "- 0> => .s Z o ~ <+~~ !z~ 00 e: ~ ..... ., oll It ~ ~. " " .Q " ;; "i'i " 'c Ci(:tl-- E ........ E <D., '"' '" oll tf) tt It ~ ~ ~ .... ...: ",- > 0 o o g- E .....~ E .,'- ,.... L:!! ., ~ " "",_0 o .,g Q;I ~ .c - o - .f: c: o t '" '" .f: '" > 0 " '" c: .c 0 "'0 o '" .... _ 0" 1:JEg- c: Q. '" o '" it "'0..0 " _ .c .~ =-- >," .c- O '" 0 ~ "E o Q. 0 o p=:; ... 0 0.0 v= "'0 0 " ~v:5 e>E "'0 ,1! . .... c: 'C 00" Q.. ..c ell) :::E" .:0 0..0 C/') 0; N ., c: . 0 .9-'- v.... a. (;I Q) 0') c::S I... I... .- o 0 0 c: g ..0. {; 0 CD E U C'l 0 L. '0 .f? ~ c: '_ III I... _ 0 a '0 "'0 0.-= 0'1 'en L... IV I) 0)' c: ,':' 0 E'" > - ,," ., VI 0') _ :r:"" - C ..... lLJ ~.f: E _~.o:; E f- u- "'0.... ",.~E=t; O a::......L:.'- loo!... .., _ 0 _ 00 - Z<(CDU ->....;;: ow lL. ~ o - .. .0 '" " .... Ili- a ., ..j. E o " 00- I.f: o VJ"'O 0. " ot '" .s ~ o .... 0 '" - " ~..o .- "'0 '" .. ::J .!: E '" tT" "'- ......0 .~ .2 CD - E I " E CD _0 <'" Z "'0 ~ LLl .U1 o Z w ~ o D Cl ~I=I " " .c .E.E"~ ..Q C oX ..c~ " " tt~~C . n I C ...... ... <D . '" <( LV !IV Z 0 .... . ~. w ~r~~ .. I:V ~ 'f:'( < < Z ! :t llij !Z~ IV '" 0- ~ . tt 0::: 0 u... ~ ~ c: ;0 o .c '" ., '" .~ " .c - " '" '" ~ c: ::J I I I r ... > C .. I I a:: r I "': I r C 0 r I a '" '" a - I " I ,.... 0 co I '" I , c: I (j .. I Q - 0 0 r C '" " .... - '" E c Z ~ -I c -IwO:: c < 9,. ~ 0:: ~a.w ~ cti:~ Z <w i5 lLJ~C U1 :z:B~ ~ LlO::~ Z ...... 0 :> 1-0:: E o lLJwE g: ct:: ~ 0 U Vl 0 Q ZO::Ol ~ 0 e Bi ~ u u o .... " '" .. .... - .. ~ E .f: ~ o ---- See assembly details and Table 1 TABLE 1 - NUMBER OF RODS IN FRAME PIPE DIA No of RODS 450 1 525 1 600 2 675 3 750 3 825 4 900 4 975 5 1050 6 1200 7 PIPE DIA up to 1200mm 22mm dia bolt threaded 5Dmm at the end to receive washer and nut, Typ Hinge strap Typ bracket 13x50mm frame 25mm dia steel rad Typ ASSEMBLY .. ......... ;.....6...... Front foce I'" of endwall --' 25mm dia steet reds, Typ L100 PLAN 00 Pipe+15Dmm 150mm clc TyPl. I tl I , t o o co -1 150 See assembly details 75 150mm cle Typ TABLE 2 - PIPE DIA 1350 1500 1650 1800 NUMBER OF ~XED RODS No of RODS 3 4 5 6 PIPE DIA 1350 to 1800mm ~Front face of [ endwall, Typ ~ ...[20 1-250 ....:-Jf SIDE VIEW 50 ~5mm dio l drill , 1 TOP VIEW 50l~a~rrm dia lL-f:r~25 Seal weld 150 Fixed rods Table 2 f o o '" Seat weld TOP VIEW HINGE STRAP ASSEMBLY DETAILS FRONT SIDE VIEW VIEW MOUNTING BRACKET NOTES: 1 Grates to be secured by either a bolt and nut or a locking device as specified. A Metal surfaces shall be either painted with 2 coats of self priming abrasion resistant immersion grade epoxy or hot dip galvanized as specified. B Frame, hinge strap, mounting bracket, and steel rods to be medium grade steel. C All dimensions are in millimetres unless otherwise shown. ONTARIO PROVINCIAL STANDARD DRAWING Nov 2002 GRATING FOR CONCRETE ENDWALL OPSD ,. ";"'; "'~"-',~,i~'!rli~ll~lg ., -. "-,'~"~-"'-' ; .~ .....;..';'.- ;- - I , I - I CURB AND GUTTER FINISHED BOULEVARD""" FINISHED ROAD GRADE ~ A :.,4:' '6.'," ..0 ~ . v . .. . rv - ) 6 b 0" 0' . '0. ~~O{7o "~(J' Q, IJO"UlJ~., III - d .... ~ .~.' ....A. I50MIN r;7 0 U , D;::::?..--= f ~ 0 =0 o 0 '" C GRANULAR '8' = . GRANULAR 'A' BACKFILL GRANULAR 'fJ: '" ;;;' o o '" lOOmm CORRUGATED, SLOTTED PLASTIC PIPE WITH FACTORY INSTALLED FILTER FABRIC. SUB-GRADE (3% SLOPE) I I 'I 150 300 NOTES' I. SUBDRAINS SHALL RUN CONTINUOUS ON BOTH SIDES OF PROPOSED ROAD. 2. ALL SUBDRAINS SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT GRADE TO DRAIN INTO CATCH BASIN. I I I J I P ,!t. 3. SUBDRAIII/S ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN A TRENCH CONDITION. ALL DIMENSIONS ARE IN MILLlMETRES Town of Newcastle Public Works De rtment CHECI(E 0 OATE JULY 25 1988 PERFORATED PLASTIC SUB DRAINS REVISION No I DATE FEB. f988 N-418 Yot.NHQLE F~A"E [. COVEl'l ~--- SEE NOTE '5 7~ Cl..(IlIl....C( 'all TOP T.O STEPS OllllY COMCRETE CAP- o ~ ""N. If I COURSE BRICKWORI<. M IlX. 300...", B'HCI(WORI(. ~-~-,.---// -- FOR MORTARING OF ADJUSTMENT UNITS REFER TO QPSO 704.01. OUTSIDE TO RECEIVE TWO COATS OF BITUMINOUS PAINT. / '. '''' 1200 "'''' DIA. ,'" ~. . PIlIl(01[ OUTSIDE or JOI"'TS PflESS SElll OR EOUIV"lE"'T RUBBER ell.SKET , .. , .~'. w " ~ . c ~ i ~~ 'D';\. .._~,~, .~. ... .:....... " .,.i.. 1460 ...'" 01.... SECTION A-A ....."'HOt.E SECTION TO MEET ....3,T.M. SPECIFICAnOfl C-~Tl! OR EOUIVIl,LEMr , r- &~"""O'A.. '" ;"', , .' :,' -WIlNl-IOlE SECTION TO "EfT "ST." SPEClnCATlOfol C- 4Te OJ! EOI.IIVALEIoOT -~ \ \ i') '" _~O mm '" '''' , -. '. '~: . , '. - ., .- r, ". . , , , . '- 20 ..P. COI<ICRe:TE llENCHlfolG TO BE 1'"0111.1(0 ""TER ....."'HOI,.E IS ERECTED .. .'. ."-,- '''. ('- -';:~"'::-;:~i "IN. or '3 "'''' Of f9 ...'" CRUSIiEO STONE CX>OIPACTED - ~ 01.... SECTION 8~8 .. -.r 2 ;, '"' "" ., 8 PRECAST FLAT TOP , PLAN B M.L. DIMfNSIONS IN "lLLIMETRES EXCEPT wtEAE NOTED Newcastle ,"""EO .It: ~ Town of I I -, ~. .!i9.!.U.:.. 1 PRECAST CONCRETE BUEll SHAll BE USED ONLY WHOI GROUND CONOITIONS .loRE Ofl'Y AND 1'1'1" (STRUCTUAIl.LLY SOUHD). Z. TOP OF BENCHING TO liE SLOPED AT :t "J. TO CH"'NNEl aNY PIPES ENTERING THE "AECAST SECTIONS. NuST HOT EMTER AT A MANHOLE SECTION JOINT. L1I'Tl"'lJ HOLES IN PRECAST SECT10NS TO BE COM"LETELY FILLED WITH 3 "A"'TS S-"'NO. I ""'RT CEMENT IIIORT...R AHO POINTED BEFOAE B.IoCK-I'ILLlN6. .....NHOLE STEPS' TO BE: POSITIONED "'S PEfI SlAfolDllAO 1'1-111 PAECAST FLAT TOP 10 liE USED WHEN TOTA.l HfIGloIT OF ""ECAST SECTION IS LESS THAN '.BO.. lJASKETS TO BE PLACED AS pER MAIHIFIlCT\lR!IIS SPEClFlCATIONS. FOR "".DE!"T"S GREA.TElII Tfol.... ~O ~ A "."'HOL[ SAFETY ~Iln..c IS REOUIfta! "'AK S!"ACING l!IETW'UH SAFET" ClIIAfts IS .'~ '" 9 FOR DEPTHS lJlI'EATER THAN 7:5... THE "ANHO.LE "'uST liE INOI...IOU"'LLT DESIElllEO 10 20 Mf'A CONCRETE .:P.ADlE SfolALL lIE PLA.CED U"lOEI'I' PIPE ,lOT THE .....NHOt.E. TO THE FIRST .IOI"IT. II FOR lilE:NCloIIN& DUA.IL SEE OPSD 1004.01. Public Works De REYISIOH Wo CONCRETE DIlTE I JAN. 198B MANHOLE ~." '~ 1200 mril 0 PRECAST "N--101 "''' 19811 IZ 12 (FOR SEWER SIZES UP TO 600 mm _ ON STRAIGKt RUNS) - H ;1 - I - I I I I II " , I 'I I I P '" ~ ~::: ~ uo _!< .. " ; z~ J ~:i ...,------- FRAME AND GRATE AS. SPECIFIED ." tt.~A""*C( r(Hll TO' TWO 1TIf'S otfLY- sa: HOl( 5 COIC:M:n 0.1" .'" '''' fOR MORTARING OF ADJUSTMENT UNITS REFER TO (lpSD 704.01. OUTSIDE TO RECEIVE TWo COATS OF BITUMINOUS PAINT. ""Us HAl (M EOUIV4l.(WT "lJME:~ CASKE:T ~ OUT'!fO( OF JOtNTs . ~ KCTIONS TO MUT ".S.T.... 1lI'tC::Wle4T1ON C-4n Oft ECIONt.UH' I"'flI[CAST TLltMStTIOIf ILAII o .. .. . .. 100 - . :to.... CONeMT[ IEHCHIHI 10 IE P'OIWC AFlOt .......Heu: ts [MenD _cur .... 1 .. n_ Of' II..... CRUSHER RUN LIMESTONE {COMPACTED) -.o_~A. NOTEI : - en PMCA8T CGICIlf:Tt MR. INU. _ ..... 0lrIU' .......,.. ._ MIE ..., . .... CI"nIIUC1\IMu'l' _t. CD lQiI' Of' ~ 10. aAfID Ilr 2"'- 1'0 awitNa.. t. Nff P'ftI bfYENNI '1M: ~ accncw. IIUIT MOT bITD Ilf .. IMMtOU: ..".. ".,.,.. ... LrT1III MOLa . PMCM1' ..:nrDII8 TO . COW- LETtL'f I"I..&.1D WITH I NllTI ..... f fIMr ChBrr IlIOft'T'M ... ,...,. .... MCI(-P'LUII. <<. SOLID AWNINUM NANHOt.E STEPS TO BE POSITIONED AS PER OPSo 405-01. M:) I"'IlEC4n nJn' TOP TO BE ulm OHt.T WHEN T01'..... Ie..,.. 01" P"MeAIT IECT1CIII . lLSI TMltIIf 1_8 Ill. m -..n. 1'0 . ....... ... .."......ICIWUII .....ICATIOM: .. ............. lMEATD THrM &0 III A IiMMICU: ~ .....,... · RQUIIIMD ..... IfIlIIaM RTWIDf .MP'UT lMTa . 4-'" · ~"RHt "'n:fI TMAIrt T5 Ill. THE -....ou: ...-r _ tMIMIlUAU.v DOiMM[o. .. 2O"'A CDNCRIETE CR"DLE !lHALL K ....AlXD lJIIJC)€lt I"'ft .toT THE: 1IIo\M+tCX..IE, TO TH( 'tfItST ........ on FOR BENCHING DETAl..S SEE opSt> 1004. 01. (12' COMPACTED SAND BACKALl WI-THIN 1-0 M AROUND NAN HOLE Town rI Newcastle ~ t1-..u/... AU. DeW(N1UO.., 1t4 "'UllfETfIQ DCUT WHEN: f<<JTED Public . Warks De rtment I JAN. 1988 '/ 1500 mm ~ ( fOR SEWER ......103 PRECAST CONCRETE MANHOLE' STItAIGIfT RUNS I ..... SlUS uP TO 8Z!l "'.. , ON ..., fZ 12 In N.CAST CONCMTl MK' IM4lL . ..-0 ONLY WHbI MOUiID ,.0..4 MI[ .., . ,... ISTMJC'TUIW..1.Y __t. ai TOP OT ..... 10 . 1l.Clf'ED aT 2 ... 10 CMAMG.. .!t lIMY PWI ,'"'_ TMl ,.CoUT IICTIOIII...., .". bITI:" Mf .. ...........u: KCTtOII ....,.. C4t LFI'M........ PMCAST KCTtoIII TO . aIIiIP'- LITlLY P1LUO WfTM , PllWtTS saND..I...,. CIbIIWT flICIlIffM .... ....TD .,..,. MOC-f'l.......... t!l SOUD ALUNKlM MANHOLE STEPS TO BE POSITIONED AS PER OPSD 405..01. o i ,,; i ~ -, I fRAME AND GRATE AS SP'ECIF1ED. n ~."..el roIt TO,. TWO nt:... ONL'f- SII NOlt. S ctlNCMU eN' M'N. 1 COURSE BRICKWORl<. MAX. 300 BRICKWORK FOR MORTARING OF ADJUSTl4ENT UNITS REFER TO OPSO 704.01. OUTSIDE TO RECEIVE TWO COATS OF B1TUNINOUS PAIN T I I I ~ss ....... Ofl [QUIWL[IIIT MJIIIII(tl IiOUI<<T ,..... (lUna: M ..K*TS I IMM4OU: I[CT1(IItI 'TO IlU:l A.I.T.... ,"-I71CATlCIIil C-4" .. ~tlT ....CAST T1UrIMITOlI L" I I to .,,.. ~E IIt':NCH'tN TO .. f'IOfIlII[D oV1"ot IIIAMO,..[ . !M:CTlO I _CAST _ I T5 _. till Of" .. _ CRUSHER RlJN UMESlONE (COMPACTED) I 1100 _ ..... I NOTES: - I I M. I"IlI[CAIT n.A'f TWTO. USED ONLY WHEIII TOT..... ....,. 01" PMCMT KCT'IGI II LESS '.....N IlOO _. In MIIC11I TO . PLACID "I ~tI ......,..A"T\MUtI "'CATKNS U" I'Oft 111:"", ...TUI:".... &-0 .... .. MNIHCIl.I: allIl'ETT MATINO IS fIID'.IUIMD 1IIAJ{..-.cINI IIETWUJlI SARTY MATt. IS <t.,.... I'll "OtI _"HI ....."" ~ 7.5... . llt[ .......x..E .....-r .: INOMOUALLY Dl....O.. NE<<SS....Y. lICIt 2:0... COHC"ETE CR,J.DLE: SHAlL H P'LAC€O UNOf:" ~ AT l14f.: ....fiIIMOl(. TO TME 'MIIST _n. un FOR eEHCHNG OETALS SEE OPSD 1004..01. (12) COMPACTED SAND BACKFILL WITHIN 1..0 M AROUND MANHOLE.. I I I '. ...... Public Works De Town rI Newcastle Af.1L4~ 'MS U. 12 MANHOLE 1800 mm ; (FOR PRECAST CONCRETE STRAKIHT RUNSI N-104 SEWEll SIZES UP TO JO!IO """ , ON DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je 1 "..... !t,. ;:1 - I - J - I I I I I I I J - - PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 WORK INCLUDED A. Furnish all iabor, materials, tools and equipment necessary to install all artificial grass field turf as indicated on the plans and as specified herein. The installation of all new materials shall be performed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions and in accordance with all approved shop drawings. B. Perimeter edge details required for the system shall be as detailed and recommended by the Manufacturer, and as approved by the Owner. Supply and installation of these details will be under the scope of work of the base contractor (see Section 02721- Aggregate Base Course: Sub-base material), not that of the artificiai grass field turf Installer. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Section 02100 - Site Preparation B. Section 02200 - Excavation, Backfilling and Grading 1.03 REFERENCES A. FM P7825 - Approval Guide; Factory Mutual Research Corporation; current edition. B. ASTM Standard Test Methods: D1577 05848 0418 01338 D1682 05034 Standard Test Method for Linear Density of Textile Fiber Standard Test Method for Mass Per Unit Area of Pile Yarn Floor Covering Standard Test Method for Testing Pile Yarn Floor Covering Construction Standard Test Method for Tuft Bind of Pile Yarn Floor Coverings Standard Method of Test for Breaking Load and Elongation of Textile Fabrics Standard Test Method of Breaking Strength and Elongation of Textile Fabrics (Grab Test) Standard Test Method for Relative Abrasiveness of Synthetic Turf Playing Surfaces Standard Test Methods for Water Permeability of Geotextiies by Permittivity Standard Test Method for Ignition Characteristics of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials Standard Test Method for Shock-Absorbing Properties of Playing Surfaces. Standard Test Method for Shock-Absorbing Properties of North American Football Field Playing Systems as Measured in the Field Test Method for Laboratory Com paction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort. Fl015 D4491 D2859 F355 F1936 01557 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures. B. Prior to the Architect approval of a specified artificial turf system, the Manufacturer shall specify in writing that their turf system does not violate any other manufacturer's patents, patents allowed or patents pending. C. Submit the following with the Bid/Proposal: 1. Submit two samples, 4x4 inch in size, illustrating details of finished product. 03144-02731.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je2 I I I I' I I I 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Conl'd) 2. A letter and specification sheet certifying that the products of this section meet or exceed specified requirements. 3. Certified copies of independent (third-party) laboratory reports on ASTM tests as follows: a) Pile Height, Face Width & Total Fabric Weight, ASTM 0418 or D5848 b) Primary & Secondary Backing Weights, ASTM D418 or 05848 c) Tuft Bind, ASTM 01335 d) Grab Tear Strength, ASTM D1682 or 05034 f) Pill Burn Test ASTM D2859 4. List of existing installations, including Owner representative and telephone number. 5. Lists providing specific contacts and teiephone numbers of the following: a) A soccer pitch and a football field of 65,000 sq. ft or more of the exact specified material, including the infill material and fiber, in play for at least 5 years. These installations must have used the same manufacturer, product and company they are proposing for this field. b) A list of NCAA division 1 football fields in play for at least three seasons. c) A list of football fields in league play in the NFL for at least two seasons. d) A list of 10 fields in the United States that have been in play for the past three years utilizing the same fiber and fiber manufacturer that is being proposed for this field. e) A list of at least of 10 fields of 65,000 sq. ft or more in the United States in the past two years with the same manufacturer, product and company, including the exact same infill system, fiber and fiber manufacturer that is being proposed for this field. f) A sandlrubber infill fieid in play for at least 5 years in the United States. This installation must have used the same manufacturer, product and company they are proposing for this field. 6. Qualifications of Installation Supervisor who will be present on site during installation. 7. The Turf Contractor and the turf Manufacturer (if different from the company) shall provide a current audited company financial statement. 8. The Turf Contractor and turf Manufacturer (if different from the company) shall provide evidence that their turf system does not violate any other manufacturer's patents, patents allowed or patents pending. 9. The Turf Contractor and tihe turf Manufacturer (if different from the company) shall provide a sample copy of insured, non-prorated warranty and insurance policy information. 1. The Contractor shall submit Shop Drawings indicating: I I I I I I I I I I I I D. Prior to ordering of materials: a) Field Layout b) Field Marking Plan and details for the specified sports; i.e., Soccer c) Roll/Seaming Layout d) Methods of attachment, field openings and perimeter conditions. 2. The turf Manufacturer must submit the fiber manufacturer's name, type of fiber and composition of fiber. D3144-02731.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je 3 t.l. . I,,, :1 - " ~ I I I ,- I I I I I I I I I 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Conl'd) E. Prior to Final Acceptance, the Contractor shall submit to the Owner: 1. Three (3) copies of Maintenance Manuals, which will include all necessary instructions for the proper care and preventative maintenance of the synthetic turf system, including painting and markings. 2. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of seams, drains or other pertinent information. 3. Warranty: Submit Manufacturer Warranty and ensure that forms have been completed in Owner's name and registered with Manufacturer. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section. The Turf Contractor andlor the turf Manufacturer: 1. Must be experienced in the manufacture and installation of this specific type of synthetic infill grass system for at least 5 years with the same manufacturer, product and company they are proposing for tihis field. This includes the tufted fiber, the backing, the baCking coating, and the installation method. 2. Must have at least two NCAA Division One College soccer fields in play. 3. The specified product shall have at least two soccer field licensing agreements in effect by FIFA, according to the "FIFA Quality Concept for Artificial Turf'. 4. Must have a soccer field in league play in a Division One professional soccer league for at least 2 seasons. 5. Must have a soccer only field of 65,000 sq. ft or more ofthe exact specified material, including the infl/I material and fiber, in play for at least 5 years with the same manufacturer and company they are proposing for this field. 6. Must have 10 fields in play for the past three years, utilizing the same fiber and fiber manufacturer that is being proposed for this field. 7. Must have a sandlrubber infill field in play for at least 5 years in the United States. 8. Must have installed a minimum of 10 fields of 65,000 sq. ft or more in the United States in the past two years with the same manufacturer, product and company, including the exact same infill system, fiber and fiber manufacturer that is being proposed for this field. B. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section. 1. The Turf Contractor must provide competent workmen skilled in this specific type of synthetic grass installation. 2. The designated Supervisory Personnel on the project must be certified, in writing by the turf Manufacturer, as competent in the installation of this material, including sewing seams and proper installation of the infill mixture. 3. The Manufacturer shall have a representative on site to certify the installation and Warranty compliance. 03144-02731.wpd 1.05 1.06 1.07 DIVISiON 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF I I I I I I I I Pa(Je 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) C. Prior to the beginning of installation, the Installer of the synthetic turf shall inspect the sub- base. The installer will accept the sub-base in writing when the owner provides test results for compaction, planarity and permeability that are in compliance with the synthetic turf manufacturer's specifications. The Installer shall have the dimensions of the field and iocations for markings measured by a registered surveyor to verify conformity to the specifications and applicable standards. A record ofthe finished field as-built measurements shall be made. D. The Turf Contractor shall provide the necessary testing data to the owner that the finished field meets the required shock attenuation, as per ASTM F355. PRE-INSTALLATION MEETING A. Convene one week before starting work of this section. DELIVERY. STORAGE. AND PROTECTiON A. Deliver products to project site in wrapped condition. I I I I I I I I I I I B. Store products under cover and elevated above grade. 1.08 WARRANTIES A. See Section 01780 - Closeout Submittals, for additional warranty requirements. B. The turf Manufacturer shall provide a Warranty to the owner that covers defects in materials and workmanship of the turf for a period of 8 years from the date of Substantial Compietion. The turf manufacturer must verify that their onsite representative has inspected th e installation and that the work conforms to the manufacturer's requirements. C. The Manufacturer's Warranty shall inciude general wear and damage caused from UV degradation. The warranty shall specifically exciude vandaiism, and acts of God beyond the control of the owner or the manufacturer. D. The turf Manufacturer's Warranty must be supported by an insurance policy for the full eight (8) year period. E. The Turf Contractor shall provide a Warranty to the owner that covers defects in the installation workmanship, and further warrant that the installation was done in accordance with both the Manufacturer's recommendations and any written directives of the Manufacturer's onsite representative. F. All turf warranties shall be non prorated, limited to repair or replacement of the affected areas, at the option of the Manufacturer, and shall include all necessary materials, labor, transportation costs, etc. to compiete said repairs. All warranties are contingent on the full payment by the Owner of all pertinent invoices. G. The artificial grass fieid turf must maintain an ASTM 355 G-max of between 135-200 for the life of the Warranty. 03144-02731.wpd I ~ !- " li._ t.r ~.. i:~ r- !:~ ~II ~I "I "tl I "II j ,'I II 11 ,.11 :j ~I ~I '11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Page 5 1.09 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. The Turf Contractor will train the Owner's facility maintenance staff in the use of the turf Manufacturer's recommended grooming equipment. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Approved manufacturers are as follows: 1. FieldTurf International Inc. 5211 Mitchell Bridge Road Dalton, GA 30721 USA Tel: (800) 724-2969 Model: Field Turf FTOS2-S 2.02 MATERIALS A. The component materials of the artificial grass field turf System consist of: 1. A Carpet made of polyethylene fibers tufted into a fibrous, non-perforated, porous backing. 2. An Infill that is a controlled mixture of graded sand and rubber crumb that partially covers the carpet. 3. Giue, thread, paint, seaming fabric and other materials used to install and mark the artificial grass field turf. B. The installed artificial grass field turf shall have the following properties: Standard ASTM 01577 ASTM 0418/05848 ASTM 0418/05848 ASTM 01335 ASTM 01335 ASTM 01682/05034 ASTM 01682/05034 ASTM F1015 ASTM 04491 ASTM 02859 ASTM F355/F1936 Property Fiber Denier Pile Height Pile Weight Tuft Bind Tuft Bind Grab Tear (width) Grab Tear (length) Relative Abrasiveness Index Carpet Permeability Flammability (Pill Burn) Impact Attenuation, Gmax 'II I ,I ~, Specification 8000 nominal 2" nominal 27 oz./sq. yd. 7 Ibs. (without infiil) 12 Ibs. (with infiil) 207 Ibslforce 297 Ibslforce 20.2 >30 incheslhour Pass < 135 at installation <200 over field life 1. C. The Carpet shall consist of fibers tufted into a primary backing with a secondary backing !I I II II The Carpet shall be furnished in 15' wide rolls. Rolls shall be long enough to go from sideline to sideline without splicing. The perimeter white line shall be tufted into the individual sideline rolls. Head seams, other than at sidelines, will not be acceptable 03144-D2731.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je 6 2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd) 2. The Carpet's primary backing shall be a double-layered polypropylene fabric treated with UV inhibitors. The secondary backing shall consist of an application of porous, heat-activated urethane to permanently lock the fiber tufts in piace. Perforated (with punched hoies), backed carpet shall not be acceptabie. 3. The fiber shall be 8,000 denier, low friction, UV-reslstant fiber measuring not less than 2 inches high. The same fiber from the above listed projects (Section 1.04, art. C. 5) must be used on this project. Systems with less than a 2 - inch fiber andlor shock pad enhancements wili not be accepted as equivaient. 4. The fiber tufts shall be fanned or unfolded prior to installation, rolling or spiraling is not acceptable. D. The Infill materials shall be approved by the Manufacturer. The Infill shall consistofa resilient iayered granular system, comprising selected and graded dust-free silica sand and cryogenically hammer-milied SBR rubber crumb as well as non-marking rubber (does not smudge baseballs). Artificial Grass products without cryogenically processed rubber or a finish application of straight rubber cryogenically processed will not be acceptable. The sand component of the infiil must represent a minimum of 51 % or more of the total inflll, by weight. E. A top layer of non-marking rubber as used in the Tampa Bay Devil Rays baseball field F. Non-tufted or inlaid lines and markings shall be painted with paint approved by the synthetic turf Manufacturer. G. Thread for sewing seams ofturf shall be as recommended by the synthetic turf Manufacturer. H. Glue and seaming fabric for inlaying lines and markings shall be as recommended by the synthetic turf Manufacturer. 2.03 FIELD GROOMER A. Supply a field grooming equipment, which shall include a towing mechanism compatible with a fieid utility vehicle. B. The field grooming equipment shall be the FieldTurf RT Groomer (Phone 1-800-724-2969). PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. The Installation shall be performed in full compliance with approved Shop Drawings. B. Oniy trained technicians, skilled in the installation of athletic caliber synthetic turf systems working under the direct supervision of the approved installer supervisors, shall undertake any cutting, sewing, gluing, shearing, topdressing or brushing operations. C. The designated Supervisory personnei on tihe project must be certified, in writing by the turf Manufacturer, as competent in the installation of this material, including sewing seams and proper installation of the Infill mixture. 03144-02731.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I '- 8 I I I II I 3.03 11 11 II II II II 11 11 11 03144-D2731.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je 7 3.01 GENERAL (Cont'd) D. All designs, markings, layouts, and materials shall conform to all currently applicable National Collegiate AthleticAssociation rules and other standards that may apply to this type of synthetic grass installation. 3.02 EXAMINATION A Verify that all sub-base, drainage and leveling is complete prior to installation. B. The surface to receive the synthetic turf shall be inspected by the Installer, and prior to the beginning of installation, the Installer must accept the sub-base in writing. The acceptance will depend on the owner providing the installer with test results indicating that compaction, planarity and permeability are in compliance with the synthetic turf manufacturer's specifications. The surface must be perfectly clean as installation commences and shaH be maintained in that condition throughout the process. C. The compaction of the aggregate base shall be 95%, according to the Modified Proctor procedure (ASTM D1557), and the surface tolerance shall not exceed 0-1/4 inch over 10 feet and O-y." from design grade. INST ALLA TION A. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. The Turf Contractor shall strictly adhere to the installation procedures outlined under this section. Any variance from these requirements must be accepted in writing, by the Manufacturer's onsite representative, and submitted to the ArchitecUOwner, verifying that the changes do not in any way affect the warranty. Infill materials shall be approved by the Manufacturer and installed in accordance with the Manufacturer's standard procedures. B. The carpet rolls are to be installed directly over the properly prepared aggregate base. Extreme care should be taken to avoid disturbing the aggregate base, both in regard to compaction and planarity. It is suggested that a 2-5 ton static roller is on site and available to repair and properly compact any disturbed areas of the aggregate base. C. The full width rolls shall be laid out across the field. Turf shall be of sufficient length to permit full cross-field installation from sideline to sideline. No head or cross seams will be allowed in the main playing area between the sidelines. Utilizing standard state of the art sewing procedures each roll shall be attached to the next. When all of the rolls of the playing surface have been installed, the sideline areas shall be installed at right angies to the playing field turf. D. This is a 99% sewn installation. Gluing of rolls shall not be acceptable. Minimum gluing will only be permitted to repair problem areas, corner completions, and to cut in any logos or inlaid lines as required by the specifications. All seams shall be sewn using double bagger stitches and polyester thread or adhered using seaming tape and high grade adhesive (per the manufacturer's standard procedures). Seams shaH be fiat, tight, and permanent with no separation or fraying. DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Page 8 3.03 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) E. Infill materials shall be applied in numerous thin lifts. The turf shall be brushed as the mixture is applied. The infill material shall be installed to a depth determined by the Manufacturer. F. The Infill materials shall be installed to fill the voids between the fibers and allow the fibers to remain vertical and non-directional. The Infill installation consists of a base iayer of sand followed by a homogenous mixture of the sand and the cryogenically processed rubber. A final application of specifically sized cryogenically processed rubber compietes the system. The Infill shall be installed to the depth of 1 y.". Infill density shall consist of no more than 4.65 pounds of sand and at least 1.9 pounds of rubber per square foot. The Infill shall be placed so that there is a void of 0/." to the top of the fibers. G. Prior to the application of any line painting the turf shall be fibrillated by means of a nylon rotary brush to provide the look, feel, and safety of optimaily maintained natural grass, including subtle undulations normally associated with natural grass athletic fields. H. Non-tufted or iniaid lines and markings shall be painted according to the recommendations of the turf Manufacturer and of the paint manufacturer. Several applications may be required. I. Synthetic turf shall be attached to the perimeter edge detail in accordance with the Manufacturer's standard procedures. 3.04 FIELD MARKINGS A. The field will have the following lines tufted or inlaid according to NCAA standards: 1. Soccer: as shown on the contract drawings. Color shall be white, except where noted. a) Side lines b) End lines c) Goal lines d) Player's box e) Coach's box B. The field will have the following markings [inlaid] I [painted]: 1. Soccer: as shown on the contract drawings. Coior shall be white, except where noted a) Center circle b) Goal mouth c) Corner kicks C. The center field logo will be [painted] I [inlaid] according to artwork submitted by the Owner or Architect to the turf Manufacturer or Turf Contractor, subject to the availability of colors. 031~2731.wpd I I I. I - I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I i!1 ~ I I I II II II il II I ,1 3.05 03144-02731.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02731 ARTIFICIAL GRASS FIELD TURF Pa(Je 9 3.04 FIELD MARKINGS (Cont'd) D. Standards 1. Standards; all lines and markings shall be to NCAA Standards. 2. Team logo (if applicable) as shown on contract drawings. CLEANING A Protect installed FieldTurf from subsequent construction operations. B. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface. C. Contractor shall provide the labor, suppiies, and equipment as necessary for final cleaning of surfaces and installed items. D. All usable remnants of new material shall be come the property of the Owner. E. The Contractor shall keep the area clean throughout the project and clear of debris. F. Surfaces, recesses, enclosures, etc., shall be cleaned as necessary to leave the work area in a clean, immaculate condition ready for immediate occupancy and use by the Owner. End of Section DIVISION 2 SECTION 02935 SODDING Pa(Je 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. S. C. D. Site Preparation Excavating, Backfilling, and Grading Hydraulic Seeding Planting Section 02100 Section 02200 Section 02485 Section 02950 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Topsoil from each source, native and imported, shall be tested for N.P.K., altrazine, minor elements, as well as clay and organic matter contents and acidity (pH) range. Topsoil shall be tested, written test report submitted and approved by Consultant, prior to delivery to site. B. Guarantee and provide maintenance as specified for sodded areas, for one year from date of Substantial Performance. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Protect sod during transportation, for delivery to the site in a fresh and healthy condition. B. Install sod immediately, no later than 48 hours after arrival on site. Keep moist and fresh until installation. C. Handle sod cwefully to prevent breaking or tearing. Immediately remove damaged and dried-out sod from the site. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Clean topsoil, approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, from stockpiled material on site or imported material approved by Geotechnical Engineer, and free from admixtures of subsoil, clay lumps, stones and roots over 25 mm in diameter, free of toxic substances or any other foreign matter which would inhibit growth. 2.02 SOD A. Sod shall be a Certified No. 1 sod, grown and sold in accordance with the latest specifications of the Nursery Sod Growers Association of Ontario (NSGA), composition of 50% Kentucky Blue Grass and 50% Merion Blue Grass. B. At the time of delivery, sod shall have a strong, fibrous root system, be free of disease, stones, bumed or bare spots, with a healthy green colour and contain not more tihan 1 % twitch grass and other weeds. 03144-02935.wpd ~ DIVISION 2 SECTION 02935 SODDING Pa(Je2 2.02 SOD (Cont'd) C. Sod shall be cut and rolled in sections of max, 1.0 m' in area and approximately 3 mm thick as specified by the NSGA. 2.03 WOODEN PEGS A. Hardwood pegs, 25 x 25 mm square and at least 250 mm long, or longer as required for satisfactory anchorage of sod. 2.04 FERTILIZER A. Commercial type having a 10-10-10 ratio and shall be appiied such that actual nitrogen is 9.0 kgl10 m'. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A. Adjust subgrade to allow the placing of topsoil to minimum depths specified. B. Scarify subgrade to at ieast 75 mm deep and remove debris and all stones 50 mm in diameter and larger. C. Arrange for inspection of finished subgrade by Consultant. D. Spread and grade topsoil evenly over approved subgrade. Provide minimum 125 mm thick topsoil. E. Finished sodded area top surface shall be uniform and evenly graded between elevations indicated, free of bumps, ridges and depressions. Remove all stones and lumps over 25 mm in diameter and foreign materials. F. Unless recommended otherwise on soil analysis report, appiy a 10-10-10 fertilizer atthe rate of 9.0 kg/10m'. G. Work fertilizer weli and uniformly into the topsoil within 48 hours before laying sod. H. Fine grade, rake and roll surface until smooth and firm against foot prints, and free of depressions, lumps and irregularities. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Piace sod closely knit together, so that no open joints are visibie and pieces are not overlapping. B. Install sod to blend tightly and uniformly with adjoining grass areas and, unless otherwise detailed, to be fiush with paving, top of curbs. C. On slopes of 3:1 and steeper, place sod perpendicularly to the slope and stake every row witih wooden pegs at maximum 600 mm intervais. Drive pegs fiush with sod. 03144-02935.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,I II I ,I I II II II II 11 ~ DIVISION 2 SECTION 02935 SODDING Page 3 3.02 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) D. Immediately after installation, water with sufficient amount to saturate sod and underlying topsoil. E. As soon as sod has dried sufficientiy to prevent damage, roll with rolier to ensure a good bond between sod and topsoil and to remove minor depressions and irregularities. F. Clean up all areas and remove debris. 3.03 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain ali sodded areas, from date of installation and until one fuli growing season is complete (minimum 6 months). Obtain Landscape Architect's approval at end of maintenance. B. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain grass in a healthy, vigorous growing condition, for one full growing season. C. Maintenance shall include, but not be limited to the following work: .1 Mow grass areas at reguiar intervals as required to maintain grass height between 50 mm and 60 mm. Not more than '!3 of grass biade shall be cut during one mowing. Hand clip where necessary and keep edges neatly trimmed. Remove heavy clippings immediately after mowing and trimming. .2 Control weeds by cutting. Use of chemicals is strictly prohibited. .3 Fertilize not less than once per season (Spring, Summer, Fall). A Water when necessary, with sufficient quantities of water to prevent sod and underlying soil from drying out. .5 Roll all sodded areas to remove minor depressions and irregularities. .6 Repair all erosion damage resulting from faulty workmanship andlor maintenance. .7 Replace ali grass which has deteriorated or which shows bare spots. .8 Protect all grass areas against damage, including erosion and trespassing, by providing and maintaining proper safeguards. Remove safeguards at end of maintenance period. End of Section 031~2935.wpd I il ;, 11 I I I I II I I I II 'I , il II II II II , I ~I ~ DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Pa(Je 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A B. C. D. Site Preparation Excavation, Backfilling, and Grading Hydraulic Seeding Sodding Section 02100 Section 02200 Section 02485 Section 02935 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A All planting work shall be carried out by experienced workmen, under the direction and supervision of an experienced, qualified plant person. B. All plants shall be No.1 Grade nursery stock grown and supplied in accordance with current standards as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association, latest edition. C. All plants shall meet or exceed all pertinent regulations with respect to inspection for plant disease and insect control. D. Submit sample of specified mulches and submit sample of plant accessories when required by Consultant. Keep approved samples on site, in an approved and protected location until work has been inspected, approved, and accepted. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330. E. Topsoil from each source, native and imported, shall be tested for N.P.K., atrazine, and minor elements, as well as for ciay and organic matter content, and acidity (pHO range). Topsoil shall be tested, written test reports submitted and approved by Consultant, before using topsoil on site. 1.04 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A Deliver all materials in their original containers, with all labels intact and legible. Containers with fertilizers, peatmoss, bonemeal, shall clearly indicate contents, weight, analysis, and manufacturer's name. B. All materials which are subject to deterioration from weather, shall be stored in a dry, protected weatiherproof area. C. Plants shall be protected from damage, and drying out from the time they are dug and during transportation, until planting on the site. D. Plants which cannot be planted immediately after arrival on the site shall be properly heeled in and protected and kept moist until they can be planted. 1.05 INSPECTIONS A All piant materials shall be available for inspection at the nursery by Consultant. Give timely notice of availability of the material for inspection. 03144-02950.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Pa(Je 2 1.05 INSPECTIONS (Cont'd) B. Approval of plants at the nursery does not impair the right of the Consultant to inspect plants upon arrival at the site and reject plants which have been damaged, are in poor condition, or otherwise do not conform to the Specifications. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 TOPSOIL A. Clean topsoil, approved by the Geotechnical Engineer, from stockpiled materials on site or imported material approved by Geotechnical Engineer, and free from admixtures of subsoil, clay iumps, stones or roots over 50 mm diameter, free of toxic substances or any other foreign matter which would inhibit growth. B. Except where different mix is indicated on Drawings, provide the foilowing planting soil mixture: .1 Thoroughly mix 5 parts of topsoil and 1 part manure and shred to a fine, even texture. .2 Add bonemeai at 8.0kg./m3. of soil and add fertilizer in accordance with soil analysis report. 2.02 MANURE A. Well rotted, un leached cattle manure not less tihan 8 months and not more than 2 years old, free of harmful chemicals and injurious substances, containing maximum 25% straw, leaves, and other foreign matter. 2.03 PEATMOSS A. Partially decomposed, fibrous or cellular stems of Sphagnum Mosses with a porous to spongy fibrous texture and with a pH ranging from 4.5 to 6.0. The peatmoss shall be supplied in bales, which shall be free of decomposed colloidal residue, wood, sulphur and iron and shall be finely shredded into particles not larger than 6 mm. 2.04 BONEMEAL A. Commercial, clean bonemeal, finely ground and analyzing to a minimum 5% nitrogen and 20% phosphoric acid. 2.05 FERTILIZER A. Organic. Fertilizers containing chemicals are strictly prohibited. 2.06 PLANT MATERIALS A. All plants shall be NO.1 Grade, nursery-grown stock of a grade and quality conforming to the horticultural standards and grown under proper cultural practices as adopted by the Canadian Nursery Trades Association (CNTA). 03144-02950.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II i , I III :~ I " ii I I I I I I II 1.1 '1 I 1.1 ,I II II ,II II II II 11 DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Pa(Je3 2.06 PLANT MATERIALS (Cont'd) B. Nursery stock shall be transplanted andlor root pruned regularly, but not later than nine (9) months prior to arrival on projects site. C. Plants shall conform to all regulations requiring Inspection for disease and insect control. Plants which require chemical treatment as ordered by the Department of Agriculture shall be prohibited. D. All plants shall be true to name in accordance with Piant List, with botanical names conforming to the "International Code of Nomenclature for Cultivated Piants". E. Plants shall be tagged with name and size of plants. Labels shall not be removed until after final inspection at end of maintenance period. F. Substitutions for the specified plants are not allowed unless approved by Consultant in writing. G. Any plants dug from native stands, wood lots, and which have not received proper cultural maintenance, as advocated by the CNT A, shall be designated as "Collected Plants". H. The supply and planting of "Collected Plants" will not be penmitted uniess approved, in writing, and subject to inspection by Consultant at the original growing location. Be responsible for all costs related to such inspection. I. The guarantee periOd for approved "Collected Plants" shall be one (1) year longer than the specified guarantee period for nursery-grown plants. J. Plants shall be supplied from nurseries located within the same hardiness zone, and grown in the same soil conditions as the project site, and in accordance with the Plant List, unless otherwise approved. K. Piants shall be freshly dug and be in healthy vigorous condition upon arrival at the site. Heeled-in plants or piants from cold storage are not allowed. L. Plants shall be sound, healthy and well-branched, free of disease and insects, and possess all the characteristics of the specified species, headers shall be straight and intact and stems and trunks free of sun scaids, frost cracks, abrasions and other damages. M. Old injuries shall be completely callused over with pruning wounds showing vigorous bark on all edges and all parts showing live, green Cambium tissue when cut. N. Plants shall be measured when the branches are in their normal position, with height and spread dimensions referring to the main body of tihe plant. O. Trees are specified by caliper which is the diameter of the trunk measured at 150 mm above grade. P. Root balls shall contain at least 75% of the fibrous roots and shall conform to the size specifications in the Guide Specification for Nursery Stock of tihe Canadian Nursery Trades Association. 03144..()2950.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Page 4 2.06 PLANT MATERIALS (Conl'd) Q. Root balls shall be supplied, wrapped In buriap as follows: Root Ball Diameter: Up to 450 mm: 450 to 760 mm: Larger than 760 mm: 5 oz. Hessian burlap double burlap double burlap and drum laced with 6mm rope at 200 mm spacing. 2.07 ACCESSORIES A. B. C. D. E. 2.08 MULCH A. B. Wrapping material for tree trunks shall be burlap, or other material approved by Consultant, at least .3 kg./m2. in weight and ranging in width from 150 to 250 mm. Stakes for support of small trees and large shrubs shall be as detailed, painted with two (2) coats of dark brown stain. Supports for large trees, as detailed, shall consist of zinc-coated guy cables, eye bolts and turnbuckles, or approved equal. Cables shall be used for trees 150 mm in caliper and over. Wires for tree supports shall be #9 gauge galvanized steel wire, encased in new black, two ply 13 mm diameter rubber hose. Anti-desiccant, where required, shall be "Wilt Proof' or similar product approved by Consultant. Mulch in planting areas and tree saucers, shall be approved shredded pine bark mulch. Pine bark mulch shall be pieces not larger than 50 mm and shall be free of sticks and chopped or broken branches. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SITE PREPARATION A. Excavate to the specified depth, as detailed, or, where not indicated, in accordance with the following schedule: .1 Plantina Areas Shrubs and Evergreens 450 mm minimum Groundcovers, Perennial and Annual Plants 300 mm minimum .2 Tree pits shall be deep enough to allow at least 150 mm of topsoil under root ball. B. Stake out tihe iocations of all tree pits and planting areas to Consultant's approval before planting. C. Scarify subgrade in tree pits and planting areas to minimum depth of 150 mm. 03144-ll2950.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I I I I I I I I il il 11 I I II II II II I I DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Pa(Je 5 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Plant during periods suitable with respect to climatic conditions, locally accepted practice and to Consultant's approval. B. Plants shall be installed to give the best appearance as directed by Consultant. C. Plants shall be set plumb in the centre of pits and at the same relationship to grade as in their original growing locations. D. Remove ropes, wires, and pull away burlap from top V3 of rootball. E. Backfill in 150 mm layers, firmly tamping each layer around the roots, and taking care not to leave air pockets. F. Thoroughly water when planting pit is half full and again when completely filled. G. Allow each plant and tree to be about 75 mm above surrounding grade to permit natural settlement. H. Surround eaCh plant, except when planted in a bed, with an earth saucer as large as planting pit, in order to retain water. Remove saucer at end of maintenance period. I. Thoroughly water all planting areas and trees immediately after planting. J. Place specified mulch around all trees and in all planting beds to a depth of 75 mm. 3.03 TREE WRAPPING A. Wrap all tree trunks prior to shipping with tree wrapping material. Tie witih cord to keep wrapping snug and neat. Prior to applying wrapping, spray trunks with a wettable pOWder of long residual insecticide. Remove wrapping prior to final inspection. 3.04 TREE SUPPORT A. Install tree supports as detailed. Tighten guys without placing undue strain. Encase wires in rubber hose at points of contact with bark. B. Remove all tree supports after the 1 year warranty period. 3.05 PRUNING A. Prune all plants as necessary to remove dead and broken branches and to compensate for the loss of roots as a result of transplanting and digging in nursery. B. Preserve the natural character; do no remove leader or small branches along trunks. C. Use clean, sharp tools and make cuts clean and flush without leaving stubs. D. Cut back to living tissue all cuts, scars and bruises, shaped so as not to retain water. E. Paint all cuts, 25 mm and larger with tree paints. 03144-02950.wpd DIVISION 2 SECTION 02950 PLANTING Pa(Je6 3.06 MAINTENANCE A. Maintain all plants and planting areas immediately after Installation until all project work has been inspected, approved and accepted. Further, maintain all plant material for the duration of the warranty period. B. Maintenance shall include all necessary measures to establish and maintain plants in a healthy, vigorous growing condition and planning areas are neat and tidy. C. Maintenance shall inciude, but not be limited to the following work: .1 Maintenance, repair and replacement, where necessary, of all accessories, such as tree guys, stakes, turnbuckles and removal of such after first year. .2 Regular inspection of all plants and control of insects and diseases. .3 Fertilizing, watering and pruning as necessary. Water is considered the Contractor's cost. .4 Removal of debris, broken branches, to keep planting areas in neat and tidy condition at all times. D. All plants shall be free of diseases and insect infestations in a healthy, good, growing condition, and planting areas free of weeds and freshiy cultivated, at time of final inspection. E. The use of chemicals for fertilization or pest control is strictly prohibited. 3.07 GUARANTEE A. All plants accepted shall be guaranteed for a period of two (2) years from date of Substantial Performance or date of planting, whichever is later. B. All piants shall be inspected at the end of the guarantee period. Plants which, at that time, are not in a healthy vigorous growing condition, to Consultant's approval, shall be replaced at no extra charge. C. Replacements shall be supplied and planted in strict accordance with Drawings, Plant List, and the specifications and shall be subject to the specified guarantee periods. D. Replacements shall be planted as soon as possible, but during the proper planting season, in accordance with accepted horticultural practice. E. All replacement trees shall be clearly marked in a visible manner. F. Notify Owner and Consuitant, in writing, when replacements are to be pianted. G. Replacements required because of vandalism, theft, or other causes beyond the Contractor's control, are not part of this Contract. End of Section 03144-02950.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. B. Obtain a copy of CSA Standards CAN/CSA-A23.1 and CAN/CSA-S269.3 and maintain on site. 1.02 RELATED WORK A B. C. D. E. F. Excavation, Backfilling and Grading Concrete Reinforcement Concrete Tilt-up Concrete Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Section 02200 Section 03200 Section 03300 Section 03470 Section 05120 Section 05500 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: The following Reference Standards shall govern Work of this Section, except where they are in confiict with requirements imposed by this Specification, in which case, the latter shall govern. Standards referenced by following Standards apply, but are not necessarily repeated in following list: 1.1 I 1. CAN/CSA-A23.1-M, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. 2. CAN/CSA-S269.3-M, Concrete Formwork. 3. ACI117-90, Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials, American Concrete Institute. 4. ASTM D1751, Specification for Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction (Non extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types). 5. ASTM D1752, Specification for Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction. 6. CGSB 41-GP-35M Polyvinyl Chloride Waterstop. B. Desiqn of Formwork: Assume full responsibility for complete structural design and construction of formwork in accordance with CSA Standard S269.1. II C. Requirements of Requlatorv Aqencies: Conform to local and provincial reguiations, including construction safety regulations. I I jl 1.04 SUBMITTALS A ShOD Drawinqs: , ~I II I 1. Submit for Consultant's review, shop drawings for architectural concrete surfaces. 2. Submit shop drawings showing type, extent and locations of items to be built into concrete. 3. Sleeving Drawings: Submit drawings showing sleeves required through fioors, roof and otiher structural members. 4. Submit drawings showing size and spacing of conduits and piping, if requested by Consultant. 03144-03100.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je2 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Conl'd) 5. Forarchitectural concrete surfaces, submit shop drawings showing layout of panels, form ties, corner details and joint details. 6. Coordinate with other Divisions prior to submittal. 7. Prior to submission to Consuitant, Contractor shall review all submitted drawings. By this review, Contractor represents to have determined and verified field measurements, site conditions, materials, catalogue number and similar data and to have checked and coordinated each drawings with the requirements of Work and of Contract Documents. Contractor's review of each drawing shall be indicated by stamp, date and signature of a responsible person. 8. At time of submission, Contractor shall notify Consultant in writing of any deviations in drawings from requirements of Contract Documents. 9. Consultant will review and return submitted drawings in accordance with an agreed schedule. Consultant's review will be for conformity to design concept and for generai arrangement, and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in submitted drawings or of responsibility for meeting requirements of Contract Documents. 10. Contractor shall make any changes in submitted drawings which Consultant may require, consistent with Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by Consultant. When resubmitting, Contractor shall notify Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested by Consultant. 11. Do not commence placing sleeves, conduits, or piping before drawings have been reviewed and Consultant's comments incorporated on drawings issued to site. 12. Assume responsibility for accuracy of Work. Review of submitted shop drawings does not relieve Contractor from compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. 13. Submit shop drawings as follows: (1) 4 copies for review before any Work commences. (2) 1 additional copy for distribution as directed by Consultant. (3) 1 copy to I nspection and Testing Com pany. B. Reaulred bv Reauiatorv Aaencies: Submit shop drawings bearing signature and seal of Professional Engineer responsible for formwork design, as may be required by regulatory agencies. Proceed with construction of formwork only with their approval. 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Protect formwork to prevent functional damage and damage to faces affecting appearance of concrete su rfaces exposed to view. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. All materials shall be new, in accordance with referenced standards. B. Pivwood: Douglas Fir, conforming to CSA 0121. Sound undamaged sheets finished one side, fabricated especially for use as concrete form panels, with sealed edges. Minimum 17mm thickness. Where surfaces receive architectural finishing, such as sandblasting or bush hammering, use coated or overlaid form panels: Sylvaform by MacMillan Bloedel Building Materials Limited or equal. 03144-03100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je3 2.01 MATERIALS (Conl'd) C. Lumber: Conforming to CSA 0141 with grade stamp clearly visible. D. Chamfers: Cut from 19mmx 19mm wood, smooth with no open defects. E. Form Ties: 1. At architectural concrete surfaces: snap ties, with plastic cone, 25mm break back, and grey piastic plugs, to Consultant's approval, and to provide 6mm reveal. 2. At all other surfaces, snap ties, with spreader washer and 25mm break back. F. Void Form: Honeycomb cellular core structure manufactured from Kraft fibre. Top and sides protected with wax coated corrugated board, and bottom unprotected. Waxmat (by Shearmat Structures Ltd., Winnipeg Manitoba), distributed by National Concrete Accessories (Acrow-Richmond), Rexdaie, Ontario. G. Round Column Fibre Forms: 1. To produce smooth surface without fins, of uniform texture and appearance. : Burke Smooth Tube with PVC liner, by Aluma International. : Poli-Permaform with polystyrene line, by Perma Tubes Ltd. 2. Fibre forms for concealed surfaces. : Sonotube "W" Coated, by Sonoco Limited. H. Joint Taoe: non-staining, water impermeable, self-release, as approved by Consultant. I. Waterstoos: 1. PVC Waterstop to CGSB 41-GP-35M, types 2 and 3. (1) Construction Joints, Internal Waterstop. 150 mm (6") wide, ribbed, tapered thickness varying from 9.5 mm (3/8") minimum near centre to 6.4 mm (1/4") minimum near edge.+ : Wirestop PVC Waterstop type FR-6380, with steei wire fastening loops, by DRE Industries Inc., Etobicoke, Ontario. : Vinylex PVC Waterstop type RB6-38, by Dayton Superior Canada Ltd., Rexdale, Ontario. : Durajoint PVC Waterstop type 5, by The Sternson Group, Brantford, Ontario. : Epseal PVC Waterstop type 6380, by W. R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. J. Nails. Spikes and Staples: Galvanized, conforming to CSA Bl11. 'II K. Form Release Aaent: Colourless mineral oil which will not stain concrete: Meadows, Sternson or Accrow Richmond. L. Metal forms shall be used only with the approval of the Consultant. I l' II M. For concrete surfaces exposed to view, provide panels smooth and free of defects which would be reproduced as concrete blemishes. 03144-03100.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Page 4 2.02 EARTH FORMS A. Where soil conditions are suitable, earth forms for wall foundations may be used subject to Geotechnical Engineer's approval. B. Trim edges of excavation vertical and smooth. Compietely remove trimmings. C. Install wood stringers for suspension of reinforcement. D. Install wood forms where earth form sides have collapsed. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before starting this work, examine work done by others which effects this work. B. Notify the Consultant of any conditions which would prevent proper completion of this work. C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions. 3.02 ERECTION A. Verify lines, leveis and centres before proceeding with formwork. Ensure dimensions agree with drawings. B. Align joints and make watertight, to prevent leakage of cement paste and disfiguration of concrete. C. Construct formwork to produce concrete with dimensions, lines and levels within toierances specified in ACI 347. D. Provide formed openings where required for pipes, conduits, sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members. E. Install chamfers at all external comers exposed to view. F. Install PVC waterstops where detailed and at all joints in walis or slabs retaining earth. G. Bed mud sills on sand, gravel or crushed stone placed on unfrozen, dry, solid and stabie subgrade. H. Forms for Architectural Concrete Surfaces or Surfaces which will be Exposed or Painted: 1 . Construct panels with full size plywood sheets as far as possible, and continuous and ievel horizontal joints, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. Back all edges of plywood to prevent separation of plywood panels at joints. 3. Construct corners so that concrete is not placed against panel edges. 4. Seal joints between panels with joint tape. 5. Where tie marks will show, place ties in regular patterns as approved by consultant or as indicated on Drawings. 03144-03100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "I ;i :1 I I I I I I I I I 'I il I I 'I .:il 'I 'I I 'II :1. .~ :1 j 11 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je 5 3.02 ERECTION (Cont'd) 6. Reuse forms oniy if their surfaces are not marred in any manner and where established pattern of holes can be maintained with no alteration to paneis. I. Adequately brace and shore formwork to sustain loads (both concrete and working loads) applied during construction. J. Be responsible for safety of the structure both before and after the removal offorms, until the concrete has reached its specified 28 day strength. K. Voidform: 1. Install voidform and place 7.5 mm (5/16") thick plywood over voidform, to provide firm surface for supporting reinforcement. L. Round Fibre Forms: 1. At exposed locations provide round fibre forms with PVC liner. Locate seams in least visible location as directed by Consultant. 2. At concealed location, provide uncoated fibre form. 3. Provide round fibre form where indicated for main entrance columns, equipment bases, light pole bases, fence foundation and flag pole bases and wherever indiceted or required. 3.03 BUILT-IN WORK A. Form openings and build in anchors, inserts, sub-frames, sleeves, miscellaneous metal items, flashing reglets and similar items furnished under Work of other Sections, which are indicated on Drawings and on shop drawings of other trades, and as required for proper completion of Project. B. Do not embed wood in concrete. C. Anchor Boits: Tie anchor bolts securely in position to prevent movement during concrete placing. Use template to locate bolts. Verify that bolts have specified projection above concrete. D. Openings or Sleeves Not Shown on Structurai Drawings: 1. Obtain Consultant's written approval before forming openings of sleeves through columns and beams, or through slabs within 1800mm of their supports. 2. Obtain Consultant's written approval before forming openings or sleeves larger than 200mm square in any location. E. Embedded Pipe or Conduit Not Shown or Detailed on Structural Drawings: 1. Obtain Consultant's written approval before placing conduit or pipe which would be embedded in finished structure. F. Confirm tihat built-in items that penetrate surface waterproofing are installed to meet requirements of waterproofing trade. 03144-03100.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je 6 3.04 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A. Form construction and expansion joints with bulkheads to ensure straight lines. Immediately before subsequent pour at construction joint, remove bulkhead and tighten forms so that concrete surfaces will be on same piane with no overlapping of concrete. B. Reviewwith Consultant and Structural Engineer proposed location and details of construction joints in wails, columns, beams and slabs. 1. Construction joints shall present appearance of normal form panel joint. 2. Install continuous shear key in construction joints in walls and framed floors which are 152mm or more thick. 3. Provide vertical construction joints in walls at not more than 20metres centre to centre. 4. Vibrate concrete adjacent to water stops. 5. Provide PVC waterstops at construction joints in walls which retain earth. Waterstops shall be continuous. 3.05 TREATMENT OF FORMWORK SURFACES A. Form Release Agent: 1. Coat formwork with form release agent before reinforcement, anchors, accessories, and other built-in items are installed. 2. Do not coat plywood forms pre-treated with release agent. 3. On surfaces to receive finish materials, adhesives, sealers, paint or other coatings or materiais, use a compatible release agent. 3.06 STRIPPING OF FORMWORK A. Be responsibie for safety of structure, both before and after removal of forms, until concrete has reached its specified 28 day strength. B. Strip formwork on vertical surfaces when concrete has hardened sufficiently that no damage will result from stripping operations. C. Remove formwork at architectural concrete surfaces after other formwork has been removed, to prevent damage to surfaces. D. Do not remove plywood formwork by jerking loose or by metal pinch bars. Use wood wedges and gradually force panels ioose. Leave plywood forms in piace as iong as possible to permit maximum shrinkage away from concrete. E. Take particuiar care not to damage external corners when stripping formwork. F. When forms are stripped during curing period, cure and protect exposed concrete in accordance with Section 03300. 3.07 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Variations in excess of specified tolerances, and failure of materials or workmanship to meet requirements of this specification, and which cannot be repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective work. 03144-03100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 11 I I ",I 1 I I I I I I I I I il ~I ~ I ,1 ill t~ I ,1:1 . ': ~ DIVISION 3 SECTION 03100 FORMWORK Pa(Je 7 3.07 DEFECTIVE WORK (Cont'd) B. Movement and displacement of formwork during construction, variations in excess of specified tolerances and marked and disfigured surfaces that cannot be repaired by approved methods will be considered defective work. C. Replace defective work, as directed by Consultant. D. Contractor shall payforadditional inspection and testing, redesign, corrective measures, and related expenses, if work has proven to be deficient. E. Reconstruct defective formwork and replace concrete and reinforcement placed in defective formwork at no additional cost to Owner. End of Section 03144-03100.wpd j I ,I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II jl 'II II !] il " 11 I , ~ DIVISION 3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. B. Obtain a copy of CSA Standard CAN/CSA A23.1, and maintain on site. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. Concrete Sidewalks Concrete Curbs and Gutters Concrete Formwork Concrete Tilt-up Concrete Masonry Section 02514 Section 02516 Section 03100 Section 03300 Section 03470 Section 04200 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards and Publications: The following Reference Standards and publications shall govern Work of this Section, except where they are in confiict with requirements imposed by this specification, in which case the latter shall govern. Standards referenced by following Standards apply, but are not necessarily repeated in the following list 1. CSA A23.1, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. 2. CAN3-A23.3-M, Design of Concrete Structures. 3. CSA G30.5-M, Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement. 4. CANICSA-G30.18-M, Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. 5. CSA W186-M, Welding of Reinforcing Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction. 6. ACI Detailing Manual. 7. RSIC Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice. B. Qualifications: 1. Welding: Undertake welding of reinforcement only by a fabricator or Subcontractor approved by Canadian Welding Bureau to requirements of CSA Standard W186. C. Source Qualitv Control: 1. Source Quality Control may be performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by Consultant. 2. Review provided by Inspection and Testing Company does not relieve Contractor of his sole responsibility for quality control over Work. Performance or non- performance of Inspection and Testing Company shall not limit, reduce, or relieve Contractor of his responsibilities in compiying with the requirements of the Specification. 3. Identify and correlate reinforcing steel from Canadian mills with test reports for compliance with requirements specified. 4. Test unidentified reinforcing steel at expense of Contractor. Perform testing for each 1 tonne (ton) or part thereof supplied for incorporation in Work. 03144-03200.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Pa~e 2 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) 5. Payment for specified Work performed by Inspection and Testing Company will be made from a Cash Allowance specified in the Instructions to Bidders. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shoo Drawinqs: 1. Submit shop drawings, including placing drawings and bar iists. 2. Prepare placing drawings and bar lists in accordance with the American Concrete Institute (ACI) Detailing Manual, and the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Canada (RSIC) Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice, the typical details included with Contract Documents. 3. Prepare placing drawings to minimum scale of 1 :50. 4. Submit placing drawings and bar lists sufficiently detailed and dimensioned to permit correct placement of reinforcement and accessories without reference to architectural or structural Drawings. 5. Show reinforcement, inciuding dowels, in elevation on placing drawings for wall reinforcement. 6. Show concrete cover to reinforcement. 7. Show location of construction joints. 8. Prior to submission to Consultant, Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review, Contractor represents to have determined and verified field measurements, site conditions, materials, catalogue number and similar data and to have checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Contractor's review of each shop drawing with the requirements of Work and Contract Documents. Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by stamp, date, and signature of a responsible person. 9. At time of submission, Contractor shall notify Consultant in writing of any deviations in shop drawings from requirements of Contract Documents. 10. Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with an agreed scheduie. Consultant's review will be for ccnformlty to design concept and for general arrangement, and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in shop drawings or of responsibility for meeting requirements of Contract Documents. 11. Contractor shall make any changes in shop drawings which Consultant may require consistent with Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by Consultant. When resubmitting, Contractor shall notify Consultant in writing of any revisions other than those requested by Consultant. 12. Do notccmmence fabrication of reinforcement before drawings have been reviewed and Consultant's comments incorporated on drawings issued to fabricating shop. 13. Submit shop drawings as follows: (1) 4 copies for review before any Work commences. (2) 1 additional ccpy for distribution as directed by Consultant. B. Insoection Reoorts: Inspection and Testing Company shall: 1. Submit reports of inspections and tests. 2. Distribute inspection reports as follows: (1) 2 ccpies to Consultant (2) 1 ccpy to Consulting Structural Engineer (3) 1 ccpy to Contractor 03144-03200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I J !II ill .' , ". I I I I I I I II . I I I jl JI J l' ,I 'Ii 11 DIVISION 3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Pa~e 3 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Generally in accordance with Reference Standards. B. Bar Reinforcinq Steel: 1. Bars which are to be welded by arc-welding process: to CSA Standard CAN/CSA- G30.18 Grade 400W. 2. Other bars: to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-G30.18 Grade 400R. 3. Bar areas are 100 mm2, 200 mm', 300 mm', 500 mm2, 700 mm2, 1000 mm2, 1500 mm2 and 2500 mm2 for bar designations 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 45, and 55 respectively. Be aware that some sources produce bars of same designation, but with significantly smaller areas, and such bars shall not be used without written permission of Consultant and appropriate adjustments in number of bars. C. Welded Wire Fabric: to CSA Standard G30.5, and in flat sheets, not rolls. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing steel only in permanentfabricating shop unless otherwise approved by Consultant. B. Fabricate reinforcing steel in accordance with shop drawings. C. Tag reinforcing bars to indicate placement as designated on shop drawings. D. Splices: 1 . Provide splices only where specifically indicated on Drawings. 2. Stagger alternate mechanical splices 750 mm apart. 3. Stagger alternate end bearing splices 750 mm apart. 4. Install on threaded splices, plastic internal coupler thread protector and plastic bar end thread protector. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before starting this work, examine work done by others which effects this work. B. Examine formwork to verify that it has been completed, and adequately braced in place. C. Notify the Consultant of any conditions which would prejudice proper completion of this work. D. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing ccnditions. 03144-03200.wpd '1 , .1. DIVISION 3 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT Pa~e 4 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Place reinforcing steel in accordance with reviewed placing drawings, typical details, and CSA A23.3. B. Adequately support reinforcing and secure against displacement within tolerances permitted. C. Place reinforcing steel to provide concrete cover as noted on drawings. D. Do not cut reinforcement to incorporate other Work. E. Relocate or rebend bars only on written instructions of Consultant. F. Tie, do not weld, reinforcement in place. 3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust and secure reinforcement in correct position immediately before concrete is placed. B. Remove contaminants which lessen bond between ccncrete and reinforcement. 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Provide competent supervisor, with at least three years experience in reinforcement placement, to direct placement of reinforcement. B. Inspect placement of reinforcement for conformance with Drawings and Specifications, before each concrete placement, and correct as necessary. C. Be aware that Consultant's periodic review of selected areas of reinforcement are for verification of ccnformity to design concept and general arrangement only, and shall not relieve Contractor of responsibility for quality control, errors, or omissions, or conformance with requirements of Contract Documents. 3.05 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Incorrectly fabricated, misplaced, or omitted reinforcement, will be defective Work performed by this Section. B. Replace or adjust defective reinforcement before concrete is placed as directed by Consultant. C. Replace or strengthen concrete work which is deficient as a result of inccrrectly fabricated, misplaced, or omitted reinforcement, which was not corrected before ccncrete was placed. D. Contractor shall pay for additional inspection and testing, redesign, corrective measures, and related expenses, if Work has proven to be deficient. End of Section 03144-03200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '11 I I I I I I I II I I I I I ill J .1 . I I j. DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. Pa~e 1 B. Obtain a copy of CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A23.1 and A23.2, and maintain on site. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. O. P. Q. Excavation, Backfilling and Grading Concrete Sidewalks Concrete Curbs and Gutters Formwork Concrete Reinforcement Tiit-up Concrete Masonry Reinforcement and Accessories Masonry Structural Steel Steel Floor Deck Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Building Insulation Joint Sealers Dasherboard Systems Mechanical Electrical 1 .03 REFERENCES Section 02200 Section 02514 Section 02516 Section 031 00 Section 03200 Section 03470 Section 04080 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 05320 Section 05500 Section 061 00 Section 07200 Section 07900 Section 13180 Division 15 Division 16 A. CAN/CSA-A5, Portland Cement. B. CAN/CSA A23.1, Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. C. CAN/CSA A23.2, Methods of Test for Concrete. D. CAN/CSA-A23.5-M, Supplementary Cementing Materials. E. CAN/CSA A283, Qualification Code for Concrete Testing Laboratories. F. CAN/CSA A363, Cementitious Hydraulic Slag. G. ACI 117, Standard Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials, American Concrete Institute. H. CAN/CGSB-19.13-M, Sealing Compound, One Component, Elastomeric, Chemical Curing. I. CAN/CGSB-19.24-M, Multi Component, Chemical-Curing Sealing Compound. J. Ontario Provincial Standard Specification OPSS 1010, Material Specification for Aggregates- Granular A, B, M and Select Subgrade Material. K. Ontario Provincial Standard Specification OPSS 1212, Material Specification for Hot-Poured Rubberized Asphalt Joint Sealing Compound. L. ASTM C 109/C 109M, Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars (using 2 in. or 50 mm cube specimens). M. ASTM C 260, Specification for Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete. N. ASTM C309, Specification for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete. 03144-03300.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 2 1 .04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Quality Control: 1. Both source quality control, and field quality ccntrol specified in Article 1.04 B., may be performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by Consultant. 2. Review provided by Inspection and Testing Company does not relieve the Contractor of his sole responsibility for quality control over Work. Performance or non- performance of Inspection and Testing Company shall not limit, reduce, or reiieve Contractor of his responsibilities in compiying with the requirements of the Specification. 3. inspection and Testing Company shall be certified under CSA Standard A283, Qualification Code for Concrete Testing Laboratories, for Category 1 Certification. 4. Payment for specified Work performed by Inspection and Testing Company will be made from Cash Allowance specified in Section 01020. 5. Payment for additional tests (including testing of structure and its performance and load testing) required by changes of materials or mix design requested by Contractor, and failure of completed Work to meet specified requirements, shali be made at Contractor's expense. 6. Perform Work of source quality controi in accordance with CSA Standard A23.2 and to include: 1. Verification that ready-mix supplier is qualified to supply concrete in accordance with Specification. 2. Review of proposed concrete mix designs. 3. Sampling, inspection, and testing of materials as may be required. B. Fieid Quality Control: 1. Inspection and Testing Company, when appointed as specified for Source Quality Control in Article 1.04 A, shall perform sampling, inspection and testing of concrete work at site. 2. Perform sampling, inspection and testing in accordance with CSA Standard A23.2, and to include: 1. Making of standard slump tests. 2. Obtaining of three standard specimens for strength tests from each 100 m3 [130 yd3) of concrete, or fraction thereof, of each mix design of concrete placed in anyone day. In addition, for slabs-on-grade, obtain beam specimens for determination of modulus of rupture. 3. Verification that test specimens are stored within an enclosure, maintained at specified temperatures. 4. Making compression tests of each set of three specimens, one at 7 days and two at 28 days; modulus of rupture tests at 90 days. 5. Verification of air ccntent of air-entrained concrete. a. For Class of exposure F-1, and C-2, test at frequency in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1 Clause 17.4.1.1. b. Make first test before placing any concrete. c. After stable air content has been established, frequency of tests will be determined by Consultant. d. For other Classes of exposure, test at time of obtaining strength test specimens. 03144.03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I: I II ~I II I #1 'I :, DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 3 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) 3. Inspection for Tolerances: 1. Confirm that concrete work meets specified tolerance requirements. 2. Use the elevation survey records of elevations of soffit form surfaces and finished concrete surfaces specified in Section 03100 and this section as basis for judging compliance. 3. Use approved aluminum straightedge to judge compliance with specified slab tolerances, except use dipstick equipment where F-number tolerance is specified. 4. Slabs-on-Grade: 1. Observe application of curing compound to sample slab, recording rate of application. 2. Monitor on a random basis acceptable to the Consultant, that slab is being saw cut before slab temperature starts to fall. C. Qualifications: 1. Floor finishing shall be undertaken only by contractors with at least 10 years experience finishing Class "D" floors. D. Sample of Finish Flooring: 1 . Finish an area of floor slab where directed by Consultant to provide sample of finish for approval. 2. Protect new sample area until finish is approved. 3. If liquid membrane curing ccmpound is to be used on Project, determine and apply correct quantity required to meet rate of coverage recommended by manufacturer for measured test area. 4. Approved sample will provide standard by which sUbsequentfinishing will be judged and will be incorporated into Work. E. Pre-Construction Conference: ~I I .,; I i 'I ~ I ::; i~ I I- 1. At least 35 days prior to the start of concrete construction schedule, conduct a meeting to review proposed mix designs and to discuss detailed requirements of the proposed ccncrete operations. Review requirements for submittals, ccordination, and availability of materials. Establish work progress and sequencing schedules and procedures for material testing, inspection and certifications. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit for inspection, material samples of specified mix designs. B. Concrete Mix Designs: 1. Submit concrete mix designs for review; when optimum bulk density of aggregates is specified, provide supporting evidence of compliance with requirements. 2. Review of mix design does not relieve Contractor from responsibility for compliance with Contract Documents. 03144-03300.wpd ,." J DIVISiON 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 4 1.06 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) A. Inspection Reports: Inspection and Testing Company shall: 1. Submit written reports of inspection and tests. 2. Distribute reports as follows: 2 copies to Consultant; 1 ccpy to Consulting Structural Engineer; 1 copy to Contractor. 3. On concrete cylinder test reports, include: 1. Specific location of concrete represented by sample 2. Design strength. 3. Unit weight of sample 4. Class of exposure 5. Aggregate size and mixtures incorporated 6. Date, hour and temperature at time sample taken 7. Percentage air content 8. Test strength of cylinder 9. Type of failure if test fails to meet specification. D. Joint Location Drawings: Submit drawings showing proposed locations of control joints in slab-on-grade, where not shown on Drawings. 1.07 TOLERANCES A. In accordance with ACI117 and CAN/CSA A23.1, Article 22, Table 19. B. Difference between elevation of high point and low point in specified area not to exceed: 1. In any bay up to 100 m2: 12 mm. 2. In any bay up to 400 m2: 25 mm. C. Straightedge method: Finish floor slabs to meet following tolerances when measured at 72 +/- 12 hours aftercompietion offloorfinishing, before shores are removed from formed slabs, by placing a freestanding unlevelled straight edge anywhere on slab and allowing it to rest on two high points. Gap between straightedge placed on two high points and slab not to exceed: 1. 3 metre straightedge: 8 mm (Class A). 2. 2 metre straightedge: 4 mm. D. Finish slab below hardwood floor system to provide a Class C surface in accordance with CAN/CSAA23.1, Table 19. 1.08 PROJECT RECORDS A. Maintain record of all concrete pour related to time, date, delivery slip serial number and location of each ccncrete pour and identify related test cylinders. Keep records on site until project is completed.+ B. Delivery Records: File duplicate copies of concrete delivery slips on which shall be recorded: supplier, serial number of slip, date, truck number, contractor, Project, Class of exposure, cementing materials content, air ccntent, volume in load, and time of first mixing of aggregate, cementing materials and water. 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I it I 'I I I I I I )1 I -11 'I i :; I 'I .' " ! i I ~ I I I DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 5 1.08 PROJECT RECORDS (Conl'd) C. Record Drawings: 1. Record on a set of Drawings: 1. time and date of each pour 2. high and low ambient air temperatures during each pour 3. date of removal of forms in each area 4. founding elevations of all footings 5. variations of foundation Work from that indicated on Drawings 2. Make record drawings available for Consultant's inspection at all times. 1.09 JOB CONDITIONS A. Protect floor slabs, and concrete surfaces exposed to view or on which finishes are to be applied. from grease, oil, and other soil which will affect the appearance of the concrete, or impair the bond of finish material. B. Environmental Conditions: In addition to Cold Weather and Hot Weather Requirements of CSA Standard A23.1, the following shall apply to Work of this Section: I I !~ I 'j " I ,:! i~ I 1':1 ~ I i~ 1. Provide protection or heat, or both, so that temperature of concrete at surfaces is maintained at not iess than 21 'C for three days after piacing, not less than 1 O'C for the nex1 two days and above freezing for the next two days and above freezing for the next two days. 2. Do not permit alternate freezing and thawing for fourteen days after placing. 3. Vent exhaust gases from combustion type heaters to atmosphere outside protection enclosures. 4. Provide protection to maintain concrete continuously moist during curing period. 5. For field cured cylinders representing strength development of in-situ concrete, provide same specified hot and cold weather protection for storage of each concrete compression specimen as for ccncrete from which it was taken, until it is sent to testing laboratory. 6. Do not place concrete when it is raining. Should rain ccmmence during placing, ccver freshiy placed concrete. 7. Do not piace bonded toppings on rough siabs that are less than 15'C. 8. Do not grout at am blent air tem peratures or concrete surface tem peratu res less than 5'C, or when temperature is forecast to fall to less than 5'C within 24 hours of grouting. 9. Do not apply sealants at ambient air temperatures or concrete surface temperatures less than 5'C. 1.10 UNIT PRICES A. Unit prices requested as part of Tender shall include concrete, and its placing, curing and finishing. 1.11 DEFINITION A. Architectural Concrete: Architectural concrete shall mean concrete surfaces designated as "architectural concrete" in Contract Documents. Sandblasted and bush-hammered surfaces shall be considered as architectural concrete. 03144-03300.wpd u DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 6 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. To meet specified requirements of referenced Standards. B. Cement: 1. Portland Cement: to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A5. 2. Cementitious Hydraulic Slag: to CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A23.5. C. Fine Aggregate: For slabs-on-grade, fineness modulus offine aggregate to be between 2.7 and 3.1. D. Coarse Aggregates: 1. 20 mm ('/.") to 5 mm (No.4 sieve) except as specified below. 2. For slabs-on-grade 125 mm (5") and thicker: 40 mm (1)1,") to 5 mm (No.4 sieve); combine at least two oUhe single sizes specified in Tabie 5 Group II of CSA Standard A23.1, one of which is to be40 mm (1%"), to obtain maximum bulk density (unit weight) and optimum grading, in accordance with an approved procedure. 3. For slabs-on-grade: AJbrasion loss not to exceed 35%. Petrographic number of aggregate not to exceed 125 when tested in accordance with ASTM C295, as conducted by Ministry of Transport of Ontario. 4. For toppings 50 mm (2") thick and less and for slabs over open web steel joists: 12 mm (%") to 5 mm (No.4 sieve). E. Admixtures: 1. Conform to Reference Standards for chemical and air-entraining admixtures. 2. Provide only admixtures that are free of chlorides. 3. When requested, provide evidence acceptable to Consultant that superplasticizer does no increase shrinkage of concrete. F. Premoulded Expansion Joint Filler: 1. Asphalt impregnated fibreboard conforming to ASTM D1751, sizes indicated on drawings, W'R. Meadows Sealtite Fibre Expansion Joint, C.P.D. Asphalt fibre expansion joint. 2. Emseal: Emseal regular uncompressed width 123 x 76 mm (4-3/4" x 3") deep, manufactured by Emseal Corporation. G. Non-Metallic Hardener: 1. Natural and synthetic materials with Mohs hardness 7 minimum, premixed with Portland cement. : Mastercon FF, by Master Builders Ltd. : Surflex, by Euclid Chemical Canada Inc. 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,,, DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 7 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) H. Curing-Sealing Compound: 1. Membrane curing-sealing ccmpound formulated from chlorinated rubber resins, or acrylic emulsion or solvent free for use in occupied buildings, to ASTM C309, type 1. : Masterkure CR Clear, by Master Builders Ltd. : C.P.D. Acrylic Cure & Seal. : Sealtight CS309 or Vocomp-20, by W.R. Meadows of Canada Limited. : Floor Coat, by Euclid Chemical Canada Inc. 2. For areas which will be exposed to sunlight: : Diamond Clear by Euclid. I. Saw cut Filler: two component pourable sealer, 100% solids epoxy: Eucc 7000 by Eulid, Jointflex by C.P.D. or Sealtight Rezi-Weld Flex by W.R. Meadows. J. Bonding Ag~t: Euco 452LV by Euclid or C.P.D. Epoxcrete. K. Sealant: 1. Hot-Poured Asphalt: For use with bituminous type joint filler: rubberized asphalt compound to OPSS 1212. Hi-Spec Hot Poured Joint Sealant, by W'R. Meadows of Canada Ltd. Sealz No. 6165 Hot Poured Joint Sealant, by Hydrotech Membrane Corporation. 2. Cold Poured Liquid Neoprene: For use with non-bituminous joint filler. Gardox, by W'R. Meadows of Canada Limited. 3. Elastomeric Sealant: For use with non-bituminous type joint filler. Two component polysulphides, or two component polyepoxide urethane, in colour selected by Consultant, to CGSB Specification CAN/CGSB-19.24. For horizontal joints: THC 900, by Tremco Ltd. or Eucolastic Pourable by Euclid. For vertical joints: Dymeric, by Tremcc Ltd. or Eucolastic gun grade by Euclid. Or one part urethane, in colour selected, by Consultant, to CAN/CGSB-19.13. 4. Sealant in conjunction with dampproofing. Plastic cutback asphalt to CAN/CGSB-37.5. L. Mechanical Anchors - 'Kwik' Bolts, 'Cinch' Anchors or Parabolts. M. Non-Slip Inserts: Fine aluminum oxide, standard strips, 6 mm (\4") wide, 10 mm (0/.") deep. N. Curing Blankets: Amocc Propex #4551, colour: white. 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES A. Ready Mix, with 28 day compressive strength as indicated on Drawings and in Specifications. 03144-03300.wpd ~ DiVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 8 2.02 CONCRETE MIXES (Cont'd) B. Design concrete mix in conformance with CSA Standard A23.1, Clause 16, Table 13 (Alternative 1) and Clause 15, Tables 9,11, and 14, and as follows. Provide concrete meeting water/cementing materials ratio and air content ofTable 14 in accordance with Class of exposure specified in following sub-paragraphs, and minimum strength specified on Drawings. Note that concrete designed in acccrdance with water/cementing materials ratio of Tabie 14 may yield strength exceeding minimum strength specified on Drawings. 1. Class of exposure C-2 with 25 percent Portland cement replaced with cementitious hydraulic slag: for pavements, sidewalks, curbs and gutters. 2. Class of exposure F-2 with 25 percent Portland cement replaced with cementitious hydraulic slag: for grade beams, and for exposed exterior beams, columns, walls and slabs. 3. Slabs-on-Grade: (1) Use type 20 Portland cement, or replace 35 percent type Portland cement with cementitious hydraulic slag. (2) When mean daily temperature exceeds 250C (770F) at time of placement, replace 25 percent of type 20 cement, or50 percent of type 10 cement, with cementitious hydraulic slag. (3) Use water/cementing materials ratio 0.45 maximum. (4) Use aggregates specified in paragraphs 2.01, C and D. (5) Cementing materials ccntent 325 kg/m' (550 Ib/yd'). (6) Modulus of rupture 3.5 MPa (510 psi) average, 3.0 MPa (435 psi) minimum. (7) Slump at delivery, before addition of superplasticizer, 50 mm (2"); add superplasticizer, not water, to bring slump to level acceptabie to floor finisher for placement. 4. Interior Concrete, other than specified above, and not exposed to freezing and thawing or the application of deicing chemicals: select water/cementing materials ratio and cementing materials content on basis of strength, workability, and finishing requirements. 5. Rink Slab: (1) Water/cementing materials ratio: 0.45 max, (2) Cementing Materials Content: 325 kg/cu.m minimum. (3) Slump at delivery, before addition of superplasticizer: 80 mm. (4) Slump at point of discharge in slab, after addition of superplasticizer: 125mm. (5) Normal size course aggregate: 20mm. (6) Total air content: No air entrainment required. (7) When mean daily temperature exceeds 18 degrees C at time of placement, replace 25% of Portland Cement with cementitious hydraulic slag. (8) This mix is expected to produce a 28 day strength of 32 MPa. minimum. (9) Bring extra superplasticizer to site to permit additional dosage, if necessary. 6. Floor Hardeners: Confirm that concrete mix contains only materials compatible with floor hardener. C. Submit evidence, and material samples, if requested, acceptable to the Inspection and Testing Company, to verify that the proposed ccncrete mix design will produce specified quality of concrete. D. List all proposed admixtures in mix design submission. Do not change or add admixtures to approved design mixes without Consultants approval. 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,." 'II I I ,'II 11 ;! I I '~ I .~ I '! II 'I "11 :1 ;;! I I 2.02 2.03 2.04 2.05 2.06 ~ I 11 .~ I .~ :i I :,~ '::1 .., i~i I i~ I DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Page 9 CONCRETE MIXES (Cont'd) E. Concrete Weight: Air dry unit weight: minimum 2,300 kg/m3 (145 Ibs./cu.ft.) adjusted proportionaily for maximum air content listed in CSA A23.1, Clause 15, Table 10. ADMIXTURES A. Chemical Admixture: Incorporate water-reducing admixture, type WN, in all concrete. B. Air Entraining Agent: Incorporate air-entraining agent in addition to chemical admixture in concrete of r~levant Class of exposure, in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1, Clause 15, Table 10. C. Calcium Chloride: Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing chloride in concrete. CONCRETE TOPPINGS A. Provide topping with minimum 28 day compressive strength of 32 MPa. GROUT A. Dry pack grout under steel plates and where grout thickness does not exceed 75 mm (3"): Mix one part Portland cement to two parts ccncrete sand that conforms to CSA Standard A23.1, with only sufficient water that mix will retain its shape when made into ball by hand. B. Dry pack grout where thickness exceeds 75mm (3"). Mix one part Portland Cement, one and one half (1 %) parts concrete sand and two parts 10mm (3/8") pea gravel, with only sufficient water that mix will retain its shape when made into ball by hand. PREMIXED GROUT Mix with water in acccrdance with manufacturer's printed instructions. A. Non-Shrink Metallic: : Embecc 636 Grout, by Master Builders Ltd. : NS Metallic Grout by Euclid. B. Non-Shrink Non-Metallic: : V-3 Grout, by W'R. Meadows of Canada Limited. : Masterflow 713 Grout, by Master Builders Ltd. : M-Bed Standard Premix, by The Sternson Group : NS Grout by Euclid : C.P.D. Non Shrink Grout. C. Flowable Grout: Non-metallic shrinkage compensating: : M-Bed Superflow, by The Sternson Group : Masterflow 713, by Master Builders Ltd. : In-Pakt Pre-Mix, by C.C. Chemicals Limited : Hi Flow Grout by Euclid 03144-03300.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 10 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before starting this work, examine work done by others which effects this work. B. Notify Consultant of any condition which would prejudice proper completion of this work. C. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions. D. Confirm that surfaces on which ccncrete is to be placed are free of frost and water before placing. E. Confirm that reinforcement, dowels, control joints, inserts and all other built-in work are in place and secured. 3.02 TREATMENT OF FORMED SURFACES A. Conform to the requirements of CSA A23.1, Clauses 24.1 and 24.2 and as additionally specified herein B. Treat concrete surfaces which will be exposed or painted in the completed building to provide a "Smooth Ruobed Finish" in accordance with CSA A23.1, Clause 24.3.6, uniform in cclour and texture. C. Finish surfaces to receive a hot-applied rubberized asphalt memorane smooth with no ridges or depressions, using "Sack-Rubbed Finish" in acccrdance with CSA Standard A23.1 , Ciause 24.3.7.4. D. Plugs at Recessed Ties: : Clean tie holes to remove all foreign matter. : Coat plugs by dipping in adhesive and insert in hole. : Remove excess adhesive immediately with thinner which will not stain concrete, as reccmmended by manufacturer. E. Obtain Engineer's approval of finished exposed concrete and grind or otherwise correct to the satisfaction of the Engineer. 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE A. Place concrete in accordance with requirements CAN/CSA-A23.1. B. Notify Engineer and inspection and testing firm at least 24 hours prior to ccmmencement of concrete placing operation and 24 hours before wall forms are closed in. C. Do not place concrete in water or open frozen surfaces. D. Remove ccntaminants which lessen concrete bond to reinforcement before concrete is placed. E. Maintain accurate records of cast-in-place ccncrete items. Record date, location of pour, quantity, air temperature and test samples taken. 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~t I I .111 .1 '! I I I I , II ill :1 I !~ , , I I '. 11 , , , l' , 3.04 03144-03300.WPd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 11 3.03 PLACING CONCRETE (Cont'd) G. Provide construction joint as indicated on the drawings. Ensure dowels are adequately anchored and placed at right angles to the joint before placing concrete. H. Place floor slabs to depth indicated on the drawings with 25 MPa minimum concrete unless otherwise noted on drawings but ccnsistent with minimum cement content specified for exposed fioors in this specification. I. Concrete Placed over Open Web Steel Joists: transport and spread concrete over joist construction in a manner to prevent lateral deflection and twisting of joists. J. Sloping Surfaces and Slabs: commence concrete placement at bottom of sloping surfaces. K. Obtain Geotechnical Consultant's confirmation that thickness, elevation and compaction of sub-grade meets specifications before placing concrete. FINiSHING CONCRETE A. Perform finishing operations on plastic concrete surfaces in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1, Clause 22, and as specified herein. B. Refer to the drawings and/or the finish schedule for floor finishes and coverings. C. Screed the top of rough floor slabs to an even levei or sioping surface at the proper eievation to receive the finish or topping specified on the drawings and in finish schedule. D. Provide a smooth steel trowel finish on all areas scheduled to receive a covering, or painted finish, except recessed floor. E. Stair treads and landings and areas receiving ceramic or porcelain liie shall receive a wood fioat finish, tex1ure approved by tile installer. F. Exposed Floor Surfaces: Provide hard, smooth, dense, steel trowelled surface, free from blemishes, and of uniform appearance. G. Non-Slip Floor Surfaces: Provide swirl trowel finish of tex1ure acceptable to Consultant. H. Hardened Floor Finish: 1. Apply premixed material, to total of 7.5 kg/m' (1.5 Ib/f!') of floor surface. 2. Appiy in two shakes, of half total specified amount in each shake; the second shake at right angles to the first. 3. Finish as specified for "Exposed Floor Surfaces", paragraph 3.04 F. 4. Follow manufacturer's special finishing instructions if concrete is air entrained. DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 12 3.04 FINISHING CONCRETE (Cont'd) I. Hot Applied Rubberized Asphalt Waterproofing Membrane, or Self-adhering Rubberized Asphalt Sheet: 1. Hand or mechanical float surface to uniform texture, free from hollows, bumps, sharp edges, and ridges. 2. Finish to Class "C" ciassification. 3. Do not finish too smoothly. 4. Arrange for waterproofing trade to inspect finish after first area is ccmpleted, and to reinspect until finish conforms to their requirements. J. Curb Edging: Finish external corners of curbs rounded and smooth. K. Stair Tread Non-Slip Inserts: 1. Install one non-slip insert specified in paragraph 2.01 M, at each tread and landing; place 40 mm (1 Y2") from edge of nosings and extend for full width of nosings except for 80 mm (3") at each end. 2. Set inserts in prepared grooves, secured with waterproof adhesive and with top set 1 mm (0.04") above treads. 3.05 CURING AND SEALING A. Cure concrete in acccrdancewith CSA Standard A23.1, Clause 21 and as specified herein. B. Curing Compound Method: 1. Use curing and sealing ccmpound specified in paragraph 2.01.H except: a) On surfaces to receive epoxy or similar paint finish. b) On surfaces to which architectural finishes will be adhered, the adhesives for which are incompatible with the curing compound. c) Air-entrained ccncrete for exterior slabs and sidewalks placed between October 1 and April 1. 2. Select acrylic water compound except that if ambient ccnditions extend drying time unduly and if area is well ventilated and unoccupied by other workers, solvent based compound may be used. 3. Apply curing and sealing compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, increasing application rate as necessary to cover surface completely. C. Plastic Film Method: where curing ccmpound method cannot be used, cure finished floor surfaces not exposed to freezing and thawing or deicing chemicals as follows: 1. Cover with 0.1 02mm (4 mil) thick polyethylene sheets. 2. Lap edges 100mm (4") minimum and seal laps. 3. Leave in place for the "Basic Curing Period" in accordance with CSA Standard A23.1 Clause 21.1.4, but in no case for less than 3 days. 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '11 ~ I II ~I , 111 I ill ill ii I II ,! I ~i DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 13 3.05 CURING AND SEALING (Cont'd) D. Curing Blanket or Wet Buriap Method: For exterior sidewalks, pavements and curbs; and other finished concrete surfaces that will be exposed to freezing and thawing or deicing chemicals: 1. Cover with curing blanket specified in paragraph 2.01, N. orwet buriap overlaid with 0.1 02mm (4 mil) thick poiyethylene, and maintain in place for the "Additionai Curing for Durability" period in acccrdance with CSA Standard A23.1 Clause 21.1.5, but in no case for less than 7 days. 2. Wet blanket or buriap regularly to maintain in moist condition. Do not allow to dry out. E. Cure finished concrete surface with an approved curing and sealing compound which will ieave the surface with a uniform appearance and with a minimum of discolouration after drying. Ensure that the curing ccmpound will be compatible with the architectural finishes or adhesives for architectural finishes to be applied later. Apply the compound in strict acccrdance with the manufacturer's instructions. F. Protect surface which will be exposed to direct sunlight during the curing period, with a light ccloured, iaminated waterproof paper immediateiy after the curing and sealing compound has hardened sufficiently for the paper to be placed without damage to the sealed surface. Lap the paper a minimum of 100 mm (4") and seal the laps. Leave the paper in place for at least seven days. 3.06 II il ~II !i ill I I I GROUTING OF STEEL MEMBERS A. Provide and place grout for setting cclumn base plates and beam bearing plates. Co-operate with those performing the work of other Sections who supply and set plates. Install grout in a manner that will ensure positive bearing on the full area of the steel plate on top of the supporting surface. B. Dampen concrete surfaces immediately before installing grout. C. Use non-shrink and shrinkage-compensating grouts only when grout will be ccntained against expansion and self-disintegration. D. Slope grout beyond edge of plate at 45 degrees. E. Provide same environmental protection and curing as specified for concrete. F. Do not use fiowable grout at beam bearing plates unless otherwise indicated, or approved by Consultant. 3.07 JOINT SEALANT !.II 'i I II , 1 II , " A. Provide seaiant on top of joint filler with a polyethylene bond breaker between joint filler and joint sealant applied in acccrdance with manufacturer's direction. Sealant shall be light grey colour. B. Apply sealant to thoroughly dry surfaces only, at ambient air temperatures above 50C. C. Confirm that preformed joint filler and backer rod are ccmpatible with sealant. 03144--03300.wpd DIVISION 3 SECTION 03300 CONCRETE Pa~e 14 3.07 JOINT SEALANT (Cont'd) D. Caulk joints in acccrdance with the fOllowing: 1. Do not commence joint preparation until concrete is at least 28 days old. 2. Thoroughly clean sides of joints with mason's router, or power saw, equipped with doubie blade where necessary to suit joint width. 3. Blow clean with compressed air with oil trap on line, or vacuum ciean. 4. Install backer rod of diameter 25 percent greater than joint width, and type recommended by seaiant manufacturer to be compatible with sealant. Locate backer rod to provide for sealant depth of one-half joint width, but not less than 12 mm (Y:."). 5. Prime joint if required, as reccmmended by sealant manufacturer. 3.08 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Variations in excess of specified tolerances and marked and disfigured surfaces that cannot be repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective work. B. Replace or modify concrete that is out of place or does not ccnform to lines, detail or grade as directed by the Engineer. C. Replace or repair defectively placed or finished concrete as directed by the Engineer. D. Testing and Replacement of Deficient Concrete in Place: 1 . Pay for additional testing and related expenses if concrete has proven to be deficient. 2. Replace or strengthen deficient concrete work as directed by the Engineer, and pay for all testing and related expenses for replaced work until approved by the Engineer. 3.09 CLEANING A. Clear away from the building site excess and waste materials and debris resulting from Work of this Section. Leave the premises in a condition acceptable to the Engineer before ccmpletion of the work. End of Section 03144-03300.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I .~ I ,I I ill I I I ii I 11 I I ,II I I "I 'i :1 1 II 11 ~ II " ;i11 I II ,;1. .:1 .11 " ill .1 I DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. This section covers the requirements for tilt-up concrete construction including the structural design of the wall panels for erection stresses. 1. The Consultant has not been retained to design the wall panels to resist superimposed loads including live and dead loads, stresses caused by erection of the wall panels, nor to determine the means and methods to be used for erection and bracing until permanent bracing is in place. 2. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to erect the panels in a manner that will be both safe for personnel and property, and to brace and otherwise protect the panels against wind, seismic, and other forces that may occur during construction and until connections to the permanent structural system are completed. B. This Section 1includes: 1. Insulated and non-insulated Precast Concrete Tilt up wall panels inciuding design and erection. 2. Reinforcing. 3. All accessories and inserts. 4. Lifting hardware. 5. Exterior waterproof finish to all tilt up panels above grade. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Concrete Formwork Section 03100 B. Reinforcing Steel Section 03200 C. Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 03300 D. Structural Steel Section 05120 E. Steel Joists Section 05210 F. Steel Roof Deck Section 0531 0 G. Metal Fabrications Section 05500 H. Building Insulation Section 07200 I. Joint Sealers Section 07920 J. Painting Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCES A. The latest edition of the building code having jurisdiction: Ontario Building Code (OBC); National Building Code of Canada (NBC); and including applicable local ordinances and amendments. B. CSA-A23.1-94 - Concrete Materials and Methods of Concrete Construction. C. CSA-A23.4-94 - Precast Concrete Materials and Construction. 03144-03470.wpd DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 2 1.04 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE CRITERIA A. Retain a Structural Engineer, licensed in the Province of Ontario, experienced in the field of tilt-up concrete to ensure the adequacy of the structural aspects of the design, shop drawings, manufacturing, transportation, and installation of all tilt-up concrete components, attachments, hardware and assemblies. B. Design of tilt wall panels shall include all necessary structural reinforcing required to support all imposed loads including dead loads, lives loads and self weight of panels, including lifting stresses imposed during erection. Drawings indicate minimum typical panel reinforcing only. C. Design, fabricate and erecttilt-up components and assemblies in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and as follows: 1. Resist without detrimental effects, erection and handling stresses. 2. Ensure uniform colour and texture of exposed surfaces. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Manufacturer's descriptive literature for each product specified in this section. 1. Submit Panel layout and placing drawings. Designate each individual panei by type. 2. Formwork Shop Drawings and Erection Drawings for each individual panel type detailing all work of this section including temporary bracing and proposed erection procedures. Reinforcing bars shown on the project drawings do not ailow for lifting and erection stresses or for localized stresses at openings. With the Shop Drawings submit calculations and description covering erection procedures, additional reinforcement, lifting hardware and bracing. Shop Drawings and calculations shall be prepared and sealed by a Registered Professional Engineer licensed in the province of Ontario and retained by the contractor. 3. Consultant's review of shop drawings is only for general conformance with design concept and project requirements, and does not imply approval or any variance from the Contract Documents. Dimensions and quantities will not be checked by the Consultant. B. Quality Controi Submittals: 1. Test Reports: When, and as directed by the Contract Documents, submit certified iaboratory test reports ccnfirming physical characteristics of materials used in the performance of the Work of this Section. 2. Manufacturer's Instructions: For manufactured items used, submit the manufacturer's current recommended methods of installation, including relevant limitations and safety precautions. C. Material Submittals: 1. Concrete mix designs for each mix specified. 2. Manufacturer's literature for bond breakers. 3. Mix design for structural grout for panel support and patching. 4. Manufacturer's literature for sealants and caulking. 5. Selection Samples: Two (2) sets of colour chips representing manufacturer's match of colour selected by consultant. 03144-03470.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;i 11 ,1 I I :i I I! ~I I 11 I ~ I II DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 3 1.05 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) 6. Verification Samples: (1) Two (2) colour charts showing full range of manufacturer's finishes and textures. D. Number of Submittals for Review Time: 1. Submit six (6) copies of each required submittal, five (5) copies of which will be returned to the Contractor. 2. Allow fifteen (15) working days for Consultant review time. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable codes and regulations of governmental agencies having jurisdiction including Occupational Health & Safety Act. Where those requirements conflict with this Specification, comply with the more stringent provisions. B. Qualifications for Production: Contractor shall show evidence of competence in tilt-up ccncrete construction. Workers shall be proficient in production and erection operations and shall be under the direct supervision of a competent superintendent/foreman at all times. C. Manufacturer's Qualifications: Minimum five (5) years documented experience producing products specified in this Section. D. Mock-ups: Supply materials specified in this Section required to construct mock-ups as required by the Architect. Building two (2) full size mock-ups for review and approval. Include all finishes, cast-in's etc. in mock-up panels. E. Qualifications of Welding: 1. Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with CSA W59. All welding shall conform to CSA W59 and shall be performed by a welder qualified under CSA W47. 2. Provide certification that welders to be employed in the Work have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests with the previous 12 months. F. Job Conditions: 1 . Do not construct formwork, reinforcing steel, or place ccncrete during rain or adverse weather unless approved measures are taken to prevent damage. During period of dry winds, low humidity, high temperatures, and other conditions causing rapid drying, protect fresh concrete with an evaporation retardant (monomolecular film) or fine fog spray of water applied immediately after screening and bull floating. Maintain protection until final finishing and curing compounds are applied. 2. For ccld weather conditions, adequate equipment shall be provided for heating concrete materials and protecting ccncrete during freezing or near-freezing weather. Concrete materials and reinforcement, forms, fillers, and ground with which concrete is to come in contact shall be free from frost. If shelters are used, the type of fuel used for heating shall not weaken the concrete surface. Frozen materials or materials containing ice shall not be used. Place ccncrete as per CSA A23.1. 3. Independent Inspection & Testing Agency shall review and document condition and tolerances of casting bed from slab prior to commencement of work of this section. 03144-03470.wpd DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 4 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) 4. For hot weather conditions, proper attention shall be given to concrete materials, production methods, handling, placing, protection and curing to prevent excessive ccncrete temperatures or water evaporation that may increase shrinkage and impair required strength or serviceability of the member structure. Place ccncrete as per CSAA23.1. 1 .07 TOLERANCES A. Dimensions of the finished panels, at the time of erection in the structure, shall conform to the tolerances for precast concrete A23.4 unless otherwise specified or approved by the Architect/Engineer. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURED ITEMS A. Lifting hardware, inserts, braces and related embedded and attached items shall be manufactured specifically for tilt-up ccnstruction. 2.02 PANEL MATERIALS A. Forms: 1. Panel boundary forms shall be rigidly constructed and well braced steel or wood forms, straight and with precise corners. Design to withstand stresses resulting from the casting process. Consideration should be given to exposed formed surfaces. 2. Forms shall contain block-outs required to provide openings detaiied on Drawings. 3. Panels may be stacked for ease of casting, in forms as specified above. 4. Bondbreaker must be compatible with curing compound and other finishes, including paint, and with floor finish. B. Concrete Materials: 1. Cement: Portland cement, conforming to CAN/CSA-A5. 2. Fine and course aggregates shall consist of clean, hard strong, and durable inert material, free of injurious amounts of deleterious substances, conforming to CSA A23.1. 3. Admixtures shall be approved by Architect/Engineer. 4. All concrete shall be produced and delivered in accordance with CSA A23.1. C. Quality of Concrete: 1. Ready mixed concrete shall conform to CSA A23.1 for F-2 classification. 2. Concrete shall have a minimum compressive strength at 28 days as indicated on the project drawings. 3. Water-cement ratio shall be kept to a minimum, and concrete slump shall not exceed by more than 12 mm of the requirements of the project drawings or as specified. 03144-D3470.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I 'i I I I I I I I , I l I ':1 I I '~ I I Ii I 11 I lj I I " iI DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 5 2.02 PANEL MATERIALS (Con't) 4. The use of high early strength concrete will be acceptable to maintain the schedule. Tilt-up Contractor's Engineer to specify minimum lift strength and provide proposals for the use of high early concrete if preferred. D. Finishes for Tilt-Wall 1. Patch all tilt wall surfaces prior to priming and painting. 2. Exterior: (1) Type 'A': Waterproof wall coating for precast wall panels. PPG-PiH-Flex 4- 110, 100% acrylic elastomeric coating and speedhide alkali resistant primer #63 or 6-603. Colours to be seiected by the consultant. Three colours will be selected. 3. Interior: (1) Trowel smooth finish of concrete E. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Reinforcing bars shall be deformed hard grade billet steel ccnforming to CSA G30.1 Grade 400W. 2. Welded wire fabric shall conform to CSA G30.5 and be the style shown on the project drawings. Fabric shall be supplied in flat sheets. F. Miscellaneous Metals: 1. Provide all inserts, dowels, and other items to be cast in panels, including items required for hoisting. 2. Steel which will be exposed in finished panels shall be plastic-tipped or hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. G. Supports for Reinforcing Steel and Welded Wire Fabric: 1. Supports may consist of metal, all-plastic, concrete or fibre-reinforced concrete materials. 2. Metal supports shall be either galvanized after fabrication or plastic-tipped. 3. All-plastic supports should be of such design as to adequately support reinforcement, provide minimal surface contact and be of such cclouring as to not be visible of any surfaces even in situations of severe exposure to grinding. Minimal surface ccntact is defined as 4 - 6 contact points with a surface area not to exceed 64.5 mm2 per contact point. Refer to CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for all-plastic high chair options. 4. Concrete or fibre-reinforced concrete supports may only be used in slab on grade situations or where surface contact is not visible. :.1. l ! II ',I ,II ,~! iiI 03144-D3470.wpd DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 6 2.03 CONCRETE CURING MATERIALS A. Liquid Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: 1. Liquid type membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C 309-91, Type I and I D, Class B. 2. Bond breaker compound shall be the liquid type, dissipating membrane-forming curing compound complying with ASTM C-300-91, Type I and I D, Class B. 3. It is preferred that the curing compound/bond breaker be the same product, and that only one manufacturer's product is used. 4. Concrete Curing of Casting Beds: All concrete in and around those areas to be used for casting shall be cured immediately after the final trowel, as soon as the bleed water recedes, with a cure/bond breaking compound complying to the above specification. Unit moisture loss shall not exceed 0.55 kg/m for a 72 hour period at temperatures no less than 380C. The curing compound shall be applied at no less than 4 square metersllitre. 2.04 SEALANT AND CAULKING MATERIALS A. Sealants: In accordance with Section 07920 - Sealants and Caulking. 2.05 BONDBREAKER A. Bondbreaking Compound: The bond breaking material shall be a dissipating membrane forming material exceeding the requirements of ASTM-C-309-91. The bondbreaking compound shall dry in 30 minutes or less at 380C, to reduce panel cleanup. B. Material must be ccmpatible with curing material. C. The bondbreaker used on the tilt-up panels cast and the casting slab must be compatible with any coating suitable for interior or exterior concrete panels and slab. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Coordinate till-up operations with Work of other trades in order that Work may be expedited and omissions and delays avoided. B. Concrete shall be so handled as to prevent segregation. Mixers, chutes, conveyors, pump hoses, and other handling equipment shall be kept clean and free of foreign matter. C. Obtain written verification of Independent Inspection & Testing Agency that casting beds meet tolerances specified herein. 3.02 CASTING OF PANELS A. Casting Slab Preparation: 1. Casting slab shall be cured. Saw cuts, cracks, or joints in the casting bed shall be filled and leveled with a sealant so as to minimize transfer of the joint line to the panel face. 03144-03470.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,::.:,..1 ~ I Iii I ,': ~i I 'II :! I Ii I .'! il I 11 ~I I I :I! il I :11 !i ~I 11 3.02 3.03 3.04 1..11 I , '~ I -,I ~I ., II I J DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 7 CASTING OF PANELS (Cont'd) 2. Temporary casting beds, if used, shall be of sufficient thickness and strength so as not to crack with the weight of the panels. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for compatib!lity of curing agents, sealants, and releasing agents utilized in the Work. If paneis are to be stacked, the trowelled surface shall be ccnsidered the casting bed and shall be treated as the same. B. Place inserts and accessories true to line and level and in accordance with dimensioned shop drawings. C. Where grooves, recesses and reveals are required in panels, assure that forming strips are straight and securely fastened to prevent movement or floating during placing operations and that alignment between adjacent panels is correct. D. Bond breaker to be applied in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions for the applicable condition. E. After placing reinforcing steel for panels, check casting slab surfaces for continuity of film. Touch-up or re-coat worn or damaged areas, taking care to prevent application of coating on reinforcing steel and inserts. F. Coordinate installation of inserts and anchorages required to be set into concrete slabs prior to casting of panels. PLACING CONCRETE A. Concrete sha.11 be thoroughly worked around reinforcement, around the embedded items, and into corners Qf the forms. B. During placing, concrete shall be consolidated. C. Cold joints shall not be permitted in an individual tilt-up panel. CURING AND PROTECTION A. Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures, and maintain without drying at a relatively constant temperature for the period of time necessary for hydration of the cement and proper hardening of the concrete in accordance with CSA A23.1. B. Apply liquid membrane curing compound in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. C. When moist curing is provided as an alternative to the use of liquid membrane: 1. Cover panels completely with burlap strips immediately after finishing. Lay as many lines of soaker hose as needed. Quickly and completely wet the entire exposed surface. 2. Cover panels com pletely with 4 mil polyethylene to prevent evaporation. The panels must be kept wet for seven days. Do not allow alternate wetting and drying. The polyethylene shall be turned over and down the edge of the forms and securely fastened. 03144-03470.wpd DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 8 3.04 CURING AND PROTECTION (Cont'd) 3. In panels or areas to be cured, weight the polyethylene with enough and type of weight to prevent normal winds for the area from blowing it off the panels. Keep panels wet until erection begins or approved by the Consultant. 3.05 HANDLING AND ERECTION OF PANELS A. Design for erection stresses and selection of lifting system and hardware shall be supplied by the contractor. B. Minimum strength of panels at time of erection shall be in accordance with the lifting design. C. Before starting erection operations, Contractorshall check relevant job site conditions insofar as they are ready for the installation of panels. Each element shall be properly marked to ccrrespond with the designation indicated on the approved Shop Drawings. D. Protect elements to prevent staining, warping, or cracking. E. Patch or repair defects in panels in a manner acceptable to the Consultant. F. Use erection equipment that will prevent damage to existing construction, permanent floor slabs, and panels. Any damage to Work shall be repaired or replaced at the Contractor's expense and in a manner acceptable to the Consultant. G. Set panels in the position assigned. Place panels on prepared setting pads as detailed on the project drawings, or proper-capacity shims. Grout space under panels for full bearing, same day panels are set. Pourable non-shrink grout is preferred. H. Panels not attached to the building frame at the time of erection shall be braced in position using a bracing system designed to resist wind, seismic, and other loads that may occur during construction and until permanent bracing is in place. Design of bracing shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. I. Dry-pack Grout Installation and Preparation: 1. Remove laitance down to sound concrete. 2. Surface to receive grout shall be rough and reasonably level. 3. Surface shall have been properly wet cured. 4. Do not use curing compounds. 5. Clean surface of oil, grease, dirt and loose particles. 6. Remove free water from concrete and bolt holes immediately before grouting. J. Concrete panels shall be as old as possible but not less than 14 days old before panel-to-panel ccnnections are made, unless approved by the Consultant. Perform welding required to attach panels to building frame and to each other, in accordance with CSA W59. K. Protection of the erected elements shall be the responsibility of the Contractor. L. Visible surfaces of the panels, when in place shall be free from surface defects readily observable from a distance of 12 meters. M. After the panels are erected, dismantle panel pickup devices and patch panels as required for a uniform appearance. 03144-03470.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I11I II 'I I I I I I I I "I I I I II 11 DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 9 3.05 HANDLING AND ERECTION OF PANELS (Cont'd) N. After panels are erected, patch holes or other blemishes in casting slab which were caused by the panel casting and erection process in a manner acceptable to the Consultant. O. All masonry walls abutting to tilt wall panels shall be connected to the tilt wall panels with galvanized biock anchors at every second course. Mechanically fasten the galvanized anchors to the tilt wall. 3.06 FINISH A. Concrete Finish: Panels shall be free of voids, cracks, spalls, protrusions, or non-uniform texture. All holes shall be filled with grout and sandblasted to present a smooth surface ready for priming and painting. 1. Exposed surfaces of panels shall be finished as indicated on the project drawings. All panels to be patched and sandblasted prior to finishing. Prime panels and apply waterproof coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. All surfaces shall receive two ccats. 2. Interior Surfaces to be painted shall be prepared to receive paint finish as specified in Section 09900. 3.07 SEALING OF PANEL JOINTS A. Clean the panel joints of contaminants, including form release agents and concrete laitance. Dust and loose particles shall be blown out or otherwise cleaned to provide proper bond. Apply sealants in accordance with manufacturer's reccmmendations. 3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing: 1. Take not less than 4 cylinders for each class of concrete, for each 115 cubic meters or fraction thereof, for each day ccncrete is cast, or not less than once for each 450 square meters of panel area. 2. Of each set of 4 cylinders, two shall be tested at 7 days and two at 28 days, 3. Casting and curing of test cylinders shall be in accordance with ASTM C31 . 4. Test cylinders and test reports shall accurately indicate in which panel, by number, the concrete represented by each test cylinder was placed. 5. Copies of test reports shall be distributed to Owner, Consultant, Building Official, and Contractor. Reports shall indicate location of tests, dates, technician, and other pertinent information. II B. Deficient Compressive Strength: 1. in the event that concrete tests indicate a 7-day or 28-day strength below that which was specified, the Contractor with the agreement of the Consultant shall have the mix adjusted so that subsequent concrete will comply with the minimum strength requirements. The Owner may require core specimens to be taken and tested, at the Contractor's expense. If ccre tests fall below minimum requirements, as determined by the Consultant, the concrete in place will be deemed to be defective. This concrete shall be removed and replaced or strengthened in a manner acceptabie to the Owner and Architect/Engineer, at the Contractor's expense. Any demolition or repair of other materials or systems as a result of repair or replacement of defective concrete shall be at the Contractor's expense. II I 'II ~I 03144-03470. 'Npd ;/ DIVISION 03 SECTION 03470 TILT-UP CONCRETE Pa~e 10 3.09 CRACKED AND DAMAGED PANELS A. Panels damaged during erection, cracks readily visible from 12 meters, permanent bowing occurring from erection, and spalls, shall be repaired or replaced to the satisfaction of the Consultant. 3.10 CLEANING A. When Work of this Section has been completed, remove trash, debris, surplus materials, tools and equipment from site. 3.11 PROTECTION A. During the period of this Work, protect tilt-up concrete finished concrete surfaces from damage by subsequent construction operations. End of Section 03144-03470.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I jj I , 1. ! -III , ~i I .~ !! I III i-'I !I !11 J I !II .~ " II ~I .jl I I I .~ I ,I , i .~ I .~ I DIVISION 4 SECTION 04080 MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. Concrete Tilt-Up Concrete Masonry Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Section 03300 Section 03470 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 05500 Section 061 00 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A CSA-A370, Connectors for Masonry. B. CSA-A371, Masonry Construction for Buildings. C. CSA-S304, Masonry Design for Buildings. D. CSA G30.3, Cold-Drawn Steel Wire for Concrete Reinforcement. E. CSA G30.12, Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement. F. CSA W186, Welding of Reinforcing Bars in Reinforced Concrete Construction. 1.04 SAMPLES A. Submit the following samples in accordance with Section 01330: .1 Two (2) of each type of masonry reinforcing and connector specified. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Connectors: to CSA-A370 hot dipped galvanized. 1. Column Ties: Ferro CAT Tie (Column Adjustable Tie), spot weld to columns at 400 mm c/c. 2. For tying masonry veneer to wood framed roof curbs: Fero Stud Shear Connector attached to the side of the stud before sheathing installation with fasteners recommended and supplied by the manufacturer. B. Bar Reinforcement: To CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.18, grade400R, deformed billet steel bars. C. Insulation Retainers: Nylon or neoprene wedges with faced locking system compatible with masonry reinforcing, purpose made: Blok-Lok Wedge-Lok Insulation Retainers or Fero Piastic Insulation Retainer Clips. II ~I ! 11 D. 03144-040BO.wpd Wire Reinforcement: To CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.3, truss type: (1) Interior non bearing walls: bright wire finish, standard duty, 9 gauge (3.66 mm) wire diameter: Blok-Trus BL-30 by Blok-Lok Ltd. (2) Interior bearing walls: hot dipped galvanized to CAN3-S304, 3/16" (4.76 mm) wire diameter, Blok-Trus BL-30 by Blok-Lok Ltd. DIVISION 4 SECTION 04080 MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS Pa~e 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) (3) Cavity Walls: hot dipped galvanized to CAN3-S304, 4.76 mm wire diameter, to suit overall wall thickness. Adjustable Econo-Cavity Blok-Trus II BL-37 by Blok-Lok Ltd. D. All metal components: hot dipped zinc galvanized to CAN3-S304 unless otrherwise indicated. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with CAN/CSA-A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steei Institute of Ontario. B. Fabricate connectors in accordance with CAN3-A370. C. Obtain Consultant's approval for locations of reinforcement splices other than shown on placing drawings. D. Upon approval of Consultant, weld reinforcement in accordance with CSA W186. E. Ship reinforcement and connectors, clearly identified in accordance with drawings. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Prior to placing concrete, mortar or grout, obtain Consultant's approval of placement of reinforcement and connectors. B. Install masonry connectors in accordance with CAN3-A370, CAN3-A371, CAN/CSA-A23.1 and CAN3-S304 unless indicated otherwise. C. Connector spacing shall be in accordance with CSA S304.1 but not greater than 600 mm o.c. vertically and 800 mm o.c. horizontally. Stagger successive rows 400 mm horizontally. 3.02 REINFORCEMENT A. Unless otherwise noted on plans, all masonry walls shall be reinforced with joint reinforcement. B. Reinforcement shall be installed in the first and seccnd bed joints, 200 mm apart immediately above lintels and below sill at openings, and in bed joints at 400 mm vertical intervals elsewhere. Reinforcement in the second bed joint above or below openings shall extend two feet beyond the jambs. All other reinforcement shall be continuous except that it shall not pass through vertical masonry control joints. Side rods shall be lapped at least 150 mm at splices. C. Use prefabricated corner and tee sections for continuous reinforcement at corners and intersecting walls. D. Terminate reinforcement 25 mm short of each side of ccntrol joints as indicated. 03144-04080.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I " , ,,~ I " : I II I i 1.1 J I I ~I 'I ~I ,'I , 111 I I II II II II .11 , 1. II 3.04 3.05 3.06 DIVISION 4 SECTION 04080 MASONRY REINFORCEMENT AND CONNECTORS Pa~e 3 3.02 REINFORCEMENT (Cont'd) E. Vertical reinforcement shall have a minimum clearance of 13 mm from the masonry and not less than one bar diameter between bars. F. All block cores containing vertical reinforcing and/or anchor bolts shall be solidly filled with non shrink grout. 3.02 BONDING AND TYING A. Bond walls of two or more wythes using metal connectors and wire reinforcement in accordance with NBC CAN3-S304, CAN3-A371 and as indicated. B. Tie masonry veneer to backing in acccrdance with NBC, CAN3-S304, CAN3-A371 and as indicated herein. C. Install insulation retainer clip at all connectors and ties in cavity wall system. 3.03 REINFORCED LINTELS AND BOND BEAMS A. Reinforce masonry lintels and bond beams as indicated. B. Place and grout reinforcement in accordance with CAN3-S304. METAL ANCHORS A. Do metal anchors as indicated. LATERAL SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE A. Do lateral support and anchorage in accordance with CAN3-S304 and as indicated. B. Lateral support at top of masonry walls shown on the structural drawings is specified under Section 05500. CONTROL JOINTS A. Terminate rei~forcement 1" (25 mm) short of each side of control jOints unless otherwise indicated. 3.07 FIELD BENDING A. Do not field bend reinforcement and connectors except where Indicated or authorized by Consultant. B. When field bending is authorized, bend without heat, applying a slow and steady pressure. C. Replace bars and ccnnectors which develop cracks or splits. 3.08 FIELD TOUCH-UP A. Touch up damaged and cut ends of galvanized reinforcement steel and connectors with ccmpatible finish to provide continuous coating. End of Section 03144-04080.wpd j! I ! I I .~ I , :11 :Ii II 'Ji 'II 1 "I 11 "~ I I I I ill I -ill I DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Concrete Tilt-up Concrete Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals Joint Sealers Hollow Metal Doors Frames and Screens Painting Section 03300 Section 03470 Section 04080 Section 05120 Section 05500 Section 07270 Section 07900 Section 08100 Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Concrete masonry units shall conform to CSA CAN3-A 165.1 and the Ontario Concrete Block Association Quality Assurance Program. B. Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 except where specified otherwise. C. Masonry connectors shall ccmply with CAN3-A370 and CAN3-S304. D. Masonry reinforcement shall ccmplywith CAN3-A371 and CSA G30.3. E. Conform to Ontario Building Code, Ontario Regulation 403/97. F. Do masonry mortar and grout work in accordance with CSA A179. 1.04 QUALIFICATION A. The masonry sub-contractor shall have a minimum of five (5) years continuous documented Canadian experience in work of the type and quality shown and specified. Proof of experience shall be submitted when requested by the Consultant and shall be subject to the approval of the Consultant. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be kept clean and dry. B. Deliver cement, lime and mortar ingredients with manufacturer's seal and labels intact. C. Cementitious material and aggregates shall be stored in acccrdance with the requirements of CAN A23.1-M90. D. Exposed units which become stained or chipped, surface marked or scratched, and materials which are affected by inadequate protection shall be replaced, at no additional expense to the Owner. ....ill 11 " 1. ! ~I E. Masonry units shall be delivered to site in protective film and shall be stored without ccntact with ground or ground water. 03144--04200.wpd . DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 2 1.06 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine work of other trades for defects or discrepancies and report same in writing to Consultant. B. Installation of any part of this work shall constitute acceptance of such surfaces as being satisfactory. 1.07 COLD WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Supplement Clause 5.15.2 of CAN3-A371 with the following requirements: 1. Maintain temperature of mortar between 50C and 500C until batch is used. 1.08 HOT WEATHER REQUIREMENTS A. Protect freshly laid masonry from drying too rapidly by means of waterproof, non-staining coverings. 1.09 PROTECTION A. Keep masonry dry using secure waterproof, non "staining coverings that extend over walls and down sides sufficient to protect walls from snow, rain and dirt, until masonry work is completed and protected by flashings or other permanent construction. B. Protect masonry and other work from marking and other damage. Protect completed work from mortar droppings. Use non-staining coverings. C. Provide temporary bracing of masonry work during and after erection until mortar has cured and permanent lateral support is in place. 1.10 MOCK-UP A. Prior to proceeding with the work of this section, construct a 1200 mm long x 1000 mm high panel mock-up of each wall type, to establish for the Architect's review and acceptance, the generai construction and appearance of the installed masonry walls including mortar colours. Mock-up panel shall incorporate each type of masonry unit, use of reinforcement, connectors, through wall flashings, air barriers, weep holes, jointing, coursing, mortar and workmanship. B. Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with the work. C. Erect as many panels as are necessary to obtain Consultant's acceptance without additional cost to the Owner. Remove rejected panels from site. D. Upon the Consultant's acceptance, complete all masonry work in strict accordance with the standards established by the Consultant in the mock-up. E. The accepted mock-up panel shall remain intact until the work of this section has been accepted by the Consuitant and shall serve as the basis of standard for the work. 03144-0420D.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,II I I .11 ;11 I I I I I ~ 1 I I I I I i 'ill I ji I ,H i 11 ': ~I " ~I DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 3 1.11 SUBMITTALS A. Submit laboratory test and O.C.B.A Quality Assurance Test Certificates certifying compliance of concrete masonry units with specification requirements. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials specified herein. B. Masonrv Units: Concrete Block: Modular, conforming to CSA A165 Series-M, Concrete Masonry Units. 1. H/20/A1M concrete masonry units autoclaved to be used at all load bearing masonry walls. 2. H/15/AM concrete, masonry units, autociaved. At all other locations unless noted otherwise. 3. Special Units - Bullnose and corner blocks, base blocks, fillers, bond beam and lintel blocks, and the like as may be required. 4. Exposed block shall all be made by one manufacturer and shall be uniform in cclour, shade and tex1ure. 5. Type of concrete to conform to Table 5.1 of the Ontario Concrete Block Association Handbook, Fire Performance Properties. Refer to drawings for other Fire Resistance Ratings. C. Masonrv Reinforcement and Connectors: 1. Bar Reinforcement, wire reinforcement, connectors and ties: as specified in Section 04080. D. Control Joint Filler - to ASTM D5249, Type 2, Flexibile foam, 9.5 mm thick by width of wall: Unifoam Rl009 - Flexible by Goodco Limited Sealtight Ceramar by W. R. Meadows Canada Limited. E. Pre-manufactured Masonrv Control Joint: The use of pre-manufactured controi joints in lieu of the specified Built-up type of joint is at the option of the Contractor. Control joints as manufactured by the following are acceptabie: Wall-Tite by Blok-Lok Limited Rapid Control Joint- Wide Flange - by Dur-O-Wall Limited F. Mortar and Grout: Conforming to CSAA179 1. Use same brand of material and source of aggregate for entire project. 2. Aggregate: CSAA179 fine grain aggregates. 3. Cement: normai Portland to CAN/CSA-A5, Type 10. 4. Water shall be clean, potable and free of deleterious amounts of acid, alkalies, or organic materials. 03144-04200.wpd DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 4 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) 5. Hydrated Lime: Type'S' to ASTM C207. 6. Type'S' mortar shall be used for all concrete block and architectural concrete block masonry work. 7. Proprietary Mortar Mixes: St. Lawrence Cement Company, Blue Circle Cement, Daubois Inc., Lafarge Canada. Mortar mixes shall conform to mix requirements specified. 8. Mortar cclour for masonry work shall be grey. 9. Admixtures of any kind are not allowed expect as specified for coloured mortar. 10. Grout: to CSAA179, Table 3. 11. Premixed, non shrink grout: V3 by W.R. Meadows of Canada, NS Grout by Euclid. 12. Parging Mortar: Type N, to CSAA179. G. Other Materials: all other materials not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of masonry, shall be as selected by the Contractor subject to approval by the Consultant. 2.02 MIXES A. Mixing: Prepare and mix mortar materials under strict supervision, and in small batches only for immediate use. Mix proprietary mortars in strict acccrdance with manufacturer's instructions to produce the specified mortar types in accordance with CSA A 179. Do not use retempered mortars. B. Take representative samples fortesting cons istency of strength and colour according to CSA A179. C. Use mortar within 2 hours after mixing at temperatures of 26 degrees C, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 10 degrees C. 2.03 FABRICATION A. Fabricate reinforcing in accordance with CAN/CSA A23.1 and Reinforcing Steel Manual of Standard Practice by the Reinforcing Steel Institute of Ontario. B. Lintels in non-load-bearing walls shall be constructed with special bond or lintel block units unless shown otherwise on plans. Linteis shall bear 150 mm minimum and bearing shall be isolated with two layers of heavy asphalt coated paper. C. Reinforcing steel in lintels shall be 2 x 20 M bars or as noted on drawings. D. Concrete fill for lintels shall be 25 MPA or as noted on the drawings. Concrete shall be as specified in Section 03300. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Do masonry work in accordance with CAN3-A371 except where specified otherwise. B. Build masonry plumb, level and true to line, with vertical joints in alignment. 03144-04200.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .~ I ,~ I ~ I ~i 11 I I I ~I 1 I I I I I I ;Ii I j Ii ! '1 !! ~ I :1 1. .1 DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 5 3.01 GENERAL (Cont'd) C. Layout coursing and bond to achieve correct coursing heights and continuity of bond above and below openings, with minimum cutting. D. A competent masonry foreman shall supervise and direct the work and only skilled masons shall execute the work of this Section. The workmanship in ccnstruction of exposed masonry walls shall be of highest calibre and first class in all respects. E. Chipped, cracked or stained, and unsatisfactory material or workmanship of all masonrywork shall be replaced with undamaged units.. F. Co-ordinate work of this Section with others such as, field weiding of anchors to steel work, insulation application, installation of conduit and electrical boxes, and the like. Prepare all items to built-in as the work proceeds, either supplied and installed by other trades or installed under this Section. G. Walls shall be ccnstructed as true planes and when tested with a 3 metre straight edge placed anywhere on the wall in any direction shall be true within 3 mm. H. Variation in the Sizes of Wall Openings: A 6 mm maximum variation is allowed from the actual designated size of wall openings. I. All mortar shall be used and placed in final position within 2-1/2 hours of mixing. Mortar not used within this time limit shall be discarded. J. Buttering ccrners of units, throwing mortar droppings into joints, deep or excessive furrowing of bed joints, will not be permitted. Do not shift or tap units after mortar has taken initial set. Where adjustment must be made after mortar has started to set, remove mortar and repiace with fresh supply. Bed and vertical joints shall be evenly and solidly filled with mortar. K. Lay all joints 10 mm thick (uniform) unless otherwise specified or otherwise indicated on drawings or instructed by the Consultant. All joints shall be full of mortar except where specifically designated to be left open. L. All joints shall be slightly concave. Use sufficient force to press mortar tight against masonry units on both sides of joints. Remove excess material or burrs left after jointing by means of a trowel or rubbing with burlap bag. 3.02 BLOCK WORK A. Provide special shapes and sizes as required such a halves, jambs, lintels, solids, corners, bullnoses and double bullnoses, semi-solids, ashlar, etc. B. Lay block with webs to align plumb over each other with thick ends of webs up. The top course of all partitions which do not pass through a ceiling or up to the underside of a roof deck shall have the open cells filled solid. C. Cut exposed block with power driven abrasive cutting disc or diamond cutting wheel for flush mounted electrical outlets, grilles, pipes, ccnduits, leaving 3 mm maximum clearance. D. Do not wet concrete masonry before or during laying in wall. 03144-04200.wpd DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 6 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 3.02 BLOCK WORK (Cont'd) E. Fill all vertical and bed joints, including plain end faces, through the entire wall thickness soiidly with mortar. F. Bond intersecting block walls in alternate ccurses. G. Do not break bond of exposed walls where partitions intersect and if bond would show through on exposed face of walls. Bond these partitions to walls they intersect with prefabricated intersection masonry reinforcement in each course. H. In concrete masonry walls where shown on drawings provide through wall control joints full height of wall. Joint shall be 10 mm wide and formed by building up one side of the control joint and applying a double layer of tarred paper or asphalt emulsion to prevent mortar bonding. The other side of joint shall be built up to the same height and the resulting key cavity filled solid with mortar as each course is laid. Rake out vertical joint between block ends to a depth of 20 mm full height both sides and leave ready for caulking seaiant. Pre-manufactured controi joints as specified herein may be used in lieu of built-up type of joint. I. Terminate non load bearing walls within 20 mm of structure above unless indicated otherwise. J. Where walls are pierced by structural members, ducts, pipes, fill voids with mortar to within 20 mm of such members. K. Fill spaces between non-load bearing walls and structure, ducts and pipes with ccmpressed glass fibre or mineral wool Insulation completely from one side of wall to other. L. For fire separations, fill around wall penetrations and between top of wall and deck/structure with Fire Stop Seaiant specified in Section 07270 to provide the same rating as the wall. 3.03 REINFORCEMENT A. Refer to Section 04080. 3.04 CONNECTORS A. Refer to Section 04080. 3.05 CONTROL JOINTS A. Provide continuous joints as indicted. B. Break vertical mortar bond with extruded neoprene gasket or building paper. C. Prime ccntrol joint to prevent drying out of caulking material. 3.06 CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS A. Install reinforced concrete block lintels over openings in masonry walls where steel or reinforced concrete lintels are not indicated. 03144-04200.wpd , ~11 " ..~ I 11 _ il I I I I I ~I ,1 I I I I II ~I :11 :1 :1 11 II 3.06 3.07 3.08 3.09 3.10 3.11 3.12 DIVISION 4 SECTiON 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 7 CONCRETE MASONRY LINTELS (Cont'd) B. End bearing: not less than 200 mm. C. Refer to Section 04080. LOOSE STEEL LINTELS A. Install loose steel lintels. Centre over opening width. Lintels supplied under Section 05500. SUPPORT OF LOADS A. Use 25 MPa concrete unless specified otherwise on the Drawings, where concrete fill is used in lieu of solid units. B. Use grout to CSA A 179 where grout Is used in iieu of solid units. C. Install building paper below voids to be filled with grout. Keep paper 25 mm back from face of units. GROUTING A. Grout masonry in accordance with CAN3-S304 and as indicated. LATERAL SUPPORT AND ANCHORAGE A. Refer to Section 04080. TEMPORARY WALL BRACING A. Design and provide all required temporary engineered wall bracing. B. Brace masonry walls to resist wind pressure and other lateral loads during construction. Bracing of all masonry walls during construction and prior to completion of supporting structures is a mandatory requirement. BUILT-INS A. Buiid in items provided by other Sections, including bearing plates, door frames, anchor bolts, sleeves, inserts and loose steel lintels. Build in items to present a neat, rigid, true and plumb installation. Leave wall openings required for ducts, grilles, pipes and other items. B. Fill voids between masonry and metal frames with masonry mortar or insulation, as indicated on drawings or as required to provide a neat finished appearance. C. Set wall plates on masonry in non-shrink grout in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. D. Do all cutting, fitting, drilling, patching and making good for other trades in masonry work. E. Consultant's approval shall be obtained before cutting. 03144.04200.wpd j DIVISION 4 SECTION 04200 MASONRY Pa~e 8 I I I I I I I I I 3.13 REPOINTING OR TUCK POINTING A. Repoint defective joints as follows: 1. Cut back joints 12 mm, taking care not to damage units. Remove dust and loose materials by brushing or by water jet. If water jet is used, allow excess water to drain before repointing. 2. Repoint with original mix. 3. Pack mortar tightly in thin layers, and tool to required joint finish. 3.14 CLEANING A. Obtain and follow material manufacturer's written instructions for Cleaning. Test sample area, 3.0 m x 3.0 m, to judge effectiveness of cleaning procedures and secure Consultant's approval. B. Keep wall clean and free of mortar stains during laying. Allow mortar droppings which adhere to wall to dry out but not set. Then rub with smali piece of masonry followed by brushing to remove all traces. On completion of masonry, after mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean masonry thoroughly. C. Protect windows, trim and metal. End of Section I I I I I I I I I I D. Remove mortar with wood paddles and scrapers before wetting. Saturate masonry with clean water and flush off ioose mortar and dirt. Clean block work using water, scrubbing brushes and wood paddles only. E. Remove mortar from concrete floor slabs. F. Leave entire area vacuum clean. 3.17 PROTECTION A. Protect masonry units from damage resulting from subsequent construction operations. B. Use protection materials and methods which will not stain or damage masonry units. C. Remove protection materials upon Substantial Performance of the Work, or when risk of damage is no longer present. 03144-042QO.wpd I I II I I I I I I I "II PART 1: GENERAL DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 1 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Concrete Masonry Reinforcement and Connectors Masonry Steel Joists Steel Roof Deck Metal Fabrications Painting Section 03300 Section 04080 Section 04200 Section 0521 0 Section 0531 0 Section 05500 Section 09900 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Undertake welding and/or welding inspection by welders fully approved to one or more of the following codes and reference standards where applicable: CSAW47.1 CSA W59 CSA W178.1 CSA W178.2 Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Weiding) Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations Certification of Welding Inspectors B. Fabricate structural steel only by a Fabrication Member of the Canadian Institute of Steel Construction. ,II 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work of this Section in conformance with the specified requirements of: I 11 II II II 11 I 11 B. 03144-05120.wp<l 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles CAN/CSA-S16.1-M, Limit States Design of Steel Structures CAN/CSA-S136-M, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members SSPC-SP 6-91, Structural Steel Painting Council, Commercial Blast Cleaning ASTM A653/A653M, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized), or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process ASTM A 570/A570M, Specification for Steei, Sheet and Strip, Hot-Rolled, Structural Quality American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC) Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges, Section 10, Architectural Exposed Structural Steel, latest edition. ASTM A 108, Specifications for Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold Finished, Standard Quality. 6. 7. 8. Connections: 1. Connections designed by Consultant: Submission of shop drawings for ccnnection which have been detailed on Drawings by Consultant shall represent acceptance by Contractor that connection can be executed successfully. DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 2 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) 2. Other connections: (1) Design of other connections which cannot be selected from standard designs tabulated in CISC Handbook of Steel Construction shall be by a Professional Engineer, licensed in the Province of Ontario, experienced in structural steel connection design. Consultant will review connection arrangement to verify general conformance with overall design concept of structure. Connection design engineer shall be insured against professionalliabiiity in accordance with section 74 subsection (1) of Regulation 941 of the Ontario Professional Engineers Act. The alternative of compliance with subsection (2) is not acceptable. (2) (3) C. Design: 1. Connections: (1) Provide bolted or welded connections, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. (2) Use high strength bolts, except that A307 bolts may be used for connections of roofpurlins, bridging, girts and trimmer beams not connecting to columns, unless otherwise note don Drawings. (3) Use slip resistant (friction-type) connections for bolted joints designed to resist reversible forces, except that bolt capacity need not be so limited under seismic force. (4) Provide tension adjustment hardware at rod type bracing and at flat bar type bracing. (5) Do not permit connections to encroach on clearance lines required for installation of Work of other Sections. 2. Beam Connections: (1) Provide ccnnections adequate to resist reaction of beam, when beam is loaded to maximum flexural capacity under uniformly distributed load, unless reaction or connection detail is shown on Drawings. For composite beam construction, use flexural capacity of composite section based on 100 percent shear connection of beam to slab. (2) Provide flexible beam ccnnections for unrestrained members in acccrdance with CSA S16.1, unless shown otherwise on Drawings. (3) Select connections, wherever possible, from standard designs tabulated in current edition of CISC Handbook of Steel Construction, except that length of beam web angles shall not be less than half the depth of beam, and single angles shall not be used for beams deeper than 610 mm. (4) Provide direct connections to flanges of spandrel beams (exterior perimeter beams) to restrain twisting. (5) Do not use fish plate, shear plate or tab connection. D. Random Splicing: Obtain in writing from Consultant, prior to commencement of shop drawings, special requirements that will be imposed as a necessary condition of acceptance of members with randomly located butt welded splices. 03144-05120.wpd I I I I I 1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 5 SECTiON 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Page 3 1.05 TOLERANCES A. In addition to tolerances specified in CAN 3-S16.1, erect shelf angles and sash angles attached to steel frame within a tolerance of 3 mm plus or minus, with abutting ends of members at the same level. 1.06 INSPECTION & TESTING A. Inspection and testing of materials and shop fabrication of Work of this Section, and field quality ccntrol, will be performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by the Owner. B. The Inspection and Testing Company shall meet qualification requirements of CSA W178.1, and shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category 1 Buildings. C. Welding Inspectors and supervisors shall be certified by Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA W178.2, to minimum level 2 certification. D. Provide free access for inspectors to all places work is being performed, whether on site or off. E. Mill inspection shall ensure that materials conform to specified requirements. Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials, will be accepted in lieu of physical tests. F. Shop inspection shall ensure that structural steel is fabricated in accordance with the shop drawings, and the specified fabrication and welding procedures. G. The cost of inspection and testing of splices introduced by the fabricator and not required on the Contract Documents will be paid by the Contractor. H. Inspection and Testing Company when appointed shall carry out shop inspection to verify: I I I 11 II 11 , 1. Structural materials and paint conform to Specifications. Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials, will be accepted in lieu of physical tests of structural materials. 2. Fabrication and welding ccnforms to Specifications and dimensioned shop drawings. 3. Shop painting, and cleaning and preparation for same, conform to specified requirements. 4. Surfaces inaccessible for cleaning and painting after assembly are treated before assembly. 5. For surfaces painted with zinc rich paint or zinc primer, specified surface preparation is followed and specified paint thickness is applied. 6. Non-destructive Testing of Welded Connections: Carry out non-destructive testing of welded connections chosen at random as follows: (1) 10% of moment connections involving use of fillet welds, by magnetic particle inspections. (2) All moment connections and all connections in direct tension invoiving use of sf Full Penetration Groove welds, by ultrasonic testing. (3) Where moments are transferred by either fillet welds or groove welds into end plates in ''T" joint configurations, examine base metals for lamellar tearing or cracking, by ultrasonic testing. 03144-05120.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 4 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit proof of connection design engineers professional liability insurance when requested by the Consultant. B. Submit shop and erection drawings in accordance with General Conditions. Submit typical details of connections and any special connections for review before preparation of shop drawings. Assume responsibility for the accuracy of Work. Review of submitted shop drawings is to ensure only that the Contract Documents are being correctly interpreted. C. Professional Engineer responsible for connection design shall sign and seal each shop drawing. D. Show on shop drawings the size, spacing, and the location of structural steel members, connections, attachments, reinforcing, anchorage and all necessary plans, elevations and details. E. Show splice locations and details. F. Welded connections shall be designated by welding symbols in compliance with American Welding Society, AWS 2.068, Welding Symbols, and indicate clearly net weid lengths. G. Submit design calculations if requested by the Consultant. H. Submit to the Engineer for review, diagrams showing proposed methods of erection. I. Field Work Drawings shall be submitted as shop drawings. J. Submit paint manufacturer's certification that performance of specified paint will meet the requirements of the CISC/CPMA standard specified. K. Notify Consultant in writing of any deviations in shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents. 1.08 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver products that are only supplied under work of this Section to those who are responsible for their installation, to the place they direct and to meet construction schedule. B. Handle and store structural steel in such a manner that no damage, including corrosion, is caused to the stored or erected work, or to other property. C. Protect architecturally exposed steel during fabrication, handling storage and erection to prevent marring of surfaces exposed to view, by marking, bending, coarse grinding or denting. 03144-05120.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il II il DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 5 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Rolled shapes, hollow structural sections, plates and rods: new steel, in compliance with CSA and/or ASTM Standards indicated on Structural Drawings. B. High Strength Bolts: to meet specified requirements of ASTM A325M. Specification for High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints, including Suitable Nuts and Plain Hardened Washers. Machine Bolts: to meet specified requirements of ASTM A307, Specification for Carbon Steel, Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. Anchor Bolts: to meet specified requirements of ASTM A307, Specification for Carbon Steel, Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners. Studs: to ASTM Al08. C. Welding Electrodes - to meet the requirements set forth in the applicable standard of the CSA W48 Series on welding electrodes. (Any process which produces deposited weld metal meeting the requirements of the applicable W48 Series Standard for any grade of arc welding electrodes shall be accepted as equivalent to the use of such electrodes.) D. Shop Coat Paint: for steel that will not receive finish coat. To meet specified requirements of CISC/CPMA Standard 1-73a, Quick-Drying One Coat Paint for Use on Structural Steel. E. Prime Paint: to meet requirements of CISC/CPMa 2-75, a Quick-Drying Primer for use on Structural Steel. F. Inorganic Zinc Primer: to CGSB l-GP-171M : Metalhide One Pac Zinc Rich by PPG Canada Inc. : Dlmetcote 9, by Amercoat Canada Inc. : Cathacoat 313 by ICI (Glidden) Paints II G. Zinc-Filled Epoxy Polyamide Primer: : Carboline 658, by Corrosion Service Co. Ltd. : Amercoat 68A, by Amercoat Canada inc. : Glid-Zinc 5526/5527/5528, by ICI (Glidden) Paints H. Zinc Rich Paint: to CGSB l-GP-l.181-92 : Galvafroid by W. R. Meadows Ltd. : Devoe 13034 by ICI (Glidden) Paints I II ]1 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION 11 A. Fabricate work of this Section in compliance with CAN 3-S16.1, and as specified following. II 03144.05120.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 6 3.01 FABRICATION (Cont'd) B. Connections - Make bolted or welded connections. Use high strength bolts, except that machine bolts may be used for connections of roof purlins, bridging, seccndary bracing, girts and trimmer beams not ccnnecting to columns, unless otherwise noted on Drawings. Use friction type high strength bolts for the connections of bracing members (Diagonal Kickers) resisting the effects of applied lateral loads. Provide tension adjustment at fiat bar and rod type lateral bracing. Do not permit connections to encroach on the clearance lines required for the installation of work of this Section. C. Beam Connections: Provide beam ccnnections adequate to resist the reactions produced by the framing or load conditions. Provide beam to column connections that apply vertical reaction with negligible eccentricity at the ccnnecting face of the column, such as single or double beam web connections, end plate connections or unstiffened seats, unless otherwise shown on Drawings. Submit for review, in advance ofthe preparation of shop drawings, connections which do not meetthese requirements. Provide connections complying with the requirements of the CISC Handbook of Steel Construction, except that the length of beam web angles shall not be less than half the depth of the beam and single angles shall not be used for beams deeper than 610 mm. Provide direct ccnnections to fianges of spandrel beams to restrain twisting. Do not use fish plate or shear plate connections. D. Holes in Structural Members: Punch holes 11 mm to 27 mm in diameter as required for attaching the work of other Sections to structural steel members. Locate holes so that no appreciable reduction of the strength of members is caused. Provide holes for pipes and ducts, and reinforce openings as indicated on drawings. Cutting of holes in structural members in the field will not be permitted except with written approval of the Engineer. Provide effective drainage holes to prevent the accumulation of water in tubular members. E. Member Separators: Provide separators at approximate spacing of 1200 mm o.c. for double beams and channels as follows: 1. For beams and channels 225 mm or less in depth: one or two rows of pipe separators. 03144~05120.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~II I ;.1 I ";1 I I I I I I I I I I I 3.01 11 II II II 3.02 '1,,'" ! ~I DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Page 7 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 2. For beams and channels over 225 mm in depth: channel separators, unless otherwise detailed on Drawings. F. Built-up Compression Members - General Requirements: Comply with the requirements of Clause 18 of CAN 3-816.1, for all built up compression members of fabricated joists and trusses. G. Column Bearing Plates: Mill column bearing plates under column bearing unless plate is sufficiently flat to give adequate contact bearing between column and plate. H. Masonry Anchors: Provide masonry strap anchors welded to structural steel. Provide for attachment of adjustable flexible anchors that are supplied by mason. Provide wall anchors for beams bearing on masonry or ccncrete. I. Masonry Lintels: Provide 200 mm bearing for angle lintels, and bolt or weld together upstanding legs at 610 mm centres. J. Structural Steel Painting: Paint in accordance with manufacturer's published directions. Paint steel in the shop under cover. Keep painted members under cover until the paint has dried. Clean and prepare surfaces, as appropriate for paint specified, in accordance with CISC/CPMA Standard 2-75 or clean steel in compliance with SSPC-SP6, Steel Structures Painting Council Standard for Commercial Blast Cleaning, where zinc rich paint is shop applied. Where paint is applied adjacent to welded joints, remove it to bare metal for a distance of at least 50 mm beyond sides of joints. Do not paint surfaces and edges to be field welded, contact surfaces of friction type ccnnections assembled by high strength bolts, surfaces encased in or in ccntact with ccncrete. Paint interior steel surfaces that are not specified to receive top coat or zinc primer or zinc- rich paint, with one coat of paint to CISC/CPMA 1-73a. Give surfaces of all structurai steei which will be exposed on the exterior of the building, within the Ice Pad areas and any other areas noted on the structural drawings, two ccats of zinc rich paint applied to an aggregate minimum dry film thickness averaging 4 mils but not less than 3 mils. Give all other steel surfaces not noted above which are to receive a top ccating, one shop ccat of prime paint to CISC/CPMA 2-75. K. Galvanizing: Gaivanize lintels, architectural block support angles and other members as indicated, after shop welding is compiete. EXAMINATION A. Verify, before delivery of structural steel, that work of other Sections on which work of this Section is dependent is correctly installed and located. 03144-05120.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Pa~e 8 3.03 PREPARATION A. Supply anchor bolts, base and bearing plates and other members to be built in under work of other Sections as the work progresses. Co-operate with installers of this work and provide instructions for setting items to be built-in. 3.04 ERECTION A. Comply with CAN 3-S16.1 and the By-Laws of the Municipality in erection of work of this Section. B. Make adequate provIsion for horizontal and vertical erection loads and for sufficient temporary bracing to keep structural frame piumb and in true alignment until the completion of erection, and the installation of masonry, concrete work, and floor and roof decks which provide the necessary permanent bracing. C. Provide temporary steel members as may be required for erection purposes and remove them when no longer required. D. Installation of Bearing and Column Base Plates - Install bearing plates and standard wall anchors for beams bearing on masonry or concrete. Set ioose beam bearing plates and column base plates, at proper elevation, true and level, with steel shims, ready for grouting as specified under work of other Sections. E. Erect architecturally exposed steel in acccrdance with specified requirements of AISC Code of Standard Practice, Section 10, Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel. 3.05 COATING TOUCH-UP A. Clean welds with wire brushes and wash down with clean water to ensure no residue from eiectrodes is present. B. After erection, give one ccat of prime coat or zinc rich paint as applicable and specified for shop coat to field bolts, field connections, burnt areas, and abrasions or damage to shop ccats . C. Touch up all areas with a specified paint film thickness. D. Give areas of bare metal on galvanized members two coats of zinc-rich paint. 3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection and Testing Company, when appointed as specified in Source Quality Control elsewhere in this Section, shall perform: 1. Inspection of erection and fit-up, including placing, plumbing, levelling and temporary bracing and conformance with specified tolerances. 2. Inspection of bolted ccnnections, including verification that A307 A325/A325M snug tight only bolts, and A324/A325M pretensioned boits have been used appropriately, and that threads are excluded from shear plane where required. 3. Inspection of welded joints, including slag removal. 03144-05120.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I . . I I I . I I I I . il 3.06 3.07 '. II 'II 'I,' 'i 11 :11 11 DIVISION 5 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL Page 9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL (Cont'd) 4. General inspection offield cutting and alterations; report immediately to Consultant, alterations or cutting not shown on reviewed shop drawings. 5. General inspection of shop coating touch-up. 6. Inspection of zinc primer and zinc-rich paint, including surface preparation and coating thickness. DEFECTIVE WORK A. Variations in excess of specified tolerances, and failure of materials or workmanship to meet requirements of this specification, and which cannot be repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective Work performed by this Section. B. Replace defective Work, as directed by Consultant. C. Contractor shall pay for additional inspection and testing, redesign, corrective measures, and related expenses if Work has proven to be deficient. End of Section 03144-05120.wpd , ~II I I I I I I I I I il DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. D. E. Concrete Reinforcement Concrete Masonry Structural Steel Steel Roof Deck Section 03200 Section 03300 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 05310 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications 1. Undertake welding only by welders fully approved to one or more of the following codes and reference standards as appropriate: CSA W47.1, Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures. CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Welding). CSA W178, Qualification Code for Welding Inspection Organizations. B. Reference Standards 1. Perform work of this Section in conformance with the specified requirements to the following standards, including all revisions thereto: II :1 '! CAN/CSA S16.1, Steel Structures for Buildings - (Limit States Design). CAN/CSA S 136 Cold Formed Structural Steel Members. The National Building Code of Canada, 1995 Edition (NBC). The Suppiement to the National Building Code of Canada, 1995 Edition. C. Desiqn Criteria jl 1. 2. Design joists to carry loads indicated on structural drawings. Design joist to ensure that total load deflection does not exceed 11240 of the span and live load deflection does not exceed 11360 of the span. Analyse joists composed wholly or in part of cold formed structural members as rigidly connected linear elastic frame works, including all joint eccentricities. Design cold formed members for combined axial loads and bending moments predicted by analysis. Design hot rolled members for ccmbined axial load and bending moment if eccentricity at one or both ends exceeds limits of reference standards above. Tie Joists: Where tie joists are used, design tie joist, columns and connections to resist the member forces predicted by a linear elastic analysis. Design special joist ccmponents to allow the passage of mechanical and electrical services through webs of joists, where so indicated on the structural drawings. II II i!1 il il 3. 4. 5. 03144-05210.wpd " DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 2 I I I I I I I I I 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) 6. Design of joists shall be by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Province of Ontario, experienced in steel joist design. Joist design engineer shall be insured against professional liability in accordance with Section 74 Subsection (1) of Regulation 941 of the Ontario Professional Engineers Act. The alternative of compliance with Subsection (2) is not acceptable. 7. Design framing members to meet minimum requirements of ULC for listed assemblies. D. Source Qualitv Control 1. Inspection and testing of materials and shop fabrication of work of this Section, and field quality control specified elsewhere in this Section, will be performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by the Owner. 2. The Inspection and Testing Company, and welding inspectors and supervisors shall meet qualification requirements ofCSA W178, and shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category (1), Buildings. 3. Provide free access for inspectors to all places work is being performed. 4. Shoo Insoection Inspection shall ensure that materials conform to specified requirements. Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials, will be accepted in lieu of physical tests. Inspection shall ensure that fit-up, fabrication, and shop painting conform to specified requirements and dimensioned shop drawings. 1. Submit steei joist shop drawings in acccrdance with the General Conditions of the Contract and submit joist design drawings as defined in reference standards. Shop drawings shall be stamped by a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. 2. Indicate, in addition, dimensioned intersections of members, critical bending moments due to eccentricities, joist spacing, framing for openings, and slopes. 3. Detail weided connections using standard symbols for welding joints as published in the current CISC Handbook of Steel Construction. 4. Indicate on erection drawings, for each type of joist and bearing condition, the centre of bearing assumed in design and the maximum allowable distance from this point to the intersection of the axes of the chord and the end diagonal. 5. Prior to submission to the Engineer, the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review, the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue number and similar data or will do so and that he has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by stamp, date and signature of a responsible person. 6. At time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract Documents. I I I I 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shoo Drawinqs 03144-05210.wpd I I I I I I :j~ I ~ ,I " I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 3 1.05 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) 7. The Engineer will review and return shop drawings in accordance with any schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The engineer's review will be for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless a deviation on the shop drawings has been approved in writing by the Engineer. 8. The Contractor shall make any changes in shop drawings which the Engineer may require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. When resubmitting the Contractor shall notify the Engineer in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Engineer. 9. Submit shop drawings as follows: 5 Copies of erection diagrams and shop drawings for review before any work commences. 2 Additional copies of shop drawings for distribution as directed byConsultant. 1 Copy of erection diagrams to the Inspection and Testing Company. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver products that are supplied only under work of this Section to those who are responsible for their installation, to the place they direct and to meet construction schedule. B. Handle and store joists in such a manner that no damage, including corrosion, is caused to the stored or erected work, or to other property. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS II A. Steel Joists: Formed of hot rolled or cold formed shapes, hollow structural sections, plates and rods meeting requirements of specified reference standards. II B. Paint: To CISC/CPMA standard 2-75, a quick drying primer for use on structural steel. Ensure shop paint is compatible with finish coat of paint. 11 I C. Zinc Rich Paint: to CGSB l-GP-l.181-92. Devoe 13034 by ICI (Glidden) Paints Galvafroid by W'R. Meadows Ltd. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate joists with their attachments and accessories in accordance with the reference standards. H,'I 1 " B. Provide top chords of sufficient width and material thickness to permit 20 mm diameter arc spot welds of deck to joist to be formed, in accordance with CSA-S136. I II C. Prepare joists for attachment of other work as indicated on drawings and required for ccnstruction. 03144-05210.wpd I DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 4 I I I I I I I I 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd) D. Fabricate bridging not less than 3 mm in thickness. E. Extend bottom chords of joists where required to support ceiling or walls as shown on drawings. F. Fabricate joists and shoes to accommodate roof slopes shown on drawings. G. Fabricate web systems to allow clearances for transverse mechanical and electrical services to pass through where so indicated on structural drawing. H. Provide shoe depths to suit elevations of bearings in each iocation. I. Fabricate bearing plates and supply plates and anchors to installer. At masonry, provide sufficient bearing area to ensure that bearing pressure does not exceed 1.20 MPa. J. Fabricate joists of uniform appearance for erection in areas where they are exposed to view. K. Cleaninq and Paintinq 1. Remove rust, loose mill scale, dirt and all contaminants prior to painting. 2. Prior to painting, clean welds with wire brushes and wash down with clean water to ensure no residue from electrodes is present. 3. Give joists that will not receive finish coat one coat of shop paint and keep under cover until paint has dried. 4. Give surfaces of steel joists which within the ice pad areas and the other areas noted on the structurai drawings, two ccats of zinc rich paint, applied in an aggregate minimum dry film thickness averaging 4mils but not less than 3miis. 5. Clean joists in accordance with requirements of specified CISC/CPMA Standard. 6. Do not paint surfaces and edges to be field welded. I I B. If steel surfaces are painted where ccnnections are made bywelding atthe site, remove paint to bare metal for a distance of at least two inches beyond sides of joints. I I I I I I I I L. Mark joists to indicate erection orientation when they are fabricated to special design or ioading requirements. M. Identify each joist with mark corresponding to shop drawing designation. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXECUTION A. Verify, before delivery of joists, that work to receive joists is located correctly and at proper levels. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Provide necessary instructions to other trades for installation of bearings and anchors installed under work of other Sections. Assist in installation if requested. 03144.05210.wpd I I I I I I I I I I II !I il II 3.03 3.04 II 'II 11 11 ]. ! DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 5 ERECTION A. Comply with requirements of specified reference standards as appiicable, and the by-laws of the Municipality, in erection of work of this Section. B. Refer to drawings for the work of other Sections and locate joists to avoid interference with ceiling ccnstruction, recessed lights, mechanical and electrical services, and similar work. C. Install shims, packing or special shoes to support joists at proper elevation. D. Carry joists to centre line of beams, with a toierance of +0 mm and -25 mm for beams with joists bearing from both sides, and +25 mm and -0 mm for beams with joists bearing from one side only. E. Weld each joist at bearings on structural steel members and bearing plates, or as indicated on drawings. F. Install framing for openings between joists as indicated on drawings, and as specified for metal deck. G. Bridqinq 1. Install steel bridging, transverse to joist spans to meet specified requirements of reference standards. 2. Locate bridging at panel points wherever possible. 3. Locate bridging to ensure no interference with recessed lights, and mechanical and electrical services. 4. Top chord load distributing bridging may be used in lieu of normal top chord bridging specified above. FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection by Inspection and Testing Company to meet requirements specified under Source Quality Control of this Section, and to include: 1. Inspection of erect ion and fit-up, including placing, plumbing, levelling and temporary and permanent bracing. 2. Verification for each end of each joist that the distance from the centre of bearing to the end tension web member does not exceed the maximum dimension given on the drawings. 3. Inspection of welded and bolted ccnnections. 4. General inspection of shop ccating touch-up. B. Inspection & Testing Company shall: 1. Submit reports at least weekly when shop and site work of this Section progress. 2. Distribute inspection reports as follows: 2 copies to Consultant; 1 copy to Consulting Structural Engineer; 1 copy to Contractor; 2 copies to Steel Fabricator. is in 03144-05210.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05210 STEEL JOISTS Pa~e 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL (Cont'd) 3. Sign report by inspector who performs inspection, and describe progress of Work, deficiencies found and corrective actions taken. 4. Include deficiency list of outstanding items from previous reports, and comment on status. 3.05 COATING TOUCH-UP A. After erection, give one coat of paint specified for shop coat to field bolts, field connections, burnt areas, and abrasions or damage to shop coats. 3.06 DEFECTIVE WORK A. Variations in excess of specified tolerances, and failure of materials or workmanship to meet requirements of this specification, and which cannot be repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective Work performed by this Section. B. Replace defective Work, as directed by Consultant. C. Contractor shall pay for additional inspection and testing, redesign, corrective measures, and related expenses if Work has proven to be deficient. End of Section 03144-05210.wpd I~ I "I I il ,Ii I I I I I I I DIVISION 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. D. E. F. Concrete Mason ry Structural Steel Steel Joists Rough Carpentry Painting Section 03300 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 0521 0 Section 06100 Section 09900 1.03 QUAliTY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications II 1. Design of steel deck shall be by a Professional Engineer licensed In the Province of Ontario, experienced in steel deck design. 2. Consultant will review general arrangement to verify general conformance with overall design concept of structure. 3. Steel deck design engineer shall be insured against professional liability in accordance with Section 74 Subsection (1) of Regulation 941 of the Ontario Professional Engineers Act. The alternative of compliance with subsection (2) is not acceptable. 4. Undertake welding and/or welding inspection only by personnel fully approved to one or more of the following Codes and reference standards where applicable: ill II CSA W59, Welded Steei Construction (Metal-Arc Welding). CSA W178, Qualification Code for Welding Inspection Organizations. CSA W178.2, Certification of Welding Inspectors. B. Reference Standards ,I 'II ,II II 11 II Perform work of this Section In ccnformance with the specified requirements of: 1. CAN3-S136, Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. 2. CSSBI Articles referred to in this Section that are contained in "Standard for Steel Roof Deck", published by Canadian Sheet Steel Building Institute. 3. CAN/CGSB-l.181-92, Ready-Mix Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. 4. The National Building Code of Canada, 1995 Edition (NBC). 5. All standards referenced are latest editions. C. Desiqn Criteria Design roof deck and fasteners in conformance with CSSBI Article 8.6: to ensure that the roof deck is capable of supporting the dead plus live loads shown on the drawings; to provide anchorage of roof deck to supporting framework; to resist the uplift loads. 03144-0S310.wpd j DIVISION 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 2 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) D. Susoended Loads: do not suspend ceilings, lights, ducts, piping, or any other item from steel roof deck. E. Tolerances: Lay and position roof deck within a tolerance of 6 mm in 11 m for unit alignment F. Source Qualitv Control 1. Inspection and testing of materials and fabrication of work of this Section, and for field quality control specified elsewhere in this Section, will be performed by an Inspection and Testing Company appointed by the Consultant. 2. The Inspection and Testing Company, and welding inspectors and supervisors shall meet qualification requirements of CSA W 178, and shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau in Category (a), Buildings. 3. Provide free access for inspectors to all places work is being performed. 4. Shoo Insoection Inspection shall ensure that materials, thickness of sheet steel, profile, welding and protective coating ccnform to the requirements of this specification. Mill test reports, properly correlated to the materials, will be accepted in lieu of physical tests. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Shoo Drawinqs 1. Submit shop and erection drawings in accordance with Division 1. 2. Each shop drawing submitted shall bear signature and seal of Professional Engineer responsible for deck design. 3. Indicate: design loading; thicknesses and steel grade of material; zinc coating designations; layout of units; framing and supports; required minimum bearing; anchorages; size and spacing of fastening to meet uplift and diaphragm action; openings and their reinforcement; accessories; and details of construction. 4. Prior to submission to the Consultant the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review, the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field ccnstruction criteria, materials, catalogue number and similar data or wili do so and that he has checked and co-ordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. The Contractor's review of each shop drawings shall be indicated by stamp, date and signature of a responsible person. 5. At time of submission, the Contractor shall notify the Consultant in writing of any deviations in the shop drawings from the requirements of the Contract documents. 6. The Consultant will review and return shop drawings in accordance with any schedule agreed upon, or otherwise with reasonable promptness so as to cause no delay. The Consultant's review will be for conformity to the design concept and for general arrangement only and such review shall not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for errors or omissions in the shop drawings or of responsibility for meeting all requirements of the Contract Documents unless a deviation on the shop drawings has been approved in writing by the Consultant. 03144-05310.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . . . I I I DIVISiON 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 3 1.04 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) 7. The Consultant shall make any changes in shop drawings which the Engineer may require consistent with the Contract Documents and resubmit unless otherwise directed by the Consuitant. When resubmitting, the Contractor shall notify the Consuitant in writing of any revisions other than those requested by the Consultant. 8. Submit shop drawings as follows: 5 copies for review before any Work ccmmences 1 ccpy of erection diagrams to Inspection and Testing Company B. Insoection Reoorts 1. Distribute inspection reports as follows: :11 To Consultant: To Roofing Subcontractor: To Contractor: 2 copies 1 copy 1 copy j. I 2. Submit reports at least weekly when shop and site work of this Section is in progress. 3. Sign report by the inspector who performs the inspection, and describe progress of work, the deficiencies found and the actions taken to correct them. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING II '1 A. Ship, store and install roof deck to prevent damage to the finish, denting, deformation and rusting by both carefui handiing and physical protection. Remove and replace deck that has suffered damage. il II II il II II II I B. Stack deck tilted for drainage. Raise off ground and provide spacers between each panel, with wood blocking. C. Coverstored deck and other components with waterproof material and provide air circulation. D. Tightly band bundies of deck when hoisting at site. E. During erection, secure deck .units to supports with temporary fastening until they are permanently welded in place, to ensure no displacement from any cause. F. Secure loose bundles of deck in place at end of working day. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sheet Steel To meet specified requirements of CSSBll 01 M, Specification for Steei Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot-Dip Process, Structural Physical) Quality. 03144-05310.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 4 II I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) Grade 'A', minimum. Minimum Core thickness: Nominal 0.76 mm. Coating: Zinc coating designation of ZF75. B. Zinc Rich Paint: To meet specified requirements of CGSB Specification l-GP-181 M, ccating, zinc rich, organic, ready mixed. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate roof deck to meet specified requirements of CSA S136 of depth (and profile if noted) and to support dead and live loads, as indicated on drawings. B. Reinforcement for Openings: provide reinforcementfor openings in accordance with CSSBI 10M, Clause 8.7. C. Form deck units in lengths to span ccntinuously over at least three supports wherever possible. D. Work shall include sheet steel angles, curbs, cover plates: cell closures; fasteners; stiffeners; and accessories as required. E. Holes in Deck: Provide holes in deck as indicated on drawings and for required services. Ensure that information on size and location of holes is obtained before fabrication commences. 1. Separate framing will be supplied under work of Section 05120 for holes with dimensions across flutes greater than 450 mm. 2. Do not reinforce openings of less than 150 mm. 3. Reinforce openings of more than 150 mm. 4. Reinforce openings from 300 mm to 450 mm across flutes with 65 x 65 x 6 mm structural steel angles. 5. Provide reinforcing across flutes at both ends of each opening, with members extending 450 mm at each side of opening. Weld angles to deck with 25 mm long tack welds on each side at 150 mm o.c. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify and approve alignment and levels of supporting members before laying roof deck. Do not proceed with erection until conditions are made satisfactory. 3.02 ERECTION A. Erect roof deck by its fabricator or experienced ccntractor. 03144-05310.wpd , I , ,1 iJ 'I I I I I DIVISION 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 5 3.02 ERECTION (Cont'd) B. Placinq Roof Deck Units 1. Piace units aligned end to end and to provide a minimum bearing on structural steel members of 45 mm. install necessary steel packing to level units. 2. Do not force units into place causing them to warp or deflect. 3. Lap ends of panels no less than 50 mm. )1 " " '! I I I I I "II C. Minimum Fasteninq Roof Deck Units 1. Weld flutes to steel supports with 19 mm diameter arc welds unless otherwise indicated on drawings. 2. Provide welds at end laps, and at intermediate supports, at maximum spacing of 406 mmo.c. 3. Secure panels to each other by clinching side laps at 600 mm o.c., or by 25 mm welds at 600 mm o.c., or by self-tapping screws at 600 mm o.c. D. Cuttinq and Fittinq 1. Cut and fit deck and accessories around projections through roof. E. Reinforcement 1. Reinforce all elements at top and bottom by a continuous web of sheet metal the same gauge as deck where they are cut longitudinally 50 mm or more from a vertical web. 2. Reinforce holes cut in floor deck in the field as specified under Articie 2.03, Fabrication. II :1 F. Cover Plates :1 1. Install sheet steel cover plates as may be required to support insulation and similar roofing components. 2. Secure cover plates by either sheet metal screws or welding. G. Closures II 1. Install sheet metal closures in flutes where indicated on drawings and where required to close openings as at junction of walls and partitions with deck. Secure closures by either sheet metal screws or welding. Install formed sheet metal closures to trim openings in steel deck at roof access hatch and elsewhere to provide a neat opening. II j 2. 3. II II II il 3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform field inspection by Inspection and Testing Company to meet requirements specified under Source Quality Control of this Section, and to include: 1. Erection and fastening. 2. General inspection of coating touch-up. 03144-05310.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05310 STEEL ROOF DECK Pa~e 6 3.04 COATING TOUCH-UP AND REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. After erection, wire brush, clean and paint welded areas, rush spots, and scratched or otherwise damaged areas of zinc coating on deck and shop-applied prime paint on structural members. B. Apply two coats of zinc rich paint to zinc coated areas specified above. C. Apply one coat of prime paint to prime painted areas specified above. Ensure that touch-up paint is the same type as shop coat. D. Variations in excess of specified tolerances and failure of materials or workmanship to meet requirements of this specification, and which cannot be repaired by approved methods, will be considered defective Work performed by this Section. E. Replace defective Work, as directed by the Consultant. F. Replace bend, warped, dented, punctured or weld perforated deck where exposed to view. G. Contractor shall pay for additional inspection and testing and related expenses if Work has proven to be deficient. End of Section 03144-05310.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 :1 :11 I I il 'II I DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Masonry B. Structural Steel C. Steel Roof Deck D. Rough Carpentry E. Air Barrier F. Buiiding Insulation G. Insulated Metal Wall Cladding H. Joint Sealers Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 05310 Section 06100 Section 07195 Section 07200 Section 0741 0 Section 07900 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS ,II A. The National Building Code of Canada. B. The Ontario Building Code. C. CAN/CSA G164-M Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. D. CAN/CSA-S16.1-M Limit States Design of Steel Structures. E. CAN/CSA S136-M Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. F. CSA W47.1 Certification of Companies for Fusion Welding of Steel Structures. G. CSA W59 Welded Steel Construction (Metal-Arc Welding). H. CSA W178.1 Certification of Welding Inspection Organizations I. CSA W178.2 Certification of Welding Inspectors J. CBSB l-GP-181M Standard for Coating, Zinc Rich, Organic Ready Mix. K. CSSBI Lightweight Steel Framing Manual 50-M. L. CSSBI S6-90 Guide Specification for Lightweight Steel Framing. M. ASTM A591 Standard Specification for Sheet Steel, Electrolytic Zinc Coated for Light CoatingWeight (Mass) Applications. N. ASTM A653/653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc- Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. O. ASTM A792 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot Dip Process. P. ASTM C1177 Glass Mat Substrate for Use as Sheathing. Q. ANSIIAWSD1.3, Structural Welding Code-Sheet Steel. ']1 I! I I 1. II 11 ,. 1. I 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use all means necessary to protect all materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades affected by this work. B. In the event of damage, immediateiy make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additionai cost to the Owner. C. Delivery of pre-fabricated material shall conform to height and width restrictions of the Ministry of Transportation and Regional Municipality requirements. Obtain all necessary perm its. 03144-05410.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING (Cont'd) D. Store prefabricated trusses and lightweight steel framing members on site, flat. Protect from contact with ground. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit six (6) copies of shop drawings indicating layout and details of fabrication and erection. Indicate member sizes and gauges of materials, framing, method of fastenings, spacing of all members, bridging and bracing. Indicate design loads. C. Submit sequential erection drawings. Show temporary bracing. D. Lightweight steel framing systems shall be designed by, and each shop drawing shall bear the stamp of a registered Professional Engineer licenced to practice in the Province of Ontario. E. Submit six (6) copies of engineering design calculations or data verifying the capacity of the members and the ability of the assemblies to meet the design requirements. F. Detail welded connections using standards symbols for welded joints as published in current CISC Handbook of Steel Construction. G. Submit three (3) copies of field review reports specified in Section 3.07 within 3 working days of each inspection. Reports shall be submitted directly from the design Engineer to the Consultant. H. Submit mill test reports covering chemical and mechanical properties of steel, and ccating designation. I. Inspection Reports: Inspection and Testing company shall: 1 . Submit reports at least weekly when the work of this Section is in progress. 2. Distribute inspection reports as follows: 4 copies to the General Contractor. 1 copy to the Consultant. 2 copies to the Lightweight Steel Framing fabricator. 3. Sign report by inspector who performs inspection, describing progress of work, deficiencies observed and corrective action taken. 4. Include deficiency list of outstanding items from previous reports, and comment on status. 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS A. Subcontractor undertaking work of this Section shall have a minimum of 5 years experience in lightweight steel framing. B. Design of lightweight steel framing shall be by a Professional Engineer licensed in the Province of Ontario, experienced in lightweight steel framing design. O~144-05410.wpd '~ I ..~ ~I ~I I I I ~I I Ctll " ~ I I I I ~I 'II , 11 jl tl 'I , II , ~I ~1 " j DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 3 1.06 QUALIFICATIONS (Cont'd) C. Consultant will review lightweight steel framing to verify general conformance with overall design concept of the structure. D. Undertake welding only by fabricators certified by Canadian Welding Bureau under Division 1or2.1. E. Use welders qualified for the base material types and thicknesses that are to be welded. F. Lightweight steel framing design engineer shall be insured against professional liability in accordance with section 74 subsection (1) of Regulation 941 of the Ontario Professional Engineers Act. The altemative of compliance with subsection (2) is not acceptable. 1.07 PROTECTION A. Provide and maintain adequate temporary bracing for all work of this Section until permanent lateral support is in place. B. Provide and maintain scaffolding independent of walls in such a manner as to interfere as little as possible with other trades. Construct scaffolding in a rigid, secure and safe manner in accordance with Ministry of Labour requirements, and CSA S269.2-M. 1.08 DESIGN A. Design shall be based on Limit States Design Principles using factored loads and resistances. B. Loads and Iqad factors shall be in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada. C. Resistances and resistance factors shall be determined in accordance with the National Building Code and CAN3-S136. D. Maximum allowabie defiection of metal studs under specified loads shall be U600. E. Design bridging as necessary to align members during erection, and to provide necessary structural integrity during ccnstruction and in the completed structure. Design bridging to prevent member rotation and translation perpendicular to the minor axis. F. Design lintels over all openings in accordance with the National Building Code. G. Design components or assemblies to accommodate specified erection tolerances. H. Member spacing shall not exceed the spacing indicated on the drawings. I. Allow for movement of the structure. Design wind bearing stud end connections to accommodate floor/roof deflections such that the studs are not loaded axially. J. Connections between lightweight steel framing members shall be by bolts, welding or sheet metal screws. K. Resistances for sheet metal screws shall be based on the manufacturer's lower bound test values multiplied by the appropriate resistance factor, 0" given in CAN3-S136. 03144-05410.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.08 DESIGN (Cont'd) L. Design roof members and connections to resist the following minimum gross un-factored uplifts, where widths of "s", "c" and "r" areas are defined in the Supplement to the National Building Code of Canada, Commentary B, Figure B-9. : Edge strips "s" : Corner areas "c" : Other roof areas "r" 1.49 kPa 1.49 kPa 1.21 kPa Dead load of roof deck and lightweight steel roof framing construction may be deducted from these uplifts, after applying relevant load factors for wind load, and dead load resisting uplift. M. Provide bridging at spacing to satisfy structural requirements, but not at greater than the following: : at the lesser of 1500 mm or 1/4 of span, for joists and rafters. N. Neglect contribution of sheathing to restrain member rotation and translation perpendicular to the minor access except where sheathing is of sheet steel, steel deck or plywood. O. Limit deflections under specified loads to the following: 1 . Span/360 for roof joists, rafters, trusses supporting materials susceptible to cracking under Live Load. 2. Span/240 for roof joists, rafters and trusses supporting materials susceptible to cracking under Dead + Live Load. 3. Span/240 for roof joists, rafters, trusses supporting materials not susceptible to cracking under Live Load. 4. Span/180 for roof joists, rafters, trusses supporting materials not susceptible to cracking under Dead + Live Load. P. Design bracing system to limit lateral deflections of building components under wind or seismic load to height/500. Q. Use bolts, welding or sheet metai screws to make connections between lightweight framing members. R. Determine sheet metal screw capacities in accordance with CSA S136. S. Design diagonal bracing in the floor, roof and walls at locations shown on Drawings to resist the loads indicated on Drawings. T. Design top and bottom tracks to transfer joint and member loads, but not less than one gauge size thicker than the wall stud thickness. U. Design ccnnections to masonry walls to stabilize the walls and resist lateral forces due to wind and earthquake. 03144-05410.wpd 'II il jl I I 'II I 1.'1 .! DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 5 1.09 WARRANTEE A. The Contractor represents that he has the special qualifications for doing the work and that the plans and specifications are, in his opinion, appropriate and adequate for the construction set out therein. B. Warrant the work of this Section against defects of workmanship and material, for a period of two (2) years from the date of Substantial Performance and agree to make good promptly any defects which occur or become apparent within the warranty period. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 METAL STUD FRAMING il A. Steel shall conform to the requirements of CAN3-S136 and shall be identified as to specification, type, grade and mechanical properties. I.. 'I B. Steel shall meet the requirements of ASTM A653/A653M" structural (physical) quaiity. Minimum grade, Grade 'D', 50 ksi yield, galvanized Z180 coating. 11 'I C. Lightweight steel framing shall be as manufactured by Bailey Metal Products Ltd., CSM (Canadian Steei Manufacturing), Nicholson Rollforming inc., or Crona Steel Products. D. Thickness, exclusive of coating: not less than 1.22 mm (18 gauge). Use thicker material where required to satisfy structural requirements. Comply with thickness tolerance requirements of CSA S136. Material thicknesses shall be greater than or equal to the specified thicknesses with underruns not to exceed the tolerance requirements of S136. II !I I E. Welding Electrodes: to CSA W59, 480 mPa minimum tensile strength series. F. Provide all necessary tracks, bridging, fasteners, hardware and other accessories as required for a complete instaliation. G. Zinc Rich Paint: CGSB l-GP-181M: Galvafroid byW.R. Meadows of Canada. 11 2.02 FASTENINGS II II :11 11 11 A. Sheet Metal Screws: self tapping with a minimum coating thickness of 0.008 microns of zinc or cadmium. Screws shall have low profile heads where ccvered by sheathing. B. Anchors: appropriate anchors sized to suit loads, substrate material, and edge distances, manufactured by Hllti Canada, installed as per manufacturer's reccmmendations. 2.03 ACCESSORIES A. Deflections Tracks and Slide Clips: Manufacturer's standard telescoping or slotted tracks to suit design and load conditions. 03144-05410.wpd 1 DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Fabrication and erection shall conform to the approved shop drawings. Modifications required to accommodate as-built conditions (other than minor dimensional changes) shall be submitted for approval. 3.02 WELDING A. Companies engaged in welding shall be certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau to CSA Standard W47 .1. Companies shall have welding procedures approved and welders qualified for the base material types and thicknesses that are to be welded. B. Welds shall ccnform to CSA W59. C. For metal less than 1/8" thick, shop drawings may shown nominal weld leg sizes. For such material, the effective throats of welds shall not be iess than the thickness of the thinnest connected part. D. Touch-up welds with zinc rich paint. 3.03 SCREWS A. Steel screws shall equal or exceed the minimum diameter indicated on the shop drawings. B. Penetration beyond joined materials shall be not less than 3 exposed threads. 3.04 FABRICATION A. Where specified, provide cut-outs centred in the webs of members to accommodate services. Unreinforced cut-outs shall be iimited to the dimensions in Table 1 of CSSBI56. The effect of cut-outs on the strength and stiffness of the member shall be considered. B. Fabrication tolerances for members shall conform to Table 2 of CSSBI56. C. The steel thickness exclusive of coating shall be marked on each member by embossing, stamping with indelible ink or by cclour coding. 3.05 ERECTION A. Methods of construction may be either by piece (stick-built) or by fabrication into panels (panelized) either on or off site. B. Lightweight steel framing shall be erected true and plumb within the specified tolerances. Temporary bracing shall be employed wherever necessary to withstand all loads to which the structure may be subject during erection and subsequent construction. Temporary bracing shall be left in place as long as required for the safety and integrity of the structure. The Erector shall ensure that during erection, a margin of safety consistent with the requirements of the National Building Code and CAN3-S136 exists in the uncompleted structure. 03144-05410.wpd 11 II , II ill II III 11 I ~I 'Iii '! DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 7 3.05 ERECTION (Cont'd) C. Erection Tolerances: 1. For the purpqses of this section, camber is defined as the deviation from straightness of a member or any portion of a member with respect to its major axis, and sweep is defined as the deviation from straightness of a member or any portion of a member with respect to its minor axis. 2. For axial load bearing studs, out of plumbness and out of straightness (camber and sweep) shall not exceed 1/1000th of the member length. 3. For wind bearing studs, out of plumbness shall not exceed 1/500th of the member length. . 4. For track, camber shall not exceed 1/1 OOOth of the member length. 5. Studs shall seat into top and bottom tracks. The gap between the end of the stud and the web of the track shall not exceed 0.062" for axial load bearing studs or 0.20" for wind bearing studs. 6. Spacing of studs shall not be more than 1/8" from the design spacing. The cumulative error in spacing shall not exceed the requirements of the finishing materials. D. Make all field measurements necessary to insure the proper fit of all members. E. Cutting of members may be by saw or shear. Torch cutting is not permitted. iil i F. All axially loaded members shall be aligned vertically to allow for full transfer of the loads down to the foundation. Vertical alignment shall be maintained at floor/wall intersections. G. Completed bearing shall be maintained under tracks to provide for load transfer in axially loaded assemblies. Any discrepancy shall be brought to the attention of the Consultant. I I ~I l:;! ". J i~ I i:'TI 1,1 H. Holes that are field cut into lightweight steel framing members shall ccnform to the requirements of Section 3.04 and Table 1. I. Splicing of axial load bearing members is not permitted. J. Insulation shall be placed in all jamb and header assemblies that wlli be inaccessible after their installation into the wall. Insure that insulation is kept dry and not compressed. Use fibrous fill insulation as specified under section 07200. K. Handling and lifting of prefabricated panels shall not cause permanent distortion to any member or collateral material. 3.07 INSPECTION II I lij hi I ~ li I I A. The lightweight steel framing Design Engineer, responsibie for the production of the shop drawings, shall provide periodic field review during construction and shall submit reports in acccrdance with Section 1.06. 1. The cost of this field review shall be paid for by the Contractor. d ~ 03144-05410.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.07 INSPECTION (Cont'd) B. Additional inspection and testing of materials and workmanship shall be carried out by a qualified Independent Inspection Agency appointed by the Consultant. 1. The cost of this additional inspection shall be paid for out of the Cash Allowances for Inspection and Testing. 2. Any testing or inspection required by the Consultant because of an error by the Contractor or due to departure from the ccntract documents by the Contractor, shall be paid for by the Contractor. 3. Inspection shall include: a. Checking that mill test reports are properly correlated to materials. b. Sampling fabrication and erection procedures for general ccnformity to the requirements of the specification. c. Checking that the welding ccnforms to the requirements of this specification. d. Checking fabricated members against specified member shapes. e. Visual inspection of all welded connections including sample checking of joint preparation and fit-up. f. Sam pie checking of screwed and bolted joints. g. Sample checking that tolerances are not exceeded during fit-up or erection. h. Additional inspection and testing of welded ccnnections as required by CSA W59. i. General inspection of field cutting and alterations required by other trades. j. Submission of reports to the Consultant, the Project Manager, the Contractor and the authorities having jurisdiction covering the work inspected with detaiis of deficiencies discovered. 4. The Contractor shail provide the necessary cooperation to insure that the inspection can proceed. 5. The inspection provided in this section does not relieve the Contractor of his responsibility for the performance of the contract. The Contractor is solely responsible for quality controi and he shall implement his own supervisory and quality ccntrol procedures. 6. Materials or workmanship not conforming to the requirements of the contract documents may be rejected at any time during the progress or work. Table 1 - Allowable Dimensions for Unreinforced Cut-outs Member Depth Across the Member Web Along the Member Length * Centre to Centre Spacing 3 %:", 4" >6" 1 }'2I'max. 2 %11 max. 4"max. 4 %11 max. 2'~O" min. 2'~O" min. * The distance from the centerline of the last unreinforced cut-out to the end of the member shall be not less than 16". 03144-05410.wpd II ,. II II 11 1 II I I '~..I ,H "ii , DIVISION 7 SECTION 05410 LIGHTWEIGHT STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING Pa~e 9 3.07 INSPECTION (Cont'd) Table 2 - Fabrication Tolerances for Lightweight Steel Framing Members Member Type Member Flange Lip Length Thickness Inside Corner Depth Width C t Radius Ang les A B (in) (in) r (in) (in) (in) Track, stud -0.04, + -0.04, + -0, + 0.15 -0 . :t3O 0.08 0.08 . Only applicable to members subjected to web crippling. For r~2t +28% For 2t<r~4t +9% Where r is the manufacturer's specified inside bend radius and t is the thickness exclusive of coating. .. Where drywall is attached directly to the flange, the minimum flange width shall be 1 1/4". Member Type Tracks Wind Bearing Studs Axial Load Bearing Studs Length N/A :t 1/8" :t 1/16" End of Section ill " . I I I I "I ;1 II I ill i 03144-05410.wpd ...,...--------- ~I 11 !I ~I ~I I 1 Iii ! ~I ..,.1. il 1 ',.'.." ,I :1 "11 ., . I I ,II "11 I~ I !~ I 1 DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. N. Concrete Precast Concrete Slabs Masonry Reinforcement and Accessories Masonry Structural Steel Steel Joists Steel Roof Deck Rough Carpentry Elastomeric Sheet Roofing Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Sectional Metal Insulated Overhead Doors Aluminum Windows Doors and Screens Glazing Painting 1.03 REFERENCES Page 1 Section 03300 Section 03412 Section 04080 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 05210 Section 05310 Section 061 00 Section 07530 Section 08100 Section 08364 Section 08400 Section 08800 Section 09900 A. The Ontario Building Code. B. The National Building Code of Canada. C. CAN3-S136 Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. D. CAN3-G40.21, Structural Quality Steeis. E. CAN/CSA S16.1, Limit States Design for Steel Structures. F. CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. G. CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). H. CAN/CGSB-l.40, Primer, Structural Steel, Oil Alkyd Type. I. CAN/CGSB-l.108, Bituminous Solvent Type Paint. J. CAN/CGSB-l.181, Ready-Mixed, Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. K. CSSB1 12M Standard for Composite Steel Deck. L. ASTM A53, Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless. M. ASTM A167, Stainless and Heat-Resisting Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet and Strip. N. ASTM A269-92, Specification for Seamless and Welded Austenitic Stainless Steel Tubing for General Service. O. ASTM A307, Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile. 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. Work of this Section shall be executed by a firm thoroughly conversant with laws, bylaws and regulations which govern and capable of workmanship of best grade of modern shop and field practice known to recognized manufacturers specializing in this work. Use workmen skilled in work of this Section. B. Welding shall be performed by trades persons certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau under CSA Standard W47.1. 03144-05500.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 2 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shoo Drawinqs 1. Submit Shop and Erection Drawings in accordance with Section 01330 to the Consultant for review before fabricating work of this Section. 2. Verify site dimensions before proceeding with shop fabrication and to suit field conditions and field openings. 3. Show and describe in detail all the work of this Section including large scale detail of members and materials, of connection and jointing details, and of anchorage devices, dimensions, gauges, thicknesses, description of materials, metal finishing, as well as all other pertinent data and information, including type, size and description of all fasteners and anchors. 4. Shop drawings for all miscelianeous metal items including stairs, guards and connections, shall be stamped and signed by a Professional Engineer registered in the Province of Ontario. 1.06 PROTECTION A. Protect work from damage and deliver to a location at the site in order to meet the scheduling requirements. B. Protect architecturally exposed materials during fabrication, delivery, handling, storage and erection to prevent marring of surfaces exposed to view, by marking, bending, denting or coarse grinding. C. Leave protective covering in place until final cleaning of building. Provide instructions for removal of protective ccverings. 1.07 DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Label, tag or otherwise mark work supplied for installation by other Sections to indicate its function, iocation and shop drawing description. B. Protect work from damage and deliver to a location at the site in order to meet the scheduling requirements. C. Protect architecturally exposed materials during fabrication, delivery, handling, storage and erection to prevent marring of surfaces exposed to view, by marking, bending, denting or coarse grinding. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials specified herein. B. Structural Steel Sections and Steel Plate: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 300W. C. Hollow Structural Sections: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 350W. D. Architectural and Miscellaneous Mild Steel: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 300W. 03144-05500.wpd I I I I 1 I I I I I I 1 I I I I I 1 I ~I ~I , I I ~I II DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) II ;11 '11 II "I ~I ~I II ::! E. Machine Bolts and Nuts: ASTM Standard A307 low carbon steel externally and intemally threaded standard fasteners. Dimensions, sizes, thread, strength, quality and type of items shall be designed for the work intended. Exposed fasteners and anchors shall be same material, cclour and finish as the metal to which they are applied F. Sheet Steel: (Structural Quality) ASTM-A570. G. Sheet Steel: (Commercial Quality) ASTM-A366, stretcher levelled or temper rolled. H. Galvanized Sheet Steel: Hot dipped galvanizing with minimum zinc coating of 600 g/sq. metre to CSA G164. i. Steel pipe: ASTM A120 or ASTM A53, Schedule 40, Grade B. J. Galvanizing: All steel specified to be galvanized except above, ASTM A123, zinc (Hot-Galvanized) coatings on products fabricated from rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strips. Galvanized after all weiding and grinding complete. No welding or grinding of galvanized products allowed. K. Welding Materials: CSA W59. L. Welding Electrodes: CSA W48 Series. M. Metal Filler: Epoxy, Hysol 6C epoxy adhesive kit (or 4297 in bulk) manufactured by Hysol (Canada) Limited, or approved equal. N. Wire mesh reinforcing for stair treads shall ccnform to CSA G40.5. O. Sulphur: Commercial Grade for setting of steel posts. P. Non-shrink Grout: NS Grout by Euclid V-3 Grout by W.R. Meadows Masterflow 713 Grout by Master Builders Non Shrink Grout by CPD 2.02 FINISHES ~I II i' i ~I i! l' J! ~I i.~.1 I 'I A. Pre-Paint Finish: For galvanized surfaces to be exposed and finish painted - ASTM D2092. B. Galvanizing: hot dipped galvanizing with zinc coating 600 g/m2 to CAN/CSA-G164. C. Shop Coat Primer: to CAN/CGSB-1.40, colour to be grey. D. Zinc Rich Primer: zinc rich, organic, ready mix to CAN/CGSB-l.181-92: : Galvafroid by W.R. Meadows LId : Devoe 13034 by ICI (Glidden) Paints 2.03 ISOLATION COATING A. Isolate metal from dissimilar components, with alkali resistant bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-l.l08. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. General ~I ~ I ~ 1 . Fabricate to reviewed shop drawings and in general to details, sizes and materials indicated on drawings and specified herein. 2. Fabricate work square, true, straight and accurate to required size, with joints closely fitted and properly secured. 03144-05500.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 3.01 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 3. Fabricate work complete with all components required for anchoring; bolting or welding to structural frame; standing free or resting in frames or sockets; in a safe and sure manner. 4. Where possible fit and shop assemble various sections of the work and deliver to site in largest practicable sections. Where shop fabricating is not possible make trial assembly in shop. 5. Ensure exposed welds are continuous for length of each joint. File or grind exposed welds smooth and flush. 6. Grind and fill all welds after inspection and acceptance and leave ready for prime painting. 7. Fill all open joints, depressions, seams with metallic paste filler or by ccntinuous brazing or welding and grind smooth to true sharp arrises and profiles. 8. Fit joints and intersecting members accurately. Make work in true planes with adequate fastenings. 9. Supply all fastenings, anchors, accessories required for fabrication and erection of work of this Section. Such items occurring on or in an exterior wall or slab shall be hot dip galvanized. Make thread dimensions such that nuts and bolts will fit without re-threading or chasing threads. 10. Make exposed metal fastenings and accessories of same material, texture, colour and finish as base metal on which they occur unless otherwise shown or specified. Keep exposed fastenings to an absolute minimum evenly spaced and neatly laid out. Make fastenings of permanent type unless otherwise indicated. B. Shoo Paintinq 1. Cleaning Steel: (1) Clean steel, whether it is to be painted or not, to the degree required by CISC/CPMA 1-73a, except as specified below. (2) Clean steel which is specified to be painted to CISC/CPMA 2-75 in accordance with that Standard. (3) Clean steel which is specified to receive an organic zinc-filled epoxy primer, or zinc-rich paint, or inorganic zinc primer, in acccrdance with SSPC-SP 6, Commercial Blast Cleaning. 2. Clean welds by wire brushing and wash down with ciean water, to remove the chemical residues left by the electrodes, prior to painting. 3. Apply one shop coat of primer to metal items, with exception of galvanized or concrete encased items. 4. The following surfaces shall not be painted: (1) Surfaces and edges to be field welded. If painted, remove paint for field welding for a distance of at least two inches on all sides of the joint, to ensure proper fusion of the metal. (2) The contact surfaces of friction type connections assembled by high strength bolts. (3) Portions of steel members which are to be encased in or in contact with concrete. 5. Paint steel surfaces exterior to the building vapour barrier or within ice pad areas and not specified to be galvanized or painted with zinc primer, with two coats of zinc-rich paint CGSB 1.182-92, applied to an average dry film thickness of 1.50 mils per coat, and a minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 mils) per coat. 03144-05500.wpd ~I 11 II ~I !.II ! \.1. I 3.01 ~I :!,I !I .~ I ....'1 ~ " , i!1 .,1 I I 3.02 3.03 II DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 5 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 6. All other ferrous metal work shall be given one prime paint ccat type CGSB 1.40-97 and in accordance with CISC/CPMA 2-75. Work paint into all comers and all joints. Metal parts in contact shall be primed before shop assembly. Priming damaged during erection or through lack of protection shall be cleaned and touched up. 7. Use primer unadulterated, as prepared by manufacturer. Paint on dry surfaces, free from rust, scale, grease. Do not paint when temperature is lower than 70C. 8. Metals in ccntact with other dissimilar metals, concrete or masonry materials shall be insulated or separated from one another to prevent ccrrosion, staining or electrolysis by use of bituminous paint. METAL RAILINGS A. Definition: the term railing shall be taken to mean balustrades, guards, rails and handrails. B. Design and fabricate railings to conform to all applicable Ontario Building Code requirements. C. Uniess otherwise indicated, fabricate railings as follows: 1. Close open ends of tubular members with welded steel plugs. 2. Turn handrails down at exposed ends. 3. Tum exposed ends of wall rails into walls. 4. Support railings at each end, and at maximum 1070mm centres unless indicated otherwise. 5. Minimum wall thicknesses of tubular railings: 3mm. 6. At ccrners, angles and intersections, cope or mitre railings, weld and grind smooth. 7. Interior railings shall be as detailed. VANITY SUPPORT BRACKETS A. Provide supports to vanities where indicated, constructed of 6mm steel plate with 38mm wide horizontal and vertical iegs formed to profiie indicated. Provide continuous 6mm thick steel flat bar at fascia. Brackets to be located at ends and between each lavatory. 3.04 LADDERS B. Finish: Shop ccat primer. '! I II I ,11 I 'j ~I A. Unless otherwise detailed, construct iadders as follows: 1. Stringers shall be 9 x 38 mm steel bar extending from 150 mm above floor, to minimum 900 mm above top rung. 2. Rungs shall be 20 mm solid steel bars, 400 mm long, spaced at 300 mm o.c. vertically and welded to stringers. 3. Attach stringers to walls with 9 x 38 mm steel bar yokes, U-shaped, spaced at maximum 1220 mm o.c. vertically. Locate centre line of rungs not less than 150 mm from face of walls. 4. Where indicated, provide horizontal and vertical returns or stringers. 5. Where required by Ministry of Labour regulations, provide metal safety cages. 6. Finish: Interior ladders: shop coat primer; exterior ladder: galvanized. 03144-05500.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Page 6 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.05 ANGLE LINTELS A. Provide all loose steel angle lintels required to support openings and recesses in masonry wails, whether indicated on the drawings or not. Refer to Architectural and Mechanical drawings for locations of openings. Lintels shall be as scheduled on the Structural drawings. B. Steel angles: CAN3-G40.21, Grade 300W, sizes indicated for openings. Provide 150 mm minimum bearing at ends unless otherwise indicated. C. Weld or bolt back-to-back angles to profiles as indicated. D. Finish: Shop coat primer. 3.06 BENCH SUPPORT BRACKETS A. Provide 75 mm wide x 8 mm thick bent steel plate formed to shape as indicated on drawings. Boll on securely to concrete block walls at max, 1200 mm o.c. B. Finish: Paint finish by Section 09900, Painting. 3.07 EXTERIOR ALUMINUM WINDOW SUPPORT A. Provide 6mm thick galvanized steel clip angles, plates, etc., as indicated on drawings to support aluminum exterior windows. Finish: galvanized. 3.08 EXTERIOR ALUMINUM STOREFRONT GLAZED SCREENS SUPPORT A. Provide continuous 76 x 76 x 6 mm galvanized steel angle at head of exterior storefront glazed screen as shown on drawings. B. Provide 76 x 76 x 6 mm galvanized verticals at maximum 1200 mm o.c. with 76 x 76 x 6 mm galvanized braces back to structure. Finish: galvanized. 3.09 STEEL PLATE AT SOFFIT A. Provide 200 mm wide x 6 mm thick continuous galvanized steel plate to underside of concrete tilt-up panel at exterior soffit outside Room 110. Finish: paint finish by Division 09900, Painting. 3.10 BENT PLATE THRESHOLD AT OVERHEAD DOOR A. Provide 6 mm thick galvanized bent checkered plate as indicated on drawings. B. Provide 65 x 65 x 6 mm galvanized steel ccntinuous angle on interior side as indicated on drawings. Finish: Galvanized. 3.11 OVERHEAD DOOR FRAMES A. Provide galvanized C9x15 channels around overhead door jamb and head cast into concrete wall as indicated on drawings. Finish: Galvanized. 03144-05500.wpd ~I '~ I ~I III :11 11 DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 7 3.12 INTERIOR GLAZED SCREEN SUPPORTS A. Provide 76 x 76 x 6 mm continuous steei angle at head of interior glazed screens as indicated on drawings. B. Provide 76 x 76 x 6 mm steel angle verticals at maximum 1200 mm o.c. with 76 x 76 x 6 steel angle braces as shown on drawings. Finish: prime painted. 3.13 SLIDING GRILLE AT CONCESSION SUPPORT I ~I ill .~ , JI .,1 ,:! A. Provide continuous 76 x 76 x 6 mm steel angle to support sliding grille at Concession 103 as shown on drawings. B. Provide 76 x 76 x 6 mm steel angle verticals at maximum 1200 o.C. with 76 x 76 x 6 mm steel braces to structure. 3.14 REMOVABLE BOLLARDS A. Provide galvanized 102 x 102 x 6.4 mm HSSwlth 12mm steel cap plate and 19mm x 12mm decorative banding as shown on drawings. B. Cast into concrete 127 x 127 x 6.4 mm galvanized sleeve 600 mm deep for receiving bollard. C. Provide 75 x 12 mm galvanized stop collar on bollard base. I I I 11 I I II '~ ]1 , II D. Finish: Hot dipped galvanized. 3.15 EXTERIOR HANDRAIL A. Provide 50 diameter galvanized pipe rail to dimensions and profile as shown on drawings. B. Railing to be ccre drilled into precast ccncrete steps. C. Finish: hot dipped galvanized. 3.16 INSTALLATION A. Work shall be fabricated and erected square, plumb and true, straight, level and accurately filled to size detailed on reviewed Shop Drawings. Alljoints shall be welded unless otherwise indicated. Exposed welds shall be ground smooth and/or flush. Exposed work shall be finished smooth and even, close joints and neat connections. Exposed welds continuous for full length of joints. B. Where anchors or fastenings, sleeves, have to be built in by other trades, supply all necessary templates, instructions and supervision to ensure satisfactory installation. C. Do all drilling-, cutting and fitting necessary to attach this work to adjoining work and make it complete. D. Securely anchor components in place. Unless otherwise indicated, anchor components as follows: 1. To concrete and solid masonry with expansion type anchors. 03144-05500.wpd DIVISION 5 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS Pa~e 8 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I 3.16 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) 2. To hollow ccnstructlon with toggle bolts. 3. To thin metal with screws or bolts. 4. To thick metal with bolts or by welding. 5. To wood with bolts or lag screws. 6. Fill space between railing members and sleeves with non shrink grout. E. Provide all components required for anchoring. Make anchoring in concealed manner where possible. Exposed anchors shall be approved by the consultant, shaU be neat, and of the same materiai, colour, texture and finish of base metal on which they occur. Exposed fastenings shall be evenly spaced. F. Grind all field welds smooth. G. Touch up shop coat of prime paint where damaged by field erection. 3.17 SCHEDULE A. General 1. Supply and install all miscellaneous metal work indicated on Drawings and not included in the work of other Sections in addition to items listed below. Where items are required to be built into masonry, concrete or other work supply such items to respective Sections with all anchors and accessories for building in. 2. All items shall be of sizes and as detailed on drawings. B. Itemized List 1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Lateral support framing for masonry walls except where specified elsewhere. 3. Bent plates. 4. Miscellaneous equipment support steel as detailed. 5. Roof ladders. 6. Handrails and handrail brackets. 7. Masonry wall lateral support framing and clips. 8. Vanity support brackets. 9. Bench support brackets. 10. Exterior handrails. 11. Removable bollards 12. Bent piate threshold at overhead door. 13. Overhead door frames. 14. Interior glazed screen supports. 15. Sliding grille at concession. 16. Exterior aluminum window support. 17. Steel piate at soffit. 18. Exterior aluminum storefront glazed screen support. 19. Galvanized steel angle slab edge at door sills where detailed. 20. All other miscellaneous metal items shown on the drawings and not specified elsewhere. End of Section 03144-05500.wpd 11 '~I 11 DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY il ,I 1 1.01 PART 1: GENERAL GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .~ I I 1.1 "I 1.02 'II 'II ~I , II .~ I ~,il JI q . "II " il " ~ I "'I , HI ,I ;'~ 1.03 1.04 I~ I II '" ~ I ~ I I-I 'i A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Construction Facilities Temporary Barriers and Enclosures Formwork Lightweight Structural Steel Framing Metal Fabrications Finish Carpentry Built-up Bituminous Roofing Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Washroom Accessories REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES Pa~e 1 Section 01520 Section 01560 Section 03100 Section 05410 Section 05500 Section 06200 Section 07500 Section 081 00 Section 1 0800 A. Structural members shall conform to CSA 086.1, 'Engineering Design in Wood' (Limit States Design). B. Sawn lumber shall be identified by the grade stamp of an association or independent grading agency certified by the Canadian Lumber Standards Accreditation Board. C. Plywood identification shall be by grade mark in accordance with applicable CSA Standards. D. Pressure treated and fire retardant treated materials shall ccnform to CAN/CSA-080.1. E. All workmanship and installation shall ccnform to the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, Part 9. PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Materials shall not be delivered before they are required for proper conduct of the work. B. Protect materials, under cover, both in transit and on the site. C. Store materials to prevent deterioration or the loss or impairment of their structural and other essential properties. Do not store materials in areas subject to high humidity and areas where masonry and concrete work are not completely dried out. D. Protect work from damage during storage, handling, installation and until the building is turned over to the Owner. Make good damage and loss without additional expense to the Owner. E. Store sheathing materials level and flat, in a dry location. Protect panel edges from moisture at all times. F. Deliver anchor bolts for setting into concrete foundation walls and masonry walls by others. 03144-06100.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Pa~e 2 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. When required by authorities having jurisdiction, submit sequential erection drawings indicating all necessary false work, temporary construction bracing and hoisting. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials specified herein. B. Timber Material shall be 'Grade Stamped'. C. Construction Lumber: To CAN/CSA 0141 Softwood Lumber graded to NLGA Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber, published by the National Lumber Grades Authority. Ail lumber shall bear grade stamps. Moisture content of softwood lumber not to exceed 19% at time of installation. 1. All wood curbs, copings, cants, and blocking on roof shall be NO.2 Pine or better pressure treated as herein specified. 2. Nailing strips, furring and strapping: NO.4 Common Pine. 3. Fitment framing: NO.1 Common Pine. 4. Fencing and Posts: NO.1 Eastern White Cedar. 5. Wood Seats and Benches: NO.1 Eastern White Cedar. D. Panel Materials: Type, grade and thickness as specified in accordance with the following standards: 1. Canadian Softwood Plywood: to CSA 0151-M, standard construction, good one or both sides as required, thickness as shown or specified. 2. Douglas Fir Plywood: To CSA 0121-M, standard ccnstruction, good one side, thickness as shown on the drawings. 3. Mat formed structural panel board (oriented strand board): To CAN3-0437.0. E. Rouqh Hardware: Nails, screws, anchors and special fastening devices required for the erection of rough carpentry shall be galvanized and conform to CSA Standards B 111 and B34. F. Bolts: y," diameter, galvanized, ccmplete with nuts and washers. G. Proorietarv Fasteners: toggle bolts, expansion shields and lag bolts, screws and lead or inorganic fibre plugs, recommended for purpose by manufacturer. H. Galvanizinq: To CAN/CSA-G164. i. Sealant: 'Mono' as manufactured by Tremco Manufacturing Ltd. or equivalent by Dow- Corning. J. Wood Preservative to CAN/CSA-080-M: 1. Pressure treated: CCA - Wolmanlzed Koppers Company Inc. 2. Surface-Applied: Coloured Copper napthenate or 5% pentachlorophenol solution, water repellant. 03144-06100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i 1 I II , '1. I. DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Pa~e 3 '1.1 'I JI '1 I I il I ]1 I I I rll ." :~ I [111 :1 i':11 ", i,~ , I,'i I Ii ":1 il I I ~I ~ .11 :;1 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) K. Adhesive: contractors gun grade wood adhesive, general purpose, to CSA 01120 Series. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Workmanshio 1. Comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, Part 9. 2. Execute work using skilled mechanics according to best practice, as specified herein and indicated on drawings. 3. Layout work carefully and to accommodate work of other trades. Accurately cut and fit; erect in proper position true to dimensions; align, level, square, plumb, adequateiy brace, and secure permanently in place. Join work only over solid backing. B. Rouqh Hardware 1. Work shall include rough hardware such as nails, bolts, nuts, washers, screws, clips, hangers, ccnnectors, strap iron, and operating hardware for temporary enclosures. 2. Fasten rough hardware; to hollow masonry units with adequate size toggle bolts; to solid masonry or concrete surfaces with expansion shields and lag screws. Where screws are required, use lead or inorganic fibre piugs. Wood or organic piugs are not permitted. Do not ramset fastenings into concrete floor or concrete block or structural steel sections. C. Roof Blockinq. Curbs and Cooinqs 1. Provide and install framing, blocking, curbs and ccpings as indicated on the drawings. Anchor blocking securely in permanent manner as indicated on the drawings. 2. Provide 3/8" Dougias Fir plywood copings on all built-up wood copings and curbs as detailed. D. Installation of Door Frames 1. Set frames plumb, square and level, maintaining door width and height. 2. Brace frames securely in position while being built-in. Install temporary wood spreader at mid height of frame until adjacent masonry work is compiete. 3. Where indicated, fill door frames with insulation. E. Surface Aoolied Wood Preservative 1. Treat surfaces of material with wood preservative before installation. Apply preservative after materials have been cut and fit to size. To cut end two coats of preservative shall be applied. 2. Apply preservative by dipping, or by brush or spray to completely saturate and maintain wet film on surface for minimum 3 minute soak on lumber and one minute soak on plywood. 3. Retreat surfaces exposed by cutting, trimming, or boring with 2 coats of brush application of preservative before installation. 03144-06100.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY Pa~e 4 3.01 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) 4. All wood in contact with masonry or concrete shall be dipped in a tank of preservative for two minutes after fabrication. F. Electrical Equioment Backboard: 1. Provide backboards for mounting electrical equipment as indicated. Use 19 mm thick fir face veneer fire retardant softwood plywood on 3/4" x 111:," furring around perimeter and at max, of 12" intermediate spacing. G. Blockinq: 1. Provide solid wood or plywood backing to support cabinetwork and grab bars, toilet partition and the like. Install blocking between metal studs. 2. Provide continuous plywood backing at window heads, ccncealed behind gypsum board, for support of blinds, as detailed. 3. Provide continuous plywood backing in partitions where indicated for the support of fitments and fixtures. End of Section 03144-06100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 1. 11 II ~I 1. ; DIVISION 6 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK '1- ~I 11 . I :!il 9 . ..~ I .: Ii ..~ I .1 , .11 " 'I II t)! ,J f;:1 I" Ij I ~ I ;J! 1 A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. Rough Carpentry Cabinet Work Metal Fabrications Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Finish Hardware Painting Washroom Accessories Miscellaneous Specialties Section 06100 Section 06410 Section 05500 Section 081 00 Section 08710 Section 09900 Section 10800 Section 10950 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Do millwork to Millwork Standards of Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada (AWMAC). All materiais and workmanship shall be AWMAC Premium Grade unless noted otherwise. B. Lumber and wood products shall be graded in acccrdance with the National Lumber Grades Authority (NLGA) Standard Grading Rules for Canadian Lumber. 1.04 SPECIAL PROTECTION A. Store finished carpentry items in clean, dry, ventilated area. During shipment and storage, materials shall have protective covering. B. Cover plastic laminate items with heavy Kraft paper and place in corrugated cardboard cartons with corners well padded to avoid damage. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit duplicate 12" long samples of each type of solid wood or plywood to receive stain or natural finish, in accordance with Section 01330. 1.06 WARRANTY A. Provide a written guarantee stating that "finished carpentry work shall be guaranteed for two (2) years following date of Substantiai Completion against warpage, opening of joints, cracking, shrinking, and similar defects." 1.07 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit shop drawings in acccrdance with Section 01330. B. Clearly indicate details of construction, profiles, jointing, fastening and other related details. C. Indicate all materials, thicknesses, finishes and hardware. 03144-06200.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Pa~e 2 I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Softwood Lumber: To CAN/CSA 0141 and National Lumber Grades Authority requirements, S4S, with maximum moisture content of 19% or less for interior work, Ponderosa Pine species, to AWMAC premium grade. B. Hardwood Lumber: To Nationai Hardwood Lumber Association (NHLA) requirements, moisture content of 6% maximum maple species AWMAC Premium Grade. C. Hardwood Veneered Particle Board: To CSA 0115, of thickness indicated, rotary cut face birch veneer, unless specified otherwise on the drawings; good two sides for work with two sides exposed to view; good one side for work with one side exposed to view. Use particle board core with Type I bond. Select veneer to provide random match. D. Douqlas Fir Plywood (DFP): To CSA 0121-M, good two sides, tight face select sheathing, high density overlaid. E. Canadian Softwood Plywood (CSP): to CSA 0151, standard construction. F. Poolar Plywood: To CSA 0153-M sanded grade construction grade overlaid grade. G. Mat-Formed Wood Particle Board: To CAN3-0188.1-M grade, sanded faces, of thickness indicated. H. Nails and Staoles: To CSA Bl11; plain finish, spiral thread nails. I. Hardwood and Decorative Plvwood: To CSA 0115-M. J. Melamine Overlaid Panel boards: 1. Melamine overlay, heat and pressure laminated with phenolic resin to )1," thick particleboard core. 2. Overlay bonded to both faces where exposed two sides, and when panel material requires surface on one side only, reverse side to be overiaid with a plain balancing sheet. 3. Furniture finish: solid cclour seiected by consultant. 4. Edge finishing: matching melamine and polyester overlay edge strip with self- adhesive. K. Rouqh Hardware: Bolts, lag screws, anchors, nails and expansion shields required to secure this portion of work. Rough hardware hot dip galvanized ccnforming to latest edition of CAN/CSA-G 164. L. Wood Screws: to CSA B 35.4 plain, type and size to suit application. M. Adhesives: To CSA 0112-M, type as appropriate for the intended application. N. Plastic Laminate: CSA CAN 3-Al72, Nevamar, with armoured protection surface. Colours and textures will be selected by the Consultant. 03144-06200.wpd 11 '1. 11 ~I 1i DIVISION 6 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Pa~e 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) O. Solines: wood or metal, to suit application. ~.' I .1 I ill I 11 .; I ;11 I! III. ., ,~ I :11 I! r" r~ I I~ I :n '.1 . I I P. Aluminum Accents: solid aluminum, 6063-T54 alloy with mill finish. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. General: Field measure all dimensions. Fabricate all finish carpentry items to AWMAC premium grade, and in accordance with the reviewed shop drawings. Set nails and screws, apply stained plain wood filler to indentations, sand smooth and leave ready to receive finish. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Provide grounds as necessary for secure installation of cabinetwork. B. All wood surfaces shall be sanded smooth, ready to receive finish. C. Scribe and cut as required, fit to abutting walls and surfaces, fit properly into recesses and to accommodate piping, columns, fixtures, outlets or other projecting, intersecting or penetrating objects. D. Form joints to conceal shrinkage. E. Set and secure materials and components in place, rigid plumb and square. F. Provide heavy duty fixture attachments for wall mounted cabinet work. G. Design and select fasteners to suit size and nature of components being joined. Use proprietary devices as recommended by manufacturer. H. Set finishing nails to receive filler. Where screws are used to secure members, countersink screws in round, cleanly cut hole and plug with wood plug to match material being secured. I. Replace Items offinish carpentry with damage to wood surfaces including hammer and other bruises. J. Install in accordance with the AWMAC Quality Standards Manual, Part 6, Item 6 for premium grade. All fastenings shall be concealed. 03144-06200.wpd i ',1 DIVISION 6 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY Pa~e 4 3.04 MISCELLANEOUS - SCHEDULE OF FINISHED CARPENTRY ITEMS A. On completion, remove manufacturer's identification markings and clean plastic laminate surfaces. B. A schedule offinished carpentry items is included for guidance only. It is not intended to be ccmplete and all inclusive. C. Plastic laminate countertops on plywood sub-base and steel frame in Mens Washroom 107 and Womens Washroom 105. D. Install washroom accessories as specified in Section 10800. E. Wood rail at Change Rooms: 19 x 150 mm, maple, ccntinuous as shown on drawings. Finish: Clean lacquer. F. Wood benches: Constructed of 38 x 100 mm maples laminated together as shown on drawings. Finish: Clear lacquer. G. Cabinet work: Refer to Section 06400, cabinet work. H. Plastic laminate sills: 19 mm thick sills and aprons as shown of drawings. End of Section 03144-06200.wpd I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I 11 .1 .~ I I 11 DIVISION 6 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL '.11 i 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS I 'II A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK il il 11 A. B. C. D. H. I. Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Miscellaneous Specialties Plumbing Fixtures and Trim Electrical outlets Section 05500 Section 06100 Section 06200 Section 10950 Division 15 Division 16 1.03 DEFINITION A. "Exposed" when referred to in this Section, shall mean ail parts which can be viewed and shall include interiors of cupboards, cabinets and countertops, backs of doors, shelving, gables, and drawers. 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE I I A. Reference Standards: unless otherwise specified, carry out finish carpentry work in accordance with requirements of "Millwork Standards" (latest issue) of Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers' Association of Canada (AWMAC), Custom Grade. 1.05 SUBMITTALS I " I ill I il I ill '1 ill ~ II '!i ~ I :':;! A. Submit detailed shop drawings for cabinetwork showing proposed assembly, connections, anchorage, materials, dimensions, thickness, and finishes. B. Submit duplicate, 300 mm long samples of each type of solid wood and piywood used in exposed work, complete with specified finish, prior to fabrication of cabinetwork. C. Submit sample of each type of cabinet hardware component used. 1.06 PRODUCT DELIVERY. HANDLING & STORAGE A. Protect against damage, including damage by excessive changes in moisture content, during delivery and storage. Maintain minimum storage temperature of 16"C, and relative humidity of 25% to 55%. B. Cover plastic laminate faces at shop with heavy Kraft paper. C. Do not deliver finish carpentry components to site before all wet trades are compieted, the building is closed in and humidity conditions on site are acceptable. Do not deliver during rain or damp weather. D. Store materials on site in such a way as to prevent deterioration or loss or impairment of essential properties. Prevent excessive moisture gain of materials. 03144-06410.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK Pa~e 2 1.07 PROTECTION A. Provide coverings as necessary to protect finish carpentry components from damage of any kind during storage and after installation. 1.08 WARRANTY A. At no cost Owner, remedy any defects in work of this Section due to delamination and warping of plastic laminated finish carpentry components for a period of two (2) years from date of Substantial Performance. Provide Owner with a written warranty to this effect. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Solid Wood: .1 Unless otherwise indicated, provide AWMAC Premium Grade. .2 All wood materials shall be new, straight and clean, free of sap, knots, pitch, and other defects, except as permitted by applicable grading rules. .3 All wood shall be kiln dried to a maximum moisture ccntent of 70k .4 Softwood: to CSA 0141, dressed all sides used in ccncealed locations. B. Plvwood: .1 Hardwood Plywood: to CSAOll5-M, Type II Select Grade Maple, where transparent finish is required and Solid Grade where paint finish is required. .2 Soft Plywood: to CSA 0151-M Standard Grade, solid two sides. Use in concealed locations only, except as indicated. C. Hardboard: To CGSB 11-GP-3M, Type 2, 6 mm thick or as indicated. D. Plastic Laminated Comoonents: .1 Plastic laminate facing sheet: CSA CAN3-A 172-M, PF-S and GP-S; colours, gloss and texture will be selected by Consultant from full range of products by Formica, Arborite, Pionite, Nevamar or Wilson art. .2 Backing sheet: BK Grade by manufacturer of facing sheet. .3 Core: CAN3-0188.1M, Grade R. .4 Laminating adhesive: CAN3-0112 Series M. .5 Core sealer: clear water resistant synthetic resin sealer. E. Melamine Overlaid Panelboards: .1 Melamine overlay, heat and pressure laminated with phenolic resin to 12.7 mm thick particle board. .2 Overlay bonded to both faces where exposed two sides, and when panel material require surface on one side only, reverse side to be overlaid with a plain balancing sheet. .3 Furniture finish: solid colour as selected by the consultant. .4 Edge Finishing: matching melamine and polyester overlay edge strip with self- adhesive. 03144-06410.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 41 l' I I I I I I ~ I 'I ':i II ~I I I ~ I I ~ I i~ [<; i~ I II ~ I 'i Ii! '. DIVISION 6 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK Pa~e 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) F. Fasteners and Adhesive: .1 Nails and staples: CSA Blll, galvanized, spiral head nails. .2 Screws: To CSA B35.4 zinc, cadmium or chrome plated steel. .3 Adhesive: To CSA 0112-M, type as appropriate for the intended application waterproof. Contact bond not acceptable. G. Cabinet Hardware: Products listed are a standard of acceptance. Products by other manufacturers, of equal quality and similar appearance may also be accepted subject to review and approval by Consultant. .1 Hinges for 19 mm door Blum 91-650, 170' with self closing spring. .2 Door and drawer pull: GSH 302 x 100 mm CTC 7.5 mm o.d. brushed stainless steel. .3 Drawer slides: KV 1429 full extension for 45 kg load @ 500 mm. .4 Drawer locks: CCL 0738 pin tumbler MK & KA by room. .5 Cabinet locks: CCL 0737 pin tumbler MK & KA by room. .6 Elbow catch: Ives 2-A14 on inactive door of locked pair. .7 Pilaster & clips: KV 255, 256. .8 Hardware finish: Chrome or nickel plated. .9 Sliding Glass Door Hardware: specified under Section 10950 2.02 FABRICATION A. General Requirements: .1 Exposed joints and edges: a. Uniformly space exposed joints uniess otherwise indicated. b. No edge grain shall be visible; mitre external ccrners, house internal fasteners. Glue mitred corners. c. All exposed edges of plywood and particle board shall have solid wood edging, pressure glued. .2 Mechanical Fasteners: a. Inconspicuously locate mechanical fasteners. Wherever possible, conceal fastenings. b. Countersink nail heads. c. Where exposed to view, ccuntersink screw and bolt heads and fill holes with matching wood plugs. d. Cutting and fitting: make cutouts in work of this Section as required to accommodate work of other Sections. e. Make provisions in cabinetwork to accept built-in appliances, provided by others. .3 Plastic Laminate Components: a. Unless otherwise specified herein, ccmply with requirements of CAN3- A172-M Appendix 'A'. b. Assembly: Bond plastic laminate to core with adhesive, under pressure. c. Core: unless otherwise indicated: 19 mm thick; countertops 28 mm thick. 03144-D6410.wpd DIVISION 6 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK Page 4 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd) d. Balanced construction: plastic laminate covered components shall be of balanced construction, with plastic laminate on both faces of core. Seal core edges not covered with plastic laminate. e. Use largest practicable plastic laminate sheet size. f. Provide joints symmetrically; provide joints as corners and at changes in superficial areas; provide conceaied draw bolt anchors and joints. All butt joints shall have a blind spine. g. Construct countertops postformed or self edged as detailed on Drawings. h. Apply self-edged minimum 1.0 mm thick plastic laminate to exposed ends of countertops. I. Construct splashbacks minimum 100 mm high or higher where indicated. Do not return postformed splashback at ends except where specifically called for. j. Openings and cutouts: I. Radius internal ccrners at least 3 mm and chamfer edges. ii. Where core edge is to remain exposed; cover with plastic laminate edging. iiI. Where core edge is to be ccncealed, seal with sealer. .4 Cabinetwork: a. Except where otherwise detailed, use flush overlaid construction. Tenon, dado, dowel, or rabbet interior construction with all parts well glued. Shoulder mitre all exposed corners. Open ends or skeleton frames against walls are not permitted. Unless otherwise permitted by Consultant, use unitized construction system for all ccmponents. b. Unless otherwise indicated, ccnstruct all exterior components of cabinetwork, ccunters, cupboards, such as doors, drawer fronts, exposed end gables, from plastic laminate covered particle board; use melamine finished particle board for interior components, not visible when cabinet doors, cupboard doors, drawers, are in closed position. c. Provide cupboards with 6 mm thick plywood backs. d. Construct gables of piastic laminate faced particle board. Rout gables for pilaster strips where adjustable shelving is required. e. Construct shelving of 19 mm melamine faced veneer core particle board. f. Construct doors and drawer fronts of 19 mm plastic laminate faced plywood. g. Construct doors with 19 mm particle board sides and back, with sides tongued into front and back housed into sides. Construct bottom with 19 mm hardboard housed into front and sides. Top edge for sides and back may be exposed. h. Install cabinet hardware in acccrd with hardware manufacturer's directions. Unless otherwise indicated, provide each drawer and door with pull, each drawer with extension hardware and each door with minimum two hinges. Provide locks where indicated. i. Apply moisture repellent sealer to concealed backs of cabinetwork. 03144--06410,wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 :1 'if,', 'I I DIVISION 6 SECTION 06410 CABINETWORK Pa~e 5 ill :j :1 \11 ]1 11 I I I ~ I :1 ' 'II .; , "! I I :11 I ~ 1 2.03 FINISHES A. All exposed exterior surfaces: plastic laminate. B. All exposed interior surfaces: melamine. C. Cabinet and case backs unexposed to view shall be given one coat of moisture repellent sealer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install cabinetwork ccmponents plumb, true and level and securely fasten in place. Accurately scribe and closely fit ccmponents to irregularities of adjacent surfaces. B. Accurately fit joints in true plane, locate joints over bearing or supporting surfaces. C. Provide mechanical fastening devices such as nails, screws and bolts required for fastening wood components. Uniess permitted, provide ccnceaied fastening of components. D. Install wall mounted cabinets with steel angle supports secured to wall with drilled, self- tapping screw anchors. E. Where permitted, nail with small headed finishing nails. Countersink nail heads with nail setter. F. Install plastic laminate components using concealed fastening devices. G. Where components are fastened with screws or bolts, countersink screw and bolt heads and provide wood plugs matching surrounding wood. "I I I!! ,.,,1 !"! 'ii 1";1 I ij ,., i : : ~ H I Ij I' ;'1 , ~i ~ I :~ '11 ';1 ~1 I ;1 I d H. Where cabinetwork abuts other building elements, provide wood trim matching cabinetwork except where otherwise detailed. I. Where access is required to valves and other mechanical and electrical ccmponents, located behind cabinetwork, provide removable plywood access panels of size required and secure with four brass screws. J. Check operation of all moveable parts and, if necessary, adjust to ensure proper and smooth function. K. Upon ccmpletion of installation, inspect work of this Section and touch-up, where required, minor or damaged surface finish to restore it to originai condition. Replace damaged components which, in the opinion of the Consultant, cannot be satisfactorily repaired. End of Section 03144-06410.wpd jl I I I I I I I I I I I I I " I ,.ii '1 " ,'ill '.:,1 l'ii ;~ j'ill i,1 I : ! DIVISION 7 SECTION 07195 AIR BARRIER PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Masonry Lightweight Structural Steel Framing Rough Carpentry Building Insulation Insulated Metal Wall Cladding Joint Sealers Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Aiuminum Windows, Doors and Screens Gypsum Wallboard 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS Pa~e 1 Section 04200 Section 05410 Section 06100 Section 07200 Section 07410 Section 07900 Section 08100 Section 08120 Section 09250 A. The latest issues of the following codes and standards shall govern the work of this Section: 1. The Ontario Building Code 2. CAN2 51.33.M 3. ASTM D-624 Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers. 4. CGSB 57GP52M 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to commencing the Work, submit independent documentation certifying that the air barrier membranes have been tested independently, indicating air leakage at rates recommended by the NRC and the Natiqnal Building Code. B. Prior to commencing the Work, submit copies of manufacturers current certification to iSO 9002-1994 Model. Membrane, primers, seaiants and adhesives shall be included. C. Prior to commencing the Work, submit references clearly indicating that the materials proposed have been installed for not less than ten years on projects of similar sccpe and nature. Submit references for a minimum of twenty-five projects. D. Prior to ccmmencing the Work, submit manufacturers complete set of standard details for air barriers. 1.05 SAMPLES E. Submit MSDS data sheets for all products and materials prior to delivery to the site A. Submit three copies of manufacturers product data and installation instructions. 03144-07195.'Npd B. Submit two 12" square samples of membrane. DIVISION 7 SECTION 07195 AIR BARRIER Pa~e 2 I I I I I I I I I 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: submit in writing, a document stating that the applicator of the primary air barrier membranes specified in this section is reccgnized by the manufacturer as suitable for the execution of the Work. B. Workmanship Standards: 1. Prepare and apply materials in accordance with membrane material manufacturer's requirements, and this specification. 2. Keep copy of manufacturer's specifications and instructions on site for duration of work. C. Ensure that membrane manufacturer's field representative is present at site to observe installation of air barrier system and that he, upon completion of work, confirms in writing that work is installed as specified. D. Components used in this section shall be sourced from one manufacturer, including sheet membrane, air barrier sealants, primers, mastics, and adhesives. 1.07 MOCK-UP A. Construct, where directed, typical exterior wall panels, on gypsum sheathed wall, each 60" x 60" incorporating substrate, window frame, insulation and showing typical air barrier membrane installation details. I 1. Installer 2. Manufacturer's representative 3. General Contractor 4. Sub-contractors performing work affected by this trade 5. Independent Inspection & Testing Agency 6. Consultant 7. Owner I I I I I I I I I B. Allow 24 hours for inspection of mock-up by Consultant before proceeding with air barrier work. Mock-up may remain as part of the Work. 1.08 PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Convene a pre construction conference one (1) week before commencing work of this Section. Arrange for all affected parties to be in attendance, including but not limited to: 1.09 COORDINATION A. Ensure continuity of the air seal throughout the scope of this Section. 1.10 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver material to the site in the original unbroken packages bearing the name of manufacturer and product. B. Store materials in an approved manner at the site preceding application and protect from damage at all times. 03144-07195.wpd I I . . . . . . I I . il I I II DIVISION 7 SECTION 07195 AIR BARRIER Pa~e 3 1.10 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE (Conl'd) C. Store adhesives and primers at temperatures of 50C and above to facilitate handling. D. Keep solvent away from open flame or excessive heat. E. Protect rolls from direct sunlight until ready for use. 1.11 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply membrane only when air temperature is within limits specified by material manufacturer. B. Protect surrounding building surfaces from damage. C. During cold weather, store materials at minimum 50C until immediately prior to application. 1.12 WARRANTY A. At no ccst to Owner, remedy any defects in work, including work of this and other Sections, due to faults in materials or workmanship provided under this Section of Specifications appearing within a period of two (2) years from date of substantial performance of entire work of the contract as certified by the Consultant. Provide Owner with a written warranty to this effect. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use materials soecified. B. Air barrier membrane shall be an SBS modified bitumen self adhering type, integrally laminated to a cross-laminated polyethylene film having the following physical properties: 1. Thickness: 1 mm (40 mils) min. 2. Air Leakage: <0.01 Us. m' @ 75 Pa 3. Vapour permeance: 2.8 ng/Pa.m2.s 4. Low temperature flexibility: Pass @ -30oC to CGSB 37-GP-56M 5. Elongation: 200% min. to ASTM D412 C. Acceptable Products: I.' I Blueskin SA by Monsey-Bakor Inc. Perm-A-Barrier by W'R. Grace & Co. Air Shield by W.R. Meadows II I ~I 03144-07195.wpd I DIVISION 7 SECTION 07195 AIR BARRIER Page 4 I I I I I I I I 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) D. AirNapour Barrier Membrane Primer: Sheet membrane primer: synthetic rubber based adhesive type, quick setting having the following physical properties: 1. 2. 3. 4. Colour: Weight: Solids by Weight: Drying time (initial set): Blue 0.8 kg/I 35% 30 minutes Acceptable material: Blueskin primer as manufactured by Monsey-Bakor Inc. or equivaient by W.R. Grace & Co. or W.R. Meadows. E. Liquid Sealant: air barrier type having the following characteristics: 1. Compatibility: with airlvapour barrier membrane, substrate and insulation. 2. Air leakage: 0.013 Us' m'.s 3. Long term flexibility: Pass CGSB 71-GP-24M 4. Chemical resistance: Alkaiis and salt Acceptable material: Air Bloc 21 as manufactured by Monsey-Bakor Inc. or equivalent by W.R. Grace and Co. or W.R. Meadows. I I I I PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Examine all surfaces to ensure conformance to the manufacturer's recommended surface conditions. B. Do not proceed with air barrier application until all substrate defects are repaired in accordance with the directions in 3.02 "Preparation". C. New mortar must be cured 14 days and must be dry before air barrier membrane is applied. I I I I I I 3.02 PREPARATION A. All surfaces which are to receive flexible air barrier must be smooth, clean, dry, frost-free and in sound condition. All moisture, frost, grease, oils, loose mortar, dust, or other foreign materials which may impede the adhesion of the air barrier must be removed. B. Concrete must be cured 28 days and dry before air barrier membrane is applied. Remove any and all sharp protrusions and repair any defects such as spalled or loose aggregate areas. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Prime surfaces and apply membrane in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions. 03144-07195.wpd ~I I ill ill II DIVISION 7 SECTION 07195 AIR BARRIER Page 5 3.03 INSTAllATION (Cont'd) l II 11 I I II 11 11 ,~ JI .~ , :11 , , II 11 I 1 "II ,,1 " ]1 , '! I ,.': !~.:: I i~~ ,,1 ~ I ~I l~ I) " B. Primed surfaces not covered by air barrier membrane during the same working day must be reprimed. C. Apply membrane by heating the surface in contact with the substrate with a trigger-activated propane torch, type as recommended by the manufacturer. D. Cut sheet membrane into manageable sizes, position membrane for alignment prior to removing protective film. E. Install membrane horizontally, in a shingle fashion starting at lowest point. Position membrane and remove protective film and press firmly into place. Ensure minimum 50 mm overlap at all end and side laps. Promptly roll the membrane surface and all laps with a counter top roller to ensure proper surface bond and effect the seal. F. Tie-in to window frames, door frames, roofing system and at the interface of dissimilar materials as indicated on drawings. Seal with air barrier tape, Refer to manufacturer's standard details. G. At window openings, apply membrane around perimeter and return inside window openings. Seal with tape. H. At door openings, apply membrane to create positive seal between wall substrate and hollow metal door frame. Seal with tape. I. Ensure all projections including wall ties, are properly sealed with a trowel or caulk application of specified sealant. 3.04 INSPECTION AND REPAIR A. Inspect membrane thoroughly before covering and make any corrections to punctures, tears, voids and other obvious defects which would impede the membrane from performing as intended. B. Restrict construction traffic and equipment movement near the completed air barrier to only essentially related trades. For any other trades continuing to work near the compieted air barrier, appropriate protection shall be provided. C. Notify consultant when sections of work are complete so as to allow for review prior to installation of insulation. End of Section 03144-07195.wpd !I I , ~I PART 1. GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS DIVISION 7 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. A. L. M. Excavating, Backfilling and Grading Concrete Tilt-Up Concrete Masonry Reinforcement and Accessories Masonry Rough Carpentry Air Barrier Fire Stopping and Smoke Seals Insulated Metal Wall Cladding Elastomeric Sheet Roofing Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens Gypsum Wallboard Mechanical 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CAN/CGSB-51.20-M B. CGSB 71-GP-24M C. CSAA101-M D. CAN 2-51.32 E. CSAB111 F. CAN/CGSB 51.26M G. CAN/ULC-S702 H, ASTM E1677 I. ASTM E84 J. D1621-00 K. ASTM D1623 L. ASTM E1677 M. ASTM C665 Page 1 Section 02200 Section 03300 Section 03470 Section 04080 Section 04200 Section 06100 Section 07195 Section 07270 Section 07410 Section 07530 Section 08100 Section 08400 Section 09250 Division 15 Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene Boards and Pipe Covering, Adhesive, Flexible, for Bonding to Cellular Polystyrene Insulation. Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings. Sheathing, Membrane, Breather Type. Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples. Thermal Insulation, Urethane and Isocyanurate, Faced. Thermailnsulation Mineral Fibre for Buildings, Standard Specification for an Air Retarder Material or System for Low-Rise Framed Building Walls. Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. Standard Test Method for Compressive Properties Of Rigid Cellular Plastics. Standard Test Method for Tensile And Tensile Adhesion Properties Of Rigid Cellular Plastics. Standard Specification for an Air Retarder (AR) Material or System for Low-Rise Framed Building Walls. Mineral-Fibre Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing. 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver material to the site in the original unbroken packages bearing the name of man ufactu rer. JI B. Store materials in an approved manner at the site preceding application and protect from damage at all times. 03144-07200.wpd 'ii DIVISION 7 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 2 1.04 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE (Cont'd) C. Remove damaged or deteriorated material from the site. 1.05 SAMPLES A. Make submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01330. B. Submit minimum 200 x 200 mm samples of each type of insulation specified. 1.06 MOCK-UP A. Coordinate with other Sections and construct mock-ups of each exterior wall type which incorporates building insulation. Mock-ups shall be minimum 1500 x 1500 mm. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Board Insulation: 1. Rigid insulation at perimeter foundation below grade shall be rigid extruded polystyrene to CAN/CGSB-51.20-M, Type 4. Insulation shall have minimum compressive strength of 30 psi, R value of not less than 5/1 inch, and a moisture absorption rate of not more than 0.7% by volume. Styrofoam SM insulation as manufactured by Dow Chemical Canada. Board size to be 610 x 1220 x 50 mm thick with ship lapped edges. B. Adhesives: As recommended by material manufacturer, compatible with insulation and substrate membrane, waterproof, conforming to CGSB 71-GP-24M. 1, Air-Bloc 21 by Monsey Bakor 2. Shur Stik 99 by The GH Company 3. PL Premium by LePage C. Primer for concrete and masonry surfaces recommended by the adhesive manufacturer for the materials to be adhered. D, Batt Insulation: Fibreglass friction fit batts to CSA A101-M, Type 1 or mineral fibre to CAN/ULC-S702 Type 1 for wall application, width and thickness as shown on details: 1. Owens Corning Fibreglass Batt Insulation, unfaced. 2. Roxul Batt Insulation, E. Insulation Clips: Adhesive bonded pin and disc type, size to suit insulation thickness: Sticklip by Eckel or similar by Dewar and Kelty. F. Buildinq Paper: To CAN 2-51.32,15# asphalt impregnated paper. G. Rouoh Hardware: Nails and staples as required for installation of insulation and membrane materials, galvanized to CSA B111 and B34. H. Mechanical Fasteninq: galvanized screw type fasteners with 1" galvanized plate washers. Screws shall be y," longer than the combined thickness of the insulation and sheathing. 03144-07200.Wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'ill I I I I I I II .! :1 jl ,I " ,,! Iii I 'I I I :j I , II .1 Ii I ! II I,] I l':: f~ I I;:! DIVISION 7 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) I. SheathinQ Tape: Prefabricated self adhesive, modified SBS bituminous membrane composed of a factory applied layer of polymeric membrane on a shrink resistant cross laminated poiyethylene carrier film. 1.0 mm thick. Minimum 200 mm wide. 1. SeaUight "Air Shield" by W.R. Meadows. 2. Blueskin SA by Monsey Bakor. 3. Perm-A-Barrier by W.R. Grace & Co. J. Vapour Retardant: refer to Section 07160. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 WORKMANSHIP A. Install insulation after building substrate materials are dry. B. Install insulation to maintain continuity of thermal protection to building elements and spaces. C. Fit insulation tightly around all structural angles, penetrations and other protrusions. D. Cut and trim insulation neatly to fit spaces. Butt joints tightly; offset vertical joints. Use only insulation board materials free from chipped or broken edges. E. Sizes of materials shall be consistent with the module of the system. F. Do not enclose or conceal insulation until it has been inspected by the Consultant. 3.02 PERIMETER INSULATION BELOW GRADE A. Do not proceed with installation until concrete surfaces are dry and cured, and damp proofing membranes have been inspected and approved. B. Install perimeter insulation vertically just prior to backfilling. C. Prime porous concrete surfaces. D. Apply adhesive in gobs or pads to the back of the insulation board in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Joints shall be left dry with joints brought into tight contact. Apply insulation to the wall with a slight sliding motion to ensure good contact. E. Protect insulation from damage until time for backfilling. 3.03 BATT INSULATION A. Install insulation to maintain continuityofthermal protection to building elements and spaces. B. Install friction fit batt insulation in walls, fit tight to framing. Ensure complete coverage and fill all voids in framing. Do not compress insulation. Fit insulation tight to all penetrations. 03144-07200.wpd I::i DIVISION 7 SECTION 07200 BUILDING INSULATION Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.03 BATT INSULATION (Cont'd) C. Pack loose fibreglass insulation in crevices between exterior concrete and door and window frames and about lintels, frames, beams around ducts at holes and other piaces where shown or required to eliminate air infiltration. D. Pack loose fibreglass into voids around mechanical and electrical pipes and ducts where they pass through walls and slabs. E. Install friction fit insulation in spaces as shown on drawings, including all steel framed stud walls. F. Fill fabricated wood roof curbs with fibrous insulation as detailed. End of Section 03144-07200.wpd I ,II I ~I I I I 111 I :11 }! I I I II ,I :! '~ I ,~ I ~I 'H ~ I ~ II " I ~', DIVISION 7 SECTION 07270 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. Masonry Building Insulation Fireproofi ng Sealants Gypsum Wallboard Fire stopping at Mechanical and Electrical Penetrations Section 04200 Section 07200 Section 07250 Section 07900 Section 09250 Divisions 15 & 16 1.03 QUALITY CONTROL A. Fire stopping and smoke seal components shall be listed and labelled by ULC. B. Install materials under environmental conditions specified by material manufacturer. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Prior to start of work, submit list of proposed fire stopping and smoke seal materials together with suitable documentation to verify that specified requirements wili be met. B. Upon Consultant's request, submit samples of materials. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of the Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials and regarding labelling and provision of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS). B. Submit MSDS for review and acceptance by the Owner prior to delivery to the project site. Obtain written approval from the Owner, and do not deliver any materials to the Owner's property prior to receipt of such approval. C. Ventilate areas of work by use of approved portable supply and exhaust fans. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Fire stopping and smoke seal systems: in accordance with CAN4-S115-M, asbestos free and capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame, smoke and gases in compliance with requirements of jurisdictional authorities; labelled by ULC. Fire resistance rating of installed systems shall be equal to fire resistance rating of adjacenUsurrounding building components. B. Fire stopping materials: foamed in place insulation, mortar, grout, gun grade sealant, mineral fibre felt, or other materials bearing ULC label for required fire rating. 03144-07270.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07270 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) C. Smoke seals and fire stopping exposed to view: sealant type. D. Service penetration assemblies: certified by ULC in accordance with CAN4-S115-M and listed in ULC Guide No. 40 U19, E. Service penetration fire stop components: certified by ULC in accordance with CAN4-S115- M85and listed in ULC Guide No. 40 U19.13 and ULC Guide No. 40 U19.15 under the Label Service of U L C, F. Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings intended for ease of re-entry such as cables: elastometric seal; do not use cementitious or rigid seal at such locations. G. Fire stopping and smoke seals at openings around penetrations for pipes, ductwork and other mechanical items requiring sound and vibration control; elastometric seal; do not use a cementitious or rigid seal at such locations. H. Primers: to manufacturer's recommendation for specific material, substrate and end use. I. Water (if applicable): potable, clean and free from injurious amounts of deleterious substances. J. Damming and back-up materials, supports and anchoring devices: to manufacturer's recommendations, and in accordance with tested assembly being installed as acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. K. Sealants for vertical joints: non-sagging. L. Ensure fire stopping materiais used are suitable for each particular appiication. Where fire stopping will be subjected to loading, use and install materiais which will support the load. Obtain Consultant's approval before proceeding with installation. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Examine sizes and conditions of voids to be filled to establish correct thickness and installation of materia is. Ensure that substrates and surfaces are clean, dry and frost free. B. Prepare surfaces in contact with fire stopping materials and smoke seals to manufacturer's instructions. C. Maintain insuiation around pipes and ducts penetrating fire separation. D. Mask where necessary to avoid spillage and over coating onto adjoining surfaces; remove stains on adjacent surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Install fire stopping and smoke seal materials in accord with manufacturer's recommendations and ULC test requirements. 03144-07270.wpd ,~ I I I :11 '! , ,II I I I I ,~ I 'i I I I I I II 'j I '1 [~ I j:;i I ~11 Ii ~ I 'I " DIVISION 7 SECTION 07270 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE SEALS Page 3 3.02 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) B. Provide fire stopping and smoke seal at control joints, between fire rated walls/partitions and structural deck above, and at other locations, as required, to maintain integrity of smoke and fire barriers. C. Fire stopping and smoke seal in locations exposed to view shall be of the sealant type, alternatively, other fire stopping material may be used, provided it is covered by a bead of seala nt. D. Seal holes or voids made by through penetrations, poke-through termination devices, and unpenetrated openings or joints to ensure continuity and integrity of fire separation are maintained. E. Provide temporary forming as required and remove forming only after materials have gained sufficient strength and after initial curing. F. Tool or trowel exposed surfaces to a neat finish. G. Remove excess compound promptly as work progresses and upon completion. 3.03 SCHEDULE A. Firestop all openings in fire rated assemblies and fire separations in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. 3.04 INSPECTION A. Notify consultant when ready for inspection and prior to concealing or enclosing fire stopping materials and service penetration assemblies. 3.05 CLEAN-UP A. Remove excess materials and debris and clean adjacent surfaces immediately after application. B. Remove temporary dams after initial set of fire stopping and smoke seal materials. End of Section 03144-07270.wpd I I I 11 jl I I ,II i 1 .~ I 11 I I ,1 I -"I i I I !I I II II DIVISION 7 SECTION 07410 INSULATED METAL WALL CLADDING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Provide labour, materials, products, equipment and services to complete the insulated metal wall cladding work specified herein. B. Insulated metal wall cladding system shall include metal liner sheet, flexible membrane flashings, z-bars, insulation, fastening, hardware, prefinished, preformed face sheet, metal flashings, sealants and all required trims and closures for wall and soffit applications. 1.03 RELATED WORK A. S. C. D. E, F. G. H. I. J, K, L. M. Masonry Structural Steel Steel Roof Deck Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Air Barrier Building Insulation Lightweight Structural Metal Framing Metal Flashing and Trim Joint Sealers Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens Gypsum Wallboard Painting Section 04200 Section 051 00 Section 05310 Section 05500 Section 06100 Section 07195 Section 07200 Section 05410 Section 07620 Section 07900 Section 08400 Section 09250 Section 09900 1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. The latest issues of the following Codes and Standards shall govern the work of this Section. II 03144-07410.wpd 1. The Ontario Building Code. 2. The National Building Code of Canada. 3. CSA S136 Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. 4. CSSBI - Standard Practice for Sheet Steel Cladding. 5. CSSBI 20M-91 Sheet Steel Cladding for Architectural and Industrial Applications. 6. CSSBI B14-93 Steei Roofing and Siding Installation Guide. 7. CSSBI B15-93 Snow, Wind and Earthquake Load Design Criteria for Steei Building Systems. 8. CSSBi B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. 9. ASTM A653/653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 10. ASTM A 792 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, 55% Aluminum-Zinc Alloy- Coated by the Hot Dip Process. DIVISION 7 SECTION 07410 INSULATED METAL WALL CLADDING Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01330. B. Show profile, size, lap dimensions and details, connections, attachments, anchorage, caulking, closures and expansion joint detail. Include necessary plans, elevations and details. C. Submit for approval duplicate samples in the selected colour(s) and profiles. D. Submit duplicate colour samples of exposed fasteners for selection by the Consultant. E. Shop drawings shall be stamped and signed by a registered Professional Engineer. F. Submit WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets for all products intended to be used on this project, including adhesives and sealants. G. Submit maintenance and cleaning instructions for metal cladding for inclusion in the Maintenance Manuais specified under Section 01780. 1.06 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Metal wall cladding shall be handled and stored on the job in such a manner that no damage shall be done to the material or the structures. B. Materials showing evidence of improper handling and storage shall be rejected and removed from the site at no additional expense to the Owner. 1.07 SPECIAL CONDiTIONS A. The erector shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of surfaces and the conditions affecting the proper installation of his materials and shall not proceed until all satisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. A1i dimensions must be verified in the field prior to submittal of shop drawings. 1.08 MOCK-UP A Fabricate mock-up of metal wall cladding and metal soffit assemblies for review and approval by the consultant. B. Mock-up shall be minimum 150 x 150 mm of each type of assembly and shall include methods of fastening, trim, seals and subframing. C. Mock-up, when approved, may remain as part of final construction, and shall form the acceptable standard for work of this section. 1.09 GUARANTEE A. Submit manufacturer's warrantee that pre finished materials will not lose film integrity for 25 years and will not chalk or fade for 20 years following date of substantial performance. D3144-D741D.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07410 INSULATED METAL WALL CLADDING Page 3 1.10 WARRANTY A. Warranty the work of this Section against defects in workmanship for a period of 5 years. Defects shall include, but not limited to, leaking, failure of components to stay in position, lifting, deformation of members, loosening of components, splitting, oil-canning, warping, ending and buckling. B. Warranty to be in a form acceptable to both owner and consultant. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Use materials as specified herein. Liner and exterior panel shail be formed from structural quality steel sheet, ASTM Spec. A653/A653M Grade 'A' with a minimum yield stress of 230 MPA, and a working stress of 144 MPA, to CSA 136. B. Exposed side of materials shall be colour coated with manufacturer's standard finish system equivalent to VicWest Colourite HMP with 100% ceramic colour pigmentation, minimum dry fiim thickness of 1.0 :!: 0.2 mils (ASTM D1 005). Metallic series finish material shall be Kynar 500 based. Coiour to be selected by Consultant from full range of manufacturers extended inventory of colours. C. Products supplied by VicWest form the basis of this specification. Equivalent products as manufactured by the following are acceptable, subject to approval of material and finishes, by the Consultant: 1. Agway Metals Inc. 2, Canadian Metai Roiling Milis 3, Peerless. 4, Cemal. All material shall be from one source of supply. D. Metal cladding: 1. Exterior Panel Type 1: Vicwest 2-2/3" x 7/8" corrugated Vicwest Steel Panel C.N.T. 0.76 mm (22 gauge) Zinc Coating Designation of Z275 2. Soffit Panels: Vicwest 2-2/3" x 7/8" corrugated C.N.T. 0.76 mm Zinc Coating Designation of Z275 3. Z Bars and Framing Channels: Zinc coated Z275 steel 1.22 mm thick, galvanized to ASTM A653/A653M, Grade 230. Depth to suit. 03144-07410.wpd ~ DIVISION 7 SECTION 07410 INSULATED METAL WALL CLADDING Page 4 I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) 4. Flashings and Trim: Flat Sheet to match adjacent wall paneis. C.N.T. 0.76 mm. Zinc coating designation of Z275, pre painted on exposed sides to match siding. 5. Insulation: To CAN/C GSB 51.26-M and CAN/ULC S-704 polyisocyanurate with laminated paper facers, thickness as shown on drawings, Ikotherm supplied by Iko Industries or RxISO supplied by Exceltherm RSI1.057/25 min. 6. Air/vapour barrier: SBS modified bituminous sheet membrane reinforced with non- woven, polyester mat, seif adhesive, "Blueskin S/A" by Bakor Inc., "Perm-a-barrier" by Grace Construction Products, or other approved manufacturer. E. Flashing, trims and closers shall be fabricated from the same material, thickness and finish as the interfacing exterior panel and shall be custom fabricated to suit each application. Exposed edges shall be hemmed. F. Fasteners: Exterior panel fastened with exposed self-tapping "confas" or Tapcon screws, prefinished nylon hat "Colourmate. Colour to be seiected by the Consultant. Interior framing and sub-girts fastened with type "AS" hex head cadmium plated high carbon steel, self-tapping sheet metal screws. G, Caulking: Concealed caulking shall be butyl rubber, curtain wall sealant factory appiied to liner sheet female lips, and for panel bedding on supports and around perimeter. Exposed caulking to be single component polysulphide, colour matched to siding. H. Closures: Unifoam PVC closures to profile of siding. I. Isoiation Coating: Alkali resistant bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB-1.108. B. Fabricate all metal flashing, starter strips, closures, and trim as required for complete installation of wall cladding. Hem all exposed edges minimum y," for appearance and stiffness. Mitre and seal corners with sealant. I I I I I I I PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Design metal siding and fasteners for a positive wind load of 1.0 KPa and a negative wind load of 0.60 KPa and a maximum deflection of 1/180 of the span at maximum load. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Examination 1. Examine building frame, take field measurements and examine other work which may affect this work. 2. Notify Consultant of any conditions which would prevent proper installation of this work. 03144-07410.wpd 11 I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 'II I I ~I ~I ~----- 3.02 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07410 INSULATED METAL WALL CLADDING Pa(lle 5 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) 3. Commencement of work implies acceptance of existing conditions. B. Erection shall be carried out by the manufacture~s trained erection crews or their approved erector, in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Install all fiashings and seal to provide a weather-tight structure. C. It will be the responsibility of the metal wall cladding erector to check the accuracy and alignment of the building structure. if not within tolerances set forth in the CISC Standard Code of Practice, the matter shall be brought to the attention of the Consultant before proceeding with erection of the metal wall cladding. D. Endlaps shall be minimum 4" formed over supports. E. Fasteners or method of attachment shall withstand all loads of wind or of suction as may be imposed on the metal wall cladding. Exposed fasteners shall have pre-coated or nylon coated heads. F. Before removing scaffolding from walls, clean off any marks on exposed surfaces. Remove debris and leave work ready for other trades. G. There shall be no apparent difference between face sheets of same colourwhen viewed from a minimum distance of 50 feet. Remove and replace off-colour sheets as directed by the Consultant. H. Installation of Metal Wall Claddinq 1, Install air/vapour barrier, flexible membranes, sealants, sub-framing, insulation, trim, flashings, and prefinished metal face sheet in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and reviewed shop drawings. 2. Install air/vapour barrier and sub-girts to structure. Seal around fasteners. 3. Seal air/vapour barrier to adjacent construction with flexible membrane flashings. 4. Install insulation with continuous adhesive bed to provide a continuous thermal barrier. 5. Bed all air/vapour barrier, fiashings, closures and corner pieces in sealant to provide a weather tight installation. 6. Caulk all openings, joints and around perimeter to provide a weather tight installation. Caulk at sides and top of metal siding where adjoining dissimilar materials. 3.03 TOUCH-UP J. Soffits shall be fabricated of corrugated profile metal stock, as detailed. A. Touch-up marred siding, soffit or panel surfaces to match finish, or replace as necessary, to the satisfaction of the Consultant. End of Section 03144-07410,wpd 1..1 :i I I ;11 I I I I I 1.1 :1 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division I. 1.02 RELATED WORK A B, C. D. E. F. Tilt-up Concrete Metal Roof Deck Rough Carpentry Air Barrier Metal Wall Cladding Roof Drains And Mechanical Equipment Section 03470 Section 05310 Section 06100 Section 07195 Section 07410 Division 15, Mechanical 1.03 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. The roofing contractor shall have adequate facilities or access to facilities to take receipt of and store roofing materials so that the materials are ready to be built in. B. Deliver and store materials undamaged in original unopened containers with manufacturer's label and seals intact. Containers shall be stored upright and roofing membrane shall be stored on end to prevent flattening. All materials shall be protected from moisture at all times. No material shall be placed in direct contact with the earth. ~I ! I il 'II 1.04 REFERENCES A. Ontario Building Code. B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM C-1177, Standard Specification for Glass Mat Gypsum Substrate for Use as Sheathing. C. Canadian Generai Standards Board (CGSB) II 1. CAN/CGSB-37.5, Cutback Asphalt Plastic Cement. 2. CGSB 37 -GP-9Ma, Primer, Asphalt, Unfilled, for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing. 3. CGSB 37-GP-15M, Application of Asphalt Primer for Asphalt Roofing, Dampproofing and Waterproofing. 4. CGSB 37-GP-19M, Cement, Plastic, Cutback Tar. 5. CAN/CGSB-37.29, Rubber-Asphalt Sealing Compound. D. Canadian Standards Association (CSA) I 11 11 1. CSA A123.3, Asphalt or Tar Saturated Roofing Felt. 2. CSA A 123.4, Bitumen for Use in Construction of Built-up Roof Coverings and Dampproofing and Waterproofing Systems. 3. CAN/CSAA247-M, Insulating Fibreboards. ;~..I " , 03144-07530.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 2 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I E. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada Limited A. CAN/ULC S1 02 Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials and Assemblies. F. Canadian Roofing Contractor's Association (CRCA) Metric Specification Manual, except as specified herein. G. Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation (FM): "Loss Prevention Data, Insulated Steel Deck 1-28", FM "Approval Guide" including Revisions to date. H. Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada (ULC) "List of Equipment and Materials Volume II Building Construction" including supplements to date. i. Provide membrane roofing systems inciuding insulation and all reiated materials to conform to "ULC Class A" and "FM Class I" design criteria, as shown and as specified herein. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Consultant, samples and manufacturer's literature for all materials. B. Submit verification that membrane material meets performance requirements specified in the Referenced Standards. C. Submit shop drawings of all components and accessories and including layout drawings and details for the tapered insulation system. D. Submit shop drawings detailing roof size, membrane sheet placement, location and type of penetrations, type of vapour retarder, insulation and insulation fasteners. E. Submit WHMIS Data Sheets for all products to be used on this project. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The roofing Contractor shall be of recognized standing with a proven record of satisfactory installations, and shall be a member in good standing of the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association and the Ontario Industrial Roofing Contractors Association. B, All membrane work shall be carried out by applicators fully experienced in this type of work, and approved by the system manufacturer. C, Roofing and sheet metal work shall be executed under the full time supervision of a competent foreman. D. A membrane manufacturer's representative shall be available to review installation procedure and to impact the completed installation to verify compliance with all specifications and details. E. The Owner will appoint and pay for an Independent Inspection Company to provide roofing inspection. Provide full co-operation to the roofing inspector. 03144-0753D.wpd 11 I I il I I I il ,II 1.07 1.08 1.09 I I ".1 :i 1 ! 1.10 il , i il II JI II 11 JII DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 3 PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE C. All materials, except membrane, must be stored between 5' C and 27' C. If exposed to lower temperature, restore materials to 5' C minimum temperature before using. D. All materials, except membrane, must be stored in a dry area and protected from water and direct sunlight. Damaged materials shall be replaced at roofing Contractor's expense. E. Storage of insulation and roofing materials, etc. on the roof is prohibited. PROTECTION A. Provide adequate protection of materiais and work of this trade from damage by weather, traffic and other causes. Schedule roofing installations in such a manner that traffic over the completed portions of roofing will be avoided. At the end of each day's work seal exposed edges of roofing membrane. Protect work of other trades from damage resulting from the work of this trade. Make good such damage at no additional expense to the Owner and to the satisfaction of the Consultant. ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Apply roofing in periods only approved by the roofing inspector. B. The roofing contractor must receive written authorization from the roofing inspector to proceed. C. Do not work during periods of rain, fog, sleet, snow or cold temperatures (below -15' C). GUARANTEE A. The Contractor represents that he has the special qualifications for doing the work and that the plans and specifications are, in his opinion, appropriate and adequate for the construction and/or renovations set out therein. B. The roofing Contractor hereby warrants the work of this Section, including vapour retardant, insulation and sheet metal work against defects of workmanship and material, and against any actual leakage for a period of five vears from the date of Substantial Performance and agree to make good promptly any defects which occur or become apparent within the warranty period, such defects to include but not be restricted to leaking, failure to stay in place, undue expansion, lifting, deformation, ioosening and splitting of seams, joint deformation, failure to adhere, deterioration, blisters, etc. C. The Contractor shall furnish the Guarantee Warranty in writing, on forms issued and approved by the Canadian Roofing Contractors Association, signed by the roofing Contractor. 03144-07530,wpd -'- DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING PaQe4 I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. The roofing system shall be a loose laid, ballasted roofing system, Lexcan Design 'B' or approved equal, and including the following components: 1. Exterior grade sheathing, 2. Vapour retarder. 3. Rigid roof insulation including tapered insulation and protection board. 4. EPDM roofing membrane. 5. Ballast. 6. All accessories, hardware and material required for a complete installation as described on the drawings and as recommended by the manufacturer of the roof membrane. B. Lexcan Limited roofing system as described herein, is the minimum acceptable standard. Equivalent roofing systems and components as manufactured by the following are acceptable, subject to the approval of the Consultant and conformance to the requirements of the reference standards: 1 . Firestone. 2. Carlisle. 3. Schuller. 2.02 MATERIALS A. General 1. Use materials as specified herein only, or approved equal. 2. Compatibility between roofing system components is essential. All materials used on the roof shall be endorsed for compatibility by the applicator and the materials manufacturer. 3. All packed materials shall bear the manufacturer's name brand, weight and applicable specification number and printed Instructions for storage, application, etc. Materials not identified shall be removed off the site. 4. Materials shall conform to the CSA or CGSB specification numbers named including all revisions to date or shall be the product named. B. Sheathing: "Dens Deck Gypsum Roof Board" by Gorgia Pacific Corporation or other approved manufacturer. 13 mm thick. C. Vapour Retardant - Lexcor (Ultra) vapour retarder and Permate adhesive, 031~7530.wpd I '.!I. " !I 11 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 5 ~i I 'I ,~ J~ I .II "I j I I I I "i 1 I , Ii I :11 i:;i 2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd) D. Roofing membrane shall be 1.1 mm Lexcan E.P.D.M. (Ethylene Propyiene Diene Monomer) Elastomer, supplied in factory fabricated sheets up to 12.2 m x 30 m and meeting the physical characteristics shown in the following table: PROPERTY A.S.T.M. TYPICAL TEST METHOD TEST VALUES Thickness Tolerance D-751 t10% Tensile Strength D-412, Die C 9.0 MPa. (1305 psi) min. Elongation, Ultimate D-412 400% min. Tear Resistance D-642, Die C 35.0 kN/m min. (200 Ibf/in.) Ozone Resistance D-1149 No Cracks @ 7x [7 days at 100pphm, 40oC, 50% magnification ext.l Brittleness D-2137 Does not break @ -60oC Water Absorption, mass D-471 t1% Linear Dimensional Change D-1204 t2% [28 days @ 115OC] Factory Seam Strength D-816 9.6 kN/m min. (55Ibs/in.) After Heat Aging; 28 days @ 115.C Tear Resistance D-642 , Die C 26.3 kN/m min. (150Ibf/in.) Elongation, Ultimate D-412 200% min. Tensile Strength D-412, Die C 8.3 MPa (1205 psi) min. E. Bonding Adhesive - Lexcan #BA-90 or SAS 8000. F. Splicing Adhesive - Lexcan #SA-747. G. Splicing Tape - 100 mm wide Lexcan Splice Tape. H. Lap Sealant - Lexcan Lap Sealant. I. Night Sealant - Lexcan Frothpak. J. Water Cut-Offs - Lexcan water cut-off mastic or 50 mm x 1.6 mm Elastic Seaier Tape. K. Splice Cleaner - Lexcan SC-1 seam cleaner. L. Pourable Sealer - Lexcan pourable sealer. 03144-07530.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 6 2.02 MATERIALS (Cont'd) M. Termination Bar - Lexbar termination bar. N. Termination Tape - Lexcan 50 mm sealer tape. O. Roof board insulation - to CAN/CGSB 51.26 Lexsuco Isocyanurate with black facers or approved equal as recommended by the membrane manufacturer, two layers, thickness as shown on the drawings. Provide suitable protection board if required by systems manufacturer. p, Tapered Insulation: compatible with roofing system, slope as shown on the drawings but not less than 1 % starting thickness of 0 mm, factory tapered. Q. Ballast - 25 to 50 mm diameter well graded. smooth round washed river stone, clean and dry, free from dust, sand or organic impurities, soft or friable materiais. R. Stack jacks (vent pipe flashings) - Lexsuco standard insulated vent stack cover applicable at all plumbing vent pipes. Sleeves supplied by other trades will not be acceptable. S. Elastic flashings - Field fabricated with E.P.D.M. membrane or Lexflash, 1.6 mm thick by Lexcan. Lexflash adhesive shall be Lexcan #SA-747. T. Insulation Fasteners - where required by the manufacturer to meet FM uplift requirements, Lexsuco "screw and plate", Weatherguard Fasteners' "Dekfast", Grefco "Permafastener" or other FM - approved screw and plate fastener system with compatible screws in length to suit insulation thickness, and tested with specified insulation to FM 1-90 Uplift Classification. U. Pitch Pockets - Lexsuco Spun Aluminum Mastic Pans. V. Precast concrete pavers: 610 x 610 x 50 mm grey, precast concrete paving stones with one PVC "PAVEL" pedestal support at each corner of each paver. W. Substitutions - If this Contractor substitutes materials or trade names specified herein with others such materials shall be removed immediately from the site making good all other work disturbed for such removais. PART 3: EXECUTION 3,01 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Examine work of other trades and notify in writing to the Consultant and Contractor that the work is acceptable or of any defects or discrepancies. Verify that work of other trades which penetrates roof deck or requires men and equipment to transverse roof deck has been completed or adequate protection is provided. B. Examine surfaces for inadequate anchorage, foreign material, moisture and unevenness which would prevent the execution and quality of application of the roofing system as specified, Do not proceed with application of the roof system until defects are corrected. Installation of any part of the work without the written acceptance of such surfaces shall require immediately removal of such installed work, 03144-07530.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il I :,11 ,Ii " .., I 'J I I I ': I I I:: I I': I! !i ~ I II I i I ~ I DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 7 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality. Use only competent mechanics and execute work in accordance with drawings and specifications. B. Regard the manufacturer's printed recommendations and specifications as the minimum requirement for materials, methods and workmanship not otherwise specified. C. Maintain roofing equipment in good working order. D. Unsuitable or damaged materials shall immediately be removed from the site. E. Materials shall not be applied during inclement weather. Do not apply roofing over wet decks, or where frost or snow is present. 3.03 SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheathing in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and reviewed shop drawings. B. Install sheathing over metal deck at right angles to deck flutes. C, Ensure all joints are butted tightly together. 3.04 VAPOUR RETARDANT A. Install vapour retarder membrane and seal all laps, edges and penetrations In accordance with the manufacturers installation instructions. B. Apply in straight lines, free from wrinkles, tears or open laps. Minimum 150 mm end laps and 50 mm side laps tightly sealed with a continuous mopping of adhesive. At perimeters, vertical walls and curbs, etc. apply a 300 mm wide strip of vapour retardant and seal to air barrier membrane. C. No more vapour retardant shall be applied in anyone working day than can be covered with insulation and properly "dried-in". D. Vapour retardant shall not be installed to bridge across expansion joints or similar devices. 3,05 ROOF INSULATION A. Keep insulation dry at all times. Insuiation showing evidence of having been dampened since its manufacture or separation of laminations shall not be used. Lay insulation panels with all joints staggered, Insulation shall be laid with the longest side parallel to the flutes unless the manufacturer stipulates otherwise. Lay board in tight contact to prevent gaps and resuiting loss of thermal insulation value. Cut boards to fit neatly around projections through roof. B. At roof drains, reduce the insulation thickness by 13 mm for a distance of 600 mm from the centre of the drain. Fill the flutes of the steel deck at roof drains with insulation board adhered with adhesive for a distance of 600 mm from the centre of the drain to ensure total support at all drains prior to piacement of vapour retardant. 03144-07530.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 8 3.05 ROOF INSULATiON (Cont'd) C. Protect all exposed edges of insulation where roofing temporarily terminates at the end of a working day by forming a water cut-off. Water cut-off shall consist of E.P.D.M. membrane, extending from the surface of the roof membrane minimum 200 mm onto the deck. Ensure water cut-off is continuously secured to the deck and is removed prior to proceeding with work the following day. D. Insulation shall be Installed in 2 layers with staggered joint. E. Install tapered insulation where indicated and in accordance with the reviewed shop drawings. F. Where required by system manufacturer, install protection board over roof insulation. G. Insulation shall not be installed to bridge across expansion joints or control joints, H. Perimeter insulation and insulation around large protrusions shall be mechanically fastened to the requirements of Factory Mutual for a Class I roof, and as required by the roof system manufacturer. 3.06 ROOF MEMBRANE A Roof membrane shall consist of 1 ply of E.P.D.M. Elastomer sheets, loose laid and covered with ballast All seams shall be bonded with adhesive. B. Unroll membrane and position sheets, lapping edges a minimum of 100 mm. Allow sheets to relax a minimum of thirty (30) minutes. C. Bond membrane to all vertical surfaces using bonding adhesive applied evenly with no globs or puddles, using a lambswool paint roller, to both membrane and substrate. Allow adhesive to dry until tacky, but not stringing to the touch. Roll coated membrane into adhesive, avoiding wrinkles. D, Foid top sheet of splice area back and clean seam area using white gas or other recommended solvent to remove taic on membrane surface. Apply seaming adhesive to both matting surfaces with a clean paint brush, using a circular motion to ensure proper coverage. E, Install seaming tape to folded edge of membrane and roll heavily with a hand roller. Remove paper backing and close joint allowing membrane to fall into place without stretching. Roll completed seam with steel hand roller. Apply lap sealant to all seam edges and feather with suitabie tools as recommended and provided by the manufacturer. F. Flash all corners, vent pipes, drains and curbs in accordance with the manufacturer's standard recommended details. Use either E.P.D.M. membrane or Lexfiash fiashing for field fabrication. Where SA-747 adhesive is applied, use lap sealant at Lexflash seam edge. Seal drains with water cut-off mastic or Elastic Sealer tape as per manufacturer's standard recommended details. 03144-07530.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il I I I I I I 11 3.06 3.07 3.08 II 3.09 II il II ~I 11 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING PaQe 9 ROOF MEMBRANE (Cont'd) G. EPDM membrane is to be fully bonded with BA-90 Bonding Adhesive to a minimum 23 cm wide strip of the insulation or substrate extending out from the roof perimeter and any large roof protrusions (hatches, skylights, equipment curbs, etc.) Apply adhesive to both mating surfaces according to the adhesive application instructions. Membrane is to be fully bonded to all vertical surfaces including walls, curbs and parapets. Substitute SAS-8000 Adhesive in lieu of BA-90 if insulation is unsuitable for BA-90. H. Form control joints and expansion in membrane where indicated on the drawings and install elastic flashing. BALLAST A. Upon completion of each section of roofing membrane, and after inspection by manufacturer's representative, install washed river stone ballast evenly over entire area. B. All roof hoppers shall be temporarily blocked when ballast on roof is being placed to prevent ballast from falling down leaders into drains. Exercise care to remove temporary blocking when work is not proceeding to avoid flooding. C. Ensure that lifts of ballast do not exceed roof design loads as noted on the structural drawings. D. Ballast shall be gently spread over membrane, taking care to protect membrane at all times. Ballast shall be installed at a rate of 50 kg/square metre and shall be of uniform thickness over entire roof area. E. Install precast concrete pavers on PVC pedestals in lieu of ballast where indicated on the drawings. METAL FLASHING A. The roofing contractor shall complete all metai fiashings in accordance with Section 07620. PITCH POCKETS A. Provide and install prefabricated aluminum pitch pockets (mastic pans) around protrusions through the roofing, including the work of the Mechanical and Electricai Trades. Pockets shall be fabricated, to a size 150 mm greater on each side of the protrusion. Solder all seams and comers. B. Flash in the pitch pockets with Lexfiash Fiashing in accordance with the manufacturer's standard recommended details. C. Completely fill the pockets with plastic cement. Slope the top ofthe filled pockets down from the centre to finish flush with the outside edges. 3.10 TEMPORARY FLASHING A. Install temporary roofing and flashings in all areas of modifications as necessary to provide a weathertight roof. 03144-07530.wpd ..l DIVISION 7 SECTION 07530 ELASTOMERIC SHEET ROOFING Page 10 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 3.11 INSPECTION AND TESTING A. Provide necessary facilities and co-operate with designated inspection and testing agency. B. Upon completion of the roofing system, an authorized manufacturers representative will make an inspection of the installation for warranty acceptance. End of Section 03144-07530.wpd I I t:~ I !-:I ;'1 id ", ',',i I " , ! I I I .~ I I , I I I I I I I II DIVISION 7 SECTION 07620 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with the requirements of Division 1, 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. Tilt-up Concrete Masonry Lightweight Structural Steel Framing Rough Carpentry Insuiated Metal Wall Cladding Elastomeric Sheet Roofing Joint Sealers Section 034 70 Section 04200 Section 0541 0 Section 06100 Section 07410 Section 07530 Section 07900 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Comply with the applicable provisions of the following reference stangards: 1. The Ontario Building Code. 2. The National Building Code of Canada. 3. CSA S136 Cold Formed Steel Structural Members. 4. CSSBI - Standard Practice for Sheet Steel Cladding. 5. CSSBI 20M-91 Sheet Steel Cladding for Architecturai and Industrial Applications. 6, CSSBi B16-94 Prefinished Sheet Steel for Building Construction. 7. ASTM A653/653M Standard Specification for Sheet Steel, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot Dip Process. 8. ASTM B32 - Solder Metal. 9. ASTM C920 - Elastomeric Joint Seaiants. 10, Canadian Industrial Roofing Contractor's Association Specification Manuals. 11. Factory Mutual Loss Prevention Data Sheets. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit 300 x 300 mm samples of each type of sheet metal material. B. Submit shop drawings showing all work of this Section. Drawings shall clearly show materials, profiles, fastenings, seaiants, lap joints, caulking, closures and expansion joint detail. Include necessary pians, elevations and details. C. Submit duplicate colour charts showing full range of manufacturers available colours. D. Submit WHMIS Material Safety Data Sheets for all products intended to be used on this project, including adhesives and sealants. Do not deliver products to site until Owner's approval is obtained. E, Certify that system and components intended for use on this project meet Factory Mutual requirements for 1-90 wind uplift requirements. I I 1 ;! .:i 03144-07620.wpd May 14. 2003 DIVISiON 7 SECTION 07620 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 2 1.05 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Appearance: neatly and evenly layout and install components. Exposed fastening devices not permitted. B, Effects of Wind: resist positive and negative wind pressures without detrimental effects. C. Water Control: prevent passage of water. D. Thermal Movement: accommodate expansion and contraction of component parts without buckling, failure of joints, undue stress on fasteners and other detrimental effects. E. Compatibility: components shall be compatibie with dissimilar metals and materials with which they are in contact or fastened to so as to prevent corrosion, staining and other detrimentai effects. if required, treat or separate contact surfaces with inert and non-staining insulation material to achieve compatibility. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Work oflhis Section shall be performed bya qualified sheet metal contractor with a minimum of 5 years experience in the type of work required and specified. Submit proof of experience where requested by the Consultant. 1.07 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Materials shall be handled and stored on the job in such a manner that no damage shall be done to the material or the structures. B. Materials showing evidence of improper handling and storage shall be rejected and removed from the site at no additional expense to the Owner. 1.08 SPECIAL CONDITIONS A. The erector shall be responsible for the examination and acceptance of surfaces and the conditions affecting the proper installation of his materials and shall not proceed until all satisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. All dimensions must be verified in the field prior to submittal of shop drawings. 1 .09 MOCK-UP A. Construct mock-up of parapetftashing in each colour, 2440 mm long, for review and approval of the Consultant. B. Mock-up will form representative sample of flashing material and joint layout. Do not continue with ftashing installation until mock-up has been approved by the Consultant. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Submit a warranty to repair or replace metal ftashing work for a period of five (5) years from date of substantial completion of work of this Section does not remain watertight or free of material or workmanship defects affecting structure and appearance. 03144-07620.wpd May 14, 2003 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I I I 'j I , , , :,1 I '":1 I ~ " I I I I I I ii I I I I I I I I i 11 ;11 1 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07620 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Pa~e 3 1.10 WARRANTY (Cont'd) B. Submit manufacturer's warrantee that pre finished materials will not lose film integrity for 25 years and will not chalk or fade for 20 years following date of substantial performance. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 GENERAL A. Use materials only as specified herein and matching exactly, all approved samples. B. Ensure compatibility of all materials in contact with roof membrane. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Sheet Metal: 0.61 mm thick galvanized sheet steel, commercial quality to ASTM Spec. A653/A653M Grade 'A' with a minimum yield stress of230 MPA, and a working stress of 144 MPA, to CSA 136. Material shall have Z275 designation zinc coating. B, Prefinished material shall be coiour coated with manufacturer's standard finish system equivalent to VicWest Colourite HMP with 100% ceramic colour pigmentation, minimum dry film thickness of 1.0 :t 0.2 mils (ASTM D1005). This Section shall supply all metal flashing for all roof applications and parapet coping fiashings whether shown or not, and as necessary for the complete installation. Colours for all flashing supplied by this Section shall be selected by the Consultant. More than one coiour may be selected. C. Continuous hook on strips and metai bellows: 0.65 mm galvanized sheet steel, zinc coating designation ZF275. D. Isolation Coating: Alkali resistant exterior bituminous paint to CAN/CGSB 1.108-M. E. Plastic Cement: To CGSB 37-BP-5M. F. Nails, Bolts, Screws and Other Fastenings: same metal finish as sheet metai being used to CSA B111. The size of fastenings shall suitthe applicable conditions. All nails, screws, and other fastenings shall be subject to the approval of the Consultant or his representative. G. Caulking Sealant: Parr Uniseal Polysulphide as supplied by Parr Paints and Sealants Ltd., Toronto or PRC rubber caulk #5000 as supplied by PRC Chemical Corporation of Canada Ltd. H. Underlay: No. 15 perforated asphalt felt to CSA A 123.3-M. I. Cleats: Of same material, and temper as sheet metal, minimum 50 mm wide. Thickness same as sheet metal being secured. D3144-07620.wpd May 14. 2003 DIVISION 7 SECTION 07620 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 4 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Install sheet metal work in accordance with CRCA specifications and as detailed. B. During the course of the work, report any damaged or unsuitable material uncovered and allow for their repair or replacement as directed by the Architect. C. Use concealed fastenings except where approved before installation. 3.02 FABRICATION A. Fabricate metai flashings and other sheet metal work in accordance with applicable CRCA specifications and as indicated. B. Form pieces in 2440 mm maximum lengths. Make aliowance for expansion at joints. C. Hem exposed edges on underside 13 mm. Mitre and seal corners with sealant. D. Form sections square, true and accurate to size, free from distortion and other defects detrimentai to appearance or performance. E. Appiy isolation coating (two coats) to metal surfaces to be in contact with concrete or mortar or dissimilar metals. F. Install underlay under sheet metal in accordance with CRCA "FL" series details. Lap joints 100mm. G. All seams shall be of the "slip lock type" that permit adequate movement without resulting in deformation or loosening of metal ftashings. Lapped joints or exposed raw edges will not be accepted. Exposed edges shall be "double back" at least 13 mm. At eaves, parapets, etc., metai shall be hooked over continuous starter strips minimum 1 gauge thicker than the metal used for flashing. Secure starter strips at 300 mm on centre or closer as required. H. Where metal terminates under fascia boards, secure metal at 610 mm centres using specified fasteners. At curbs to openings or at sieepers, etc., provide locked or standing seams at corners. Solder mitred corners, pop rivet or form standing seams. 1. Secure metal flashings in reglets at 610 mm centres and further secure metal to vertical surfaces at locks as required. J. All fiashings shall be installed in perfectly straight lines. Irregular or badly fitted work will not be accepted. Exposed fastenings will only be permitted where concealed fastening is not possible. Provide neoprene washers for exposed fasteners. K. Imperfections in metal fiashing work such as holes, dents, creases, or oil-canning will not be accepted. L. Coping ftashings shall be secured on the exterior by continuous hook strips fastened to wall with No. 10 minimum metal fasteners spaced at maximum 610 mm on centre. 03144-07620.wpd May 14, 2003 I I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I , " ., 1-:1 I I 1 I I I I I I I I I I I 'II I I II II , JI , ..l. DIVISION 7 SECTION 07620 METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 5 3.03 DOWNSPOUTS AND SCUPPERS A. Form to profiles indicated, with lock seam, B. Provide all angies, collars, hangers, elbows and fittings. C. Form gutters of continuous sheeting in maximum practical lengths to profile indicated. D. Provide all exposed trim, fasteners, end caps, corner pieces and elbows of same material and coiour as gutters, E. Form scuppers as detailed, to CRCA specifications. F. Anchor gutters and downspouts to walls and eaves at maximum 1220 mm centres with heavy duty ties to match material of adjacent metal cladding. Slope gutters to drain. Concealed gutter shall be custom fabricated as detailed. G. At base of each downspout. turn downspout away from wall and install precast concrete splashpads. H, Seal all joints in gutters and downspouts with gutter sealant. 3.04 CAULKING OF FLASHINGS A. Caulk all joints in flashing. B. Dissimilar metals in contact, or metals in contact with adjacent surfaces shall be separated from one another to prevent corrosion, staining, or electrolysis by use of approved methods and materials. C. Do caulking between metal flashing and concrete, through roof openings, and all reglets using caulking as specified. D. Caulking compound shall be applied in strict accordance with the manufacturer's application instructions. Use proper surface primers where necessary, E. Colour of caulking compound shall be the integral colour of the abutting material. End of Section 03144-07620.wpd May 14, 2003 I ,~ I ""1 '! I I I I I I I I il I I II I II II DIVISION 7 SECTION 07800 ROOF SPECIALITIES AND ACCESSORIES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Structural Steel Rough Carpentry Lightweight Steel Framing Gypsum Wallboard Section 05120 Section 06100 Section 07425 Section 09250 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. The latest issues of the following Codes and Standards shall govern the work of this Section. .1 The Ontario Buildin9 Code. .2 National Fire Code. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Section 01330. B. Indicate size, materials, arrangement of hardware, operating mechanism, required clearances, fasteners, anchoring, and finishes. 1.05 GUARANTEE A. Roof hatch shall be guaranteed to be free from material or workmanship defects for a period of five (5) years. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Roof Attic Access Hatch 11 .1 Bilco Type "S" Roof Scuttle, 760 x 915. Curb and door shall be 14 gauge primer coated gaivanized steel, neatly welded and ground at comers. Doors shall have 25 mm thick giass fibre insulation with a minimum density of 4 pounds and a door liner of 18 gauge primer coated galvanized steel. Curb shall be 300 mm high with 25 mm thick rigid fibre insulation secured to the curb exterior. Curb shall have 89 mm wide prepunched flanges. .2 Provide roof hatch with spring loaded, telescopic "ladder-up" safety bar. .3 Roof hatch shall be completely assembled with heavy duty pintle hinges, torsion bar operated doors, latching mechanisms and neoprene draft seals. Door shall have automatic hold open arm complete with rubber grip handle. All hardware shall be stainless steel. .4 Hatches shall be factory finished with grey primer. 11 03144-07800.wpdMay 14, 2003 , .:t DIVISION 7 SECTION 07800 ROOF SPECIALITIES AND ACCESSORIES Page 2 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturers printed instructions and as indicated to provide attic access. B. Modify products to suit installation requirements. C. Secure all hatches and accessories to lightweight steei framing with bolts to meet the manufacturer's specifications. D. Shim and level all hatches and accessories. End of Section 03144-07800.wpdMay 14. 2003 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :'" I Ii I c~ I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I H I , ,! I II il il ~I II ~I , ! .I DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Conform with the requirements of Division 1. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H, I. J. K. L. M. N. 0, Tilt -u p Concrete Masonry Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Air Barrier Building Insulation Firestopping and Smoke Seals Insulated Metal Cladding Elastomeric Sheet Roofing Flashing and Sheet Metal Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Aluminum Windows, Doors, and Screens Glazing Gypsum Wallboard 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Sealant materials shall conform to the following: Page 1 Section 03470 Section 04200 Section 05500 Section 061 00 Section 06200 Section 07195 Section 07200 Section 07270 Section 0741 0 Section 07530 Section 07620 Section 081 00 Section 08400 Section 08800 Section 09250 1. CBSB 19-GP-SM Seaiing compound, one component, acrylic base, solvent curing. 2. CGSB 19.13-M Sealing compound, one component, eiastomeric chemical curing. 3. CGSB 19-GP-14M Sealing compound, one component, butyl-polyisobutylene, poiymer base, solvent curing. 4. CBSB 19-22-M Mildew resistant sealing compound for tubs and tile. 5. CGSB 19-24-M Multi component, chemical curing sealing compound. 1.04 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS A. Sealant and substrate materials to be minimum 5 degrees C. B. Should it become necessary to apply sealants below 5 degrees C, consult sealant manufacturer and follow their recommendations and review with Consultant. 1.05 WARRANTY A. Warrant that caulking and sealant work will not leak, crack, crumble, melt, shrink, run, lose adhesion or stain adjacent surfaces in accordance with General Conditions clause GC 24. Warranty for caulking and seaiants shall be for three years. 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installation of caulking shall be performed only by workmen thoroughly skilled and specially trained in the techniques of caulking. 03144-07900.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 2 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE (Cont'd) B. Caulking work shall be carried out in strict accordance with manufacturer's printed directions, 1.07 DELIVERY, HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Use all means necessary to protect caulking materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. C. Store all cauiking materiais and equipment under conditions recommended by its manufacturer. D. Do not use materials stored for a period exceeding the maximum recommended shelf-life of the material. E. Materials shall be delivered to the job in their original containers or wrapping with the manufacturer's seal and labels intact 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with requirements of Work pi ace Hazardous Materiais Information System (WHMIS) regarding use, handling, storage, and disposal of hazardous materiais, and regarding labelling and provision of material safety data sheets, B, Submit MSDS Data Sheets for review and acceptance by the Owner prior to delivery to the project site. Obtain written approval from the Owner and do not deliver any materials to the Owner's properly prior to receipt of such approval. C. Conform to manufacturer's recommended temperatures, relative humidity, and substrate moisture content for application and curing of sealants including special conditions governing use. D. Ventilate area of work by use of approved portable supply and exhaust fans. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Primers: Type recommended by sealant manufacturer. B. Products of the following manufacturers are approved for use subject to meeting the specifications for the particular product listed below: 1. Canadian General Electric 2. Dow Corning 3. Nuco Inc. 4. Sika Canada Limited 5, Tremco Manufacturing Company (Canada) LId. 6. W.R. Grace and Company. 03144-07900.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I j I ;1 ,':1 "i I [.' , ;.' I I I .1 I 11 I I 1 I I I I I I i I , I I I I 'I I .oil. DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Conl'd) C. Joint Fillers: 1. General: Compatible with primers and sealants, outsized 30 to 50%, 2, Polyethylene, Urethane, Neoprene or Vinyl: (1) Extruded closed cell foam, Shore A hardness 20, tensile strength 20 psi to 29 psi (140 to 200 kPa). (2) Sealtight-Etha Foam Backer Rod W. R. Meadows Canada Ltd. 3. Premoulded Joint Filler: (1) Unifoam R1009 Goodco Limited D. Sealants: 1. Tilt-up concrete weatherproofing sealant, to ASTM C 920, Type S, low modulus one part, moisture cure 100% silicone by Dow Corning. 2. For Ail Other Exterior Locations: To CAN/CGSB19.24-M, two component LP polysulphide base sealant Type 2 where subjected to foot traffic and Type 1 where not subjected to foot traffic (20-35 Shore A) Class B, bearing seal of approval of Thiokol Chemical Corporation: (1) DOW Corning 790/795 (2) Dymeric - Tremco 3. For Interior Locations: To CAN3-11.13-M, one component poiysulphide base sealant bearing seal of approval of Thiokol Chemical Corporation. (1) Mono 555 - Tremco (2) Vulkem 116 - Tremco (3) DOW Corning 790/795 4. Acrylic Latex: Siliconized acrylic latex to CGSB 19.GP-17M. (1) Tremflex 834 - Tremco 5. Colour of Sealants to be selected by Consultant. E. Bond Breaker Tape: 1. Polyethylene bond breaker tape which will not bond to sealant. F, Joint Cleaner: Xylol, methylethyleketon or non-corrosive type recommended by sealant manufacturer and compatible with joint forming materials. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Inspect conditions and substrates upon which work of this Section is dependent. Report to Consultant in writing any defects that may jeopardize the performance of this work. Commencement of work implies acceptance of conditions. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Remove dust, paint, loose mortar and other foreign malter. Ensure joint surfaces are dry and free offrost. B. Remove rust, mill scale and coatings from ferrous metals by wire brush, grinding or sandblasting. 03144-07900.wpd DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Pa>le4 3.02 PREPARATION (Cont'd) C. Remove oil, grease and other coatings from non-ferrous metals with joint cleaner. D. Do not apply sealants to joint surfaces treated with sealer, curing compound, water repellent, or other coatings unless tests have been performed to ensure compatibility of materials. Remove coatings as required. E. Prepare concrete, masonry glazed and vitreous surfaces to sealant manufacturer's instructions. F. Examine joint sizes and conditions to achieve correct depth ratio 1/2 of joint width with minimum width and depth of 6 mm, maximum width 25 mm. G. Install joint filler to achieve correct joint depth. H. Where necessary to prevent staining, mask adjacent surface prior to priming and caulking. I. Apply bond breaker tape where required to ensure performance of sealant. J. Prime sides of joints when required to ensure performance of sealant immediately prior to caulking. 3.03 APPLICATION A. Apply sealants in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, in continuous beads, to provide watertight joint. Apply sealant using gun with proper size nozzle. Use sufficient pressure to fill voids and joints solid. Superficial pointing with skin bead is not acceptable. B. Form surface of sealant with full bead, smooth, free from ridges, wrinkles, sags, air pockets, embedded impurities. Neatly tool surface to a slight concave joint. C. Apply seaiant to joints between window or door frames to adjacent building components, around perimeter of every external opening, to control joints in masonry walls where shown. D. Clean adjacent surfaces immediately and leave work neat and clean. Remove excess sealant and droppings using recommended cleaners as work progresses. Remove masking after tooling of joints. E. Caulk joints in surfaces to be painted before surfaces are painted. Where surfaces to be caulked are primed in shop before caulking, check to make sure prime paint and caulking are compatible. If they are incompatible, inform Consultant and change caulking to compatible type approved by Consultant. F. Sealant Locations: 1. Joints between tilt-up concrete wall panels. 2. Joints between metal frames (both sides) with concrete and masonry. 3, Joints at metal frames and resilient flooring. 4. Joints in metal frames. 5. Door frames. 6. Window frames. 03144-07900.vvpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 7 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS Page 5 3.03 APPLICATION (Cont'd) I I I I I I ! I 7. Construction and control joints. 8, Joints between stair stringers and walls. 9. Junction of masonry and other types of partitions. 10. At intersecting masonry wall. 11. Other locations where caulking is required to provide a neat clean junction. 12. Caulk the entire perimeter of all mechanical and electrical material or piping extending through or occurring in masonry walls. 13. Joints between gypsum board and masonry 14. Joints between cabinetwork and adjoining wall surfaces (Acrylic latex, white). 15. Joints between water closet and floor. 16. Joints between urinals and wall. End of Section II il il II II II 03144-07900.wpd .iJ. I I I I I I I I I I 'II I I I I II DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.02 RELATED WORK A Comply with the requirements of Division 1. A. S. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. Tilt-up Concrete Masonry Structural Steel Rough Carpentry Joint Sealers Finishing Hardware Glazing Gypsum Wallboard Painting Section 03470 Section 04200 Section 05120 Section 061 00 Section 07900 Section 08710 Section 08800 Section 09250 Section 09900 1.03 REFERENCES A. ASTM A653M-95, Specification fOf Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) orZinc-lron Alloy- Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. B. ASTM B 749, Specification for Lead and Lead Alloy Strip, Sheet and Plate Products. C. CAN/CGSB-1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. D. CAN/CGSB-51.20, Thermal Insulation, Polystyrene, Boards and Pipe Covering. E. CGSB 51-GP-21 M, Thermal insulation, Urethane and isocyanurate, Unfaced, F. CSAA101, Thermal Insulation, Mineral Fibre, for Buildings, G. CGSB 40-GP-19Ma Thermal Breaks: Polyvinyl chloride (PVC). H. CAN/CSA-G40.21, Structural Quaiity Steels. I. CSA W59, Welded Steel Construction (Metal Arc Welding). J. Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, Specifications for Commercial Steel Doors and Frames, 1990. K. Canadian Steel Door and Frame Manufacturers' Association, Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Commercial Steel Doors, 1990. L. NFPA 80, Fire Door Assemblies, Fire Tests of. M. ULC CAN4-S104M, Fire Tests of Door Assemblies. N. ULC CAN4-S105M, Fire Door Frames. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Steel fire fated doors and frames: labeled and installed by an organization accredited by Standards Council of Canada In conformance with CAN4-S104M (NFPA 252) for ratings specified or indicated. B. Provide fire labeled frame products for those openings requiring fire protection ratings, as scheduled. Test products in strict conformance with CAN4-S1 04, ASTM E 152 Of NFPA 252 and list by nationally recognized agency having factory inspection service and construct as detailed in Follow-up Service Procedures/Factory Inspection Manuals issued by listing agency to individual manufacturers. II ,II 11 , I 03144-081PO.wpd .Ill 1.05 1.06 1.07 I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES I I I I I I I Page 2 SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawinas 1. Submii shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 for review before fabricating hollow metai doors and frames. 2. Co-ordinate with the Finish Hardware supplier. 3, Indicate each type of door, size, material, mortises, hardware blanking, reinforcing, tapping and drilling arrangements, openings, metal gauges, thicknesses and finishes. 4. Indicate frames including material, profile, elevation, anchorage details, mortices, reinforcement, fire rating, glazing stops and finish. 5. Submit door and frame schedule identifying each unit. Each unit shall bear a legible identifying mark corresponding to that listed In the door and frame schedule. C. Samples: Suppiy, for review, sample of frame corner showing construction, workmanship and finish. QUALITY ASSURANCE I A. Manufacturer of hollow metal doors, screens and pressed metal frames shall be a member in good standing of the Canadian Steel Door Manufacturer's Association (CSDMA). I I I B. Manufacturer shall be assessed and registered as meeting the requirements of Quality Systems under ISO 9001. TESTING AND PERFORMANCE A. Fire labelled products shall be provided for those openings requiring fire protection ratings as scheduled on the drawings. Products shall be tested in strict conformance with CAN4- S104 and listed by Underwriters Laboratory of Canada Ltd. or Warnock Hersey under an active Factory Inspection Program. B. Product quality shall meet the standards established by the Canadian Steel Door Manufacturer's Association. I I I I I I I C. Core materials for exterior doors shall attain a thermal resistance rating of RSI 2.17 when tested in accordance with ASTM C177 or ASTM C518. D. Thermally broken frames shall meet or exceed the requirements of CGSB 82-GP-5M. E. Door construction covered by this specification shall meet acceptance criteria of ANSI A224.1 and shall be certified as meeting Level A (1,000,000 cycles) and Twist Test Acceptance Criteria deflection not to exceed 604 mm/13.6 kg force, total deflection at 136.1 kg force not to exceed 64 mm and permanent deflection not to exceed 3.2 mm when tested in strict conformance with ANSI A25004. Test shall be conducted by an independent nationally recognized accredited laboratory. 1.08 WARRANTY A. All steel door and frame products shall be warranted for defects in materiais and workmanship for a period of two (2) years from the date of substantiai performance. 03144-0B100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES 1- III ill ill 'II I PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS Page 3 A. Sheet Steel: Cold rolled or hot rolled, commercial quality, stretcher leveled, galvanized, "Galvanneal", conforming to ASTM A924 light zinc coated ZF75 to ASTM A653 B. Gauges (min. thicknesses): Member Frames Thermally broken frames Spreaders Anchors Boxes Reinforcement Door Faces (Interior) Door Faces (Exterior -Insulated) Stiffeners Door End Channels il 'i - 111 II I II Thickness (mm) Galvanized Gauoe 1.8 14 1.6 16 1.2 18 1.2 18 0.8 26 3.5 10 1.6 16 1.6 16 0.9 20 1.6 16 C. Sheet Steel: Cold rolled or hot rolled, commercial quality, stretcher leveled, galvanized, "Galvanneal", conforming to ASTM A924 light zinc coated ZF75 to ASTM A653 D. Door Fill Interior Doors: Structural small cell 25.4 mm maximum kraft paper honeycomb, Weight 36 kg per ream (minimum) with minimum density of 16.5 kg/m', sanded to required thickness. ULC approved. E. Door Fill Exterior Doors: Polyisocyanurate rigid foam, closed cell insulation. Thermal resistance value of RSI 2.17, minimum, to ASTM C 1289. F. Adhesives: 1. Honeycomb cores and steel components: Heat resistant, spray grade resin reinforced neoprenelrubber based, low viscosity, contact cement or ULC approved equivalent. 2. Polyisocyanurate cores: Heat resistant, epoxy based, low viscosity contact cement. 3. Interlocking edge seams: Resin reinforced polychloroprene (RRPC), fire resistant, high viscosity sealant/adhesive or ULC approved equivalent. II I II II II eI G. Exterior Top Caps: Rigid polyvinylchloride (PVC) extrusion to CGSB-41-GP-19Ma. H. Door Silencers: To CGSB-60-GP6, Type 6/180. Grey or black neoprene, single stud. Glynn Johnson Model No. GJ64. I. Glazing Stops: Minimum 20 gauge (0.9 mm) base thickness sheet steel with wipe zinc finish to ASTM A525-80a. Fasteners to be #6 x 32 mm cadmium plated oval head scruiox (self drilling) type screws. Tamper proof screws on exterior doors and frames. J. Primer (for touch-up): To CAN/CGSB 1.181, organic zinc rich coating, rust inhibitive, Galvafroid SB Grade by W.R. Meadows or Devoe 13034 by ICI (Glidden). 11 , 11 K. Fibreglass: To CSA A 101, loose belt type, minimum density of 24 kg/m3. 03144-08100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 4 2.01 MATERIALS (Conl'd) L. Glass: Refer to Section 08800, Glazing. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Weldino 1. Conform to CSA Standard W59. 2. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush, Fill all open joints, seams and depressions with filler or by continuous brazing or welding, and grind smooth to true shape and profile, sand to smooth, true, uniform finish. B. Hardware Preparations .1 Doors and frames shall be factory blanked, mortised, reinforced, drilled and tapped for fully templated mortised hardware in accordance with the final approved scheduie and templates received from the hardware supplier. .2 Doors and frames shall be factory blanked and reinforced only for mortised hardware that is not fully templated. .3 Doors and frames shall be factory reinforced for surface mounted hardware. .4 Templated hoies 13 mm diameter and larger shall be factory prepared, except mounting and through bolt holes, which shall be by the contractor responsible for installation, on site at time of application. Templated holes less than 13 mm diameter shall be factory prepared only when required for the function of the device (for knobs, ievers, cylinders, thumb ortum pieces) or when these holes overlap function holes. .5 Drilling and tapping for surface mounted hardware that is notfullytemplated shall be by the contractor responsible for installation, on site at time of application. .6 Hinge and pivot reinforcements shall be 3.5 mm steel minimum with top cutout provided with high frequency type reinforcing. .7 Lock, strike and flush bolt reinforcement shall be 1.6 mm steel minimum. .9 Reinforcements for concealed closers and holders shall be 2.7 mm steel minimum. .10 Reinforcements for surface mounted hardware shall be 1.6 mm steel minimum. .11 Hardware enclosures and/or junction boxes shail be provided and inter connected with CSA approved 13 mm diameter conduit and connectors for electrically operated hardware. C. Frames 1. Fabricate frames to profiles shown with integral continuous stops, minimum 16 mm high. Interior frames shall be minimum 14 gauge. 2. Exterior frames shall be Fleming TB Series, thermally broken with extruded PVC spline, 1.6 mm thick galvanized steel, to CGSB 82-GP-5M. 3. Mitre corners of frames. Cut frame mitres accurately and weld continuously on inside of frame. 4. Where site welding or splicing is required due to size of unit, the iocation of field joints shall be shown on the shop drawings and strictly adhered to. 5. Protect strike and hinge reinforcements and other openings with metal guard boxes welded to frame. 03144-08100,wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l1l1 I~ ~ I I I ~I II I 'I il I I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 5 2.02 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 7. 8, 9. 10. D. Doors 1. 2. 6. Fit frames with channel or angle spreaders, two per frame, to ensure proper frame alignment. Install stiffener plates or spreaders between frame trim where required, to prevent bending of trim and to maintain alignment when setting and during construction. Where frames occur in masonry provide an adjustable tee anchor for every 61 0 mm of jamb length or as required by U.L.C. to provide the required rating of the door. Where frames are to terminate at finished floor level, provide plates for anchorage to slabs. Fit interior frames with rubber silencers. Provide manufacturer's standard removable mullion where indicated. Fabricate to present one continuous face free from joints, tool markings and abrasions. Assemble by welding. Exterior doors shall be Fleming DSS Series, with face sheets fabricated from 1.6 mm galvanized sheet steel, stiffened, insulated and sound deadened with polyisocyanurate core laminated to face sheets under pressure. Provide PVC top caps on all exterior doors. 3. Interior doors shall be Fleming DSS Series, with face sheets fabricated from 1.6 mm galvanized sheet steel, stiffened, insulated and sound deadened with honeycomb core laminated to face sheets under pressure. 4. Formed edges shall be true and straight with a minimum radius for the thickness of steel used. 5. Reinforce edges with channel reinforcing. Form seam between faces and door edges by tack welding, followed by continuous welding and grinding smooth. Bevel stiles 3 mm. 6. Provide stiffeners for doors over 915 mm wide or 2134 mm high. 7. Top and bottom of doors shall be provided with inverted, recessed, 1.6 mm steel end channels, welded to each face sheet at 150 mm on centre, maximum. Channels to be 2.7 mm thick at fire labelled doors. E. Giazino Stops 1. Glazing stops: 20 gauge (0.90 mm)steel trim and screw fixed type. Screws shall be #6 x 32 mm oval head scrulox (self drilling) type at 300 mm on centre maximum. 2. Glazing stops shall be accurately fitted, butted at comers with removable stops located on push side of door. 3. Provide tamper proof screws on exterior doors and screens, F. Finishes: Doors and frames shall be wipe coat zinc, ready for painting. il ill :11 , ! JI JI J G. Partition Screens 1. Fabricate metal screens to profiles indicated. 2. Supply jamb and mullion extensions and anchors required to secure screens to structure or framing provided under other sections. Fabricate anchorage to prevent transfer of load form support framing to the screens when deflection of structure occurs. 3. Provide concealed fitted steel glass stops where required. Mitre corners, drill and countersink fasteners symmetrically at 150 mm o.c. Screw stops in place. 4. Glass: GL-1, refer to section 08800, Glazing. PART 3: EXECUTION 03144-08100.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08100 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND PRESSED METAL FRAMES Page 6 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set frames plumb, square, level and without twist at correct elevation. B. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. C. Brace frames rigidlyin position while building-in. Install temporary horizontal wood spreaders at third points of door opening to maintain frame width. Provide vertical support at centre of head for openings over 1200 mm wide. Remove temporary spreaders after frames are built-in. D. Make allowances for defiection to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames. E. Frames in masonry walls shall be fully grouted in place, 1. Fill frames in exterior walls and Insulated interior walls, with fibrous insulation, F. Install doors and hardware in accordance with templates and manufacturer's instructions. G. Install rated doors in accordance with N.F.P.A.-80 and U.L.C. requirements. E, Install glazing materials in accordance with Section 08800. F. Remove protective coverings. J. Touch up doors and frames with primer where galvanized finish is damaged during fabrication and installation. End of Section 03144-08100.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;11 'i II I II DIVISION 8 SECTION 08351 SLIDING GRILLES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with ,the requirements of Division 1, 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Masonry Rough Carpentry Finishing Hardware Cabinet Work Section 05100 Section 061 00 Section 0871 0 Section 0641 0 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples 1. Submit samples of aluminum finishes in accordance with section 01330for approval. B. Shop Drawinas 1 . Submit shop drawings in accordance with Section 01330 to the Consultant for review before fabricating sliding/folding grilles. 2. Indicate details of construction, operation and installation. Show all required clearances, weights of equipment in ciosed and stacked positions, pocket dimensions, and methods of attachment. 3. Submit layout drawings for instailation of framing to be installed by others. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Sliding grilles to be Sentry Series 525 as manufactured by Amstel Manufacturing. B. Similar products acceptable to the Consultant as manufactured by the following will be accepted subject to approval of the Consuitant: Atlas Door Dynamic C. Curtain: Constructed of 51 mm high truss, like plates at the top and bottom of the closure. Constructed of 102 mm wide x 1.5 mm thick aluminum plates that slide over 8 mm rods on 89 mm centres. D. Aluminum: Aluminum alloy with T-5 temper. iil I E. Track: Overhead track to be 33 mm wide x 46 mm high, recessed in ceiling, and is to accept 29 mm diameter rollers trolleys. Rollers are to bear on 7 mm thick aiuminum surface within the track. II , jl 03144-08351.wpd " ,>1 ""-- DIVISION 8 SECTION 08351 SLIDING GRILLES Page 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) F. Lockino: Leading member to be equipped with Adamsrite lock assemblies complete with standard mortice cylinders on each side. Leading member to engage a full height wall jamb to provide full security floor to ceiling. Trailing member to be free fioating self locking at top and bottom inside the storage pocket. Intermediate posts at 3.0 metre spacing and at curves, with cylinder locks into dust proof floor sockets. G. Finishes: Natural Anodized. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Set track ievel and at correct elevation. B. Secure anchorages and connections to adjacent construction. C. Make allowances for deflection to ensure structural loads are not transmitted to frames. D. Install grilles and hardware in accordance with templates and manufacturer's instructions. 3.02 SCHEDULE A, Install siding grille at the following locations: 1. Concession 103. End of Section 031~B351.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i 'I "i ill ~I I I I I I il I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08364 SECTIONAL METAL INSULATED OVERHEAD DOORS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Tilt-up Concrete Structu ral Steel Metal Fabrications Miscellaneous Specialties Section 03470 Section 05120 Section 05500 Section 10950 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 1. Indicate materiai, finishes, thickness, details, construction and accessory details, operating mechanisms and required clearances. B. Provide operation and maintenance data for overhead door hardware regarding adjustment, maintenance and troubleshooting for inclusion in operation and maintenance manuals specified under Division 1. 1.04 DESIGN A. Design exterior door assembly to withstand a wind load calculated in accordance with the Ontario Building Code. 1 .05 GUARANTEE A. Sectional overhead door installation shall be unconditionally guaranteed for two (2) years against any defects in manufacturing, or faulty workmanship during installation. All defects (material or workmanship) shall be made good without any cost to the Owner. Upon completion of all deficiencies a date for commencement of guarantee must be established. B. Provide an additional written guarantee of the doors against warping, delamination or loss of seal for a period of 2 years, 11 PART 2: PRODUCTS I I 2.01 MATERIALS A. Steel: ASTM A526/A526-90 galvanized sheet steel, coating weight of 380 g/m2. 2.02 PRODUCTS jl A. Overhead doors as manufactured by the following are approved: Richards-Wilcox Thermatite series Overhead Door Company Thermacore series jl 11 , B. Overhead Doors 1. Doors shall be metal insulated sectional upward-acting identical to Richards-Wilcox, Thermatite T175 Series. 03144-08364,wpd 1 DIVISION 8 SECTION 08364 SECTIONAL METAL INSULATED OVERHEAD DOORS Page 2 2.02 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 2. Door sections to be constructed from pre-painted, hot dip galvanized corrosion resistant stucco embossed sheet steel no less than 0.48 mm thick. Panels shall be internally reinforced for hardware mounting. 3. Door panels to be 45 mm thick with polyurethane foam insulation (density 3.12 Ibs./ft.3) providing RSi 2.84, foamed in place between exterior/interior sheet steel faces. Interior and exterior sheet shall be separated by a thermal break. 4. Provide two dual finned seals between sections, neoprene bulb weatherstrip with continuous retainer for full width of bottom of door, flexible top seal and Arctic weather seal complete with horizontal slotted screws for adjustment at top and sides of door, 1.48 mm galvanized steel end caps, counterbalance hardware, locks, tracks and weatherstripping for a compiete installation. 5. Finish: Two coat baked on paint system on exterior side, primer and polyester finish coat Colour: white. 6. Windows: Sealed thermal glass consisting of6 mm tempered glass iites in expanded PVC frame. 7. Refer to Drawings for door sizes. C. Standard Lift and Vertical Lift Hardware 1. 75 mm Track: 2.75 mm, commercially galvanized steei, formed track, 80 mm overall outside dimension. Vertical tracks shall be sloped for weather tight closing, mounted on adjustable steel angle bracket bolted to pressed metal framing at a maximum spacing of 600 mm. Track shall include curves of proper radius for quiet and free action and be mounted to full size gusset plates. Field check all clearances before fabricating track. Adjust track curvature as required. Provide 75 x 125 x 6 x 1525 mm long steel angle track protector at floor level continuously welded or bolted to door frame or door jambs and secured to fioor. 2, Provide lift track assemblies (vertical, standard or low headroom) to suit actual location and as directed by the Consultant. 3. Horizontal tracks shall be reinforced full length with steel angle of proper size. 4. Track Brackets - 3.1 mm, commercially galvanized steel. The track brackets shall be fully adjustable to counteract any unevenness in the jambs. The brackets shall be mountable on pressed metal jambs. 5. Track Hangers - commercially galvanized steel angles, minimum 32 x 32 mm. 6. Rollers - steel rollers 73 mm diameter with ten 8 mm diameter ball bearings, 11 mm diameter roller axles and inner and outer ball races of hardened steel. 7, Roller Brackets - hinged roller brackets shall be fabricated from 3.1 mm commercially galvanized steel. 8. Bottom Roller Brackets - bottom roller brackets shall be "wrap around" design, picking up the bottom corner of the door as well as acting as the bottom roller carrier. The brackets shall be fitted with a pick-up cable anchoring device. 9. Hinges - Hinges shall be fabricated from 3.1 mm, commercially galvanized steel and shall be located across the door as required. All hinges to be through-bolted to door. 10. Head Shaft: 25 mm diameter or 32 mm diameter solid steel shafting shall be used as a head shaft. The shaft shall run in ball bearings located at both gusset plates, as well as at intermediate shaft brackets, located across the head shaft, as required. 11, Drums - proper sized drums shall be used to suit the door height and the door weight. The height of the door shall determine the amount of cable which must be accommodated on the drum, while the door weight shall determine the cable diameter. Using these two factors, the drums shall be selected to suit the particular application. 03144-08364.wpd I! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II , ,II I I I I I I I ~I I I I ill " .! I I I I II DIVISION 8 SECTION 08364 SECTIONAL METAL INSULATED OVERHEAD DOORS Page 3 2.01 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) 12. Counterbalance - counterbalance mechanism spring shall be helically wound torsion springs, mounting to spring plugs riding on the head shaft. The exact torque shall be set to allow the door to remain in a fully or partly opened position without being locked in that position. Springs shall be lifetime, heavy duty, industrial type. 13. Cables shall be preformed galvanized aircraft type with minimum safety factor of 4 to 1. D. Door Operators 1. Sectional overhead doors shall be equipped with manual chain hoist for manual operation. 2. Chain Hoist: hand chain hoist shall be provided on all overhead doors, The hoist shall be constructed of galvanized steel. The speed reduction mechanism shall consist of two sprockets and roller chain. Provide galvanized hand chains of the appropriate length. E. Accessories 1, One (1) latch installed for each door. 2. Two (2) handles for each door, mounted on the top of the lower panel, one on the exterior and one on the interior. 3. Protective Sports Padding: Refer to Section 10950, Miscellaneous Specialties. Padding to be 2400 mm high and mounted to the track at jamb as shown on drawings. 4. Gaivanized Checkered Plate Threshold: Refer to Section 05500, Metal Fabrications. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Door frame shall be drilled and tapped to receive hardware. Door tracks and stops shall be fastened to door frame by means of machine bolts; welding will not be permitted. B. Door shall fit snugly to edges of jambs and head of frame, and shall operate smoothly under all conditions. Door shall sit in any position in door opening and shall not drift upward or downward. C. Necessary appurtenances such as metai plates and angles for bracing, mounting chain hoists, spring, etc., reiating to the door installation required on the door frame shall be supplied and installed under this Section. D. The finished installation shall be weather tight. E. Adjust the doors, operators, etc. to ensure smooth dependable operation. End of Section 03144-08364.wpd I: iill I I II I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Pa~e 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Conform with the requirements of Division 1. A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H, I. J. Tilt-up Concrete Masonry Structural Steel Metal Fabrications Finish Carpentry Joint Sealers Automatic Door Operators Finishing Hardware Glazing Gypsum Wallboard Section 03470 Section 04200 Section 05100 Section 05500 Section 061 00 Section 07900 Section 0831 0 Section 08710 Section 08800 Section 09250 1.03 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A. Windows shall be designed to meet or exceed air and water infiltration criteria of CSA Standard CAN/CSA-A440. B. Structural members including intermediate mullions and horizontals, shail be designed to withstand loading in accordance with the National Building Code of Canada. C, Structural performance shall be based on CSA Standard CAN3-S157 "Strength Design in Aiuminum" and a maximum defiection of 1/175 of the span. D. Air infiltration shall not exceed 0.0003 m3/s.m2 when tested in accordance with ASTM E283 at a pressure differential of 300 Pa, 1.04 QUALIFICATIONS A. The Subcontractor executing the work of this Section shall have had at least ten years continuous Canadian experience in the successfui manufacture and installation of work of the type and quality shown and specified and shall be approved by the systems manufacturer. II , B. Submit proof of experience upon Consultant's request. C. Pre-installation Meeting: Conduct a pre-installation meeting to review and verify project requirements, substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty requirements. Meeting shall be attended by manufacturer's representative, sealant manufacturer's representative, installer, General Contractor and Consultant. II I I 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: 1.:1 1 1- I ill 03144-08400.wpd 1. Submit to the Consultant, duplicate 300mm long sample sections of all component parts of aluminum extrusions, finished in specified colours. DIVISiON 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 2 1.05 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) B. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit drawings for review in accordance with Section 01330. 2, Indicate and identify all items, show assembly, installation and connection details and methods. 3. Shop drawings shall clearly indicate methods of accommodating thermal expansion and contraction, provisions for structural deflections, contractions, expansion and other normal movements. C. Test Reports: Submit a report from an independent testing laboratory, verifying that the metal construction and the glass units used meet the following test requirements: 1. Air Infiltration: Conducted on fixed lights not less than 1370 x 1370 mm in area. The frame shall include a thermal barrier in aluminum extrusions. The test pressure shall be 0.081 kPa in accordance with the double chamber method outlined in NRC Technical Note No. 375, using Emsweiler gauges to measure pressure differentials. Air infiltration shall be within NAAMM tolerance standards. 2. Water Infiltration: Conducted on fixed lights not less than 1370 x 1370 mm in area. The frame shall include a thermal barrier in aluminum extrusions. The static air pressure on the exterior side shall be 958 kPa (equivalent to the pressure exerted by wind having a velocity of 105 km/h), with a continuous water spray flowing at the rate of 6 Iitres per 300 x 300 mm per hour applied at the window head to flow as a flim over the exterior window face. No water shall penetrate during a 15 minute period during which the above conditions shall be in effect. 3. Structural Deflection: Conducted on fixed iights used in the system specified or approved, over at least a height of 3.0 m and a width of two modules between mullions. The allowable maximum deflection at any point of the span, shall not be more than 1/220 of its span under a uniformly distributed positive load equivalent to the pressure exerted by wind having a velocity of 128 km/h and a negative load as determined from data and requirements of the Ontario Building Code. 4. Thermal Condensation: Conducted on fixed lights used in the system specified or approved, of not less than 1370 x 1370 mm in area, with an external temperature of -26.1 deg. C and an internal temperature of 24 de9. C and with an internai reiative humidity of 30% maintained for 48 hours. Test result shall indicate no frost or condensation on the interior surfaces. 5. Design and components not complying with above requirements will not be accepted. 1.06 DELIVERY. HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Transport materiais to the job site storage compound in such a manner as to prevent in transit damage. These measures shall inciude, but not limited to, crating and polyethylene wrapping system. B. Store in a dry, protected area on site, in original undamaged containers with manufacturers labels and seals intact. 03144-08400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1.06 1.07 1.08 II I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Parle 3 DELIVERY. HANDLING AND STORAGE (Cont'd) C, Provide glass units with interleaving protection between lites. Keep glass and interleaving dry and store cases in clean, cool, dry areas with temperatures above the dew point. Circulation of cool, dry air in storage areas is essential. Open cases and inspect units periodically for moisture accumulation. Do not store glass in direct sunlight without an opaque protective covering over same. PROTECTION A Protect the work of this trade from damage. Protect work of other trades resulting from the work of this Section. B. Provide at the factory, strippable coatings on ail exposed surfaces of aluminum. This coating and protective wrappings shall remain on the surfaces through the period that other trades' works proceed on the building, and shall be removed by this Subcontractor on completion of the building. C. Comply with unpacking procedures as recommended by framing and glass manufacturers. D. Make good all damaged work caused by failure to provide adequate protection. Remove unsatisfactory work and replace at no expense to the Owner. WARRANTY A. Provide a 5 year warranty against defects and failure of exterior framing systems to remain completely weather tight and air and water leak proof within the tolerances and limits specified. B, Provide a warranty stating that the anodized finish will be non-fading, nonconvertible, and permanentiy a part of the metal surface for a period of five (5) years after substantial performance. The warranty shall state that any item showing failure during the warranty period will be replaced or refinished to the original condition, at no cost to the Owner. C. Submit extended period warranties in writing, in a form acceptable to the Owner, jointly signed by the subcontractor or supplier and the Contractor, with seal of each attached. D. Leakage in excess of the specified tolerances and limits, glass breakage and condensation in excess of the specified tolerances and limits, shail (without limit to other defects which may become apparent) all be judged as defective work. Repair or replace at the discretion of, and at no cost to, the Owner, any defects observed at any time prior to expiration of the above mentioned warranty periods. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Manufacture: Aluminum sections and products manufactured by Kawneer Company Canada Ltd. form the basis of the drawings and specifications. The following manufacturers are considered as acceptable alternates subject to approval by the Consultant, of supporting technical literature, samples, drawings and performance data: Alumicor Commercial Aluminum Zimmcor 03144-08400.wpd DIVISiON 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 4 2.01 MATERIALS (Conl'd) B. Aluminum Sections: Extruded from Alcan 6063 alloy with a T54 temper. Extruded aluminum sills to size and shape to suit wall conditions, complete with end drip deflectors, expansion cover plates and necessary anchors. Formed aluminum components shall be manufacturer's standard sections as required for a complete installation, formed from sheet of alloy and temper suitable for their purpose and finish, C. Member Wall Thickness: Each framing member shall provide structural strength to meet or exceed specified performance requirements. D. Fasteners: Self-tapping 300 Series stainless steel for aluminum to steei contact, steel double cadium plated for aluminum to aluminum contact, of sufficient strength to perform the functions for which they are intended. E. Thermal Break: All members to have extruded rigid polyvinyl chloride thermal barriers. Durometer hardness of 80, plus or minus 5. F. Isolation Coatino: Acid and alkali resistant materiai conforming to CGSB 1.108-M, Type 2. G. Sealant: Multi-component conforming to CAN/CGSB 19.24-M, Type 2, Class "B" for sealant to be incorporated between aluminum framing and adjacent structures. Colours as later selected by the Consultant from standard colour selection. Furnish non-hardening, non- skimming, non-sagging, non-bieeding polyisobutylene or partially vulcanized rubber base sealant for use in concealed-sealing of thin joints in metal work. H. Compressible Filler: "Unifoam R1009" by Goodco Limited. I. Adhesives: as recommended by manufacturer of materials to be bonded. J. Aluminum Finishes: 1. Finishes shall be in accordance with Aluminum Association Designation System for Aluminum Finishes. 2. Clear Anodized Finishes: Designation AA-M12C22A31 - appearance and properties of anodized finishes designated by the Aluminum Association as Architectural Class 1 and Class 2 respectively. N. Glass and Glazino: Glass and Glazing shall be as specified in Section 08800. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Exterior Aluminum Entrance Framino 1. Exterior Frames: Kawneer 451T thermally broken framing system. 50 mm wide x 115 mm deep sections. 2. 25 mm sealed glazed units. 3. Prefinished aluminum insulated sandwich panels as shown on the drawings. 03144-08400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'l..1 1 I I I I 'i I I I I I I I I I I II II 2.02 2.03 1.'1 ,I , ~I ,i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 5 PRODUCTS (Conl'd) B. Interior Frames and Screens 1. Trifab 450, 45 mm wide x 115 mm deep as per details. 2. 1/4" minimum tempered glazing, clear. C. Windows 1. Kawneer 516 ISOport fixed framing system, 38 mm wide x 102 mm deep, thermally broken. 2. 25 mm sealed glazed units. E, Exterior and Intefior Doors to size and thicknesses as indicated on schedules and drawings. 1, Kawneer 350 Series, medium stile with intermediate horizontal rails where detailed. 2. Rails and stiles to be 92 mm :!: wide, bottom rail 165 mm" :!: high, Frame 45 mm thick. 3. Door members to be 3 mm nominal thickness. Glazing mouldings to be lock in type with glazing gaskets. Provide flush stops for insuiating glass in exterior doors. 4. Exterior glass: 25 mm sealed units, insulating glass. 5. Interior glass: clear, 6 mm thick, tempered. F. Door Hardware 1, Dor-O-Matic 1690 Concealed Rod Exit Device. 2, Kawneer Panic Guard on pairs of doors. 3. Style 'CS-15' Architects Classic Pull with finish to match door. 4. Pivots Kawneer Top Offset, Bottom Offset and Optional Intermediate Pivots with clear epoxy finish. 5. Concealed heavy duty closer 2030 LCN. 6. Kawneer controller locking system for paired doors, 7. Glynn Johnson series 120 holder. 8. Extruded aluminum threshold for barrier ffee access to all exterior doors, 100 mm wide x 13 mm high. 9. Weather-seal to head and jambs of all exterior doors. Door seal to be aluminum with sponge neoprene a minimum of 6 mm thick, width to suit frame. Type TW2000. 10. Meetin9 stiles: adjustable astragal utilizing wool pile with polymeric fin. 11. Door sweeps to be Sealeze EB 395 EPDM blade gasket x door width. 12. Electric Operator: Refer to Section 08310. FABRICATION A All Windows and Frames 1. Fabricate frames square to profiles shown and prepafe for glazing. Fill frames with manufacturer's insulation. 2. Vertical and horizontal members shall be tubular extrusions designed for sheaf block corner construction. 03144-08400.wpd A.. DIVISiON 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 6 2.03 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 3. Design and fabricate necessary brackets and anchorage devices so that, when installed, they will compensate for unevenness and dimensional difference in the structure to which they are secured, will allow full expansion and contraction of framing members as a result of such expansion and contraction offraming members and will adequately sustain themselves, the windows and superimposed wind and rain loads and all other stresses. 4. Take fieid measurements prior to fabrication. 5. Jig assemble components in shop and partially disassemble. 6. Accurately form joints and intersections to tight, hairline fit. 7. Nick threads to prevent loosening of nuts. Make bolted and screwed work as inconspicuous as possible. 8. Welding of component members will be permitted providing it does not in any way mar the surface appearance and with joints made tight, in true plane, ground and sanded smooth, fiush with base metal. Do all welding on concealed surface. 9. Provide thermai break to maintain the interior surface of frames and glass free from condensation and frosting under conditions of minimum -12 degrees C outside temperature with 24 degrees C inside temperature at 35% relative humidity. 10, Design of mullions and framing members shall accommodate insulating glass units generally. 11 . Construction (1) Construct units from extrusions of size and shapes shown on the drawings and formed with clean, sharply defined profiles. Joints to be accurately machined, fitted, assembled and sealed to provide neat weather tight joinery. (2) Draw joints together and secure by means of screws driven through the walls and into the integrally extruded screw channels of abutting extrusions. (3) Intermediate members within units may be either solid or tubular design to suit wind-ioading and weight carrying requirements. (4) Design coupling mullions to eliminate the "seam joint" on the weathered side, while providing a functional split to permit unit module construction and provide for thermal expansion. When required, reinforce wind load carrying members with steel bars suitably treated to prevent electrolytic action, (5) Overlap and seal giazing flanges of abutting members for the entire depth and width of the flanges to provide a solid, unbroken water barrier. (6) Giass stops shall be lock in screw-less type. 12. Equip sill base with splice plate back up sections at joint in long runs. Seal ends and jambs to provide neat, weather tight joints. 13. All exterior frame members to have extruded P.v.C. thermai break integrated with the inner and outer aluminum extrusions by a roll-crimping process to form a rigidly interconnected assembly without the use of fasteners or other thermal bridging elements. 14, Provide adequate, shielded drainage and pressure equalization where required. 15. Aluminum Sills - Extruded to size and shape as detailed, complete with end drip deflectors, expansion cover piates and necessary anchors. 16. Form continuous flashings with intermediate clips, anchorages and reinforcing and as much as possible, be shop assembied. Provide all filler and closure pieces as required. 03144-08400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il ,I I 1 .~ I :! I I I I I I I I I I I I I II ..~ I II !I ..~ i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 7 2.03 FABRICATION (Cont'd) 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. B. Doors: 1. 2. 3. Units too large for handling or shipping shall be fitted and assembled in the shop to check accuracy, disassembled and marked for shipping and field assembly. Concealed fastenings shall be used to the greatest possible extent. Isolate joints of unlike materiais with bituminous paint to prevent electrolytic action or chemical reaction. Provide all necessary holes for connections and fastenings, Provide weep holes in horizontal members as required. Weep holes shall drain to the exterior. Glazing must withstand a specified combined dead, live and wind load in accordance with requirements of the Ontario Building Code for the building location, with a maximum deflection of U200 of the span. Prepare screens and frames to receive finishing hardware, including electric operators and templated hardware supplied under Section 08710. Construct doors from minimum 3 mm thick extrusions of size and shape shown on shop drawings. Door top raiis, bottom raiis and stiles shall be porthole extnusions. Corner construction shall be mechanical clip fastening plus SIGMA deep penetration plug and filled welds. Glazing stops shall be lock in type with glazing gaskets and without exposed fasteners. Stops for exterior doors shall be flush type to accept 25mm insulating glass. Meeting stiles on pairs of doors shall be provided with an adjustable weathered astragai. Door bottoms shall have an extruded elastomeric blade sweep strip with concealed fasteners. 4. Prepare and reinforce doors to receive specified finishing hardware and electric operators in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and templates. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 CONDITION OF BUILDING A. Commence installation only when variations or discrepancies on the Site which will prevent satisfactory installation of this Section's work are corrected. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. General 1. Provide all fastenings or anchors to be built in under other Sections. 2. Conceal all fastenings of window components from view. 3. Securely install frames piumb, true, square and straight in openings and free from distortion using the manufacturer's recommended anchors, anchor bolts and fasteners. Install slip joint linings where required to accommodate movement. 4. Clean and restore primer and bituminous paint to surfaces disturbed by field welding or other operations. 03144-08400.wpd DIViSION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 8 3.02 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) 5. Aluminum to be placed in contact with dissimilar metals shall be given a heavy coat of bituminous paint on contacting surfaces, minimum 30 mil dry film thickness. 6. Caulk internal window joints. Seal joints between interior framing and masonry/drywall and between interior framing and mullion members in such a manner as to produce a completely airtight and watertight installation. 7. Caulk external window joints. Seal joints between exterior metal and masonry and between frame and aluminum sill in such a manner as to produce a completely watertight installation. 8. Leave final installation water and weather tight. 9. Where welding is unavoidable for exposed non-ferrous work during erection of curtain wall assembly, comply with CSA W59-M and recommendations of fully certified firm to CSA W47, 1 for the particuiar metals and alloys being welded. Use methods and welding rods which will not distort members and will result in closest possible colour match. Grind exposed surfaces smooth, using wheels and compounds which are free of iron and other substances which would result in stains or discoiouration of surfaces. Restore finishes after welding and grinding. B. Erection Tolerances: 1. Limit variations from plumb, level or dimensioned angle to the following: 3 mm maximum deviation in storey height, or in 3000 mm vertical run, or in 6000 mm horizontal run. 6 mm maximum deviation in 9000 mm in any direction. 2. Limit variations from location (theoretical calculated positions) in plan or evaluation based on established floor lines and column lines, including variations from plumb and level, to the following: 9 mm total maximum deviation for member at any location. 3 mm maximum change in deviation for member for 3000 mm run, any direction. 3. Limit offsets in end-to-end and edge-to-edge alignment of adjoining and consecutive members, which form planes, continuous runs and profiles, to the following: 1.5 mm maximum offset in flush alignment, including those which are to be 13 mm or less out-of-flush, and including those which are separated 2" or less by a reveal or protrusion in plane of windows. C. Doors: 1. Erect and secure aluminum framing plumb, square and level, free from warp, twist or superimposed loads. 2. Use concealed fastenings where possible. Where concealed fasteners are not feasible, use flat headed screws in countersink holes. Exposed bolt or nut heads are not permitted. 3. Match exposed fastenings with finish or surfaces on which they occur. 4. Assess each component for appearance and coiour. Any variations in appearance and colour will not be permitted. 5. Secure work adequately and accurately to the structure in the required position. 6. Glaze aiuminum doors in accordance with Section 08800. 03144-08400.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I !I I I I 3.02 3.03 3.04 I I I I .~ I '! 11 i .i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08400 ALUMINUM WINDOWS, DOORS AND SCREENS Page 9 INSTALLATION (Cont'd) 7. Apply hardware in accordance with hardware templates and manufacturer's instructions. 8. Coordinate installation of automatic door operators with Section 08310. D. Glazinq: Refer to Section 08800. E. Caulkino: Refer to Section 07900. CLEANING A. Immediately prior to the finai cleaning of the 9iass and before handing over the Buiiding to the Owner, make good all damage and disfigurement to the work, and remove all protective coatings, stains and foreign matter from all exposed, exterior and interior surfaces of work supplied under this Section, and leave In a uniform colour and in first class condition to the Consultant's satisfaction. B. Use soap and water, or water and approved solvents not injurious to aluminum, glass, glazing and sealant compounds. Abrasives shall not be used. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A. At completion of the project submit three copies of manufacturers maintenance and cleaning instructions for aluminum doors, windows, hardware and glazing for inciusion into Maintenance Manuals as specified in Section 01780. End of Section 03144-08400.wpd I II .M I ~I I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED A. Supply of all finishing hardware. B. The cost of the finishing hardware shall inciude the supply and delivery F.O.B. Job Site of Finishing Hardware, and the service of a competent mechanic to inspect the installation of all hardware furnished under this Section and supervise all adjustment (by trades responsible for fixing) which are necessary to leave hardware in perfect order. 1.03 RELATED WORK I I I , I A. B. C. D. E. F. Allowances Finish Carpentry Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Automatic Door Operators Aluminum Doors, Windows and Screens Electrical Section 01210 Section 06200 Section 08100 Section 0831 0 Section 08400 Division 16 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit six (6) copies of complete detailed Hardware Schedule to the Consultant in accordance with Section 01330-Submitlal Procedures. Hardware schedule shall be prepared by a qualified Rivett Architectural Hardware. B. Indicate each item location type finishes, identifying mark corresponding to the door schedule. C. Following installation of all hardware, inspect the hardware installation and certify in writing that all work is complete to manufacturer's recommendations and supplied as scheduled. Submit certification to the Consultant. I I I I ',I ii I i! ii . II 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Receive the delivery of the Finishing Hardware and identify all items against the Finishing Hardware Schedule. Advise the finish hardware supplier and Consultant in writing of errors or omissions. B. Store Finishing Hardware in locked room or storage shed. Ensure each hardware items is accompanied by the correct template. installation instructions, special tools, fastening devices and other loose items. C. Remove all hardware from doors and frames prior to painting. After painting is complete and dry, reinstall all hardware to manufacturer's recommendations. 03144-08710.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE Page 2 1.06 ALTERNATES A. No alternates will be accepted other than listed in the approved hardware scheduie. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PRODUCTS A. AIi hardware shall be supplied as specified in the Hardware Schedule provided by the Consultant. B. Supply of all finishing hardware will be a cash allowance item. C. All finishes shall be as indicated in the Finishing Hardware Schedule by international codes. D. Fasteners shall match hardware. E. All stainless steel items shall be Type 304 Quality or better. 2.02 KEYING A. All lock cylinders and cores shall be supplied complete by the hardware supplier, to suit Owner's master system, construction master keyed and grand master keyed. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Examination .1 Before installing any hardware, carefully check all architectural drawings of the work requiring hardware, verify door swings, door and frame materials and operating conditions, and assure that all hardware will fit the work to which it is to be attached, .2 Check all shop drawings and frame and door lists affecting hardware type and installation, and certify to the correctness thereof, or advise the hardware supplier and Consultant in writing of required revisions. B. Templates Check the hardware schedule, drawings and specifications, and furnish promptly to the applicable trades any patterns, templates, template information and manufacturer's literature required for the proper preparation for and application of hardware, in ampie time to facilitate the progress of the work. C. Installation .1 Installation of hardware shall be in accordance with ANSi A115.1G, manufacturer's templates and instructions. .2 All hardware shall be installed by carpenter, skilled in the application of architectural hardware. Refer to Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. Instruction sheets, details and templates shall be read and understood before installation. .3 Instali all materials as listed in the Finishing Hardware Schedule on the doors and frames listed. Interchanging of hardware will not be allowed. 03144-08710.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I , , .~ I :1 I I I I I I I 3.01 3.02 3.03 3.04 I I I I !I ., I I I I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08710 FINISHING HARDWARE Page 3 INSTALLATION (Conl'd) .4 After installation, templates, installation instructions and detaiis shall be put in a file and turned over to the Owner, when building is Substantially Performed. .5 Coordinate installation of hardware with supplier of security hardware devices. INSPECTION A. After installation of all hardware and before buiiding is accepted, the hardware manufacturer's approved representative shall inspect the installation and certify in writing to the Consultant that the hardware is properly installed and supplied in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and finishing hardware schedule. GUARANTEE A Guarantee and warrant all hardware for a period of 2 years for all products except door closers which shall be guaranteed for 10 years, from the date of Substantial Performance of the General Contract, from defects in materials, workmanship and improper installation. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE A. The hardware suppiier shall through the Contractor provide a written maintenance program for all finish hardware requiring maintenance and the name and address of the supplier for future repairs and replacement.' End of Section 03144.-08710.wpd I I DIVISION 8 SECTION 08715 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS Page 1 I I 'II I I I I I I I I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED This Section of the contract includes all automatic doors called for or implied by the drawings and specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred to or not, as will be required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications. The work inciudes but is not limited to the following: A. Supply and install electro-mechanical swinging door operators including operator" aluminum header, actuating controls, safety rails and power on/off switches. 1.03 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. D. Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens Finishing Hardware Glass and Glazing Electrical Section 08400 Section 08710 Section 08800 Division 16 1.04 REFERENCE STANDARD A. All automatic entrance equipment is to comply with all sectors of ANSI A-156.10 and be C.S.A. approved. 1.05 SUBMITTALS A. Shoo Drawinos: Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions to the Consultant for review indicating all components, required clearances, electrical hook-up and coordination required with the work of related trades. 1.06 MAINTENANCE I I 'II II ;11 I 1 I A. Provide operating and maintenance manual for the automatic door assembly. B. Following completion, provide an instruction session with the Owner demonstrating the operation of the doors. 03144-08715.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08715 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS Page 2 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIAL/DESIGN/OPERATION A. General 1. Automatic door operators shall be a complete system as described herein. Stanley Access Technologies operators are used as a basis for this specification. Equivalent products as manufactured by the following are acceptable subject to the approval of the Consultant: Besam Automated Entrance Systems Inc. B. Operator 1. Shall be Stanley Magic-Swing, electro-mechanical system sealed against dirt, dust and corrosion in a cast aluminum case and fully lubricated to minimize wear and friction of the moving parts between temperature extremes of -20'C and +60'C. The entire operator shall be removable from the header as a unit. 2. Aluminum header extrusions to be minimum 0.156" wall thickness and have a clear anodized finish to AA-M12-C22-A31. 3. Back paint ali aluminum in contact with steel with bituminous paint and install PVC isolating strips. C. Power Openino 1. The operator shali open the door with a 1/8 hp DC motor through reduction gears, ball screw actuator, forged steel rack and pinion and a linkage assembly. Opening time to back-check (approximately 75') shall be 1.0-1.5 seconds. The drive train shall have positive, constant engagement. A force no greater than 251bF at the lock stile shall stop the door from opening. The operator shall stop the door in the open position by electrically reducing the motor voltage and holding against an adjustable 90' stop. All bearings shall be ball or roller type. No bushings shall be used. D. Sprino Closino 1 . The operator shall close the door by spring energy. Closing speed shall be controlled by employing the motor as a dynamic brake, and closing shall be in 2.5- 4.0 seconds from fully open to latch check (90'_10'). Closing through last 10' shali be in not less than 1.5 seconds from latch check to fully closed (10'_0'). The closing spring shall be a helical compression spring, pre-loaded for positive closing action at a low material stress level for long spring life. E. Emeroencv Release 1 . The operator shall have built in emergency release with controlled spring return to the ciosed position without manual resetting. While the door is in the emergency reiease mode, a disconnect switch shall prevent powered operation. No housing or jamb mounted stops or cams shall be required for emergency function. Not more than 50 IbF at the lock stile shall be required for emergency use per ANSI A-156.10. 03144-08715.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 2.01 I I I I I I I I I I I II , II ;1 ij '.lI I. 03144-08715.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08715 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS Page 3 MATERIAUDESIGN/OPERATION (Cont'd) F. Manual Use 1. The operator shall function as a manual door closer in the direction of swing with or without electricai power. 2. Entrapment Protection: the forces and speeds of power opening, manual opening in both directions of swing, and spring ciosing in both directions of swing shall conform to the requirements of ANSI-A-156.1 O. G. Electrical Control 1. A solid state, microprocessor based controller with quick connect plugs shall incorporate the following features: (1) Fully adjustable opening speed and opening check speed. Control circuitry shall include a 0-30 second adjustable time delay. (2) A 2 Y, ampere current limiting circuit which limits the opening force of the operator to a maximum of 24 IbF at the lock stile. (3) A "soft-starf'/"soft stop" motor driving circuit shall be provided for smooth normal opening and recycling, to minimize loosening of doors, pivots and frames. (4) A one second reverse-on-obstruction feature to reverse door motion if an obstruction is met during opening or ciosing. (5) A cam actuated emergency breakout switch to disconnect power to the motor when the door is manually pushed in the emergency direction. The operator will then automatically reset and power will be resumed, H. Door Arm (Visible) 1. Linkage assembly shall provide positive control of door through entire swing; shall permit use on butt hung doors. 2. Header shall be 5 1/2" wide by 6" high extruded 6063-T5 aluminum extrusions of 0.156" thickness with structurally integrated end caps. Access to the operator and electronic control box shall be by a full length removable cover, edge rabbeted to the header to insure flush fit. Controls 1. Shall be manufacturer's standard manually operated push plate in clear aluminum embossed with "Handicap Symbol". DiVISiON 8 SECTION 08715 AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS Page 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION A. Prior to installation inspect the site to ensure that no defects are present in the completed phases of the work which would result in poor application or installation, or cause latent defects of the automatic door equipment. 3.02 INSTALLATION B. Installation shall be by an installer approved and trained by the manufacturer in strict accordance with the Manufacturer's instructions. C. Provide all fasteners and accessories required for the installation of automatic door operators. D. Set all equipment plumb, level and true. E. Install push plates at mounting height recommended by the manufacturer, and in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. F. Adjust door operating components to ensure smooth opening and closing of doors. G. Adjustment and cleaning: After repeated operation of the completed installation, re-adjust door operators and controls for optimum operating condition and safety. Clean all metal surfaces. End of Section 03144-0B715.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I l.'~ I iJI '..', !I I II ! DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 1 11 'II II 11 I PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. Joint Sealers B. Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames C. Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens D. Washroom Accessories Section 07900 Section 08100 Section 08400 Section 1 0800 1 .03 REFERENCES 'II il , II II II II II II II " II ! II , ~ JI A. ANSIIASTM E330 Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows, Curtain Walls and Doors by Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference. B. ASTM C542 Specification for Lock-Strip Gaskets. C. ASTM D790 Test Methods for Flexural Properties of Unreinforced and Reinforced Plastics and Electrical Insulating Materials. D. ASTM D1003 Test Method for Haze and Luminous Transmittance of Plastics. E. ASTM D1929 Test Method for Ignition Properties of Plastics. F. ASTM D2240 Test Method for Rubber Property - Durometer Hardness. G, ASTM E84 Test Method for Surface Buming Characteristics of Building Materials. H. ASTM F1233 Test Method for Security Glazing Materials and Systems. I. CSA A400.2 Energy Performance Evaluation of Windows and Sliding Glass Doors, J. CAN/CGSB-12.1 Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass. K. CAN/CGSB-12.2 Flat, Clear Sheet Glass. L. CAN/CGSB-12.3 Flat, Clear Float Glass. M. CAN/CGSB-12.4 Heat Absorbing Glass. N. CAN/CGSB-12.5 Mirrors, Silvered, O. CAN/CGSB-12.8 insulating Glass Units. p, CAN/CGSB-12.9 Spandrel Glass, Q. CAN/CGSB-12.10 Glass, Light and Heat Reflecting. R. CAN/CGSB-12.11 Wired Safety Glass. S. Flat Glass Manufacturers Association (FGMA) Glazing Manual. T. Laminators Safety Glass Association Standards Manual. U. Canadian Door and Window Manufacturer's Certification Program. 1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Provide continuity of building enclosure vapour and air barrier using glass and glazing material as follows: 1. Utilize inner light of multiple light sealed units for continuity of air and vapour seal. B. Size glass to withstand wind loads, dead loads and positive and negative live loads acting normal to a plane of glass to a design pressure of 1.2 kPa as measured in accordance with ANSIIASTM E330. C. Limit glass defiection to 1/200 with full recovery of glazing materials. 03144-08800.wpd i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 2 1.05 SAMPLES A. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm samples of glazing materials. C. Submit duplicate 300 x 300 mm samples of sealed insulating units for approval. D. Submit samples of sealant materials in colours seiected by the Consultant. 1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Provide maintenance data for all materials, including cleaning instructions, for incorporation into Maintenance Manuals specified in Section 01780. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with FGMA Glazing Manual and Laminators Safety Giass Association Standards Manual for glazing installation methods, B. Insulating glass units shall be certified by the Insulated Glass Manufacturer's Association of Canada (IGMAC). 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Install glazing when ambient temperature is 1 O"C minimum. Maintain ventilated environment for 24 hours after application. B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature before, durin9 and for 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds. 1.09 WARRANTY A. Provide written warranty, guaranteeing work of this section against breakage, distortion, loss of seal and similar defects for a period of five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Warrant glazing film against cracking, peeiing, crazing, de-lamination or discolouration for a period of ten (10) years from date of Substantial Performance. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2,01 MATERIALS A. General 1. Materials shall be free from bubbles, waves, discolouration, distortion and defects. 2. Material manufacturers shall label every piece of glass. Labels shall remain in place until final cleaning. Label shall note "manufacturer, registered name of the products, weight and quality of glass". 03144-08800,wpd I Ii I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1. I Iii I II I il I I I I I II ~I il ill , 1. 11 i '.- .j, !i i DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) B. Products manufactured by the following are accepted: 1 . PPG Canada Inc. 2, AFG Industries 3, Libbey-Owens-Ford Co. 4, Tremco Limited. 5, 3M Canada. 6, Dow Corning 7, GE Plastics Canada. 8. GE Silicones Canada. C. Giass: 1. Tempered or Laminated Safety Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12.1-M 2. Sheet Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12.2 3. Float Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12.3-M. 4. Wired Glass: To CAN/CGSB-12.11-M, polished both sides, square wire mesh style. 5. Type GL-1 Glass: 2 layers, 4 mm clear heat strengthened glass laminated with 1.5 mm clean interlayer. 6. Type GL-2 Insulating Glass Units: To CAN/CGSB 12.8, sealed units, 25 mm thick consisting of 6 mm outside and inner lights and 13 mm air space, Outer light heat tempered to CAN/CGSB 12.1. Inner light fioat glass to CAN/CGSB 12,3. Low-E coating on third surface, argon filled: Clear: SG SN-68 by Guardian Industries with a shading coefficient of 0.44. 7, Type GL-3 Insulated Glass Units: To CAN/CGSB-12., sealed units, 25 mm thick consisting of 6 mm heat strengthened or tempered outside light, 13 mm air space Inner light: 2 layers of 3 mm heat strengthened glass laminated with a 1.5 mm interlayer Low E coating on third surface, argon filied: Clear: SG SN-68 by Guardian Industries with a shading coefficient of 0.44. 8. Silvered Mirror Glass: To CAN/CGSB -12.5-M, silvered float glass, 5 mm thick, ground and polished edges of sizes indicated. D. Accessories: 1. Glazing Seaiant: Two component polysuiphide, bearing Thiokol Hallmark, conforming to CGSB 19-GP-3M. Colour as selected by Consultant. 2. Setting Blocks & Spacers: Neoprene, setting blocks 80-90 Shore "A" durometer hardness to ASTM D2240, to suit glazing method, glass light weight and area. 3. Spacer shims: neoprene 50-60 Shore "A" durometer hardness to ASTM D2240.; 75mm long x one half height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application. Self adhesive on one face. 4. Glazing Tape: 1 . Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device, 10-15 Shore "A" durometer hardness to ASTM D2240; coiled on release paper. Size to suit. Black colour. 2. Closed cell polyvinyl chloride foam, coiled on release paper over adhesive on two sides, maximum water absorption by volume 2%, designed for compression of 25% to effect an air and vapour seal, size to suit. 5. Glazing splines: resilient polyvinyl chloride, extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot, colour as selected by the Consultant. 03144-08800.wpd DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Page 4 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) 6, Glazing clips: manufacturer's standard type. 7, Lock strip gaskets: to ASTM C542, 8. Mirror attachment accessories: 1. Stainless steel clips. 2. Stainless steel screws, purpose made and wall expansion plugs, to suit substrate. 3. Mirror adhesive: Chemically compatible with mirror coating and wall substrate. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify that openings for glazing are correctly sized and within tolerances. B, Verify that surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean, free of obstructions and ready to receive glazing. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Clean contact surfaces with solvent, and wipe dry, B. Seal porous surface channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer. C. Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant. D. Cut wired or patterned glass so that pattern is parallel with frames. E. Site cutting of glass is prohibited. 3.03 INSTALLATION: EXTERIOR WETIDRY METHOD A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, 6 mm below sight line. Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with sealant. B. Apply heel bead of sealant along intersection of permanent stop with frame ensuring full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete continuity of air and vapour seal. C. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, with edge block maximum 150 mm from corners. D. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heei head of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of iight or glass unit. E. Install removable stops with spacer strips inserted between glazing and applied stops 6 mm below sight line. F. Fill gap between glazing and stop with sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing, maximum 9 mm below sight line. 03144-D8800.v.Jpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ill :';i -~ III I I I I "I I 1 I I I 3.03 3.04 3.05 'il ,1 I i.11 " , I I II , ~I , , 11 1 , ~I I :1 DIVISION 8 SECTION 08800 GLAZING PaQe 5 INSTALLATION: EXTERIOR WET/DRY METHOD (Cont'd) G. Apply cap head of sealant along void between stop and glazing, to uniform line, flush with sight line. Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth. H. Install spandrel glass where indicated. INSTALLATION: INTERIOR - DRY METHOD A. Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops, projecting 1.6 mm above sight line. B. Place setting blocks at 1/4 points, with edge block maximum 150 mm from corners. C. Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape for full contact at perimeter of light or unit. D. Place glazing tape on free perimeter of glazing in same manner described in 3.04.C. E. Install removable stop without displacement of tape. Exert pressure on tape for full continuous contact. F. Knife trim protruding tape. INSTALLATION OF MIRRORS A. All mirrors shall be provided by this Section. B. Cut mirrors to sizes indicated. Framed mirrors are specified under Section 10800. C. Set mirrors greater than 750 mm in width or height with adhesive, applied in accordance with adhesive manufacturer's instructions. D. Set mirrors less than 750 mm in width or height with clips. Anchor rigidly to wall construction. E. Place mirrors plumb and level. F. Height of mirrors at vanities in barrier free washrooms shall conform to Ontario Building Code requirements for barrier free accessibility. 3.06 COMPLETION A. Clean up and remove from building and site all debris, surplus glazing and other foreign materials, tools and equipment and leave entire premises in a neat and tidy condition. 3.07 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. After installation, mark lights with an "X" by using removable plastic tape, or paste. Do not mark heat absorbing or reflective glass units. End of Section 03144-08800.wpd " ~ I , j I II il ,I ,11 ;r Iii :1 - '~ II I ;, II ,1.11 :1 II , i' ,II il 11 'I ~I , jl II II II :1 11 .~ cJ. DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. G. H. I. J. K. L. M. Mason ry Lightweight Structural Steel Framing Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Air Barrier Buiiding Insulation Firestopping and Smoke Seals Joint Sealers Hollow Metal Doors and Pressed Metal Frames Aluminum Windows, Doors and Screens Acoustical Ceiling Painting Access Doors and Panels Section 04200 Section 05410 Section 061 00 Section 06200 Section 07195 Section 07200 Section 07270 Section 07900 Section 081 00 Section 08400 Section 09500 Section 09900 Division 15 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. CSAA82.31-M Gypsum Board Appiication. B. CSAA82.27-M. Gypsum Board C. CAN/CGSB-51.34, Vapour Barrier, Polyethylene Sheet for Use in Building Construction. D. CAN/CGSB-71.25, Adhesive, for Bonding Drywall to Wood Framing and Metal Studs. E. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada (ULC): CAN/ULC-S102], Buiiding Materials and Assemblies, Standard Method of Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of. F. ASTM A 653 M, Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process. G. ASTM C 36, Specification for Gypsum Wallboard. H. ASTM C 442, Specification for Gypsum Backing Board and Coreboard. i. ASTM C 475"Specification for Joint Compound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board. J. ASTM C 514, Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board. K. ASTM C 630. Specification for Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board. L. ASTM C 645, Specification for Non-Load (Axial) Bearing Steel Studs, Runners (Track), and Rigid Furring Channels for Screw Application of Gypsum Board. M. ASTM C 665, Mineral-Fibre Blanket Thermal Insulation. N. ASTM C 840, Specification and Finishing of Gypsum Board. O. ASTM C 954, Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Board. P. ASTM C 1047, Accessories for Gypsum Wallboard and Gypsum Veneer Base. 1.04 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of General Instructions, Section 01005. B. Provide fire rated 9ypsum board components and assemblies as indicated on the drawings. Rated assemblies shall compiy in all respects to the applicable ULC tested assemblies. 03144-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 2 1.05 ACOUSTIC REQUIREMENTS A. Ensure that all metal sub framing is securely installed and will not "rattle" when exposed to low frequency sounds. 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING A Use all means necessary to protect gypsum board materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of other trades affected by this work. B. Store materials in a dry area inside the building. Do not remove wrapping until ready for use. Prevent damage to all edges and surfaces. C. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.07 SUBMITTALS A. Submit WHMiS Material Data Safety Sheets (MSDS) for all products, to Owner for review and approval, prior to delivery of products to the site. 1.08 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain temperature minimum 10'C, maximum 21 'C for 48 hours prior to and during application of gypsum boards and joint treatment, and for at least 48 hours after completion of joint treatment B. Apply board and joint treatment to dry, frost free surfaces, PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 GYPSUM BOARD A. Plain: To CSA A82.27-M standard for non-rated applications, Type X for rated applications, 1220 mm widex maximum practicai length, ends square cut, edges tapered with round edge, 13 mm thick or to thickness indicated on drawings. All fire rated board shall be minimum 16 mm thickness. B. Water resistant board: to CSA A82.27 and ASTM C630, 13 mm thick, 1220 mm wide with tapered edges. C. Tile Backer: Dens-Shield Tile Backer Board, 13 x 1220 x 2400 mm water resistant gypsum core with fibreglass mat reinforced facings, as manufactured by Georgia-Pacific Corporation. D. Exterior Gvpsum Sheathino at Insulated Metal Wall Claddina: 1. To ASTM C177, Georgia Pacific DENS-Glass Gold, 13 mm thick, 1220 mm wide x 2400 mm long, square edge with water repellant glass mat facings. 2. Sealant: Dow Corning 795 or equivalent as approved by the Manufacturer. 3. Joint Treatment: 6" wide, 10 x 10 woven threads per inch, self adhering fibreglass joint tape and Borden HPPG Elmer's Siliconized Acrylic Latex Caulk. 03144-09250.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il 1.' I 'i 11 ;jl :: I I I I Ii I !j " I 'II 'l I " I !I 'I j~ I 1. ~ll I: . 2.02 2.03 2.04 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 3 METAL FURRING AND SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Metal Furring Runners, Hangers, Tie Wires, Inserts, Anchors: To CSA A82.30-M, electro-zinc coated steel. B. Runner Channels: 39 x 20 x 0.6 mm, 38 x 9 x 0.5 mm, hot dip or electro-galvanized sheet steel. Use of various sizes governed by applied loads and applicable spans. C. Drywall Furring Channel: Channel shaped furring member for screw attachment of drywall with knurled face. For interior use. Furring masonry or concrete surfaces. Cross furring under steel joist or suspended metal channeis in suspended ceiling systems: 70 x 20 x 0.9 mm with knurled face, hot dip or electro-galvanized sheet steel. D. Hangers: minimum 5 mm diameter (or as required by ULC to meet design fire ratings) mild steel rods. METAL STUDS A. Non-Load-bearing Channel Stud Framing: To ASTM C645; to sizes indicated on drawings; roll formed from minimum 0.8 mm thickness electro-galvanized steel sheet; for screw attachment of gypsum board. Knock-out service holes at 450 mm centres. Studs shall be minimum 20 gauge, but not less than required to obtain ULC ratings specified. B, Floor and Ceiling Tracks: To ASTM C645; in widths to suit stud sizes, 25 mm flange height. C. Metal Channel Stiffener: 1.5 mm thick cold rolled steel, coated with rust inhibitive coating. FASTENINGS AND ADHESIVES A. Drywall Screws: To CSA A82.31-M and ASTM C1002, self drilling, self tapping, case hardened, length sufficient to penetrate sub-framing at least 13 mm. B. Stud Adhesive: To CGSB 71-GP-25M. C. Joint Tape: 2" perforated with preformed seam. D. Joint Tape for Tile Backer: 51 mm wide x 1 Ox1 0 glass mesh as manufactured by Georgia- Pacific Corporation. E. Laminating Compound: To CSA A82.31-M, asbestos-free. F. Joint Filler and Topping: Casein, vinyl or latex base, slow setting. G. Tie Wire: 0.90 mm, galvanized, soft annealed, steel wire or clip as recommended by the manufacturer of furring channels. 2.05 ACCESSORIES A. Casing Beads Corner Beads and Edge Trim: to ASTM C1 047,0.5 mm gauge base thickness commercial grade sheet steel with G90 zinc finish to ASTM A525-80A; perforated flanges; one piece length per location. B. Acoustic Sealant: To CGSB 19.21.M. Dow Corning 795 or Tremco Acoustical Sealant. 03144-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 4 2.05 ACCESSORIES (Cont'd) C. Polyethylene: To CAN 2-51.34-M, Type 2,6 mil polyethylene film and Y-8086 Contractors Sheathing Tape by 3M Canada. D. insulating Strip: Rubberized, moisture resistant, 13 mm thick closed cell neoprene strip, 13 mm wide, with self sticking permanent adhesive on one face; lengths as required. E. Control Joints: Performed bellows shaped sections with perforated flanges. F. Reveal Trim: prefabricated aluminum mouldings with mill finish, 13 mm wide by thickness of wallboard. Products supplied by Fry Mouldings or equal. G. Runner Fasteners: power driven type to withstand 860N shear and 890N bearing force when driven through structural head or base without exceeding allowable design stress in runner, fastener, or structural support. H. Control Joints: to ASTM C1 047, preformed bellows shaped sections with perforated flanges. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL A. Prior to installation of gypsum wallboard, ensure that all required vapour barriers, air seals, gaskets and the like installed under another Section have been inspected and accepted by Municipal authorities and the Consultant. Failure to do so will result in removal of all gypsum wallboard installed prior to approval and replacement, at no additional cost to the Owner. B. Maintain copies of ULC tested assembly design criteria on site at all times. 3.02 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS A. Align partition tracks at floor and ceiling and secure at 610 mm o.c. maximum. Erect metal studding to tolerance of 1 :1000. B. Place studs at400 o.c. unless noted otherwise and not more than 50 mm from abutting walls, and at each side of openings and comers. Position studs in tracks at floor and ceiling. Cross brace steel studs as required to provide rigid installation to manufacturer's Instructions. Ensure that all joints in metai stud framing are tightly screwed to eliminate "rattling" when exposed to low frequency sounds. C. Attach studs to floor and ceiling track using screws. D. Co-ordinate erection of studs with installation of door/window frames and special supports or anchorage for work specified in other Sections. E. Provide two studs extending from floor to ceiling at each side of openings wider than stud centres specified. Secure studs together, using column clips or other approved means of fastening. 03144-09250.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :1 I , i~ I " i;i II l! I I .~ I ji , 11 I I '1 il I I III l "'I ;ii 1 " I II il 3.02 3.03 . ]1 ~I ;! II ~I , II "I ~I ,'I 11 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 5 ERECTION OF METAL STUDS (Cont'd) F. Erect track at head of door/window openings and sills of sidelight/window openings to accommodate intermediate studs. Secure track to studs at each end, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Install intermediate studs above and below openings in same manner and spacing as wall studs. G. Provide stud or furring channel secured between studs for attachment of fixtures behind lavatory basins, toilet and bathroom accessories, and other fixtures including grab bars and towel rails, attached to steel stud partitions. Where indicated, provide heavy gauge steel sheet backing accessories and fittings. H. Install steel studs or furring channel between studs for attaching electrical and other boxes. I. Extend partitions to underside of structural roof or floor deck except where noted otherwise on drawings. J. Maintain clearance under beams and structural slabs or provide slip connection to avoid transmission of structural loads to studs and possible damage of studs. K. Install continuous insulating strips to isolate studs from un insulated surfaces. L. Install two continuous beads of acoustical sealant behind studs and tracks around perimeter of sound control partitions, (indicated on drawings as being acoustically insulated and ULC gypsum board wall assembiies). SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. Erect hanger and runner channels for suspended gypsum board ceilings in accordance with CSA A82.31-M except where specified otherwise and indicated on drawings. B. Securely anchor hanger to structural supports 48" o.c. maximum along runner channels and not more than 6" from ends. Under no circumstances shall hanger wires be secured to or supported from mechanical or electrical materials or equipment or penetrate mechanical ductwork. C. Space runner or furring channels as shown on drawings and not more than 24" o.c. maximum nor 6" from walls. Run channels in long direction of board. Bend hanger sharply under bottom flange of runner and securely wire in place with a saddle tie. Provide channels below mechanical or electrical equipment and mechanical ductwork to maintain maximum spacing. D. Install furring channels transversely across runner channels in short direction of wallboard at 610 mm o.c. maximum or 150 mm from walls and interruptions in ceiling continuity. Secure channels to support with furring clips or wire. Where splicing is necessary lap minimum 200 mm and wire tie each end with double loops of 0.90 mm gauge galvanized tie wire, 25 mm from each end of overlap. E. Support light fixtures by providing additional ceiling suspension hangers within 150 mm of each corner and at maximum 610 mm around perimeter of fixture. Coordinate with Division 16. 03144-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 6 3.03 SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS (Cont'd) F. Install work ievel to tolerance of 1 :1200. G. Frame with furring channels, perimeter of openings for access panels, light fixtures, diffusers, grilles, etc, H. Install furring channels parallel to, and at exact locations of steel stud partition header track. i. Furr for gypsum board faced vertical bulkheads within or at termination of ceilings. 3.04 WALL FURRING A. Install wall furring for gypsum board wall finishes in accordance with CSA A82.31-M, except where specified otherwise and shown on drawings. B, Frame openings and around buill-in equipment, cabinets, access panels, etc., on four sides. Extend furring into reveals. Check ciearances with equipment suppliers. C. Furr duct shafts, beams, coiumns, pipes and exposed services where indicated, 3.05 INSULATION A. Install sound insulation where indicated on the partition schedule. Fit tight between studs and cut around all penetrations. Insulation thickness shall be as noted, but not less than 92 mm thickness. 3.06 GYPSUM BOARD APPLICATION A. This Section will supply and install all gypsum board shown and required including gypsum board on interior side of lightweight steel stud exterior wall assemblies. B. Do not apply gypsum board until bucks, anchors, blocking, electricai, and mechanical work are approved. C. Do not apply gypsum wallboard to exterior walls until insulation, vapour retarder and air seals have been installed and inspected by others, including consultant, owner and municipal building inspectors. D. install prefabricated reveal trim at perimeter of door and window openings where indicated. E. Apply gypsum board at right angles to framing members or furring using screw fasteners. Maximum spacing of screws 300 mm o.c. or in accordance with ULC standards for fire rated assemblies. Apply type X gypsum board where indicated to obtain fire ratings as shown on the drawings. F. Apply 13 mm diameter bead of acoustic sealant continuously around periphery of each face of sound insulated partitions to seal gypsum board/structure junction where partitions abut fixed building components. Seal full perimeter of cut-outs around electrical boxes, ducts, and other penetrations in partitions where perimeter sealed with acoustical sealant. 03144-CJ9250.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1~11 , I~ I ill I I I I I J1. ;, I I . DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 7 G. Where required to obtain ULC listed assemblies, or where indicated on the drawings, construct walls with two (2) layers of gypsum wallboard. Install base layer with all joints taped and finished. Second layer shall be installed in a full coating of laminating compound applied to the base iayer and in accordance with the reference standards and manufacturers instructions. H. Apply water resistant gypsum wallboard on all ceilings at showers. Apply water resistant sealant to edges, ends and cut outs which expose gypsum core. I. Installlile backer board in walls to receive ceramic tile finishes. Install in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Tape joints using fibreglass reinforced tape, and joint compound recommended by manufacturer. Seal all cut edges. J. Seal perimeter and all penetrations through wallboard on exterior walls with caulking. Coordinate with Division 16 and Section 07200 to ensure that all gaskets for electrical devices are installed and sealed. K. Coordinate installation of plywood backing to reinforced walls and ceilings where indicated. Installation of plywood substrate is specified in Section 06100. 3.07 ACCESSORIES A. Erect accessories straight, plumb or level, rigid and at proper plane, Use full length pieces where practical. Make joints tight, accurately aligned and rigidly secured. Mitre and fit corners accurately, free from rough edges. B. Install casing beads where gypsum board butts against surfaces having no trim concealing junction and where indicated. C. Install insulating strips continuously at edges of gypsum board or casing beads abutting metal window or exterior door frames, to provide thermal break. ;11 11 ! 11 , ~I II , " II :: II " 'I 3.08 CONTROL JOINTS A. Construct control joints of preformed units or two back-to-back casing beads set in gypsum board facin9 and supported independently on both sides of joint. B. Provide continuous polyethylene dust barrier behind and across control joints. C. Locate control joints at changes in substrate construction, at approximately 30 foot spacing on long corridor runs. Install control joints straight and true. 3.09 TRIM A. Install reveal trim at gypsum board/ceiling juncture and at door and window jambs where indicated. 3.10 ACCESS DOORS A. Install access doors to eiectrical and mechanical fixtures specified in respective Sections. 3.10 ACCESS DOORS (Cont'd) 03144-09250.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09250 GYPSUM WALLBOARD Page 8 B. Rigidly secure frames to furring or framing systems, to satisfy fire rating requirements. 3.11 TAPING AND FILLING A. Finish face panel joints and intemal angles with joint system consisting of joint compound, joint tape and taping compound installed according to manufacturer's directions and feathered out onto panel faces. B. Finish corner beads, control joints and trims as required with two coats of joint compound and one coat of taping compound, feathered out onto panel faces. C. Fill screw head depressions with joint and taping compounds to bring flush with adjacent surface of gypsum board so as to be invisible after painting is completed. D. Sand lightly to remove burred edges and other imperfections, Avoid sanding adjacent surface of board. E. Completed installation to be smooth, level or plumb, free from waves and other defects and ready for painting. End of Section 03144-09250.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !:l'l d. ;! ~ 'i I .~ I 1 I ,I I ~ ~ :1 III I I JII II I I ;~ I 'll I! !I ~ 11 ]1 II " ~I I ~I ! 11 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Parle 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUiREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Concrete Gypsum Wallboard Resilient Flooring Section 03300 Section 09250 Section 09651 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For the actual installation of ceramic wall and fioor tile, use only skilled tradesmen who are familiar with the referenced standards and with the requirements for this Work. B. Do tile work in accordance with Installation Manual 200, "Ceramic Tile", by Terrazzo, Tile and Marble Association of Canada, except where this specification is more stringent. 1.04 SAMPLES A. After award of Contract and before any ceramic wall and floor tile are delivered to the job site, submit duplicate samples of tile to the Consultant for approval. Samples to be submitted on 12" x 12" sample board for each colour, texture, size and pattern of tile in accordance with Division 1. Grout sample joints for representative sample of final installation. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Deliver all materials of this Section to the job site in their original unopened containers with all labels intact and legible at time of use. B. Store all materials under cover in a manner to prevent damage and contamination; store only the specified materials at the job site. C. Use all means necessary to protect fioor and wall tile materials, before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. D. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at ceramic tile installation area above 120C for 48 hours before, during and after installation. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Materials shall be graded and containers grade sealed, delivered to the job site in their original packages or containers with the manufacturer's labels and seals intact. 03144-09310.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) B. Tile and grout colour shali be selected by the Consultant from the manufacturer's standard range of colou rs. C. Tile shall conform to CAN/CGSB-75, 1. D. Provide coves, corners, reveals, surf caps, inners and outers as required to complete the work. 2.02 CERAMIC TILE A. CT1: To CAN2-75.1, Type 1, Class MR1 & 2, Olympia Montana, 50 x 50 x 6 mm unglazed, slip resistant finish with cove base. B. CT2: To CAN2-75.1, Type 1, Class MR1 & 2, Olympia Maple Leaf Spectrum, 108 x 108 x 6 mm glazed ceramic. C. CT3 (Porcelain Tile): To CAN2-75.1, Type 1, Class MR1 & 2, Olympia Lugan porcelain tile, 305 x 305 x 6 mm. Provide cove base to match, 102 mm high. D. Soap Dish: 100 x 100 x 76 mm deep recessed glazed ceramic type by Olympia with extending lip in colour selected later by the Consultant. E. Stair Nosing: "Trep-B" by Schluter or other accepted manufacturer. 52 mm wide by 12.5 mm high, aluminum with thermoplastic insert, non-slip. F. Transition Strip: "Reno-Aeu" by Schluter or other accepted manufacturer. Height to be 12.5 mm, satin anodized aluminum finish. 2.03 SETTING COMPOUND A. Setting compound shall be "L & M Floor Mix" for floor tiles and "L & M Wall Mix" for wall tiles, or reviewed alternate. 2.04 GROUTING COMPOUND A. Grouting compound for wall tiles shall be "L & M Ceramic Mosaic Grout", or reviewed alternate, in colour as later selected by the Consultant. B. Grouting compound for floor and base tiles shall be "L & M Acid-R-Grout" or reviewed alternate, in colour as later selected by the Consultant. 2.05 WATERPROOF MEMBRANE A. Stemson Neoflex waterproof membrane and primer. 2.06 MORTAR BED A. 1 part Portland Cement" 1 part water, including minimum 1/10 part latex adhesive (per manufacturers instructions), Level-Cure by C-Cure. 03144-09310.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I r ill ~ I 'I I il 11 ,I I 11 'i I II DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 3 2.07 FLOOR SEALER AND PROTECTIVE COATING A. To tile and grout manufacturer's recommendations. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Surfaces on which wall and floor tile is to be applied, shall be thoroughly cleaned down. B. Drywall surfaces on which wall and floor tile is to be applied, shall be free from dust, excess plaster and shall be plain and true without any irregularities. C. Concrete floor slabs, concrete block and gypsum board walls on which floor and wall tile are to be applied, shall be thoroughly cleaned down and all dust, efflorescence, dirt, etc. removed. D. In the event of discrepancies, immediately notify the Consultant and do not proceed with installation in such areas until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. '.1'1 :i ! I 3.02 TILED WALLS AND FLOORS I I ~I ~ ! , ~I :4 ~I ! 11 I I II d ~I II ., A. Refer to Drawings and Room Finish Schedules for locations. Wall and floor tiles shall be set by the thin set method, using setting and grouting compound, in strict accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. B. Tile shall be laid out in pattern as directed by the Consultant with 1/16"joints and square with wall. C. Cut and fit tiles neatly around all projections, curbs, recesses, fixtures, etc., spacing tiles accurately so that pattern is uninterrupted. 3.03 SETTING BED A. Apply a thin pressured on skim coat of setting compound to substrate in the area to be tiled. Do not spread more mortar than can be covered before skinning occurs. Follow skim coat immediately with a doubling coat to form a 1/3" to 1/4" thick layer of mortar. Do not touch until just before placing tile. B. Just before placing tile, notch the Thin-Set mortar bed with a suitable notched trowel, combing an area that can be covered within 5 minutes in hot dry surroundings, or no more than 10 minutes at under cooler, moister conditions. C. Place individual tiles against freshly combed setting compound with moderately firm pressure. Follow soon with a thorough beat-in. Beat-in should be sufficient to cause ribs of notched mortar bed to flow together into a continuous layer. Make any necessary adjustments in alignment promptly following beat-in. D. Clean out joints for receipt of grouting compound and clean up smudges of mortar with a sponge moistened with clean water. E. Grouting shall be performed at any lime after initial set has occurred. 03144-09310.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09310 CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE Page 4 3.04 GROUTING A. As soon as tile beds have sufficiently set, the tile shall be washed clean and 9routed with grouting compound in strict accordance with "L & M" printed instructions. B. Joints in tile floor and base shall be filled solid and flush with "L & M Acid-R-Grout". C. Joints in wall tile shall be filled solid and flush with "L & M Ceramic Mosaic Grout". D. Prepare joints and mix grout in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. Force maximum amount of grout into joints, avoiding air traps or voids. E. Remove all excess grout by washing diagonally across the joints. Check for voids, air pockets and gaps and fill same. Remove all discoloured grout and replace with new, F. Cure all joints, 3.05 CLEANING A. Upon completion of wall tile installation and grouting, thoroughly clean and polish all exposed surfaces of ceramic wall tile. 8. Immediately following removal of grout from surface of floor tiles and base, remove dust and wipe clean. Seal and finish the surface as per instructions in "Terrazzo Tile and Marble Association of Canada, Maintenance Manual 2nd Edition", for unglazed ceramic tiles, using manufacturer's recommended products and procedures, 3.06 EXTRA STOCK A. Upon completion of the installation and as a condition of acceptance, deliver to the Owner 100 square feet of ceramic floor tiles and one carton of ceramic wall tiles installed under this section for the Owner's maintenance program. Identify each carton for location and installation date, End of Section 03144-09310.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ ~ I l:il ~ I :j I ...~ I :! ~I I ill ,! II , !~ I 'I , il " ~I !I ! ~I , DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. C. D. Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Gypsum Wallboard Mechanical Electrical Section 06100 Section 06200 Section 09250 Division 15 Division 16 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS '11 II A. CSA B111, Wire Nails, Spikes and Staples. B. CAN/CGSB 92.1, Sound Absorptive Prefabricated Acoustic Units. C. CAN/ULC-S102, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. D, ASTM A 366, Standard Specification for Steel, Carbon Cold-Rolled Sheet, Commercial Quality. E, ASTM A 641, Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire. F. ASTM A 653, Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (galvanized) by the Hot- Dip Process. G. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation Room Method. H. ASTM C 635, Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings. L ASTM C 636, Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panels. J. ASTM C 665, Mineral-Fibre Blanket Thermal Insulation. K. ASTM E 84, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. L. ASTM E 1414, Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum. M. ASTM E 1111, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceiling Systems. N. ASTM E 1264, Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products. O. ASTM E 1477, Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical Materials by Use of Integrating-Sphere Reflectometers. P. ASTM D 3273, Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber. I 11 I II ~I II 1.04 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Maximum deflection: 1/360th of span to ASTM C635 deflection test. 1.05 QUALIFICATIONS A. The installation of all acoustic ceiling assemblies shall be carried out by an Acoustical Contractor approved by the manufacturer of the acoustical materials and thoroughly experienced in this work. 03144-09500,wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 2 1.06 SAMPLES A. Submit product data and samples in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit duplicate, 300 mm x 300 mm square samples of acoustic panel and tile materials. 1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspection organization. 1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with ASTM E 1284 for Class A products: Flame Spread: 25 or iess; Smoke developed: 50 or less. B. Coordination of the Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work, including but not limited to, building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical and electrical systems. 1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Permit wet work to dry before commencement of installation. 8. Maintain uniform minimum temperature of 150C and humidity of 20-40% before and during installation. C. Store materials in work area 48 hours prior to installation. 1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide two extra sealed carton of acoustical units for each type of unit required. B. Extra materials shall be from same production run as installed materials. C. Ciearly identify each type of acoustic unit, including colour and texture. D. Store where directed by the Owner. 1.09 MAINTENANCE A. Deliver one extra sealed carton of acoustical units for each type of unit required. B. Extra materials shall be from same production run as installed materials. C. Clearly identify each type of acoustic unit, including colour and texture. D. Store where directed by the Owner. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Provide manufacturers written warranty that ceiling products will not sag, warp, shrink or rust as a result of materials defects orfactoryworkmanship for a period often (10) years from the date of Substantial Performance. 03144-09500, wpcl I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;~ I rll l II I I II " " ii I I I I I I I jl il I 11 i jl 11 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 3 PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 PANELS A. Acoustic Panels: To CAB/CGSB 92.1, cellulose fibre with flame spread rating of 25 or less, and NRC range of 0.65 to 0.75, as manufactured by CGC Inc. Aspen 610 x 1220 mm (24" x 48") angled regular edge panel. 2.02 SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Suspension System: Intermediate duty system, to ASTM C635. Interlocking Tee Grid, 25 mm wide formed out of cold rolled zinc bonded steel, matte white baked enamel finish: CGC Inc. Aspen. B. Edge Moulding: 25 gauge, zinc coated, cold rolled steel, "L" type with white matte baked enamel finish: CGC Inc. Aspen. C. Hangers galvanized soft annealed steel wire, 12 gauge diameter. 2.03 ADHESIVE D. Tie Wire 18 gauge galvanized annealed steel wire. 2. 05 ACCESSORIES A. Low VOC type, as recommended by acoustic panel manufacturer. A. Splices, clips, mouldings, trim, retainers and tie wires to complement suspension system components, as recommended by the manufacturer. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Do not install acoustic panels and tiles until work above ceiling has been inspected by the Consu ltant. 3.02 WORKMANSHIP A. Measure the ceiling area and layout centre lines, both ways, providing balanced borders at room perimeter. Layout grid as indicated on the drawings. B. Establish ceiling elevation by use of a water level or transit. Install the wall mould accurately in position to provide correct finished ceiling height. C. Frame openings for light fixtures or air diffusers and at changes in ceiling heights. Obtain the weights of the various electric light fixtures and install extra hangers as required to support these fixtures. D. All joints shall be straight in alignment and the exposed surfaces shall be ftush and level. Edge moulding shall be installed wherever the acoustic ceiling abuts walls, columns and other vertical surfaces. 03144-09500.wpd DIVISiON 9 SECTION 09500 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS Page 4 3,02 WORKMANSHIP (Cont'd) E. Coordinate ceiling installation with Mechanical and Electrical work as indicated on the Reflected Ceiling Pians. F. Coordinate ceiling suspension system installation with instaliation of perimeter radiant heating panels supplied and installed by Division 15. 3.03 INSTALLATION: SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. The suspension system shall be installed in accordance with ASTM C636 except where specified otherwise. B. Install perimeter wall mouldings to provide correct ceiling height C. install hanger rods at minimum 48" centres both ways suspended from structure above and crimp lower ends at correct height to engage the holes in the main tees. Hangers must not be more than 5 degrees from vertical. D. Main tee members may run either the lon9 or short dimension of the room. Starting at one corner of the room, install the main tees and cross tees. Cut the ends of tees at the wall mould allowing some space for expansion. Frame up with tees, openings for 1i9ht fixtures, grilles or air diffusers and at changes in ceiling height. D. Finished ceiling shall be square with adjoining walls and level within 1:1000. E. Touch up scratches, abrasions, voids and other defects in painted surfaces. 3.04 INSTALLATION: ACOUSTIC PANELS A. Lay in the acoustic ceiling panels carefully cutting and trimming to provide the specified layout. B. Install 610 x 1220 mm (24" x 48") panels where indicated. C. Scribe acoustic units to fit adjacent work. Butt joints tight and terminate edges with mouldings. D. Remove and replace any damaged or marked panels. E. Install acoustic insulation where indicated on the drawings, after panels are installed. F. Install adhesive bonded acoustic units to clean, dry, firm substrate, in accordance with manufacturer's directions. End of Section 03144-09500.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ! III :-"! i! I I~ ,,1 Ii ~I ,I il , '~ I :11 11 I I I I I ,I I II II ,I jl '. I , II " , DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. E. F. Concrete Masonry Metal Fabrications Rough Carpentry Gypsum Wallboard Ceramic Wall and Floor Tile Section 03300 Section 04200 Section 05500 Section 061 00 Section 09250 Section 09310 1.03 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) 1. ASTM F 1066, Specification for Vinyl Composition Floor tile. 2. ASTM F 1344, Specification for Rubber Tile. B. Canadian General Standards Board (CGSB) 1. CAN/CGSB-25.20, Surface Sealer for Floors. 2. CAN/CGSB-25.21, Detergent-Resistant Floor Polish. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit samples in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit duplicate samples of manufacturers full range of colours for specified products for selection of colours by the Consultant. C. Before any resilient flooring materials are delivered to the job site, submit to the Consultant, a complete list of all materials proposed to be furnished and installed under this portion of the Work, stating manufacturer's name and catalogue number for each item, and product samples in colours specified. D. Accompanying the materials list, submit two copies of the manufacturer's current recommended method of installation for each item. E. Provide maintenance data for resilient flooring for Operation and Maintenance Manual specified in Section 01780. 1.05 PRODUCT HANDLING A. Use ail means necessary to protect resilient flooring materials before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades. B. In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Consultant and at no additional cost to the Owner. 03144-09651,wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 2 1.06 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Maintain air temperature and structural base temperature at floor installation area above 200 C for 48 hours before, during and after installation. 1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Provide extra materials of resilient flooring, base and adhesives in accordance with Division 1. B. Provide 100 sf of each colour, pattern and type flooring material required for this project for maintenance use. C, Extra materials to be from same production run as installed materials. D. Clearly identify each container of floor tile and each container of adhesive. E. Deliver extra materials to the site and store where directed by the Owner. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Vinyl Composition Tile: to CSA A 126.1 or ASTM F 1066, 300 x 300 x 0.8 mm thick, non asbestos, Class 2 through pattern tile with static load of not less than 517 kPa and U.L.C. flame spread rating of 75 or less. 1. Acceptable material: Mannington Commercial: Essentials Amtico: Commerciai Color-Thru Duravinyl. B. Resilient Base: 4" high thermoplastic rubber, not less than 0.8 mm gauge with preformed internal and external corners. Base at resilient and rubber tile shall have standard toe. Acceptable Products: Johnsonite DuraCove DC Rubber Wall Base Amtico Marathon C. Primers, Adhesives and Caulking: non-fiammable, solvent free, waterproof, recommended by flooring manufacturer for specific material on applicable substrate, above, at or beiow grade. D. Sub-fioorfiller and leveler shall bewh~e premixed latex compatible with flooring products and adhesive. E. Metai edge strips: aluminum extruded, smooth, mill finish with lip to extend under floor finish, shoulder flush with top of adjacent floor finish. F. Transition strips, mouldings and adaptors shall be rubber or vinyl, manufactured by Johnsonite or Burke Mercer with lip to extend under fioor tile with tapered edge, colour matched to flooring. 03144-09651.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '11 1 "II I I I I I I <II i . I 'il II I 11 II I ~I jl 'I II , DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 3 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) G. Sealer: to CAN/CGSB25.20, Type 2-water based, type recommended by flooring manufacturer. H. Wax: to CAN/CGSB-25.21, type recommended by flooring manufacturer. I. All colours and patterns shall be as selected by the Consultant from the complete range of manufacturer's colours and patterns. Up to 4 colours may be selected for each product. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 SURFACE CONDITIONS A. Prior to all work of this Section, carefUlly inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is compiete to the point where this installation may properly commence. B. Confirm that resilient flooring may be installed in accordance with the original design and the manufacturer's recommendations. C. Ensure concrete floors are dry, by using test methods recommended by tile manufacturer. Concrete must be cured a minimum of 28 day prior to commencement of resilient flooring application. D. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Consultant. E. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved. 3.02 SUB-FLOOR TREATMENT A. Remove sub-fioor ridges and bumps. Fill low spots, cracks, joints, holes and other defects with sub-floor filler. B. Remove all substance and materials affecting adhesive bond. Vacuum clean floors. C. Clean floor and apply filler; trowel and fioat to leave smooth, flat hard surface. Prohibit traffic until filler is cured and dry. D. Prime or seal substrates to flooring and adhesive manufacturer's instructions. 3.03 TILE APPLICATION A. Provide a high ventilation rate, with maximum outside air, during installation, and for 48 hours after installation. Whenever possible, ventilate directly to outside. Do not allow contaminated air to re-circulate through the building ventilation system. B. Install all resilient flooring in strict accordance with the manufacture~s printed instructions and recommendations. 03144-09651.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 4 3.03 TILE APPLICATION (Cont'd) C. Do not lay floor coverings and base until all trades, except painter, have completed their work and just prior to completion of the building, D. Apply adhesive uniformly with recommended trowels, at coverage as recommended by the manufacturer. Do not spread more adhesive than can be covered before initial set takes place, E. Lay flooring with joints parallel to building lines unless otherwise indicated, to produce symmetrical tile pattern. Patterns shall be as directed by the consultant. Allow for one field tile and one accent tile in each room or space. Border tiles shall be minimum Y, tile width. F. Install flooring to square grid pattern with all joints aligned unless otherwise indicated. G. As installation progresses, and after installation, roll flooring in 2 directions with a 45 kg roller to ensure full adhesion. H. Cut and fit tile neatly around fixed objects. I. install feature strips or feature tiles where directed. Fit joints tightly. J. Continue flooring throughout areas to receive movable type partitions or fitments without interrupting floor pattern. K. Install flooring full depth of closets, toe spaces, and recesses. L. Terminate flooring at centreline of door in openings where adjacent floor finish or colour is dissimilar. M. Install transition strips at unprotected or exposed edges where flooring terminates. Locate transition strip at centreline of door where a door occurs. 3.04 BASE APPLICATION A. Layout base to keep number of joints to a minimum. Locate joints at maximum available spacing or at internal or pre moulded corners. B. Clean substrate and prime with one coat of adhesive. C. Apply adhesive to back of base. D. Set base against wall and floor surfaces tightly by using a 3 kg hand roller. E. Install straight and level to variation of 1 :1000. F. Scribe and fit to door frames and other obstructions. Use pre moulded end pieces at flush door frames. G. Cope internal corners. Use pre moulded corner units for right angle external comers. Use formed straight base materials for external corners of other angles, minimum 12" each leg. 03144-<l9651.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 .1 "j I , ill .\1 I I I I I I I '11 !I II II II ill I 11 II ~I i 3.04 3.06 3.07 DIVISION 9 SECTION 09651 RESILIENT FLOORING Page 5 BASE APPLICATION (Cont'd) H. Provide rubber base at all resilient floor tile. INiTIAL CLEANING AND WAXING A. Remove excess adhesive from resilient floor coverings, base and adjacent finished surfaces as the work progresses. B. Clean, seal and wax floor and base surfaces to manufacturer's instructions. In carpeted areas, clean base before installation of carpet. PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Protect new floors until time of final inspection. B. Prohibit traffic on floors for 48 hours after installation. C. Immediately prior to final inspection, remove protection, ciean, dry or damp mop resilient flooring and apply one additional coat of wax. End of Section 03144-D9651.wpd .,. j~ I 'I r~ I , :: I :: , 11 I I I I I ~I II , DIVISiON 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 WORK INCLUDED This Section of the contract includes all painting and finishing called for or implied by the drawings and specifications, together with all necessary incidentals whether referred to or not, as will be required to complete the work to the full intent and meaning of the drawings and specifications, The work includes but is not limited to the following: A. Preparation, back-priming and painting and finishing of all exposed surfaces of the building including building services and accessories, not otherwise protected or covered as shown on the 'Finish Schedule', to the full intent of the drawings and specifications. B. Preparation, back-priming and painting and finishing of all exterior elements as indicated on the drawings, and not otherwise protected or covered. 1.03 QUALIFICATIONS A. Painting Contractor shall have a minimum of 10 years proven satisfactory experience. This contractor shall maintain a qualified crew of painters for the duration of the work who shall be qualified to fully satisfy the requirements of this specification. 1.04 SUBMITTALS II I ,II il A. Samples 1. Paint colours shall be selected by the Consultant. Before work is commenced, the Consultant will furnish a colour schedule indicating colours and locations. 2. Prepare, with type of paint and application specified, draw down samples of various finishes for Consuitant's approval by submitting samples, as directed, at least thirty days before materials are required. Identify each sample as to job, finish, colour name, number, sheen name and gloss value, date and name of Sub-contractor. Submit sufficient samples as required by the Consultant until colours and textures are approved. B. List of Materials I II 11 II 1. A list of materials proposed for use on the work, prepared ~the paint manufacturer, shall be submitted in writing to the Consultant for review at least 30 days before the materials are required. The list shall bear the manufacturer's official certification that the materials listed thereon are equal to those specified herein. If products to be used are from various manufacturers submit a list from each manufacturer. All products shall be identified by their respective CPCA designation number. C. Submit MSDS for each product as applicable, prior to deiivery of any materials to the site. 03144-09900.wpd .iI DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pa[je2 1.05 PRODUCT DELIVERY. STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to Site in sealed, originai containers with labels intact. Labels shall indicate manufacturers name, type of paint, brand name, colour designation, applicable CGSB designation, and instructions for mixing or reducing. Notify the Consultant in writing that materials are on site and request examination by the Consultant before labels are broken on the original container. Store in a heated and ventilated space directed by Consultant at a minimum ambient temperature of 70 C. Keep stored materials covered at all times and take all necessary precautions against fire. B. Provide CO, fire extinguisher of minimum 20 Ibs. capacity in paint storage area and take all necessary precautions to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion. 1.06 JOB CONDITIONS A. Environmental Temperature 1. Do not paint or finish in unclean or improperly ventilated areas. Do not paint when surface and air temperatures are lower then 10 degrees C or varnish in temperatures lower than 18 degrees C. 2. Relative humidity shall not be higher than 85%. 3, Maintain temperature and humidity, and provide continuous ventilation for 24 hours before and after paint application. 4. Do not paint exterior surfaces immediately following rain, frost or dew. Do not paint interior surfaces where condensation is present or likely to occur. B, Protection 1. Provide metal pans or adequate tarpaulin to protect surfaces in areas assigned for the storage and mixing of paints. 2. Use sufficient drop cloths and protective coverings for the full protection of floors, furnishings and work not being painted. Protect mechanical, electrical and special equipment, hardware, all other components of the building which do not require painting, from paint spotting and other soiling during the painting process. 3. Remove electricai piates, surface hardware and fittings prior to painting. These items shall be carefully stored, cleaned and replaced upon completion of the work in each area. 4. Leave above areas clean and free from evidence of occupancy upon completion of painting. 5. Protect paint materials from fire and freezing. 6. Keep waste rags in closed metal drums containing water and remove from building at end of each working shift. Dispose of all waste materials including paint containers in accordance with Municipal requirements. 7. Where toxic or explosive materials are used, use appropriate precautions as directed by the manufacturer. Post 'NO SMOKING' signs as necessary. C. LiohtinQ 1. Painting and decorating work shall not proceed unless a minimum of 15 candle power/square foot lighting is provided on the surface to be painted. 03144-09900.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II " il 11 :, '1 I ! ~I I Iii .~ il DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pape 3 1 .07 MOCK-UP A. Before proceeding with the work, finish one complete space or item of each colour scheme showing selected colours, texture, materials and workmanship. After approval, the sample room or surface shall serve as a standard for similar work throughout the building. 1.08 GUARANTEE I ., ~I ~I 11 I 11 ~I I A. The painting contractor shall furnish a Two (2) Year Guarantee upon completion of the work. Warrant that the work has been performed in accordance with the standards and requirements of this specification. B. The work of this contractor shall be inspected by an independent Inspector acceptabie to the Consultant. The cost of such inspection shall be paid by the painting contractor. Cooperate fully at all times with the independent painting inspection agency in the performance of their duties. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Use material specified herein. Where not specified, materials listed under 'Paint Product Recommendations' as listed in the O.P.CA manual may be used, subject to the approval of the Consultant. B. All materials shall be from one manufacturer, unless approved by the Consultant. C. Products manufactured by: ICI (Glidden) Paints Pittsburgh Paints 2.02 MIXING I A. Paints shall be ready mixed. B. Products shall have excellent fiowing and brushing properties and shall dry or cure free of sags or similar defects to yield the desired finish specified. II I PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSPECTION II ~I 11 ~I J A. Condition of Surfaces 1. Inspect all surfaces requiring painting and notify the Consultant in writing of any defects or problems, prior to commencement ofthe work, or after prime coat reveals defects in the substrate. 2. Check all surfaces with electric moisture meter and do not proceed if reading is higher than 12% for gypsum board, concrete or masonry, and 15% for woodwork without written permission from Consultant. 03144-00900.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pape4 3.01 INSPECTION (Cont'd) 3. Proceed with work only when surfaces and conditions are satisfactory for production of a first class job. 4. Remove dust, grease, rust and ex1raneous matter from all surfaces (exceptthat rust occurring on items specified to be primed under other Sections shall be removed and work reprimed under those Sections). 5. Do no paint masonry or concrete surfaces less than 28 days old, and uniess visually dry on both sides. 6. Test concrete floors for moisture content by using a 'cover patch test'. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Concrete and Masonrv 1. Test surfaces for alkalinity with pink litmus paper or other recognized method. 2. Where extreme alkalinity occurs, wash surface with 4% solution tetra-potassium pyrophosphate (5 oz. per gallon of water) where iatex base paint is to be used and with zinc suiphate solution (3 lb. per gal. water) where other paint bases are to be used. 3. Remove contamination from concrete floors, acid etch, rinse and assure acid-alkali balance. Let dry. B. Metal 1. Clean unpainted and shop painted metal, remove loose rust and prime bare metal with zinc chromate primer. Feather out edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous. C. Galvanized Surfaces 1. Remove surface contamination, wash metal with xylene solvent and apply one coat of an approved etching type primer. D. Woodwork 1. Inspect millwork to assure surfaces are smooth free from machine marks and that nailheads have been countersunk. Seal all knots and sapwood in surfaces to receive paint, with a sealer compatible with finish specified. 2. Sand smooth all woodwork which is to be finished and clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat. In the case of painted woodwork fill nail holes, splits and scratches with non-shrinking filler after first coat is dry. When these occur on a surface to receive a transparent finish, use putty tinted to match local grain condition. Between coats and lightly with No. 00 sand paper and remove dust. E. Gvosum Board 1. Inspect drywall to assure surface as free from marks and blemishes. 2. Clean surfaces free of dust before applying first coat. 3. Inspect surface after prime coat and touch up and re-prime as necessary. F. Miscellaneous Surfaces 1 . All other surfaces not noted above shall be prepared in accordance with the CPCA Guide Specifications and the paint manufacturers recommendations. 03144-09900.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~II ., :(11 I ;il II il , 111 'II I I I I I I 'II :1 II II il il jl , "'---- ---- DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pape 5 3.03 APPLICATION A. Finishes and number of coats specified in Finish Schedule are intended to cover surfaces completely. If they do not, apply further coats until complete coverage is achieved as required. B. Any areas exhibiting incomplete or unsatisfactory coverage shall have the entire plane painted. Patching will not be acceptable. C. Spraying will not be allowed without written permission. D. Arrange to have traffic barred from completed areas wherever possible. E. Apply materials in strict accordance with manufacturer's directions and specifications and be familiar with those directions and specifications. F. Apply primer-sealer coats by brush or roller method. Permit paint to dry before applying succeeding coats, tough up suction spots and sand between coats with No. 00 sand paper. G. Prime woodwork designated for painting as soon as possible after woodwork is delivered to Site. Prime all surfaces of such woodwork, whether exposed or not, before installation. Back prime woodwork which is to receive transparent finish with one coat of transparent finish reduced 25%. H. Where two coats of the same paint are to be applied, tint the first coat to differentiate from the final coat. Sand lightly between coats to achieve an anchor for the required finish. I. Apply final coats on smooth surfaces by roller or brush. Hand brush wood surfaces. J. Paint shall be uniform in sheen, colour and texture, free from brush or roller marks, sags, runs or other defects. K. Work by This Section as Related to Mechanical and Electrical Work 1. Finish paint primed mechanical equipment listed hereafter. a) All exposed ductwork. 2. Paint insulated and bare pipes exposed to view in rooms scheduied to have painted walls and ceiling or other finished surfaces. 3. Prime and paint exposed, unfinished electrical raceways, fittings, outlet boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes and similar items in rooms scheduled to have painted walls or ceiling or other finished surfaces. 4. Replace identification markings on mechanical and electrical work when painted over or spattered. 5. Paint work to match adjacent walls and ceilings unless directed otherwise. 6. Paint interior surfaces of air ducts that are visible through grilles and louvres with one coat of flat black metal paint to limit of sight line. 7. Where walls and ceilings are not scheduled to be painted, the work described above shall be painted a colour selected by the Consultant except where galvanized or plated. 03144-09900.wpd DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pa!Je 6 3.04 FINISH SCHEDULE A. General 1. In instances where materials specified are not suitable fora particular job application or are contrary to manufacturer's recommendations for use on a particular surface, such condition shail immediately be brought to the attention of the Consultant for clarification and instructions. 2. Finishes shall match approved samples but Consultant reserves the right to make reasonable changes to finish specifications to obtain desired results without additional cost or obligation of Owner. 3. Gloss terms shall have following values (ASTM D523-67 "Testfor Specular Gloss"): Gloss Term Gloss Vaiue Flat Eggshell Semi-gloss Gloss, medium Gloss, high 5 to 20 20 to 40 40 to 60 60 to 80 80 to 90 4. A colour chart giving colour schemes for various areas will be prepared after tendering by Consultant. 5. Do not paint baked enamel, chrome plated, stainless steel, aluminum or other surfaces finished with a final factory finish. All primed surfaces shall be finish painted under this Section. B. Schedule of Surfaces and Number of Coats Numbers in brackets (-- ) represent C.P.C.A. Designation Number. 1. Interior Schedule a) Galvanized and Zinc coated Metal: 1st Coat 2"' Coat 3" Coat Cementitious Primer Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel Repeat second coat 1.198-92 1.57 -M90 (26) (47) (47) b) Primed Metal Surfaces: Touch up primer - Alkyd metai primer 1-GP-48M (79) 1st Coat Alkyd Semi Gloss enamel 1.57-M90 (47) 2"' Coat Repeat first coat (47) c) Masonry: 1"Coat 2"' Coat 3"Coat Latex Primer Sealer Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel Repeat second coat 1.88-M90 1.57 -M90 (4) (47) (47) 03144-09900.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I;~ I i I :~ I 'il II ;1 I! _. ;11 I "! .' I I il I jl I I 3.04 11 I II ".1 :i II 'II II ~I DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING FINISH SCHEDULE (Conl'd) B. 03144-09900.wpd II d) Gypsum Board Ceilings: 1"Coat 2"' Coat 3" Coat Latex Primer-sealer Alkyd flat Repeat second coat 1.119-M89 1.118-M89 e) Gypsum Board Walls (Eggshell): 1" Coat 20' Coat 3"Coat Primer-sealer Eggshell Alkyd Repeat second coat 1.119-M89 1.202-92 (51) f) Gypsum Wall Boards (Semi Gloss): 1"Coat 20' Coat 3"'Coat Primer Sealer Alkyd Semi Gloss Repeat second coat 1.119-M89 1.57-M90 g) Wood-Paint Finish: 1"Coat 20' Coat 3"' Coat Enamel Undercoat Alkyd Semi Gloss Enamel Repeat second coat 1 .38-M91 1.57-M90 Schedule of Surfaces and Number of Coats (Cont'd) h) Wood/Hardwood-Vamish Finish: 1"Coat 20' Coat Paste-filler Interior Wood Stain, Semi-transparent 1.145-M90 Type II Oil Modified Clear Urethane, Satin (reduced) 1.175-M89 Type Ii Oil Modified Clear Urethane, Satin 1.175-M89 Type II 3" Coat 4th Coat i) Special Coating (High Performance Epoxy Coating) Masonry: (High Performance Epoxy Coating) 1" Coat - Sanitile C. B. Base 2"' Coat - Sanitile High Gloss j) Special Coating (High Performance Epoxy Coating) Masonry: Drywall: 1" Coat - Sanilile Primer-Sealer 2"' Coat - Sanitile P. C. High Gloss 3" Coat - Repeat second coat Pa!Je 7 (50) (49) (49) (50) (51) (50) (47) (47) (46) (47) (47) (90) (57) (57) DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pa!Je8 3.04 FINISH SCHEDULE (Cont'd) C. Surfaces: The following surfaces shall be painted/varnished: 1. Miscellaneous metals and structural steel unless scheduled to remain exposed. 2. Concrete block walls. 3. Bent steel and channel door frames. 4. Hollow metal doors, frames and screens. 5. Wood doors (stain and varnish). 6. Interior ladders. 7. Drywall partitions, ceilings, and bulkheads. 8. Underside of exposed steel lintels. 9. Exposed mechanical ductwork and bare and insulated pipes. 10. Exposed mechanical and electrical lines located on wall or ceiling surfaces to be painted. 11. All other exposed surfaces (interior and ex1erior) as indicated on the drawings. 12. Paint all closets and alcoves to match adjoining surfaces of rooms. 3.05 PAINT MANUFACTURER'S INSPECTION REPORTS A. When requested by the Consultant, the Contractor shall arrange to have the paint manufacturer's representative of the product being used on the project submit written inspection reports to the Consultant. B. The representative shall visit the site as many times as required to assist the painting contractor in the proper application of the products to ensure a satisfactory job. C. In addition to the requirements of 3.05 B the representative shall visit the site and submit a written inspection report to the Consultant at the following times: 1. Prior to painting to see that proper surface preparation is carried out. 2. During each individual coat application including primer stage to see that there is no detrimental deviation from the manufacturer's specifications and the requirement specified herein. 3. At the final completion of painting to ensure a satisfactory job has been obtained. 3.07 CLEANING A. Promptly as the work proceeds, and upon completion, remove all paint where spilled, splashed or splattered. During the progress of the work, keep the premises free from any unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, materials and debris. At the conclusion of the work, leave the premises neat and clean to the satisfaction of the Consultant. 3.08 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A. At completion of the project submit three copies of manufacturer's cleaning procedures in regards to each paint product type and gloss finish specified herein for inclusion into maintenance manuals as specified under Division 1. 03144-09900.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i!.. i ,': Ii I ill I I 11 I ! I I I I I 11 3.09 II il I I ~I , DIVISION 9 SECTION 09900 PAINTING Pape 9 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Provide one 4 litre can of each paint colour for Owner's use in touch up and repair. Identify by colour type and gloss value. End of Section 03144-09900.wpd .~ ,. 1i ~I "II' :! ~ . , ~ I " I I I 11 I I '.!I I , 'i ',II ;1 I ;1. II ~I !I 1- II !I , , i DIVISION 10 SECTION 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS Pape 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. B. C. Masonry Miscellaneous Metals Washroom Accessories Section 04200 Section 05500 Section 1 0800 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings in accordance with General Conditions. Show and describe in detail materials, finishes, dimensions, details of connections and fastenings, elevations, plans, sections, metal gauges, hardware and any other pertinent information. B. Submit duplicate samples of full range of manufacturer's standard colour charts. 1.04 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCiES A. Toilet partitions shall comply to the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and the National Building Code of Canada with respect to Barrier Free Access. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Desion: head rail braced floor mounted steel toilet partitions. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: General Storage Systems Hadrian Watrous AAMCO C. Doors, panels and pilasters shall be constructed of two sheets of panel flatness zinc coated steel, Galvaneal ASTM A653 GR33 laminated under pressure to a honeycomb core for sound deadening and rigidity. Doors and panels shall be 1" thick. Pilasters shall be 1 '.I." thick. D. Minimum Thicknesses: Member Thickness (Millimetresl Doors Pilasters Panels 0.80 (22 gal 1.20 (18 gal 0.80 (22 gal 03144-10162.wpd DIVISION 10 SECTION 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS Pa!Je2 2.01 MATERIALS (Cont'd) E. Core: Honeycomb, with maximum cell size of 1" and with compressive strength of31 pounds per square inch. F. Hardware: All panel and pilaster brackets and all door hardware shall be chrome plated zinc die castings. Doors shall be equipped with a gravity type hinge mounted on the lower pilaster hinge bracket. Door hinges shall be fully concealed within the thickness of the door and shall be adjustable to permit the door to come to rest at any position when not latched. Each door shall be fitted with a combined coat hook and bumper and a concealed latch, with face mortised flush with edge strip of door. The combined stop and keeper shall have a 0/." diameter bumper locked into place. Door latch for barrier free stalls shall have a lever type handle. G. Metal Filler: Epoxy. H. Finish: all sheet metal shall be thoroughly cleaned, phosphated and finished with a high performance powder coating, baked on to provide a uniform smooth protective finish. Colour will be as seiected by Consultant from manufacturer's standard range of colours. I. Fasteners: Use tamper proof screws. J. Pilaster Shoes: 3" high solid welded one piece design made from polished stainless steel. Two piece shoes that can be disassembled when kicked, are not acceptabie.. 2.02 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate toilet partitions. Take site measurements for areas where partitions are to be located and fabricate partitions to suit site dimensions. B. Fabricate doors, panels and pilasters from sheet steel laminated under pressure to both sides of core material. Panels shall be one piece, seamless. C. Form all edges of doors, panels and pilasters and secure together with iock seam edge or seal edge with continuous flat iocking strip with mitred and welded corners. D. Reinforce all partitions to receive washroom accessories and grab bars. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Provide ali anchorage devices and attachments as required and install toilet partitions by anchoring securely to floors and walls. Hang doors and adjust hinges or doors to operate properly. Doors to hang open at rest except doors on handicap stalls which shall swing closed. 03144-10162.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I' 'ii ::i! '11 1, ,I ! II i! I . !I .,! 11 ~ ill I I I I il 11 111 I l' il i I Ji DIVISION 10 SECTION 10162 METAL TOILET PARTITIONS Pa!Je 3 3.02 MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES A. At completion of the project submitthree copies of manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance procedures for pre-painted finished surfaces, and adjustment date for hardware for toilet partitions for inclusion in maintenance manuals. End of Section 03144~10162.wpd DIVISION 10 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Page 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Finish Carpentry Glass and Glazing Toilet Partitions Section 06200 Section 08800 Section 1 0162 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and/or manufacturers' data sheets and in sets in accordance with the General Conditions of Contract. B. Submit samples of washroom accessories, finishes and fastening devices as required. C. Submit templ!ltes or printed instructions to other trades responsible for preparing for built in or wall mounted items. Include instructions for mounting recessed items. 1.04 REFERENCES A. All washroom accessories for barrier free accessible areas shall be fabricated and installed to meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code O. Reg. 403/97 and CAN/CSA B651- M. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General I ill I 1. Use materials specified herein. 2. Stainless steel products as manufactured by Bobrick Washroom Equipment of Canada are used for the purpose of establishing quality. Approved equal stainless steel products of the following manufacturers will be accepted: Frost 3. Other non-stainless steel products shall be of manufacturers specified in list of materials. 2.02 EQUIPMENT A. Washroom Eauipment 11 11 II I 1. One wall mounted liquid soap dispenser, Frost Code 712A, top filling liquid soap dispenser for installation at each lavatory. One wall mounted multi roll toilet tissue dispenser, Frost Code 150, surface mounted, heavy duty cast aluminum, for installation at each water closet. Surface mounted paper towel dispenser, Frost Code 107, stainless steel, for installation where indicated. 2. 3. 03144-10800.wpd DIVISION 10 SECTION 10800 WASHROOM ACCESSORIES Pa!Je 2 2.02 EQUIPMENT (Cont'd) 4. Surface mounted waste receptacles, Frost Code 340C, stainless steel, for installation where indicated. 5. Framed Mirror (at Washroom 114B and 117B): Frost Code 941-1630 Stainless steel channel framed mirror with 18-8-5 satin finish, No.1 quality 1/4" electrolytically copper plated glass vandal resistant mirror. Size 16" x 30". 6. Sanitary Napkin Dispenser: Frost Code 622, stainless steel type 304 No.4 brushed finish, surface mounted, locked access door with piano hinge and spring loaded disposal panels. 7. Stainless steel grab bars, Frost Code 1001 series, 1 y." diameter with peened finish, and concealed mounting as follows: F1001 series adjacent to each water closet in Barrier Free Washrooms. Refer to drawings for size, configuration and handling. Supply grab bars with manufacturer's standard anchor plates for mounting on masonry, metal stud walls or metal toilet partitions. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 FABRICATION A. Stainless steel surfaces shall have bright polished finish unless otherwise noted. B. Grab bars shall have peened gripping surface to meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code. C. Washroom accessories and fasteners shall be fabricated to permit strong, concealed fastening to the respective surfaces. 3.02 INSTALLATION A. Installation of washroom accessories will be by Section 06200 - Finish Carpentry. B. Install washroom accessories securely with the concealed fasteners supplied by the respective accessory manufacturer in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturers and to the satisfaction of the consultant. C. Mounting heights and locations of accessories at Barrier Free Washrooms to be in accordance with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code and the recommendations of the manufacturer. D. Install washroom accessories where directed by the consultant. Refer to Washroom Accessories schedule on the drawings for location and quantities of accessories. 3.03 PRODUCT DATA SHEETS AND WARRANTEES A. At completion of project, submit three copies of manufacturer's product data sheets showing size, capacity and operating instructions for each product specified herein. B. Submit manufacturer's standard warrantees for each item specified, including ten (10) year warrantee for mirrors. End of Section 03144-10800.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I DIVISION 10 SECTION 10950 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Pa!Je 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. D. Rough Carpentry Finish Carpentry Gypsum Wallboard Washroom Accessories Section 06100 Section 06200 Section 09250 Section 1 0800 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Submit shop drawings and samples in accordance with Section 01330. B. Submit detailed shop drawings and where applicable complete colour charts or colour samples for each item specified herein. C. Submit wiring diagrams for electrically operated specialties. D. Submit operating and maintenance instructions for all manufactured products and specialties, for inclusion in the Maintenance Manuals specified in Section 01780. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A. Items specified herein shall be standard manufactured items, modified if required and as specified to suit conditions of this project. B. Fabricate work true to dimensions, square and plumb, to suit site conditions. C. Thickness of metals shall be adequate for the various conditions with requirements specified as a minimum. D. Finished work shall be free from warping, open seams, weld marks, rattles and other defects. Drilling shall be reamed and exposed edges finished smooth. E. Fastenings shall be concealed or theft-proof type where possible. Exposed fastenings shall be neatly executed and shall be of the same material and finish as the base metal on which they occur. F. Motors, controls and operators to be CSA approved. 2.02 PRODUCTS A. Change Room Coat Hooks: Model No. "HA4232 Hat and Coat Hook" by Hager or other accepted manufacturer. Finish: #28 Aluminum, satin anodized. Hooks to be mounted to 19 x 150 mm maples rail. Refer to Section 06200, Finish Carpentry. B. Protective Wall Padding: 50 mm thick, open cell polyurethane foam with 1902 polyester reinforced vinyl cover by Sports Systems Canada or other approved manufacturer. Padding to be permanently fIXed as shown on drawings. \\Server_nt\2003\03144 Indoor Soccer Facility MOC\Files\6.1 Bid Docs & Addenda\03144-10950.wpd DIVISION 10 SECTION 10950 MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIES Pa!Je 2 2.02 PRODUCTS (Cont'd) C. Players' Bench: Model No. "AB200" aluminum board without backs by Henderson Recreational Equipment Ltd. or other accepted manufacturer. Players benches to be 6400 mm long x quantity shown on the drawings. Penalty and timekeeper benches to be 1800 mm long x quantity shown on drawings. D. Door Grilles: Construction Specialties Inc. Model DL-138. All blades, frames and trim members to be 6063-TS2 aluminum extrusion, minimum 1.3 mm thick. All fasteners to be stainless steel or aluminum. All frames and trim members to be mitred at comers and rigidly secured by corner brackets. Finish to be clear anodized. E. Tackboards: "V.J.P. Tackboard" by Architectural School Products or other accepted manufacturer. Tackboard shall be 2000 mm x 1220 mm "Natural Cork" with a clear anodized aluminum frame. Tackboard to be wall mount type with concealed fasteners and rounded corners. Coordinate with Section 06100, Rough Carpentry for plywood backing. PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install manufactured items in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and recommendations. End of Section \\Server_ot\2003\03144 Indoor Soccer Facility MOC\Files\6.1 Bid Docs & Addenda\03144-10950.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !I " 'W !j I I "II ~~ I I I 'ill DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARDSYSTEMS Pape 1 PART 1: GENERAL 1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Conform to the requirements of Division 1. 1.02 RELATED WORK A. B. C. Concrete Metal Fabrications Miscellaneous Specialties Section 03300 Section 05500 Section 1 0950 1 .03 REFERENCES A. CSA CAN3-S157, Strength Design in Aluminum. B. CAN3-G40.21, Structural Quality Steels. C. CAN3-S136, Cold Formed Structural Steel Members. D. CAN/CSA-G164, Hot Dip Galvanizing of Irregularly Shaped Articles. E. CSA W59.2, Welded Aluminum Construction F. CAN/CGSB-1.108, Bituminous Solvent Type Paint. G. CAN/CGSB-1.181, Ready-Mixed Organic Zinc-Rich Coating. H. CGSB 19.13-M Sealing Compound, One Component, Elastomeric Chemical Curing. I. ASTM B221, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Ex1ruded Bars, Rods, Wire Profiles and Tubes. J. ASTM B429, Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube. K. Canadian Standards Association. 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION :i II .1 JI 'I " Ii ,I I '~ " " I I I I A. Complete panelized arena board system of prefabricated lightweight removable modular panel sections having structural aluminum framing of welded or screwed construction, and high density polyethylene facing. Panelized sections shall be 1219 mm high and not more than 2438 mm long with caprail, kickplate and thresholds. B. Dasher boards shall be installed on 10 mm thick aluminum plate washers to allow for water drainage. C. Dasher board system shall be installed on a concrete slab. D. Player, penalty and timekeepers boxes with chain link surrounds, benches and shelves as described or indicated. E. Chain link fence shields above the boards. F. Galvanized steel chain link shield supports. G. Hardware and accessories including anchor brackets. H. Gates and hardware. I. Benches at piayers, timekeepers and penaity boxes. J. Timekeepers bench and shelf. K. Anchor bolt system for securing to concrete slab. L. Goal frames and nets. M. Slab inserts for goal frames for lacrosse. N. Hinged swing type gates. 03144-13180.wpd DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je2 1.05 DESIGN AND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Board systems shall be manufacturer's premium quality system. B. Board systems shall be to sizes as indicaied on the drawings. C. The work of this Section shall be designed by.a professionai engineer licenced in the Province of Ontario to design structures. D. Design aluminum members in accordance with CAN3-S157. E. Design loadings (Specified): 1. Concentrated load P = 2.7 kN (600 Ibf) applied at mid span of top rail (i.e. top of arena board assembly). 2. Uniformly distributed load of 2.7 kN/m (180 Ib.lft.) applied along top rail. Uniformly distributed load of 4.8 kPa (100 psf) applied across the entire face of the arena board. E. Member Resistances (Factored): 1 . Axial Resistance: Tension: T, = A".Fy; T, = 85 A".F, Compression: C, = AF, 2. Shear Resistance: V, = 0.60 A".F ,; 0.60 A".F y; hNwR 3. Moment Resistance: M, = S.Fy (Class 2 Sections) 1.06 SUBMITTALS A A complete and separate set of submittals including all drawings and samples shall be provided for each project. B. Submit shop drawings and samples in accordance with Section 01330. C. Submit complete set of manufacturer's standard specifications, installation instructions and details for dasherboard sysiems including promotional literature. Include list of similar projects utilizing similar board systems and completed within last ten years including current references. D. Submit complete list of materials and products to be used in the construction of dasher board systems and indicate clearly, any deviation from the specified requirements. E. Shop drawings shall bear the seal of a professional engineer licenced to design structures In the Province of Ontario. F. Submit layout of lacrosse box showing dasherboards, size and location of doors and gates, players and penalty boxes and chain link fence shields. Indicate locations of goal frame inserts. G. Show and describe in detail all components of the work of this Section including large scale details of members and materials, of connection and jointing detaiis and of anchorage devices. 03144-131BO.wpcl I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II !I I II ,I II " "i: '" il , I ,:I I I I I I' J I I :1 :1 ." :1 I ,1 ~:! 1.06 1.07 1.08 'I 11 i! I il I I I DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je 3 SUBMITTALS (Cont'd) H. Submit calculations certified by the professional engineer affixing seal to the shop drawings substantiating sizes for members and connections based on the design ioads, before commencing fabrication. I. Submit duplicate 300 mm x 300 mm samples of each colour of plastic surfacing materials. J. Operating and Maintenance Data: Submit operating instructions and maintenance manuals for installed system outlining all required maintenance and cleaning procedures in accordance with the requirements of Section 01780. QUALITY ASSURANCE A. System manufacturer shall have a minimum 5 years experience in the manufacture, design and installation of aluminum dasherboard systems. B. Installation of complete dasherboard system shall be by manufacturer's own forces. C. A copy of the manufacturers printed installation instructions shall be kept on site for the duration of the work of this Section. D. Welding shall be performed by trades persons certified by the Canadian Welding Bureau under CSA Standard W47.1. E. Pre-Installation Conference: Arrange for a pre-installation conference at each facility, including Contractor, Consultant, Owner, electrical contractor and the dasher board system manufacturer and installer to coordinate the design and installation of the dasher board system. PRODUCT HANDLING AND STORAGE A. Deliver materials to site in crates, with all seals and labels intact. Identify all materials with regards to locations and orientation. B. Store materials, under cover, in designated area on site. ':1 1.09 MOCK UPS A. Supply and install a mock up of the board system consisting of one flat section, 2440 mm long minimum, complete with chain link fence shield supports and shield. B. Accepted mock up shall represent the standard of quality for the remainder of the board system work. 1.10 SITE CONDITIONS ~; A. Permanent lighting and power shall be installed and functional. B. All overhead work is to be complete prior to the work of this Section commencing. 03144-13180.wpd DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je4 1.10 SITE CONDITIONS (Cont'd) C. Concrete surface slab is to be in place prior to the work of this Section commencing. Verify tolerance requirements of systems manufacturer have been met and report any discrepancies to the Consultant. D. Environmental Requirements: Ensure that installation takes place only when temperatures and other conditions are suitable for a safe and proper installation. E. Field Measurements: Verify location and layout of gates, to align with walkways and steps where required. Final board anchor insert locations shall be co-ordinated between Contractor and manufacturer. 1.11 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Supply, in addition to the quantities required for the Work, ex1ra materials and products for the Owner's future use as follows: 1 Typical HDPE Panel, side board section. 1 Typical HDPE Panel, end board section. 1 Typical HDPE Panel, curved end board section. Two Hundred (200) additionai painted screws of each colour required for fastening of HDPE facing materials. B. Deliver extra stock to Owner in cartons clearly labelled to Identify contents as soon as permanent locking storage facilities are available. Place extra stock in designated storage areas. 1.12 WARRANTIES A. Guarantee that the entire work of this Section shall remain defects in materials and workmanship including warping, twisting, delamination, cracking, sagging of gates and other defects for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion. PART 2: PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. The following manufacturers of aluminum dasher board systems are acceptable subject to approval of complete product specifications and details for manufacturer's premium system and on receipt of project references satisfactory to the Owner and Consultant: 1. Sports Systems Unlimited Corp. 2. Chrystalplex (Division of Athletica Inc). 3. Aimcon Inc. 4. Cascadia Sports Systems Inc. 5. Other manufacturers, meeting the requirements of this specification and complying with all provisions of the contract, approved by the Consultant prior to close of tenders. 03144-13180.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II q " I . I il I 'i I . I : ~ 'II dl I '. I I I I I DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je5 2.01 MANUFACTURERS (Cont'd) B. Use of specific requirements set forth in the specification does not preclude the use of equivalent products by approved manufacturers, but are given for the purpose of establishing a standard of design, quality of materials, product content., construction and workmanship. C. Include with the lender details outlining suppliers proposed alternative materials wherever they deviate from the requirements of the specification. 2.02 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: CSA CAN3-S157 or ASTM B221, 6065-T5 or 6005A- T6. alloy and temper. B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE): High impact, integrally coloured, high density polyethylene, bright white and other colours as specified. C. Chain link safety screens: 50 mm, 9 ga galvanized fencing on 43 mm diameter galvanized pipe posts and rails, complete with caps, wire ties and associated hardware. D. Hardware: Stainless or galvanized mild steel. E. Fasteners: Zinc plated steel unless indicated otherwise. F. Anchors: Zinc plated steel. G. Sealants: to CGSB 19.13-M Sealing compound, one component, elastomeric chemical curing. H. Protective pads at all fence terminations. 2.03 FABRICATION A. As far as practical, execute fitting and assembly in the shop with the various parts or assemblies ready for erection at the project site. il. B. Accurately fit together all joints, corners and intersections. Match components carefully to produce continuity of line and design. C. Provide devices for anchoring the assemblies to the substrate with adjustment to permit correct and accurate alignment. D. Fabricate anchoring devices required to secure the work of this Section. Supply anchors and layout drawings where required to be built into work of other Sections. E. System components shall be numbered for ease of installation., disassembly and reinstallation. 03144-13180.wpd DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Page 6 2.04 PANELS A. Panels shall be factory prefabricated in demountable sections. The design of all panels whether straight, curved or in which a gate is located shall be similar. Each panel shall be made of extruded or rolled aluminum sections assembled into frames using high strength fasteners or welded joints. Frames shall allow for fastening of the HDPE facing and anchoring at base. Ensure flush mating of the HDPE facing at arena panel joints. B. Typical sections shall consist of two vertical posts and minimum of three horizontal stringers. Frames shall be connected end to end with heavy duty bolts and shall be connected to rink slab concrete structure at the posts with aluminum anchor brackets. C. Aluminum sections shall be isolated from the concrete slab with 10 mm thick aluminum washer plates at each anchor location. D. Standard size of straight arena panels shall be 2438 mm long, 1220 mm high. E. The rink side of the panel shall be faced with 12 mm thick, high impact, integrally coloured white high density polyethylene (HDPE) facing. Both sides of the facing shall have smooth surfaces. Colour of facing shall be identical on both sides. F. The HDPE facing shall be attached to the arena board framing with 6 mm diameter screws. Heads of screws shall be painted to colour match arena facing, kickplate or caprail sill as appropriate. Spacing of the screws shall not exceed 200 mm on centre. G. Colour ex1ensions of red and blue lines shall be coloured HDPE strips inlaid fiush to the HDPE facing and inlaid flush to the HDPE kickplate in conformance with NHL layout requirements. H. Provide a 12 mm thick colour impregnated HDPE caprail fastened to top horizontal framing member. Both edges of caprail shall have a smooth and radiused edge. I. Standard colour of caprail shall be seiected from manufacture~s standard colour range. 2.05 PLAYER'S. PENALTY AND TIMEKEEPERS BOXES AND BENCHES A. Boxes shall consist of board enclosures similar to rink boards. B. Boxes shall consist of two team boxes, two penalty boxes and one timekeeper's area. C. Interior finish of boxes shall be of similar construction as lacrosse box boards, utilizing 10 mm thick white HDPE. Framing shall be similar construction as arena boards. To act as a water bottle shelf, install 1 0 mm thick white HDPE flush to top of mid stringer height. D. Players boxes and access gates shall be as indicated on drawings. E. Penalty boxes and access gates shall be as indicated on drawings. F. Officials' box and access gates shall be as indicated on drawings. G. Scorers' table shall be 450 mm deep for the full width of the box and constructed of minimum 30 mm thick solid or laminated HDPE surfacing material. Wood tables are not perm itted. 03144-13180.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 ,I I I I I I I DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARDSYSTEMS Pape 7 2.05 PLAYER'S. PENALTY AND TIMEKEEPERS BOXES AND BENCHES (Cont'd) H. Benches shall be pre-manufactured aluminum as specified in Section 10950, Miscellaneous Speciaiities. Benches shall be anchored to the concrete slab. 2.06 SPECTATOR SHIELDING SUPPORTS A. Provision for attachment of shielding to the vertical supports shall be by means of a galvanized pipe system. The supports shall run continuous to the top of the screen with continuous top and bottom rail of the same construction. Provide all necessary hardware to support frame securely to board system. B. The shield support shall be installed through a snug fitting contoured opening in the finished caprail and through a snug frtting contoured opening in the top of the mid-stringer. C. Shield framing to be constructed to support shield 1200 mm above board height along side and 2400 mm above board height on end zones as indicated on drawings. 2.07 SPECTATOR SHIELDING A. B. C. D. E. 2.08 GATES A. B. C. D. 03144-13180.wpd Spectator shielding shall be 50 mm, 9 ga galvanized chain link fence with vinyl coating. Shielding shall be 1200 mm high at sides as indicated on drawings. Shielding shall be 2400 mm high around radius and end zones as indicated on drawings. Shielding between timekeepers benches and penalty benches shall be 1200 mm high unless otherwise indicated. Shield material shall be continuous without any visible joints. All gate sizes and direction of swing shall be as indicated on drawings. Standard access gates shall be built into standard 2440 mm sections. Players gates shall be built into standard 2440 mm sections. Gate latches shall be a single latch type with rink and spectator or bench side access. A flush mounted push-button latch shall be incorporated in the caprail on the ice entrance gates to the penalty boxes and ice access gates where shields would otherwise prevent latch operation. The button shall be approximately 75 mm in diameter. The push-button shall be designed to be simple to operate yet prevent acctdental opening. E. Hinge assemblies shall be constructed of 6 mm stainless steel. The hinge pins shall be minimum 16 mm diameter. F. Oversized gates (larger than 914 mm in width) shall have rollers on leading edge to prevent sagging. = DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je 8 2.09 KICKPLATES A. Kickplates shall be fabricated of 12 mm thick HDPE colour impregnated sheets in 200 mm x 2440 mm segments. The kickplate shall be fastened to the bottom of the panel using colour matched screws. B. Colour of kickplate shall be selected from manufacturer's standard range of colours. 2.10 THRESHOLDS A. Player gates and access gate thresholds shall have a 25 mm thick white HDPE covering that can be removed and replaced when wearing occurs. B. Thresholds of equipment and access gates shall be 38 mm above rink level. C. Thresholds of public gates shall be 63 mm above slab level. D. Thresholds of players' gates shall be 63 mm above slab level. 2.11 BOARD ANCHORS A. All boards shall be tightly fastened to the concrete slab by means of zinc plated bolts. B. The dasher board manufacturer shall be responsible for supply, locating and installation of anchors. Provide shop drawings, which accurately locate all anchor points. 2.12 ACCESSORIES A. Lacrosse goal frames and nets: Professional style goal frames, sized to Ontario Lacrosse League standards, complete with knotless white nylon nets, upper, lower and centre absorption pads and ballistic nylon net protectors. B. Goal frame inserts: Standard stainless steel frame inserts for setting in slab shall be supplied and installed under this Section. Provide two pair of inserts for lacrosse. 2.13 FINISHES A. All aluminum sections shall have a manufacturer's standard anodized or mill finish. B. Anodizing shall be clear anodized finish equivalent to Aluminum Association designation AA M12C22A31 with 0.0002 inch minimum coating thickness. C. Plating: All precision ferrous hardware such as hinge pins, latches, casters, and miscellaneous nuts, bolts and fasteners shall be clear zinc electroplated or cadmium plated to allow for smooth operation. 03144-13180.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I' I I; i I ;;! I I I , I DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je 9 PART 3: EXECUTION 3.01 EXAMINATION A. Before commencing erection and installation, examine the work of other Sections to which the work of this Section will be attached. B. Report immediately in writing to the Consuitant, all discrepancies in accuracy and suitability, conditions that will adversely affect the installation and permanency of the work of th is Section. C. Ensure that openings and recesses to receive the work of this Section are within acceptable tolerances. Remove dust and other loose material from openings.. 3.02 PREPARATION A. Supply all anchors and similar items, required to be installed in the work of other Sections. Provide instruction for proper installation and arrangement. B. Setting of base plates shall be done under the direct supervision of a representative of the dasherboard manufacturer. Supply all necessary templates and instructions to ensure a satisfactory installation. The dasherboard manufacturer will be responsible for verifying the base plate layout. C. Space anchors at centres specified on the manufacturer's shop drawings. D. Set goal frame inserts. Locate in accordance with Owner's requirements. E. Fabricate panelized dasher board sections off site. 3.03 INSTALLATION A. Unless otherwise indicated, the rink shall be 180 feet x 80 feet wide with 20 foot radius at comers. B. Install the board system in accordance with drawings and specifications. C. Ensure a complete system with all boards and spectator shielding straight and true to line and properly braced. Set work level, plumb, square and true with uniform joints. D. Fasten the work securely as erection progresses. Provide all units with suitable temporary braces, shores, and stays to hold them in position until permanently secured.The flat top surface of the sill and 50 mm down the face of the dasherboards on the spectator side shall be encased in 5.6 mm thick plastic material secured with colour matched fastenings. Colour of sill to Owner's selection. E. Install surfacing material to inside surfaces of players, penalty and timekeepers boxes, including gates. F. All exposed edges of board surfacing materials shall be chamfered, rounded, ground or otherwise machined for safety. 03144-13180.wpd DIViSION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je 10 3.04 PLAYER'S. PENALTY AND OFFICIALS BOXES AND BENCHES A. B. 3.05 GATES A. B. C. D. E. Provide team boxes, penalty boxes and timekeeper's area and benches as specified in this Section and indicated on drawings. Coordinate with Division 16, installation of wiring, conduit and devices for timekeepers areas. Provide access gates as indicated on the drawings. Typical access gates shall be to sizes indicated. Fabricate gates with aluminum tubular framing similar to board sections. Bevel edge of gate and jamb at latch side of gate. Allow minimum 10 mm clearance. 3.06 SPECTATOR SHIELDING Install and adjust hardware. A. Install galvanized support framing in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. B. Spectator shielding shall be installed behind and along side of but not in front of team boxes. At shielding ex1ernal corners on rink side, an easily replaceable protective corner bumper pad shall be provided for full mullion height. C. Spectator shielding shall be installed behind, along side and in front of the penalty boxes. D. Spectator shielding shall be installed behind, along side and in front of the officials' area. E. Install shields into support system. Provide EPDM gaskets at all supports. 3.07 GOAL FRAMES 3.08 ADJUSTING A. Supply one pair of lacrosse goal. A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, inspect, test and adjust installation. B. Test all operable elements and ensure easy and smooth operation. 3.09 CLEAN UP A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove all scrap materials from the site and leave premises in a neat and tidy condition. B. Prior to Substantial Completion, wipe down plastic surfacing materials and clean all marks in accordance with the manufacturers directions. 03144-13180.wpd I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'ili ,l I ! 'I! ii'l :1 I ;11 li'l I: l'li Ii I 1'1 ill ~ -" I 1'1 II 1 I 1 DIVISION 13 SECTION 13180 DASHERBOARD SYSTEMS Pa!Je 11 3.09 CLEAN UP (Cont'd) C. Provide protection to finished dasherboard system until building is handed over to the Owner. Cover plastic board surfacing materials with heavy kraft paper. End of Section 03144-13180.wpd I I ~ I I I! I " II I II ii 11 I I II :;1 :11 iil l-!! , !ll il!! I,ll ~II , ,11 ~.'.,.'.".. 'I II I Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL Page 1 of 1 INDEX SECTION TITLE PAGES 15010 General Mechanical Requirements 1-12 15042 Testing 1 - 3 15043 Balancing 1 - 5 15044 Commissioning 1 - 8 15045 Documentation and Manuals 1 - 5 15060 Pipe and Pipe Fittings 1-12 15090 Supports, Anchors and Seals 1-9 15100 Valves, Cocks and Faucets 1-7 15140 Pumps 1-2 15250 Insulation - Piping and Equipment 1-3 15258 Insulation - Ductwork 1-4 15400 Plumbing General 1-6 15450 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 1-2 15530 Fire Protection 1-8 15625 Unit Heaters 1-3 15771 Packaged Rooftop Heating Cooling Equipment 1-8 15820 Exhaust Fans 1-4 15830 Air Terminal Units 1-3 15840 Ductwork 1-4 15860 Duct Accessories 1-5 15870 Air Outlets 1-2 15875 Outdoor Louvres 1-2 15900 Controls 1-8 I I II " I I II Ii II II I I ,II ill t, :~ ',II " '.. HI !ill II r.~:." I I ~I :t~ I :'1 Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 1 of 12 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 This section is intended to be supplementary to Division 1 and not to replace it. .2 The requirements of this section shall apply to all sections in Division 15 - Mechanical. .3 All material, labour, equipment, and services required under this section shall be the full responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor including any material, labour, equipment, and services provided by their sub-contractors. 1.2 Definitions .1 "Supply" shall mean supply only. .2 "Install" shall mean install and connect. :jj .3 "Provide" shall mean supply, install, and connect. .4 "Drawings and Specifications" shall mean Contract Documents. .5 "Authorities" or Authorities having jurisdiction" shall mean all agencies that enforce the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes of the Place of Work. .6 "Work" shall mean all equipment, materials, labour, and permits to provide a complete and operational mechanical system as detailed in the drawings and specifications. 1.3 Related Work .1 .2 .3 .4 1.4 Intent .1 Division 1 - General Requirements Division 9 - Painting Division 16 - Electrical Division 15 specifications form a part of the Contract Documents and shall be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other Divisions. The drawings and specifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings and specifications are complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as binding as that which is shown on both. .2 The Architect shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and specifications leaving in doubt the true intent of the work. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 2 of 12 .3 Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational mechanical system described herein and shown on the drawings. .4 It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for a mechanical installation complete and in operating condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all material necessary to accomplish this, except where specifically noted that such work or materials is not included, shall be part of this section. .5 Assess and be familiar with existing site conditions prior to pricing and construction and allow for same in tender price. .6 All work must be done by qualified and certified persons in such line of work. Trade certificates must be available on demand. .7 All work shall be in accordance with standard industry practice accepted and recognized by the Architect and the Trade. .8 This Contractor shall coordinate with and cooperate with all other trades prior to installation. Where work interferes with other trades due to failure to coordinate or cooperate, the work shall be removed and relocated as approved by the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner. .9 The Architect shall have the right to reject any work that does not conform to the Contract Documents and accepted standards of practice including but not limited to performance, quietness of operation, and finish. 1.5 Codes, Bylaws, Standards, and Regulations .1 The mechanical system shall comply with the latest editions and revisions of applicable codes, bylaws, standards, and regulations including but not limited to: .1 Ontario Building Code including Ontario Plumbing Code .2 ASHRAE .3 SMACNA .4 NFPA .5 Canadian Standards Association .6 Canadian Gas Association .7 Local Building Bylaws .8 Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act .2 Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable govemment codes, local by-laws, underwriter's regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all authorities having jurisdiction. .3 Where discrepancies occur between contract drawings and specifications and above codes and standards referred to herein, the Contractor is to notify the Architect in writing and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the work. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 ." I! Page 3 of 12 .4 Contractors shall not reduce the requirements on the contract drawings and specifications by applying any codes and standards referred to herein. 1.6 Permits and Fees .1 Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses, certificates or charges necessary including all provincial tax and G.S.T. .2 Coordinate all required inspections and give necessary notice to all authorities. .3 Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all authorities having jurisdiction for all disciplines including but not limited to HVAC, plumbing, gas, and fire protection. 1.7 Contract Breakdown .1 After the tenders close, submit a breakdown of the price into divisions to the satisfaction of the Architect based on the sections of the specifications. Progress claims will be based on the breakdown. 1.8 Shop Drawings .1 Refer to the requirements of Division 1. .2 Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least ten (10) sets of shop drawings to the Architect for review and comments. Submit sufficiently in advance of construction to allow ample time for review. .3 Submittals shall contain but not be limited to construction information, product data, performance data, and dimensional layout. Where applicable include wiring, single line and schematic diagrams. .4 Clearly mark each sheet of printed submittal material, using arrow, underlining or circling, to show particular sizes, dimensions, wiring diagrams, operating clearances, control diagrams, project identification, types, model numbers, ratings, capacities and options actually being proposed. Cross out non applicable material. Note on the submittal specified features such as special tank linings, pump seals, materials or painting. .5 Shop drawing submittals shall include but not be limited to HVAC equipment, air outlets, fire dampers, insulation, plumbing fixtures, valves, and fire protection design drawings, calculations, equipment and components including heads, pipe and fittings. .6 Prior to submission to the Architect, the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review the Contractor represents that he has detenmined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue numbers and similar data or will do so and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 4 of 12 .7 The Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by his approval stamp, date and signature on the front of each page. Drawings will not be considered if not previously checked by the Mechanical Contractor. .8 Review comments from Architect. If shop drawings are modified, confirm changes before proceeding. If shop drawings are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval. .9 Review of the shop drawings by the Architect does not relieve the contractor or his supplier of the responsibility to provide the correct and complete equipment, material or installation. .10 Keep one complete set of shop drawings at job site during construction. 1.9 Record Drawings .1 Maintain accurate, neat, and clean Record Drawings on an on-going basis during construction to be reviewed periodically by the Architect during construction. .2 Mark final location of all fire dampers and access doors on same for future service requirements. .3 Upon completion of the work, submit to the Architect for review, one (1) complete set of clear, legible, certified as-constructed drawings. .4 The contractor is to carry a cash allowance of $1 ,500.00 to cover the cost of Record Drawings as per item 3.3, Section 15045. This allowance to be used to develop final AutoCAD Record Drawings from the final written Record Drawings completed by the Contractor and Commissioning Agent during the contract. Note: This allowance is exclusive of any markup or allowances the Contractor requires to coordinate. .5 Insert one (1) final set of AutoCAD Record Drawings in each maintenance manual. 1 . 1 0 Reports .1 Provide the following reports upon completion of work by certified contractors for review and approval by the Architect . Balance Report . Startup Report and test sheet certified by the manufacturer or a qualified technician . Commissioning Reports using standard forms as provided by the Architect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 5 of 12 1.11 Maintenance Manuals .1 Refer to Division 1. .2 Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local air balance industry standards containing: .1 Table of Contents .2 Warranty Letter .3 Certificates of acceptance and approval by reviewing authorities .4 Copy of permits .5 Colour coding chart .6 Description of each system and its controls .7 Schematic for each system including controls .8 Valve schedule .9 Stamped approved shop drawings .10 Maintenance instructions, requirements, and schedule .11 Recommended spare parts list of all systems and components .12 Reports as specified (i.e. Balancing, Startup, Commissioning) .13 As-built drawings .3 Submit to the Architect for review and approval. 1.12 Testing and Commissioning .1 Refer to Division 1 and Commissioning Section under this Division. .2 Test all work prior to concealment. .3 Fully coordinate all testing and commissioning with all trades, the Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction. .4 Provide adequate notice to all parties. 1.13 Instruction and Training .1 Refer to Division 1. .2 Instruct and train the Owner on proper operation of the system. .3 Provide instruction by a manufacturer's representative as required too fully demonstrate the system. .4 Submit a letter to the Architect stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been completed to the satisfaction of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's representatives. 1.14 Substantial Completion and Total Perfonmance .1 Refer to Division 0, Division 1, and Commissioning Section under Division 15. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 1501 0 Page 6 of 12 .2 Substantial completion for the mechanical work shall be determined and awarded by the Architect. .3 A final inspection report shall be provided by the Architect at time of Substantial Completion. .4 The final inspection report shall be returned by this Contractor to the Architect with all items initialed and dated indicating that all outstanding deficiencies have been rectified prior to the award of total performance and issuance of "Final Review Certificate". 1.15 Warranty .1 Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of substantial completion. .2 Submit warranty letter on Company letterhead signed by Company representative stating warranty terms including warranty period from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Materials .1 All material used shall be new, free from defects, of quality specified, and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Major equipment shall have nameplates on the exterior of the equipment in a visible location containing manufacturer's name, model number, serial number, performance data, and electrical characteristics. .3 The same manufacturer shall be used for types of equipment used in similar applications. .4 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope. .5 Materials must be stored in original containers. .6 Submit to the Architect and Owner, current MSDS Sheets for any products being used on the job site where they exist. .7 Remove all redundant materials from site and dispose of it in an environmentally friendly way. 2.2 Selected Products And Equivalents .1 Selected products are specified and/or shown on the drawings, and identified by manufacturer's name, type and catalogue number. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II , 11 ~ " il II I I I I ,! 11 " II " II I. I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowi Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 7 of 12 .2 Equivalent products may be considered if sufficient information is submitted at least five (5) working days before tender closure, to enable the Architect to 55 determine acceptability of such products. Submit list of proposed equivalent products to the Architect. .3 Where materials, equipment and apparatus or other products are noted as being "equal to" the specified manufacturer, products of equal or superior quality by other manufacturers may be substituted without approval of the Architect. 2.3 Review of Products .1 Immediately after notification of award of contract, review with the Architect a list of products proposed, including any altematives submitted with tender. .2 After approval of product list, no subsequent changes will be permitted except as specified hereafter. 2.4 Substitution of Products .1 After approval of the list of products, no substitution of any item either specified, pre-approved or approved during tender will be permitted without written approval of the Architect. .2 To receive approval, proposed substitutions must equal or exceed the quality, finish and performance of those specified and/or shown, and not exceed the space requirements allotted on the drawings. .3 Include costs for any associated work to accommodate such substitutions, including the Architect's time and revisions to the work of other divisions. 2.5 Quality Of Product .1 All products provided shall be listed and/or approved by relevant authorities and new, unless otherwise specified. .2 If products specified are not listed and/or approved, obtain approval of provincial regulatory authority. Pay all applicable charges levied and make all modifications required for approval. .3 All products provided shall be new including those not specified and shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and their use subject to approval by the Architect. 2.6 Product Finishes .1 Shop drawings shall indicate finishes. Use standard finish unless otherwise specified. .2 Apply primer on all items which are to be finished on the job. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 8 of 12 .3 Touch up all damaged painted finishes with matching lacquer, or, if required by the Architect, completely repaint or replace damaged surface at no extra costs to the Contract. 2.7 Excavation and Backfill .1 Refer to Division 2. .2 Provide site excavation as specified under other divisions. .3 Provide bedding and backfill with sand or other approved material a minimum of 6" (150mm) over pipe or as necessary to protect mechanical work. .4 Provide backfilling, compaction, and disposal of surplus material as specified under other divisions. 2.8 Cutting and Patching .1 All cutting and patching as it relates to mechanical work under this division is the responsibility of this Contractor in a manner acceptable by the Architect. .2 Coordinate with General Contractor prior to floors and walls being poured or built, the locations of holes chases, sleeves, and inserts required for the passage of mechanical system components. .3 .4 2.9 Motors .1 .2 .3 .4 If such provisions are not made, any remedial work shall be at the Contractor's expense and in a manner approved by the Architect. Structural members shall not be cut without obtaining prior written approval from the Architect. Supply mechanical equipment complete with electrical motors as per the following specifications. Motors shall be continuous duty designed to CMA and CSA standards to limit temperature rise to 400C for open housing and 500C for drip proof housing. Motors under % hp shall be resilient mount, high efficiency, have built-in overload protection, and be single phase unless otherwise specified or indicated. Motors :y. hp and larger shall be EEMAC Class 8, squirrel cage induction, totally enclosed fan cooled, ball bearing, and three phase unless otherwise specified or indicated. .5 Motors shall have permanently lubricated ball or roller type bearings. .6 Provide screw adjustable bases for all belt connected motors. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !I " ii il II I " II I'i' II i~ ill 'I :,~ I II " "" II II fit! 1.11 :,! I [! 1:11 ~I 'I ,~ I , I II , I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 9 of 12 .7 Motors exposed to outdoor temperatures shall be lubricated with lubricants suitable for operation at -30oC. 2.10 Drives, Guards, and Accessories .1 Sheaves shall be cast iron or steel, dynamically balanced, bored to fit shafts with removable keys. .2 Sheaves shall be variable and adjustable pitch so that required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position, and approximate speed adjustment of 25%. .3 Minimum drive rating shall be 1.5 times the nameplate rating of the motor. .4 Provide guards for every new exposed coupling or belt drive. .5 Belt guards shall be expanded metal screen welded to steel angle frame and prime coated. ;,," 'Ii .6 Securely fasten guards in place without affecting proper operation of vibration isolation. .7 Belt guards shall allow for movement of motors for adjusting belt tension, provide means to permit lubrication, and use of tachometer and other test instruments with guard in place. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Site Examination .1 Examine the site of work and become familiar with all features and characteristics affecting this work before submitting tender. .2 No additional compensation will be given for extra work due to existing conditions which such examination should have disclosed. .3 Report to the Architect any unsatisfactory conditions which may adversely affect the proper completion of this work. 3.2 Co-ordination With Other Divisions .1 Examine the drawings and all divisions of the specifications. Before commencing any work, obtain a ruling from the Architect if any confiict exists, otherwise no additional compensation will be made for any necessary adjustments. .2 Install anchors, bolts, pipe sleeves, hanger inserts, etc. in ample time to prevent delays. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page100f12 .3 Layout the work and equipment with due regard to architectural, structural and electrical features. Architectural and structural drawings take precedence over mechanical drawings regarding building dimensions, locations of wall, doors and equipment. .4 Do not cut structural members without prior consultations and approval of the Architect. .5 Examine previously constructed work and notify the Architect of any conditions which prejudice the proper completion of this work. Commencement of this work without such notification shall constitute acceptance of other work. 3.3 Separation Of Services .1 Contact between dissimilar metals, such as copper and aluminum, in damp or wet locations is not permitted. .3 All pipes, ductwork and wiring shall be supported from permanent building structure. Use of other services for support is not penmitted. 3.4 Workplace Safety .1 The workplace must be kept safe at all times. .2 Conform to all ministries of labour, and health and safety regulations at all times. .3 Provide proof of WHMIS training where applicable. .4 Use ladders and proper techniques as approved by the ministry of labour to perform all work. .5 Cover all holes/openings and provide barriers around hazards, etc. to ensure occupants and workers are not at risk. .6 Where work does not conform to such regulations, stop work immediately and report the situation to the Owner's representative or Architect or rectify the situation immediately. .7 Report any hazards or concerns to the Owner's representative immediately. .8 Conform to Owner's safety requirements and construction regulations. 3.5 Temporary Requirements .1 New mechanical equipment and systems shall not be used for temporary use during construction. .2 Main temporary heat and lighting shall be supplied by the General Contractor. Specific heat and lighting requirements for Mechanical work shall be supplied by this Contractor. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 :i I I II R :1, !! ::! ,i! .11 :, I 'II I'! I~ I :'.1' i! I .R ;1 [,II I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 11 of 12 3.6 Location of Equipment .1 Mechanical drawings are, unless otherwise indicated, drawn to scale and approximate distances and dimensions may be obtained by scaling. Figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions. Where exact dimensions and details are required, refer to Architectural and Structural drawings. .2 Outlet and equipment locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Locations may be revised to suit construction and equipment arrangements provided design intent is not jeopardized and there is no additional cost to the Owner. 3.7 Concealment .1 All equipment, components, piping, and conduit shall be concealed in ceiling spaces, bulkheads or wails unless otherwise approved by the Architect. Exposed piping or ductwork is not accepted unless otherwise indicated. .2 Where equipment, components, piping, and conduit are installed in unfinished areas, install as high as possible. Run piping and conduit tight to roof deck and down columns. 3.8 Clearances and Accessibility .1 Install all work for easy access for adjustment, operation, service, and maintenance. .2 Maintain clearances for all equipment as per local codes and manufacturer's instructions. .3 Access panels shall be Ecuador or equivalent with concealed hinges and screwdriver locking device. .4 Provide access panels of adequate size as required to access equipment and components in concealed areas. Do not install access doors in specialty walls or ceilings. .5 Provide fire rated access doors where installed in fire separations to match rating of separation. 3.9 Equipment and System Protection .1 Protect equipment and materials from damage in storage and on site before, during, and after installation until final acceptance. .2 Protect equipment and system openings from dust and debris with appropriate covers that will withstand through the construction. Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 15010 Page 120f12 .3 Where equipment and system components become dirty or damaged, clean and repair to new condition to the satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of this Contractor. 3.10 Supports .1 Provide all miscellaneous metals and materials as required for support, hanging, anchoring, and guiding of all equipment, ductwork, piping, and all other work in Division 15. .2 All supports must be securely mounted to structures. 3.11 Protective Coatings and Painting .1 Refer to Division 9 for specifications of painting and finishing. .2 All metal and surfaces supplied under this Division including but not limited to: exposed steel piping, hangers, supports, brackets, stands, cover plates and blank-offs shall be prime coated. .3 Prime and touch up finished paintwork or coatings that have been damaged. .4 Where damage is beyond minor repair, restore finishes to new condition. 3.12 Identification and Labeling .1 All equipment and panels supplied under this Division shall be identified and labeled with lamacoid nameplates. .2 Nameplates for outdoor equipment shall be manufactured to withstand seasonal outdoor weather conditions. .3 All valves and other devices shall be labeled with stamped brass tags. .4 Wording on nameplates and tags shall be approved by the Architect and Owner prior to manufacture. .5 Where equipment and system components are concealed, provide colored dots at access points as per colour coding chart. .7 Provide valve tags and colour coding charts in maintenance manuals. END OF SECTION 15010 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I " II I :! :1 I :11 II ii" " I 'I' ,~ ill j I " I I' I I'll Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Ciarington Section 15042 TESTING Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning system testing. .2 Plumbing systems testing. .3 Fire Protection system testing. 1.2 Related Work .1 General Mechanical Provisions, Section 15010. .2 Commissioning, Section 15044. .3 Documentation, Manuals, and Record Drawings, Section 15045 .4 Pipes and Fittings, Section 15060. .5 Pumps, Section 15140. .6 Plumbing, Section 15400. .7 Fire Protection Systems, Section 15530. " ',I! I "1 f" II 1',:1 i'll II f" r:!1 " I.' I I 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 Test equipment and material where specified required by authority having jurisdiction to demonstrate its proper and safe operation. .2 Test procedures shall be in accordance with applicable portions of: .1 Canadian Gas Association (CGA) .2 Ontario Building Code including Ontario Plumbing Code .3 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) .4 American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASH RAE) .5 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National Association (SMACNA) .6 American society of Mechanical Architects .7 Ontario Ministry of Health Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15042 TESTING Page 2 of 3 .8 Local codes and ordinances .9 Other recognized test codes 1.4 Submittals .1 Obtain certificates of approval and acceptance from authorities having jurisdiction and include in Operating and Maintenance Manuals. .2 On completion of mechanical installation, provide certification of tests with detailed data as required. Itemize tests as to time performed and personnel responsible. Include a copy of field data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals. 1.5 Liability .1 During tests, assume responsibility for damages in the event of injury to personnei, building or equipment and bear costs for liability, repairs and restoration. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 All equipment and products necessary to perform tests shall be covered under this Division at no cost to the Owner. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Pressure Tests .1 Piping, fixtures or equipment shall not be concealed or covered until inspected and approved by the Architect. .2 Provide equipment, materials and labour for tests. Use test instruments from approved laboratory or manufacturer and furnish certificate showing degree of accuracy. Install permanent gauges and thermometers just prior to tests to avoid changes in calibration. .3 Test equipment and material where specified required by authority having jurisdiction to demonstrate its proper and safe operation .4 Provide two days notice to the Architect before tests. .5 Carry out hydraulic tests for 8 hours and maintain pressure. Where leakage occurs, repair and retest. .6 Domestic Water Piping: Test to 1% times maximum working pressure or 1034 kPa (150 psi) water pressure measured at system low point. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II j! il II H " II I I I I II Ii ,I I " j 'I " II I 1 'II ." :11 I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15042 TESTING Page 3 of 3 .7 Drainage Systems: Test by filling with water to produce water pressure of 35 kPa (5 psi) minimum and 83 kPa (12 psi) maximum. Check for proper grade and obstruction by ball test. or other approved means. .8 Natural Gas Piping: Conduct a 1 hour test of all gas piping systems up to 11" pressure and a 24 hour chart test at 50 psi of all gas piping systems over 11" pressure. .9 Low Pressure Ducts: Test for tightness such that leakage is inaudible and not detectable by feel. Attain maximum 5% leakage as per ASH RAE. .10 Fire Sprinkler System Piping: (including underground piping) shall be tested to (200 psi) for two hours. or (50 psi) more than maximum static pressure, if maximum static pressure. Submit Contractor's Material and Test Certificates to Consultant for review. 3.2 Performance Tests .1 Refer to section 15044, Commissioning. END OF SECTION 15042 Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15043 BALANCING Page 1 of 5 PART 1 . GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Balance and adjust all new systems specified under Division 15 and submit reports. .2 Balance, adjust and test air systems and equipment and submit reports. .3 Balance, adjust and test domestic water circulating systems and equipment and submit reports. .4 Assisting in the commissioning of all systems specified under Division 15. 1.2 Related Work .1 General Mechanical Provisions, section 15010. .2 Testing, section 15042. .3 Commissioning, section 15044. .4 Documentation, Manuals and Record Drawings, Section 15045. .5 Valves, Cocks and Faucets, section 15100. .6 Pumps, section 15140. .7 Plumbing General, Section 15400. .8 Packaged Rooftop Heating cooling Units, section 15771. .9 Fans, section 15820. .10 Ductwork, section 15840 .11 Duct Accessories, section 15860. .12 Air Outlets, section 15870. 1.3 Balancing Agenda .1 General: Prior to commencement of balancing, review with the Architect methods and instruments to be used in balancing. .2 Descriptive Data: Review design concepts and general function of each system including associated equipment and operation cycles. Confirm listing of flow and terminal measurements to be performed. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15043 BALANCING Page 2 of 5 .3 Procedure Data: Outline procedures for taking test measurements to establish compliance with requirements. Specify type of instrument to be used, method of instrument application and correct factors. .4 Sample Forms: Submit forms showing application of procedures to typical systems. 1.4 Balance Reports .1 Submit draft copies for approval prior to proceeding. .2 Provide reports suitable for inclusion in Maintenance Manuals. 1.5 System Data .1 Reports shall include balance and equipment data listed in imperial units. .2 Report data shall include system description, manufacturer, arrangements, motor size, electrical characteristics, equipment size, design and actual temperature, flows, RPM, power, amperage, pressure (air and water, static and velocity), water temperature, room temperature and humidity, outdoor temperature and humidity, etc. 1.6 Acceptable Balancing Agencies .1 Testing and balancing agencies who are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Quality Air - 905-683-7168 .2 Enviro Tech Systems Balancing - 905-372-4552 1.7 Commissioning and Documentation .1 Refer to section 15044, commissioning. .2 Refer to section 15045, Documentation, Manuals and Record Drawings. .3 Provide all necessary coordination services between the documentation- balancing operations and the commissioning operations. .4 Work with the commissioning Agent throughout the project to provide necessary tests, adjustments, reports, certifications to complete the project. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II i': " I I II ii I I I I II I il il II I " i II 11 'I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15043 BALANCING Page 3 of 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Maintenance Manual Materials .1 Provide copies to the Commissioning Agent, of all shop drawings, reports and forms, materials, etc. required to complete the documentation. This generally includes but is not limited to the following: .1 Labeling and identification schedule. .2 HVAC air system balance reports. .3 HVAC air equipment test reports. .4 Domestic water system balance reports. .5 Pump test reports. .6 Test reports for all equipment provided or installed under Division 15. 2.2 Pump Test Reports .1 Report designed water flow, water pressure at inlet and discharge, water temperature, pump speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, impeller size. .2 Test, adjust and report actual water flow, water pressure at inlet and discharge, block tight pressure, water temperature, pump speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, impeller size. .3 For pumps with power greater than 250 watts, plot design and actual pressure and flow on manufacturer's or drafted pump performance curve. 2.3 Fan Test Reports .1 Report designed air flow, air pressure at inlet and discharge, air temperature, fan speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, fan wheel size. .2 Test, adjust and report air flow, air pressure at inlet and discharge, air temperature, fan speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, fan wheel size. .3 For fans with power greater than 250 watts, plot design and actual pressure and flow on manufacturer's or drafted fan performance curve. 2.4 Air Handler or Packaged HVAC Test Reports .1 Report designed air flow, air pressure at inlet, across filters, and discharge, air temperature at inlet and outlet during heating and cooling operation, air temperature in mixing box, heating capacity, cooling capacity, fan speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, fan wheel size. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15043 BALANCING Page 4 of 5 .2 Test, adjust and report air flow, air pressure at inlet, across filters, and discharge, air temperature at inlet and outlet during heating and cooling operation, air temperature in mixing box, heating capacity, cooling capacity, fan speed, motor current, motor voltage, manufacturer, model, fan wheel size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 31 General Procedure .1 Balance to maximum measured flow deviation from specified values of 10% at terminal device and 5% at equipment. .2 Mark settings on valves, splitters, dampers and other adjustment devices. .3 Take measurements to verify balance has not been disrupted or that such disruption has been rectified. .4 At final inspection, recheck random selections of data recorded in report. Recheck points or areas as selected and witnessed by the Architect. 3.2 Air System Procedure .1 Adjust air handling and distribution systems to provide required or design supply, return and exhaust air quantities. .2 Make air quantity measurements in ducts by pitot tube traverse of entire cross- sectional area of duct. .3 Measure air quantities at air inlet and outlet. .4 Use volume control devices to regulate air quantities only to extent that adjustments do not create objectionable air motion or sound levels. Effect volume control by duct internal devices, such as dampers and splitters. .5 Vary total system air quantities by adjustment of fan speeds. Vary branch air quantities by damper regulation. .6 Provide system schematic with required and actual air quantities at each outlet or inlet. .7 Where modulation dampers are provided, take measurements and balance at all conditions. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I " " l' II i] " Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15043 BALANCING Page 5 of 5 3.3 Water System Procedure - Domestic Water System .1 Adjust recirculating water systems to provide constant flow conditions. .2 Adjust tempered water control and recirculating systems to provide constant temperature conditions under all flow conditions. .3 Measure temperatures at control devices and at fixtures outlets. .4 Submit written report. 'II I .;1 ;I! 'I I 'i II ,M I 'I I ";j i; ~ I,~ I '!! "I I ~ Iii I II " ~I ~I ii " ,I I END OF SECTION 15043 ,"- . I I 11 I I' II '. I. Ii n II . . I ,II ;!I ::! :11 il. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Commissioning and adjustment of all systems provided or installed under Division 15. .2 Coordination of system testing and balancing with other systems requiring set-up by manufacturers. .3 Verification of balancing reports. .4 Verification and certification of all systems provided or installed under Division 15. .5 Direction to the Mechanical Contractor for system adjustment and minor changes as required. .6 Coordination of major systems and equipment training and instructions to Owner, by manufacturers. .7 Training and instructions to Owner of all systems provided or installed under Division 15. .8 Participation in the hand over of systems to, and the acceptance by the Owner. 1.2 Related Work .1 General Mechanicai provisions, section 15010. .2 Testing, section 15042. .3 Balancing, section 15043. .4 Documentation, Manuals and Record Drawings, section 15045. 'il 'II ~ll I,ll ,.!! II; I'! I li~ll b ~I (I 1.3 System Data .1 Reports shall include balance and equipment data listed in Imperial units. .2 Report data shall include system description, manufacturer, arrangements, motor size, electrical characteristics, equipment size, design and actual temperature, flows, RPM, power, amperage, pressure (air and water, static and velocity), water temperature, room temperature and humidity, outdoor temperature and humidity, etc. .3 Review requirements with the Balancing contractor. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 2 of 8 1.4 Submittals .1 Commissioning Reports: Fill out standard forms as provided by the Architect. .2 Balance reports: Refer to section 15043, Balancing. .3 Equipment start up reports: refer to requirements specified in other sections of this specification. .4 Provide receipts from Owner for components, spare parts, testing equipment, etc, as specified in this section. 1.5 Quality Assurance .1 Commissioning of mechanical systems shall be performed by an agency that specializes in this type of work. .2 Technicians performing the work shall be experienced in projects of similar scale and nature. 1.6 Acceptable Agencies .1 Commissioning agencies who are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Integrated Product Solutions, Phone: 905-213-6874 .2 Danhart Sheet Metal Contractors Ltd., Phone: 905-883-1711 .2 Alternate Commissioning Agents must be pre-approved by Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Operation and Maintenance Manuals Materials .1 Provide copies of all shop drawings, reports and forms, materials, etc. required to complete the documentation. .2 Prepare proper documentation to instruct the Owner in the operation and preventative maintenance of equipment and systems provided. Complete and turn over documentation prior to Substantial Performance inspection. .3 Refer to section 15045, Documentation, Manuals and Record Drawings. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '11 I, '11 i.ll I ,I "I "I '! I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 3 of 8 2.2 Balance Reports .:1 " .1 Coordinate submission of draft copies of reports prior to the end of Phase One Commissioning. .2 Provide specified number of final copies for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manuals. .3 Verify reports specified under section 15043, Balancing. 2.3 Equipment Test Reports - Commissioning and Start-Up .1 Use standard forms as provided by the Architect. .2 Use or modify manufacturers' reports. Test and adjust equipment and systems as specified, and as required by the manufacturer. Ensure that manufacturers' start-up reports are complete and acceptable. 2.4 Commissioning Services - General .1 Prior to start of the commissioning process, the contractor shall submit to the Architect, the following: 11 "I ! ,! , ,I I " fii lill I..'..",," .~ ;" I li I I,,: ril ~!II .1 Proposed commissioning schedule and procedures. .2 Forms and checklists showing the entire list of actual systems and equipment, including all operations and set points that will be checked and reported. .3 Personnel and Equipment That Will Be Used. .2 Pre-commissioning Meeting: The Commissioning Agent shall organize a meeting with the Architect, heating sub-contractor, plumbing sub-contractor and controls sub- contractor prior to the start of Phase One Commissioning. The meeting will establish and clarify the requirements and schedule of each member of the construction team, and the method and fonmat of certification and test reports. .3 Descriptive Data: Review design concepts and general function of each system including associated equipment and operation cycles. Confinm listing of flow and tenminal measurements to be performed. .4 Procedure Data: Outline procedures for taking test measurements to establish compliance with requirements. Specify type of instrument to be used, method of instrument application and correct factors. I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 4 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Construction Period Services .1 The commissioning agent will attend at the site during the construction period. The number of site visits shall be as required, and shall be coordinated with the construction process to provide the following: .1 Comment to the Division 15 contractors with respect to system configuration and the effect that the construction conditions will have on system performance. .2 Comment to the Architect with respect to system configuration and recommendations on field changes that should be considered in order to achieve the system performance specified. .3 Review all specified water flows and compare required flow to balancing and metering valve, or automatic valve selection. Instruct contractor with respect to valve selection and sizing prior to installation. .4 Provide written report on recommendations. 3.2 Commissioning Phase One - Pre-Commissioning .1 Prior to commencing commissioning tasks on any system, confirm or provide the following: .1 Certification that the subject systems are ready for the commissioning process. .2 Permanent electrical connections are complete and accepted by the Architect. .3 All safety controls are complete and operational. .4 All operating controls are complete and activated. .5 Flushing and cleaning of piping systems related to the subject systems have been completed. .6 Ductwork related to the subject systems are cleaned, and satisfactory filters are installed. .7 Refrigeration systems related to the subject systems are fully charged and commissioned. .8 Related vibration isolation components are properly adjusted. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il i I I I II I I I I I :,~ !il ii I . ~ !I I i! ~I :."11i I ;:.! '" I'ii II ~I ~~~ I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 5 of 8 .9 Belt and coupling drive combination specifications and calculations to confirm selection. .10 Schedule of all electric motors provided under this division, identifying manufacturer, model number, power rating, frame size, voltage, speed, and efficiency. .11 Fire sprinkler systems are complete and activated. .12 All permits are in hands of the contractor. .2 Provide written reports on all necessary systems. Do not proceed to the next phase, without written acceptance of this phase, by the Architect. 3.3 Commissioning Phase Two - Commissioning Operations .1 As each system is started and tested, and balancing and adjusting is underway or completed, the overall perfonmance of the components and systems, including the controls, shall be tested, properly adjusted, verified under all operating conditions and reported. .2 Commissioning tasks shall include but not be limited to the following: .1 In the accompany of equipment suppliers and the Division 15 contractor, each piece of equipment provided by this Division shall be started and checked for correct operation and for correct interlocking and parallel operation with other equipment and systems. .2 Activation of all components, systems and sub-systems, both manually and through the automatic control systems. .3 Testing and adjustment of all components, systems and sub-systems. .4 Adjustment and securing of all adjustment devices such as dampers, balancing valves, etc. .5 Adjustment and calibration of all control and safety devices. .6 Adjustment and calibration of domestic water heating, temperature control devices and circulation systems. .7 Adjustment and securing of all air inlet or outlet balancing devices. .8 Adjustment and setting of automatic controls for accurate response and precise sequencing. .9 Verify all sprinkler or standpipe valves are locked open. .10 Adjustment of vibration isolators and earthquake restraints. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 6 of 8 .11 Operation of fire dampers. .12 Receipts from Owner for: .1 Spare drive belts - identify each system .2 Hose bibb operating keys .3 Spare Filters .3 Provide written reports on all necessary systems. Do not proceed to the next phase without written acceptance of this phase by the Architect. 3.4 Commissioning Phase Three - Verification of Commissioning .1 Verification of commissioning by the Architect shall not commence until Phase Two Commissioning is totally complete. .2 Operate and demonstrate entire system operation with the Architect present. The Architect will indicate acceptance of the tests by initialing items on the checklists. The commissioning process will not be considered complete until all system components are tested and accepted in concert with all other systems. .3 Submit test reports. test completion certificates, and related data at the time of requesting the commencement of the verification phase. .4 The verification process will include, but not be limited to the following: .1 Locating and demonstrating the opening capability of all access panels, and confirming that the record drawings show these devices in the correct location. .2 Locating and demonstrating the accessibility and setting of all air flow balancing dampers, and confirming that the record drawings show these devices in the correct location. .3 Locating and demonstrating proper operation offire dampers, randomly selected by the Architect, and confirming that the record drawings show these devices in the correct location. .4 Verifying proper response and sequences for variable air volume boxes. .5 Demonstrate noise levels from air handling systems in all modes of operation. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ' , I I I .11 .II :~ :11 ,II i! ,;1 il ~: ~I hi! ~~ I ,II , , il '1..1, " II ~I il !i II fl I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 7 of 8 .6 Verifying operation of all systems and components in all sequences, and under varying loads. The commissioning agent will require thorough knowledge of the control system in order to adjust and reset operating ranges in order to force the systems into required demonstration modes. .7 Verifying all mechanical systems control features. .8 Verifying correct operation of all refrigeration, heat generating systems and Air Handling systems. .9 Demonstration of all pump systems, including pressure and amperage readings. The commissioning agent must have performance curves available during the demonstration, for comparison of the pressure and amperage readings. .10 Demonstration of inlet and outlet temperature readings on heat transfer elements, randomly selected by the Architect. The commissioning agent must have performance specifications available during the demonstration, for comparison of the temperature readings. .11 Operation of all forced flow heaters. .12 Operation of all exhaust fan systems. .13 Demonstration of domestic water re-circulation and tempered water control systems. .14 Demonstration of all fire protection system monitoring and control features. .5 Provide written reports on all necessary systems. Do not proceed to the next phase, without written acceptance of this phase. by the Architect. 3.5 Commissioning Phase Four - Demonstration, Training, Hand Over & Acceptance .1 Demonstration to the Owner's designated representatives shall not commence until Phase Three services are totally completed. .2 Substantial Perfonmance will not be considered until the successful completion of Phase Four Commissioning. .3 The process of Demonstration, Training, Hand Over and Acceptance is a planned process, requiring pre-approval of the plan and stages, and a signed statement of Acceptance by the Owner's designated representative at the completion of each stage of the process. .4 As the project moves close to the final stages, a formal dialogue will be established by the Architect, the Owner and the Contractor, in order to schedule Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15044 COMMISSIONING Page 8 of 8 times, dates and required personal for systems and equipment commissioning, demonstration and training. .5 The Owner will attend on the site on a scheduled basis, to inspect and review the installation. The Contractor shall arrange for all necessary and specified personal and equipment specialists to be in attendance for purposes of demonstrating and training. .6 If systems are deemed complete and acceptable by the Architect and the Owner, the Owner will signify acceptance by signing a formal hand over receipt relating to the subject system or equipment. If systems are not deemed complete and acceptable by the Architect and the Owner, the contractor will re-schedule the session for a future time. The costs of the Architect's and Owner's attendance at this or other subsequent sessions will be charged to the Contractor. .7 The Architect will issue lists of required submissions, receipts and acceptance forms, for execution by the contractor. Refer to sample forms for Hand Over and Acceptance included in this section. .8 The services to be provided in this phase include, but are not limited to the following: .1 Training in the nonmal, abnormal and emergency operation of all systems provided under this Division. .2 Training in the programming, normal, abnormal and emergency operation of the control system. .3 Review and instruction in the normal maintenance and operation of the fire protection systems. This training is to include thorough review of the procedures for adjustment and testing of devices, and the procedures to be followed when there is an activation of automatic systems. .4 Review of all necessary maintenance procedures, including winterization, of all systems provided under this Division. .5 Provision of a documented maintenance program covering all systems provided or modified under this contract. .6 Review of all documents and reports created during Phases One, Two, and Three of the commissioning process. .7 Final certification letters from the commissioning agent, balancing contractor, controls contractors, and the Division 15 contractor(s), that all systems are installed and operating, providing the intended service to the building. END OF SECTION 15044 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I jl I I II , II i: I I I I II II I! I II '1] I I I I Cia ring ton indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS Section 15045 Page 1 of 5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Operating and Maintenance Manuals. .2 Assembly of equipment start up and performance tests and reports for new systems. .3 Assembly of equipment details sheets and shop drawings for new systems. .4 Assembly of equipment and systems operating and maintenance instructions for new systems. '.5 Assembly of final permits for new systems. .6 Record Drawings. 1.2 Related Work .1 General Mechanical Provisions, Section 15010. .2 Testing, section 15042. .3 Balancing, section 15043. .4 Commissioning, section 15044. PART 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 Operation and Maintenance Materials .1 Provide 8 )1," x 11 ", 3 ring type catalogue binders, lettering front and spine with plastic tab dividers. .2 Manufacturer's data section is to be indexed and ordered to exactly match the sections of the specifications. Each section of the manufacturer's data section is to include an up to date copy of the equipment schedule for that section. The schedule is to be revised to suit all addenda, change orders and field changes, as well as manufacturers and model numbers matching the equipment supplied. .3 Assemble or develop complete and correct documentation for the operation and preventative maintenance of equipment and systems provided. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS Section 15045 Page 2 of 5 .4 Assemble or develop copies of all certified shop drawings and material required to complete the documentation. This generally includes but is not limited to the following: .1 Comprehensive description of the operation of the systems, including the function of each item of equipment within the system. .2 Detailed instructions for the normal maintenance of all systems and equipment installed including procedures and frequency of operational checks and service, and trouble shooting instructions. .3 Operating and maintenance schedule, indicating location, grades (grease or oil) for all lubricated equipment components. .4 Local source of supply for each item of equipment. .5 Labeling and identification schedule. .6 Valve schedule, including location, service and normal position. .7 Belt schedule indicating size. .8 Air system balance report. .g Water system balance report. .10 Equipment start up reports. .11 Cleaning report for air duct systems. .12 Buried gas pipe covering test report. .13 Warranties, certificates and miscellaneous reports. .14 Stamped Reviewed Shop Drawings. .15 Manufacturer's operating and maintenance brochures, and shop drawings, including wiring diagrams, fan performance data, pump curves with the operating point indicated, and control maintenance bulletins. .16 Completed equipment inventory and submittal sheets. .17 Statutory inspection details. .18 Control device setting record sheets. .19 N.F.P.A. Standard NO.25, "Standard for the Inspection, Testing and Maintenance of Water Based Fire Protection Systems". I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,11 II I I II I II II 11 I I " II I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS Section 15045 Page 3 of 5 .20 Sprinkler system materials and testing certificate. .21 Engineer approved working plans and hydraulic calculations for sprinkler system. .22 Instructions for emergency operation, maintenance and shutdown of all systems. .23 Record Drawings reduced to 20" x 11 ". .24 Copies of all Receipts for equipment handed over to the Owner. 2.2 Record Drawings .1 Record drawings shall be kept up-to-date on an ongoing basis during construction for periodic review by the Architect. .2 Contractors shall certify that final reproducible Record Drawings to be correct by notation and signature on the drawings. .3 Record drawings shall precisely identify the configuration, size and location of all systems and equipment installed under this Division, including but not limited to: .1 Plumbing: fixtures, pipes, heaters, vents, major valves, shut off valves, tagged valves, drains, accessories. .2 Fire Protection: major valves, shut off valves, tagged valves, drains, accessories. .3 Heating, Ventilating, Air Conditioning: ducts, fans, air handlers, fire dampers, access doors, pipes, major valves, shut off valves, tagged valves, vents, air outlets. .4 Controls: All controllers, panels, devices, relay cabinets, sensors, thenmostats, damper motors, valve operators, wiring and conduit runs complete with legend. Miscellaneous: actual room names and numbers, schematic diagrams, riser diagrams. .5 .6 Prior to production of reproducible CADD Record Drawings, submit completed and detailed marked up white prints to 1he Engineer. After receiving comment or approval, proceed with updating original compufer software and production of reproducible record drawings. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS Section 15045 Page 4 of 5 2.3 Balance Reports .1 Refer to Section 15043, Balancing. .2 Provide specified number of final copies for inclusion in operating and Maintenance Manuals. 2.4 Permits .1 Refer to section 15042, Testing and section 15010, General Mechanical Provisions. 2.5 Equipment Test Reports .1 Refer to section 15043, Balancing. 2.6 Commissioning Reports .1 Refer to section 15044, Commissioning. 2.7 Demonstration and Training Reports .1 Refer to section 15044, Commissioning. PART 3 . EXECUTION 3.1 General .1 Substantial Performance cannot be declared until reviewed Manuals are in the hands of the Owner. .2 Submit a draft copy of proposed content, including comprehensive systems description, for approval prior to the end of Phase One Commissioning. .3 Provide three final copies to the Architect at least five days prior to Substantial Performance. 3.2 Record Drawings .1 Before Substantial Completion submit for approval to the Engineer, completed and detailed marked up white prints to reflect the as-built status. .2 After the contractor certifies and signs the completed Record Drawings, provide the following record materials: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 " I I I il ! 'ji !; II i 'II ,:1 I HI J! I "I II Iii I I,li I Ij ,I I ,." I',' 111 ~ll i':!i :,11 ::,1 "!i wi I Clarington indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DOCUMENTATION AND MANUALS Section 15045 Page 5 of 5 .1 Three sets of full size blue printed Division 15 record drawings. .2 One set of reduced size Division 15 record drawings bound in each Maintenance Manual. .3 One set of full size reproducible Division 15 record drawings to the Engineer. .4 One set of full size sprinkler system record drawings at each Sprinkler station. Refer to section 15530, Fire Protection. .5 One set of full size blue printed sprinkler system record drawings to the Owners Insurance Company. Refer to section 15530. Fire Protection. Attach with other specified submittals. 3.3 A Cash Allowance has been specified to cover the costs of the following: .1 Updating the original computer software to include all changes recorded on the record white prints. .2 Plotting one set of full size reproducible Division 15 record drawings. .3 Plotting one set of reduced size reproducible Division 15 record drawings. .4 Blue printing three sets of full size Division 15 record drawings. .5 Photocopying three sets of reduced sized Division 15 record drawings. END OF SECTION 15045 Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 1 of 12 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Sanitary and storm drainage and vent piping. .2 Domestic water piping. .3 Unions and mechanical couplings 1.2 Related Work .1 Supports, Anchors and Seals, section 15090. .2 Valves, Cocks and Faucets, section 15100. .3 Pumps, section 15140. .4 Piping and Equipment Insulation, section 15250. .5 Plumbing General, section 15400. .6 Fire Protection, Section 15530. .7 Tenminal Heat Transfer Units, section 15740. 1.3 Weiding :~ .1 Welding materials and labour shall conform to ASME Code and the provincial Regulations. .2 Use welders fully qualified and licensed by Provincial Authorities. 1.4 Quality Assurance .1 Gas piping shall meet the requirements of proper CSA Standard Installation Code for Gas Burning Appliances and Equipment. ,ii :!j .2 Domestic water, drainage and vent piping shall meet the requirements of the Ontario Building Code, Ontario Plumbing Code, and Municipal Codes. .3 Copper tube domestic water piping shall comply with the requirements of the Ontario Building Code AND with the requirements of Standard ASTM B88-83a. All tubing shall be marked by the manufacturer as complying with this standard. This Division shall be responsible for any costs, including direct charges by the Architect, for testing, inspection and certification required by the Authority having jurisdiction, to certify that copper tubing in domestic water systems meets all requirements of this specification and those of the Authority having jurisdiction. ,'J Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 2 of 12 .4 Pipe fittings shall conform to the following standads: .1 ANSI/ASME B1.20.1-1983 (Pipe Threads) .2 ASTM-197-47 (Materials) .3 ANSI B16.3-1977 (Dimensions) .4 USAS B2.1-1968 (Pipe Threads) .5 JIS B 2301-1988 (Screwed Type Malleable Cast Iron Pipe Fittings) .6 JIS H 8641-1982 (Zinc Hot Dip Galvanizing) .7 JIS G 5702-1988 (Blackheart Malleable Iron Castings) 1.5 Reference Standards and Codes .1 Ontario Building Code .2 Ontario Plumbing Code .3 ASTM .4 CSA .5 ANSI .6 NFPA .7 FM .8 ULC .9 Local Codes and Requirements 1.6 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, perfonmance data, and indicate confonmance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 3 of 12 .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Pipe - Service & Material .1 Equipment Drains: .1 Material: Galvanized Steel Schedule 40 Fittings: Galvanized - threaded .2 Material: Type K or L Hard Copper Fittings: Wrought copper, cast brass - 50/50 solder Fittings: Cast brass - threaded .3 Material: PVC schedule 40 Fittings: PVC - solvent weld .2 Sanitary Drainage and Vent (above grade): .1 Material: Type M or DWV Copper Fittings: Wrought copper, cast brass - 50/50 solder .2 Material: Cast Iron Fittings: Mechanical joint .3 Material: Aluminum DWV Fittings: Mechanical joint .3 Sanitary Drainage and Vent (buried under building): .1 Material: Cast Iron Fittings: Mechanical joint, hub and spigot .2 Material: ABS, PVC Fittings: ABS, PVC - solvent weld, hub and spigot :Ii .3 Material: A-C Cement Fittings: Hub and spigot Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 4 of 12 .4 Storm Drainage (above grade): .1 Material: Type M or DWV Copper Fittings: Wrought copper, cast brass - 50/50 solder .2 Material: Cast Iron Fittings: Mechanical joint .3 Material: Aluminum DWV Fittings: Mechanical joint .5 Storm Sewer (buried under building): .1 Material: Cast Iron Fittings: Mechanical joint, hub and spigot .2 Material: ABS, PVC Fittings: ABS, PVC - solvent weld, hub and spigot .3 Material: A-C Cement Fittings: Hub and spigot .6 Domestic Water (above grade): .1 Material: Type L Hard Copper .2 Fittings: Wrought copper - lead free solder Fittings: Cast brass, bronze - threaded .7 Fire Protection (above grade): .1 Pipe: .1 Main header - Steel schedule 40 .2 Other Lines - Steel schedule 10 or Dynflow for pipe sizes 63mm (2Y:,") and over, Steel schedule 40 or Dynathread for pipe sizes 50mm (2") and under. .3 Light wall pipe shall be steel, ULC listed, FM approved, manufactured to meet ASTM A 795 Type E, Grade A, and rated at 300 psi working pressure equal to Schedule 10 or Dynaflow. 3mm wall for 63mm to 127mm, 3.5mm wall for 152mm and up. .4 Thicker wall pipe shall be steel, ULC listed, FM approved, manufactured to meet ASTM A 135, Grade A, and rated at 300 psi working pressure. . Equal to Schedule 40 or Dynathread. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :i ,II I I Ii II ,I I II " II '~ " I I I. I I I jl II I ;1 I I I I I . Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 5 of 12 .2 Fittings: .1 Forged steel - welded, flanged Malleable steel - threaded, flanged, grooved .2 Grooved fittings shall conform to ASTM A47 and ASTM A536. .3 Cast iron flanged fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.1, steel flanged fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.5, and butt welded fittings shall conform to ASTM A234. .4 Cast iron threaded fittings shall conform to ANSI B16.4 and malleable iron threaded fittings shall conform to ASTM B16.3 .8 Natural Gas (above grade): .1 Material: Steel Schedule 40 Fittings: Malleable steel - threaded 50mm (2") and under if approved Fittings: Forged steel - welded over 50mm (2") and where required by service. .9 Natural Gas (underground): .1 Material: Polyethylene Fittings: Thenmal bonded 2.2 Domestic Water .1 Domestic water pipe shall be Type "L" hard drawn copper tubing, conforming to ASTM B88. .2 Fittings shall be wrought copper, solder joint, pressure type. .3 Solder to threaded adapters shall be provided at screwed valves or equipment. .4 Unions shall be all bronze construction with ground joint and either solder joint or screwed ends as required. Provide dielectric unions or couplings at all connections between copper tubing and ferrous piping. .5 Provide commercial type water hammer arrestors on all plumbing lines serving fixtures and equipment with quick closing or solenoid valves. .6 Exposed plumbing brass and metal work shall be heavy chromium plated (including under countertops without cabinets). .7 Hot and cold water piping to fixtures shall be flexible copper tube complete with angle type screwdriver stop, reducer, and escutcheon plate. .8 Provide isolation valves on domestic water piping to each group of fixtures. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 6 of 12 2.3 Aboveground Sanitary, Storm, and Venting .1 Pipe up to and including 50mm (2") shall be: .1 Copper DWV pipe complete with cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings with solder joints or .2 Cast iron MJ pipe with MJ fittings and stainless steel clamps or .3 PVC DWV pipe to CAN/CSA-B181.2 complete with PVC drainage fittings with solvent weid joints. .2 Pipe 75mm (3") and up shall be: .1 Cast iron MJ pipe with MJ fittings and stainless steel clamps or .2 PVC DWV pipe to CAN/CSA-B181.2 complete with PVC drainage fittings with solvent weld joints (equal to IPEX System 15). .3 Cleanouts: .1 Floor: Adjustable with dura-coated cast iron body, gas and watertight ABS tapered thread plug and nickel bronze secured round, scoriated top to suit floor finish. .2 Wali: Dura-coated cast iron body, gas and watertight ABS tapered piug, and nickel bronze secured square, smooth wall access cover and frame to suit wall finish. .3 Above grade in PVC piping: PVC DWV line or tube end type complete with gasket plug equal to IPEX System 15 cleanouts. 2.4 Underground Sanitary and Storm .1 Pipe and fittings shall be: .1 Sizes 100mm to 380mm (4" to 15"): PVC pipe with Ring- Tite couplings to B182.1 or CSA 182.1 (DR35 or 28). .2 Sizes 450mm (18") and larger (extemal to building only): reinforced concrete pipe to CSA A257 with roll in gasket fittings. Concrete pipe shall be laid in Class B Bedding and shall have a strength classification of 50-D. 2.5 Equipment Drains .1 Galvanized steel schedule 40 with galvanized threaded fittings or .2 Type K or L hard copper complete with cast brass or wrought copper drainage fittings with solder joints or I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 7 of 12 .3 PVC 40 DWV pipe to CAN/CSA-B181.2 complete with PVC drainage fittings with solvent weld joints. 2.6 Natural Gas Piping (Aboveground) .1 Sizes 50mm (2") and under: ASTM A53 Schedule 40 seamless wrought steel with standard threaded malleable fittings to ANSI B16.3. .2 Sizes over 50mm (2"): ASTM A53 Schedule 40 seamless wrought steel with wrought steel butt welding fittings to ANSI B16.9. .3 Welding materials and labour shall conform to ASME codes and authorities having jurisdiction. .4 Provide regulators as required and vent as per code. .5 Gas vents shall not be within 3m (10') to any natural or mechanical fresh air intakes. 2.7 Sprinkler Piping .1 All pipe and fittings shall be listed by NFPA, FM, and ULC. 2.8 Connections .1 Unions .1 Use extna heavy duty pattern unions with ground joints, brass seats and threads to ANSI B1.20.1 for connections 50mm (2") and under. .2 Rated for minimum 150 psi. .2 Flanges .1 Use standard weight type flanges to ANSI B16.1 with neoprene gaskets for connections 63mm (2Y:.") and over. .2 Rated for minimum 125 psi. .3 Adapters .1 Brass adapters shall be provided at all connections between copper tubing and ferrous piping. 2.9 Grooved Mechanical Couplings .1 Grooved couplings shall be non-reducing, bolted connection type suitable and approved for application intended. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 8 of 12 .2 Grooved coupling for fire protection systems shall be approved for same and listed by NFPA, FM, ULC. .2 Housing: Ductile iron conforming to ASTM-A536 or malleable iron conforming to ASTM-A47. .3 Gasket: ED PM or nitrile composition to suit temperature service requirements. .4 Bolts and nuts: heat treated carbon steel, conforming to ASTM-A183. 2.10 Strainers .1 Sizes 2" and under: Screwed brass or iron body, Y pattern with 0.8mm stainless steel perforated screen. .2 Sizes 2Y2" to 4": Flanged iron body, Y pattern with 1.2mm stainless steel screen. .3 Screen free area shall be minimum three times area of inlet pipe. Provide valved drain and hose connection off strainer bottom. 2.11 Solder .1 Potable water systems have lead content less than 0.2%. PART 3 . EXECUTION 3.1 General .1 Make connections to equipment and branch mains with unions. .2 Provide nonconducting type connections wherever jointing dissimilar metals. .3 Do not run combustible or nonapproved pipe through fire separations. Use approved materials and methods only. .4 Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without unduly stressing pipe or equipment connected. .5 Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to valves, air vents, drains and unions. 3.2 Installation .1 Apply for permit before beginning any work. Have drawings approved for construction by authorities having jurisdiction or local agencies prior to beginning work. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !~ I " [11"1 '0:,. ,'I: ,jl ;!I :j I '~i i; ,j I ;11 " 'II ..~ i ....1 ! il I I ij 11 i! I 11 ii I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 9 of 12 .2 Review all inverts and elevations before beginning any installation. .3 Have entire installation inspected, at various stages where required, to ensure approval at completion of project. .4 Do not run combustible or nonapproved pipe through fire separation or return air ceiling plenums. Use approved materials and methods only. .5 Provide clearance for proper installation of insulation and for access to components. .6 Maintain proper grades on piping for proper drainage. .7 All sanitary lines shall be sloped 1 :50 unless othelWise specified. .8 All gas piping installations shall comply with CGA code CAN 1-B149, gas safety branch bulletins, local codes and NFPA 96. Provide a CGA approved ball valve where new equipment is to be connected. .9 Install gas piping in open or ventilated spaces. Pitch lines and provide drip legs for condensation collection points. Where gas piping is run in a concealed space, provide ventilation grilles as required. .10 All exposed piping to run parallel to walls and in a neat and orderly fashion to maintain headroom. Group piping where possible. .11 Provide drain valves and air vents at low and high points respectively where required. .12 Make connections to equipment with unions or flanges. Provide dielectric unions or couplings at all connections between copper tubing and ferrous piping. .13 Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction and to eliminate stress on equipment, piping, or connections. .14 Provide isolation valves or shutoff valves at all equipment. .15 Provide c1eanouts as indicated on drawings and as required by code. Floor cleanouts are not approved in finished floor areas unless othelWise noted. Ensure adequate clearance to all cleanouts. .16 Provide sleeves for piping passing through floor slab. Caulk around piping and fill entire space between piping and floor slab with approved fire retardant material to maintain required fire rating where necessary. .17 Provide inspection certificate at completion. .18 Provide full and accurate as-constructed especially of underground services. Mark inverts and iocation of entry to building of all services. Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15060 PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Page 1 0 of 12 3.3 Steel Pipe Connection .1 Screw joint steel piping up to and including 38mm (1 ;1:,"). Screw or weld 50 mm (2") piping. Weld piping 63mm (2Y2') and larger, including branch connections. Pipe less than schedule 40 shall not be screw jointed. .2 Make screwed joints with standard NPT configuration. Use approved nontoxic joint compound or teflon tape. .3 Use full sized tees or main sized saddle type branch connections for directly connecting branch lines to mains in steel piping. Do not project branch pipes inside the main pipe. .4 Make reductions in large water pipes with eccentric reducing fittings installed to provide drainage and venting. 3.4 Grooved Mechanical Couplinqs .1 Use grooved mechanical coupling and mechanical fasteners only in accessible locations, .2 Grooved mechanical joints and bolted accessories are not approved in exposed areas. Crawl spaces, attic spaces, pipe chases, Gymnasium truss space, Multipurpose room, boiler rooms, electrical rooms and mechanical rooms are not considered exposed. .3 Use grooved mechanical coupling to engage and lock grooved or shouldered pipe ends and to allow for some angular deflection, contraction and expansion. 3.5 Grades, Routes and Installations .1 Route piping in orderly manner and maintain proper grades. Install to conserve- headroom and interfere as little as possible with use of space. .2 Run exposed piping parallel to walls. Group piping wherever practical at common elevations. .3 Install concealed pipes close to the building structure to keep furrings to a minimum. .4 On closed systems, equip low points with 19 mm drain valves and hose connection. .5 At high points, provide collecting chambers and high capacity float operated automatic air vents. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,:< !I I I ,I I, iij 'II 'Ii "I II i' I 'I, jl I I I I II ~ II I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 11 of 12 3.6 Rooftop Unit Gas service .1 Refer to section 15090, Supports Anchors and Seals. .2 The rough-in is to be in a position no closer than 500 mm from the unit gas vent or power vent discharge, and in position that does not hinder access to any panel or feature for service, repair or maintenance. .3 Gas pressure regulating valve relief pipe is to be extended upward and remote from the gas vent and the fresh air intake, in compliance with current codes. Provide support and bracing as required. .4 Call for inspection of rough in location and method prior to roofing operations. System rough not acceptable to the Architect or Owner will be changed at the direction of the Architect. 3.7 Priming .1 Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawlspaces, pipe shafts and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 3.8 Flashing .1 Where mechanical equipment passes through weather or waterproofed walls and roofs, counter flashing shall be provided under this Division. Roof flashing is specified under other divisions of this specification. .2 Flash floor drains over finished areas by extending flashing 250 mm clear on sides. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. Use lead sheet or approved nonmetallic waterproofing membrane. .3 Curbs for mechanical roof installations are specified under other divisions of this specification. Curbs must be minimum 300 mm higher than the top of the roof, unless noted otherwise. Note that if manufactured curbs do not comply with this requirement, pressure treated wood blocking will be required, under the curbs, to raise the lip to the specified clearance. Flash and counterflash with galvanized steel, to make waterproof. 3.9 Sleeves .1 Provide and set sleeves required for equipment, including openings required for placing equipment. .2 Set sleeves in position in advance of other work. Provide suitable reinforcing around sleeves. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Section 15060 Page 12 of 12 .3 Extend sleeves through potentially wet floors 50 mm above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate. .4 Where ductwork passes through floor, ceiling or wall, close off space between duct and sleeve with noncombustible insulation. Provide tight fitting metal caps on both sides. .5 Where piping passes through floor, ceiling or wall, close off space between pipe and sleeve with noncombustible insulation or approved non combustible insulation, fire rated as required to match the rating of the penetrated surface. Provide tight fitting metal caps on both sides. .6 Install chrome plated escutcheons where piping passes through finished surfaces. .7 Size large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for continuous insulation. 3.10 Identification .1 Identify ail piping with type of service and arrows every 3m (10') and on either side of walls and floors. .2 Label "gas" in black on yellow complete with flow arrows in accordance with CGA code CAN 1-8149. Outside piping and supports to be painted with 2 coats of weatherproof paint to match building colour. Inside piping to be painted with ~ coats of yellow paint. 3.11 Testing .1 Test drains for tightness and grade as noted or required by code. .2 Refer to testing procedures in Section 15042. 3.12 Cleaning and Flushing .1 Flush all plumbing and drainage piping clean of sediment, scale, and other extraneous matter before and after testing. END OF SECTION 15060 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I -~! ~ I III i: II -i' II ~ I 'I !'.1' j' .' Iii H :,. II il I I I I ,I I '! I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 1 of 9 PART 1 . GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Pipe hangers and supports. .2 Duct hangers and supports. .3 Flashing for mechanical equipment. .4 Sleeving for mechanical equipment. .5 Roof jacks. .6 Fire stop seals. 1.2 Related Work .1 Pipe and Pipe Fittings, section 15060. .2 Plumbing General, section 15400. .3 Fire Protection, section 15530. .4 Ductwork, section 15840. 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 Plumbing pipe supports shall meet the requirements of Ontario Plumbing Code. .2 Natural gas pipe supports shall meet the requirements of CGA B 149.1 Installation Code for Natural Gas Fired Appliances. .3 Duct hangers shall follow the recommendations of the SMACNA Duct Manuals. .4 Sprinkler supports shall meet the requirements of NFPA. 1.4 General Requirements .1 Provide hangers and supports to secure equipment in place, prevent vibration, maintain grade and provide for expansion and contraction. .2 Install supports of strength and rigidity to suit loading without unduly stressing building. Locate adjacent to equipment to prevent undue stresses in piping and equipment. .3 Select hangers and supports for the service and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended maximum loading. Hangers shall have a safety factor of 5 to 1. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 2 of 9 1.5 Alternatives .1 Obtain approval prior to drilling for inserts and supports for piping systems. .2 Obtain approval prior to using percussion type fastenings. .3 Use of existing piping or equipment for hangers supports is not permitted. .4 Use of perforated band iron, wire or chain as hangers is not permitted. 1.6 Firestop Sealants and Collars .1 Standard method of fire tests of firestop system CAN4-S 115- M85. .2 UL Classified and/or FM Systems Approved and tested to the requirements of ASTM E814 (UL 1479). .3 Seals, assemblies and materials for penetration of fire rated surfaces shall be listed by FM and certified by UL or ULC for the service application. 1.7 Submittals .1 Firestop materials: Submit service limitations, installation instructions, UL certification and FM listing. .2 Fire rated penetration seals: Submit dimensional data, service limitations, installation instructions, UL certification and FM listing. PART 2 . PRODUCTS 2.1 Inserts .1 Inserts shall be malleable iron case or galvanized steel shell and expander plug for threaded connection with lateral adjustment, top slot for reinforcing rods and lugs for attaching to forms. .2 Size inserts to suit threaded hanger rods. 2.2 Pipe Hangers and Supports .1 Hangers: .1 Pipe Sizes 13mm (W') to 38mm (1 Y:t) : Adjustable wrought steel ring, or plated strap. .2 Pipe Sizes 50mm (2") and over: Adjustable wrought steel clevis. .2 Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods, cast iron roll and stand for hot pipe sizes 150mm (6 ") and over. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II i! II I, I ,I ! I I I \, I I,j I i I 'ci I ".:1 ] I ,,! II I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 3 of 9 .3 Wall Support: .1 Pipe Sizes to 75mm (3") : Cast iron hook, or fabricated bracket of 1" x 1" x Yo" angle bar. .2 Pipe Sizes 1 OOmm (4") and over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. .4 Vertical Support: .1 Steel riser clamp. .5 Floor Support: .1 Fabricated stand and pipe clamp or saddle. 2.3 Hanger Rods .1 Provide steel hanger rods, threaded both ends, or continuous threaded, complete with lock nuts on both ends. 2.4 Duct Hangers and Supports .1 Hangers: .1 Concealed - Round Duct: Galvanized steel band iron. .2 Concealed - Rectangular Duct: Galvanized steel band iron or rolled angle and 9" rods. .3 Exposed - Round Duct: continuous galvanized steel band iron secured to single 9 rom hanger rod. .2 Wall Supports: Galvanized steel band iron or fabricated angle brackets. .3 Vertical Support at Floor: Rolled angle. 2.5 Flashing .1 Steel Flashing: 26 gauge galvanized steel. .2 Lead Flashing: 24.5 (5 Ib/ff) sheet lead. .3 Aluminum flashing: 26 gauge sheet aluminum. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 4 of 9 2.6 Sleeves .1 Pipes through beams, wall, fire proofing, footings, floor: Form with steel pipe, schedule 20, galvanized. .2 Round Ducts: Form with galvanized steel. .3 Rectangular Ducts: Fonrn with galvanized steel. 2.7 Firestop Sealants and Collars .1 Firestop Sealants and collars to provide mechanical fire protection for penetrations utilizing PVC or CPVC pipe, PVC conduit, polyethylene conduit or pipe, other nonmetallic pipes, cables, and combustible pipe insulations as the penetrant. .2 Intumescent insert: Flexible, elastomeric strip, two stage expansion, designed to firestop penetrations in fire-rated walls and floors and floor/ceiling assemblies. .3 Provide a minimum of 15 time free expansion. .4 Contain no water soluble expansion ingredients. 2.8 Roof Jacks and Vent Caps .1 Lead: compatible with built up felt or shingle roofing materials and methods, 4 pound lead flange, 12 " square, oversize tube neck, spun lead flashing cap. .2 Aluminum: Compatible with SBS torch down roofing materials and methods, 12 gauge aluminum, 12 rom round flange, oversize tube neck TIG welded to flange, aluminum flashing cap. .3 Vent Caps: Vandal Resistant; Heavy gauge aluminum, slotted vents, screw secu red. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Inserts .1 Use inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams wherever practicable. .2 Set inserts in position in advance of concrete work. Provide reinforcement rod in concrete for inserts carrying pipe over 100mm (4") or ducts over 1500mm (60") wide. .3 Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, finish inserts flush with slab surface. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I' i! il ii .11 "i I " I :11 :11 !ii III 'II .!: " ,! I 1- :1 II II ~I 'I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 5 of 9 .4 Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and provide rod with recessed square steel plate and nut above slab. .5 Expansion bolt type connections will be approved under certain conditions. Obtain approval from the Architect. Generally, pipe 50mm (2") or smaller, and ducts less than 600mm x 300mm (24" x 12") will be approved, subject to adequate number of support points. 3.2 Pipe Hangers and Support .1 Fasten hangers and supports to building structure or inserts in concrete construction. .2 Support horizontal metallic piping as follows: Nominal Pipe Size 13mm(W') 19 to 38mm (:y." to 1 )12") 50 to 63mm (2" to 2)12") 63 to 100mm (3" to 4") 150 to 300mm (6" to 12") 350 to 450mm (14" to 18") Distance Between Supports 1.8m (6') 2.4m (8') 3.0m (10') 3.6m (12') 4.3m (14') 5.0m (16') Hanaer Rod Diameter 9.5mm (3/B") 9.5mm biB') 9.5mm biB") 13mm ()12") 13mm ()12") 25mm(1") .3 Install hangers to provide minimum 32mm (1 y.") clear space between finished covering and adjacent work. .4 Place a hanger within 300mm (12") of each horizontal elbow. .5 Use hangers which are vertically adjustable 38mm (1)12") minimum after piping is erected. .6 Support vertical piping at every floor. Support vertical soil pipe at each joint. .7 Where several pipes can be installed in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. .8 Where practical, support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. .g Support horizontal soil pipe near each joint, with 1.5m (5ft) maximum spacing between hangers. .10 Support plastic piping at intervals one half the distances shown in 3.2.2, or less if required to prevent deformation. .11 Exposed piping, with less than 2.6m (8)12 ft) clearance to floors shall be provided with two times the number of hangers nonmally required. Spacing shall be equal or adjusted for maximum benefit. Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bow! Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS, ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 6 of 9 .12 Provide copper plated hangers and supports for copper piping or provide nonferrous packing between hanger or support and piping. .13 Large capacity piping with vibration potential shall not be suspended from any building structure that will allow transfer of vibrations to the occupied spaces. 3.3 Pipe Hanger and Supports - Fire Protection .1 Comply with NFPA requirements. .2 Comply with Part 3.2 of this section. .3 Refer to Specification section 15530, Fire Protection System. 3.4 Low Pressure Duct Hangers and Supports .1 Hanger minimum sizes: .1 Up to 750mm (30") wide or 330mm (13") diameter: 1 Yo" x 16 gauge at 3m (10ft) spacing. .2 750mm (30") to 1200mm (48") wide, or over 450mm (18") diameter: 1Y:!' x 16 gauge at 3m (10ft) spacing. .3 Over 1200mm (48") wide: 1y," x 16 gauge at 3m (10ft) spacing. .2 Horizontal duct on wall supports minimum sizes: .1 Up to 450mm (18") wide: 1)1," x 16 gauge or 1" x 1" x 1/8" at 3m (10ft) spacing. .2 450mm (18") to 1000mm (40") wide: 1)1," x 1)1," x 2" at 1.8m (6ft) spacing. .3 Vertical duct on wall supports minimum sizes: .1 Riveted or screwed to duct: .1 Up to 1500mm (60") wide: 1)1," x 1)1," x 3" .2 Over 1500mm (60") wide: 2" x 1/8" .4 Vertical duct floor supports minimum sizes: .1 Riveted or screwed to duct: .1 Up to 1500mm (60") wide: 1)1," x 1)1," x 1/8" .2 Over 1500mm (60") wide: 2" x 2" x 1/8" I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 7 of 9 3.5 Equipment Bases and Supports .1 Concrete housekeeping pads are specified under other divisions of the specification. Bases shall be 100mm (4") thick minimum, extended 100mm (4") minimum beyond machinery bed plates. This Division will provide templates anchor bolts and accessories required for mounting and anchoring equipment. .2 Construct supports of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Brace and fasten with flanges bolted to structure. .3 Provide rigid anchors for ducts and pipes immediately after vibration connections to equipment. .4 Suspend mechanical equipment from structure with adjustable length steel rods. Provide spreader beams to distribute weight. 3.6 Priming .1 Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in pipe shafts and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. 3.7 Flashing .1 Where mechanical equipment passes through weather or waterproofed walls and roofs, counter flashing shall be provided under this Division. Roof flashing is specified under other divisions of this specification. .2 Flash floor drains over finished areas by extending flashing 250mm (10") clear on sides. Fasten flashing to drain clamp device. Use lead sheet or approved nonmetallic waterproofing membrane. .3 Curbs for mechanical roof installations are specified under other divisions of this specification. Curbs must be minimum 300mm (12") higher than the top of the roof, unless noted otherwise. Note that if manufactured curbs do not comply with this requirement, pressure treated wood blocking will be required, under the curbs, to raise the lip to the specified clearance. Flash and counterflash with gaivanized steel, to make waterproof. 3.8 Sleeves .1 Provide and set sleeves required for equipment, including openings required for placing equipment. .2 Set sleeves in position in advance of other work. Provide suitable reinforcing around sleeves. .3 Ex1end sleeves through potentially wet floors 50mm (2") above finished floor level. Caulk sleeves full depth and provide floor plate. Clarington I ndoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipaiity of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 8 of 9 .4 Where ductwork passes through floor, ceiling or wall, close off space between duct and sleeve with noncombustible insulation. Provide tight fitting metal caps on both sides. .5 Where piping passes through floor, ceiling or wall, close off space between pipe and sleeve with noncombustible insulation or approved non combustible insulation, fire rated as required to match the rating of the penetrated surface. Provide tight fitting metal caps on both sides. .6 Install chrome plated escutcheons where piping passes through finished surfaces. .7 Size large enough to allow for movement due to expansion and to provide for continuous insulation. 3.9 Firestop Sealants and Collars .1 Clean all concrete, masonry and stone penetrations of all contaminants and impurities, concrete form release agents, water repellents, oils, surface dirt and rust, scale, all old sealants and other surface treatments. .2 Metal surfaces shall be cleaned by wiping them with an oil- free absorbent cloth saturated with solvent such as xylol or toluol. Do not use alcohols. .3 Do not apply to polycarbonates or to building materials that bleed oils, plasticizers or solvents, or where sealant is not exposed to atmospheric moisture, or to surfaces which have been or will be painted. .4 Collars are to be installed with steel fasteners or steel expansion anchors. Low melting temperature anchors of lead, plastic or aluminum are not approved. .5 Installation only when temperatures are between 40C (400F) and 370C (980F). 3.10 Exposed Duct Support .1 The threaded rod shall be secured to trusses or to steel angle bars spanning the building trusses. The steel spanning bars are to be provided by this Division. 3.11 Roof Jacks .1 Provide roof jacks as required, and in compliance with the roofing specifications. Generally, SBS torch down roofing requires aluminum roof jacks. Conventional bituminous roofing accepts lead or aluminum roof jacks. .2 Flash vent and soil pipes projecting above finished roof surface with approved material. .3 Plumbing vents: Provide vandal proof, slotted, aluminum flashing cap. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I 11 :11 :1 I " I! ~! Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington SUPPORTS,ANCHORS AND SEALS Section 15090 Page 9 of 9 .4 Gas pipes projecting through the roof shall be provided with approved roof jack and flashing flange. END OF SECTION 15090 1:,111 til ~ i::i '1 I !! :,1 I ::1 " 'II i ;l! I II , ~I 11 ~ ti ~ I ~ 11 j 1 ~ I .ii !I I I I I . iI II Ii I. ii II 'ii ~i !I ~ j' . :11 " ill :1: I " i:~ i:~ I , ~ :,Ii ~I. i,1! !1 'II ! !"I! 'I! tt . f~ I~ . ~ . (I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Gate valves. .2 Globe and angle valves. .3 Butterfly valves. .4 Ball valves. .5 Relief valves .6 Check valves. .7 Drain valves. .8 Hose bibbs. .9 Backflow preventers and testing devices. .10 Pressure regulating valves. .11 Vacuum breakers. 1.2 Related Work .1 Pipe and Pipe Fittings, section 15060. .2 Pumps, section 15140. .3 Plumbing General, section 15400. .4 Fire Protection, section 15530. 1.3 Manufacturer .1 Provide valves of same manufacturer throughout where possible. .2 Provide valves with manufacturer's name and pressure rating clearly marked on outside of body. 1.4 Quality Assurance Section 151 00 Page 1 of 7 .1 Valves for gas service shall be trimmed and approved for specified service. .2 Backflow preventers must be listed and approved for their use. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 2 of 7 1.5 Submittals .1 Manufacturer's data and shop drawings for all valves and accessories including dimensions, pressure ratings, materials, service acceptability. .2 Manufacturers' data, shop drawings and instructions for backflow preventer testing equipment including dimensions, pressure ratings, materials, service acceptability. .3 Backflow preventer test report and certification. 1.6 Acceptabie Manufacturers .1 Manufacturers of double check backflow preventers whose products are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Watts, Febco, Combraco .2 Manufacturers of reduced pressure backflow preventers whose products are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Watts, Febco, Combraco PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Valve Connections .1 Provide valves suitable to connect to adjoining piping as specified for pipe joints. Use pipe size valves. .2 Thread pipe sizes 50mm (2") and smaller. .3 Flange pipe sizes 63mm (2Y:2) and larger .4 Solder or screw to solder adaptors for copper piping. .5 Use grooved body valves with mechanical grooved jointed piping. .6 Provide butterfly valves with tapped lug body when used for isolating service. 2.2 Gate Valves .1 Bronze, inside screw, double wedge or disc, solder or screwed ends. .2 Over 4": Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, 0 S & Y solid wedge, flanged ends. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I! I II II ~ I , !I II :H ;! :!! I ,'i ~ , !,j! 1,11 "!: ~ I ~ i I i! :11 ~ II ~ !I ill " Ii ~ I 'I ~ I II tl Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Ciarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 3 of 7 2.3 Globe or Angle Valves .1 Bronze, renewable composition disc, solder or screwed ends. .2 Over 100mm (4"): Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, 0 S & Y, renewable composition disc, flanged ends. 2.4 Check Valves .1 Bronze, swing disc, solder or screwed ends. .2 Iron body, bronze trim, swing disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends. .3 Iron body, bronze trim, spring loaded, renewable composition disc, flanged ends. 2.5 Butterfly Valves .1 Iron body, bronze disc, resilient replaceable liner seat, plain flanged or grooved ends. 2.6 Pressure Reducing Valves - Water .1 Less than 100mm (4"): Bronze body, brass bonnet, composition rubber diaphragm, plated or stainless steel spring, internal strainer. .2 100mm (4") and over: High tensile cast iron body and bonnet, seat, composition disc and diaphragm, bronze needle control pilot valve with small pressure regulating valve. Flanged body and bonnet. 2.7 Vacuum Breakers .1 Bronze body, brass trim, composition silicone float disc, full size orifice. 2.8 Relief Valves .1 Provide ASME rated direct spring loaded type, lever operated nonadjustable factory set discharge pressure as indicated. 2.9 Drain Valves .1 Bronze compression stop with %" hose threaded. .2 Brass ball valve with %" hose thread. .3 Provide hose thread connection on valve or piping. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES,COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 4 of 7 2.10 Hose Bibbs .1 Provide Hose Bibbs as per drawing schedule. .2 All hose bibbs to be provided with approved shut-off valves and vacuum breakers or backflow preventers as required. 2.11 Backflow Preventers - Reduced Pressure Type .1 Bronze or red brass body, stainless steel springs, composition diaphragm. .2 Independent acting spring loaded double internal disc valve, three chamber, discharge to atmosphere. .3 Acceptable Models: .1 Watts 009 OT .2 Febco 825 Y .3 Combraco 40-200 .4 Non-electronic testing apparatus including gauge, hoses, fittings, accessories, and case. Maximum temperature 104.40C (2200F), maximum pressure 1034 kPa (150 psi). Equal to Watts TK-9A. 2.12 Backflow Preventers - Double Check Valve Type .1 Bronze or red brass body, stainless steel springs, composition diaphragm. .2 Independent nonspring loaded internal check valve, three chamber with test cocks on each chamber. .3 Acceptable Models: .1 Watts 007 OT .2 Febco 805 Y .3 Cornbraco 40-100 .4 Testing apparatus including gauge, hoses, fittings and accessories. .5 Refer to Fire Protection Systems, Section 15530 for fire backflow preventer. 2.13 Ball Valves .1 Up to 38mm (1 Y:,"): Forged bronze body, delrin seat and seals, chrome plated ball, forged steel pin, screwed ends, 1206 kPa (175 psi). .2 Tail piece supply isolation valves: ball type valves, angle configuration, screw driver operated, compression fittings or threaded as required, chrome plated if exposed. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~ I " I I II I ~ II ~ '11 I :11 'H 1i 'I ,I -.,1 :! "! I ';1 'II 11 :1 i I ';'1 1 I 'I ~ I 1j :11 il II Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 5 of 7 2.14 Pressure Ratings .1 Unless otherwise indicated, use valves suitable for minimum 860 kPa (125 psi) and 232 oC (4500F). .2 Use valves for fire protection suitable for 1206 kPa (175 psi). 2.15 Valve Operators .1 Provide suitable handwheels for gate, globe or angle, radiation and drain valves, and inside hose bibbs. .2 Provide one plug cock wrench for every plug cock valve. .3 Butterfiy Valves HVAC: Provide lever lock handle with toothed plate for shutoff service. .4 Butterfiy Valves Fire Protection: Infinitely adjustable handle with locknut and memory stop, and integral tamper switch. .5 Provide valves sized 4" and larger located more than 8 feet from floor in equipment room areas with chain operated sheaves. Extend chains to approximately 60" above floor and hook to clips arranged to clear walking aisles. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation and Application .1 Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted, unless otherwise noted. .2 Install gate valves with stems horizontal or 45 degrees down from horizontal. .3 Use ball valves for gas service. Plug cocks are not to be used for gas isolation service. .4 Provide spring loaded check valves on discharge of water booster pumps. .5 Use plug cocks, globe valves, ball valves, butterfly valves, and metering valves in water systems for throttling service. 3.2 Isolation Valves .1 Isolation valves are to be ball type valves, pipe size as required, but in no case less than 13mm (;1,") diameter. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 6 of 7 .2 For equipment removal purposes, isolation valves are to be installed with companion screwed unions on piping less than 75mm (3") diameter, or fianged connections on piping 75mm (3") and larger. Grooved mechanical couplings may be used for equipment removal, subject to accessibility, suitability and where approved by specification terms for that piping system or equipment. .3 Install valves as close as possible to isolated equipment in order to minimize the amount of water lost during maintenance, replacement or drain down operations. .4 Isolation drain valves are to be provided with combination air inlet fitting as required to relieve vacuum during draining operations. .5 Install gate valves or ball valves where approved for shutoff and isoiating service, or to isolate equipment, parts of systems or vertical risers. .6 Provide drain valves at main shutoff valves, low points of piping and equipment including but not limited to: .1 Pumps .2 Hot Water Tank .3 Hose bibbs .4 Water meters .5 Washroom groups .6 Plumbing branch lines from mains .7 All equipment .8 All plumbing fixtures 3.3 Drain Valves .1 Provide ball valves for drains on open systems. .2 Provide unions downstream of the valve to allow breaking the piping system. .3 Provide hose thread connection on drain valve and piping. 3.4 Hose Bibbs .1 All hose bibbs to be provided with approved shut-off valves, inside the building. Provide drain valve on leg if necessary. .2 Provide in-line vacuum breakers. Note that flush box hose bibbs will not be approved with a spout mounted vacuum breaker that does not allow the door to be closed. .3 Turn over keys to Architect at completion of work prior to substantial completion. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I! I! II I II ~ II II ~ ~ I ! I ~'l'l I II II J I 'I: II ~ [I I , I " II '1 Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington VALVES, COCKS AND FAUCETS Section 15100 Page 7 of 7 3.5 Specialty Valves .1 Provide relief valves on hot water tanks, or where required. Pipe overflow to drain. .2 Provide pressure reducing valves where shown or where required. Provide adequately rated shutoff gate valves. .3 Provide vacuum breakers where shown or where required as follows: janitor sink filler spout, hose bibbs, flush valves. 3.6 Backflow Preventers .1 Provide reduced pressure type backflow preventers where shown or where required as follows: Site water supply. Pipe overflow to drain with air gap. .2 Provide double check valve type backflow preventers where shown or where required as follows: Fire protection supplies. .3 Provide shutoff valves and unions on both sides of backflow preventers for testing purposes. .4 Backflow preventers are to be installed in a manner which allows a minimum of 1000mm (40") clearance above the device for connection and operation of testing equipment. ,Ii END OF SECTION 15100 I I I I II il I , :~ I I " 'j I t:iI ;-11 :! I ,II il , 11 , I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15140 PUMPS Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Domestic water circulators. .2 Pump accessories. 1.2 Related Work .1 Pipe and Pipe Fittings, section 15060. .2 Valves, Cocks and Faucets, section 15100. 1.3 Submittals .1 Submit with shop drawings certified pump curves showing pump performance characteristics with pump and system operating point plotted. Include NPSH when applicable. .2 Submittals without pump head vs. flow curves will be discarded. Tabulated data is not acceptable. 1.4 Quality Assurance .1 Pumps shall be aligned by qualified millwright and alignment certified. .2 Ensure pumps operate at specified system fluid temperatures. Operate within 25% of midpoint of published maximum efficiency curve. .3 Polyphase, squirrel cage, single speed NEMAlEEMAC Design A or B induction motors, between 1 hp and 200 hp, whether in packaged equipment or not, shall comply with the current requirements of the Ontario Energy Efficiency Standards Regulation, and specifically, CSA C390-93 Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Three Phase Induction Motors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 11 2.1 General II " 8 -i1 11 , 11 II , .1 Statically and dynamically balance rotating parts. .2 Construction shall permit complete servicing without breaking piping or motor connections. .3 Pumps shall operate at 1,750 rpm unless specified otherwise. .4 Pump connections shall be flanged for sizes 63mm (2%") and over. Grooved or union connections are approved for pump connections 50mm (2") and under. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15140 PUMPS Page 2 of 2 2.2 In-Line Domestic Water Circulating Pumps .1 Casing: Bronze rated for 862 kpa (125 Psi) working pressure. .2 Impeller: bronze. .3 Shaft: AllOy steel with integral thrust collar and two, oil lubricated bronze sleeve bearings. .4 Seal: Carbon rotating against a stationary ceramic seat. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 In-Line Domestic Water Circulating Pumps .1 Provide line sized gate valve and strainer on suction and line sized globe valve on discharge. .2 Support piping adjacent to pump such that no weight is carried on pump casings. Provide supports under elbows on pump suction and discharge line sizes 75mm (3") and over. .3 Refer to schedule for perfonmance. END OF SECTION 15140 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I ill I ~ 'H i~ I f:H i<::! il ~ I 'i I I I I .. ! II , I I I I I I I I ClaringtDn IndDDr SDccer Facility And OutdDDr Lacrosse BDwl Municipality Df ClaringtDn INSULATION. PIPING AND EQUIPMENT SectiDn 15250 Page 1 Df 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WDrk Included .1 Piping InsulatiDn .2 Equipment InsulatiDn .3 Adhesives, Tie wires, Tapes .4 RecDvering 1.2 Related WDrk .1 Pipe and Fittings, sectiDn 15060 .2 InsulatiDn - Duct, sectiDn 15258 .3 Plumbing General, sectiDn 15400 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 All wDrkers engaged in the applicatiDn Df insulatiDn shall v be jDurneymen, Dr indentured apprentices wDrking under a jDurneyman WhD is Dn the site. Trades QualificatiDn certificates must be submitted priDr tD cDmmencing wDrk and must be Dn site fDr inspectiDn. 1.4 JDb CDnditiDns .1 Deliver material tD jDb site in Driginal nDn-brDken factDry packaging, labeled with manufacturer's density and thickness. .2 PerfDrm wDrk at ambient and equipment temperatures as recDmmended by the adhesive manufacturer. Make gDDd separatiDn Df jDints Dr cracking Df insulatiDn due tD thermal mDvement Dr pDDr wDrkmanship. 1.5 Alternatives .1 Alternative insulatiDns are subject tD apprDval. Alternative shall prDvide the thermal resistance within 10% Df specified at nDrmal cDnditiDns as material specified. PART 2 . PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Adhesives, InsulatiDn, CDatings. Sealers and ReCDvering Jackets: CDmpDslte fire and smDke hazard ratings shall nDt exceed 25 fDr flame spread and 50 fDr smDke develDped. Adhesives, cDatings and sealers shall be waterproDf. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington INSULATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Section 15250 Page 2 of 3 .2 Recovering jackets: ULC listed "Thermo Canvas", treated cotton fabric. .3 Precovered, preformed insulation complete with foil or kraft all purpose jacket. .4 Mechanical Protection Jackets Exterior: Preformed close crimped 22 gauge aluminum. 2.2 Materials .1 Cold Piping, Exposed Roof Drains and Vents: Fine fibrous glass insulation with factory applied vapour barrier jacket, molded to conform to piping, "K" value at 0.24 btu/in/sq ftldeg F/hr. .2 Hot and Tempered Water Piping: Fine fibrous glass insulation with factory applied general purpose jacket, molded to conform to ping, "K" value at 0.24 btu/in/sq. ftIdeg. F/hr. .3 Roof Drains and Vents (Concealed): Flexible fibrous glass insulation, "K" value at 0.26 btu/in/sq ftIdeg F/hr PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation .1 Do not install covering before piping and equipment has been tested and approved. .2 Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. Finish with systems at operating conditions. 3.2 Installation .1 In non fire rated surfaces, ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls. Pack around pipes with fireproof self-supporting insulation material, properly sealed. .2 Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports and other protrusions. .3 Locate insulation or cover seams in least visible locations. .4 Provide recovering jackets on exposed insulation throughout, including equipment rooms. Insuiation located in pipe shafts and suspended ceiling spaces is not considered exposed. .5 Coat recovering jacket with two coats of waterproof fire retardant coating. .6 Do not install and seal vapour proof insulation if ambient air has a high humidity. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I il i, il ~ 'I " il I ::j! :," HI r~ I ':! II II :1 II I 11 n I I I , 11 I I II I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington INSULATION - PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Section 15250 Page 3 of 3 !';j .7 Insulation on piping less than 63mm (2y:'''), may be pierced to allow pipe size hangers. Piping 63mm (2y:''') and over shall be provided with insulation flashing of heavy gauge metal to prevent crushing and hanger sized for exterior of insulation. 3.3 Domestic Water Pipinq - Hot and Cold .1 Do not insulate valves, unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections and expansion joints, unless otherwise specified. .2 Cover elbows, tees and similar fittings with equivalent thickness of insulation material. .3 Exposed fittings: Apply pre-formed PVC fitting covers over insulation material, before applying recovering. Provide butt-end PVC fittings on exposed pipe and fittings. .4 Concealed fittings: Apply glass fabric wrap materiai around loose batt insulation. Terminate insulation neatly. 3.4 Roof Drains and Plumbing Vents .1 Insulate roof drain and vent piping within 60" of insulated surface penetration. .2 Insuiate all drain piping, vent piping, located in un insulated attic spaces. 3.5 Insulation Thickness .1 .2 Domestic Cold Water Domestic Hot Water, Recirculated hot water and tempered water Roof drains and rainwater leaders Plumbing Vents Pipe Size All Sizes All Sizes Pipe Thickness 1 inch 1 inch .3 .4 All Sizes All Sizes 1 inch 1 inch END OF SECTION 15250 11 :1 II i II j I ':ii 'II I';j I':.I'.~I i II I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15258 INSULATION DUCTWORK Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Duct thermal insulation. .2 Duct acoustic insulation. .3 Adhesives, tie wires, tapes. .4 Recovering. 1.2 Related Work .1 Insulation - Piping and Equipment, section 15250. .2 Ductwork, section 15840. 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 All workers engaged in the application of insulation shall be journeymen, or indentured apprentices working under a journeyman who is on the site. Trades Qualification certificates must be submitted prior to commencing work and must be on site for inspection. 1.4 Job Conditions .1 Deliver material to job site in original nonbroken factory packaging, labeled with manufacturer's density and thickness. .2 Perform work at ambient and equipment temperatures as recommended by the adhesive manufacturer. Make good separation of joints or cracking of insulation due to thermal movement or poor workmanship. 1.5 Alternatives .1 Alternative insulations are subject to approval. Alternatives shall provide the thermal resistance within 10% of specified at normal conditions as material specified. 1.6 Definitions .1 Supply air duct includes all discharge duct connected to rooftop units and other air handling equipment. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15258 INSULATION DUCTWORK Page 2 of 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Adhesives, Insulation, Coatings, Sealers and Recovering Jackets: Composite fire and smoke hazard ratings shall not exceed 25 for flame spread and 50 for smoke developed. Adhesives, coatings and sealers shall be waterproof. .2 Recovering Jackets ULC listed "Thermo Canvas", treated cotton fabric. .3 Precovered, preformed insulation complete with foil or kraft all-purpose jacket. 2.2 Materials .1 Exposed Rectangular Ducts: Rigid fibrous glass insulation, "K" value at 0.24 btu/in/sq ft Ideg F/hr with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil vapour barrier. .2 Round Ducts and Concealed Rectangular Ducts: Flexible fibrous glass insulation, "K" value at 0.26 btu/in/sq ft /deg F/hr with factory applied reinforced aluminum foil vapour barrier. .3 Acoustic Lining: Fiberglass insulation with "K" value at 0.26 btu/in/sq ft /deg F/hr absolute roughness of exposed surface not to exceed 0,033 mm coated to prevent fibre erosion at air velocities up to 400 fpm. All substrate material to be non-darkened, contrasting colour from liner layer. Use 25mm (1") thick insulation unless otherwise noted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Preparation .1 Do not install covering before ductwork and equipment has been tested and approved. .2 Ensure surface is clean and dry prior to installation. Ensure insulation is dry before and during application. Finish with systems at operating conditions. 3.2 Installation - General .1 In non fire rated surfaces, ensure insulation is continuous through inside walls. Pack around ducts with fireproof self-supporting insulation material properly sealed. .2 Finish insulation neatly at hangers, supports and other protrusions. .3 Locate insulation or cover seams in least visible locations. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 ,'I Ij I ~ ~! :' ~ ~I 'ji, ,'!l ;~! .11 II illl : ~ I I '1 I I I II J 11 II I! I I II I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15258 INSULATION DUCTWORK Page 3 of 4 .4 Provide insulation on all supply air ducts except where ceiling space is used as a return air plenum. Insulation required on all supply ductwork concealed in bulkheads. External insulation is not required where acoustic liner has been installed. .5 Insulate all supply, return, exhaust duct located in any uninsulated spaces. .6 Do not insulate return or exhaust duct when located inside theoretical warm space, unless otherwise noted. .7 Insulate exhaust or relief air ductwork within 1.5m (5') of insulated surface penetration, and in cold spaces. .8 Insulate all unheated fresh air, combustion air, and ventilation air inlet ducting. .9 Exposed Rectangular Ducts: Secure rigid insulation with 50% coverage of adhesive and 12 gauge galvanized impale anchor tabs on 400mm (16") centres. Seal joints with 100mm (4") wide foil tape. .10 Round Ducts and Concealed Rectangular Ducts: Adhere flexible insulation to ductwork with adhesive applied in 150mm (6") wide strips on 400mm (16") centres. Provide 16 gauge annealed tie wire, or polypropylene twine, spiral wound or half hitched at 100mm (4") centres for securing duct insulation until adhesive sets. Butt insulation and seal joints and breaks with 100mm (4") foil tape. .11 Acoustic Lining: Apply to interior of ducts where shown. Secure to ductwork with adhesive using 50% coverage and 12 gauge impale anchor tabs on 400mm (16") centres. Cut off excess fastener length and cover with brush coat of sealer. Use 25mm (1") thick insulation unless otherwise noted. Provide vapour barrier located on the warm side for outside air intakes. Ducts with equivalent acoustic insulation do not require external thermal insulation. Seal exposed edges with heavy coat of sealing material. 3.3 Canvas Recovering Jacket .1 Provide recovering jackets on exposed insulation throughout, including insulation located in: .1 Equipment rooms .2 Service Rooms .3 Mechanical Rooms .4 Electrical Rooms .5 Any open or exposed truss space Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington INSULATION DUCTWORK Section 15258 Page 4 of 4 .6 Coat recovering jacket with two coats of waterproof fire retardant coating. 3.4 Insulation Thickness Schedule Ducts and Equipment .1 Supply Air Ducts Warm Space .2 Exhaust Air Ducts .3 Return Air Ducts Warm Space .4 Return Air Ducts Cold Space Insulation Thickness 1 inch 1 inch Not Required 2 inches END OF SECTION 15258 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'II \ " ,i I Ii I II ,'1 I I I II I I I I I II I " il ~I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Cleanouts. .2 Roof drains. .3 Floor drains. .4 Plumbing vents. .5 Domestic hot water heaters. .6 Water service connection. .7 Natural gas service connection. 1.2 Related Work .1 Division 2. .2 Pipe and Pipe Fittings, section 15060. .3 Supports, Anchors and Seals, section 15090. .4 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim, Section 15450. 1.3 General Requirements .1 Provide materials, equipment and labour to install plumbing as required by Provincial and local codes as specified herein. .2 Provide water and drainage connections to equipment specified in other sections of this specification. 1.4 Connection Fees .1 Coordinate the division of responsibility with the utility and provide all services and materials not provided by the utility to complete the connections. .2 Natural Gas: Coordinate the installation of the new gas meter to provide adequate load. Any Gas Company fees, if required, will be paid by the Municipality of Clarington directly. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 2 of 6 1.5 Quality Assurance .1 Provide new equipment, CSA approved. .2 Water heaters: Provide 5 year, unconditional warranty on tank, lining, fittings, burner and gas train. .3 Water heaters shall comply with regulations under the Energy Efficiency Act and related CSA Standards. 1.6 Submittals .1 Roof Drains: Dimensions and installation details. .2 Floor drains: Accessories, dimensions and installation details. .3 Water Hammer Arrestors: Selection criteria, fixture service, capacities and dimensions. .4 Water Heater: Warranties and conditions, dimensions, weights, recovery and storage capacity, electrical or gas requirements, vent requirements, accessories. 1.7 Acceptable Manufacturers .1 Manufacturers of domestic water heaters whose products are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Rheem/Ruud .2 A.O. Smith .3 John Wood PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Cleanouts and Cleanout Accessories .1 Sanitary: Provide caulked or threaded type clean outs extended to unfinished floor or wall surface. .2 Storm: Provide bolted coverplate or threaded clean outs on vertical rainwater leaders. .3 Floor clean out access covers in unfinished areas shall be round with nickel bronze scoriated frames and plates. Wall c1eanouts shall be located behind approved access panels. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'II II ~I ,i! Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 3 of 6 ~I I II j I I I I I I I I ~I :1 . I I I I .4 Provide cleanout inside building at building wall where sanitary and storm services leave the building. .5 See schedules on drawings. 2.2 Roof Drains .1 Roof Drains to be standard flow type. .2 Mechanical coupling: stainless steel clamp to tail piece and adapted dimension for connection to rain water leader. .3 Provide horizontal offset on rainwater leader, 1.0m long minimum, complete with flexible joint (mechanical joint or grooved) to allow for movement of roof and/or rainwater leader. .4 See schedule on drawings. 2.3 Floor Drains .1 See schedule on drawings 2.4 Domestic Hot Water Heaters .1 Provide gas fired domestic hot water heaters meeting CSA Standards. .2 Water heaters shall have the CGA seal of certification and supplied with a factory installed CGA rated temperature and pressure relief valve. .3 Tanks shall be furnished with a tube bundle having a double coating of high temperature porcelain enamel and furnished with magnesium anode rods rigidly supported. .4 Water heaters shall meet or exceed the thermal efficiency and standby loss requirements of ASH RAE Standard 90.1. .5 Tanks shall have a working pressure rating of 150 psi and shall be complete factory assembled, including a pressure regulator properly adjusted. .6 Burners shall be stainless steel. .7 Controls will be arranged for safety shutoff in event of pilot failure. .8 Water heaters with inputs less than 360,00 btuh whall have top, front and rear side inlet/outlet water connections. .9 Water heaters shall be covered by a three (3) year limited warranty against tank leaks. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 4 of 6 .10 Provide CGA approved power vent kit for sidewall venting application approved for use with supplied water heater. .11 Vent terminal shall be constructed from heavy duty, corrosion resistant aluminum. .12 Maximum venting length shall not exceed 50' (15m) equivalent including the vent terminal or as per manufacturer's recommendations. .13 Refer to schedules. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Install vacuum breakers on plumbing lines where contamination of domestic water may occur. Generally necessary on flush valves, hose bibbs and janitor sink trim. .2 Install trap primers where as per schedule and as required by codes. Ganging of trap primer lines to a common location is not acceptable unless approved by the Architect. .3 Drainage lines shall grade 2% grade unless otherwise shown on drawings. .4 Install pressure reducing valves to limit maximum static pressure at plumbing fixtures to 550 kPa (80 psi). .5 Install backflow preventers where indicated on drawings and as required by code. 3.2 Cleanouts and Access Covers .1 Unless otherwise noted, floor cleanouts in finished areas are not approved. .2 Ensure ample clearance at clean out for rodding of drainage systems. .3 Provide c1eanout inside building at building wall where sanitary and storm services leave the building. .4 Provide c1eanouts at the base of each stack. 3.3 Roof Drains .1 Provide horizontal offset on rainwater leader, 1 m (40") long minimum, complete with flexible joint (meChanical joint or grooved) to allow for movement of roof and/or rainwater leader. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II ::1 II I J .:11 , I I II " il ;!i II I I ,I II " I ,I I II ii 'I I .~ II I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 5 of 6 ':1 .2 The roof sump receiver shall be secured to the deck, reinforced below the roof deck as required. Install under deck clamp to stabilize the assembly. 3.4 Vents and Pipe Penetrating Roof .1 Vent and gas pipes shall project through the roof and shall be provided with specified roof jack and flashing flange. Flashing shall be extended 300mm (12") clear on all sides of projecting pipe. .2 Provide vandal resistant flashing caps as specified. .3 Vents specified or provided with vandal resistant, close slotted vent caps shall not be sized less than 50mm (2"). .4 Refer to section 15090, Supports, Anchors and Seals. 3.5 Floor Drains .1 Provide trap primer connected to intermittent operating cold water service on suitable fixture. Ganging of trap primer lines to a common location is not acceptable unless approved by the Architect. .2 Set drain at elevation to allow finished floor to slope to mouth. Coordinate setting elevation with floor finish thickness. .3 Provide flashing of sheet lead or approved nonmetallic membrane where floor drains are located over occupied spaces. 3.6 Service Connections .1 Extend building sanitary and storm sewer services 1.5m (5') outside building walls as shown on drawings. Cleanouts to grade are included in the scope of this Division. Before commencing work, check invert elevations required for sewer connections. Confirm inverts and ensure that these can be properly connected with sufficient slope for drainage. .2 Extend building domestic and fire fighting water service pipe 1.5m (5') outside building walls as shown on drawings. Extension of services to utility mains is not included in the scope of work of this Division. .3 Extend natural gas services from the gas meter to the building as shown on drawings. Gas service distribution piping shall be low pressure. Extension of these services from the gas meter to the building is included in the scope of work of this Division. Provide regulators on each line servicing appliances, sized in accordance with equipment as required. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15400 PLUMBING GENERAL Page 6 of 6 3.7 Domestic Hot Water Heaters .1 Provide thermometers on inlet and outlet of each heater. .2 Provide automatic reseating pressure and temperature relief valve. Pipe to drain. .3 Refer to schedules for performance. END OF SECTION 15400 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I j 1 " I I I " II il II III I I I I I I I I , I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Section 15450 Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Plumbing fixtures and trim 1.2 Requirements .1 Plumbing fixtures shall meet the following requirements where applicable: .1 Ontario Building Code .2 Ontario Plumbing Code .3 Local Codes and Requirements including barrier free 1.3 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Fixtures .1 Provide plumbing fixtures as per schedule. .2 Plumbing Fixtures shall be approved for intended application. .3 Acceptable Manufacturers: American Standard, Crane, Kindred, Haws, Stem- Williams Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM Section 15450 Page 2 of 2 2.2 Trim .1 Provide trim for plumbing fixtures as per schedule. .2 Trim to be suitable for exposed piping application. .3 Acceptable Manufacturer's: Chicago Faucets, Cambridge Brass, Waltec Symmons, Sloan PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Install plumbing fixtures where indicated on drawings. .2 Provide trap easily accessible for service and cleaning. .3 Provide chrome plated rigid or flexible connections with screwdriver stops, reducers, and escutcheons. .4 Install wall mounted fixtures with approved wall carriers. Model to suit installation. .5 Provide caulking around mounting face to seal to wall with clear or white silicone. .6 Thoroughly clean all plumbing fixtures and trim at completion of the project. .7 Fixture height as per code and manufacturer's recommendations unless otherwise noted. .8 Review height of all fixtures for handicap purposes with local authorities to confirm acceptance of type specified. .9 Exposed supply tail pieces, drains and traps on handicapped fixtures are to be insulated with acceptable insulation system. END OF SECTION 15450 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I .;;.... , II " " J I " I! hi I ':ii ~ ';1 I H .,~ 1'1 I h 11 " " .~ :~ ,I " 'II I" ;:1 I I I " il I I] I I II I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15625 UNIT HEATERS Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Related Work .1 General Mechanical Requirements, section 15010 .2 Pipe and Pipe Fittings, section 15060. 1.2 Quality Assurance .1 Unit heaters shall be certified by CSA International for use with natural gas. .2 Unit shall be approved for vertical or horizontal venting. 1.3 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall inciude manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Unit heaters shall have minimum efficiency of 80%. .2 Units shall be factory assembled complete with controls. .3 Units shall be factory tested to ensure proper operation and dependability. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15625 UNIT HEATERS Page 2 of 3 2.2 Cabinet .1 Cabinet shall be constructed of pre-painted heavy gauge cold rolled steel and shall be insulated. .2 Unit shall be furnished with adjustable louvres. .3 Wiring junction box shall be located inside cabinet containing all electrical and safety controls. .4 Unit shall be furnished with hanging brackets or spotnuts for suspending the unit. 2.3 Heat Exchanger .1 .2 2.4 Burner .1 .2 2.5 Fan .1 2.6 Controls Tubular heat exchanger shall be constructed of aluminized steel. Heat exchanger shall have limited warranty for ten (10) years. Burners shall be aluminized steel ins hot type. Burners shall be removable from the unit as a single component for ease of service and each burner shall be removable individually. Fan shall be direct drive propeller type with permanently lubricated fan motor and fan guard. .1 Units shall be furnished with the following: .1 24 volt main gas valve with 100% safety shutoff .2 Direct spark ignition .3 Main shutoff valve .4 Gas pressure regulation .5 Limit Control .6 115/24 volt transformer .7 Low voltage terminal strip I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II l 11 il II II I ii II I I I I I I II I! I I II I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15625 UNIT HEATERS Page 3 of 3 .8 Solid state control board with LED diagnostics .9 Fan timer control- fan on (45 seconds fixed), fan off (150 seconds fixed) .10 Refer to Controls, section 15900 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Venting for units shall not exceed maximum length as per manufacturer's requirements. .2 Maintain clearances as per manufacturer's requirements. 3.2 Performance .1 Refer to schedules. END OF SECTION 15625 Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 This Section covers the general requirements for the design, supply, complete installation, verification, and testing of the standpipe and hose system. .2 Provide all labour, materials, equipment, services, and accessories required to complete the work specified and to ensure complete and operational systems. .3 The standpipe and hose system must be installed as per all codes and requirements as per Section 15300, Clause 1.3. .4 Coordinate with all trades as per Section 15300, Clause 1.4. ,., .5 Provide design requirements as per Section 15300, Clause 1.5. .6 Provide submittals as per Section 15300, Clause 1.6. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 15010 - Mechanical General Requirements 1.3 Reference Standards .1 ULC .2 NFPA 1.4 Coordination .1 This Contractor shall coordinate with other trades prior to the installation of work covered under this contract. .2 Such trades include but are not limited to: .1 Coordinate with sheet metal trade for ductwork obstructions. .2 Coordinate with electrical trade for lighting obstructions. .3 Coordinate with heating and plumbing trades for pipe obstructions. .4 Coordinate with General Contractor regarding wall and floor construction. .3 Additional material, and cutting and patching required resulting from lack of coordination are the responsibility of this Contractor with no additional cost to the Owner. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 2 of 8 1.5 Design .1 This Contractor shall prepare AutoCAD design drawings complete with pipe sizing and hydraulic calculations as per NFPA requirements. .2 Perform certified accurate tests for water supply information or obtain from the Fire Department or Water Utility. .3 Design to have minimum 10% safety factor on pressure requirements and minimum 20% safety factor on flow requirements. 1.6 Submittals .1 This Contractor shall submit design drawings and complete hydraulic calculations sealed and signed by a qualified Professional Engineer registered in Ontario, to the Architect for review prior to construction. .2 The design drawings and submission details to contain all information as outlined in NFPA 13 and as required by the authorities having jurisdiction. .3 Drawings shall be submitted in AutoCAD format. .4 This Contractor shall also submit shop drawings for all components of the fire protection system including but not limited to: .1 Backflow Preventer complete with pressure loss chart .2 Valves including check, gate .3 Accessories including switches, sensor, and gauges .4 Sprinkler Pipe and Fittings .5 Fire Department Connection .5 Submit final reviewed design drawings and hydraulic caiculations to local fire department and local authorities having jurisdiction for approval. .6 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. .7 Submit completed Material and Test Certificate(s), signed by the Contractor's representative, at the completion of the project to the Architect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il I ] ,II !i ;1 ',I ill UI !': .~ I :1 JI <11 p i: I ,I 'I !I I: I I I II ,. I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 3 of 8 1.7 Maintenance Manuals .1 Refer to Section 15010 - General Mechanical Requirements. .2 Include the following into the maintenance manuals: .1 Architect reviewed drawings and calculations .2 As-built drawings .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings .4 Operating and Maintenance Instructions .5 Material and Test Certificates .6 Warranty Letter PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 This Contractor shall provide all labour and materials for a complete and operational sprinkier system for building standpipe and site fire feed including but not limited to: .1 Backflow Preventer .2 Valves .3 Fire department connection .4 Fire Hose Cabinets .5 Piping and fittings .6 Hangers .2 This Contractor shall provide locking devices on all valves. 2.2 Pipe and Fittings .1 Sprinkler pipe and fittings shall meet the requirements of NFPA 14, Standard for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems. .2 Refer to Section 15060 - Pipe and Pipe Fittings. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 4 of 8 2.3 Valves .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 Valves shall be rated for 1200kPa (175 psi) or 350kPa (50psi) above working pressure whichever is greater. Valves 63mm (2Yo") and over shall be grooved or flanged. All isolation valves at header to be gear operated butterfly valves. Provide NPT drain valves in locations as required complete with hose end, cap, and chain. All valves in sprinkler header or sprinkler lines shall be locked. 2.4 Backflow Preventer .1 Provide backflow preventer complete with two independent acting spring loaded swing check assemblies and two OS& Y Valves. .2 Backflow preventer shall have bronze body, stainless steel springs, and three chambers complete with test cocks on each chamber. .3 Provide swing check valve in line of fire department connection same size as line. .4 Acceptable Manufacturers: Watts, Ames, Conbraco 2.5 Fire Department Connection .1 Fire department connection shall be double siamese, 64mm x 64mm x 100mm (2W x 2Yo" x 4") complete with plate marked "STANDPIPE" in 50mm high letters. Confirm size of inlet required with local fire department. .2 Provide brass screw cap with locking ring, painted with two (2) coats of red enamel primer suitable for outdoor conditions on each inlet .3 Provide a listed check valve for fire department connection. .4 Provide approved 13mm (Yo") threaded automatic ball drip connection. 2.6 Fire Hose Cabinets .1 Fire hose cabinets in soccer arena shall be surface mounted National Fire Equipment Ltd. Model CS-800-6 with plexi-glass front complete with 38mm (1W) valve with 10lb dry chemical fire extinguisher. .2 Fire hose cabinets in other areas shall be recessed mounted National Fire Equipment Ltd. Model "Knight" CK-1002-6 with glass front complete with 38mm (1 W) valve and 1 Olb dry chemical fire extinguisher. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I i],' I :1 i'i I 1::: I I ,II , ~ " I I ii II ~ I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 5 of 8 .3 Cabinets, valves and extinguishers shall be ULC listed, FM approved, and conform to NFPA 14. .4 Fire hose cabinets shall be complete with: .1 Model A 156 38mm (1 W) adjustable, forged brass, pressure restricting angle hose valve c/w red hand wheel. .2 Model S-4 stationary hose rack with independent swivelling pins complete with Model S-5 automatic water stop. .3 30m (100') of 38mm (1 W) diameter 'Poly-Flex" hose, 100% synthetic, with Model A70BO forged brass couplings. .4 Model A7B 38mm forged brass combination nozzle adjustable for fog, straight stream, and shut-off, with rubber bumper. .5 Model ABC 4.5kg (101b) multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguisher with 4A and 60BC rating. .5 Cabinet shall be: .1 18 gauge (1.19mm) baked white enamel corrosion protected steel tub. .2 14 gauge (2mm) grey baked enamel corrosion protected steel door and frame with hollow channel reinforcement. .3 762mm (30") x 762mm (30") x 152mm (6") large enough for complete assembly .4 Full length semi-concealed piano hinge door .5 Plexi-glass viewing panel for soccer arena cabinets and 5mm glass viewing panel for other areas. 2.7 Pipe Supports and Hangers .1 Adjustable, galvanized clevis pipe supports and hangers shall be used in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. .2 Hangers shall be ULC listed and FM approved for use in sprinkler systems. .3 Refer to Section 15090 - Supports, Anchors and Seals. 2.8 Gauges .1 Provide listed pressure gauges with connection not smaller than 6mm (v.") at system main drain and at each fire hose cabinet on outlet side of pressure Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 6 of 8 reducing valve. .2 Pressure gauges shall have a maximum limit not less than twice the normal working pressure. 2.8 Drainage .1 Provide main drain test connections where required in locations that will permit fiow tests of water supplies and connections and so that the valve can be opened wide for a sufficient time to assure a proper test without causing water damage. .2 Provide auxiliary drains for trapped where required areas as per NFPA. 2.9 Tags, Nameplates, and Data Plates .1 Provide engraved brass tags identifying all valves. .2 Provide hydraulic data nameplate as per the current edition of NFPA 13 to be mounted on the standpipe riser. .3 Refer to Section 15010- General Mechanical Requirements 2.10 Maintenance and Accessories .1 Provide one of each piece of maintenance equipment as recommended by the manufacturer. .2 Provide a red, metal, lockable cabinet to be mounted on the wall to contain maintenance equipment. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General Installation .1 Install the standpipe system in accordance with codes and regulations as listed above, and as per manufacturers recommendations .2 Do not conceal any work prior to Inspection and approval by Architect and reviewing authorities. .3 Do not trap any part of the system unless approved by the Architect. Provide drum drip or low point drains for trapped areas. .4 Provide signage as required by Fire Department and authorities having jurisdiction. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 i II I ,~ I 1.:" ~! ill ~ ,II ..~ I iI il 'I ,~ il II " I I I "1 j: I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 7 of 8 3.2 Standpipe System .1 Standpipe piping shall be located so as not to interfere with other equipment, ductwork, and piping. Confirm with other trades prior to installation. Where piping has to be relocated it shall be done at no extra cost to the Owner. .2 Standpipe sprinkler piping shall be installed in straight lines parallel to building structure and shall not interfere with head room. .3 Confirm all valves are locked. 3.3 Backflow Preventer .1 Backflow preventers shall have minimum 1 m (3') clearance above the device for connection and operation of testing equipment. 3.4 Fire Department Connection .1 Locate fire department connection so that hose lines can be readily and conveniently attached without interference from nearby objects. Confirm location of fire department connection in the field and confirm it is within 45m (150ft) of nearest fire hydrant. .2 Isolate fire department connection from main header with a listed swing check valve in the line. Check valve should be located for easy accessibility and to minimize freezing potential. 3.5 Fire Hose Cabinets .1 Fire hose cabinets shall be mounted in a location easily accessible by fire department as indicated on the drawings. .2 Confirm exact locations with General Contractor. General Contractor to prepare wall for recessed mounting where applicable. 3.6 Pipe Supports and Hangers .1 Install horizontal and vertical hangers and supports in locations in accordance with NFPA 13 and NFPA 14. 3.7 Gauges .1 Pressure gauges shall be installed to permit removal and shall be located where they will not be subject to freezing. 3.8 Drainage .1 All sprinkler pipe shall be installed so that system can be drained. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15530 FIRE PROTECTION Page 8 of 8 .2 Provisions shall be made to properly drain all parts of the system. .3 Drain pipes shall not expose any part of the system to freezing. 3.9 Tags, Nameplates, and Data Plates .1 Mount tags and nameplates securely on components to ensure permanent installation. .2 Mount hydraulic data nameplates so they are clearly visible on the riser in the Sprinkler Room. 3.10 Maintenance and Accessories .1 Mount cabinet in Sprinkler Room. 3.11 Inspections .1 Do not conceal any work prior to Inspection and approval by Architect and reviewing authorities. .2 Provide Architect minimum 48 hours notice prior to inspection. 3.12 Tests .1 Hydrostatically test standpipe system including water supply connections and fire department connection. Provide all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to complete the test. .2 Tests to be done at a 350kPa (50 psi) in excess of normal working pressure but not less than 1400 kPa (200 psi) for a period of two (2) hours under the supervision of the authority having jurisdiction and the Architect. .3 Repair any leaks and make adjustments and repeat until test is without leaks and satisfactory to the authority having jurisdiction and the Architect. .4 Test and verify all valves are locked. .5 Complete Material and Test Certificate(s) for each zone during testing. Certificates to be signed by Contractor's representative performing tests. Submit to Architect and include in maintenance manuals. END OF SECTION 15530 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I di I '1 i, "I ftl ,I ,.~ II ":1 ::",'. i,~ 'I ", :i I I::! I .~ I " "I ,I q il '!i I " il ..~ , !I I' ,I il I! I II i! I I I . II Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Packaged air handling units .2 Operating controls. .3 Vandalism protection guards on condensing coils. 1.2 Related Work .1 Balancing, section 15043. .2 Commissioning, section 15044. .3 Documentation, Manuals and Record Drawings, Section 15045. .4 Controls, section 15900. 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 Meet the requirements of CSA, CGA Provincial and Municipal Codes and be CSA listed. .2 Comply with standard CAN/CSA C746-93 Performance Standard for Rating Large Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps. Submit certification letter or other confirmation with shop drawings. .3 Test and rate cooling system to ARI Standard 210. .4 Provide units of manufacturer's who provide local service personnel from factory representative, franchised dealer or certified maintenance service shop. .5 Fans shall confirm to AMCA Bulletins regarding construction and testing. .6 Filter media shall be UL listed. .7 Units shall be approved and labeled for operation at 60'F if required by Gas Inspection Branch Regulations. .8 Polyphase, squirrel cage, single speed NEMAlEEMAC Design A or B induction motors, between 1 hp and 200 hp, whether in packaged equipment or not, shall comply with the current requirements of the Ontario Energy Efficiency Standards Regulation, and specifically, CSA C390- 93 Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Three Phase Induction Motors. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 2 of 8 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop drawings must be submitted and reviewed by the Architect prior to the contractor ordering or shipping any subject equipment. Payments will not be processed for equipment not properly documented and reviewed under the terms of submittal. .2 Submit certified shop drawings for the following: .1 .2 .3 .4 .5 .6 .7 .8 .9 .10 .11 .12 .13 .14 .15 .16 1.5 Warranty Fan curves and sound data. Heating, cooling and air delivery performance data. Filter frame and media details, dimensions and efficiency. Coil materials, pressure drop, accessories. Burner materials, temperatures, controls, accessories. Compressor details, isolation and accessories. Refrigeration specialties and accessories. Fan details, isolation and details. Cabinet construction, gauge, access doors, fasteners. Condenser guards. Dimensions and weights. Power wiring diagrams and electrical characteristics. Control wiring diagrams and interfacing details. Calculations and technical data to support drive selection. Maintenance requirements. Installation and hoisting instructions. .1 Provide ten (10) year unconditional parts warranty on heat exchangers. .2 Provide five (5) year unconditional parts warranty on compressor unit. I~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ,11 I H ',I .j I H' .ii 'il 'ill :1 ii Iii I ,Ii :Ii I:'i " Iii III 1':: III li11 ~ I >';;1 'ill I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 3 of 8 1.6 Acceptable Manufacturers .1 Manufacturers of combination heating/cooling units whose products are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Lennox .2 Carrier .3 York .4 Alternate manufacturers must be pre-approved by the Architect. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Type .1 Provide natural gas fired, electric cooling air handling units of unitary design suitable for low pressure operation in configurations shown on the drawings. .2 Units shall be self-contained, packaged, factory assembled and pre-wired consisting of a cabinet and frame, supply fan, heat exchanger and burner controls, air filter, refrigerant cooling coils and compressor, condenser coil and fan. .3 Options to include the following: .1 Internal power supply entry. .2 Economizer section on heating and cooling units. .3 Damper section on fresh air units. .4 Factory supplied disconnect switch, lockable, weather proof. .5 Roof curb. .6 Refrigeration specialties, refer to specification. ~I ~ JI ..~ I I :1 II .7 Control system specialties, refer to specification. .8 Utility receptacle, 120 volt, in cabinet. .9 Vandalism protection guards on condensing coils (condensing fan birdscreen). .10 Crankcase heater Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 4 of 8 2.2 Construction .1 Cabinet: Heavy gauge steel with baked enamel finish, easily removed access doors, or panels with quick fasteners. Structural member shall be minimum 18 gauge, with removable panels minimum 20 gauge. .2 Power: Provide single, weatherproof, lockable disconnect switch mounted on the unit. Provide all required transformers and protection and a duplex, 120 volt receptacle in the control cabinet. Power entry to the unit is to be from inside unit, through the roof frame. .3 Drain pans shall be heavy gauge, one piece, galvanized steel with welded corners. Provide drain pans under coils. 2.3 Insulation .1 Insulate unit panels with 25mm (1") thick neoprene liner (or other approved lining) coated fibrous glass acoustic insulation, "K" value at 750F maximum 0.038 w/m'F. .2 Insulate all sections handling supply, return or fresh air. 2.4 Fans - Supply .1 Forward curved or backward inclined, double width, double inlet, centrifugal type with multi-blade wheel, statically and dynamically balanced, belt drive. .2 Install fans on solid or hollow steel shafts as required. Mount on self-aligning ball bearings. Extend lubrication fittings to exterior of fan casing. .3 Provide variable sheaves or multi-speed motors. .4 Supply fans shall be spring isolated on steel bases. .5 Fan hubs and sheaves shall be keyed to shafts for fans over % HP. Use of flat ground surface and set screws are not approved. .6 Select variable and adjustable pitch sheaves unless otherwise specified, so that required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position, and approximate speed adjustment of 25%. .7 Rate drive as recommended by manufacturer, but minimum 1.5 times power rating of the motor. Submit calculations and technical data with shop drawings, to support drive selection. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I 'i I .~ ," I " " ," ,i1 II :ii ,~ I ,I "II ,I fl I.:; I", I!i I ilii ,..1 ;:i I , ~ 'Ii Ii I Ii ,i I ill jl (I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 5 of 8 2.5 Burner .1 Heat exchangers shall be of the tubular section type constructed of a minimum of 20 gauge steel coated with a nominal 1.2 mil aluminum-silicone alloy for corrosion resistance. .2 Gas Burner: Forced or induced draft type burner, single or double stage, with adjustable combustion air supply, pressure regulator, gas valves, manual shutoff, intermittent spark ignition, flame sensing device, and automatic 100% shutoff. .3 Gas Burner Safety Controls: Energize ignition, limit time for establishment of flame, prevent opening of gas valve until pilot flame is proven. stop gas flow on ignition failure. Energize blower motor. After air flow proven and slight delay, gas valve is allowed to open. .4 High limit control with fixed stop at maximum permissible setting, de-energizes burner on excessive bonnet temperature and energizes burner when temperature drops to lower safe value. 2.6 Filters - Non Metal Frame .1 To be 50mm (2") pleated replaceable media. 2.7 Damper Section - Economizer .1 Provide casing box with parallel steel dampers on steel shafts, in nylon bearings. Arrange dampers for mixing of air streams. Provide access door. .2 Operator: Modulating motor, adjustable minimum position set point, capable of receiving and responding to direct current signal varying from zero to ten volts. Coordinate with control requirements. Equal to Belimo AF-24-SR. .3 Refer to Section 15900, Controls. 2.8 Evaporator Coil .1 Enclose coils in coil section with headers and U-bends fully contained within the casing. .2 Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with galvanized drain pan and connection, capillary tubes or expansion valve up to 5 tons capacity and expansion valves for 7.5 tons capacity and greater. 2.9 Compressor .1 Provide hermetic or semi-hermetic compressor, 3,600 rpm maximum, spring mounted with positive lubrication, crankcase heater, high and low pressure safety controls, motor overload protection, service valves and filter dryer. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 6 of 8 .2 Timed off circuit shall limit number of compressor starts to 12 per hour. .3 Outdoor thermostat shall energize compressor above 140C ambient. .4 Compressor to be spring isolated on steel base. 2.10 Condenser .1 Provide copper tube aluminum fin coil assembly with sub-cooling rows. .2 Provide direct drive axial fans, resiliently mounted, with fan guard, motor overload protection, wired to operate with compressor. 2.11 Operating Controls .1 Provide low voltage control system, complete with interlock devices and accessories as required. Provide all required devices, both remote and internal, to complete the intent of the drawings and specifications. .2 Economizer motors to be capable of receiving direct current, varying voltage signal directly from the control system. .3 Refer to section 15900, Controls. 2.12 Condenser Protection Guards .1 Provide standard factory condenser fan birdscreens. 2.13 Roof Curb .1 Factory manufactured, heavy gauge galvanized steel, bolted construction, for field assembly. .2 Top flanges for mating to rooftop unit support surface, and the duct connections. .3 Bottom flange for securing to roof deck and support accessories. .4 Curbs must be minimum 300 mm (12") higher than the top of the roof, unless noted otherwise. If manufactured curbs do not comply with this requirement, pressure treated wood blocking will be required, under the curbs, to raise the lip to the spedfled clearance. 2.14 Spare Parts .1 Supply one (1) complete set of spare belts and filters for all units. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 7 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General .1 Provide complete and clear shop drawings and wiring diagrams previously reviewed by the Architect. .2 Factory trained technician shall be present during start-up. A performance report shall be produced at that time by the factory representative. 3.2 Roof Curb Installation and Inspection .1 Secure roof curb to deck in compliance with seismic restraint specifications. Curbs shall not be set on deck without restraint. .2 Provide flange gasket material to perfectly seal ducts to bottom of rooftop unit. Provide caulking and sealing material to create weather proof fittings. .3 Roof curbs have a minimum height requirement. If manufactured curbs do not comply with this requirement, pressure treated wood blocking will be required, under the curbs, to raise the lip to the specified clearance. .4 Provide insulation on the curb side wall, with insulation value matching the roof insulation. The minimum standard of acceptance will be 32mm (1'/.") thick rigid foam insulation with an insulation value of 7.5 deg F / sq.ft. / hour/btu R). .5 Flash and counter flash with galvanized steel, to make waterproof. .6 Natural gas rough-in is specified under other Sections. The rough-in is to be in a position no closer than 500 mm (20") from the unit gas vent or power vent discharge, and in position that does not hinder access to any panel or feature for service, repair or maintenance. .7 Gas pressure regulating valve relief pipe is to be extended upward and remote from the gas vent and the fresh air intake, in compliance with current codes. Provide support and bracing as required. .8 Call for inspection of rough in location and method prior to roofing operations. System rough not acceptable to the Architect or Owner will be changed at the direction of the Architect. .9 Call for inspection of duct terminations prior to placing rooftop equipment. All duct flanging and gasketing systems must be inspected or equipment will be removed for specified inspection. 3.3 Condenser Protection Guards .1 Provide guard screens on all new rooftop units. Confirm dimensions and required quantity by site survey. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington PACKAGED ROOFTOP HEATING COOLING Section 15771 Page 8 of 8 3.4 Spare Parts .1 Turn over one (1) complete set of belts and filters to Architect upon completion of work prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION 15771 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 jl I I I I I 'II i] j ill 11 .'1 'Ii ]1 II ~ ;':1 JI 1,;1 i:1 I I I 'I I 1. II ~ II Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15820 EXHAUST FANS Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Work Included .1 Wall mounted fans .2 Cabinet fans .3 Fan accessories 1.2 Related Work .1 General Mechanical Requirements, section 15010 .2 Ductwork, section 15840. .3 Duct Accessories, section 15860. 1.3 Quality Assurance .1 Conform to AMCA Bulletins regarding construction and testing. Fans shall bear AMCA certified rating seal. .2 Polyphase, squirrel cage, single speed NEMA/EEMAC Design A or B induction motors, between 1 hp and 200 hp whether in packaged equipment or not, shall comply with the current requirements of the Ontario Hydro Efficiency Standards Regulation, and specifically, CSA C390- 93 Energy Efficiency Test Methods for Three Phase Induction Motors. 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop drawings must be submitted and reviewed by the Architect prior to the contractor ordering or shipping any subject equipment. Payments will not be processed for equipment not properiy documented and reviewed under the terms of submittal. .2 Submit certified shop drawings for the following: .1 Fan curves and sound data, with fan and system operating point plotted on curves. .2 Calculations and technical data to support drive selection. .3 Fan details, isolation and details. .4 Cabinet construction, gauge, access doors, fasteners. .5 Maintenance requirements. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15820 EXHAUST FANS Page 2 of 4 1.5 Job Conditions .1 Do not operate fans for any purpose, temporary or permanent untii ductwork is clean, filters in place, bearings lubricated and fan has been run under close supervision. 1.6 Acceptable Manufacturers .1 Manufacturers of exhaust fans whose products are approved in principle, but subject to requirements of drawings and specifications are: .1 Greenheck, Penn, Jenn Air, Acme, Carnes, Loren Cook. 1.7 Alternatives .1 Equivalent fan selections shall not decrease motor power, increase noise level, increase tip speed by more than 10% or increase inlet air velocity by more than 20% from that specified. .2 Refer to section 15010, Acceptable Materials and Equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Statically and dynamically balance fans so no objectionable vibration or noise is transmitted to occupied areas of the building. .2 Provide balanced variable sheaves. .3 Fans shall be capable of accommodating static pressure variations of +10% with no objectionable operating characteristics. .4 Unless otherwise noted, include all motors and drive combinations with eiectrical characteristics as detailed elsewhere. .5 Fan hubs and sheaves shall be keyed to shafts for fans over % hp. Use of flat ground surface and set screws are not approved. .6 Select variable and adjustable pitch sheaves unless otherwise specified, so that required rpm is obtained with sheaves set at mid-position, and approximate speed adjustment of 25%. .7 Rate drive as recommended by manufacturer, but minimum 1.5 times power rating of the motor. Submit calculations and technical data with shop drawings, to support drive selection. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II 'i . I I '. Ii t,~ . II " II !i II :1 ~I II iii , 'ill " , I" I, 1:1 HI I'll IH: ~I I:': ~ll i,1 , I ~ I) !,i I J :)! ~ I i~ (I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15820 EXHAUST FANS Page 3 of 4 .8 Fans shall bear the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both sound and air performance. 2.2 Wall Mounted Propeller Fans .1 Propellers shall be constructed with heavy duty cast aluminum blades and hubs. A standard square key and set screw or tapered bushing shall lock the propeller to the motor shaft. All propellers shall be statically and dynamically balanced. .2 Motors shall be permanently lubricated, heavy duty, ball bearing type. Carefully match to the fan load and furnish at the specified voltage and phase. All motors over % hp and larger shall be TEFC type. .3 Motor drive frame assemblies and fan panel shall be galvanized steel. Drive frame assemblies shall be welded wire or formed channels and fan panels shall have pre-punched mounting holes, formed flanges, and a deep formed inlet venture. Drive frames and panels shall be bolted construction or welded construction. 2.3 Cabinet Fans .1 Fans shall be of the centrifugal belt driven in-line type. The fan housing shall be of the square design constructed of heavy gauge galvanized steel and shall include square duct mounting collars. .2 Cabinet shall be heavy gauge metal with galvanized or baked enamel finish. .3 Fan construction shall include two removable access panels located perpendicular to the motor mounting panel. The access panels must be of sufficient size to permit easy access to all interior components. . Provide junction box for wiring. Provide brushed aluminum or baked enamel grille or duct connection on inlet, and duct connection flange on outlet. .4 The fan wheel shall be centrifugal backward inclined, constructed of aluminum and shall include a wheel cone carefully matched to the inlet cone for precise running tolerances. .5 Motors shall be heavy duty ball bearing type. Motors and drives shall be mounted out of the airstream. Motors shall be readily accessible for maintenance. .6 Precision ground and polished fan shafts shall be mounted in permanently sealed, lubricated pillow block ball bearings. Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L50) life in excess of 200,000 hours at maximum catalogued operating speed. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15820 EXHAUST FANS Page 4 of 4 .7 Accessories: .1 NEMA 1 pre-wired disconnect switch. .2 Multi-blade, rattle free, backdraft damper with felt lined blade edges. .3 Time delay off switch where indicated. .4 Speed controller where indicated. 2.4 Controls .1 Time Delay Off: Single gang, 120 volt toggle switch to operate lights and fan immediately and maintain fan running for a period of 4 to 15 minutes after lights turned off. Equal to Penn Airminder AM12. .2 Combination On/Off and Speed Control: Solid state, 120 volt single gang rotating switch to vary fan speed from 50% to 100%. 2.5 Spare Parts .1 Supply one (1) complete set of spare belts for all units. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Conceal in ceiling space except in unfinished areas. .2 Where inlet or outlet is exposed, provide safety screen. .3 Provide belt guards on belt driven fans. .4 Supply and install sheaves as necessary for final air balancing. 3.2 Spare Parts .1 Tum over one (1) complete set of belts to Architect upon completion of work prior to substantial completion. END OF SECTION 15820 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15830 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Requirements .1 Air terminal units shall meet the following standards and requirements: .1 ASHRAE .2 ARI .3 NFPA 90A .4 ULC .5 Local Codes and Requirements .2 Air flow tests and sound levels shall be made in accordance with ASH RAE standards. .3 Manufacturers shall certify performance and application. 1.2 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15830 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Page 2 of 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Air flow tests and sound levels shall be made in accordance with ASH RAE standards. .2 The assemblies shall be pressure independent and shall reset to any air flow between zero and the maximum catalogued air volume. .3 Performance shall be ARI certified. Manufacturers shall certify performance and application. .4 At an inlet velocity of 2000 fpm, the differential static pressure for any unit with attenuator section, sizes 4 through 16, shall not exceed 0.11" w.g. NC shall not exceed 20 at 1.0" w.g. .5 The air flow sensor shall be of a cross configuration located at the inlet of the assembly. The sensor shall have twelve total pressure sensing ports and a centre averaging chamber designed to accurately average the flow across the inlet of the assembly. Sensor shall provide accuracy within 5% with a 900 sheet metal elbow directly at the inlet of the assembly. The sensor shall amplify the sensed air flow signal. .6 The assembly casing shall be constructed of 22 gauge zinc coated steel, internally lined with 19mm (%") thick, dual density fiberglass insulation which complies with UL-181 and NFPA 90A. Any cut edges of fiberglass exposed to the airstream shall be coated with NFPA 90A approved sealant. .7 The primary air valve damper shall be heavy gauge metal, with peripheral gasket, pivoted in self-lubricating bearings. In the full closed position, air leakage past the closed damper shall not exceed 2% of the nominal catalogue rating at 3" inlet static pressure, as rated by ARI Standard 880. 2.2 Controls .1 Controls shall include electronic controller, electronic flow transducer and electric actuator, supplied by the terminal unit manufacturer. .2 All components shall be factory wired, calibrated and pre-tested to ensure a fully functional unit. .3 The electronic thermostat shall be furnished by the terminal unit manufacturer and include temperature set point and velocity adjustments located in the thermostat. .4 The electronic control package shall be calibrated and factory set for the maximum and minimum flow rates as scheduled on the drawings. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !I I I I I ,11 ]11 :! I :~ :1 I,ll i ~ 1::1 II ~ I '1 i;!i I " I " 'I ":i ,~ I I '! t~ I ,H I ;~ ~: '~ I ,j 1111 '; II Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15830 AIR TERMINAL UNITS Page 3 of 3 .5 The air terminal shall be designed, installed and field adjusted, if necessary, to maintain controlled pressure independent air flow. .6 All control components shall be mounted inside a protective metal shroud. 2.3 Manufacturer .1 Acceptable Manufacturer: Price, Nailor PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Provide a balance damper at the inlet of all air terminal units. .2 Field adjust, if necessary, to maintain controlled pressure independent minimum and maximum air flows. END OF SECTION 15830 I il ~,;! I " " Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15840 DUCTWORK Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL I II I I I I ~I i 'I I ~I ':i I :: 'i I ;, " , 'II ~ 1'1 , i: II 'I 1.1 Work Included .1 Ductwork and Plenums .2 Fasteners .3 Sealants 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 15010 - General Mechanical Requirements .2 Duct Insulation, Section15258 .3 Packaged Rooftop Heating Cooling Units, Section 15771 .4 Fans, Section 15820 .5 Duct Accessories, Section 15860 .6 Air Outlets, Section 15870 1.3 Reference Standards .1 Ontario Building Code .2 ASH RAE .3 SMACNA .4 NFPA 90A - Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems .5 ASTM A525 .6 ULC .7 Local Codes and Requirements PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Provide ductwork as recommended and specified in the latest revision of the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association incorporated (SMACNA). Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15840 DUCTWORK Page 2 of 4 2.2 Sheet Metal .1 Sheet Metal shall be best quality lockforming galvanized sheet metal. Galvanizing shall be to ASTM A525 (G90), having a thickness of 0.054 mm and weighing not less than 0.31 kg/m2 on each surface. 2.3 Fasteners .1 Fasteners shall be sheet metal screws, rivets, and bolts. 2.4 Hangers .1 Hangers shall be 1"x1"x1/8" angle c/w y." threaded rod for duct sizes up to 300mm (12") and 3/8" threaded rod for duct sizes larger than 300mm (12"). 2.5 Duct Sealer .1 Duct Sealer shall be Duro-Dyne to provide a maximum of 2% air leakage throughout. 2.6 Turning Vanes .1 Tuming Vanes shall be of steel construction with prime coat finish and complete with supports and fastenings. 2.7 Acoustic Insulation .1 Acoustic insulation shall be 25mm (1 ") thick and installed in first 1.5m (5') of supply and retum ductwork and as indicated on drawings. .2 Refer to Section 15258 - Insulation Ductwork. PART 3 - FABRICATION 3.1 General .1 All ductwork and fittings shall be constructed in accordance with SMACNA and ASHRAE standards. .2 Coordinate with other trades prior to fabricating ductwork. .3 All ductwork including sleeves through walls and floor shall be acoustically lined as specified. 3.2 Ductwork .1 Rectangular ducts to be rigid. Cross breaking is required on ducts wider than 300mm (12"). I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ii I " II I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15840 DUCTWORK Page 3 of 4 3.3 Fittings .1 Round elbows shall have a minimum center line radius of 1.5 times the duct width. .2 Square elbows, or fittings with center line radius less than 1.5 times duct width or approved standards, shall have air foil type turning vanes to allow proper air flow. Perforated metal type turning vanes shall be used when duct is acoustically lined. .3 Duct increases and decreases must be gradual with maximum 15 degree angie. 3.4 Acoustic Insulation .1 Pin and glue acoustic insulation as per ASH RAE Standards. .2 Refer to Section 15258 - Insulation Ductwork. PART 4 - EXECUTION 4.1 Installation .1 All ductwork and fittings shall be installed in accordance with SMACNA and ASHRAE standards. .2 Ductwork shall be properly constructed, braced, connected and jointed. Suspend with hangers to SMACNA Standards. .3 Leave smooth finish on edges and interior of duct runs. For duct sizes less than 300mm in width, use "s and drive" or equivalent slip joint method. For duct sized 300mm and larger use Ductmate flange joint method. .4 Supports and hangers shall be installed at minimum intervals of 8 feet for duct sizes up to 5 feet in width and at minimum intervals of 4 feet for duct sizes 5 feet and over in width. .5 Coordinate with other trades prior to installing ductwork. .6 Ducts and joints shall be tight and rigid so as not to leak, rattle, or vibrate. .7 Seal all ducts throughout with approved duct sealant as specified and have it inspected by the Consultant. .8 Install ductwork to allow adequate space for normal operation and maintenance of equipment nearby. .9 Where ducts pass through walls, seal around ducts with noncombustible material. ,'!;.~ Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15840 DUCTWORK Page 4 of 4 .10 All open ductwork, not being worked on, must be completely covered during construction phase until all sanding, plastering, painting, and finishing is complete. .11 Inspect and test ductwork prior to any required painting or insulation for air leakage at joints and connections under normal operating conditions. Air leakage tests shall be done in accordance with SMACNA requirements and shall not exceed 2%. .12 All openings through wall must be sleeved and lined as specified. Openings shall be 50mm (2") larger all around than duct or piping and filled with fireproof Rockwool type insulation c/w fire retardant sealant both sides. 4.2 Cleaning .1 Prior to starting HVAC equipment, inspect and clean all equipment, and ductwork on the inside and outside to ensure that they are completely free from dust and debris. Install clean filters in systems requiring filters. END OF SECTION 15840 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I 1 ~I "', Ii II 'I il i1 'I 'I I il !! II " " ;1 I i,' I II I "I n I ,ill ii I .~ I Ii 11 I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 5 PART 1 . GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as applicable. .2 Conform to Section 15010, General Mechanical Requirements, as applicable. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 15010 - General Mechanical Requirements 1.3 Reference Standards .1 Ontario Building Code .2 ASHRAE .3 SMACNA .4 NFPA 90A - Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems .5 ULC .6 CSA .7 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. "A... Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 5 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 All required accessories shall conform to ASH RAE and SMACNA standards and recommendations. 2.2 Fire Dampers .1 Galvanized steel or prime coated black steel, weighted or spring loaded to close and lock in closed position when released by fusible link. .2 Fire dampers in low pressure duct work may be multi blade offset butterfly or curtain type. .3 Provide combination fire and balancing dampers with linkage readily adjustable in open position. Provide adjustable multi-blade spring loaded type. Extended link strap type is not approved. .4 Curtain fire dampers shall have blades retained in a recess, so that free area of connecting duct work is not reduced. .5 Fusible links shall be set for 600F above unit high limit setting, or 2120F, whichever is greater. .6 Fire dampers on air outlet round throats shall be double flap steel construction, bolted assembly complete with support plate, equal to Canadian Advanced Air Model 0721. 2.3 Balancing Dampers .1 Multi-blade damper: Galvanized steel minimum 16 gauge, provide with quadrants or adjustment rods and lock screw. .2 Single blade damper: Galvanized steel minimum 18 gauge, provide with quadrants and lock screw. .3 Fabricate splitter dampers of double thickness sheet metal to streamline shape, properly stiffened to avoid vibration. Size on basis of straight air volume proportioning. .4 Fabricate single blade dampers for duct sizes to maximum 250mm x 750mm (10" x 30"). .5 Fabricate multi-blade dampers of opposed blade pattem with maximum blade sizes 300mm (12") to 1.8m (6'). Assemble centre and edge crimped blades in prime coated or galvanized channel frame with approved type hardware. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I il 11 I I I I '~ I i! ,i I r~ Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES Page 3 of 5 2.4 Access Doors .1 Access Doors shall be rigid galvanized steel with sealing gaskets to ensure properciose fit. .2 Access Doors shall have minimum two hinges and one sash lock for sizes up to 250mm (10"), and two hinges and tow compression latches for sizes up to 600mm (24"). 2.5 Flexible Connections .1 Flexible Connections shall be Duro Dyne heavy glass, UL approved, non- combustible, waterproof fabric, double coated with neoprene and shall be 150 mm minimum width, 0.81 mm thick, and weighing 1.1 kg/m2. .2 Flexible connectors shall be attached to 24 gauge metal strips minimum 75mm (3") wide. 2.6 Automatic Dampers i: I:ill f,~: i'l Ii I ri ill I :11 ".j 'Ii I 'ii :11 ,,~ :i "I " jl " ill II .1 Automatic dampers shall be in 16 gauge galvanized steel or extruded aluminum multiple blade mounted in 12 gauge, steel or extruded aluminum flanged frame. .2 Individual blades shall not exceed 150mm (6") in width or 1.2m (4') in length. .3 Provide interlocking edges and compressible seals, oil impregnated bronze or nylon bearings with additional thrust bearings for vertical blades. .4 Prime coat steel dampers. .5 Air flow with the damper in the closed position shall not exceed 100 cfm (47 I/s) for each square meter of cross sectional area at a differential pressure of 248.6 kPa (1" w.c.) .6 Opposed Slade Dampers: Use for shut off service, modulating service without companion dampers, throttling services. .7 Parallel Blade Dampers: Use for mixing or relief service, variable position service with companion dampers. .8 Refer to section 15900, Controls for operator and control. 2.7 Electric Duct Heaters .1 Heaters shall be CSA approved and complete with two stage control. .2 Coils shall be iron-free, 80% nickel, 20% chrome and shall be insulated by floating ceramic bushings from frame. .3 Frame shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel, sturdy, light-weight construction. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES Page 4 of 5 .4 Coil terminal pins shall be insulated by means of non-rotating ceramic bushings. .5 Duct heater shall be equipped with automatic reset cut-outs except those rated 30 kW and less shall be manual reset disc type thermal cut-outs. Cut-outs shall be shielded from accidental impact, shall be serviceable through the terminal box and each individually shall de-energize the entire heater in case of overheating. .6 Heaters shall be equipped with magnetic contactors, 24 volt, transformer, pressure differential switch. Contactors shall be CSA approved for 250,000 operations. Contactors shall be mounted on separate "cradle" within the terminal box for effective noise reduction. .7 Heaters shall be non-sensitive to air flow direction and interchangeable for horizontal or vertical ducts. Heaters shall be CSA approved for zero clearance in horizontal ducts. 2.8 Test Ports .1 Test ports shall be Duro Dyne IP-4 complete with screw in cap, neoprene gasket, insulating plug, and extensions for insulated ductwork. PART 3 . EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Provide access doors of adequate size to service, maintain, or inspect within duct stream where required. Locations include but are not limited to automatic dampers, fire dampers, and filters. .2 Install flexible connections where rigid duct connects to equipment that is susceptible to vibration and as indicated on drawings. .3 Install opposed blade automatic control dampers as indicated on drawings. .4 Install instrument test ports to allow Pitot tube insertion with cam-action handle. 3.2 Fire Dampers .1 Confirm rating of devices with ratings of surfaces or separations. .2 Provide fire dampers at locations shown, where ducts and outlets pass through fire rated components, and where required by authorities having jurisdiction. .3 Fire dampers shall be complete with required perimeter mounting angles, sleeves, breakaway duct connections, corrosion resistant springs, bearings, bushings and hinges. I I I I I I I I I I I 'i I I I I I I I I ,I I I; II i! il il ,II 'i! 'I; '" I . ~: " ,;, I I 1] I :1 :11 :!! 'ill "I :11 ::! 'II .il Ii 1;;1 r,11 f;: I I:! ij I i' (I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15860 DUCT ACCESSORIES Page 5 of 5 .4 Provide fire stop flaps on air outlets penetrating fire rated membranes or surfaces. 3.3 Balancing Dampers .1 Provide balancing dampers, whether shown or required, at points on supply, return and exhaust systems, where branches are taken from larger ducts, for proper air balancing. 3.4 Access Doors .1 Access doors shall be complete with two (2) locking latches and a safety chain securely fastened to door and another permanent feature - do not penetrate ductwork. 3.5 Flexible Connections .1 Provide flexible connections on inlet and outlet duct connections of heat pumps, air handlers, fumaces, fans or other equipment likely to be affected by, or to cause vibration or noise to be transmitted through duct work. .2 Provide flexible duct connections where shown or noted. 3.6 Automatic Dampers .1 Opposed Blade Dampers: Use for shut off service, modulating service without companion dampers, throttling services. .2 Parallel Blade Dampers: Use for mixing or relief service, variable position service with companion dampers. .3 Refer to section 15900, Controls for operator and control. 3.7 Electric Duct Heaters .1 Provide flanged type suitable for attaching to matching flanges on the duct. .2 Mountin(l flanges on both models shall be independent of the terminal box so as to allow Installation without opening the terminal box or drilling into it. END OF SECTION 15860 I II I II I II :i I ::1 !I ,! I II lill I,;: , "'1t , i'l I'.;: '.,ii,.11 :~1 ii I ,II 'II I ,~ I :1 :1 I ;1' ;il [I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15870 AIR OUTLETS Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Requirements .1 Air outlets shall meet the following standards and requirements: .1 ASHRAE .2 AMCA .3 Local Codes and Requirements .2 Air flow tests and sound levels shall be made in accordance with ASHRAE standards. .3 Manufacturers shall certify performance and application. 1.2 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit Shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Air flow tests and sound levels shall be made in accordance with ASH RAE standards. .2 NC shall not exceed 20 on supply diffusers and grilles. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15870 AIR OUTLETS Page 2 of 2 .3 Manufacturers shall certify performance and application. .4 Air outlets mounted on gyp rock shall be complete with border for mounting. Confirm mounting prior to ordering. .5 All supply grilles shall be adjustable with double deflection. 2.2 Manufacturer .1 Acceptable Manufacturer: Price, Nailor PART 3 . EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Confirm location, type of mounting, and size of all outlets with site conditions prior to ordering and installing. .2 Paint inside of ductwork matte black behind supply and return wall grilles. .3 Supply diffusers mounted in t-bar shall not contain integral balance dampers. Balance dampers must be installed in branch duct runs to diffusers. .4 Provide birdscreen on all open ended return air ducts unless otherwise noted. END OF SECTION 15870 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I II il il I I I I II I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15875 OUTDOOR LOUVRES Page 1 of 2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 Requirements .1 Louvers shall meet the following standards and requirements: .1 ASHRAE .2 AMCA .3 Local Codes and Requirements .2 Air flow tests and sound levels shall be made in accordance with ASH RAE standards. .3 Louvre manufacturers shall certify performance and application. 1.2 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Certification .1 Outdoor louvers shall be storm proof as per schedules and drawings certified by the manufacturer for outdoor use. 2.2 Construction .1 Louvers shall be all welded construction complete with and continuous blades. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15875 OUTDOOR LOUVRES Page 2 of 2 .2 Blades and frame shall be extruded aluminum alloy minimum 2.16mm. .3 Louvers shall be minimum 150mm deep. .4 Fresh air or inlet louvers shall be weatherproof and sized to prevent moisture from entering the duct system. .5 Exhaust or outlet louvers shall be sized for no more than 1000 fpm. 2.3 Birdscreen: All louvers shall be equipped with birdscreen. Birdscreen shall be aluminum, minimum 20 gauge, 6mm square mesh. 2.4 Finish: All louvers shall be special prefinished custom colour to architect's approval. 2.5 Acceptable Manufacturers: Ventex, Airolite, Tamco, Airstream. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Confirm location and size of all louvers with Architectural drawings and site conditions prior to ordering and installing. .2 Refer to Architectural details for installation. Provide 16 gauge galvanized sheet metal sleeve through wall opening where required. .3 All louvers shall be equipped with birdscreen as specified. .4 All louvers shall be equipped with insulated, automatic dampers where indicated on Drawings. .5 Provide caulking at all louvres using non-shrink Mono caulking to match building colour. END OF PART OF SECTION 15875 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;:i 11 I I II il 'i "I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 1 of 8 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1 as applicable. .2 Conform to Section 15010, General Mechanical Requirements, as applicable. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 15010 - General Mechanical Requirements .2 Section 15044 - Commissioning .3 Section 15140 - Pumps .4 Section 14625 - Unit Heaters .6 Section 15771 - Rooftop Units .6 Section 15820 - Exhaust Fans .7 Section 15860-AirTerminal Units .8 Division 16- ELECTRICAL 1.3 Reference Standards .1 Ontario Building Code .2 CSA .3 Electrical Safety Authority .4 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittais .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Submit detailed wiring schematics. .3 Submit component shop drawings and include manufacturer, model numbers, performance data, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 2 of 8 .4 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Control Devices .1 All control devices for mechanical equipment shall be supplied by Division 15. .2 All control devices in soccer arena shall be equipped with protective covers. .3 This Contractor shall provide all relays and other control accessories for complete operation of systems. .4 Refer to drawings, details, and specifications for specific control devices for all equipment. 2.2 Low Voltage Thermostats .1 Low voltage thermostats shall be supplied by Division 15. .2 Low voltage thermostats shall be used for packaged rooftop units and unit heaters. .3 Thermostats for packaged rooftop units and soccer arena unit heaters shall be 7- day programmable setback type complete with subbase, FAN/OFF/AUTO, HEAT/COOL AUTO equal to Honeywell T7300. Thermostats shall have Lonworks capability. .4 Thermostats for other unit heaters shall be supplied by unit manufacturer. .5 Remote sensors shall be supplied where indicated on the drawings and be complete with a method of overriding the setback program for a period of up to three (3) hours. Provide additional sensors where required to suit thermostat's requirements. .6 Provide protective guards on all thermostats and sensors in soccer arena. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I , II 11 Ii 11 11 I I ~I Ii :I! I it 'l I ,I .n Ii! I fil I~ I'I! !ii I ;.ij ;1 I r~ i~ ":111 ":!i i0iJ ~ I :~ (I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 3 of 8 2.3 Line Voltage Thermostats .1 Line voltage thermostats including but not limited to reverse acting thermostats shall be supplied by Division 15. .2 Line voltage thermostats shall be used for exhaust fans where indicated on drawings. .3 Thermostats shall be reverse acting and heavy duty equal to Honeywell Farmostat. .4 Thermostats shall be suited for applications intended. 2.4 Timeclocks .1 Timeclocks shall be supplied by Division 15. .2 Timeclocks shall be line voltage, 7-day electronic type complete with lockable enclosure and 7 -day battery reserve equal to Honeywell ST6008C1 004. 2.5 Switches .1 Switches shall be supplied by Division 16. .2 Supply on/off switch for exhaust fans as scheduled and indicated on drawings. .3 Provide Hand/Off/Auto switches for exhaust fans in soccer arena. 2.6 Damper Modulating Motors .1 Low voltage modulating damper control motors shall be equal to Belimo LF24SR or NF24SR, 24 volt as scheduled on drawings. 2.7 Control Wiring .1 All wiring to meet Ontario Hydro Codes, Electrical Safety Authority, and local authorities. .2 All control wiring for components and equipment under 120V shall be supplied and installed by the Mechanical Contractor. .3 All control wiring 120V and over, including disconnects, shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor. Coordinate with the Electrical Contractor. .4 All indoor control wiring shall be run in conduit or FT6. .5 All outdoor control wiring shall be run in liquid tight. .6 Last 1.5m (5') at final connection to equipment can be run in BX only. Ciarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 4 of 8 .7 Refer to Division 16 for conduit specifications. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Control Devices .1 All control devices under 120V shall be installed by Division 15. .2 All control devices 120V and over, including disconnects, shall be installed by Division 16. Coordinate with Division 16. .3 Refer to drawings, details, and specifications for specific control devices for all equipment. .4 Provide detailed control schematics for all systems prior to installation. 3.2 Low Voltage Thermostats .1 Low voltage thermostats shall be installed by Division 15. .2 Install thermostats and sensors where indicated on drawings. .3 Thermostats or sensors shall not be installed on outside walls. Where thermostats can only be installed on outside walls, provide insulated backing. .4 Thermostats or sensors shall be located so that they are not affected by direct sunlight. .5 Thermostats or sensors shall be located so that they are not affected by nearby equipment, millwork, furniture, etc. .6 Thermostats shall be programmed as per Architects and Owners Instructions. 3.3 Line Voltage Thermostats .1 Line voltage thermostats shall be installed by Division 16. .2 Thermostats shall be installed in area that equipment serves unless otherwise indicated. .3 Mount remote sensors in space where indicated on drawings. 3.4 Timeclocks .1 Timeclocks shall be installed by Division 16. .2 Timeclocks shall be programmed as per Architects and Owners Instructions. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 I I I I I '~,I ~rl i I I I 11 1 I I I II Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 5 of 8 3.5 Switches .1 Switches shall be installed by Division 16. .2 Switches shall be installed in area that exhaust fan serves unless otherwise indicated. .3 Hand/Off/Auto switches for exhaust fans in soccer arena shall be mounted in Manager's Office. 3.6 Damper Modulating Motors .1 Low voltage modulating damper control motors shall be installed by Division 15. .2 Interiock with air handling unit controls. 3.7 Sequence of Operation .1 All "occupied" and "unoccupied" times shall be coordinated with Architect or Owner. .2 Rooftop Unit RTU-1and RTU-2 .1 Thermostats shall be programmed as follows: "Occupied mode": Outside air damper opens to maximum position as per scheduie - Fan "ON" - Heat/Cool "AUTO" - Space setpoint of 200C for heating and cooling modes "Unoccupied mode": Outside air damper closes to minimum position as per schedule - FAN "AUTO" - Heat/Cool" AUTO" - Space setpoint of 230C for cooling mode and 170C for heating mode .2 Remote sensors shall be set for "unoccupied mode" with override button to "occupied mode", .3 Use free cooling if outdoor air temperature will satisfy space setpoints. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 6 of 8 .3 Unit Heaters UH-1 to UH-6 .1 Heating mode for thermostats shall be programmed as follows: "Occupied mode": Space setpoint of 160C "Unoccupied mode": Space setpoint of 160C .4 Unit Heaters UH-7 and UH-8 .1 Unit heaters to operate off thermostats to maintain setpoint of 160C. .5 Exhaust Fans EF-1 and EF-2 .1 Hand/Off/Auto switch to be left in "Auto" .2 Tie into cooling contacts for thermostat controlling unit heaters UH-1 to UH-6. "Occupied mode": Space setpoint of 200C - Fans 'ON' "Unoccupied mode": Fans 'OFF' .3 Interlock EF-1 to FA-2 and MD-3 to open when fan starts. .4 Interlock EF-2 to FA-1 and MD-4 to open when fan starts. .6 Exhaust Fans EF-3 and EF-4 .1 Fan to operate off timeclock: "Occupied mode": Fans 'ON' "Unoccupied mode": Fans 'OFF' .7 Exhaust Fans EF-5 and EF-6 .1 Fan to operate off wall switch. .8 Exhaust Fan EF-7 .1 Exhaust fan to operate off reverse acting thermostat to maintain setpoint of 20oC. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 11 ;i !I ii I I , I I , f'll I'll :'1 ,q ,11 .J . J II " ',i ~ I ~ I II '~ :i: ,II , Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 7 of 8 .9 Variable Air Volume Box VAV-1 and Electric Duct Heater EDH-1 .1 Interlock VA V-1 and EDH-1 to operate off thermostat to maintain setpoint. .2 RTU-1 in heating mode: VAV-1 calling for heating: VAV-1 calling for cooling: Box to open to 100% Box to close minimum position .3 RTU-1 in cooling mode: VAV-1 calling for heating: - Box to modulate between minimum position and 100% - When thermostat not satisfied and box in minimum position, energize EDH-1 - Box to modulate between minimum position and 100% VAV-1 calling for cooling: .10 Variable Air Volume BoxVAV-2 .1 VAV-1 to operate off thermostat to maintain setpoint. .2 Modulate box between minimum position and 100%. 3.8 Control Wiring .1 All wiring to meet Ontario Hydro Codes, Electrical Safety Authority, and local authorities. .2 All control wiring for components and equipment under 120V shall be installed by Division 15. .3 All control wiring 120V and over, including disconnects, shall be installed by Division 16. Coordinate with Division 16. .4 All indoor control wiring shall be run in conduit or FT6. Last 1.5m (5') at final connection to equipment can be run in BX only .5 All outdoor control wiring shall be run in liquid tight. 3.9 Installation .1 Provide detailed control schematics for all systems prior to installation. .2 All wiring to meet Ontario Hydro Codes, Electrical Safety Authority, and local authorities. .3 Supply and install wiring in a neat and workmanlike manner. .4 All setpoints shall be confirmed with the Owner and/or Architect. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 15900 CONTROLS Page 8 of 8 3.10 Identification .1 Identify all control components with brass tag and chain. .2 Provide index of all tags in maintenance manual. Refer to Section 15010 - General Mechanical Requirements. 3.11 Commissioning .1 Refer to Section 15044 - Commissioning. .2 Participate in all phases of the commissioning process to ensure that all control systems are properly started and commissioned to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner. END OF SECTION 15900 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "I 'I I "n I i;il Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL Page 1 of 1 'I I. I INDEX SECTION TITLE PAGES 16010 General Electrical Requirements 1 -13 16100 Basic Materials and Methods 1 -10 16400 Distribution 1 -15 16500 Lighting 1-6 16600 Emergency and Exit Lighting 1-3 16720 Telephone, Data, Cable, Security 1-4 16900 Mechanical Equipment Connections 1-3 II I 11 II I I I I "', I q , I 11 11 11 11 II II I ,1 jj I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Ciarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 1 of 13 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 This section is intended to be supplementary to Division 1 and not to replace it. .2 The requirements of this section shall apply to all sections in Division 16- Electrical. .3 All material, labour, equipment, and services required under this section shall be the full responsibility of the Contractor including any material, labour, equipment, and services provided by their sub-contractors. 1.2 Definitions .1 "Supply" shall mean supply only. .2 "Install" shall mean install and connect. .3 "Provide" shall mean supply, install, connect and test. .4 "Drawings and Specifications" shall mean Contract Documents. .5 "Authorities" or Authorities having jurisdiction" shall mean all agencies that enforce the applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, or codes of the Place of Work. .6 "Work" shall mean all equipment, materials, labour, and permits to provide a complete and operational electrical system as detailed in the drawings and specifications. 1.3 Related Work .1 Division 1 - General Requirements .2 Division 15 - Mechanical .3 Division 16 specifications form a part of the Contract Documents and shall be read, interpreted, and coordinated with all other Divisions. The Instructions to Bidders, General Conditions, General Requirements, Supplementary General Conditions and Amendments and Supplements thereto form a part of this Division and contain items related to the electrical work. 1.4 Intent II .1 The drawings and speCifications are not a detailed set of installation instructions. Drawings and specifications are complementary to one another and that which is shown on one is as binding as that which is shown on both. 'II II , J Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 2 of 13 .2 The Architect shall be immediately informed of any discrepancies between drawings and specifications leaving in doubt the true intent of the work. .3 Supply all labour, equipment, and materials necessary to install a complete and operational electrical system described herein and shown on the drawings. .4 It is the intent of these drawings and specifications to provide for an electrical installation complete and in operating condition. The responsibility for supplying and installing all material necessary to accomplish this, except where specifically noted that such work or materials is not included, shall be part of this section. .5 Assess and be familiar with existing site conditions prior to pricing and construction and allow for same in tender price. .6 All work must be done by qualified and certified persons in such line of work. Trade certificates must be available on demand. .7 All work shall be in accordance with standard industry practice accepted and recognized by the Architect and the Trade. .8 The Contractor shall coordinate with and cooperate with all other trades prior to installation. Where work interferes with other trades due to failure to coordinate or cooperate, the work shall be removed and relocated as approved by the Architect at no extra cost to the Owner. .9 The Architect shall have the right to reject any work that does not conform to the Contract Documents and accepted standards of practice including but not limited to performance, quietness of operation, and finish. .10 Responsibility to determine which Division provides various products and work rests with the Contractor. Additional compensation will not be considered because of differences in interpretation of specifications. 1.5 Codes, Bylaws, Standards, and Regulations .1 The electrical system shall comply with the latest editions and revisions of applicable codes, bylaws, bulletins, standards, and regulations including but not limited to: .1 Ontario Building Code .2 Ontario Electrical Safety Code .3 Canadian Standards Association .4 Local Municipal Codes .5 Local Building Bylaws I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II i ill , I I I I I I II ~I , I II " I ." 'I 'II ,1 1.,1 I '.;1 I ;''',1 :i! .~ I :! "I J '," ,ill !.l Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 3 of 13 .6 Ontario Occupational Health and Safety Act .7 IEEE .2 Provide work in accordance with the requirements of all applicable government codes, local by-laws, underwriter's regulations base building standards, contract documents, and all authorities having jurisdiction. .3 Where discrepancies occur between contract drawings and specifications and above codes and standards referred to herein, the Contractor is to notify the Architect in writing and obtain clarification prior to proceeding with the work. .4 Contractors shall not reduce the requirements on the contract drawings and specifications by applying any codes and standards referred to herein. 1.6 Permits and Fees .1 Apply for, obtain, and pay for all permits, fees, connections, inspections, licenses, certificates or charges necessary including all provincial tax and G.S.T. .2 Coordinate all required inspections and give necessary notice to all authorities. .3 Upon completion of project, provide inspection certificates confirming acceptance by all authorities having jurisdiction. 1.7 Shop Drawings .1 Refer to the requirements of Division 1. .2 Prior to ordering of products or delivery of any products to job site, submit at least ten (10) sets of shop drawings to the Architect for review and comments. Submit sufficiently in advance of construction to allow ample time for review. .3 Submittals shall contain but not be limited to details, dimensions, construction, size, arrangement, operating clearances, performance characteristics and capacities of products and parts of the work. Include wiring drawings and schematics showing interconnection with work of other Divisions. .4 Clearly mark each sheet of printed submittal material, using arrow, underlining or circling, to show particular sizes, dimensions, wiring diagrams, operating clearances, control diagrams, project identification, types, model numbers, ratings, capacities and options actually being proposed. Cross out non applicable material. Note on the submittal specified features such as special tank linings, pump seals, materials or painting. .5 Shop drawing submittals shall include but not be limited to outdoor poles and lights, inside and outside building lights, emergency and exit lights, panels, disconnect switches, transformers, ceiling fans and force flow heaters. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 1601 0 Page 4 of 13 .6 Prior to submission to the Architect, the Contractor shall review all shop drawings. By this review the Contractor represents that he has determined and verified all field measurements, field construction criteria, materials, catalogue numbers and similar data or will do so and that he has checked and coordinated each shop drawing with the req uirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. .7 The Contractor's review of each shop drawing shall be indicated by his approval stamp, date and signature on the front of each page. Drawings will not be considered if not previously checked by the Contractor. .8 Review comments from Architect. If shop drawings are modified, confirm changes before proceeding. If shop drawings are not approved, revise and resubmit changes for approval. .9 Review of the shop drawings by the Architect does not relieve the contractor or his supplier of the responsibility to provide the correct and complete equipment, material or installation. .10 Keep one complete set of shop drawings at job site during construction. 1.8 Other Submittals .1 Breakdown of Costs .1 Immediately upon notice of contract award, submit to the Architect a further breakdown of the tendered price under the following headings: .1 Site set-up, permits, etc. .2 Distribution equipment .3 Luminaires and accessories .4 Conduit, wire, cable, etc. .5 Boxes, wiring devices, etc. .6 Miscellaneous equipment .7 Labour .2 Submit progressive breakdown under these headings with each progress claim. .2 Product Delivery Schedule .1 Within 30 days of award of contract, a schedule must be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect showing projected ordering and delivery dates of all products to meet required construction schedule. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I .:i ii I H '1 I 'i I i Ii I 'I " I I i~ I ;11 .'! , 11_ :~ ii I ,i Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page50f13 .3 List of Products .1 Within 30 days of award of contract, a list of products and sub-contractors must be submitted to the Architect showing manufacturers for each type of product and for each luminaire type. 1.9 Record Drawings .1 Maintain accurate, neat, and clean Record Drawings on an on-going basis during construction to be reviewed periodically by the Architect during construction. .2 Mark final location of all comDonent locations and conduit runs. .3 Upon completion of the work, submit to the Architect for review, one (1) complete set of clear, legible, certified as-constructed drawings. .4 The contractor is to carry a cash allowance of $1,500.00 to cover the cost of Record Drawings. This allowance to be used to develop final AutoCAD Record Drawings from the final written Record Drawings completed by the Contractor and Commissioning Agent during the contract. Note: This allowance is exclusive of any markup or allowances the Contractor requires to coordinate. .5 Insert one (1) final set of AutoCAD Record Drawings in each maintenance manual. 1.10 Inspection and Certificate .1 Furnish an Unconditional Certificate of Acceptance from Electrical Safely Authority on completion of work. .2 Incorporate a copy of the Unconditional Certificate of Acceptance in the operating and maintenance manual. 1.11 Maintenance Manuals .1 Refer to Division 1. .2 Provide the Owner with three (3) indexed, hard cover maintenance manuals to local industry standards containing: .1 Table of Contents .2 Warranty Letter .3 Electrical safety inspection branch final certificate .4 Fire alarm verification test report and certificate 81 iil Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 6 of 13 .5 Copy of permits .6 Wiring and schematic diagrams .7 Reviewed shop drawings .8 Maintenance instructions, requirements, and schedule .9 Recommended spare parts list of all systems and components .10 Record Drawings .3 Submit to the Architect for review and approval prior to completion of the project. Make all changes as directed by the Architect at no extra cost to the contract. 1.12 Testing .1 The installation shall be free of open circuits and grounds. .2 On completion, measure insulation resistances and comply with Table 24 of Ontario Hydro Electrical Safety Code. .3 Test all wiring and connections for continuity and grounds before equipment is energized. .4 Before energizing system, check all connections and set and calibrate all relays and instruments for proper operation, obtain necessary clearances, approval and instructions from utility company. .5 Carry out all tests and furnish all equipment required to demonstrate safe and proper completion of the work, without cost to Owner. .6 Check ioad balance on all feeders and make necessary adjustments to provide a "balanced" load. .7 Fully coordinate all testing and commissioning with all trades, the Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction. .8 Provide a minimum of forty-eight (48) hours written notice to all parties. 1.13 Instruction and Training .1 Refer to Division 1. .2 Instruct and train the Owner on proper operation of the system. .3 Provide instruction by a manufacturer's representative as required to fuily demonstrate the system. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I I I I I I " 'I I, ':i III ,;j I ,I :i! ,ll ji ii I !H I ',i ',I I I ij I -i! ,'I il II Ii '~ I 'I ~ I h Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 1601 0 Page 7 of 13 .4 Submit a letter to the Architect stating that adequate Instruction and Training has been completed to the satisfaction of the Owner, signed by both the Owner's and Contractor's representatives. 1.14 Substantial Completion and Total Performance .1 Refer to Division 1. .2 Substantial completion for the electrical work shall be determined and awarded by the Architect. .3 Prior to requesting substantial completion inspection, the following items must be complete: .1 Fire alarm verification certificate and technician's test report must be submitted. .2 Emergency lighting system must be operational and tested. .3 All exit lights must be installed and be operational and tested. .4 Provide an Unconditional Certificate of Acceptance from Electrical Inspection Department. .5 Project Record drawings must be submitted to Architect for review. .6 Complete Maintenance manuals must be submitted to Architect for review. .7 All outlets must have coverplates installed. .8 All electrical equipment not located in service rooms must have covers and/or doors installed complete. .9 Any devices not installed must have the wiring made safe and terminated in an outlet box complete with cover. .10 All hallway and stairwell lighting must be complete and fully operational. .11 Continuity of fire separations at electrical penetrations must be complete. .4 A final inspection report shall be provided by the Architect at time of Substantial Completion. .5 The final inspection report shali be returned by the Contractor to the Architect with all items initialed and dated indicating that all outstanding deficiencies have been rectified prior to the award of total performance. I ~ Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 8 of 13 1.15 Warranty .1 Provide a one (1) year full parts and labour warranty for the new system from date of substantial completion. .2 Submit warranty letter on Company letterhead signed by Company representative stating warranty terms including warranty period from date of substantial completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 All material used shall be new, free from defects, of quality specified, and installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Major components shall have nameplates on the exterior of the equipment in a visible location containing manufacturer's name, model number, serial number, performance data, and electrical characteristics. .3 The same manufacturer shall be used for types of components used in similar applications. .4 It is the responsibility of the Contractor to store and protect materials supplied by this scope. .5 Materials must be stored in original containers. .6 Remove all redundant materials from site and dispose of it in an environmentally friendly way - provide letter when required to dispose of contaminants as required. 2.2 Selected Products And Equivalents .1 Selected products are specified and/or shown on the drawings, and identified by manufacturer's name, type and catalogue number. .2 Equivalent products may be considered if sufficient information is submitted at least five (5) working days before tender closure, to enable the Architect to determine acceptability of such products. Submit list of proposed equivalent products to the Architect. .3 Where materials, equipment and apparatus or other products are noted as being "equal to" the specified manufacturer, products of equal or superior quality by other manufacturers may be substituted without approval of the Architect. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I I :11 :11 ,',;I , II I I ,i I ;1 'I I d .~ I :I " I I ,I I II II il il il Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 9 of 13 2.3 Review of Products .1 Immediately after notification of award of contract, review with the Architect a list of products proposed, including any alternatives submitted with tender. .2 After approval of product list, no subsequent changes will be permitted except as specified hereafter. 2.4 Substitution of Products .1 After approval of the list of products, no substitution of any item either specified, pre-approved or approved during tender will be permitted without written approval of the Architect .2 To receive approval, proposed substitutions must equal or exceed the quality, finish and performance of those specified and/or shown, and not exceed the space requirements allotted on the drawings. .3 Include costs for any associated work to accommodate such substitutions, including the Architect's time and revisions to the work of other divisions. 2.5 Quality Of Product .1 All products provided shall be CSA approved and new, unless otherwise specified. .2 If products specified are not CSA approved, obtain approval of provincial regulatory authority. Pay all applicable charges levied and make all modifications required for approval. .3 All products provided shall be new inciuding those not specified and shall be of a quality best suited to the purpose required and their use subject to approval by the Architect. 2.6 Product Finishes .1 Finish all cabinets, panelboards, switchboards, equipment cabinets, cable trays, etc. in ANSI 61 grey enamel unless otherwise specified. .2 Apply primer on all items which are to be finished on the job. .3 Touch up all damaged painted finishes with matching lacquer, or, if required by the Architect, completely repaint or replace damaged surface at no extra costs to the Contract. , !jj Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Cia ring ton GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page100f13 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Site Examination .1 Examine the site of work and become familiar with all features and characteristics affecting this work before submitting tender. .2 No additional compensation will be given for extra work due to existing conditions which such examination should have disclosed. .3 Report to the Architect any unsatisfactory conditions which may adversely affect the proper completion of this work. 3.2 Co-ordination With Other Divisions .1 Examine the drawings and all divisions of the specifications. Before commencing any work, obtain a ruling from the Architect if any conflict exists, otherwise no additional compensation will be made for any necessary adjustments. .2 Install anchors, bolts, pipe sleeves, hanger inserts, etc. in ample time to prevent delays. .3 Layout the work and equipment with due regard to architectural, structural and mechanical features. Architectural and structural drawings take precedence over electrical drawings regarding locations of wall, doors and equipment. .4 Do not cut structural members without prior consultations and approval of the Architect. .5 Examine previously constructed work and notify the Architect of any conditions which prejudice the proper completion of this work. Commencement of this work without such notification shall constitute acceptance of other work. 3.3 Separation Of Services .1 Maintain separation between electrical wiring system and building piping, ductwork, etc. so that wiring system is isolated (except at approved connections to such systems) to prevent galvanic corrosion. .2 In particular, contact between dissimilar metals, such as copper and aluminum, in damp or wet locations is not permitted. .3 Do not support wiring from pipes, ductwork, etc. Hangers for suspended ceilings may be used for the support of wiring only when approval is obtained from ceiling installer, and approved clips or hangers are used. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . I ;1 I ~ Ii. 'I ;, ;, . II. .~ ~ I I I il i! I I I I il Ii , :'i I I .1. "1 II I ,1!j , I " "; Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 11 of 13 3.4 Workplace Safety .1 The workplace must be kept safe at all times. .2 Conform to all ministries of labour, and health and safety regulations at all times. .3 Use ladders and proper techniques as approved by the ministry of labour to perform all work. .4 Cover all holes/openings and provide barriers around hazards, etc. to ensure occupants and workers are not at risk. .5 Where work does not conform to such regulations, stop work immediately and report the situation to the Owner's representative or Architect or rectify the situation immediately. .6 Report any hazards or concerns to the Owner's representative immediately. .7 Conform to Owner's safety requirements and construction regulations. 3.5 Temporary Requirements .1 Provide grounded extension cords and temporary lights required for electrical work. .2 Temporary power service, temporary general lighting and power distribution systems will be provided under Division 1. .3 Any specific task lighting required on site is the responsibility of this Division. 3.6 Location Of Outlets & Luminaires .1 Electrical drawings are, unless otherwise indicated, drawn to scale and approximate distances and dimensions may be obtained by scaling. Figured dimensions shall govern over scaled dimensions. Where exact dimensions and details are required, refer to Architectural and Structural drawings. .2 Outlet and equipment locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Locations may be revised to suit construction and equipment arrangements without additional cost to the Owner, provided that no additional labour or material is required and installation has not been completed. .3 No extra charge for materials and labour shall be added to the Contract for outlets moved within 3m (10') from the location shown on the pians prior to rough-in. .4 Maintain luminaire locations wherever possible. Notify the Architect of conflicts with other services. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 120f13 3.7 Cutting and Patching .1 All cutting as it relates to electrical work under this division is the responsibility of this Contractor in a manner acceptable by the Architect. .2 Patching shall be done by the Contractor trades at the Contractors expense. .3 Coordinate with the Contractor trades to determine the extent of the patching to be carried out. .4 Coordinate with the General Contractor prior to floors and walls being poured or built, the locations of holes, chases, sleeves, and inserts required for the passage of electrical system components. .5 If such provisions are not made, any remedial work shall be at the Contractor's expense and in a manner approved by the Architect. .6 Structural members shall not be cut without obtaining prior written approval from the Architect. 3.8 Concealment .1 All equipment, components, piping, and conduit shall be concealed in ceiling spaces or walls unless otherwise approved by the Architect. .2 Conceal all piping and conduits in block walls and tilt walls. Coordinate with General Contractor for pre-installation in poured tilt walls. No exposed piping or conduits will be accepted. .3 Where equipment, components, piping, and conduit are installed in unfinished areas, install as high as possible. Run piping and conduit tight to roof deck and down columns. 3.9 Clearances and Accessibility .1 Install all work for easy access for adjustment, operation, and maintenance. .2 Maintain clearances for all components as per code and manufacturer's instructions. .3 Provide access panels of adequate size as required to access components in concealed areas. Do not install access doors in specialty walls or ceilings. .4 Provide fire rated access doors shall be installed in fire separations and match rating of separation. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ii' " ~ ~ Ii JI ~I I l' " ., ~I ~i I I I I I !, I 1 ~ I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington GENERAL ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS Section 16010 Page 13 of 13 3.10 Equipment and System Protection .1 Protect components and materials from damage in storage and on site before, during, and after installation until final acceptance. .2 Protect inside and outside of components from dust and debris with appropriate covers that will withstand through the construction. .3 Where equipment and system components become dirty or damaged, clean and repair to new condition to the satisfaction of the Architect at the expense of this Contractor. 3.11 Supports .1 Provide all miscellaneous metals and materials as required for support, hanging, anchoring, and guiding of all components. .2 All supports must be securely mounted to structures. 3.12 Identification and Labeling .1 All components and panels supplied under this Division shall be identified and labeled with lamacoid nameplates. .2 Provide engraved lamacoid nameplates with black lettering on white background with approved wording on all motor starters, disconnect switches (other than in panel boards), switchgear, panels, and on other electrical equipment where needed to aid servicing and upkeep and to inform maintenance staff. Obtain approval from Owner's representative. .3 Clearly mark all exposed conduit, pull boxes, junction boxes, etc., to indicate the nature of service. .4 Provide neatly typed circuit directories on panelboards to indicate the area or equipment controlled by each branch circuit. .5 Nameplates for outdoor components shall be manufactured to withstand seasonal outdoor weather conditions. ,6 Small devices shall be labeled with stamped brass tags. .7 Wording on nameplates and tags shall be reviewed by the Architect and the Owner prior to manufacture. END OF SECTION 16010 i' I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 1 of 10 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1. .2 Conform to Section 16010, General Electrical Requirements. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 16010- General Electrical Requirements 1.3 Codes and Standards .1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Current Edition. .2 CSA .3 ULC .4 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, electrical data, wiring diagrams, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. 1.5 Scope of Work .1 Provide power service conduits and underground conduits and wires for power and lighting as required and as specified herein. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 2 of 10 .2 Provide telephone service entrance conduits, interior conduits, outlet boxes, backboards, pull-boxes and cabinets in accordance with the telephone company standards. .3 Provide conduits, boxes, wires, controls and devices for power, lighting, emergency lighting, electrical systems and electrical heating. .4 Provide conduits, boxes and wiring for fire alarm, PASystem, voice and data communications systems. .5 Provide all components required to make the systems complete and operational. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General .1 Provide all equipment as per the following description to complete the entire works as shown on drawings and as indicated in the specifications to provide a complete and operational system. .2 Coordinate with other trades to provide the components required to make all systems operational - see mechanical schedules for details of equipment provided to make sure the works are complete. 2.2 Conduit .1 Wet locations, or in concrete slabs on grade: Rigid galvanized steel, to CSA C22.2 No. 45, with exterior zinc and interior enamel coatings, galvanized threads where factory cut, red lead coated threads where site cut, factory made bends where site bending is not possible, factory made and threaded fittings, and "tomic" joints and terminations made with rigid couplings, concrete tight where required. .2 Outdoor: Galvanized steel flexible liquid-tight metallic conduit, to CSA C22.2 No. 56, complete with proper and suitable liquid-tight flexible conduit connectors at terminations. .3 Galvanized metallic tubing (EMT): Shall be used in masonry, partitions, ceiling spaces and exposed indoor runs where not subject to damage. May be used in poured concrete where permitted by code. Provide specification grade zinc alloy die-cast connectors. .4 PVC conduit: Shall be rigid PVC scepter for underground electrical distribution and panel feeders and branch circuits below slab. DB2 may be used for underground electrical distribution and panel feeders below slab, where permitted by code. .5 Conduit racks shall be Unistrut Ltd., Electrovert Ltd., "Cantruss", Burndy Ltd., "Flexible" or equivalent. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 3 of 10 2.3 Wire And Cables .1 Wire and cables shall be new and marked in accordance with code requirements for type, voltage, manufacture, etc. All wiring shall be copper unless otherwise noted. .2 Wiring shall be minimum #12 AWG Copper unless otherwise noted. .3 Conductors sized #10 and smaller shall be of soft copper. Cables shall be rated 600 Volt, 90 deg. C. unless otherwise noted. Conductors shall be 90 deg. Crated type RW 90 XLPE. .4 Wiring smaller than #14 gauge, solid or stranded shall not be used except for low voltage wiring specified to be executed under this Division. Conductors of #8 gauge and larger shall be stranded soft copper. .5 Flexible Armoured Type Cables: Shall be multiconductor with interlocking aluminum armour and rated 600 volt. Conductors shall be as specified above. .6 Provide flexible connections to mechanical equipment for vibration isolation maximum 1.5m (5'). Connections to equipment roof mounted or in other damp or wet locations shall be liquid-tight. 2.4 Low Voltage (24 Volt) Conductors .1 Colour coded #18 AWG TFF thermoplastic insulated wire for 600 Volt service, complete with the number of copper conductors required. 2.5 Wiring Devices .1 Receptacles shall be CSA approved and suitable for commercial application. .2 Lighting Switches: Shall be of the AC quiet type, specification grade with totally enclosed framed toggle. All switches shall be supplied with white finish, unless otherwise noted. Switches shall be equal to Hubbell 1200-W series, 15A. Provide 20A switches where indicated. .3 Receptacles: Shall be specification grade, duplex, 3 wire U ground, "finder face" type, with screw type terminals, double wiping spring bronze contacts. Finish colour shall be white, unless otherwise noted. Where weatherproof receptacles are specified, they shall be complete with gasket and spring loaded, twin hinged receptacle covers with built-in gasket. Duplex receptacles shall be equal to Hubbell-HBL5262W,15A. .4 Cover plates: Shall be white nylon in finished areas, stamped metal in other areas including indoor Soccer arena. .5 Wiring Devices and Cover Plates: Shall be by one manufacturer, Bryant, G.E., Hubbell, Leviton or P & S. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 4 of 10 .6 Ground fault circuit interrupting (GFI) duplex receptacles shall be equal to Hubbell IG-5262-WHI (specification grade). .7 Outdoor GFI receptacles (except on roof) shall be mounted in Pass & Seymour 4600 locking enclosure complete with 4600-8 duplex receptacle mounting plate. .8 Isolated ground (IG) duplex receptacles shall be equal to HubbeIlIG-5262. .9 Line voltage key switches shall be Leviton 1201-2L (single pole), 1202-2L (double pole), and 1203-2L (three way). .10 Dimmer switches shall be residential grade, equal to Leviton 6620-PW series, decorator style, 600W slide dimmer with present on/off switch. .11 Manufacturer: .1 All devices shall be by one manufacturer .2 Acceptable Manufacturers: Hubbell, Smith and Stone, Leviton, Pass & Seymour, and C.G.E. Ltd. 2.6 Outlet and Conduit Boxes .1 Outlet boxes shall be suitable in all aspects for the application, and complete with securing lugs, knockouts, and where necessary, suitable plaster rings, concrete rings, covers, and any other required accessory. .2 Conduit boxes shall be type FS and FD ferroalloy boxes with factory threaded hubs and mounting feet for exterior surface wiring of switches and receptacles. .3 Provide blank cover plates for all boxes without wiring devices. 2.7 Junction and Pull Boxes .1 Junction and pull boxes shall be suitable in all aspects for the application. .2 They shall be constructed of galvanized or prime coated steel with screw on metal cover. .3 They shall be sized to accommodate conduit of sizes specified and to facilitate pulling in the size and type of cable required. 2.8 Disconnect Switches .1 Fused and Non-fused Disconnect or Safety Switches shall be heavy duty industrial type. .2 Acceptable manufacturers are Cutler Hammer, Allen Bradley, FPE. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I I I I I I I 'I I I I "I "1 I II , , ': 'I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 5 of 10 .3 Disconnects installed outside or in damp or dusty locations, enclosures shall be EEMAC4 rated. .4 Disconnect switches shall have a red handle on the front suitable and be lockable. .5 Disconnect switches shall not allow the ability to open the front cover when in the "ON" position. .6 Operating mechanisms shall be quick-make, quick-break, positive acting with visible blades and a line terminal shield. 2.9 Fuses .1 Fuses: Shall be HRC-I, Class J or L unless otherwise specified. Fuses in combination starters shall be HRC time delay type where specified. .2 Motor fuses shall be sized according to the Drawings for the specified motor and starting cycle. .3 Fuses shall be as manufactured by Buss, Gould or approved equal. 2.10 Motor Starters .1 Manual motor starters shall be equal to Allen Bradley type 600 and 609, toggle operated, and complete with "plug-in" heaters sized to suit the full load current of the motors installed and red neon pilot lights as noted. .2 Magnetic motor starters shall be equal to Allen Bradley type 509. Provide H.O.A. selector switches and pilot lights as noted on the drawings. Provide control transformers and auxiliary contacts as required for control connections. .3 Provide push to test lights throughout .4 Combination starters equal to Allen Bradley type 512 may be used where fused switch and magnetic starter are in same location. Cutler Hammer and Siemens are also acceptable. 2.11 Control Relays .1 Control relays shall be equal to Allen Bradley type P, electrically held. Confirm coil voltages for relays controlling mechanical equipment with controls contractor. 2.12 Hangers And Supports .1 Provide and correctly locate all hangers and inserts required for the installation of all work under this Contract. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 6 of 10 .2 Inserts shall be galvanized Sasco, CantrUBS or Flexibar for single, double and multiple runs. They shall be firmly secured to the formwork before concrete is poured. .3 Support outlet boxes, junction boxes, conduit and all electrical equipment independently with hangers and fastenings to building structural members. Perforated strapping or perforated pipe hangers shall not be used. .4 Concrete inserts shall be cast during pouring, otherwise drilled metal inserts shall be installed. .5 Supply and deliver to the site in ample time, inserts, anchors, bolts and sleeves to be built into the work of other trades with the necessary templates, adequate instructions and assistance in locating and installing as necessary. .6 Hangers in general shall be supported from inserts in concrete construction or from building structure using beam clamps for steel structures. Provide all additional angle or channel steel members required between beams for support of conduits, cables, luminaires, etc. .7 Use coach screws, lag screws or wood screws as appropriate in any wood construction. .8 Feeders, conduits and power ducts running vertically in a building shall be supported at each floor and between each floor if necessary. 2.13 Finishes And Painting .1 All factory supplied equipment shall have finish coating factory applied whether finish be painted, galvanized or other, as required and as specified. "Touch Up" scratched or damaged factory finishes to Architect's approval. Leave bare metal surfaces ready for painting by removing dirt, rust, grease or millscale to Architect's approval. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 All wiring to meet Ontario Electrical Safety Code and local authorities. .2 All power, interlock and control wiring including 120V and over, and disconnects shall be supplied and installed by the Electrical Contractor. Coordinate with the other trades. .3 All control and low voltage interlock wiring under 120V shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ;i I ii I I !I :i I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 7 of 10 .4 All outdoor wiring to be run in liquid tight. All indoor wiring to be run in conduit. Last 1.5m (5') at final connection to equipment can be run in BX only. .5 All branch circuit wiring must be designed for maximum 3% voltage drop. Unless otherwise noted, maximum lengths for 120V 15A circuits are as follows: #12 AWG - 80'0" #10 AWG - 125'0'> .6 Where wire size is not indicated, ampacity must match or exceed rating of protective device. .7 Provide separate neutral conductor for each isolated ground circuit. Connect insulated isolated ground conductors directly to isolated ground pad in panel. .8 Panels are specified as sequence bussed and all branch circuit wiring from these panels shall be such that where a common neutral is used for two or three circuits, these circuits shall be fed from adjacent breakers, so that single-pole breakers may be replaced with 2 or 3 pole breakers should this be required in the future. All circuits shall be balanced. .9 Feeders, sub-feeders, circuit wiring and ancillary items shall be colour coded for phase identification. Neutral conductors shall be full capacity with white covering and be continuous throughout the system without fuses, switches or breakers of any kind. .10 Install wiring continuously within raceways, splices will be permitted only at outlets and junction boxes. Sufficient slack wire shall be left at these points to permit proper connection of fixtures, devices, equipment, etc. .11 Any exposed conduits or cables shall be run parallel to or at right angles to building lines and in a neat manner. Conduits shall be thoroughly reamed and each threaded termination shall be provided with two lock nuts. Running threads for rigid conduit will not be accepted. .12 Install underground PVC conduit in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Care shall be taken to ensure that there are no sharp bends or kinks in the conduit and that conduit is adequately supported. .13 Internal raceways in the building .1 Securely cap or plug all openings in conduit and ducts during the execution of the Work to prevent dust and debris from entering the openings. .2 At completion of the installation, the service entry ducts and'the conduit system in the building shall be fished to clear all blocks. .14 Outlet and pull boxes shall be cleaned out and the system left free from water and moisture. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 8 of 10 .15 Provide all conduit, wire, fittings, disconnect switches, line voltage, starters, disconnects, controls and auxiliary materials as previously defined to wire into service all 3 phase motors, single phase motors and equipment included in other Sections unless specified otherwise. .16 Provide outlets for light, power and systems of the number and in the locations shown on the Drawings. All outlets shaH be located accurately. .17 Mounting Heights .1 Mounting heights shall be as follows unless otherwise indicated or instructed: .1 Lighting switches .2 Wall Receptacles .3 Thermostats .4 Emergency & Exit lights 1200mm (4') 400mm (16") 1500mm (5') Refer to Section 16600 .2 Contact Engineer if heights conflict with structural. .3 Verify that elevations agree with local inspection authorities for handicap requirements. .18 Mount single gang receptacles and switch boxes with their greatest dimension in the vertical direction. .19 Install pull boxes in the locations shown on the Drawings and as further required by the Ontario Electrical Safely Code. Boxes shall be located in inconspicuous spaces. .20 Install pull boxes in conduit run where required to facilitate the pulling in of cable, and locate in inconspicuous accessible spaces. .21 Mount disconnect switches adjacent to or attached to motor or equipment it serves. .22 Motor starters shall be mounted where shown on the plans. .23 Provide necessary control wiring and interlocks between units as detailed on the plans. Check that overload devices are rated or set at a maximum value in accordance with table 012 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code. Replace or adjust devices where necessary. Coordinate with Division 15 for exact locations and requirements. .24 Provide flexible connections to mechanical equipment for vibration isolation. Connections to equipment roof mounted or in other damp or wet locations shall be liquid tight. .25 Conduits and cables shall not be attached to mechanicai units for support. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I !, I Ii I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 9 of 10 3.2 Conduits .1 All conduits required to complete the works are to be included. .2 Conduits shall not be run through beams, except as permitted by the Architect. .3 In those instances where conduits must pass through concrete beams, they shall be cast in place, spaced at least two conduit diameters apart, and installed straight through the beams without bends at point of entry and exit. Coordinate with the Architect prior to rough-in. .4 Joints of conduit in concrete slabs shall be concrete tight. .5 Joints of conduits underground shall be watertight. .6 Where possible, conduits shall be installed in such a manner that they are not trapped for accumulation of water. Conduits turned up shall be capped to prevent the entrance of dirt and moisture during building construction. If considered necessary by the Architect, conduits shall be swabbed out and thoroughly cleaned internally before pulling in wires and cables. Conduit installed in a slab on grade shall not penetrate the waterproofing membrane and/or vapour barrier. .7 Unless absolutely necessary conduits shall not be installed through expansion joints. Where it is necessary to install conduits through expansion joints, a pre-manufactured expansion type conduit fitting shall be used. .8 Provide spare and future conduits as shown. Provide in each of these conduits a nylon fish wire. In addition on the end of each conduit for spare or future provide a stamped metal tag indicating intended purpose, or mark conduit with indelible ink pen or other approved means. .9 Cap conduits left underground for future extension and mark the location of the capped ends clearly on record drawings. 3.3 Nameplates/Labels .1 Provide laminated nameplates to be mounted with screws and provided with engraved letters to identify the following. .1 Distribution Centres and Breakers .2 Panel boards .3 Motor Starters .4 Disconnect Switches .5 Contactors .6 Lighting Controls Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS Section 16100 Page 10 of 10 .2 Nameplates shall give either the designated name of the equipment (Panel A) or its function (Starter for Fan Coil Unit FC-1, Lighting Control, Exhaust Fan Switch, etc.). .3 Provide adhesive labels to identify the following: .1 Receptacle circuit numbers .2 Voice/data jack identification END OF SECTION 16100 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 'II, " 'I il I I il I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarlngton Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 1 of 15 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1. .2 Conform to Section 16010, General Electrical Requirements, as applicable. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements .2 Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 Codes and Standards .1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code-Current Edition .2 CSA .3 ULC .4 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, electrical data, wiring diagrams, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. .3 One copy of all stamped approved shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for ail equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 2 of 15 1.5 Scope of Work .1 Supply and install primary overhead conductors from Hydro One take off pole (HP) to HP-3 as shown on the site plan. The take off pOle and accessories are to be supplied and installed by Hydro One as shown on attached Drawing #1. Coordinate with Hydro One for final connection. .2 Poles HP-XFMR, HP-2 and HP-3 used in primary overhead lines are to be framed as per the attached detail Drawing #5. .3 The gang operated load break switch (Horizontal Mounting) is to be mounted on HP-1 as per the attached detail Drawing #2. .4 Hydro One is to supply and install 3 #100 KVA transformer bank, fuses, fuse cutouts, lightning arrester and gang operated load break switch on HP-XFMR as per attached detail Drawings #3 and #4. .5 Supply and install secondary underground service conduits as detailed on the drawings. .6 Trenching and backfilling shall be provided by General Contractor. .7 Supply and install distribution equipment as specified herein. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 Primary Services (Overhead) .1 Poles: Supply and install 4 #13.7m (45') Wooden pole to CAN/CSA-015, yellow pine, class 3, preservative treated at span specified on site plan. .2 Insulators: LP insulator min. 150KV BIL .3 Guys and Anchors: Transformer pole and dead end pole should be anchored with steel plate and guy wire of 7 -strand galvanized steel having 9mm diameter C/W guy guard (shall be of plastic and provide good visual identification for public safety). .4 Primary conductors: ACSR overhead conductor of 2/0 AWG .5 Load break switches: .1 Gang operated (manual) 34.5KV, 600A continuous, vertical mounting, interrupting capacity of 40KA. Supplied and installed on transformer pole by Hydro One. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 3 of 15 .2 Gang operated (manual) 34.5 KV, 600A continuous, horizontal mounting, interrupting capacity 40KA to be supplied and installed on HP-1 by Contractor as shown on the drawing. Acceptable manufacturers: Hubble Power systems or S & C. .6 Lightning arrester: 21KV intermediate duty, MOVC: 17 KV: preferred make: Ohio Brass or Joslyn. Supplied and installed on transformer pole by Hydro One. .7 Transformer: 3#100KVA,27.6KV/16KV/600V/347V,10 pole mounted transformer .8 bank. Supplied and installed by Hydro One. .9 Fuse cutouts and fuses: Supplied and installed on transformer pole by Hydro One. .10 Wire connectors: Compression type .11 Ground rods and ground: 19mm X 3mm galvanized steel grounding rod installed at 3m apart and connected with 2/0 AWG copper conductor. .12 Ground and gradient control: 1.2m X 1.8m gradient control mat with two (2) separate conductors, each of 2/0 AWG copper. Supplied and installed by Hydro One. .13 Equipment identification 2.2 Secondary Services (direct buried underground cable duct) .1 PVC ducts and fittings: Rigid PVC duct to CSA C22.2 No. 211.1, type DB2 with fittings for direct burial (expanded flange ends). .2 Rigid PVC bends, reducers, bell end fittings, plugs caps, adaptors same product material as duct to make complete installation .3 Cable: 4 #500 MCM CU RW90 XLPE + GROUND 3 AWG Copper .4 Cable termination: cable termination of sufficient length to connect to secondary of pole mounted transformer and neutral. Coordinate with Hydro one. 2.3 Distribution Panels .1 Provide a 400 amps, 3 phase, 4 wire, 600V, 60 Hz, fully rated, CSA approved distribution service entrance rated switchboard mounted in a standard free standing EEMAC 12 enclosure complete with 18 circuit, 3 pole, 600v branch breakers as specified herein. The 3 pole branch breakers shall be sized and provided as shown on the contract drawings. .2 The switchboard enclosure shall be 2500mm (96") high by 2400mm (94") wide by 600mm (24") deep and shall be provided with the following accessories: Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 4 of 15 .1 Panel board tubs shall be manufactured from code gauge galvanized steel. .2 Main and branch breakers shall be approved for use with only Cu cables. .3 Standard trims shall be finished as ASA 61 grey. .4 A door over the distribution section shall be provided. .5 A pad lock type door shall be provided for the switchboard enclosure. .1 Rain shields shall be provided to protect against future sprinkler system water spray. .2 .The switchboard shall be provided with both top and bottom entry features and provided with all required mounting hardware and accessories. .3 The interrupting rating of the switchboard shall be 18kA @ 600V. .4 Cover plates shall be provided for all the blank spaces in the distribution board. .5 Provide a nametag on the exterior of the enclosure. Nametag to indicate interrupting rating, voltage, service description, etc. .6 Acceptable suppliers are Culler Hammer, Siemens. 2.4 Lighting Panels .1 Panel boards shall be as manufactured by Cutler Hammer/Siemens/Allen Bradley complete with type NBA breakers (10,000 symmetrical) and labeled with a CSA short circuit rating. Provide copper bus which shall be sized in accordance with CSA standards. .2 Electrical characteristics, main sizes, quantities of breakers and quantity of branch circuits shall be as indicated on the drawings. .3 Where noted on the drawings, panel boards serving isolated ground circuits shall be complete with a separate ground bar isolated from the panel board box by an insulating plate. Connect this ground bar directly to the main building ground using AWG #6 copper (unless otherwise noted). .4 Doors shall be supplied with concealed hinges, chromed locks and hardware. All locks shall be keyed alike. Doors shall be fitted with plastic covered panel directory, with circuits and areas served typed in. Doors shall be provided with spring latches and semi flush cylinder locks and catch assembiies. Provide two (2) keys per panel board. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I '~ ~I ~ I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 5 of 15 .5 Branch Breakers: Shall be of the heavy duty, bolt-on type, single, two or three pole as shown on the drawings and of the ampere ratings indicated. They shall be thermal magnetic, non interchangeable, moulded, case type with toggle mechanism, and be designed for use as switches. Two and three pole breakers shall be common trip type with single handle. Handle ties will not be permitted. Each breaker to be quick-make, quick break type. .6 Ground fault circuit interrupters where required shall be C.S.A Class A with 5 mA tripping level and shall have push-to-test button on front. .7 Provide new bolt-on breakers as required for new installation. .8 Provide ground bus in each panel. .9 Door and trim finish: grey enamel. .10 Panel board depth is not to exceed 115mm. .11 Provide sequential phase bussing with odd numbered breakers on the left and even numbered on the right complete with each breaker identified by permanent marker identification as to circuit number and place. .12 Main breaker to be mounted top or bottom of the panel to suit cable entry. When mounted vertically, down position shall trip the breaker. 2.5 600 Volt Dry Type Floor Mounted Transformer .1 Provide the kVA ratings, voltage ratios, etc, as indicated on the drawings. Mounting shall be as shown on the drawings. Provide all required mounting hardware and accessories .2 The transformer shall be dry type, ANN, 60 Hz, naturally air cooled copper windings with 2200C insulation, 1150C rise and be constructed as to minimize noise. Four (4) - 2Y:,% full capacity primary taps, 2- FCAN and 2-FCBN shall be provided and be readily accessible. The basic impulse level rating shall be 10 kV and a K-rating of 4 shall be provided. The minimum acceptable impedance shall be between 4% to 6% respectively .3 All the connections shall be made at readily accessible terminal boards within a steel ventilated enclosure (EEMAC 1), complete with internal noise and vibration pads, having adequate mounting brackets, and designed to minimize noise transmission or vibration. A tin plated copper ground bus running full length of the enclosure with connection pads on both ends, ground strap and ground stud for grounding the transformer shall be provided Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 6 of 15 .4 An etched composite nameplate and connection diagram shall be attached to the enclosure, and outline drawings, wiring drawings and schematics, and certified test data showing efficiency and regulation shall be submitted to the Architect for review prior to manufacture of the equipment. .5 Acceptable manufacturers are Hammond, Cutler Hammer and Bemag. 2.6 Hydro Metering: .1 Provide weather proof enclosure suitable for hydro meter on the east wall of electrical room as shown on the site plan. .2 Provide 1 y.." conduit from the CT box of Main distribution panel to meter. .3 Coordinate with Hydro one for the same. 2.7 A.C. Contactors .1 Culler Hammer, CSA approved magnetic full voltage contactors, Series A201 non-reversing type for heating and motor loads and Series A202 for lighting loads. Each contactor shall be suitable in all respects for the application. .2 Mount each contactor in an EEMAC enclosure, complete with the necessary accessories including pilot light in cover. .3 The amperes rating number of poles etc., for contactors shall be as noted on the drawings. .4 Acceptable manufacturers are: Culler Hammer, Siemens and Allen-Bradley of Canada Ltd. 2.8 Photocells and Timers .1 Time Switches: .1 Time switches shall be Tork series DZS-200 series for single CCT or K series for multi circuit application or equivalent by Paragon as specified hereinafter. .2 Provide 1 pole or 2 pole time switches, as shown on the drawing. .3 Time switches shall be of the solid state digital type, microprocessor based, with provision for scheduling in one minute increments. .4 The unit shall operate on an input of 120V or 240V 60 Hz as required. .5 Contacts shall be DPDT, independent of the control circuit. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I :1 ;II ~ I ill I I I , , jj , I ~ J I I II ,I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 7 of 15 .6 There shall be provision for three independent schedules, plus omit. These schedules shall be assignable to any day or days of the week, repeating continually. .7 A maximum of 48 ON or OFF operations shall be possible. .8 Manual transfer of circuit state (ON to OFF) (OFF to ON) shall be possible, with automatic resumption of regular schedule at next scheduled operation. .9 Provisions shall be made for repeated OFF operations to counteract manual ON operations outside the regular operating schedule. .10 Manual switch for permanent ON/OFF shall be provided. .11 Enclosure shall be (EEMAC 1 indoor). .12 Unit shall be U/L (CSA) listed. .13 Units shall be provided with rechargeable battery. .2 Photocells .1 Photocells shall be Tork Series 2000 or approved equal suitable for outside lighting -control. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation of Primary Overhead Services: .1 Locate and dig holes. Make holes large enough to allow space for tamping backfill. .2 The butt end of wooden poles should be at least 2m (6'-6") below ground. .3 Align poles at right angles to pole line on straight runs. .4 Set poles to maintain even grade. Allow for contour of terrain and do not exceed grading of 1.,5m per pole. .5 Replace backfill in 150mm layers. Tamp each layer, and apply final layer to drain water away from pole. .6 Locate and install guy wires and anchors at transformer pole and dead end pole. .7 Insert anchor at least 1.8m into ground. Backfill and tamp in 150mm layers. .8 Install primary conductors on poles lines such that the max sag between poles from grade level should not be less than 7m. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 8 of 15 9 Coordinate exact locations and installation with general contractor before installation commences. .10 Coordinate with Hydro One for primary overhead connection to takeoff pole at south of Baseline Road. .11 Each pole shall carry warning sign: "Danger-Keep Off, if work on this pole or near wires is necessary, call a qualified person or equivalent." 3.2 Installation of Secondary Service Conduits and Cables .1 Run service entrance conduits as shown on the site plan and the trench section. .2 Supply and install four (4) 500MCM Cu RW90 XLPE and copper ground size 3 AWG from secondary of pole mounted transformer to main distribution panel located in the electrical room. Coordinate with Hydro One for all final connections. .3 Coordinate exact locations and installation with general contractor before installation commences. .4 Do not pull spliced cable inside the duct. .5 Install multiple conductors in duct simultaneously. .6 Use CSA approved lubricants to reduce pulling tension. 3.3 Grounding .1 Provide a complete system of electric service grounding as outlined herein and as specified and detailed on the drawings. .2 Make all required ground connections from water meter to all electrical apparatus. Ground conductors shall be minimum #2/0 copper wire connected with approved fittings. .3 Where conduit systems are used for grounds, provide all necessary bushings, studs and jumpers as may be required to maintain effective continuity of ground. Provide separate ground conductors in all non-metallic conduits, concrete encased conduit and conduit below grade. Bond the ground wire to all boxes and luminaries. .4 Install grounding connections to typical equipment included in but not necessarily limited to the following list. Service equipment transformers, switchgear, duct systems, frames of motors, motor control centres, starters control panels, building steel work, distribution panels, outdoor lighting. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . . . I . I . I . il . I i. II " I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 9 of 15 .5 Test the resistance of the grounding system. Add additional ground wires and ground rods if required as directed by the Engineers and retest. Repeat this process until ground resistance is 2 ohms or less. Conduct all tests using Megger Null Balance or Megger Universal ground resistance test equipment. .6 Test and log all ground connections at panels, switchboards, transformers and ground buses prior to and after the computer is put into operation. Trace and isolate all equipment causing current in ground wires to exceed one ampere. Replace such equipment if furnished as part of this contract. .7 Test all receptacles for proper connections with a neon lamp type polarity tester. Check that ground resistance is less than 0.2 ohms with an Edgecumbe Peebles Ltd., ground loop impedance tester. 3.4 Outside Lighting Control .1 Provide complete automatic system for controlling designated exterior lighting. The designated lighting shall be controlled by time switches operating a suitably sized contactor. .2 Confirm exact location of time switches prior to roughing in. 3.5 Electrical Connections for Mechanical, Owner's, Etc. Equipment .1 Provide all required electrical connections to apparatus provided and/or supplied by Division 15, the Owner and as part of the work of other Divisions of the Specifications. .2 All power and control wiring including 120V and over, and disconnects shall be installed by the Electrical Contractor. .3 All control and low voltage wiring under 120V shall be installed by the Mechanical Contractor. Coordinate all low voltage wiring with the Electrical Contractor. 3.6 Motor Starters and Motors .1 All motor starters for mechanical equipment shall be supplied, installed and connected under this Division except where starters are included as part of a mechanical "package" (eg. Rooftop Units) and which will be provided under Division 15 but wired and connected under this Division. .2 Install line voltage disconnect switches at each motor not within the required distance from its starter to meet code requirements. .3 All motors shall be wired and connected under this Division. The drawings do not necessarily show the exact location of wiring to motors and it shall be the responsibility of this Division to fully coordinate this work with Division 15. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16400 DISTRIBUTION Page 10 of 15 .4 Be responsible for providing new overload heater elements should the full load ampacity of the motor be modified due to air balancing changes. .5 Temperature Controls .1 Be responsible for the following: .2 "Line" side power connections to all control apparatus where detailed or required to make the system operational. .6 Owner's Electrical Apparatus Connections .1 Provide all required electrical services for electrically operated apparatus supplied and/or provided by the Owner or as part of the work of other Divisions of the Specifications. .2 Generally, unless otherwise noted, starting equipment, controls and accessories will be supplied by the supplier/installer of the apparatus. Obtain accurate "roughing-in" information to make all necessary "line" and "load" connections required. .3 Be familiar with the apparatus being supplied and carefully coordinate and cooperate with the supplier/installer to ensure a proper and complete installation. END OF SECTION 16400 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I OVERHEAD DISTRIBUTION STANDARDS PRIIL\RY: THREE PHASE TAP WITH IN-UNE ctrI'OUTS AND ARRESTERS I I I I I I I I I '~I I " 0' j I I I I I I I I SERVICES I DL11-105 I .- COMPATIBLE UNIT CODE 11-1051 NO ARR. -NO CUTOUT 11-1051416 4.16kV JkV ARR 11-1 0518J~ 8.J2kV 6kV ARR 11-10511~5 1:!.5kV 9kV ARR 11-1051138 13.8kY lOW ARR 11-1051149 24.9kV ISkV ARR 11-1051276 27.6kV :!lkV ARR F'OR SELECTION OF: . IN-LINE C./O :!OOA SEE owe 0L8-105 . SURGE ARRESTERS SEE DL2-60l.:! . . rUSE LINKS SECTION 16 NOTES o t.lAX1t.lUM TAP SPAN 75m GUrioo CONVERSION TABLE METRIC IMPERIAL (em) (APPROX) 8 J" 15 6" 60 2' -a" ISO 5'-0" 10 GMl 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 4 Supplied 8nd Installed by Hydro One, 7 PAIlS UST (COlI1lNlIED PART Nl llIPT10N 1Y 12 VERTICAl INSUlATOR, 28kV 2 13 IN-UNE CUTOUT J 14 CLANP REST I 15 UVE LINE CLANP ;; 16 STiRRUP ~ . 17 LIGHTNING ARRESTER J 5 9 P. 7'- &- T 11 IN Detail #1 Hydro One takeoff pole (HP\ .::mn ::arr-':::lI::::c::nriCoC::: I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 14A-4 ~~~~~ OIANCE POWER SYSTEMS, INC. Type AR (Automation-Ready) Switch 14.4kV, 25kV or 34.5kV 900 Amperes Continuousllnterrupt Horizontal Mounting ---'n,. l", ~. 331M IU _ U 'N .' ~ .... C~"rACl .., i i -3H' ,P, UC' "HI 'IPf DR I' 'leE'DC"'" I " I" He.... I 1- ,. I IJI!!S'~ R m ".."" =: ~..- 21', ! Un IIC.... i I I i . ~ I HI.. nil"" I m' \ III I /.... "-.' . " ,." SHEL I I /....\ DR ~IIC'h.U ! v- \.-<.........." > , ...EN ~UA"I S..ED L. ) ,.~. 'l"'EHO' 1". rleE!iW.'l~ : I VOI'E"lA.. '!HNe" : I I II I , I Ii I' 2U5 "'" 3! '1/1. ~S .. .... w( le..1 ., r..DuT .ODI'ID.~L HA"e," '['! '.DGIIIOESUAIMD I Il ,. "'i." I I i I U IN "'j.. l i::J r.vy.' ,.",',",,,,, .~' !~ffl 'I.r ~I. i I:" I , I lJ r~.1 l~j f../OC~:.C'AO'J$lll.rOA - "O.OCO'NO 1.0'[0 ".''''''\;, ..,,,"',,,,,,,. OAOUN 'I.... I PER cvno"CA lI('IIJIRENCNr AUGUST 2003 1 I i Supplied and Installed by Contractor. Detail #2 Gang operated load breaker switch for HP-1. HUBBELL I CHANCE COMPANY - CENTRALlA, MISSOURI I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I . @1i:"~;'~1 (( ~I ~ ~ ::J, , ' ~.. u , u :,~ z ., 0 , LI ~ J.;_ u w 0 1';- , . , ",'.;l~ do ~~~ .u< f~~ Ow 5il 1 ~r 4=~-, : L1~ g w ,~ I , W } ., , ~, -"]["'''-' !j..'! ~ : ::l:ii; , ,,""" I '. Igl, '.: 01! II~i Z I ' '" L;I "I ;0 cr l--I~~: ~;: l_pJ; I-r-:-;-c 11,1, ! u -'f , ~~ l:c- 0' i '0 ".1 " > ~~ _-.' ~ ~I 5 ~-~,...:':< . if ~, ~ ~ . ~;F. ~e _;,:_ ::;1!~ ~ " " I"' ~q~_L :1 ~ t:$~ o+r ;1' ~~~.+.j~ ~~,; :?;l. ~ Hi. j_.~.". ';,-- i l--Tf;1 ~. ,-- -- .... ~ ') ~ }f ~Lll/a!51.~ \-~;: \ ,"' , . cD 1IIII'iTI '.'1'1, I.' I IIII i '" i:!: . ~,~, ~, 'i I , II !l!111 ','1'1 .' """ ! ~ :. t tii!' ~'i I_!, !;iia 'I'I " 'i 'I 1"11' -'f.I.,., ~: :i :~ ~.~ ~,~ ~ - . '_ '~:.I _1_ ___._ . ~~IJ11 ';) aG. "''' --< ;:;5 I ~~ I ~~ ., o "'I" .; , If' \ . J ~ iJ'- ',:".1 . I .~, ! >:. ~,\ I Ql ':- .~ i 1.1 I , -:":- ~ ~;c ~~~ , . !i',;} ,.... g s;': ~; ~'::: \. r: ~~'- r~~:j-~ ~ , ~ Z o ~ u w o ~ , . . :t: Ir.... ~IH "I'. f- 'l:_ w _.~ Cl ::~ , ..." (7., 'OY < " , ,. H~;g ::!,,;:;:;-y, !!!;::~",ii: ~!~j~ ~ ~ , . g I Ii _.::: : i~~---- -- I I I ., ,I .- '--_.1---- ~. ~. ;:;1 ;: ~; :n !~ ;; '-' '';'' j -J: _/_~_., "" I,' ~ i , '" "-' , ! o ~ ~~~ '''> o -~----, j; _~""--in~oooooo~ I, a ;; ',. !ill ~ !'Il" ,~ ~~~~~ ~ ::f~: ",';lL-n JL" .. :~ l\flF'i;! ,-/1/. /~ ~ I \ r ,~\ -'----: ., I \ ~ f \ >:;, - ;:: :-' " :E.,,; ~~!. .::; ~ ~ I ~ _0_ __u_ W_~. "-' 9 ,,-~ __.;-----.-1 ~ ~ , , ~ .. ~ . {;~ -';;:> >. = ~ ~- z ., ~ E~-lB1RH-!206 ;, ..!~~~-~ ~.~. Iii. ,: ~ ., ., !,-.,~,!nl ;~..,!,~. Ij~ijli!!i ~;~i:!:-il;f -'" ro . OJe:: ~LL. .0;::;; (V) 'Ox _ ro, -.90.. 'co '0 I _OJ~ OJ-a O~- OJ~ Q.u Q:-!:::: C):= c UJ ro (C) '0 ~ roo ~ Q) en c EO '00 C ~ ",'0 -0>- Q):C := >. 0..0 0. " (J) ul 1 ~I , 11 ,! I I I I I I I I I I I I I I ~I 'j "' ~ I 11 J - 3-PH TRANSFORIIER INSTAllATION 50 TO 501kVA. a.. 2.-1/4.16 TO 16/27.6I1tV __.. I..-. .....~ --- 80cm I"'i ..-- ~c: . . . ...._~ I .;.. -. . ..... . ..... ......, -... '1'1:I".~. ," .......... ..- , ......... _.. ....;;t. ....... _ ;1,1 .. , .,. ...._.., I I' '!O .. .-,g,... . . .. ....... 80cm @. , A . . , , . I~m 20em SECTION 1:Z f'OR GROUNDING Supplied and Installed by Hydro One. Detail #4 3-100kVA transformer bank, fuses anc fuse cutouts for HP-XFMR. I I I I I I I I I I ,I I I 11 ~ II I ~ ~I I! I I ~ ~&lW!iill1IiOcW SPECITfITCATITON 11201 (51111 R~ 75-244(3)) JPlmw.mr $-JPlIHr 'll'~@JDriI' ~, 2,4\/41.11iBI 'ro 75cI1T1 (2'-5") 'i~1i'll'lI (!Ii~' ~Ill\l M ~gi!ifIJ EtlIi'T. OR TAP PAm' II! 2 1 2 J 4 5 IS 7 3 9 H.'J ~B\~ ~~ DESCR~PTIOIil ~lW:m POLE Tot", TANGOO !I\!SU!.Aroi'I, \IEImCAl CI.No1P, CONDUCTOR, INSULATOR INSULATOR, HORIZO~AI. BRACKEr. STAINlD-ClF'f' (SEE SPANJ) Ci.AMP, NEUTFlAl.. CONDUCTOR STUD. iNSUV.TO~ lOOll 5 g' LOCK'\l!~ER f'OR 5 fJ' 001.1 ~ASH~ 5 g' ~ ~ ~ ~ QTY 1 1 J ;2 2 1 :5 IS 1 7 lliBI/~7,18\1k\'1 FOR 1lAll. SPAIi'l 75m (250') 110m (300') STAND-OFF BRACm (2Jc:m) ff (45cm) Ill" I NOTES l-EiSl'!X:.J!lF!Cl.2 " Supplied and Installed by Contractor. Detail #5 Pole details for HP-XMFR, ~D_? ~,...,,-lI-lD_~ I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 1 of 6 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1, .2 Confonm to Section 16010, General Electrical Requirements, as applicable, 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements .2 Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 Codes and Standards ,1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Current Edition .1 CSA .2 ULC .2 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals ,1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, electrical data, wiring diagrams, and indicate conformance to above reference standards. ,3 One copy of all reviewed shOp drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. 1.5 Scope of Work ,1 Provide luminaries, supports and wiring to make operational the lighting system. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 2 of 6 PART 2 . PRODUCTS 2.1 Lighting Fixtures and Lamps .1 Lighting fixtures and lamps shall conform to the schedule on the drawings .2 Lamps .1 All fixtures shall be complete with the appropriate lamp type, shape and wattage as indicated on the schedule and shall be generally as follows: .2 Fluorescent lamps shall be energy saving 32W T8 with rated life of 20,000 hours and 3500K white 3050 initial lumens, unless otherwise indicated, ,3 Metal Halide lamps shall be bulb shape E, mogul base and phosphor coated for good colour rendition. 400 W lamps shall be rated for 10,000 hours and 36,000 initial lumens. 1500 watt lamps shall be rated for 20,000 hours and 155,000 initial lumens. .4 Lamps shall be of one manufacturer either Canadian GE, Westinghouse or Sylvania, .5 Replace all lamps burned out within 3 months of takeover. Include labour for relamping, .3 Ballasts .1 All fixtures be provided with ballasts suitable for the fixture type and application. All ballasts shall comply with CSA standard C22.2 No, 74. Ballasts shall be suitable for 120 or 347 volt application as noted and required. ,2 Fluorescent ballasts shall be electronic type as specified hereinafter. .1 Frequency of operation shall be 20 kHz or greater. The ballast shall operate without visible flicker. .2 Ballasts shall have an A sound rating, .3 Ballasts shall be CSA approved and ULC listed. .4 Ballasts shall comply with NEMA limits governing electromagnetic and radio frequency interference and shall not interfere with operation of other normal electrical equipment. .5 Ballasts shall meet ANSI Spec C62.41 and IEEE. standards regarding all applicable transient protection. .6 Total harmonic distortions will be less than 20%. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I , I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 3 of 6 .7 Lamp current crest factor shall not exceed 1.7. .8 Ballasts shall have a power factor of 0.95 minimum, ,9 Ballasts shall be rapid start type meeting ANSI Standard C82.1. ,10 Rated lamp life shall be 20,000 hours. ,11 In a two lamp ballast configuration one lamp failing shall cause the ballast to shut-off. ,12 Ballast warranty shall be minimum five (5) years. .3 HID ballast shall be high power function type of not less than 90%, quiet in performance and shall be capable of delivering rated performance at 90% of rated line voltage. .4 Ballasts shall be as manufactured by Canadian General Electric. Westinghouse Ltd., Philips or Sola Canada. .5 Outdoor fixture ballasts and fixture ballasts in unheated areas shall be capable of reliable lamps starting in temperatures of OOC when rapid start lamps are specified, and -20oC when high output rapid start lamps are specified. ,6 Protective wire guards shall be provided for all fixtures where indicated on the drawings and where subject to damage, 2.2 Parking Lot Lighting and Lacrosse Field Lighting .1 Luminaries shall confirm to the schedule on drawings. .2 Steel pole and accessories: Steel pole designed for 150Km/hr constant velocity of wind include base templates, 4 anchor bolts, cadmium plated hardware and pole grounding lug, cast steel anchor base and bolt covers. Height of pole as per schedule on drawings. .3 Underground wiring: Direct buried PVC conduit as specified under Section 16400, .4 Cable: Size of RW90 Cu XLPE cable as indicated in schedule on the drawings, .5 Ballast for exterior HID lamps: As specified above in this Section. ,6 Contactor: As specified under Section 16400. .7 Photocells and timer: As specified under Section16400. .8 Lighting control panels: NEMA 1 Sheet Steel enclosure with H,O.A switch for parking lot lighting and NEMA 4R with key operated push button for Lacrosse field lighting as indicated on the drawings, Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 4 of 6 2.3 Street Lighting on Driveway .1 Luminaries shall confirm to schedule on drawings. ,2 Luminaries Mounting Bracket: Suitable for the specified luminaries complete with 1.8m (6') arm extension, .3 Wood Pole: In accordance with CAN/CSA 015, Class 1 cedar and 9.2m (30') length. .4 Anchor and Guy wire: Guy wire of 7 stranded galvanized steel and 9mm diameter complete with guy wire guard and steel anchored plate, .5 Strain Insulators: Porcelain strain insulator of suitable size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation of Lighting Fixtures and Lamps .1 Provide all lighting fixtures and lamps as shown on the drawings and scheduled herein, .2 Include for assembly, and mounting of all fixtures, complete with all wiring, connections, fittings, hangers, aligners, box covers and accessories which may be required for any fixture to provide a complete, safe, fully operational assembly. ,3 Install fixtures in accordance with applicable reflected ceiling plans and/or as directed by the Architect. In Equipment Rooms, shafts and similar secondary areas, install fixtures after the mechanical and other major work is roughed-in and adjust fixture locations as required. .4 At the discretion of the Architect, site test and demonstrate the operation of special application fixtures and adjust their locations within a reasonable distance to obtain the effects desired. Assist in the aligning and positioning of all adjustable fixtures, and ensure that fixtures with adjustable lamp holders are properly positioned to correspond with the lamps specified, .5 Thoroughly review all ceiling types, construction details and mounting arrangements before placing fixture orders and ensure that all mounting assemblies, frames, rings and similar features are included for and match the required installation. .6 All fixtures and fixture assemblies shall be properly secured and supported. Support fixtures independent of the ceiling construction complete with all fasteners, framing and hangers as required. Do not secure fixtures to mechanical ductwork or other vibration producing apparatus. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 5 of 6 .7 Where fixtures are suspended from the structure they shall utilize self aligning box covers with an additional ground wire from the outlet through the hanger for continuity of ground, .8 Carefully co-ordinate the fixture installation with the work of other trades ensuring that the necessary depths and mounting spaces are provided. Do not alter fixture locations unless approved by the Architect. .9 All lamps shall be new and intact when the project is complete, and ready for acceptance. Replace lamps used for testing fixture assemblies at the discretion of the Consultant. Include a full lamp listing in the Operating and Maintenance Instructions. .10 Provide safety chains on all surface mounted, t-bar mounted or suspended HID fixtures. .11 Lenses for fixtures shall be stored on site and installed separately from the fixtures at a time to be directed by the Architect. 3,2 Installation of Parking Lot Lights and Lacrosse Field Lighting .1 Install poles true and plumb complete with brackets in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. .2 Install luminaries on pole and install lamps. ,3 Check luminaries' orientation, level and tilt to meet acceptable lighting levels, .4 Run underground cable as Specified under Section 16400, .5 The control of the Lacrosse field lighting shall be wired as shown in the control schematic, Lighting control panel shall be installed in the field as indicated on the drawings. .6 Perform tests in accordance with Section 16010- General Electrical Requirements. 3,3 Installation of Street Lighting on Driveway: .1 Install wooden poles in accordance to Section 16400 at spans indicated on drawings, ,2 The butt end of the pole should be buried at least 1.7m (5'-6") below grade. .3 The 3 #poles should be anchored with steel plate and guy wires as per code and as shown on the drawings. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington Section 16500 LIGHTING Page 6 of 6 .4 Run overhead RW90 Cu XLPE cable from electrical room to wooden pole as shown on the drawings. .5 The vertical clearances from ground to overhead cable shall not be less than 5m (16'-6") according to code. .6 Cable shall be securely attached to strain insulator at the end of each run and at intermediate pOints of support. .7 Each pole shall carry warning sign: "Danger - Keep Off, if work on this pole or near wires is necessary, call a qualified person or equivalent." ,8 The total load on a branch circuit shall not exceed 80% of the rating or setting of overcurrent devices. .9 The power shall be fed from the Lighting Control Panel for Parking Lot Lighting located in the Electrical Room. .10 Note: The photocell shall turn on circuits at sunset and the timeswitch shall turn off circuits at time desired by Owner. END OF SECTION 16500 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING Section 16600 Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1. .2 Conform to Section 16010, General Electrical Requirements 1,2 Related Work ,1 Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements .2 Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 Codes and Standards .1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Current Edition .2 CSA .3 ULC .4 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: ,1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, electrical data, wiring diagrams, and indicate conformance to above reference standards, .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and model of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. 1.5 Scope of Work .1 Provide an emergency lighting system comprising of individual. solid state battery- operated emergency lighting units and remote lighting heads as shown on the Drawings and in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and C.SA Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING Section 16600 Page 2 of 3 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,1 Equipment ,1 Batteries shall be 12 volt and 24 volt D.C, and shall be designed to supply all units and all connected remote heads for a period of one half hour to an end voltage of 91 %. The fully automatic charger shall regulate the charging current according to battery need and provide full recharge in 12 hours or less after full discharge, .2 Battery units shall be Lumacell RG24S432 complete with long life lead batteries, 10 year warranty and type DR2130WHMR16, 50W 24V integral heads as indicated on the drawings for the Soccer Arena. Capacities shall be as noted on the drawings. ,3 Battery units shall be Lumacell RG12S200 complete with long life lead batteries, 10 year warranty and type 2MQ12, 12W, 12V integral heads as indicated on the drawings for the office area. .4 Remote heads shall be Lumacell DR2130WHMR16 complete with SOW, 24V, MR16 lamp and Lumacell2MQ12 complete with 12W, 12V, Micro Quartz lamp for Arena and office area respectively as shown on the schedule, Provide white finish, ,5 Exit lights shall be Lumacell LER770U LED series complete with 2W AC/DC LED balanced brightness unit. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 Installation .1 Include all necessary conduits, wiring and lamps for a complete operating system. ,2 Installation of system equipment shall be in accordance with Canadian Electrical Code and Ontario Building Code. ,3 Panel breakers feeding emergency lighting and exit lights shall be complete with circuit breaker locks, .4 Wiring to remote heads and exit light DC sockets shall be sized for a maximum voltage drop of 5%, In no case shall wiring be iess than #12 AWG. Provide separate circuits for all exit lighting using separate raceways from non-emergency wiring. ,5 Exit signs must be illuminated continuously during the time the building is occupied. Caution should be taken to ensure that a circuit supplying both emergency light and exit signs is not controlled by switch, time clock or by other means. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I "I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington EMERGENCY AND EXIT LIGHTING Section 16600 Page 3 of 3 .6 Wall mounted exit lights to be mounted 300mm (12") above the door where space permits, .7 Wall mounted emergency lights to be mounted minimum 2.45m (8') A.F.F. .8 In Arena, all emergency lights shall be installed at 3.65m(12') A.F.F. as shown on the drawings, .9 All exit lights and emergency lights in the arenas, shall be protected with suitable wire guard and operated by 24V D.C. Volt. 3.2 Demonstration ,1 Demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the complete system is left in operational condition, 3.3 Verification .1 Following completion of the exit and emergency lighting installation, conduct tests of each system component. Upon completion of the tests, issue to the Engineer a copy of the test report listing location of each component and confirmation that it will remain operational for 30 minutes, END OF SECTION 16600 " ," , I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II , I I I I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington TELEPHONE, DATA, CABLE AND SECURITY Section 16720 Page 1 of 4 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements ,1 Conform to Sections of Division 1. .2 Conform to Section 16010, General Electrical Requirements, 1.2 Related Work ,1 Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements ,2 Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods 1.3 Codes and Standards .1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Current Edition, .2 CSA .3 American ElectroniclTelecommunication Industry Association, .4 Commercial Building for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces. .5 USOC .6 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Scope of Work .1 Telephone .1 A complete empty raceway system including 25mm (1") empty conduits, terminal cabinets, plywood back boards, pull boxes, and outlets for enclosure of wiring by the Owner and the telephone company, ,2 Provide junction boxes at every 15,25m (50'). ,3 Provide voice and combination voice/data outlets where indicated on the drawings. ,2 Data ,1 A complete empty raceway system including 50mm (2") empty conduits and outlets for enclosure of wiring by the Owner and the data company. ,2 50mm (2") Conduit shall be shared with cable. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington TELEPHONE, DATA, CABLE AND SECURITY Section 16720 Page 2 of 4 .3 Provide junction boxes at every 15.25m (50'). .4 Provide data and combination voice/data outlets where indicated on the drawings. ,3 Cable .1 A complete empty raceway system including 50mm (2") empty conduits, terminal cabinets, plywood back boards, pull boxes, and outlets for enclosure of wiring by the Owner and the cable television company, .2 50mm (2") Conduit shall be shared with data. .3 Provide junction boxes at every 15.25m (50'), .4 Provide cable outlets where indicated on the drawings. .4 Sound .1 A complete empty raceway system including 19mm (3/4") empty conduits to each outlet location for enclosure of wiring and provision of outlets by the Owner. 1.5 Identification ,1 Provide a complete permanent labeling and identification system for all cables and terminations at each outlet. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 General ,1 All components shall be products of one manufacturer. 2,2 Conduit and Boxes ,1 Conduit and boxes shall be of types specified under applicable sections in specifications. 2,3 Telephone Devices .1 Telephone jacks shall be standard RJ12 (white) and shall conform to the USOC pairing order .2 Telephone cover plates shall be white. I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II I il l I I I I I I I J I ):i lll.! I t' Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington TELEPHONE, DATA, CABLE AND SECURITY Section 16720 Page 3 of 4 2.4 Data Devices .1 Data outlets shall be Amp ACO complete with Category 5 RJ45 inserts (white) and shall conform to the EIA 568A eight position modular jack pin/pair assignment. .2 Data cover plates shall be Amp 555650-5 (single gang) and 555670-5 (two gang). .3 Provide 555644-5 blank covers for unused insert locations, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 General .1 Provide workmanship in accordance with well established practices and standards accepted and recognized by Engineers and the trade, All installation procedures shall meet requirements of CEC Section 60 and shall employ only competent tradesmen. 3.2 Telephone .1 The electrical contractor shall provide a complete conduit system as indicated on the drawings for the installation of telephone wiring by the Owner's forces. .2 Provide an outlet box at each outlet location, ,3 Pull boxes shall be provided in all telephone conduits every 15.25m (50') and at shorter intervals so that there are no more than 2 - 90 degree bends between each pulling point. Pull boxes shall be sized to suit the telephone company, .4 All telephone conduits shall contain a nylon pull string. ,5 Confinm responsibilities and exact division of work and coordinate with the Owner and the telephone company. 3.3 Data I 11 'I ;11 i I ..;: t I ~ ill I ,1 The electrical contractor shall provide a complete conduit system as indicated on the drawings for the installation of data communications wiring by the Owner's forces. .2 Provide an outlet box at each outlet location, .3 Pull boxes shall be provided in all telephone conduits every 15.25m (50') and at shorter intervals so that there are no more than 2 - 90 degree bends between each pulling point. Pull boxes shall be sized to suit the data company. .4 Conduit shall contain two (2) nylon pull strings - one for data, one for cable. Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington TELEPHONE, DATA, CABLE AND SECURITY Section 16720 Page 4 of 4 ,5 Confirm responsibilities and exact division of work and coordinate with the Owner and the data communications company. Conduits shall be shared with cable. 3.4 Cable .1 The electrical contractor shall provide a complete conduit system as indicated on the drawings for the installation of cable television equipment and wiring by the Owner's forces. Conduit shall be shared with data. .2 Conduit shall contain two (2) nylon pull strings - one for data, one for cable. .3 Confirm responsibilities and exact division of work and coordinate with the Owner and the cable company. 3.5 Sound .1 The electrical contractor shall provide a complete conduit system as indicated on the drawings for the installation of sound equipment and wiring by the Owner's forces, .2 Coordinate exact locations of sound equipment and components with Owner. .3 Confirm responsibilities and exact division of work and coordinate with the Owner. 3.6 Identification .1 Provide printed adhesive labels with matching number for each telephone and data jack cover plate and patch panel location. .2 A copy of the project record drawings, showing all modular jack locations and numbers, shall be left in the telecommunications room. END OF SECTION 16720 I I . . '. I I I I I I I . I . . . I . I I I il !, I 'I , :1 _ I I I I I I I :. il il 11 II '!I Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Section 16900 Page 1 of 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 General Requirements .1 Conform to Sections of Division 1, .2 Conform to Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements. 1.2 Related Work .1 Section 16010 - General Electrical Requirements .2 Section 16100 - Basic Materials and Methods .3 Division 15 - Mechanical 1.3 Codes and Standards .1 Ontario Electrical Safety Code-Current Edition. .1 CSA .2 ULC ,2 Local Codes and Requirements 1.4 Submittals .1 Shop Drawings: .1 Submit shop drawings to the Architect or Engineer for review prior to ordering or installation. .2 Shop drawings shall include manufacturer, model numbers, electrical data, wiring diagrams, and indicate confonnance to above reference standards, .3 One copy of all stamped reviewed shop drawings shall be included in maintenance manual. .2 Operation and Maintenance Data: .1 Provide operation and maintenance literature for all equipment indicating manufacturer and modei of equipment, instructions for operation and maintenance of same, and parts list. .2 Operation and maintenance data shall be included in the maintenance manual. 1.5 Scope of Work .1 Provide a complete system of wiring to motors and 120 Volt controls as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. .JiI Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Section 16900 Page 2 of 3 .2 Equipment locations shown on the drawings are approximate. Confirm with site condition and other contractors prior to rough-in and final installation. .3 All power wiring including 120V and over by Electrical contractor. All control and low voltage wiring under 120V by mechanical contractor, .4 Where 120V power is required for mechanical equipment, wiring to the equipment terminals is the work of the electrical contractor. ,5 Provide new rain tight, EEMAC rated, CSA approved, lockable disconnect switch for all new rooftop equipment. ,6 Pick up power feed from new Power Distribution Centre and run to all new equipment including unit heaters, exhaust fans and new rooftop units disconnects and run into the units, See power panel layout on drawings. .7 Provide a complete system of wiring to motors and 120V controls as specified herein and as shown on the drawings. ,8 Reverse acting thermostats, speed controls, time clock and other 120V controls for mechanical equipment shall be supplied by Mechanical Contractor and turned over to Electrical contractor for installation. .9 Unless specifically noted otherwise, wire and leave in operation all electrically- operated equipment supplied under this Contract. Examine the drawings and shop drawings of all Divisions for the extent of electrically-operated equipment supplied by other divisions. .10 Liaise with Division 15 and Owner (in case of Owner purchased motors) to ensure that the motors specified conform to the voltage system available in design under Division 16, .11 All control wiring diagrams shown on the drawings illustrate typical control circuits applicable to the equipment. Control circuits may vary with the different manufacturers of equipment. Verify all control circuits with the suppliers of the equipment and make any corrections that may be required. .12 Unless specifically noted otherwise, supply all 120/208 volt pushbuttons, relays, starters, etc. necessary for the operation of equipment. Check all starters, relay coils and thermal elements to ensure that they provide the necessary protection for motors, .13 Do not operate motors and controls until approval is obtained from the trade providing equipment. ,14 Examine drawings and shop drawings of other Divisions to obtain exact location of motors and equipment shown on drawings. Where necessary, obtain conduit locations from other trades drawings and shop drawings, I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I 4 ,J -I I J 11 I I I I II I I I I I I r - Clarington Indoor Soccer Facility And Outdoor Lacrosse Bowl Municipality of Clarington MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS Section 16900 Page 3 of 3 ,15 Assist in placing in operation all mechanical equipment having electrical connections. .16 In general, all control wiring will be Division 15 unless otherwise noted. Where 120 volt power is required for mechanical equipment, wiring to the equipment terminals is the work of the Electrical Division. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2,1 Motor disconnect switches and starters ,1 208 volt/600 volt, 3 phase disconnect switches shall have quick-make, quick-break visible blade mechanism, Cover interlocks and padlocking switch in the closed or open position. .2 Manual motor starters without overload protection may be used as disconnect switches for equipment rated at 60A/10 HP or less. .1 Provide EEMAC 1 enclosures indoors and EEMAC 3R enclosures outdoors, PART 3 - EXECUTION 3,1 Installation .1 For all motors, provide disconnect switches adjacent to the motors, as indicated on the drawings and as required by Code. ,2 Wall mount disconnects adjacent to equipment or floor mount at motor locations, Wall mounted disconnects to be 1.5m (5') above floor. END OF SECTION 16900 ........ --